UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 20-F

 

(Mark One)

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2008

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

 

Commission file number 0-16350

 

WPP plc

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Jersey

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

6 Ely Place

Dublin 2, Ireland

011-353-1-669-0333

(Address and telephone number of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Andrea Harris, Esq.

Group Chief Counsel

6 Ely Place Dublin 2, Ireland

011-353-1-669-0333

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class


 

Name of each exchange on which registered


Not applicable   Not applicable

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

 

Ordinary Shares of 10p each


(Title of Class)

 

American Depositary Shares, each representing five Ordinary Shares (“ADSs”)


(Title of Class)


Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

 

None


(Title of Class)

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

At December 31, 2008, the number of outstanding ordinary shares was 1,255,343,263 which includes at such date ordinary shares represented by 17,710,111 ADSs.

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

YES   x     NO   ¨

 

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

YES   ¨     NO   x

 

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

YES   x     NO   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

YES   x     NO   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x                     Accelerated filer   ¨                     Non-accelerated filer   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   ¨   International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board   x    Other    ¨

 

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 

Item 17   ¨     Item 18   ¨

 

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

YES   ¨     NO   x

 



Forward-Looking Statements

 

In connection with the provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Reform Act”), the Company (as defined below) may include forward-looking statements (as defined in the Reform Act) in oral or written public statements issued by or on behalf of the Company. These forward-looking statements may include, among other things, plans, objectives, projections and anticipated future economic performance based on assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. As such, actual results or outcomes may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Important factors which may cause actual results to differ include but are not limited to: the unanticipated loss of a material client or key personnel, delays or reductions in client advertising budgets, shifts in industry rates of compensation, regulatory compliance costs or litigation, natural disasters or acts of terrorism, the Company’s exposure to changes in the values of major currencies other than the UK pound sterling (because a substantial portion of its revenues are derived and costs incurred outside of the United Kingdom) and the overall level of economic activity in the Company’s major markets (which varies depending on, among other things, regional, national and international political and economic conditions and government regulations in the world’s advertising markets). In addition, you should consider the risks described in Item 3.D., captioned “Risk Factors,” below, which could also cause actual results to differ from forward-looking information. In light of these and other uncertainties, the forward-looking statements included in this document should not be regarded as a representation by the Company that the Company’s plans and objectives will be achieved.

 

The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION

 

Overview

 

WPP plc (“WPP”) and its subsidiaries and affiliates comprise one of the largest communication services businesses in the world. As of 31 December 2008, the Group had over 112,000 employees. For the year ended 31 December 2008, the Group had revenue of approximately £7,477 million and operating profit of approximately £876 million.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Company”, “Group” and “Registrant” as used herein shall mean WPP and its subsidiaries.

 

A. Selected Financial Data

 

The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, including the notes thereto.

 

The selected income statement data for the three years ended 31 December 2008 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 2008 and 2007 are derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, which appear elsewhere in this Form 20-F. The selected

 

1


financial data for prior periods is derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 20-F. The Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), for all periods.

 

The reporting currency of the Group is the pound sterling and the selected financial data has been prepared on this basis.

 

Selected Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

     Year ended 31 December  
     2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

Revenue

   7,476.9     6,185.9     5,907.8     5,373.7     4,299.5  

Operating profit

   876.0     804.7     741.6     652.8     475.5  

Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

   439.1     465.9     435.8     363.9     273.0  

Earnings per ordinary share:

                              

Basic

   38.4 p   39.6 p   36.3 p   30.3 p   24.0 p

Diluted

   37.6 p   38.0 p   35.2 p   29.7 p   23.4 p

Earnings per ADS 1 :

                              

Basic

   192.0 p   198.0 p   181.5 p   151.5 p   120.0 p

Diluted

   188.0 p   190.0 p   176.0 p   148.5 p   117.0 p

Dividends per ordinary share

   14.32 p   11.93 p   9.94 p   8.28 p   6.90 p

Dividends per ADS (US dollars) 2

   139.5 c   113.3 c   90.9 c   75.7 c   58.9 c

 

Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of 31 December
     2008    2007    2006    2005    2004
     £m    £m    £m    £m    £m

Total assets

   24,463.3    17,252.0    14,695.9    14,389.1    10,689.2

Net assets

   5,959.8    4,094.8    3,918.4    3,985.8    3,065.7

Capital stock

   125.5    119.2    124.1    125.3    118.5

Number of shares (in millions)

   1,255.3    1,191.5    1,240.6    1,252.9    1,185.3

Notes

 

1

 

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS have been calculated using the same method as earnings per share, multiplied by a factor of five.

2

 

The figures have been translated for convenience purposes only, using the average rate for the year in the exchange rates table on page 3. This conversion should not be construed as a representation that the pound sterling amounts actually represent, or could be converted into, US dollars at the rates indicated.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends on the Company’s ordinary shares, when paid, are paid to share owners as of a record date, which is fixed by the Company.

 

The table on page 3 sets forth the amounts of interim, second interim and total dividends paid on the Company’s ordinary shares in respect of each fiscal year indicated. In the United States, the Company’s ordinary shares are represented by American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), which are

 

2


evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) or held in book-entry form. The dividends are also shown translated into US cents per ADS using the average Bloomberg Closing Mid Point rate for pounds sterling, as shown below, for each year presented.

 

             Pence per ordinary share        

   US cents per ADS

Year ended 31 December:    First
Interim
   Second
Interim 1
   Total    First
Interim
   Second
Interim 1
   Total

2004

   2.50    5.28    7.78    22.91    48.38    71.29

2005

   3.00    6.34    9.34    27.28    57.66    84.94

2006

   3.60    7.61    11.21    33.18    70.13    103.31

2007

   4.32    9.13    13.45    43.24    91.39    134.63

2008

   5.19    10.28    15.47    48.07    95.21    143.28

Notes

 

1

 

Income access share arrangements have been put in place by the Company. The mechanics of the income access share arrangements mean that the Company will declare a second interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2008 rather than a final dividend as in prior years. The Board has no plans to announce any additional dividend in respect of the year ended 31 December 2008.

 

The 2008 first interim dividend was paid on 10 November 2008 to share owners on the register at 10 October 2008. The 2008 second interim dividend is expected to be paid on 6 July 2009 to share owners on the register at 5 June 2009.

 

Exchange rates

 

Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the dollar equivalent of the pound sterling prices of the Company’s ordinary shares on The London Stock Exchange Limited (“The London Stock Exchange”) and, as a result, are likely to affect the market price of the ADSs in the United States. US dollar amounts paid to holders of ADSs also depend on the sterling/US dollar exchange rate at the time of payment. The annual average of the daily Bloomberg Closing Mid Point rate for pounds sterling expressed in US dollars for each of the five years ended 31 December was:

 

Year ended 31 December    Average

2004

   1.8326

2005

   1.8189

2006

   1.8432

2007

   2.0019

2008

   1.8524

 

The following table sets forth for each of the most recent six months, the high and low Bloomberg Closing Mid Point rates. As of 30 April 2009, the Bloomberg Closing Mid Point rate was 1.4774.

 

Month ended    High    Low

30 November 2008

   1.6033    1.4670

31 December 2008

   1.5469    1.4411

31 January 2009

   1.5204    1.3703

28 February 2009

   1.4947    1.4218

31 March 2009

   1.4719    1.3711

30 April 2009

   1.5012    1.4390

 

3


B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Risk Factors

 

The Company is subject to a variety of possible risks that could adversely impact its revenues, results of operations or financial condition. Some of these risks relate to the industries in which the Company operates while others are more specific to the Company. The following factors set out potential risks the Company has identified that could adversely affect it. See also the discussion of Forward-Looking Statements preceding Item 1.

 

Global economic risk

 

The Company is subject to recessionary economic cycles.

 

The Company’s business is affected by recessionary economic cycles. The current global credit crisis could adversely impact the Company’s business, results of operations, ability to raise appropriate financing and financial condition. Many of the economies in which the Company operates are under significant stress or in recession. The Company cannot predict the duration and severity of this economic downturn in any particular market or globally. These conditions make it difficult for the Company’s clients and the Company to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and they may result in the Company’s clients reducing or postponing spending on the services the Company offers. A reduction in client spending and a slowdown in client payments could also adversely affect the Company’s working capital. Changes to our debt ratings may affect the Company’s access to debt capital. The Company’s debt issues are rated by the rating agencies Moody’s Investor Services and Standard and Poor’s Rating Service. The Company’s long term debt is currently rated Baa2 and BBB by the agencies, respectively, and the Company’s short term debt obligations P2 and A3, respectively. The rating agencies have placed the Company’s debt ratings on “negative outlook” which means that, in the event the Company’s financial performance and outlook materially deteriorate, a ratings downgrade could occur. The interest rates and fees payable on certain of the Company’s revolving credit facilities would be increased and the Company’s access to the bond and commercial paper markets could be impaired if the Company’s long term debt ratings are downgraded.

 

Client risks

 

The Company competes for clients in a highly competitive industry, and client loss may reduce market share and decrease profits.

 

The communications services industry is highly competitive and fragmented. The Company’s principal competitors are other large multinational communications services companies, as well as regional and national advertising and/or marketing services firms and new media companies. In the communications services industry, service agreements with clients are generally terminable by the client upon 90 days’ notice. As such, clients may move their accounts to another agency on relatively short notice. In many cases, a WPP agency represents a client for only a portion of its advertising or marketing services needs or only in particular geographic areas, thus enabling the client continually to compare the effectiveness of the WPP agency against other agencies’ work. Many clients do not permit an agency working for them to represent competing accounts or product lines in the same market. A lesser number of companies will not permit any of the agencies owned by a communications service company to work on competing accounts or product lines in any market. These client conflict policies can and sometimes do prevent the Company’s agencies from seeking and winning new clients and assignments. If the Company’s agencies are unable to compete effectively in the markets in which they operate, the Company’s market share and profits may decrease.

 

4


The Company receives a significant portion of its revenues from a limited number of large clients, and the loss of these clients could adversely impact the Company’s prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of the Company’s consolidated revenues. The Company’s ten largest clients accounted for approximately 18% of revenues in the year ended 31 December 2008. The Company’s clients generally are able to reduce advertising and marketing spending or cancel projects at any time for any reason. There can be no assurance that any of the Company’s clients will continue to utilise the Company’s services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A significant reduction in advertising and marketing spending by, or the loss of one or more of, the Company’s largest clients, if not replaced by new client accounts or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect the Company’s prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company may be unable to collect balances due from any client that files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent.

 

The Company generally provides advertising and communications services to its clients in advance of its receipt of payment. The invoices for these services are typically payable within 30 to 60 days. In addition, the Company commits to media and production purchases on behalf of some of its clients. If one or more of its clients files for bankruptcy, or becomes insolvent or otherwise is unable to pay for the services the Company provides, the Company may be unable to collect balances due to it on a timely basis or at all. In addition, in that event, media and production companies may look to the Company to pay for media purchases and production work to which it committed as an agent on behalf of these clients. The damages, costs, expenses or attorneys’ fees arising from the lack of payment could have an adverse effect on the Company’s prospects, business, results of operations and financial condition. The reputation of the Company’s agencies may also be negatively affected.

 

Employee risks

 

The Company is dependent on its people.

 

The advertising and marketing services industries are highly dependent on the talent, creative abilities and technical skills of the personnel of the service providers and the relationships their personnel have with clients. The Company believes that its operating companies have established reputations in the industry that attract talented personnel. However, the Company, like all service providers, is vulnerable to adverse consequences from the loss of key employees due to competition among providers of advertising and marketing services for talented personnel.

 

International business risks

 

The Company is exposed to the risks of doing business internationally.

 

The Company operates in 107 countries throughout the world. The Company’s international operations are subject to a number of risks inherent in operating in different countries. These include, but are not limited to risks regarding:

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, particularly in emerging markets; and

 

   

conflicts between the intent of various terms of the Company’s client service contracts with global clients and possible interpretations of those terms based on local laws and business practices or changes therein.

 

The occurrence of any of these events or conditions could adversely affect the Company’s ability to increase or maintain its operations in various countries.

 

5


Currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations.

 

The Company’s reporting currency is pounds sterling. However, the Company’s significant international operations give rise to an exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates, since most of its revenues from countries other than the UK are denominated in currencies other than pounds sterling, including US dollars and euros. Changes in exchange rates cause fluctuations in the Company’s results when measured in pounds sterling.

 

The Company may have difficulty repatriating the earnings of its subsidiaries.

 

Any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances to the Company by its subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on, or taxation of, dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which the Company’s subsidiaries operate. If the Company is unable to repatriate the earnings of its subsidiaries it could have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to redeploy earnings in other jurisdictions where they could be used more profitably.

 

Merger and acquisition risks

 

The Company may be unsuccessful in evaluating material risks involved in completed and future acquisitions.

 

The Company regularly reviews potential acquisitions of businesses that are complementary to its businesses. As part of the review the Company conducts business, legal and financial due diligence with the goal of identifying and evaluating material risks involved in any particular transaction. Despite the Company’s efforts, it may be unsuccessful in ascertaining or evaluating all such risks. As a result, it might not realise the intended advantages of any given acquisition. If the Company fails to realise the expected benefits from one or more acquisitions, the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

The Company may be unsuccessful in integrating any acquired operations with its existing businesses.

 

The Company may experience difficulties in integrating operations acquired from other companies. These difficulties include the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns and the potential loss of key employees of the acquired operations. Acquisitions also frequently involve significant costs related to integrating information technology, accounting and management services, rationalising personnel levels and implementing internal controls. If the Company experiences difficulties in integrating one or more acquisitions, the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 

Goodwill and other acquired intangible assets recorded on the Company’s balance sheet with respect to acquired companies may become impaired.

 

The Company has a significant amount of goodwill and other acquired intangible assets recorded on its balance sheet with respect to acquired companies. The Company annually tests the carrying value of goodwill for impairment. The estimates and assumptions about results of operations and cash flows made in connection with impairment testing could differ from future actual results of operations

 

6


and cash flows. In addition, future events could cause the Company to conclude that the asset values associated with a given operation have become impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company may use ordinary shares, incur indebtedness, expend cash or use any combination of ordinary shares, indebtedness and cash for all or part of the consideration to be paid in future acquisitions that would result in additional goodwill being recorded on the Company’s balance sheet.

 

Regulatory and legal risks

 

The Company may be subject to certain regulations that could restrict the Company’s activities.

 

From time to time, governments, government agencies and industry self-regulatory bodies in the United States, European Union and other countries in which the Company operates have adopted statutes, regulations and rulings that directly or indirectly affect the form, content and scheduling of advertising, public relations and public affairs, and market research, or otherwise affect the activities of the Company and its clients. For further discussion of such regulations, see the discussion in the Government Regulation section under Item 4B. Changes in tax laws or their application may also adversely affect the Company’s reported results. Although the Company does not expect any existing or proposed regulations to materially adversely impact the Company’s business, the Company is unable to estimate the effect on its future operations of the application of existing statutes or regulations or the extent or nature of future regulatory action.

 

The Company may be exposed to liabilities from allegations that certain of its clients’ advertising claims may be false or misleading or that its clients’ products may be defective.

 

The Company may be, or may be joined as, a defendant in litigation brought against its clients by third parties, its clients’ competitors, governmental or regulatory authorities or consumers. These actions could involve claims alleging, among other things, that:

 

   

advertising claims made with respect to the Company’s clients’ products or services are false, deceptive, misleading, or offensive;

 

   

the Company’s clients’ products are defective or injurious and may be harmful to others; or

 

   

marketing, communications or advertising materials created for the Company’s clients infringe on the proprietary rights of third parties since client-agency contracts generally provide that the agency agrees to indemnify the client against claims for infringement of intellectual property rights.

 

The damages, costs, expenses or attorneys’ fees arising from any of these claims could have an adverse effect on the Company’s prospects, business, results of operations and financial condition to the extent that we are not adequately insured against such risks or indemnified by the Company’s clients. In any case, the reputation of the Company’s agencies may be negatively affected by such allegations.

 

Civil liabilities or judgments against the Company or its directors or officers based on U.S. federal or state securities laws may not be enforceable in the U.S. or in England and Wales or in Jersey.

 

The Company is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Jersey. Some of the Company’s directors and officers reside outside of the United States. In addition, a substantial portion of the directly owned assets of the Company are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for investors to effect service of process within the United States against

 

7


the Company or its directors and officers or to enforce against them any of the judgments, including those obtained in original actions or in actions to enforce judgments of the U.S. courts, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the United States.

 

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

 

The Company operates through a number of established global, multinational and national advertising and marketing services companies that are organised into four business segments. Our largest segment is Advertising and Media Investment Management where we operate the well-known advertising networks Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide, JWT, Y&R, Grey, Bates 141 and the United Network, as well as Media Investment Management companies such as MediaCom, Mediaedge:cia, Mindshare and Maxus. Our other segments are Information, Insight and Consultancy (where our operations are conducted through the Kantar Group, including the TNS Group (“TNS”)), Public Relations and Public Affairs (where we operate through well-known companies such as Burson-Marsteller, Cohn & Wolfe, Hill & Knowlton and Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide) and Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications (where our operations are conducted by B to D Group, CommonHealth, ghg, Wunderman, Sudler & Hennessey, OgilvyOne Worldwide, Ogilvy Healthworld, G2, OgilvyAction, 24/7 Real Media Inc and other companies).

 

The Company’s ordinary shares are admitted to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and trade on The London Stock Exchange and American Depositary Shares (which are evidenced by ADRs or held in book-entry form) representing deposited ordinary shares are quoted on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”). At 30 April 2009 the Company had a market capitalisation of £5,856.4 million.

 

The Company’s executive office is located at 6 Ely Place, Dublin 2, Ireland, Tel: 011-353-1-669-0333 and its registered office is located at 22 Grenville Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8PX.

 

A. History and Development of the Company

 

WPP plc was incorporated on 12 September 2008.

 

On 19 November 2008, under a scheme of arrangement between WPP 2008 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc), (“Old WPP”), the former holding company of the Group, and its share owners under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, and as sanctioned by the High Court, all the issued shares in that company were cancelled and the same number of new shares were issued to WPP plc in consideration for the allotment to share owners of one ordinary share in WPP plc for each ordinary share in WPP 2008 Limited held on the record date, 18 November 2008. Citibank, N.A., depositary for the ADSs representing Old WPP ordinary shares, cancelled Old WPP ADSs held in book-entry uncertificated form in the direct registration system maintained by it and issued ADSs representing ordinary shares of the Company in book entry uncertificated form in the direct registration system maintained by it to the holders. Holders of certificated ADSs, or ADRs, of Old WPP were entitled to receive Company ADSs upon surrender of the Old WPP ADRs to the Depositary. Each Old WPP ADS represented five ordinary shares of Old WPP and each Company ADS represents five ordinary shares of the Company.

 

As part of the scheme of arrangement noted above, 1,252,652,646 ordinary shares were issued at a price of 340.75 pence each. On 24 November 2008 the entire balance standing to the credit of the share premium account was transferred to retained earnings as sanctioned by The Royal Court of Jersey. As a result £4,143.1 million was added to retained earnings for both WPP plc and the Group. For the Company this amount is distributable.

 

8


Pursuant to Rule 12g-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), WPP plc succeeded to Old WPP’s registration and periodic reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

 

Old WPP became the holding company of the WPP Group on or about 25 October 2005 when the company now known as WPP 2005 Limited, the original holding company of the WPP Group, completed a reorganization of its capital and corporate structure. WPP 2005 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc) was incorporated and registered in England and Wales in 1971 and is a private limited company under the Companies Act 1985, and until 1985 operated as a manufacturer and distributor of wire and plastic products. In 1985, new investors acquired a significant interest in WPP and changed the strategic direction of the Company from being a wire and plastics manufacturer and distributor to being a multinational communications services organisation. Since then, the Company has grown both organically and by the acquisition of companies, most significantly the acquisitions of JWT Group, Inc. in 1987, The Ogilvy Group, Inc. in 1989, Young & Rubicam Inc. (“Young & Rubicam” or “Young & Rubicam Brands”, as the group is now known) in 2000, Tempus Group plc (“Tempus”) in 2001, Cordiant Communications Group plc (“Cordiant”) in 2003, Grey Global Group, Inc. (“Grey”) in 2005, 24/7 Real Media Inc (“TFSM”) in 2007 and TNS in 2008.

 

In October 2008, the Company completed the acquisition of TNS for total consideration of £1,025.0 million, comprising 80.5 million ordinary shares and £737.0 million in cash (net of cash acquired). TNS is a major information, insight and consultancy group, operating in over 80 countries with almost 17,000 people worldwide.

 

The Company spent £1,054.0 million (excluding cash and cash equivalents acquired), £744.4 million and £252.5 million for acquisitions and investments in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, including payments in respect of loan note redemptions and earnout consideration resulting from acquisitions in prior years. For the same periods, cash spent on purchases of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets was £220.6 million, £170.8 million and £184.5 million, respectively, and cash spent on share repurchases and cancellations was £112.2 million, £415.4 million and £257.7 million, respectively.

 

B. Business Overview

 

In 2008, revenues increased by almost 21% to £7.5 billion as compared to 2007. On a like-for-like basis, under which current year actual results on a constant currency basis (which include acquisitions from the relevant date of completion) are compared with prior year results, adjusted to include the results of acquisitions for the commensurate period in the prior year, revenues were up by 2.7%. See Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects for the Group’s view on reviewing its businesses on a like-for-like and constant currency basis. Profit before interest and taxation increased in 2008 by 9.0% to £922.0 million but fell by 6% in constant currency, including the effects of £84.1 million and £44.1 million of goodwill impairment charges taken on subsidiaries and associates in 2008 and 2007, respectively and £30.5 million of investment write-downs in 2008. Profit before taxation in 2008 was up 3.8% to £746.8 million as compared to 2007, but declined 13.4% in constant currency, and diluted earnings per share decreased by 1.1% to 37.6p.

 

The Company’s business comprises the provision of communications services on a national, multinational and global basis. It operates from 2,400 offices in 107 countries including associates. The Company organises its businesses in the following areas: Advertising and Media Investment Management; Information, Insight and Consultancy; Public Relations and Public Affairs; and Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications (including direct, digital, promotion and relationship marketing).

 

9


Approximately 45% of the Company’s reported revenues in 2008 were from Advertising and Media Investment Management, with the remaining 55% of its revenues being derived from the business segments of Information, Insight and Consultancy; Public Relations and Public Affairs; and Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications.

 

The following table shows, for the last three fiscal years, reported revenue attributable to each business segment in which the Company operates.

 

Revenue   2008  

% of

Total in

2008

  2007  

% of

Total in

2007

  2006  

% of

Total in

2006

    (£m)       (£m)       (£m)    

Advertising and Media Investment Management

  3,329.5   44.5   2,871.3   46.4   2,806.9   47.5

Information, Insight and Consultancy

  1,301.8   17.4   905.4   14.6   892.9   15.1

Public Relations and Public Affairs

  752.3   10.1   641.4   10.4   595.7   10.1

Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications

  2,093.3   28.0   1,767.8   28.6   1,612.3   27.3

TOTAL

  7,476.9   100.0   6,185.9   100.0   5,907.8   100.0

 

The pattern of revenue growth also differed regionally. The following table shows, for the last three fiscal years, reported revenue attributable to each geographic area in which the Company operates and demonstrates the Company’s regional diversity.

 

Revenue   2008  

% of

Total in

2008

  2007  

% of

Total in

2007

  2006  

% of

Total in

2006

    (£m)       (£m)       (£m)    

North America

  2,603.2   34.8   2,266.7   36.6   2,291.1   38.8

United Kingdom

  954.2   12.8   890.3   14.4   856.3   14.5

Continental Europe

  2,127.3   28.5   1,657.4   26.8   1,532.9   25.9

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa and Middle East

  1,792.2   23.9   1,371.5   22.2   1,227.5   20.8

TOTAL

  7,476.9   100.0   6,185.9   100.0   5,907.8   100.0

 

The Company’s principal activities within each of its business segments are described below.

 

Advertising and Media Investment Management

 

Advertising

 

The principal functions of an advertising agency are the planning and creation of marketing and branding campaigns and the design and production of advertisements for all types of media such as television, cable, the internet, radio, magazines, newspapers and outdoor locations such as billboards.

 

The Company’s principal advertising agencies include Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide, JWT, Y&R, Grey, United Network and Bates 141. The Company also owns interests in Asatsu-DK (24.0%); Chime Communications PLC (19.3%); High Co S.A. (33.5%) and GIIR, Inc (20.0%).

 

Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide. Ogilvy & Mather is a full-service multinational advertising agency. Ogilvy & Mather was formed in 1948 and is headquartered in New York. Its strategy includes an integrated service offering known as 360 Degree Brand Stewardship ® , a business platform that

 

10


enables Ogilvy & Mather to integrate its growing range of disciplines which now include OgilvyAction, Ogilvy’s brand activation company, Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide and Ogilvy Healthword. Ogilvy also brought digital and direct media back into their operations in 2005 as Neo@Ogilvy.

 

JWT . JWT, one of the world’s first advertising agencies, was founded in 1864 and is a full service multinational advertising agency headquartered in New York. JWT’s relationships with a number of its major clients have been in existence for many years, exhibiting, management believes, an ability to adapt to meet the clients’ and market’s new demands.

 

Y&R. Y&R, a full-service multinational advertising agency network headquartered in New York, was formed in 1923 and is now part of a collaborative, multidisciplinary model under Young & Rubicam Brands. Y&R’s clients also benefit from Y&R’s continued investment in its proprietary brand management tool, BrandAsset ® Valuator .

 

Grey. Grey commenced operations in 1917 and was incorporated in 1925 as Grey Advertising Inc. Grey has offices in approximately 96 countries and was acquired by WPP in March 2005.

 

United Network . In late 2005, WPP’s Red Cell network was split in two parts, with several of the former Red Cell offices forming the United Network. The group now includes Senora Rushmore United, Madrid; Berlin Cameron United, New York; Cole & Weber United, Seattle; 1861 United, Milan; LDV United, Antwerp; BTS United, Oslo; and Les Ouvriers du Paradis United, Paris.

 

Bates 141 is an Asia-dedicated advertising and brand activation network. In 2008 several acquisitions were made to broaden the company’s geographic coverage in key disciplines.

 

Media Investment Management

 

GroupM is WPP’s global media investment management operation, serving as the parent company to agencies including MediaCom, Mediaedge:cia, Mindshare and Maxus. With its agencies, GroupM has capabilities in business science, consumer insight, communications and media planning implementation, interactions, content development, and sports and entertainment marketing. The primary purpose of GroupM is to maximise the performance of WPP’s media agencies, operating not only as a parent company but as a collaborator on performance-enhancing activities, such as trading, content creation, sports, digital, finance, tool development and other business-critical capabilities, in order to leverage the combination of GroupM’s care and talent resources.

 

MediaCom . MediaCom became part of GroupM following the Grey acquisition in March 2005 and, as part of WPP, is able to work together with sister media agencies, developing synergies in a number of relevant professional areas.

 

Mediaedge:cia . Mediaedge:cia was formed following the Group’s acquisition of Tempus in 2001 with the merger of its core brand CIA with The MediaEdge. In addition to its media planning and implementation capability, Mediaedge:cia has established and is growing its operations in interaction (digital, direct & search), entertainment marketing, sports, sponsorship and event marketing, cause-related marketing, content development, return on investment (“ROI”) and consumer insights, and is now developing a retail marketing practice.

 

Mindshare . Mindshare was originally formed from the merger of the media departments of JWT and Ogilvy & Mather. Mindshare has made significant investments in developing strategic resources, especially in the areas of communications planning, content, insights, digital and ROI, with its ambition moving from being marketing partners for their clients to being their business partners.

 

11


Maxus. Maxus is a global communications consultancy that helps marketers build interactive relationships between consumers and their brands.

 

Information, Insight and Consultancy

 

To help optimise its worldwide research offering to clients, the Company’s separate global research and strategic marketing consultancy businesses, which are described below, are managed on a centralised basis under the umbrella of the Kantar Group. In 2009 the Kantar Group announced a major re-organisation to strengthen its position as the world’s leading information, insight and consultancy business and streamline its offer for clients. The re-organisation simplified the Group’s overall offering through a series of structural changes, building on the acquisition of TNS in October 2008. The principal interests comprising the Kantar Group are:

 

TNS. The TNS Custom business and Research International are being merged in 2009. The new global company is known as TNS. This custom research company specialises in a wide range of business sectors and areas of marketplace information including strategic market studies, brand positioning and equity research, customer satisfaction surveys, product development, international research and advanced modeling.

 

In addition, following the acquisition of TNS in 2008 four dedicated vertical sector operating units were established using the Kantar name:

 

   

Kantar Media through the coming together of Kantar Media Intelligence, Kantar Audience Measurement, TGI Global and Kantar Media US.

 

   

Kantar Healthcare through the coming together of TNS Healthcare, Ziment Group and Mattson Jack Group.

 

   

Kantar Retail through the coming together of Glendinning, Cannondale Associates, Management Ventures, Retail Forward and Red Dot Square.

 

   

Kantar Worldpanel a grouping of former TNS Worldpanel companies which will include links with IMRB International, a leading market research business in India and Lightspeed Research which provides online consumer panel access for tracking and ad hoc studies.

 

Millward Brown. MB is one of the world’s leading companies in advertising research, including pre-testing, tracking and sales modeling, and offers a full range of services to help clients market their brands more effectively.

 

Public Relations and Public Affairs

 

Public Relations and Public Affairs companies advise clients who are seeking to communicate with consumers, governments and/or the business and financial communities. Public Relations and Public Affairs activities include national and international corporate, financial and marketing communications, crisis management, reputation management, public affairs and government lobbying. The Company’s global networks in this area included Burson-Marsteller, Hill & Knowlton, Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide and Cohn & Wolfe.

 

Burson-Marsteller. B-M, founded in 1953 and part of Young & Rubicam Brands, specialises in corporate and marketing communications, business-to-business services, crisis management, employee relations and government relations. The B-M network includes the businesses of Marsteller, a full service multimedia agency, and public affairs companies, Quinn Gillespie, Dewey Square Group, BKSH and Penn, Schoen & Berland.

 

12


Hill & Knowlton. H&K, founded in 1927, is a worldwide public relations and public affairs firm headquartered in New York. H&K provides national and multinational clients with a wide range of communications services including corporate and financial public relations, marketing communications, internal communication, change management, crisis communications and public affairs counseling. The Hill & Knowlton network also includes the businesses of Blanc & Otus, H&K’s stand-alone technology company, Timmons and Company, and Wexler & Walker Public Policy Associates.

 

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide. Part of the Ogilvy & Mather worldwide network, OPR is a leading public relations and public affairs firm based in New York with practice areas in marketing, health and medical, corporate public affairs and technology and social marketing. The firm has offices in key financial, governmental and media centres as well as relationships with affiliates worldwide.

 

Cohn & Wolfe. C&W, a Young & Rubicam Brands company, is an international public relations agency established in 1970. It offers marketing-related public relations for its clients and provides its clients with business results and marketing communications solutions. In 2008 Cohn & Wolfe merged with Grey Group’s public relations network, GCI.

 

Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications

 

The Company’s activities in this business area include branding and identity; healthcare communications; direct digital, promotional and interactive marketing; and other specialist communications services including custom media, demographic and sector marketing, sports marketing, and media and film production services.

 

Branding and Identity

 

B to D Group. This branding and design entity, formed in 2005, consists of Landor Associates (a Young & Rubicam Brands company), The Brand Union (formerly Enterprise IG), VBAT, Addison Corporate Marketing, Lambie-Nairn, The Partners (a Young & Rubicam Brands company) and Fitch. The mission of the B to D Group is to maximise and leverage the strengths of each individual company in order to offer clients and prospects the most complete and compelling branding and design solutions. As part of the Group, the companies have access to new clients and untapped markets, as well as resources such as advanced knowledge sharing systems and financial tools. Employee exchange further enables the companies to share top-level strategic thinking, creativity and cultural knowledge.

 

BDG McColl. BDG McColl, Edinburgh–based architects and interior designers, specialise in the design of commercial buildings and interiors.

 

BDGworkfutures. BDGworkfutures is an international design consultancy focusing on strategy and design for working environments, working with corporate clients and within the Government sector.

 

Healthcare Communications

 

The Company has extensive expertise in healthcare communications, including the global networks of CommonHealth, Sudler & Hennessey (a Young & Rubicam Brands company), Ogilvy Healthworld (part of the Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide network) and ghg (part of Grey Group).

 

Direct, Digital, Promotion and Relationship Marketing

 

The Company has a number of operating businesses in this category, including:

 

   

A. Eicoff & Co which specialises in targeted cable and broadcast television advertising.

 

   

Bridge Worldwide , acquired in 2005, which brings strong capabilities in the interactive and relationship marketing space.

 

13


   

EWA which specialises in data and relationship management services.

 

   

G2 , part of Grey Group, unifies all of the specialised marketing communications services into a global network providing services in branding and design, data consulting, direct communications, interactive marketing, and promotion, trade and shopper marketing.

 

   

Headcount Worldwide Field Marketing which offers field marketing and brand development services, supported by strong customer relationship skills.

 

   

KnowledgeBase Marketing (“KBM”), a Young & Rubicam Brands company, which provides information-based marketing solutions to businesses in targeted high-growth industries. KBM’s capabilities include data warehousing, data mining, information services and data analysis.

 

   

Mando Brand Assurance is a UK-based global promotional risk management company, underwriting marketing activity for major international brands.

 

   

OgilvyOne Worldwide , part of the Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide network, which is a direct marketing group, offering online marketing consulting and also traditional direct marketing communications such as direct response advertising techniques.

 

   

RMG Connect is a global operation which consolidates all of JWT’s customer relationship marketing offerings.

 

   

V ML , headquartered in Kansas City and part of Young & Rubicam Brands, which specialises in digital and interactive services.

 

   

Wunderman , part of Young & Rubicam Brands, an integrated marketing solutions company that delivers customer relationship management services to its clients. Since 2005, Wunderman has acquired several digital companies, including Aqua Online, AGENDA, Blast Radius, ZAAZ, Actis Systems, Kassius and Designkitchen, to enhance its offer to clients.

 

   

Ogilvy Action , part of the Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide network, is a global marketing services network whose offers include shopper & trade marketing, experiential marketing, digital, retail design and sports & entertainment sponsorship.

 

Specialist Communications

 

Custom media

 

   

Forward is a full service custom media specialist, whose services include magazines, catalogues, magalogues, mini-zines, e-zines, web content and direct mail.

 

   

Spafax creates entertainment and communication experiences for customers and travellers both onboard and on the ground, specialising in inflight entertainment, revenue generation, publishing and technical solutions.

 

Corporate/B2B

 

   

Ogilvy Primary Contact is a UK-based provider of business-to-business, financial and corporate advertising.

 

Demographic marketing

 

   

The Bravo Group, MosaicaMD, Kang & Lee and WINGLATINO create multicultural marketing and communications programmes targeted to the fast-growing US Hispanic, African-American and Asian communities. Their multidisciplinary services include advertising, promotion and event marketing, public relations, research and direct marketing. The Bravo Group, MosaicaMD and Kang & Lee are part of Young & Rubicam Brands. WINGLATINO is part of Grey Group.

 

14


Event/face-to-face marketing

 

   

MJM is a full-service communications company for live events, meetings, exhibits, trade shows, brand theatre and training, serving clients around the world.

 

Foodservice marketing

 

   

The Food Group specialises in targeted food advertising, marketing, and culinary and technology solutions. In 2007, the company added a new division, Nutrition and Culinary Consultants (“NCC”) which provides strategic, science-based guidance to the food, beverage and wellness industries.

 

Youth marketing

 

   

The Geppetto Group assists clients in communicating their products and services to the youth market (children and teenagers) and implementing creative branding solutions.

 

Real estate marketing

 

   

Pace is one of the largest specialists in the real estate communications market in the United States, offering comprehensive services in the marketing of both commercial and residential property to developers, builders and real estate agents.

 

Technology marketing

 

   

Banner Corporation is a European marketing communications firm specialising in the technology sector. Banner is part of Young & Rubicam Brands.

 

Sports marketing

 

   

OgilvyAction Sports & Entertainment Marketing is an international sports and entertainment marketing agency specialising in the marketing of exclusive and worldwide broadcasting and marketing rights to European football matches and the sponsorship consultancy of blue-chip clients across various sports. They also launched the Performance joint venture with Mindshare to create a dedicated sports and entertainment sponsorship consultancy.

 

   

PRISM Group , on a global basis, offers sports marketing and consultancy, event management, public relations and communication design.

 

Media & production services

 

   

Metro Group provides a diverse range of technical and creative services, including multimedia, film, video and asset archiving, equipment sales and post-production systems to clients in the UK.

 

   

The Farm Group , headquartered in the UK, is a film and video production services company.

 

   

MRC is a leading independent studio in television, film and digital.

 

WPP Digital

 

   

WPP Digital makes acquisitions and strategic investments in companies that improve the Group’s digital offer and its understanding of the digital space and provides access for WPP companies and their clients to a portfolio of digital experts. WPP Digital comprises a number of

 

15


 

full-service interactive agencies, including Schematic, BLUE and Quasar, technology-led digital marketing company 24/7 Real Media Inc, as well as investments in businesses providing creative services, analytics, mobile marketing, in-game advertising, video and social networking services.

 

Manufacturing

 

The original business of the Group remains as the manufacturing division, which operates through subsidiaries of Wire and Plastic Products Limited. The division produces a wide range of products for commercial, industrial and retail applications.

 

WPP Head Office

 

WPP and its offices in Dublin, London, New York, Hong Kong and Shanghai, develop the professional and financial strategy of the Group, promote operating efficiencies, coordinate cross referrals of clients among the Group companies and monitor the financial performance of its operating companies. The principal activity of the Group is the provision of communications services worldwide. WPP acts only as the parent company and does not trade. The parent company complements the operating companies in three distinct ways:

 

   

First, the parent company relieves them of much administrative work. Financial matters (such as planning, budgeting, reporting, control, treasury, tax, mergers, acquisitions, investor relations, legal affairs and internal audit) are co-ordinated centrally.

 

   

Second, the parent company encourages and enables operating companies of different disciplines to work together for the benefit of clients. Such collaborations have the additional benefit of enhancing the job satisfaction of the Company’s people. The parent company also plays an across-the-Group role in the following functions: the management of talent, including recruitment and training; in property management; in procurement of information technology; and in knowledge sharing and practice development.

 

 

 

And, finally, WPP itself can function as the 21 st century equivalent of the full-service agency. For some clients, predominantly those with a vast geographical spread and a need for marketing services ranging from advertising through design and website construction to research and internal communications, WPP can act as a portal to provide a single point of contact and accountability.

 

The parent company operates with a limited group of approximately 300 people.

 

WPP Strategy

 

The Group has three strategic priorities:

 

   

First, our immediate priority is to weather the current financial crisis successfully. Compared with the last downturn, our people are stronger: they are better resourced, motivated and incentivised than when we exited the last recessions in the early 1990s and 2000s. The Company is also more profitable, more liquid and better structured.

 

   

Second, in the medium term, to build upon the successful base we have established with the acquisitions, for example of TNS, Young & Rubicam Brands and Grey. At Grey, the new management structure is now in place and the planned integration is now completed. Grey Advertising still needs to raise its game in terms of revenue growth and Grey Healthcare Group needs to overcome the impact of FDA non-approvals on products that clients have assigned to them. At Young & Rubicam Brands, our plans are also largely implemented, the one remaining task being to continue to strengthen the Y&R advertising agency, although the business is showing increased strength following the change of leadership two years ago.

 

16


   

Third, in the long term or over the next five to ten years, to increase the combined geographic share of revenues from the faster growing markets of Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa and the Middle East, and Central and Eastern Europe, from around 27% to one-third; to increase the share of revenues of marketing services from around 62% now (including TNS on a full year basis) to two-thirds; and to increase the share of more measurable marketing services – such as Information, Insight & Consultancy (or consumer insight), and direct, interactive, internet and other digital media – from around 40% of our revenues to 50%.

 

Corporate Responsibility

 

The significance of corporate responsibility (“CR”) to the Company’s business continues to increase, notwithstanding the economic downturn. We focus our efforts on the issues we have identified as being most material (relevant and significant) to WPP. We consider five corporate responsibility issues to be of significance to WPP:

 

   

The social and environmental impact of our work for clients.

 

   

Marketing ethics, compliance with marketing standards, and protection of personal, consumer and corporate data and increasing transparency about our marketing practices.

 

   

Employment, including diversity and equal opportunities, business ethics, employee development, remuneration, communication and health and safety.

 

   

Social investment, including pro bono work, donations to charity and employee volunteering. In 2008, our total social investment was worth £14.6 million, equivalent to 2% of reported profit before tax. This includes £10.3 million in pro bono work (based on the fees the benefiting organisations would have paid for our work) and £4.3 million in donations.

 

 

 

Climate change, including the emissions from energy used in our offices and during business travel. We have set a target to reduce our CO 2 emissions by 20% by 2010.

 

Clients

 

The Group services over 345 of the Fortune Global 500, 29 of the Dow Jones 30, half of the NASDAQ 100, and 33 of the Fortune e-50. Over 700 national or multinational clients are served in three or more disciplines. More than 440 clients are served in four disciplines and these clients account for over 58% of Group revenues. The Group also works with over 310 clients in six or more countries. The Company’s ten largest clients in 2008, measured by revenues, were BAT, Ford, GlaxoSmithKline, IBM, Johnson & Johnson, Kraft Food, Microsoft, Nestlé, Procter & Gamble and Unilever. Together, these clients accounted for approximately 18% of the Company’s revenues in 2008. No client of the Company represented more than 5% of the Company’s aggregate revenues in 2008. The Group’s companies have maintained long-standing relationships with many of its clients, with an average length of relationship for the top 10 clients of approximately 50 years.

 

17


Acquisitions

 

In 2008, in addition to the acquisition of TNS, the Company strengthened its position in Advertising and Media Investment Management in the US, the UK, Denmark, France, Italy, the Netherlands, Switzerland, Ukraine, the Middle East, Kenya, Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Guatemala, Australia, New Zealand, China, Singapore and Vietnam; in Information, Insight & Consultancy in the US, the UK, Spain, Brazil and India; in Public Relations & Public Affairs in the UK, China, Korea and India; in direct, internet and interactive in the US, the Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Russia, China, India, Japan and Malaysia; and in Branding & Identity in the Netherlands. Total initial cash consideration spent on acquisitions and investments, less cash and cash equivalents acquired, was £989.7 million in 2008.

 

Government Regulation

 

From time to time, governments, government agencies and industry self-regulatory bodies in the United States, European Union and other countries in which the Company operates have adopted statutes, regulations, and rulings which directly or indirectly affect the form, content, and scheduling of advertising, public relations and public affairs, and market research, or otherwise affect the activities of the Company and its clients. Some of the foregoing relate to privacy and data protection and general considerations such as truthfulness, substantiation and interpretation of claims made, comparative advertising, relative responsibilities of clients and advertising, public relations and public affairs firms, and registration of public relations and public affairs firms’ representation of foreign governments.

 

In addition, there is an increasing tendency towards expansion of specific rules, prohibitions, media restrictions, labeling disclosures and warning requirements with respect to advertising for certain products, such as over-the-counter drugs and pharmaceuticals, cigarettes, food and certain alcoholic beverages, and to certain groups, such as children.

 

Proposals have been made for the adoption of additional laws and regulations that could further restrict the activities of advertising, public relations and public affairs, and market research firms and their clients. Though the Company does not expect any existing or proposed regulations to materially adversely impact the Company’s business, the Company is unable to estimate the effect on its future operations of the application of existing statutes or regulations or the extent or nature of future regulatory action.

 

18


C. Organizational Structure

 

The Company’s business comprises the provision of communications services on a national, multinational and global basis. It operates from 2,400 offices in 107 countries including associates. The Company organises its businesses in the following areas: Advertising and Media Investment Management; Information, Insight and Consultancy; Public Relations and Public Affairs; and Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications (including direct, digital promotion and relationship marketing). A listing of the Group brands operating within these business segments as at April 2009 is set forth below.

 

Advertising


  

Media Investment Management


ADK 1

   Group M:

Bates 141

   Maxus

BrandBuzz 4

   MediaCom

CHI & Partners 1

   Mediaedge:cia

Dentsu Y&R 1, 2, 4

   Mindshare

Enfatico 4

   Outrider

Grey

   Brandamp 2

HS Ad 1

   Catalyst

JWT

   Other media agencies

Johannes Leonardo 1

   Kinetic Worldwide 2

Marsteller Advertising 4

   KR Media 1

Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide

    

Santo

    

Scangroup 1

    

Soho Square

    

Tapsa

    

The Jupiter Drawing Room 1

    

United Network

    

Y&R 4

    

 

Information, Insight & Consultancy


  

Public Relations & Public Affairs


The Kantar Group:

   BKSH 4

Added Value

   Blanc & Otus

BPRI

   Buchanan Communications

Center Partners

   Burson-Marsteller 4

IMRB International

   Chime Communications PLC 1

Kantar Healthcare

   Clarion Communications

    –TNS Healthcare

   Cohn & Wolfe 4

    –Ziment Group

   Dewey Square Group

    –Mattson Jack Group

   Finsbury

Kantar Japan

   Hill & Knowlton

Kantar Media

   Ogilvy Government Relations

    –Kantar Media Intelligence

   Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide

    –Kantar Audience Measurement

   The PBN Company 1

    –TGI Global

   Penn, Schoen & Berland 4

    –Kantar Media US

   Public Strategies

Kantar Operations

   Quinn Gillespie

Kantar Retail

   Robinson Lerer & Montgomery 4

    –Glendinning

   Timmons and Company

    –Cannondale Associates

   Wexler & Walker Public Policy Associates

    –Management Ventures

    

    –Retail Forward

    

    –Red Dot Square

    

Kantar Worldpanel

    

Lightspeed Research

    

Millward Brown

    

The Futures Company

    

TNS

    

Other marketing consultancies:

    

Everystone

ohal

    

 

19


Branding & Identity

Addison Corporate Marketing 6

BDGMcColl

BDGworkfutures

Coley Porter Bell

Dovetail

FITCH 6

Lambie-Nairn 6

Landor Associates 4, 6

The Brand Union 6

The Partners 6

VBAT 6

Warwicks

 

Healthcare Communications

CommonHealth

Feinstein Kean Healthcare

GCI Health

ghg

Ogilvy Healthworld

Sudler & Hennessey 4

 

Direct, Digital, Promotion & Relationship Marketing

A. Eicoff & Co

Actis Systems 5

AGENDA 5

Aqua Online 5

Blast Radius 5

Bridge Worldwide

Brierley & Partners 1

Designkitchen 5

Dialogue 141

Digit

EWA

FullSIX 3

GT 4

Grass Roots 1

G2

    -G2 Branding & Design

    -G2 Interactive

    -G2 Direct & Digital

    -G2 Promotional Marketing

Headcount Worldwide Field Marketing

High Co 1

Kassius 5

KnowledgeBase Marketing 5

Mando Brand Assurance

Maxx Marketing

OgilvyAction

OgilvyOne Worldwide

OOT 3

Plano.Trio

RMG Connect

RTC Relationship Marketing 4

Smollan Group 1

Studiocom 4

These Days 5

VML 4

Wunderman 4

ZAAZ 5

  

Specialist Communications

Corporate/B2B

Brouillard

Ogilvy Primary Contact

Custom media

Forward

Spafax

Demographic marketing

The Bravo Group 4

Kang & Lee 4

MosaicaMD

UniWorld 1

WINGLATINO 4

Employer branding/recruitment

JWT Inside

Event/face-to-face marketing

MJM

FITCHLive

Foodservice marketing

The Food Group

Sports marketing

OgilvyAction Sports & Entertainment Marketing

Performance

PRISM Group

Entertainment marketing

Alliance

Youth marketing

The Geppetto Group

Real estate marketing

Pace

Technology marketing

Banner Corporation 4

Media & production services

The Farm Group

Imagina 3

Metro Group

MRC 3

The Weinstein Company 3

 

WPP Digital

24/7 Real Media

BLUE

Deliver

iconmobile 1

Quasar

Schematic

Syzygy 1

 

WPP Digital Partner Companies

HDT Holdings Technologies 3

In Game Ad Interactive 3

Invidi 3

JumpTap 3

LiveWorld 3

NuConomy 3

Omniture 3

Proclivity Systems 3

Realtime Worlds 3

SpotRunner 3

VideoEgg 3

Visible Technologies 1

Visible World 3

WildTangent 3

Yield Software 3

 

WPP Knowledge Communities

The Channel

The Store

 


Notes

1

 

Associate

2

 

Joint venture

3

 

Investment

4

 

A Young & Rubicam Brands Company

5

 

Part of the Wunderman network

6

 

A member of B to D Group

 

20


D. Property, Plant and Equipment

 

The majority of the Company’s properties are leased, although certain properties which are used mainly for office space are owned. In the United States owned properties include the 370,000 net square foot Young & Rubicam headquarters office building located at 285 Madison Avenue in New York and 152,000 square foot TNS headquarters located near Toledo, Ohio. Other owned properties are in Latin America (principally in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico and Peru), Asia (India) and in Europe (Spain, France, UK and Italy). In Europe owned properties include the TNS 135,626 square foot office located at 2 Rue Francis Pedron, Chambourcy, Paris, France and the 101,592 square foot TNS House at Westgate, Hangar Lane, London. Manufacturing facilities are owned in the United Kingdom. Principal leased properties, which are accounted for as operating leases, include office space at the following locations:

 

Location   Use   Approximate
square footage

Worldwide Plaza, New York, NY

  Ogilvy & Mather   634,300

636 Eleventh Avenue, New York, NY 1

  Ogilvy & Mather   564,000

777 Third Avenue, New York, NY

  Grey Global Group, MediaCom   438,300

200 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 1

  Grey Global Group, Cohn & Wolfe   369,000

498 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY

  Group M, Mindshare, Maxus   358,000

500/550 Town Center Drive, Dearborn, MI

  TeamDetroit, JWT, Ogilvy & Mather, Y&R Advertising, Prism, Burrows, MJM   282,900

466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY

  JWT   270,300

230 Park Ave South, New York, NY

 

Burson-Marsteller,

Landor, Sudler & Hennessey

  265,800

446 Interpace Pkwy, Parsippany, NJ

  CommonHealth   166,400

350 North Orleans, Chicago, IL

  Ogilvy & Mather, OgilvyAction, Mindshare, OPR, Kinetic, MBI, MEC, Maxus, MediaCom, G2   162,600

825 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY

  Mediaedge:cia   160,000

Darmstadter Landstrasse, Frankfurt, Germany

  Ogilvy & Mather / Mindshare   150,481

58 Jinbao Street, Beijing, China

  Ogilvy & Mather, Group M, Oracle Added Value   150,050

989 Changle Road, Shanghai, China

  Ogilvy & Mather, JWT, Group M, Hill & Knowlton and The Brand Union   144,600

303 Second Street, San Francisco, CA

  Y&R Advertising, Wunderman, Hill & Knowlton, Blanc & Otus, Mindshare, Mediaedge:cia, Burson-Marsteller, Grey Global Group, Bravo, Kantar, JWT, Dynamic Logic   134,500

114 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY

  Grey Healthcare, The Brand Union, Added Value   132,800

Ideenbotschaft, Platz der Ideen 1-3, Dusseldorf, Germany

  Grey   126,089

233 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL

 

Y&R Advertising, Wunderman,

Burson-Marsteller, Landor

  122,100

Itatuulenkuja 10, Espoo, Helsinki, Finland

  TNS   119,567

138 Av Marx Dormany, Montrouge, Paris, France

  TNS   119,157

Derendorfer Allee 10, Dusseldorf, Germany

  MediaCom, Group M   116,262

30/32 Bis Rue Guersant, Paris, France

  Group M   110,029

160 Bloor Street East, Toronto, ON

  JWT, Hill & Knowlton, Mindshare, Mediaedge:cia   106,200

10 Cabot Square, Canary Wharf, London, UK

  Ogilvy & Mather   103,854

222 Merchandise Mart Plaza, Chicago, IL

  JWT, Hill & Knowlton, Research International, Chicago Focus, Kantar   101,500

27-8 Chamwon-dong Seocho-ku, Seoul, South Korea

  Diamond Ad Ltd.   100,300

Notes

1

 

To be occupied in 2009.

 

21


The Company considers its properties, owned or leased, to be in good condition and generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used. See also Item 5—Operating and Financial Review and Prospects. As of 31 December 2008, the fixed asset value (cost less depreciation) representing properties, both owned and leased, as reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements was approximately £358.7 million.

 

The task of improving property utilisation continues to be a priority for the Group, with a portfolio of approximately 19 million square feet worldwide. Average square foot per head is down 8% from 236 square feet in 2006 to 218 square feet in 2008. In 2008 the Group achieved the medium-term objective of a 7% establishment cost-to-revenue ratio set in 2002, when the same ratio was 8.4%.

 

See note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments to be made and future sublease rental payments to be received, as of 31 December 2008, under non-cancelable operating leases of the Company.

 

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

22


ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

 

Introduction

 

The Company’s reporting currency is the UK pound sterling. However, the Company’s significant international operations give rise to an exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group seeks to mitigate the effect of these structural currency exposures by borrowing in the same currencies as the operating (or “functional”) currencies of its main operating units. The majority of the Group’s debt is therefore denominated in US dollars, pounds sterling and euros.

 

To neutralise foreign exchange impact and to better illustrate the underlying change in revenue and profit from one year to the next, the Company has adopted the practice of discussing results in both reportable currency (local currency results translated into pounds sterling at the prevailing foreign exchange rate) and constant currency (current and prior year local currency results translated into US dollars at a budget, or “constant”, foreign exchange rate).

 

Certain Non GAAP measures included in this operating and financial review and prospects have been derived from amounts calculated in accordance with IFRS but are not themselves IFRS measures. They should not be viewed in isolation as alternatives to the equivalent IFRS measure, rather should be read in conjunction with the equivalent IFRS measure. These include headline PBIT and headline PBIT margin (headline PBIT as a percent of revenues) on a consolidated basis, free cash flow, and net debt, which we define, explain their use and reconcile to their nearest IFRS measure on pages 23, 31 and 32. In reviewing year on year revenue growth management also uses the measure of like-for-like revenue as discussed on page 25.

 

See Item 11 of this report for Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

A. Operating Results

 

Overview

 

The Company is one of the world’s most comprehensive marketing communications groups. It operates through a large number of established national, multinational and global advertising and marketing services companies. The Company offers services in four reporting segments:

 

   

Advertising and Media Investment Management,

 

   

Information, Insight and Consultancy,

 

   

Public Relations and Public Affairs, and

 

   

Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications.

 

In 2008, 45% of the Company’s consolidated revenues were derived from Advertising and Media Investment Management, with the remaining 55% of its revenues being derived from the remaining three segments.

 

The Group has established the following financial and strategic objectives:

 

1.  

To continue to raise operating margins to the levels of the best performing competition. An operating margin on a reported basis of 11.7% and 13.0% was achieved in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Management uses headline PBIT to assess the performance of the business. Headline PBIT is equal to profit before interest and taxation, gains and losses on disposal of investments and investment write-downs, goodwill impairment and goodwill write-downs relating to utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses, amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets, share of exceptional gains and losses of associates, and costs incurred in 2008 in changing the Group’s corporate structure. Management believes that it is both useful and necessary to report headline PBIT because this measure is used by management for internal performance analysis;

 

23


 

the presentation of this measure facilitates comparability with other companies who may use similar measures, although management’s measure may not be calculated in the same way as similarly titled profit measures reported by other companies, and it is useful in connection with discussion with the investment community. A reconciliation of this measure to profit before interest and taxation is provided in note 31 of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, which appear elsewhere in this Form 20F. An operating margin measured on this basis of 15.0% has been achieved for two consecutive years.

 

2.   To continue to increase flexibility in the cost structure by increasing our percentage of variable staff costs. Management believes this will afford the Company greater flexibility in the event revenue growth weakens. Peak flexibility historically was in 2000, when variable staff costs made up 6.6% of revenues. At 7.4% in 2007, 7.7% in 2006 and 7.6% in 2005, the Group has once again seen new peaks. The decrease to 6.6% in 2008 illustrates the value of this flexibility as revenue growth started to trail off in the year, yet we were able to maintain a headline operating margin in line with the prior year.

 

3.   To improve total share owner return by maximising the return on investment on the Company’s free cash flow across the options of capital expenditure, mergers and acquisitions, and dividends or share buy-backs.

 

4.   To continue to enhance the contribution of the parent company and build unique integrated marketing approaches for clients, beyond that of a financial holding company, to add value both to its clients and its people In the areas of human resources, property, procurement, information technology and practice development.

 

5.   To place greater emphasis on revenue growth through our practice development activities, aimed at helping us position our portfolio in the faster-growing functional and geographic areas.

 

6.   To improve further the quality of our creative output by increasing training and development programs, by recruiting external talent, by celebrating and rewarding outstanding creative success both tangibly and intangibly, by acquiring strong creative companies, and by encouraging, monitoring and promoting our companies’ achievements in winning creative awards.

 

The following discussion is based on the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this report. The Group’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared under IFRS.

 

2008 was largely a year of two contrasting halves. A strong first half (although second-quarter growth wobbled a little), and a weaker second half with slowing organic growth, as the impact of the sub-prime and insurance monoline crises, that started towards the end of 2007, was intensified by the collapse, emergency acquisition and restructuring of financial institutions in many parts of the world. The “Beijing bounce”, anticipated in the Group’s budget and reforecasts for the third quarter of 2008, failed to materialise. In the fourth quarter, better than anticipated revenue growth, combined with decisive action to reduce headcount growth, improved relative performance. Headcount fell through a mixture of non-replacement, the attrition rate and increased severance.

 

Although the US Presidential Election, the Beijing Olympics and the UEFA football championship had the usual positive maxi-quadrennial effect on client spending in 2008, worldwide advertising and marketing expenditures only rose about 2-3% in the year.

 

Despite the overall slow-down in the industry growth rate, three engines of relative growth remained. Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa and the Middle East and Central and Eastern Europe, iconically represented by the BRICs (Brazil, Russia, India and China) and those of the Next 11 markets where we are present (Bangladesh, Egypt, Indonesia, Mexico, Nigeria, Pakistan, Philippines, South Korea, Turkey and Vietnam), continued to grow faster than last year. As did new media and the application of technology in the form of internet, PC, mobile, video content and social networks, which now account for almost 25% of Group revenues. And finally, as did consumer insight and information, insight and consultancy, which now account for almost 27% of Group revenues.

 

24


Segment performance

 

Management reviews the Group’s businesses in constant currency to better illustrate the underlying trends from one year to the next and also on a like-for-like basis, in which current year actual results on a constant currency basis (which include acquisitions from the relevant date of completion) are compared with prior year, constant currency actual results adjusted to include the results of acquisitions for the commensurate period in the prior year. Management believes that discussing like-for-like revenues provides a better understanding of the Company’s revenue performance and trends because it allows for more meaningful comparisons of current period revenue to that of prior periods. The following table reconciles revenue growth for 2008 and 2007 to like-for-like revenue growth for the same periods.

 

     £m        

2006 Revenue

   5,908        

Impact of exchange rate changes

   (207 )   (3.5 )%

Changes in scope of consolidation

   189     3.2 %

Like-for-like growth

   296     5.0 %

2007 Revenue

   6,186     4.7 %

Impact of exchange rate changes

   735     11.9 %

Changes in scope of consolidation

   390     6.3 %

Like-for-like growth

   166     2.7 %

2008 Revenue

   7,477     20.9 %

 

To supplement the reportable currency segment information presented in note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the table below gives details of revenue growth by region and business segment on a reported, constant currency, and like-for-like basis.

 

     Reported
Revenue
growth %+/(-)
   

Constant Currency
Revenue

growth %+/(-)

   Like-for-Like
Revenue
Growth %+/(-)
     2008    2007     2008    2007    2008     2007

North America

   14.8    (1.1 )   4.6    7.6    (0.3 )   3.8

United Kingdom

   7.2    4.0     7.2    4.0    2.2     2.1

Continental Europe

   28.4    8.1     9.6    7.0    2.3     3.9

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East

   30.7    11.7     16.9    13.7    8.4     10.9

Total Group

   20.9    4.7     9.0    8.2    2.7     5.0
     Reported
Revenue
growth %+/(-)
   

Constant Currency
Revenue

growth %+/(-)

   Like-for-Like
Revenue
Growth %+/(-)
     2008    2007     2008    2007    2008     2007

Advertising and Media Investment Management

   16.0    2.3     4.4    5.1    3.6     4.5

Information, Insight & Consultancy

   43.8    1.4     27.8    4.5    3.0     2.7

Public Relations & Public Affairs

   17.3    7.7     6.9    12.6    4.9     8.2

Branding and Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications

   18.4    9.6     7.6    14.1    0.3     6.1

Total Group

   20.9    4.7     9.0    8.2    2.7     5.0

 

25


Like-for-like revenue growth was positive across all regions other than North America, which was almost flat.

 

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa and the Middle East continued to be the fastest-growing of the Company’s geographic regions, with Africa and the Middle East being the fastest-growing sub-region. Asia Pacific remained strong across the region, with mainland China up almost 9% and India up 21%, although Japan and Australia were weaker. Continental Europe and the UK, although suffering from the deterioration in economic conditions, both grew over 2% like-for-like. In 2008, Continental Europe remained two-paced, with Western Continental Europe softer and Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and the other CIS countries, in particular, more buoyant. Of the big five Western European markets, Spain and Italy were weakest, France and Germany were stable and the UK was stronger.

 

Performance of the Group’s businesses is reviewed by management based on headline PBIT. A table showing these amounts by segment and geographical area for each of the three years ended 31 December 2008 is presented in note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2008 compared with 2007

 

Revenues —Reported revenues were up 20.9% in 2008 to £7,476.9 million from £6,185.9 million in 2007 reflecting the strength of the euro and US dollar against sterling, as well as the impact of TNS. On a constant currency basis, revenue was up 9.0% and gross margin up 8.2%, with all regions showing revenue growth, as detailed in the table on page 25. In 2008, acquisitions contributed £376.3 million to revenue (including £269.6 million relating to TNS). Acquisitions completed in 2007 contributed £132.2 million to revenue. On a like-for-like basis revenues were up 2.7%. Revenue growth slowed as the year progressed: on a like-for-like basis, growth of 4.8% in the first quarter slowed to 3.8% in the second, 3.0% in the third and then flattened to 0.1% in the final quarter of the year.

 

Operating costs —Reported operating costs increased by 21.6%. Staff costs in 2008 were up 20.6%. Charges for incentive payments (including the cost of share-based compensation) fell by over 7% to £214 million from £231 million. The Group’s staff cost-to-revenue ratio improved slightly to 58.2% compared with 58.3% in 2007. Part of the Group’s strategy is to continue to ensure that variable staff costs (freelance, consultants and charges for incentive payments) are a significant proportion of total staff costs and revenue, as this provides flexibility to deal with volatility in revenues and recessions or slow downs. In 2007, the ratio of variable staff costs to total staff costs fell marginally by 0.3 percentage points to 12.7% and in 2008 to 11.4%. As a proportion of revenue, variable staff costs were 7.4% in 2007 and 6.6% in 2008. These variable staff costs provide a “shock absorber” to operating margins as revenues come under increasing pressure.

 

Establishment costs as a proportion of revenues were 7.0% in 2008 compared to 6.9% in 2007.

 

Goodwill impairment charges of £84.1 million and £44.1 million were recorded in the years ended 31 December 2008 and 2007, respectively. The impairment charges relate to certain under performing businesses in the Group. In certain markets, the impact of current local economic conditions and trading circumstances on these businesses was sufficiently severe to indicate impairment to the carrying value of goodwill. Additionally, in 2008 and 2007, an impairment charge on acquired intangible assets was recorded for £8.4 million and £1.5 million, respectively, resulting from a decline in the value of certain brands and customer relationships held within Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications. Investment write-downs of £30.5 million taken in 2008 mostly related to listed securities. There were no investment write-downs in 2007.

 

26


 

Operating profit —Reported operating profit was up 8.9% to £876.0 million in 2008 from £804.7 million in 2007. Reported operating margins decreased from 13.0% to 11.7%. Reported profit before interest and taxation (“PBIT”) was £922.0 million in 2008, up 9.0% from £846.1 million in 2007. Reported PBIT margins were 12.3% and 13.7% in 2008 and 2007, respectively. PBIT margins were negatively impacted by 2.6% in 2008 and 1.4% in 2007 due to goodwill impairment and other goodwill and investment write-downs, and amortisation and impairment of acquired intangibles taken on subsidiaries in each year. The impact of profits on disposal of equity investments was immaterial in both 2008 and 2007. Headline PBIT margins remained at 15.0% in 2008. For 2008, the post-acquisition contribution of all acquisitions to the Group’s operating profit was £30.3 million. For 2007, the post-acquisition contribution of acquisitions to the Group’s operating profit was £14.7 million.

 

The Group has released £23.7 million in 2008 to operating profit relating to excess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions completed prior to 2007 and £16.8 million in 2007 related to acquisitions completed prior to 2006. Further details of the Group’s approach to acquisition accounting are given in Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Finance income/costs —Finance income increased to £169.6 million in 2008 from £139.4 million in 2007. Finance costs increased to £344.8 million in 2008 from £266.1 million in 2007, therefore, net finance costs increased by £48.5 million, reflecting higher interest rates and increased average net debt due to cash spent on acquisitions, including TNS.

 

Taxes— The Company’s effective tax rate on reported profits in 2008 was 31.2% compared to 28.4% in 2007. The increase is due to an increase in the charge for impairment of goodwill and intangibles amortization in 2008, a proportion of which is not deductible for taxation purposes.

 

Profit for the year— PBIT increased by 9.0% from £846.1 million in 2007 to £922.0 million in 2008 on a reported basis but fell by 6% in constant currency, reflecting a combined goodwill and investment write-down of £114.6 million compared to £44.1 million in 2007. Profit before taxation increased by 3.8% from £719.4 million in 2007 to £746.8 million in 2008 on a reported basis but declined by 13.4% in constant currency reflecting increased net finance costs. Profit for the year decreased by 0.2% from £515.1 million in 2007 to £513.9 million in 2008 on a reported basis and by 16.4% in constant currency, reflecting the increased effective tax rate. In 2008, £439.1 million of profit for the year was attributable to equity holders of the parent and £74.8 million attributable to minority interests.

 

2007 compared with 2006

 

Revenues —Reported revenues were up 4.7% in 2007 to £6,185.9 million from £5,907.8 million in 2006. On a constant currency basis, revenue was up 8.2% and gross margin up 7.8%, with all regions showing revenue growth. In 2007, acquisitions contributed £132.2 million to revenue. Acquisitions completed in 2006 did not make a material contribution to revenue. On a like-for-like basis revenues were up 5.0% and gross margin was up 5.1%. Like-for-like revenues were up 5.3% in the first half of 2007 and 4.8% in the second half, continuing the strong growth of 5.4% in 2006, with the fourth quarter of 2007 up 4.9%.

 

Operating costs —Reported operating costs increased by 3.6%. Reported operating costs including direct costs (but excluding goodwill impairment and other goodwill write-downs, amortisation

 

27


and impairment of acquired intangibles and investment gains and write-downs) rose in 2007 by 4.2% and by 7.9% in constant currency (over 4.6 % on a like-for-like basis) from the previous year.

 

Staff costs excluding incentives (which include the costs of share based payments) in 2007 were up 4.6%. Charges for incentive payments (including the cost of share-based compensation) totaled £230.7 million in 2007 (£246.9 million in 2006), down 6.6%, which represents 20.6% (compared with 23.1%, in 2006) of headline PBIT. Before these incentive payments, operating margins remained strong at 18.7%. The reported staff cost to revenue ratio improved 0.5 margin points to 58.3% compared with 58.8% in 2006.

 

Part of the Group’s strategy is to continue to increase variable staff costs (freelance, consultants and charges for incentive payments, including share option charges) as a proportion of total staff costs and revenue, as this provides flexibility to deal with volatility in revenues and recessions or slow downs. Variable staff costs as a proportion of total staff costs were 12.7% in 2007, a marginal change of 0.3 percentage points from 13.0% in 2006.

 

Establishment costs as a proportion of revenues continued to improve slightly from 7.1% in 2006 to 6.9% in 2007, driven by better property utilisation and higher revenues.

 

Goodwill impairment charges of £44.1 million and £35.5 million were recorded in the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2006, respectively. The impairment charges relate to certain under performing businesses in the Group. In certain markets, the impact of current local economic conditions and trading circumstances on these businesses was sufficiently severe to indicate impairment to the carrying value of goodwill. Goodwill write-downs in relation to the utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses of £1.7 million and £8.8 million were taken in 2007 and 2006, respectively. These write-downs were due to the better than expected performance of certain acquisitions in the year, which enabled the utilisation of pre-acquisition tax attributes that previously could not be recognised at the time of acquisition due to insufficient evidence that they were recoverable. Additionally, in 2007 and 2006, an impairment charge on acquired intangible assets was recorded for £1.5 million, resulting from certain client relationships which were lost during the years concerned.

 

Operating profit —Reported operating profit was up 8.5% to £804.7 million in 2007 from £741.6 million in 2006. Reported operating margins increased from 12.6% to 13.0%. PBIT was £846.1 million in 2007, up 8.1% from £782.7 million in 2006. Reported operating margins, including income from associates, were 13.7% and 13.2% in 2007 and 2006, respectively. While margins improved overall they were negatively impacted by 1.4% in 2007 and 1.5% in 2006 due to goodwill impairment and other goodwill write-downs, and amortisation and impairment of acquired intangibles taken on subsidiaries in each year. The impact of profits on disposal of equity investments was immaterial in both 2007 and 2006. Headline PBIT margins increased to 15.0% in 2007 from 14.5% in 2006. For 2007, the post-acquisition contribution of all acquisitions to the Group’s operating profit was £14.7 million. For 2006, the post-acquisition contribution of acquisitions to the Group’s operating profit was not material.

 

The Group released £16.8 million in 2007 to operating profit relating to excess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions completed prior to 2006 and £10.6 million in 2006 related to acquisitions completed prior to 2005. Further details of the Group’s approach to acquisition accounting are given in Note 28 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Finance income/costs —Finance income increased to £139.4 million in 2007 from £111.0 million in 2006 mainly due to higher interest rates on higher cash balances. Finance costs increased to £266.1 million in 2007 from £211.7 million in 2006, reflecting higher interest rates on variable interest

 

28


rate debt. Therefore, net finance costs increased by £26 million, largely reflecting the higher interest rates, the impact of the cash cost of the acquisition of 24/7 Real Media Inc in July 2007, partly offset by the impact of improved liquidity as a result of a reduction in average working capital.

 

Taxes— The Company’s tax rate on reported profits in 2007 was 28.4% compared to 29.2% in 2006. This decrease reflects the continuing positive impact of the Group’s tax planning initiatives.

 

Profit for the year— Profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent was £465.9 million in 2007 against £435.8 million in 2006. The increase was driven by improved results of operations during the year, partially offset by increased net finance costs.

 

B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

General —The primary sources of funds for the Group are cash generated from operations and funds available under its credit facilities. The primary uses of cash funds in recent years have been for debt service and repayment, capital expenditures, acquisitions, share repurchases and cancellations and dividends. For a breakdown of the Company’s sources and uses of cash see the “Consolidated Cash Flow Statements” included as part of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 18 of this Report.

 

The Company spent £1,054.0 million (excluding cash and cash equivalents acquired) and £744.4 million for acquisitions and investments in 2008 and 2007, respectively, including payments on loan note redemptions and earnout consideration resulting from acquisitions in prior years. For the same periods, cash spent on purchases of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets was £220.6 million and £170.8 million, respectively, and cash spent on share repurchases and buy-backs was £112.2 million and £415.4 million, respectively.

 

There are broadly three alternative uses of funds: capital expenditure, which usually approximates depreciation cost, mergers and acquisitions, which have historically taken the lion’s share of free cash flow, and dividends and share buy backs. In 2007 the Company boosted the target level of the share buy-back program from 2-3% of the outstanding share capital to 4-5%, spending over £400 million in that year on buy-backs. In the first half of 2008, the Company bought back almost 19 million shares, equivalent to 1.6% of share capital, at a cost of £112 million, but then withdrew from the market during the TNS bid process. For the two years following the acquisition of TNS, we will limit our share buy-back program to a target of 1% of share capital per annum and dividend growth at 15% per annum, subject to review by the Board. We expect these actions, together with a reduced level of acquisition spend (targeted at £100 million per annum), to generate surplus cash and a reduction in borrowing levels. The Board has decided to increase the second interim dividend to 10.28p per share, increasing the full-year dividend 15% to 15.47p per share for 2008.

 

The Group’s liquidity is affected primarily by the working capital flows associated with its media buying activities on behalf of clients. The working capital movements relate primarily to the Group’s billings. Billings comprise the gross amounts billed to clients in respect of commission-based/fee-based income together with the total of other fees earned. In 2008, billings were £36.9 billion, or 4.9 times the revenue of the Group. The inflows and outflows associated with media buying activity therefore represent significant cash flow within each month of the year and are forecast and re-forecast on a regular basis throughout the year by the Group’s treasury staff so as to ensure that there is continuing coverage of peak requirements through committed borrowing facilities from the Group’s bankers and other sources.

 

Liquidity risk management —The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring continuity and flexibility of funding even in difficult market conditions. Undrawn committed borrowing facilities are maintained in

 

29


excess of peak net borrowing levels and debt maturities are closely monitored. Targets for average net debt are set on an annual basis and, to assist in meeting this, working capital targets are set for all the Group’s major operations. See the discussions below for the Group’s view on the use of net debt to measure net debt levels.

 

US Commercial Paper Program —The Group has a $1.4 billion US Commercial Paper Program using the $1.6 billion Revolving Credit Facility described below as a backstop. The Group’s borrowings under this program are notes issued in US dollars and swapped into other currencies as required. The average commercial paper outstanding during the year was $10 million at an average interest rate of 2.83% inclusive of margin. There was no US Commercial Paper outstanding at 31 December 2008.

 

US$ bonds —The Group has in issue $650 million of 5.875% bonds due June 2014. During the year, the Group repaid $100 million of 6.875% bonds on their due date of July 2008.

 

Eurobonds —In May 2008, the Group issued 750 million of 6.625% bonds due May 2016. The Group has in issue 600 million of 4.375% bonds due December 2013 and 500 million of 5.25% bonds due January 2015. During the year, the Group repaid 650 million of 6.0% bonds on their due date of June 2008.

 

Sterling bond s—The Group has in issue £400 million of 6% bonds due April 2017 and £200 million of 6.375% bonds due November 2020.

 

Revolving Credit Facilities —The Group has a $1.6 billion seven year Revolving Credit Facility due August 2012. During the year, £1,250 million was raised from the Group’s bankers to assist in the acquisition of TNS. This amount is made up of a £650 million term facility with a final maturity date of July 2010 and a £600 million amortising Revolving Credit Facility maturing in July 2011. The Group’s borrowing under these facilities, which are drawn down predominantly in US dollars, euros, Canadian dollars and pounds sterling, averaged $774 million in 2008. The Group had available undrawn committed credit facilities of £1,074 million at December 2008 (2007: £759 million).

 

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and financial position of the Group, including requirements that (i) the interest coverage ratio for each financial period equal or exceed 5.0 to 1 and (ii) the ratio of borrowed funds to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation at 30 June and 31 December in each year shall not exceed 3.5 to 1, both covenants as defined in the relevant agreement. The Group is in compliance with both covenants.

 

Convertible bonds —In March 2005, with the purchase of Grey Global Group Inc, the Group acquired $150 million of 5% convertible debentures due 2033. Each debenture holder had the right to require Grey and WPP (as co-obligor) to repurchase on each of 28 October 2008, 2010 and 2013 all or a portion of the holder’s then outstanding debentures at par ($1,000 per debenture) plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest. This right was exercised during 2008 and all of the debentures were subsequently repurchased.

 

Hedging of financial instruments —The Group’s policy on interest rate and foreign exchange rate management sets out the instruments and methods available to hedge interest and currency risk exposures and the control procedures in place to ensure effectiveness. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

 

With the acquisition of TNS in October 2008 the Group took on $103 million of 6.34% Senior Notes, $62 million of 6.46% Senior Notes, $10 million of floating rate Senior Notes, $20 million of floating rate Guaranteed Senior Notes, 20 million of floating rate Senior Notes and £25 million of

 

30


6.51% Senior Notes which were all repaid in January 2009. With the acquisition of TNS, the Group also took on $30 million of 6.22% Senior Notes due July 2012 and $25 million of 6.34% Senior Notes due July 2014.

 

As at 31 December 2008, the Group’s net debt was £3,068 million, up £1,782 million from £1,286 million in 2007. Net debt averaged £2,206 million in 2008, against £1,458 million in 2007 (up £614 million from £1,592 million at 2008 exchange rates) reflecting the net acquisition cost of TNS and other, smaller acquisitions.

 

It is expected that in May 2009 the Group will issue £450 million of 5.75% convertible bonds due May 2014. The conversion price has been set at 600 pence per share. The net proceeds of the offering will be used to pay debt drawn under the £650 million term facility discussed on page 30. These securities will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be offered or sold in the US absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements.

 

In 2008, operating cash flow before movements in working capital and provisions was £1,304.3 million, net cash inflow from operating activities was £922.7 million after movements in working capital provisions of £109.3 million, tax paid £182.5 million, interest and similar charges paid, interest received and investment income of £134.4 million and dividends from associates of £44.6 million. Free cash flow available for debt repayment, acquisitions, share buy-backs and dividends was £777 million. This free cash flow was absorbed by £1,049 million in net acquisition payments and investments, share repurchases and cancellations of £112 million and dividends of £162 million. This resulted in a net outflow of £546 million.

 

The Group bases its internal cash flow objectives on free cash flow. Management believes free cash flow is meaningful to investors because it is the measure of our funds available for acquisition-related payments, dividends to shareowners, share repurchases and debt repayment. The purpose of presenting free cash flow is to indicate the ongoing cash generation within the control of the Group after taking account of the necessary cash expenditures of maintaining the capital and operating structure of the Group (in the form of payments of interest, corporate taxation and capital expenditure). Net working capital movements are excluded from this measure since these are principally associated with our media buying activities on behalf of clients and are not necessarily within the control of the Group. This computation may not be comparable to that of similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

 

A tabular reconciliation of free cash flow is shown below.

 

    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 

Net cash inflow from operating activities

   922.7     891.3     661.4  

Issue of shares

   10.6     34.8     70.9  

Proceeds on disposal of treasury shares

   6.9     —       —    

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   11.5     8.3     22.4  

Movements in working capital and provisions

   109.3     (25.4 )   171.1  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   (196.8 )   (151.1 )   (167.8 )

Purchase of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

   (23.8 )   (19.7 )   (16.7 )

Dividends paid to minority shareholders in subsidiary undertakings

   (63.5 )   (38.9 )   (28.8 )

Free cash flow

   776.9     699.3     712.5  

 

31


Because of the seasonal swings in our working capital generally, and those resulting from our media buying activities on behalf of our clients in particular, together with the fact that we choose for commercial reasons to locate the debt of the Group in particular countries and leave cash resources in others, though our cash resources could be used to repay the debt concerned, management believes that net debt is an appropriate and meaningful measure of the debt levels within the Group. We similarly believe average net debt to be a more accurate reflection of the amount of debt the Group has supporting its activities through the year.

 

The following table is an analysis of net debt.

 

    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 

Debt financing

   (5,640.1 )   (3,325.9 )   (2,478.3 )

Cash and short-term deposits

   2,572.5     2,040.2     1,663.7  

Net debt

   (3,067.6 )   (1,285.7 )   (814.6 )

 

As at 31 December 2008, the Company’s credit rating was “BBB” (S&P) and “Baa2” (Moody’s). The rating agencies have placed the Company’s debt ratings on “negative outlook” which means that, in the event the Company’s financial performance and outlook materially deteriorate, a ratings downgrade could occur.

 

The Company’s borrowings are evenly distributed between fixed and floating rate debt. Given the strong cash generation of the business, its debt maturity profile and available facilities, the directors believe the Company has sufficient liquidity to match its requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

As part of the scheme of arrangement on 19 November 2008, 1,252,652,646 ordinary shares were issued at a price of 340.75 pence each. On 24 November 2008 the entire balance standing to the credit of the share premium account was transferred to retained earnings as sanctioned by The Royal Court of Jersey. As a result £4,143.1 million was added to retained earnings for both WPP plc and the Group. For the Company this amount is distributable.

 

C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

 

Not applicable.

 

D. Trend Information

 

The discussion below and in the rest of this Item 5 includes forward-looking statements regarding plans, objectives, projections and anticipated future performance based on assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. As such, actual results or outcomes may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this annual report.

 

As the first year of the quadrennial cycle, there are no mini- or maxi-quadrennial events in 2009 to boost client spending. It is true that 2009 was always likely to be a weaker year, but the unprecedented current financial crisis has triggered a vicious recession across the globe.

 

In the first quarter of 2009, reported revenues rose by 35.9% to £2.117 billion. Revenues in constant currency were up 11.1%, reflecting the weakness of the pound sterling against the US dollar and euro. On a like-for-like basis, excluding the impact of acquisitions and currency fluctuations, revenues were down 5.8%. This reflected cuts in client spending in reaction to the global financial and economic crisis, essentially after both the sub-prime crisis and the collapse of Lehman Brothers in September, as de-stocking followed declines in consumer spending.

 

The first quarter results reflect the acquisition of Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (“TNS”), which was completed on 29 October 2008. Although, the final quarter of 2008 and especially December, with flat Group revenues, were better than expected, the first three months of 2009 were markedly different, although the rate of decline eased in March, perhaps reflecting some stabilisation or maybe re-stocking of inventories.

 

32


In the first quarter the economic pressure, both in terms of constant currency revenue growth and like-for-like revenue growth, was most keenly felt in the United States, with the United Kingdom less affected and Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa and the Middle East least affected. Despite the overall position, some parts of the world showed some resilience, with Latin America, Africa and Eastern Continental Europe still showing like-for-like growth. Some countries were particularly affected such as Spain, Italy and Denmark, but others such as Russia and Poland continued to grow. In Asia Pacific, Australia and New Zealand, Japan, Singapore and South Korea were difficult, but Mainland China and India still showed some like-for-like growth. In Latin America, Brazil, Argentina, Mexico and Colombia, all showed like-for-like growth. By communications services sector, advertising and media investment management was least affected on a like-for-like basis, with public affairs and public relations and information, insight and consultancy a little more affected. Branding and identity, healthcare and specialist communications (including direct, internet and interactive) were most affected. Cyclical and structural pressure on traditional media in the developed countries continued, whilst digital media grew faster, although at lower rates. Public relations and public affairs continued to benefit from new media and polling research, although for the first quarter, for some time, less so. The Company’s specialist communications businesses in the United States and Western Europe continued to be impacted by the recession although healthcare showed some improvement, driven by account consolidation new business success.

 

The Group continues to benefit from consolidation trends in the industry, winning several assignments from existing and new clients. The general economic situation is encouraging a significant number of account reviews, consolidations and new business opportunities, particularly in media investment management.

 

In the first quarter, although revenue was below budget, operating margins were ahead of budget and revenue shortfalls were offset by operating cost reductions. Operating margins were down against last year, partly due to severance costs as headcount was reduced in line with the fall in revenues.

 

The Company is in the process of reviewing its quarter one revised forecasts, but indications are that like-for-like revenues will be below budget, closer to recent industry forecasts of mid-single digit declines, reflecting continued pressure in most regions, but most significantly in the United States, Western Continental Europe and parts of Asia Pacific, like Japan and Australia. Given the first quarter overall performance and the preliminary quarter one forecast for the year, it will be difficult to maintain operating margins at the level achieved in 2008, after adjusting for TNS.

 

E. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Not applicable.

 

33


F. Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

 

The following summarises the Company’s estimated contractual obligations at 31 December 2008, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on its liquidity and cash flows in the future periods. Certain obligations presented below held by one subsidiary of the Company may be guaranteed by another subsidiary in the ordinary course of business.

 

        Payments due in
(£m)   Total   2009   2010   2011   2012   2013   Beyond
2013

Contractual obligations:

                           

Long-term debt 1

                           

Eurobonds

  1,771.7   —     —     —     —     574.6   1,197.1

Sterling bonds

  600.0   —     —     —     —     —     600.0

USA bonds

  446.0   —     —     —     —     —     446.0

Other

  1,489.0   385.7   850.0   200.0   53.3   —     —  

Subtotal

  4,306.7   385.7   850.0   200.0   53.3   574.6   2,243.1

Interest payable

  1,225.5   184.0   223.9   169.1   163.3   160.8   324.4

Operating leases

  2,433.3   335.0   304.0   253.0   222.4   188.0   1,130.9

Capital commitments 2

  154.9   153.5   1.4   —     —     —     —  

Investment commitments 2

  32.4   32.4   —     —     —     —     —  

Estimated obligations under acquisition earnouts and put option agreements

  498.1   157.3   137.4   112.0   58.3   33.1   —  

Total

  8,650.9   1,247.9   1,516.7   734.1   497.3   956.5   3,698.4

Notes

 

1

 

In addition to long-term debt, the Company had short-term overdrafts at 31 December 2008 of £1,254.4 million. The Group’s net debt at 31 December 2008 was £3,067.6 million and is analysed on page 32.

2

 

Capital commitments include commitments contracted, but not provided for in respect of property, plant and equipment. Investment commitments include commitments contracted, but not provided for in respect of interests in associates and other investments.

 

The Company expects to make annual contributions to its funded defined benefit schemes, as determined in line with local conditions and practices. Certain contributions in respect of unfunded schemes are paid as they fall due. In 2006 the Group implemented a funding strategy under which we expect to fully eliminate the deficit for funded schemes by 31 December 2010. The total contributions (for funded schemes) and benefit payments (for unfunded schemes) paid for 2008 amounted to £44.2 million (2007: £47.0 million, 2006: £48.6 million). Employer contributions and benefit payments in 2009 are expected to be in the range of £63 million to £90 million depending on the performance of the assets. Projections for years after 2009 are subject to a number of factors, including future asset performance and changes in assumptions which mean the Company is unable to make sufficiently reliable estimations of future contributions.

 

Property Costs

 

Our future priority in managing the property portfolio of approximately 19 million sq ft worldwide is to ensure growth in additional square footage is far less than the growth in revenues and headcount. In the short term our objectives will be to manage our lease expiries so that we can reduce our portfolio in line with any short-term reductions in headcount and revenue.

 

34


Inflation

 

As in 2007, in management’s opinion the effect of inflation has not had a material impact on the Company’s results for the year or financial position as at 31 December 2008.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingencies at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. A summary of the Group’s principal accounting policies are described in the Accounting Policies section of the Consolidated Financial Statements, entitled “Accounting Policies”. The Company believes certain of these accounting policies are particularly critical to understanding the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements. Therefore, we have prepared the following supplemental discussion of critical accounting policies, which should be read together with our financial statements and notes thereto.

 

Goodwill and other intangibles

 

The Company has a significant amount of goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with the guidance provided by IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’, the Company initially tests the carrying value of goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment annually as at 30 June of each year, and then updates the review as at 31 December or whenever there is an indication of impairment.

 

Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for both goodwill and other indefinite lived assets when the carrying amount exceeds the ‘recoverable amount’, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Our approach in determining the recoverable amount utilises a discounted cash flow methodology, which necessarily involves making numerous estimates and assumptions regarding revenue growth, operating margins, tax rates, appropriate discount rates and working capital requirements. These estimates will likely differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows, and it is possible that these differences could be material. In addition, judgments are applied in determining the level of cash-generating unit we identify for impairment testing and the criteria we use to determine which assets should be aggregated. A difference in testing levels could affect whether an impairment is recorded and the extent of impairment loss. Changes in our business activities or structure may also result in changes to the level of testing in future periods. Further, future events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the asset values associated with a given operation have become impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

In 2007, the Group acquired 24/7 Real Media, Inc. for consideration of approximately £330 million. 24/7 significantly enhances the Group’s digital capability and will make a major contribution to winning new business for the Group, primarily our Advertising and Media Investment Management businesses. For this reason, goodwill relating to 24/7 was reviewed for impairment against the net present value of future cash flows of this segment as the appropriate cash-generating unit.

 

Historically our impairment losses have resulted from a specific event, condition or circumstance in one of our companies, such as the loss of a significant client. As a result, changes in the assumptions

 

35


used in our impairment model have not had a significant effect on the impairment charges recognised. The carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets will continue to be reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted to the recoverable amount if required.

 

The most significant assumptions employed by the Company in determining recoverable amounts are as follows:

 

   

Future cashflows derived from each cash-generating unit are based on a projection period of up to five years. These projections utilise the latest budget information available for each cash-generating unit covering one or more twelve month periods from the balance sheet date. These budgets have been prepared by management, largely excluding new business, particularly in advertising and media investment management.

 

   

After the projection period, an assumed annual long-term growth rate not exceeding long-term average growth rates for the industry, with no improvements in operating margins. An annual growth rate of 3.0% and a pre-tax discount rate of 11.5% have been assumed.

 

Future anticipated payments to vendors in respect of contingent consideration (earnouts) are based on the directors’ best estimates of future obligations, which are dependent on the future performance of the interests acquired and assume the operating companies improve profits in line with directors’ estimates. A summary of earnout related obligations included in creditors is shown in note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. WPP has also entered into option agreements that allow the Group’s equity partners to require the Group to purchase the minority interest. These agreements are treated as derivatives over equity instruments and are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value and the valuation is remeasured at year end. Under IFRS, fair value is based on the present value of expected cash outflows. Actual performance may differ from the assumptions used resulting in amounts ultimately paid out with respect to these earnout and option agreements at more or less than the recorded liabilities.

 

Acquisition accounting

 

The Group accounts for acquisitions in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. IFRS 3 requires the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (other than non-current assets or disposal groups held for sale) to be recognised at fair value at acquisition date. In assessing fair value at acquisition date, management make their best estimate of the likely outcome where the fair value of an asset or liability may be contingent on a future event. In certain instances, the underlying transaction giving rise to an estimate may not be resolved until some years after the acquisition date. IFRS 3 requires the release to profit of any acquisition reserves which subsequently become excess in the same way as any excess costs over those provided at acquisition date are charged to profit. At each period end management assess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions for their continued probability of occurrence and amend the relevant value accordingly through the income statement or as an adjustment to goodwill as appropriate under IFRS 3. In 2008 operating profit includes credits totaling £23.7 million (2007: £16.8 million, 2006: £10.6 million) relating to the release of excess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions completed prior to 2007.

 

Revenue recognition

 

Advertising and media investment management revenue is typically derived from commissions on media placements and fees for advertising services. Revenue may consist of various arrangements involving commissions, fees, incentive-based revenue or a combination of the three, as agreed upon with each client.

 

36


Revenue is recognised when the service is performed, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement. Incentive-based revenue typically comprises both quantitative and qualitative elements; on the element related to quantitative targets, revenue is recognised when the quantitative targets have been achieved; on the element related to qualitative targets, revenue is recognised when the incentive is received or receivable.

 

The Group receives volume rebates from certain suppliers for transactions entered into on behalf of clients that, based on the terms of the relevant contracts and local law, are either remitted to clients or retained by the Group. If amounts are passed on to clients they are recorded as liabilities until settled or, if retained by the Group, are recorded as revenue when earned.

 

In applying the proportional performance method of revenue recognition for both market research and other long-term contracts, management is required to make significant judgments, estimates and assumptions. In assessing contract performance, both input and output criteria are reviewed. Costs incurred are used as an objective input measure of performance. The primary input of all work performed under these arrangements is labor. As a result of the relationship between labor and cost, there is normally a direct relationship between costs incurred and the proportion of the contract performed to date. Costs incurred as a proportion of expected total costs is used as an initial proportional performance measure. The indicative proportional performance measure is subsequently validated against other more subjective criteria (i.e. relevant output measures) such as the percentage of interviews completed, percentage of reports delivered to a client and the achievement of any project milestones stipulated in the contract. In the event of divergence between the objective and more subjective measures, the more subjective measure takes precedence since these are output measures.

 

Since project costs can vary from initial estimates, the reliance on total project cost estimate represents an uncertainty inherent in the revenue recognition process. Individual project budgets are reviewed regularly with project leaders to ensure that cost estimates are based upon up to date and as accurate information as possible, and take into account any relevant historic performance experience. Also, the majority of contracted services subject to proportional performance method revenue recognition are in relation to short term projects, averaging approximately 3 months. Due to this close and frequent monitoring of budgeted costs and the preponderance of short term projects, the impact of variances between actual and budgeted project costs has historically been minimal. The Company does not believe that the effect of these uncertainties, taken as a whole, will significantly impact their results of operations in the future.

 

Pension costs

 

Pension costs are accounted for in accordance with IAS 19, “Employee Benefits” under IFRS. Pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of local independent qualified actuaries. The latest full actuarial valuations for the various schemes were carried out as at various dates in the last three years. These valuations have generally been updated by the local independent qualified actuaries to 31 December 2008.

 

The Group has a policy of closing defined benefit schemes to new members which has been effected in respect of a significant number of the schemes. As a result, these schemes generally have an ageing membership population. In accordance with IAS 19, the actuarial calculations have been carried out using the projected unit method. In these circumstances, use of this method implies that the contribution rate implicit in the current service cost will increase in future years.

 

37


The Group’s pension deficit was £268.7 million as at 31 December 2008, compared to £133.6 million as at 31 December 2007. The pension deficit is primarily due to a decrease in pension scheme asset values in 2008 and reflects the deterioration in the global economic environment during the year and the effect of foreign exchange rates.

 

There are a number of areas in the pension accounting that involve judgments made by management. These include establishing the long-term expected rates of investment return on pension assets, mortality assumptions, discount rates, inflation, rate of increase in pensions in payment and salary increases.

 

Most of the Group’s pension scheme assets are held by its schemes in the UK and North America. In the UK, the forecasted weighted average return on assets decreased from 5.8% as at 31 December 2007 to 5.7% as at 31 December 2008, and in North America, the forecasted weighted average return decreased from 6.7% to 6.6%, broadly in line with the yields available in both markets.

 

Management reviews the expected long-term rates of return on an annual basis and revises them as appropriate.

 

Also, we periodically commission detailed asset and liability studies performed by third-party professional investment advisors and actuaries, which generate probability-adjusted expected future returns on those assets. These studies also project our estimated future pension payments and evaluate the efficiency of the allocation of our pension plan assets into various investment categories.

 

At 31 December 2008, the life expectancies underlying the value of the accrued liabilities for the main defined benefit pension plans operated by the Group were as follows:

 

Years life expectancy after age 65    All
Plans
   North
America
   UK    Europe    Asia
Pacific

Current pensioners – male

   20.0    19.0    22.3    18.4    19.3

Current pensioners – female

   22.2    21.0    23.7    21.9    24.7

Future pensioners (current age 45) – male

   21.3    19.8    23.5    20.7    21.4

Future pensioners (current age 45) – female

   23.2    21.5    25.0    23.7    28.2

 

In the determination of mortality assumptions, management use the most up-to-date mortality tables available in each country and consistently allows for expected generational improvement.

 

For a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate at 31 December 2008, the 2009 pension expense would be broadly unchanged as the change in service cost and interest cost are similar. The effect on the year-end 2008 pension deficit would be a decrease or increase, respectively, of approximately £22.5 million.

 

Contributions to funded schemes are determined in line with local conditions and practices. Certain contributions in respect of unfunded schemes are paid as they fall due. In 2006 the Group implemented a funding strategy under which our objective is to fully eliminate the deficit for funded schemes by 31 December 2010. Employer contributions and benefit payments in 2009 are expected to be in the range of £63 million to £90 million depending on the performance of the assets.

 

38


Deferred taxes

 

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities using tax rates enacted, or substantively enacted, at the balance sheet date for the effect of temporary differences between book and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Currently we have deferred tax assets resulting from operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences, all of which could reduce taxable income in the future. Based on available evidence, both positive and negative, we determine whether it is probable that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will be realised. The main factors that we consider include:

 

   

future earnings potential determined through the use of internal forecasts;

 

   

cumulative losses in recent years;

 

   

the various jurisdictions in which the potential deferred tax assets arise;

 

   

history of loss carryforwards and other tax assets expiring;

 

   

the carryforward period associated with the deferred tax assets; and

 

   

the nature of the income that can be used to realise the deferred tax asset.

 

If it is our belief that it is probable that some portion of these assets will not be realised, then no asset is recognised in relation to the portion not considered to be realisable. Gross unrecognised assets under IFRS were £3,796.6 million in 2008.

 

If market conditions improve and future results of operations exceed our current expectations, our existing recognised deferred tax assets may be adjusted, resulting in future tax benefits. Alternatively, if market conditions deteriorate further or future results of operations are less than expected, future assessments may result in a determination that some or all of the deferred tax assets are not realisable. As a result, we may need to reverse all or a portion of the deferred tax assets, which may have a significant effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

New IFRS Accounting Pronouncements

 

The following Standards and Interpretations which have not been applied in these financial statements were in issue but not yet effective:

 

IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty;

 

IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation;

 

IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners;

 

IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers;

 

IFRS 1 (amended)/IAS 27 (amended): Cost of an Investment in a Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or associate;

 

IFRS 2 (amended): Share-Based Payment-Vesting Conditions and Cancellations;

 

IFRS 8 Operating Segments;

 

IAS 1 (revised) Presentation of Financial Statements;

 

IAS 23 (revised) Borrowing Costs; and

 

IAS 32 (amended)/IAS 1 (amended): Puttable Financial Instruments and Obligations arising on Liquidation.

 

The Group does not consider that these Standards and Interpretations will have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Group except for additional disclosures when the relevant standards come into effect for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2009.

 

39


In addition, IFRS 3 (revised) Business Combinations and IAS 27 (revised) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements become effective for the Group in the year ending 31 December 2010. The revisions to these standards will apply to business combinations completed after 1 January 2010. The main changes under the revised standards are: all acquisition-related costs must be recognised as an expense in the period; contingent consideration payable is to be measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Any subsequent movements in the fair value of such consideration as a result of post-acquisition events (such as changes in estimates of earnout consideration) must be recognised as a gain or loss in the income statement; equity interests held prior to control being obtained must be re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date, with any gain or loss recognised in the income statement; increases in ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a change of control are treated as transactions among equity holders and are reported within equity. No gain or loss is recognised on such transactions and goodwill is not re-measured.

 

The revisions to the standards apply prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual financial reporting period beginning on or after 1 January 2009. Consequently, the impact that these revised standards will have on the financial statements of the Group will depend on the circumstances of business combinations occurring on or after 1 January 2010.

 

In the current year, the following interpretations issued became effective:

 

IFRIC 11: IFRS 2 – Group and Treasury Share Transactions; and

 

IFRIC 14: IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their interaction.

 

The adoption of these interpretations has not led to any changes in the Group’s accounting policies.

 

40


ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

 

A. Directors and Senior Management

 

The directors and executive officers of the Company as of 14 April 2009 are as follows:

 

Philip Lader, age 63: Non-executive chairman. Philip Lader was appointed chairman in 2001. The US Ambassador to the Court of St James’s from 1997 to 2001, he previously served in several senior executive roles in the US Government, including as a Member of the President’s Cabinet and as White House Deputy Chief of Staff. Before entering government service, he was executive vice president of the company managing the late Sir James Goldsmith’s US holdings and president of both a prominent American real estate company and universities in the US and Australia. A lawyer, he is also a Senior Advisor to Morgan Stanley, a member of the council of Lloyd’s (insurance market) a director of RAND, Marathon Oil, Rusal, AES Corporation and Songbird Estates plc (Canary Wharf), a trustee of the Smithsonian Museum of American History and the Atlantic Council and a member of the Council on Foreign Relations.

 

Sir Martin Sorrell, age 64: Chief executive. Sir Martin Sorrell joined WPP in 1986 as a director, becoming Group chief executive in the same year. He is a non-executive director of Formula One.

 

Paul Richardson, age 51: Finance director. Paul Richardson became Group finance director of WPP in 1996 after four years with the Company as director of treasury. He is responsible for the Group’s worldwide functions in finance, information technology, procurement, property, treasury, taxation, internal audit and corporate responsibility. He is also the Country Manager for Italy. He is a chartered accountant and fellow of the Association of Corporate Treasurers. He is a non-executive director of CEVA Group plc, Chime Communications PLC and STW Communications Group Limited in Australia, the last two being companies associated with the Group.

 

Mark Read, age 42: Strategy director and CEO, WPP Digital. Mark Read was appointed a director in March 2005. He has been WPP’s director of strategy since 2002 and is also CEO of WPP Digital. He is a member of the Supervisory Board of HighCo and a director of CHI & Partners. He worked at WPP between 1989 and 1995 in both parent company and operating company roles. Prior to rejoining WPP in 2002, he was a principal at the consultancy firm of Booz-Allen & Hamilton and founded and developed the company WebRewards in the UK.

 

Colin Day, age 54: Non-executive director. Colin Day was appointed a director in July 2005. He is group finance director of Reckitt Benckiser plc, having been appointed to its board in September 2000 and became a non-executive director of Cadbury plc in December 2008. Prior to joining Reckitt Benckiser he was group finance director of Aegis Group plc and previously held a number of senior finance positions with ABB Group plc and De La Rue Group plc. He was a non-executive director of Imperial Tobacco plc until February 2007 and of easyJet plc until September 2005.

 

Esther Dyson, age 57: Non-executive director. Esther Dyson was appointed a director in 1999. In 2004 she sold her company, EDventure Holdings, to CNET Networks, the US-based interactive media company. She left CNET at the end of 2006 and now operates as an independent investor and writer, again under the name of EDventure. She has been highly influential for the past 20 years on the basis of her insights into online/information technology markets and their social impact worldwide, including the emerging markets of Central and Eastern Europe and Asia. An active investor as well as an analyst/observer, she participated in the sale of Flickr to Yahoo! and of Medstory to Microsoft. She sits on the boards of non-listed start-ups including 23andMe (US), Airship Ventures (US), Evernote (US), Boxbe (US), Eventful.com (US), Meetup Inc. (US), NewspaperDirect (Canada), CVO Group (Hungary), Voxiva (US) and Yandex (Russia). She sat on the consumer advisory board of Orbitz until its sale to Cendant. She is also active in public affairs and was founding chairman of ICANN, the domain name policy agency, from 1998 to 2000. She currently sits on the board of the Sunlight Foundation, which advocates transparency in government.

 

41


Orit Gadiesh, age 58: Non-executive director. Orit Gadiesh was appointed a director in April 2004. She is chairman of Bain & Company, Inc. and a world-renowned expert on management and corporate strategy. She holds an MBA from Harvard Business School and was a Baker Scholar. She is a member of the International Advisory Board at Haute Ecole Commerciale in France, as well as a member of the Foundation Board for the World Economic Forum, and the Board of Directors of The Peres Institute for Peace. She is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, a trustee for Eisenhower Fellowships and a member of the Business Committee of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York.

 

Stanley (Bud) Morten, age 65: Non-executive director. Bud Morten was appointed a director in 1991. He is a consultant and private investor. He is currently the Independent Consultant to Citigroup/Smith Barney with responsibility for its independent research requirements and is one of the five public members of the Investment Advisory Council of the State of Connecticut. Previously he was the chief operating officer of Punk, Ziegel & Co, a New York investment banking firm with a focus on the healthcare and technology industries. Before that he was the managing director of the equity division of Wertheim Schroder & Co, Inc. in New York. He is a former non-executive director of Register.com, which was sold to a private equity firm in November 2005. He is also a non-executive director of The Motley Fool, Inc., a private company.

 

Koichiro Naganuma, age 64: Non-executive director. Koichiro Naganuma was appointed a director in February 2004. He is president and group chief executive officer of Asatsu-DK, also known as ADK. Joining the agency in 1981, he began his career with the account service of global clients in the agency. His mandate thereafter expanded to the total operation of the group. He replaced ADK chairman Masao Inagaki on the Board. ADK is Japan’s third largest advertising and communications company, and ninth largest in the world.

 

Lubna Olayan, age 53: Non-executive director. Lubna Olayan was appointed a director in March 2005. Ms Olayan is the deputy chairman and chief executive officer of the Olayan Financing Company, a subsidiary and the holding entity for the Olayan Group’s operations in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the Middle East. Ms Olayan is a Board Member of Saudi Hollandi Bank, a publicly listed company in Saudi Arabia. She is on the International Advisory Board of the Council on Foreign Relations, a member of the Board of Directors of INSEAD and a member of the Board of Trustees of Cornell University and KAUST (King Abdullah University of Science & Technology). Ms Olayan joined the International Advisory Board of Rolls-Royce in October 2006.

 

John Quelch, age 57: Non-executive director. John Quelch was appointed a director in 1988. He is Senior Associate Dean and Lincoln Filene Professor of Business Administration at Harvard Business School. Between 1998 and 2001 he was Dean of the London Business School. He also serves as chairman of the Massachusetts Port Authority. Professor Quelch’s writings focus on global business practice in emerging as well as developed markets, international marketing and the role of the multinational corporation and the nation state. He is a non-executive director of Inverness Medical Innovations, Inc. and Pepsi Bottling Group Inc. He served previously on the boards of Blue Circle Industries plc, easyJet plc, Pentland Group plc and Reebok International Limited.

 

Jeffrey A. Rosen, age 61: Non-executive director. Jeffrey Rosen was appointed a director in December 2004. He is a deputy chairman and managing director of Lazard. He has over 30 years’ experience in international investment banking and corporate finance. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and is President of the Board of Trustees of the International Center of Photography in New York.

 

42


Timothy (Tim) Shriver, Age 49: Non-executive director. Tim Shriver was appointed a director in August 2007. He is Chairman and CEO of Special Olympics, serving over three million Special Olympic athletes and their families in 180 countries. In recent years, he has produced films for Disney, Dream Works, Fox Searchlight and Hallmark Hall of Fame. Since January 2007 he has been writing a column for The Washington Post /Newsweek.com. He co-founded the Collaborative for Academic, Social and Emotional Learning (CASEL) and currently chairs the CASEL Board. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and is also a non-executive director of Malaria No More, Neogenix Oncology and he is the founder and President of the Center for Interface Action on Global Poverty. He serves on the advisory committee of Main Street Advisors and Leeds Equity.

 

Paul Spencer, age 59: Non-executive director. Paul Spencer was appointed a director in April 2004. He is a financier with 20 years’ experience in the financial management of a number of blue chip companies, including British Leyland PLC, Rolls-Royce PLC, Hanson PLC and Royal & Sun Alliance PLC. He served as UK chief executive of Royal & Sun Alliance PLC between 1999 and 2002 and the chairman of State Street Managed Pension Funds Ltd. He is also chairman of the Association of Corporate Treasurers’ Advisory Board, NS&I (National Savings), the UK government-owned retail savings institution, and Sovereign Reversions Group plc. He is also a non-executive director of TR Property Investment Trust plc and Nipponkoa Insurance (Europe) Limited and Independent Trustee of the Rolls Royce Group and BAT Group pension funds. Paul is a governor of Motability, a UK charity for the disabled.

 

The board of directors has determined that all of the non-executive directors are independent under NASDAQ Rule 5605(a)(2).

 

B. Compensation

 

Review of compensation

 

The work of the Compensation Committee in 2008 took place against a background of increasingly challenging business conditions in the economy as a whole and for the marketing services industry. In this environment, the committee maintained its focus on ensuring that the Company’s compensation policies at all levels were aligned to share owner interests, were fair to the Company’s employees, and enabled the Company (in a continuing competitive market for talent) to retain, incentivise, and recruit the talented people who are vital to the Company’s success.

 

The compensation committee’s work during 2008 included:

 

   

a review of the total compensation packages of the Group’s most senior executives relative to marketplace benchmarks to ensure competitiveness;

 

   

a review of the total compensation packages of both Paul Richardson and Mark Read;

 

   

a full review of the effectiveness and operation of all of WPP’s share incentive plans;

 

   

the approval of all incentives (including the Renewed Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan (“Renewed LEAP”)), payable in cash and in shares, for senior executives throughout the Group and setting appropriate targets for the Group chief executive and other executive directors;

 

   

consideration of the design details for LEAP III – the incentive plan that, with share owner approval probably at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”), would replace Renewed LEAP following its expiry in 2009; and

 

   

a review of the fees for the chairman (in his absence), for the chief executive (in his absence), and a recommendation to the Board as to the fees for the non-executive directors.

 

43


The link between compensation and business objectives

 

All executive compensation at WPP is governed by three guiding principles:

 

   

the need to be competitive;

 

   

being performance-driven; and

 

   

alignment to share owner interests.

 

These three principles are themselves derived from our mission statement: To develop and manage talent; to apply that talent, throughout the world, for the benefit of clients; to do so in partnership; to do so with profit, and from our six business objectives (see pages 23 and 24).

 

WPP competes on the basis of its intellectual capital. This intellectual capital is created entirely by its people, and the committee endeavours to strike the right balance of fairness for both employees and share owners. For this reason, compensation plans are designed to be competitive, performance-driven and aligned to share owner interests.

 

The committee regularly reviews fixed and variable compensation against appropriate benchmarks. In 2008 the proportion of total compensation that was variable for Sir Martin Sorrell, Paul Richardson and Mark Read was 69.8%, 68.5% and 64.7%, respectively.

 

WPP is committed to aligning executive performance and reward with share owner interests. From a compensation perspective, this is encouraged in a number of ways:

 

   

Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) is the sole performance target for both Renewed LEAP and LEAP III (to be proposed to share owners);

 

   

share ownership is encouraged for the WPP Leaders (approximately the top 200 executives), all of whom have ownership goals of 40,000 ordinary shares;

 

   

all employees are given a share focus through the use of the Worldwide Ownership Plan; and

 

   

almost 50% of the compensation package of executive directors is paid in the form of shares (the value of ESA and expected value of Renewed LEAP).

 

Key elements of short- and long-term remuneration

 

The principal elements of WPP executive remuneration currently comprise the following:

 

   

base salaries and fees (fixed);

 

   

short-term incentives paid in both cash and shares which vest in the medium-term of two years (variable); and

 

   

long-term incentives paid in shares (variable, and in certain instances, subject to both co-investment and performance conditions).

 

Pension contributions, life assurance, health and disability, and other benefits are also provided.

 

Base salary and fees

 

     Current salary and fees        Effective date

Sir Martin Sorrell

   £ 1,000,000        1 Jan 2007

Paul Richardson

     $830,000 and  £100,000      1 Jul 2008

Mark Read

   £ 325,000        1 Jan 2009

 

44


Fees are paid to executive directors in respect of their directorships of WPP plc. Base salaries and fees for the senior people at WPP are normally reviewed every 24 months. When salaries are reviewed this is done so within the context of:

 

   

total compensation;

 

   

the current mix of fixed and variable compensation;

 

   

the performance of the relevant business unit;

 

   

pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group; and

 

   

general market conditions.

 

In determining suitable benchmarks the committee looks at similar roles in competitor organisations and, if appropriate, general industry data for organisations of comparable size and complexity.

 

Sir Martin Sorrell’s base salary was last increased on 1 January 2007 (and prior to that on 1 September 1999). Although he was due a review in 2008, he informed the committee that an increase would not be appropriate in light of current business conditions. His compensation package therefore remains unchanged.

 

As reported last year, Paul Richardson’s base salary was reviewed during 2007 and an increase from £450,000 to £500,000 effective 1 July 2007 was approved. This was over four years from his previous increase. It was also agreed that an additional increase of £50,000 would be considered effective 1 July 2008 depending on a further review at that time. The committee considered that the revised base salary of £550,000 appropriately positioned him relative to both the FTSE 100 and WPP’s closest industry competitors. Since December 2008, Mr Richardson has been entitled to annual fees of £100,000 in respect of his directorship of WPP plc, and his base salary became £450,000 at that time. Effective 1 January 2009, the committee changed Mr Richardson’s base salary to $830,000 as Mr Richardson is now based in the US; his £100,000 fee remains unchanged. This change was designed to protect Mr Richardson from the exchange rate variations that have been very volatile. His base salary was calculated using an exchange rate of $1.85 to £1 (which was the exchange rate used by the Company for the purposes of its accounts during 2008) and subsequently cross-checked against appropriate US benchmarks to ensure that it did not result in his remuneration exceeding those benchmarks. Mr Richardson’s next regular review will not be before July 2010.

 

Mark Read’s base salary was last increased on 1 January 2007. As with Sir Martin Sorrell and Paul Richardson, Mark Read became entitled to fees of £100,000 in respect of his directorship of WPP plc. His base salary at that time became £175,000. When reviewing his compensation the committee felt that his base salary and fees were considerably below the median for his role and position as a director of the company. Since his appointment to the Board in 2005, Mr Read had grown substantially both in experience and in strategic importance. It was therefore felt that an increase in his base salary from £175,000 to £225,000 was justified. The implementation of this increase was, however, deferred until 1 January 2009. The £100,000 fee remains unchanged.

 

Salary increases throughout the Group in 2009 will be authorised on a performance and competitive basis.

 

Retirement benefits

 

All pension benefits for the Company’s executive directors are currently on a defined contribution basis and only the aggregate of base salary and fees is pensionable under any Company retirement plan. Details of pension contributions for the period under review in respect of executive directors are set on page 51.

 

45


The form and level of Company-sponsored retirement programs vary depending on historical practices and local market considerations. The level of retirement benefits is regularly considered when reviewing total executive remuneration levels.

 

Short-term incentives

 

Each year WPP sets challenging financial performance conditions for each operating company. Performance against these targets determines the size, if any, of the incentive pool for that unit. In aggregate, incentive payments in 2008 were down compared with 2007. This trend was also reflected in the bonuses paid to executive directors.

 

Individual targets (both financial and strategic) for the operating company CEOs are also set by WPP and in turn, these CEOs set similar targets for their direct reports. Payment is in the form of both cash bonuses and Performance Share Awards (“PSA”) which vest a further two years after grant.

 

In a similar way, the Compensation Committee sets objectives for Sir Martin Sorrell and the other executive directors. The extent to which these objectives are met will determine the size of both the annual cash bonus (the Short Term Incentive Plan, or “STIP”) and the Executive Share Award (“ESA”), the portion of the annual bonus paid in shares which vest a further two years after grant.

 

Consistent with previous years, for 2008 each director was measured in the three areas shown below:

 

   

Group financial objectives

 

Determined at the start of each year; examples of measure include margin improvement and operating profit growth.

 

   

Individual strategic objectives

 

Determined at the start of each year; examples of measure include relative financial performance, advancing CSR strategy and improving back office synergies.

 

   

Key business objectives

 

Determined at the end of each year; examples of measure include improving creative reputation and developing digital strategy.

 

Each of these three elements is equally weighted for cash bonus purposes (i.e. one third of the bonus is payable for the achievement of each objective). Except for the Group financial objectives, the exact measures differ by each individual executive director.

 

No changes were made in 2008 to the levels of short-term incentive payouts for achieving either target or maximum performance.

 

After considering each of these areas and the respective measures for each executive, the committee assessed the following levels of performance against target bonus payable in cash (shown as a percentage of target bonus):

 

     Group financial
objectives
   Individual
strategic
objectives
   Key business
objectives
     % of
target
    Cash
amount
£000
   % of
target
    Cash
amount
£000
   % of
target
    Cash
amount
£000

Sir Martin Sorrell

   75 %   250    120 %   400    180 %   600

Paul Richardson

   75 %   110    100 %   147    125 %   183

Mark Read

   75 %   34    150 %   69    150 %   69

 

46


This resulted in the following bonus payments in respect of 2008, shown as a percentage of salary:

 

    

Bonus percentage

paid in cash

  

Bonus percentage
paid in shares

(ESA)

     Target    Max    Actual    Target    Max    Actual

Sir Martin Sorrell

   100    200    125    67    100    75

Paul Richardson

   80    120    80    100    133    100

Mark Read

   50    75    62.5    67    100    83.5

 

In some countries an opportunity exists to defer part of the annual bonus for four years in the form of WPP shares. At the end of the deferral period a 25% match is applied to the original shares subject to continuous employment. No executive director participated in this plan in relation to the bonus paid for 2008.

 

Long-term incentives

 

During the year the committee reviewed the operation and effectiveness of all share-based plans including ESAs and PSAs. A similar review had previously taken place in 2005 which led to significant changes in the design of the incentive plans. In contrast this review found that the current plans were:

 

   

effective in their operation;

 

   

valued by participants, particularly for their simplicity;

 

   

competitive within the marketplace; and

 

   

aligned to the overall business objectives of the Company.

 

No major structural adjustments were therefore felt necessary at this time although the committee will continue to keep this under review.

 

As part of the Group reorganisation completed in November 2008, a new Executive Stock Option Plan and a new Worldwide Ownership Plan were adopted to replace the earlier versions of these plans, under which new awards could not be granted after the reorganisation.

 

Renewed Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan

 

2008 was the fifth year of operation for Renewed LEAP and awards were once again granted to the Group’s key executives. Details of these awards can be found in the table on page 52.

 

Under Renewed LEAP, which was approved by share owners in 2004, participants have to commit and retain WPP shares (investment shares) in order to have the opportunity to earn additional WPP shares (matching shares). The number of matching shares that a participant can receive at the end of the investment and performance period depends on the Company’s TSR performance measured over five years (four years in the case of awards made in 2004).

 

Because relative TSR may not always reflect the true performance of the Company, the Compensation Committee is required to perform a ‘fairness review’ on the basis of which it may, in exceptional circumstances, decide to vary the number of matching shares that will vest. Factors the committee considers in its fairness review of any awards include, amongst others, various measures of the Group’s financial performance (such as growth in revenues and in earnings per share) and any evidence of distortions in the share price of either WPP or the peer group (such as bid price premia).

 

47


The first award cycle for the 2004 to 2007 performance period vested at the start of 2008. Details of the payout can be found in the table on page 52. However, it should be noted that, although the result of the TSR calculation indicated a vesting level of 3.27 matching shares, after the operation of the fairness review there was a net reduction of 0.67 such that the final number of matching shares awarded was 2.60. These figures take into account the impact of both the bid premium contained in two of the comparator companies and the large currency swings over the performance period.

 

The second award cycle for the 2005 to 2009 performance period vests at the start of 2010.

 

Restricted Stock Plan

 

Other than to satisfy awards under the short-term plans (ESA and PSA), the principal use of the Restricted Stock Plan is for awards under the WPP Leaders and WPP Partners programs. These programs are used to further align the interests of about 1,100 of our key executives with the interests of share owners.

 

In both programs awards are made to participants that vest three years after grant provided the participant is still employed within the Group. Some executives at the head office participate in these programs but no awards are made to executive directors.

 

Executive Stock Option Plan

 

In order to attract or retain key talent it is sometimes necessary to make special grants of options. Only 15 grants were made in 2008 and none of these were to executive directors.

 

Worldwide Ownership Plan

 

The Worldwide Ownership Plan is an all-employee plan that makes annual grants of stock options to employees with two years of service who work in wholly owned subsidiaries. As at 31 December 2008 options under this plan had been granted to approximately 72,000 employees over 34 million ordinary shares. Any executive who participates in one of the other share plans described above does not receive grants in this plan.

 

Share incentive dilution

 

The dilution, as at 14 April 2009, was 5.4% (2007: 5.7%, 2006: 6.6%). It is intended that Renewed LEAP awards, the ESAs, the PSAs and Restricted Stock Plan awards will all be satisfied with purchased shares held either in the employee share ownership plans (ESOPs) or in Treasury.

 

48


Key elements of short- and long-term remuneration

 

   

Objective


  

Participation


 

Performance
period


  Conditions

 

Change of

control


Short-term                     
Base salary   To maintain package competitiveness at all levels within the Group.    All employees.   n/a   Salary levels
are determined
by taking a
number of
relevant factors
into account,
including
individual and
business unit
performance,
level of
experience,
scope of
responsibility
and the
competitiveness
of total
remuneration.
  n/a
Cash bonus   To incentivise delivery of value at all levels within the Group.    Approximately 10% of employees are eligible to receive a performance bonus.   1 year   Achievement of
challenging
performance
goals (financial
and non-
financial) at the
individual and
business unit
level.
  The cash bonuses of executive directors do not crystallise on a change of control.
Performance share awards   To incentivise delivery of value and to align with interests of share owners.    Key operating company executives.   1 year   Achievement of
challenging
performance
goals (financial
and non-
financial) at
operating
company level.
Further two-
year retention
period.
  See note below for Restricted Stock Plan.
Executive share awards   To incentivise delivery of value and to align with interests of share owners.    Key head office executives and executive directors.   1 year   Achievement of
challenging
individual
annual bonus
objectives.
Further two-
year retention
period.
  See note below for Restricted Stock Plan.

 

49


   

Objective


  

Participation


 

Performance
period


  Conditions

 

Change of

control


Long-term                     
Renewed LEAP   To incentivise long-term performance by comparing WPP’s TSR against the TSR of key comparators and to maximise alignment with share owner interests through a high level of personal financial commitment.    Participation offered only to those key executives (currently no more than 20 people) whose contributions transcend their day-to-day role, including executive directors.   5 years   Relative TSR
performance
against a
group of key
communication
services
comparator
companies,
subject to a
fairness review
by the
Compensation
Committee.
  On a change of control, the investment period for all outstanding awards ends, the number of vesting shares are determined at that date and any other rights cease. The number of shares that vest may be reduced to prevent adverse US tax provisions applying. The Compensation Committee may determine that outstanding awards are exchanged for equivalent awards.
Restricted Stock Plan   To encourage a share ownership culture and long-term retention as well as supporting recruitment.    Directors and senior executives of the operating companies and senior executives of the head office.   n/a   Typically
three-year
retention
period.
 

The vesting period for all outstanding awards is deemed to end.

The Compensation Committee may determine that outstanding awards are exchanged for equivalent awards or that outstanding awards are unaffected by the change of control.

Executive Stock Option Plan   To provide a tool to promote retention and recruitment.    Occasional use only to deal with special situations.   3 years   Conditions, if
any, are
determined at
the time of
grant of the
award.
  The number of shares or ADRs is pro-rated down in accordance with the change of control date. The Compensation Committee may determine that outstanding awards are unaffected by the change of control.
Worldwide Ownership Plan   To develop a stronger ownership culture.    Employees with at least two years’ employment. Not offered to those participating in other share programs or to executive directors.   n/a   Three-year
vesting period.
  The number of shares or ADRs is pro-rated down in accordance with the change of control date. The Compensation Committee may determine that outstanding awards are unaffected by the change of control.

 

Directors’ remuneration

 

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2008 the aggregate compensation paid by WPP and its subsidiaries to all directors and officers of WPP as a group for services in all capacities was £7,240,527. Such compensation was primarily paid by WPP and its subsidiaries in the form of salaries, performance-related bonuses and a deferred share award. The sum of £654,000 was set aside and paid in the last fiscal year to provide pension benefits for directors and officers of WPP.

 

50


Executive directors’ emoluments

 

The value of salary and fees, benefits, annual incentives paid both in cash (STIP) and shares (ESA) and pension contributions for the year ending 31 December 2008 are set out in the table below. The table also shows comparative numbers for 2007. In the case of STIP and ESA, the figures shown are the value of the awards in respect of the year in question but received in the following year. Benefits include such items as healthcare, life assurance and allowances for cars and housing. Both Sir Martin Sorrell and Paul Richardson currently receive part of their remuneration in pounds sterling and part in US dollars. Any US dollar amounts received in 2008 have been converted into sterling at $1.8524 to £1 ($2.0019 for 2007). No compensation payments for loss of office have been made during 2008 to any individuals who have been directors of the Company.

 

   

Salary and

fees

 

Other

benefits

  Short-term
Incentive plans
(annual bonus)
 

Value of

ESA

 

Total

annual
remuneration

  Pension
contributions
    2008

  2007

  2008

  2007

  2008

  2007

  2008

  2007

  2008

  2007

  2008

  2007

    £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000   £000

Executive directors

                                               

Sir Martin Sorrell 1, 2, 3

  1,033   1,003   110   35   1,250   1,650   753   885   3,146   3,573   398   400

Paul Richardson

  563   469   89   82   440   481   550   567   1,642   1,599   158   95

Mark Read

  275   275   1   1   172   191   230   255   678   722   28   27

Total remuneration

  1,871   1,747   200   118   1,862   2,322   1,533   1,707   5,466   5,894   584   522

1

 

During 2008 an amount of approximately £7,000 was paid to Sir Martin Sorrell in respect of tax liabilities incurred by him on expenditure on various items considered by the UK Tax authorities as benefits in kind but which the committee consider to be essential to his ability to deliver his services successfully to the Group (£6,000 in 2007).

2

 

Payments of amounts equal to the dividends that would be payable (totaling £859,981) were made to Sir Martin Sorrell in respect of the shares reflected in the UK and US Deferred Stock Units Awards Agreements (which are the agreements that now compromise the awards granted under the Capital Investment Plan in 1995) during 2008 (£731,806 during 2007).

3

 

The Company has agreed to contribute to the expenses of maintaining an apartment in New York purchased by Sir Martin Sorrell, in lieu of his contractual right to be provided with accommodation whilst working there, as he is required to spend a considerable amount of time in New York due to the size of the Company’s business in the US. The Company did not make any such payments in 2008, although it could have been required to do so.

 

ESA and Restricted Stock Awards held by executive directors in the year ended 31 December 2008

 

All awards made under this plan are made on the satisfaction of previous performance conditions and are subject to continuous employment until the vest date. The table does not include grants in relation to the 2008 ESA as these were not made until 9 March 2009.

 

    Award
date
  Share
plan
  Share
price
on
grant
date
  No. of
shares
originally
awarded
  Value
on
grant
day
£000
  Shares
granted
in lieu of
dividends
  Total
shares
vesting
  Vesting
date
  Share
price
on
vesting
  Value
on
vesting
£000

Sir Martin Sorrell

  24.02.06   ESA   £6.6775   119,505   798   3,803   123,308   06.03.08   £6.025   743
    23.02.07   ESA   £7.7925   104,587   815           02.03.09   —     —  
    03.03.08   ESA   £5.9025   149,851   885           06.03.10   —     —  

Paul Richardson

  24.02.06   ESA   £6.6775   67,390   450   2,144   69,534   06.03.08   £6.025   419
    08.05.07   ESA   £7.5025   75,441   566           02.03.09   —     —  
    03.03.08   ESA   £5.9025   96,094   567           06.03.10   —     —  

Mark Read

  06.03.05   Special
incentive
  £6.2300   19,262   120   900   20,162   06.03.08   £6.017   121
    24.02.06   ESA   £6.6775   32,684   218   1,040   33,724   06.03.08   £6.017   203
    16.03.06   Deferred
bonus
  £6.7950   3,601   24           16.03.10   —     —  
    23.02.07   ESA   £7.7925   30,798   240           02.03.09   —     —  
    27.04.07   Deferred
bonus
  £7.4775   9,526   71           16.03.11   —     —  
    03.03.08   ESA   £5.9025   43,202   255           06.03.10   —     —  

 

51


Other Long-Term Incentive Plan awards

 

Renewed Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan

 

Name   Grant/
award
date
  Investment and
performance period
  Number of
investment
shares
  Share
price
on
grant
date
  Maximum
number of
matching
units at 1
Jan 2008
  During 2008

    Maximum
number of
matching
units at 31
Dec 2008
  Share
price
on vest /
deferral
date
  Value
on vest /
deferral
date
£000
            Granted/
(lapsed)
units
    Additional
dividend
shares
  Vested or
deferred
shares
       

Sir Martin Sorrell

  28.10.04   01.01.04 – 31.12.07   1,032,416   £ 5.535   4,129,664   (1,445,382 )   139,504   2,823,786 1   —     £ 5.865   16,562
    15.12.05   01.01.05 – 31.12.09   203,394   £ 6.175   1,016,970                   1,016,970          
    15.11.06   01.01.06 – 31.12.10   156,536   £ 6.84   782,680                   782,680          
    11.12.07   01.01.07 – 31.12.11   148,742   £ 6.23   743,710                   743,710          
    31.10.08   01.01.08 – 31.12.12   218,596   £ 3.749       1,092,980               1,092,980          

Paul Richardson

  28.10.04   01.01.04 – 31.12.07   30,973   £ 5.535   123,892   (43,362 )   4,185   84,715     —     £ 5.865   497
    15.12.05   01.01.05 – 31.12.09   81,358   £ 6.175   406,790                   406,790          
    15.11.06   01.01.06 – 31.12.10   66,102   £ 6.84   330,510                   330,510          
    11.12.07   01.01.07 – 31.12.11   59,497   £ 6.23   297,485                   297,485          
    31.10.08   01.01.08 – 31.12.12   109,298   £ 3.749       546,490               546,490          

Mark Read

  15.12.05   01.01.05 – 31.12.09   10,170   £ 6.175   50,850                   50,850          
    15.11.06   01.01.06 – 31.12.10   16,525   £ 6.84   82,625                   82,625          
    11.12.07   01.01.07 – 31.12.11   14,874   £ 6.23   74,370                   74,370          
    31.10.08   01.01.08 – 31.12.12   21,859   £ 3.749       109,295               109,295          

1

 

Sir Martin Sorrell deferred receipt of these shares until 30 November 2011.

 

The comparator groups used for the various awards under Renewed LEAP are shown in the following table. Where a company delists during the performance period, the Compensation Committee deems this to be a disposal and the proceeds are treated as being reinvested in an index that tracks the TSR of the remaining companies.

 

Grant year    Comparator group

2004

   Aegis, Arbitron, Dentsu, Digitas, Gfk, Grey Advertising, Havas Advertising, Interpublic, Ipsos, Omnicom Group, Publicis, Taylor Nelson Sofres and VNU

2005

   Aegis, Arbitron, Dentsu, Gfk, Havas Advertising, Interpublic, Ipsos, Omnicom Group, Publicis, Taylor Nelson Sofres and VNU

2006

   Aegis, Arbitron, Dentsu, Gfk, Havas Advertising, Interpublic, Ipsos, Omnicom Group, Publicis and Taylor Nelson Sofres

2007

   Aegis, Arbitron, Dentsu, Gfk, Havas Advertising, Interpublic, Ipsos, Omnicom Group, Publicis and Taylor Nelson Sofres

2008

   Aegis, Arbitron, Dentsu, Gfk, Havas Advertising, Interpublic, Ipsos, Omnicom Group and Publicis

 

52


The vesting schedules used for the various awards under Renewed LEAP are shown in the following tables. When actual performance falls between these positions, the match is calculated on a pro-rata basis.

 

Awards granted in 2004    
Rank compared to peer group   Number of matching shares

1

  4

2

  4

3

  3.6

4

  2.8

5

  2

6

  1.6

Median

  1.2

Below median

  0

 

Awards granted in 2005, 2006 & 2007    
Rank compared to peer group   Number of matching shares

1

  5

2

  5

3

  4.5

4

  3.5

5

  2.5

Median

  1.5

Below median

  0

 

Awards granted in 2008    
Rank compared to peer group   Number of matching shares

1

  5

2

  5

3

  4

4

  3

Median

  1.5

Below median

  0

 

Non-executive directors’ remuneration

 

The fee structure used to compensate the non-executive directors is as follows:

 

Chairman’s fee

   £ 300,000

Fee for Board membership

   £ 60,000

Additional fee for committee membership

   £ 5,000

Additional fee for committee chairmanship

   £ 10,000

Additional fee for senior independent director

   £ 10,000

 

The fees paid to non-executive directors (“NEDs”) are normally reviewed every two years and any changes are approved by the Board. As the current fee structure has been effective since 1 January

 

53


2007 it was reviewed towards the end of the year against companies of similar size to determine if a new structure should be put in place for 2009. However, in light of the current conditions it was considered that, other than an increase in the fees paid to the head of the Audit Committee (which will increase to £20,000), the existing structure should remain in place for 2009. NEDs receive no payments or benefits other than the fees detailed in the table below.

 

The table below shows actual fees paid for the year 2008. Pursuant to the reorganisation completed in November 2008, all of the NEDs signed new letters of engagement with WPP plc. The notice period for all non-executive directors is two months.

 

Director   Date of
original
contract
  Committee membership   Fee
for
2008
£000
  Fee
for
2007
£000

P Lader

  26.02.01   Chairman of the Company, chairman of Nomination Committee and member of Compensation Committee   315   313

C Day

  25.07.05   Member of Audit Committee   65   62

E Dyson

  29.06.99   Member of Compensation Committee, and from 23 July 2008 member of Nomination Committee   66   68

O Gadiesh

  28.04.04   Member of Nomination Committee from 12 February 2009   60   60

D Komansky

  28.01.03   Member of Nomination Committee until he left the board on 6 February 2009   65   65

C Mackenzie

  14.03.00   Member of Nomination Committee until he left the board on 24 June 2008   33   68

S W Morten

  02.12.91   Senior independent director and member of Audit Committee until 12 February 2009   75   75

K Naganuma 1

  23.01.04       —     —  

L Olayan 2

  18.03.05   Member of Nomination Committee from 23 July 2008   —     60

J A Quelch 3

  10.07.91       80   70

J Rosen

  20.12.04   Chairman of Compensation Committee and member of Audit Committee   75   75

T Shriver

  06.08.07   Member of Audit Committee from 12 February 2009   60   24

P Spencer

  28.04.04   Chairman of Audit Committee   70   70

1

 

Received no fees in 2008.

2

 

Waived fees in 2008.

3

 

Fee includes £20,415 (£10,016 in 2007) for consulting services. Mr Quelch also received benefits in 2007 with a value of £64,000.

 

C. Board Practices

 

As a matter of policy the Company requires all directors to submit themselves for re-election by an ordinary resolution of share owners at least every three years or every year in the case of those directors who have held office for more than nine years.

 

Information regarding the period during which each director has served is set forth in Item 6A.

 

Policy on directors’ service contracts, notice periods, termination payments and external appointments

 

The Company’s policy on the duration of directors’ service contracts is that no executive directors have fixed-term contracts and the notice period for each is shown in the table below. None of the contracts of head office executive directors contain liquidated damages provisions. No payments

 

54


should normally be payable on termination other than the salary due for the notice period (if any), any statutory entitlements and such entitlements under incentive plans and benefits that are consistent with the terms of such plans. There were no payments in 2008 in respect of termination of employment of any executive director.

 

Executive director    Effective from    Notice period

Sir Martin Sorrell

   19 Nov 2008    “At will”

Paul Richardson

   19 Nov 2008    12 months

Mark Read

   19 Nov 2008    6 months

 

Executive directors are permitted to serve as non-executives on the boards of other organisations. If the Company is a share owner in that organisation, non-executive fees for these roles are waived. However, if the Company is not a share owner in that organisation, any non-executive fees can be retained by the office holder.

 

Compensation Committee

 

During 2008, the Compensation Committee comprised the following:

 

   

Jeffrey Rosen (chairman of the committee);

 

   

Esther Dyson; and

 

   

Philip Lader.

 

No member of the committee has any personal financial interest (other than as a share owner) in the matters to be decided by the committee, potential conflicts of interest arising from cross-directorships or day-to-day involvement in running the Group’s businesses.

 

The terms of reference for the Compensation Committee are available on the Company’s website at www.wpp.com and will be on display at the AGM, as set out in the Notice of AGM.

 

The committee’s principal responsibilities under its terms of reference include:

 

   

reviewing and approving the Company’s compensation strategy;

 

   

determining appropriate remuneration for executive directors;

 

   

approving the service agreements and severance arrangements for executive directors and other senior executives of the Company;

 

   

maintaining appropriate procedures for evaluation of executive performance;

 

   

overseeing succession planning and management development;

 

   

reviewing, approving and administering the Company’s executive long-term incentive plans, employee share schemes and other equity-related incentive plans;

 

   

monitoring prohibitions on personal loans to directors and officers;

 

   

determining targets for performance-related pay schemes;

 

   

advising on any major changes in employee benefit structures;

 

   

overseeing the provisions for selecting, appointing and setting the terms of reference for any remuneration consultants to the Company;

 

55


   

overseeing the preparation of and recommend to the board the approval of the annual report of the committee in compliance with the disclosure requirements of the Code of Best Practice and the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002;

 

   

overseeing the adequacy of disclosures throughout the year regarding director compensation, stock transactions and benefits; and

 

   

ensuring that procedures are in place concerning compliance with the employee welfare provisions of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Company’s Policy Manual.

 

Advisors to the Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee regularly consults with Group executives, particularly the Group chief executive (who was not present when matters relating to his own compensation or contracts were discussed and decided), the chief talent officer and the director of compensation and benefits. The latter two individuals provide a perspective on information provided to the committee and are a conduit for requests for information and analysis from the Company’s external advisors. During the year, the committee was advised by Towers Perrin. Advice was also received from Hammonds LLP on legal, tax and governance issues relating to compensation and benefits. Hammonds LLP provides legal advice on a range of matters to the Group.

 

The committee receives advice on the following:

 

   

analysis of competitive compensation practices and determination of competitive positioning;

 

   

base salary and fee levels;

 

   

annual and long-term incentive plans and awards including awards made under Renewed LEAP;

 

   

the policy for employees relating to WPP share ownership;

 

   

pensions and executive benefits;

 

   

changes in accounting, taxation, legal and regulatory practices;

 

   

governance issues relating to compensation and the role of the committee; and

 

   

policies for preventing and addressing employee harassment and discrimination.

 

Audit committee

 

As of 31 December 2008, the Audit committee comprised Paul Spencer, Bud Morten, Jeffrey Rosen and Colin Day. Tim Shriver joined the committee on 12 February 2009 and Bud Morten stepped down at the same date.

 

Meetings of the Audit committee, of which there were eight during 2008, were also attended (by invitation for all or part of any meeting) by the external auditors, the Company’s chairman, the Group finance director, the director of internal audit, the Group chief counsel and the Company Secretary. Preparatory meetings were also held with the internal and external auditors as well as members of the Company’s senior management. The committee received presentations from the heads of Treasury and Legal. The committee also received reports from the Disclosure Committee in relation to the Disclosure Committee’s review and work on financial reports. The Board received regular reports on all matters of particular significance arising at the committee meetings.

 

56


During 2008, the committee and its members were formally assessed by the chairman of the Company for their technical suitability to be members of the committee and also for the committee’s overall effectiveness.

 

The Board has designated Paul Spencer as the committee’s financial expert for Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX) purposes and as having recent and relevant financial experience for the purposes of the Combined Code. The committee has once again continued to oversee compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) for 2008, through regular status reports submitted by the internal and external auditors.

 

The committee received and reviewed regular reports on both our Right to Speak helpline, which is made available to employees to enable them to communicate confidentially on matters of concern, and the actions taken in response to those calls.

 

The committee has established a policy regarding non audit services that may be provided by the external auditors, which prohibits certain categories of work in line with relevant guidance on independence, such as ethical standards issued by the Auditing Practices Board and SOX. Other categories of work may be provided by the auditors if it is appropriate for them to do so. The provision of such services and associated fees are either pre-approved by the committee, or for certain categories of work, are delegated to the director of internal audit for pre-approval. All fees are summarised periodically for the committee to assess the aggregate value of non-audit fees against audit fees. The level of fees for 2008 is shown in Item 16C.

 

The committee’s terms of reference, which are reviewed with the Board annually and were updated at the time of the Scheme of Arrangement in October 2008, are available for inspection on the Company’s website at www.wpp.com and are on display prior to and at all general meetings of the Company. The committee’s principal responsibilities under its terms of reference include:

 

   

monitoring the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and reviewing significant financial reporting judgments;

 

   

reviewing internal financial control and internal audit activities;

 

   

assisting the Board in meeting its responsibilities in respect of the review and reporting on the systems and key elements of risk management as they affect the Group;

 

   

the review and appointment of the external auditors and approval of their remuneration and terms of engagement;

 

   

monitoring the external auditors’ independence, objectivity and effectiveness;

 

   

reviewing the Group Treasury policy with particular focus on debtors, funding and the continued ability of the Group to adopt the going concern basis in preparing financial statements;

 

   

reviewing reports on any material litigation involving Group companies;

 

   

reviewing any significant mergers and acquisitions and debt financing by the Group in the preliminary stages before a full Board review;

 

   

reviewing the Group’s pension obligations;

 

   

monitoring the accounting and legal reporting requirements, including all relevant regulations of the UK Listing Authority, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and NASDAQ with which the Company must comply;

 

   

in conjunction with Paul Richardson, the director responsible for corporate responsibility, ensuring systems are in place to monitor social, environmental and ethical issues which may

 

57


 

affect the Group (other than issues which fall within the remit of the Compensation Committee) and receiving reports on new initiatives being implemented by the Group to reduce carbon emissions; and

 

   

maintaining established procedures for the confidential receipt and treatment of concerns raised by our people.

 

Auditors

 

In 2002, the Group appointed Deloitte & Touche LLP (who have now changed their name to Deloitte LLP) as auditors to the Company following a thorough review of services offered by a number of the leading international accountancy firms.

 

D. Employees

 

The assets of communications services businesses are primarily its employees, and the Company is highly dependent on the talent, creative abilities and technical skills of its personnel and the relationships its personnel have with clients. The Company believes that its operating companies have established reputations in the industry that attract talented personnel. However, the Company, like all communications services businesses, is vulnerable to adverse consequences from the loss of key employees due to the competition among these businesses for talented personnel. On 31 December 2008 the Group, including all employees of associated undertakings, had approximately 135,000 employees located in approximately 2,400 offices in 107 countries compared with 111,000 and 98,000 as of 31 December 2007 and 2006, respectively. Excluding all employees of associated undertakings, this figure is 112,262 (2007: 90,182, 2006: 79,352). As at 31 March 2009, the Group had approximately 109,000 employees and approximately 146,000 employees including associate undertakings. The average number of employees in 2008 was 97,438 compared to 84,848 and 77,686 in 2007 and 2006, respectively, including acquisitions. Their geographical distribution was as follows:

 

     2008    2007    2006

North America

   24,493    23,294    22,477

United Kingdom

   8,971    8,543    8,484

Continental Europe

   23,562    21,367    19,935

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa and Middle East

   40,412    31,644    26,790
     97,438    84,848    77,686

Their operating sector distribution was as follows:

              

Advertising and Media Investment Management

   45,754    42,948    41,030

Information, Insight & Consultancy

   14,934    11,524    10,869

Public Relations & Public Affairs

   7,682    7,167    6,616

Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications

   29,068    23,209    19,171
     97,438    84,848    77,686

 

58


E. Share Ownership

 

Directors’ Interests

 

Directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital, all of which were beneficial, are shown in the following table. Save as disclosed in this table and in the rest of Item 6, no director had any interest in any contract of significance with the Group during the year. Each executive director has a technical interest as an employee and potential beneficiary in shares in the Company held under the ESOP trusts. As at 31 December 2008, the Company’s ESOP trusts held in total 33,167,446 shares in the Company (43,889,384 in 2007). Further details of the long-term incentive plans are given in Item 6B.

 

   

At 1 Jan

2008 or
appointment
date

  Shares
acquired
through
long-term
incentive plan
awards in
2008
    Movement
during
2008
inc.
shares
purchased
in 2008
    At 31 Dec
2008
or earlier
retirement
or
resignation
  Shares
acquired
through
long-term
incentive plan
awards in
2009
   

Other
movements
since

31 Dec
2008

  At 14 Apr
2009
    Vested   (sold)         Vested   (sold)      
C Day   5,240                   5,240                 5,240
E Dyson   35,000                   35,000                 35,000
O Gadiesh                                          
D Komansky 1   10,000                   10,000                  
P Lader   11,950                   11,950                 11,950
C Mackenzie 2   30,000                   30,000                  
S W Morten   20,000                   20,000                 20,000
K Naganuma 3                                          
L Olayan                                          
J A Quelch   12,000                   12,000                 12,000
M Read 4   28,442   53,886   (22,138 )         60,190   32,388   (13,306 )       79,272
P W G Richardson 4,5   214,350   154,249   (77,280 )         291,319   79,335   (39,747 )       330,907
J Rosen   12,000                   12,000                 12,000
T Shriver                 5,000     5,000                 5,000
P Spencer   10,000                   10,000                 10,000
Sir Martin Sorrell 4,6,7,8   13,608,087   2,947,094         (259,825 )   16,295,356   109,986             16,405,342

1

 

D Komansky retired from the Board on 6 February 2009.

2

 

C Mackenzie retired from the Board on 24 June 2008.

3

 

K Naganuma is a director of Asatsu-DK, which at 14 April 2009 had interests in 31,295,646 shares representing 2.49% of the issued share capital of the Company.

4

 

Interests include investment shares committed to the 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 awards under Renewed LEAP but do not include matching shares from these plans, if any.

5

 

In December 2008, Paul Richardson charged to AIB Group (UK) plc 256,319 shares in the Company as security for certain facilities made available to him by AIB.

6

 

Includes 2,823,786 shares pursuant to the vesting of LEAP 2004-2007, the receipt of which has been deferred until November 2011.

7

 

Includes 3,636,950 shares which originally formed part of the Capital Investment Plan (an award in respect of 4,691,392 shares in total, some of which have been received by Sir Martin Sorrell) and now comprise the UK and US Deferred Stock Units Awards Agreements.

8

 

In December 2005, Sir Martin Sorrell and the trustees of two family life interest trusts of Sir Martin Sorrell charged to AIB Group (UK) plc 3,771,214 and 3,863,147 ordinary shares in the Company respectively as security for facilities. In November 2008, Sir Martin Sorrell charged to AIB a further 232,595 shares as security in relation to the renewal of certain of those facilities. In December 2008, Sir Martin Sorrell gifted 259,825 shares to the JMMRJ Charitable Foundation and those shares were released by AIB from the security held by them.

 

59


Option awards held by executive directors in the year ended 31 December 2008

 

These awards were made to Mark Read before he became a director of the Company.

 

    Grant/
award
date
  End of
exercise
period
  Exercise
price
 

At 1 Jan
2008

(no. of
shares)

  Granted/
(lapsed)
2008
(no. of
shares)
 

Exercised
2008

(no. of
shares)

 

At 31 Dec

2008

(no. of
shares)

  Share
price 31 Dec
2008 1

Mark Read

  17.11.03   17.11.13   £5.595   10,615   —     —     10,615   £4.025
    29.10.04   29.10.14   £5.535   9,879   —     —     9,879   £4.025
1   Share price 12-month high/low: £6.48/£3.1025.

 

60


ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Major Shareholders

 

Control of registrant

 

As of the dates shown below, the Company is aware of the following interests of 3% or more in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company:

 

     As of 30 April
           2009          2008          2007

Massachusetts Financial Services Company

   4.8 %   60,758,614    5.0 %   60,800,602    4.8 %   58,865,231

Invesco plc

   4.6 %   57,745,790    5.0 %   60,270,835    *     *

Legal & General

   4.4 %   55,109,569    4.4 %   55,108,806    4.4 %   55,108,806

WPP ESOPs

   *     *    3.7 %   43,889,384    4.2 %   51,134,155
*   No interests in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company in excess of 3.0% have been notified to the Company.

 

The disclosed interests of all of the above refer to the respective combined holdings of those entities and to interests associated with them. The Company has not been notified of any other holdings of ordinary share capital of 3% or more. None of these shareholders has voting rights that are different from those of the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares generally. As far as WPP is aware, it is neither directly nor indirectly owned or controlled by one or more corporations or by any government, or by any other natural or legal persons severally or jointly.

 

The number of outstanding ordinary shares at 31 December 2008 was 1,255,343,263 which includes the underlying ordinary shares represented by 17,710,111 ADSs. 231 share owners of record of WPP ordinary shares were US residents at 31 December 2008.

 

The geographic distribution of our share ownership as of 31 December 2008 is presented below:

 

United Kingdom

   38%    

United States

   30%    

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East, Canada and Continental Europe

   32%    

Total

   100%    

 

B. Related Party Transactions

 

From time to time the Group enters into transactions with its associated undertakings. These transactions were not material in 2008, 2007 and 2006.

 

In the year ended 31 December 2008, the Group paid costs of £nil (2007: £0.5 million, 2006: £0.3 million) in connection with an action for the misuse of private information and an action for libel, in which Sir Martin Sorrell was a claimant. These costs were authorised by the Board as an integral part of broader legal actions to protect the commercial interests of the Group. The total amount incurred of £0.8 million was disclosed in the Company’s 2006 Annual Report and Form 20-F and has not increased.

 

C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

 

Not applicable.

 

61


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

 

See Item 18.

 

Outstanding legal proceedings

 

The Company has claims against others and there are claims against the Company in a variety of matters arising from the conduct of its business. In the opinion of the management of the Company, the ultimate liability, if any, that is likely to result from these matters would not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, or on the results of its operations.

 

Dividend distribution policy

 

The Group continues to increase dividends. The profit before tax for the year was £746.8 million (2007: £719.4 million, 2006: £682.0 million). The directors declared a second interim dividend of 10.28p (2007: 9.13p, 2006: 7.61p) per share to be paid on 6 July 2009 to share owners on the register at 5 June 2009 which, together with the interim ordinary dividend of 5.19p (2007: 4.32p, 2006: 3.60p) per share paid on 10 November 2008, makes a total of 15.47p for the year (2007: 13.45p, 2006: 11.21p).

 

ADS holders are eligible for all stock dividends or other entitlements accruing on the underlying WPP plc shares and receive all cash dividends in US dollars. These are normally paid twice a year. Dividend cheques are mailed directly to the ADS holder on the payment date if ADSs are registered with WPP’s US Depositary, Citibank N.A. Dividends on ADSs that are registered with brokers are sent to the brokers, who forward them to ADS holders.

 

Dividend Access Trust

 

Following the scheme of arrangement on 19 November 2008, WPP put in place a dividend access plan (the “Dividend Access Plan”) under which share owners may elect to be paid dividends from WPP DAS Limited (a subsidiary of WPP formed in 2008 and resident for tax purposes in the UK) rather than from WPP (a company resident for tax purposes in Ireland). The Dividend Access Plan is primarily designed to ensure that share owners may continue to receive UK dividends, meaning in particular that under the Dividend Access Plan, no Irish tax is required to be withheld from the payment of dividends to share owners. The tax consequences of receiving dividends under the Dividend Access Plan or directly from WPP are described in Item 10E.

 

Share owners who hold more than 100,000 ordinary shares and who wish to receive their dividend from a United Kingdom source must make an election. Share owners who held 100,000 or fewer WPP ordinary shares on the date of admission of the Company’s shares to the London Stock Exchange, or (if later) on the first dividend record date after they became share owners in the company, will be automatically deemed to have elected to receive a United Kingdom-sourced dividend. All elections remain in force indefinitely unless revoked. Unless share owners have made, or are deemed to have made, an election under the Dividend Access Plan, their dividends will be paid from an Irish source and be taxed accordingly.

 

In 2009 WPP DAS Limited issued one dividend access share to Computershare, which acts as trustee pursuant to a dividend access trust that has been constituted pursuant to a trust deed. The trust deed provides that:

 

  (a)   the dividend access trust will hold any dividends paid (not just declared) on the dividend access share in trust for share owners who have elected (or are deemed to have elected) to receive dividends pursuant to this arrangement; and

 

62


  (b)   each registered share owner on a dividend record date who has made a valid election (or is deemed to have made a valid election) under the Dividend Access Plan will, assuming WPP DAS Limited has sufficient distributable reserves as at the time of the distribution to the trustee, be entitled to receive from the trustee an amount equal to the dividend it would have received from WPP, to the extent that the trustee has actually received an amount by way of dividend from WPP DAS Limited.

 

To ensure compliance with UK trust law rules, the period during which the dividend access trust may continue is restricted. However, the dividend access trust under current law is able to continue for 80 years.

 

Share owners will not have any interest in the dividend access share and will not have any rights against WPP DAS Limited as the issuer of the dividend access share. The only assets held in trust for the benefit of share owners will be dividends paid to the trustee in respect of the dividend access share.

 

Shortfall in dividend payment

 

To the extent that dividends paid to the dividend access trust are insufficient to fund an amount equal to the dividend paid on the relevant ordinary shares, any dividend on the dividend access share received by the dividend access trust will be allocated pro rata to the relevant share owners and WPP will pay the balance of the dividend due to those share owners by way of a dividend on the ordinary shares. Any such dividend paid on ordinary shares will have an Irish source and will generally be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax at such rate as may be applicable under Irish law or the exemptions from Irish dividend withholding tax contained in Irish law or any applicable double tax treaty. In such circumstances, there will be no grossing up by WPP nor will WPP DAS Limited or WPP compensate share owners for any adverse consequences including any Irish dividend withholding tax.

 

Termination

 

WPP and WPP DAS Limited reserve the right to suspend or terminate the Dividend Access Plan arrangements at any time, in which case, any dividends will be paid directly to all share owners (including share owners who have made or are deemed to have made) an election to participate in the Dividend Access Plan.

 

ADSs

 

In accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement by and among WPP, Citibank, N.A., as Depositary, and the holders and beneficial owners of WPP’s ADSs, the Depositary has made an election on behalf of all holders of ADSs to receive dividends from WPP DAS Limited under the Dividend Access Plan. If a holder of ADSs does not wish to receive dividends from WPP DAS Limited under the Dividend Access Plan, the holder must withdraw his or her ordinary shares from the ADS program prior to the dividend record date set by the Depositary and request delivery of the ordinary shares. This will enable the holder to receive dividends from WPP (if necessary, by making an election to that effect).

 

There has been no activity in WPP DAS Limited for the year ending 31 December 2008.

 

B. Significant changes

 

None.

 

63


ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING

 

A. Offer and Listing Details

 

Share price history

 

The Company’s ordinary shares have been traded on The London Stock Exchange since 1971.

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle-market quotations for the Company’s ordinary shares on The London Stock Exchange, based on its Daily Official List.

 

     £ per
Ordinary Share
     High    Low

2004

   6.43    4.70

2005

   6.31    5.35

2006

   7.07    6.09

2007

         

First Quarter

   7.88    6.92

Second Quarter

   7.83    7.25

Third Quarter

   7.50    6.34

Fourth Quarter

   7.12    5.77

2008

         

First Quarter

   6.36    5.56

Second Quarter

   6.48    4.84

Third Quarter

   5.58    4.26

November

   4.08    3.22

December

   4.13    3.18

Fourth Quarter

   4.65    3.10

2009

         

January

   4.40    3.73

February

   4.08    3.53

March

   4.12    3.57

First Quarter

   4.40    3.53

April

   4.67    4.07

 

64


The ordinary shares have traded in the United States since 29 December 1987 in the form of ADSs, which are evidenced by ADRs or held in book entry form. The Depositary for the ADSs is Citibank, N.A. in New York. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low sales prices of the ADSs as reported by NASDAQ.

 

     US dollars per ADS
     High        Low    

2004

   59.50    42.39

2005

   60.05    47.34

2006

   67.90    53.72

2007

         

First Quarter

   77.93    66.76

Second Quarter

   76.16    71.20

Third Quarter

   76.28    64.21

Fourth Quarter

   72.46    59.47

2008

         

First Quarter

   63.08    56.66

Second Quarter

   63.19    47.82

Third Quarter

   49.82    38.07

November

   32.78    23.28

December

   30.41    23.79

Fourth Quarter

   40.85    23.28

2009

         

January

   31.26    26.79

February

   30.26    25.52

March

   29.58    24.54

First Quarter

   31.26    24.54

April

   34.12    29.47

 

The Depositary held 88,550,558 ordinary shares as at 31 December 2008, approximately 7.03% of the outstanding ordinary shares, represented by 17,710,111 outstanding ADSs.

 

B. Plan of Distribution

 

Not applicable.

 

C. Markets

 

See the discussion under “Share Price History” in Item 9A.

 

D. Selling Shareholders

 

Not applicable.

 

E. Dilution

 

Not applicable.

 

F. Expenses of the Issue

 

Not applicable.

 

65


ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A. Share Capital

 

Not applicable.

 

B. Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

WPP is a public limited company incorporated under the name “WPP plc” in Jersey with registered number 101749.

 

The following summarizes certain provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and applicable Jersey law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Jersey Companies Law and our memorandum and articles of association. A copy of our memorandum and articles of association in the form adopted on 30 September 2008 is filed as an exhibit to a Form 6-K that we filed with the SEC on 9 December 2008.

 

Objects and Purposes

 

Under the Jersey Companies Law, the capacity of a Jersey company is not limited by anything contained in its memorandum or articles of association. Accordingly, the memorandum of association of a Jersey company does not contain an objects clause.

 

Rights attaching to WPP ordinary shares

 

Voting rights of share owners – subject to disenfranchisement in the event of: (A) non-payment of any call or other sum due and payable in respect of any ordinary share; or (B) any non-compliance with any statutory notice requiring disclosure of the beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares and subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any ordinary shares (as to which there are none at present), on a show of hands every qualifying person (i.e. share owner, proxy or authorized corporate representative) present has one vote and on a poll every share owner present in person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share of which he or she is a holder, except that any proxy who has been appointed by the Depositary shall have such number of votes as equals the number of ordinary shares in relation to which such proxy has been appointed. In the case of joint holders, the vote of the person whose name stands first in the register of members and who tenders a vote is accepted to the exclusion of any votes tendered by any other joint holders.

 

Return of capital – the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of WPP and any other sanction required by the Statutes: (A) divide among the WPP share owners in specie the whole or any part of the assets of WPP; or (B) vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees on such trusts for the benefit of share owners as the liquidator shall think fit, but no share owner shall be compelled to accept any assets upon which there is any liability. The “Statutes” means the Jersey Companies Law and every other statute, statutory instrument, regulation or order, for the time being in force, concerning companies registered under the Jersey Companies Law, including the Electronic Communication (Jersey) Law 2000 and the Companies (Uncertificated Securities) (Jersey) Order 1999.

 

Capitalization of reserves

 

The board of directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of WPP: (A) resolve to capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any reserve account of WPP (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account not required for the payment of any preferential dividend (whether or not it is available for distribution);

 

66


and (B) appropriate that sum as capital to the share owners in proportion to the nominal amount of the ordinary shares held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in paying up in full any unissued ordinary shares or debentures of WPP of a nominal amount equal to that sum and allot the ordinary shares or debentures credited as fully paid to those share owners, or as they may direct, in those proportions or in paying up the whole or part of any amounts that are unpaid in respect of any issued ordinary shares held by them respectively, or otherwise deal with such sum as directed by the resolution, provided that the share premium account and the capital redemption reserve and any sum not available for distribution in accordance with the Statutes may only be applied in paying up unissued ordinary shares to be allotted credited as fully paid up.

 

Transfer of ordinary shares

 

Subject to any restrictions in the articles of association, a share owner may transfer all or any of his ordinary shares in any manner that is permitted by the Statutes and is from time to time approved by the board of directors. WPP shall register the transfer of any ordinary shares held in uncertificated form by means of a relevant system in accordance with the Statutes. The board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register any transfer of an uncertificated share where permitted by articles of association and the Statutes.

 

A share owner may transfer all or any of his certificated ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in any usual form, or in such other form as the board of directors may approve. The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, except in the case of a fully paid share, by or on behalf of the transferee. The board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register any transfer of any certificated ordinary share that is not fully paid up (but not so as to prevent dealings in ordinary shares admitted to official listing by the UKLA from taking place on an open and proper basis) or on which WPP has a lien. The board of directors may also refuse to register any instrument of transfer of a certificated ordinary share unless it is lodged at the registered office, or such other place as the board of directors may decide, for registration, accompanied by the share certificate for the ordinary shares to be transferred and such other evidence as the board of directors may reasonably require to prove title of the intending transferor or his right to transfer the ordinary shares and it is in respect of only one class of WPP shares. If the board of directors refuses to register a transfer of a certificated ordinary share it shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged or the operator-instruction was received, give to the transferee notice of the refusal. The board of directors must provide the transferee with such further information about the reasons for the refusal as the transferee may reasonably request. Unless otherwise agreed by the board of directors in any particular case, the maximum number of persons who may be entered on the register as joint holders of an ordinary share is four.

 

Changes in capital

 

Subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, WPP may by special resolution:

 

   

increase its share capital;

 

   

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into ordinary shares of a larger amount;

 

   

sub-divide all or part of its share capital into ordinary shares of a smaller amount;

 

   

cancel any ordinary shares that have not, at the date of the special resolution, been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its authorised share capital by the amount of the ordinary shares so cancelled; or

 

   

alter its share capital in any other manner permitted by the Jersey Companies Law.

 

67


Subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, WPP may by special resolution:

 

   

purchase ordinary shares, including any redeemable ordinary shares; and

 

   

reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve or share premium account.

 

Authority to allot securities and disapplication of pre-emption rights

 

WPP may from time to time pass an ordinary resolution authorizing the board of directors to exercise all the powers of WPP to allot relevant securities up to the nominal amount specified in the resolution. The authority shall expire on the day specified in the resolution, not being more than five years after the date on which the resolution is passed.

 

On the passing of a special resolution, the board of directors shall have power to allot equity securities for cash but that power shall be limited: (A) to the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue; and (B) to the allotment (other than in connection with a rights issue) of equity securities having a nominal amount not exceeding in aggregate the sum specified in the special resolution (i.e. the articles of association do not contain any pre-emption rights).

 

Variation of rights

 

Whenever the share capital of WPP is divided into different classes of ordinary shares (which it is not as at the date of this document), all or any of the rights for the time being attached to any class of ordinary shares in issue may, subject to the Statutes, be varied, either in such manner as those rights may provide or with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds in nominal value of the issued ordinary shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of those ordinary shares. At any separate general meeting, the necessary quorum is two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal amount of the issued ordinary shares of the class in question (but at any adjourned meeting, one person holding ordinary shares of the class or his proxy is a quorum).

 

Disclosure of interests in ordinary shares

 

WPP may give a disclosure notice to any person whom it believes is either:

 

   

interested in the ordinary shares; or

 

   

has been so interested at any time during the three years on which the disclosure notice is issued.

 

The disclosure notice may require the person:

 

   

to confirm that fact or (as the case may be) to state whether or not it is the case; and

 

   

if he holds, or has during that time held, any such interest, to give such further information as may be required.

 

The notice may require the person to whom it is addressed, where either:

 

   

his interest is a present interest and another interest in the ordinary shares subsists; or

 

   

another interest in the ordinary shares subsisted during that three year period at a time when his interest subsisted, to give, so far as lies within his knowledge, such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be required by the notice including:

 

   

the identity of persons interested in the ordinary shares in question; and

 

68


   

whether persons interested in the same ordinary shares are or were parties to either an agreement to acquire interests in a particular company, or an agreement or arrangement relating to the exercise of any rights conferred by the holding of the ordinary shares.

 

The notice may require the person to whom it is addressed, where his interest is a past interest, to give (so far as lies within his knowledge) particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his ceasing to hold it.

 

Failure to provide the information within 14 days after the notice has been given means that the holder of the relevant ordinary shares shall not be entitled to vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right confirmed by membership in relation to shareholder meetings for so long as the default continues (and, if those ordinary shares represent at least 0.25 percent of the issued ordinary shares of the class, the holder shall not be entitled to receive any payment by way of dividend or to transfer any rights in the ordinary shares).

 

Register of members

 

The register of members of WPP must be kept and maintained in Jersey.

 

Uncertificated ordinary shares – general powers

 

Subject to the Jersey Companies Law and the Uncertificated Securities Order (as defined in the articles of association), the board of directors may permit any class of ordinary shares to be held in uncertificated form and to be transferred by means of a relevant system and may revoke such permission. In relation to any uncertificated ordinary share, WPP may utilize the relevant system in which it is held to the fullest extent available from time to time in the exercise of any of its powers or functions under the Statutes or the articles of association or otherwise in effecting any actions. Any provision in the articles of association in relation to uncertificated ordinary shares that is inconsistent with any applicable statutory provision shall not apply. WPP may, by notice to the holder of an uncertificated share, require the holder to change the form of that ordinary share to certificated form within such period as may be specified in the notice. For the purpose of effecting any action by WPP, the board of directors may determine that holdings of the same share owner in uncertificated form and in certificated form shall be treated as separate holdings but ordinary shares of a class held by a person in uncertificated form shall not be treated as a separate class from ordinary shares of that class held by that person in certificated form.

 

Directors

 

The WPP directors (other than alternate directors) shall not, unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of WPP, be fewer than six in number.

 

A director need not be a share owner.

 

There is no age limit for directors.

 

At each annual general meeting any director then in office who has been appointed by the board of directors since the previous annual general meeting or for whom it is the third annual general meeting following the annual general meeting at which he was elected or re-elected shall retire from office but shall be eligible for re-election.

 

The directors shall be paid fees not exceeding in aggregate £1,500,000 per annum (or such larger sum as WPP may, by ordinary resolution, determine) as the board of directors may decide to be divided among them. Such fee shall be divided among them in such proportion and manner as they may agree or, failing agreement, equally.

 

69


The board of directors may grant special remuneration to any director who performs any special or extra services to, or at the request of, WPP. Special remuneration may be payable to a director in addition to his ordinary remuneration (if any) as a director.

 

The directors shall also be paid out of the funds of WPP all expenses properly incurred by them in and about the discharge of their duties, including their expenses of travelling to and from the meetings of the board of directors, committee meetings and general meetings.

 

The board of directors may exercise all the powers of WPP to pay, provide or procure the grant of pensions or other retirement or superannuation benefits and death, disability or other benefits, allowances or gratuities to any person who is or has been at any time a director or in the employment or service of WPP or of any company that is or was a subsidiary of or associated with WPP or of the predecessors in business of WPP or any subsidiary or associated company or the relatives or dependants of any such person. For that purpose, the board of directors may procure the establishment and maintenance of, or participate in, or contribute to any non-contributory or contributory pension or superannuation fund, scheme or arrangement or pay any insurance premiums.

 

Subject to any applicable statutory provisions and to declaring his interests in accordance with the articles of association, a director may enter into or be interested in any transaction or arrangement with WPP, either with regard to his tenure of any office or position in the management, administration or conduct of the business of WPP, or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise. A director may hold and be remunerated in respect of any other office or place of profit with WPP (other than the office of auditor of WPP) in conjunction with his office as a director and he (or his firm) may also act in a professional capacity for WPP (except as auditor) and may be remunerated for it.

 

A director who, to his knowledge, is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction or arrangement or a proposed transaction or arrangement with WPP or any of its subsidiaries, or if any situation exists in which a director has or can have a direct or indirect interest that conflicts with or may conflict with the interests of WPP, shall disclose to WPP the nature and extent of the interest or situation in accordance with the articles of association.

 

Board meetings and committee meetings shall not take place in the United Kingdom and no director may participate in any meeting if he is physically present in the United Kingdom at any time during the meeting. Any decision reached or resolution passed by the directors at any meeting that is held in the United Kingdom or any meeting in respect of which any director participating in the meeting is physically present in the United Kingdom during the meeting shall be invalid and of no effect. The place of the board meeting shall be deemed to be at the place at which the chairman of the meeting is physically present.

 

A director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum at a meeting in respect of any resolution concerning his own appointment (including fixing and varying its terms), or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with WPP or any other company in which WPP is interested but, where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying its terms), or the termination of the appointment, of two or more directors to offices or places of profit with WPP or any company in which WPP is interested, those proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately, and in such case each of the directors concerned (if not otherwise debarred from voting under the articles of association) shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment or the termination of his own appointment.

 

A director shall not vote (or be counted in the quorum at a meeting) in respect of any transaction or arrangement or other proposal in which he has an interest that (together with any interest of a

 

70


connected person) is to his knowledge a direct or indirect interest and as may reasonably be required as likely to give rise to a conflict. Notwithstanding the above, a director shall be entitled to vote (and be counted in the quorum) on: (A) any transaction or arrangement in which he is interested by virtue of an interest in ordinary shares, debentures or other securities of WPP or otherwise in or through WPP; (B) the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or by any other person at the request of, or for the benefit of, WPP or any of its subsidiaries; or a debt or obligation of WPP or any of its subsidiaries for which he himself has assumed responsibility under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security; (C) (subject to the Statutes) indemnification (including loans made in connection with it) by WPP in relation to the performance of his duties on behalf of WPP or any of its subsidiaries; (D) any issue or offer of ordinary shares, debentures or other securities of WPP or any of its subsidiaries in respect of which he is or may be entitled to participate in his capacity as holder of any such securities or as an underwriter or sub-underwriter; (E) any transaction or arrangement concerning another company in which he and any connected person do not to his knowledge hold, directly or indirectly as shareholders, or through their direct or indirect holdings of financial instruments (within the meaning of Chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules) voting rights representing one percent or more of any class of ordinary shares in the capital of such company; (F) any arrangement for the benefit of employees of WPP or any of its subsidiaries that does not accord to him any privilege or benefit not generally accorded to the employees to whom the arrangement relates; and (G) the purchase or maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the directors or for the benefit of persons including the directors. “Disclosure and Transparency Rules” means the rules and regulations made by the Financial Services Authority in its capacity as the UK Listing Authority under Part VI of the UK Financial Services and Markets Act of 2000, as amended, and contained in the UK Listing Authority’s publication of the same name.

 

WPP shall not make a payment for loss of office to a director unless the payment has been approved by an ordinary resolution of WPP.

 

General meetings

 

The board of directors shall convene, and WPP shall hold, an annual general meeting in accordance with the Statutes. Other general meetings shall be held whenever the board of directors thinks fit or on the requisition of WPP share owners in accordance with the Statutes or the articles of association.

 

An annual general meeting shall be called by not less than 21 days’ written notice and any other general meeting shall be called by not less than 14 clear days’ written notice.

 

The requisite quorum for general meetings of WPP shall be two qualifying persons, entitled to vote on the business to be transacted at the meeting.

 

Borrowing powers

 

The board of directors may exercise all the powers of WPP to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of its undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligations of WPP or of any third party. The board of directors shall restrict the borrowings of WPP and exercise all voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by WPP in relation to its subsidiaries (if any) so as to secure (as regards subsidiaries only so far as by such exercise it can secure) that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time in respect of all borrowings by the WPP Group (exclusive of any borrowings that are owed by one WPP Group company to another WPP Group company) after deducting the amount of cash deposited will not, without the previous sanction of WPP in general meeting, exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times the

 

71


adjusted capital and reserves (as defined in the articles of association) or any higher limit fixed by ordinary resolution of WPP that is applicable at the relevant time. “WPP Group” means WPP and its subsidiaries, subsidiary undertakings and associated undertakings.

 

To date, no resolution of the type referred to in this paragraph has been passed.

 

Dividends

 

Declaration of dividends – subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, WPP may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend to be paid to the share owners, according to their respective rights and interests in the profits, and may fix the time for payment of such dividend, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the board of directors.

 

Fixed and interim dividends – subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, the board of directors may pay such interim dividends as appear to the board of directors to be justified by the financial position of WPP and may also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals settled by the board of directors whenever the financial position of WPP, in the opinion of the board of directors, justifies its payment. If the board of directors acts in good faith, none of the directors shall incur any liability to the share owners conferring preferred rights for any loss such share owners may suffer in consequence of the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any ordinary shares having non-preferred or deferred rights.

 

Calculation and currency of dividends – except insofar as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any shares otherwise provide: (A) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the ordinary shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on an ordinary share in advance of calls shall be treated as paid up on the ordinary share; (B) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the ordinary shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; (C) any amount paid by WPP by way of dividend will be deemed to include any amount that WPP may be compelled by law to withhold or deduct; and (D) dividends may be declared or paid in any currency. The board of directors may agree with any share owner that dividends that may at any time or from time to time be declared or become due on his ordinary shares in one currency shall be paid or satisfied in another, and may agree the basis of conversion to be applied and how and when the amount to be paid in the other currency shall be calculated and paid and for WPP or any other person to bear any costs involved.

 

Dividends not to bear interest – no dividend or other moneys payable by WPP on or in respect of any ordinary share shall bear interest as against WPP unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the ordinary share.

 

Calls or debts or amounts required by law may be deducted from dividends – the board of directors may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any person (either alone or jointly with another) on or in respect of an ordinary share all such sums as may be due from him (either alone or jointly with another) to WPP on account of calls or otherwise in relation to ordinary shares.

 

Dividends in specie – with the authority of an ordinary resolution of WPP and on the recommendation of the board of directors, payment of any dividend may be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up ordinary shares or debentures of any other company.

 

Scrip dividends – the board of directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of WPP, offer any share owners the right to elect to receive further ordinary shares (whether or not of that class) credited as fully paid, by way of scrip dividend instead of cash in respect of all (or some part) of any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution.

 

72


Unclaimed dividends – any dividend unclaimed for a period of 12 years after having become due for payment shall be forfeited and cease to remain owing by WPP.

 

Forfeiture of ordinary shares

 

If the whole or any part of any call or installment remains unpaid on any ordinary share after the due date for payment, the board of directors may serve a written notice on the share owner requiring him to pay so much of the call or installment as remains unpaid, together with any accrued interest.

 

The written notice shall state a further day, being not less than 14 clear days from the date of the notice, on or before which, and the place where, payment is to be made and shall state that, in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place appointed, the ordinary share in respect of which the call was made or installment is payable will be liable to be forfeited.

 

If the requirements of a notice are not complied with, any ordinary share in respect of which it was given may (before the payment required by the notice is made) be forfeited by a resolution of the board of directors. The forfeiture shall include all dividends declared and other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited ordinary share and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

Every ordinary share that is forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of WPP and (subject to the Statutes) may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, upon such terms and in such manner as the board of directors shall decide either to the person who was before the forfeiture the share owner or to any other person and whether with or without all or any part of the amount previously paid up on the ordinary share being credited as so paid up.

 

Website communication with share owners

 

The articles of association enable WPP to use its website as a means of sending or supplying documents or information to share owners. Before communicating with a share owner by means of its website, WPP must have asked the share owner, individually, to agree (generally or specifically) that WPP may send or supply documents or information to him by means of a website. A member shall be deemed to have agreed that WPP may send or supply a document or information by means of a website if no response to the request is received within 28 days. When communicating with share owners by means of website communications, WPP will notify the share owners (by post or other permitted means) of the presence of a document or information on the website.

 

Directors’ indemnity, insurance and defence

 

As far as the legislation allows, WPP may:

 

(i) indemnify any director (or of an associated body corporate) against any liability;

 

(ii) indemnify a director of a company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme for employees (or former employees) of WPP (or of an associated body corporate) against liability incurred in connection with WPP’s activities as trustee of the scheme;

 

(iii) purchase and maintain insurance against any liability for any director referred to in paragraph (i) or (ii) above; and

 

(iv) provide any director referred to in paragraph (i) or (ii) above with funds (whether by loan or otherwise) to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him in defending any criminal, regulatory or civil proceedings or in connection with an application for relief (or to enable any such director to avoid incurring such expenditure).

 

73


 

C. Material Contracts

 

The following is a summary of each contract (not being a contract entered into in the ordinary course of business) that has been entered into by any member of the WPP Group: (a) within the two years immediately preceding the date of this Form 20F which are, or may be, material to the WPP Group; or (b) at any time which contain obligations or entitlements which are, or may be, material to the WPP Group as at the date of this Form 20F:

 

(i) on 3 August 1998, WPP 2005 Limited entered into an agreement with Asatsu pursuant to which WPP 2005 Limited subscribed for approximately 23% (at that time) of the share capital of Asatsu for approximately £139 million and Asatsu subscribed for 31,295,646 ordinary shares in WPP 2005 Limited representing approximately 4% (at that time) of the issued share capital of WPP 2005 Limited. Each party agreed not to transfer any shares held by them in the other for a period of five years and thereafter only to transfer such shares following a procedure set out in the agreement. Each party is further entitled to nominate a non-executive director to the board of the other subject to retaining its shareholding in the other. Due to the disparity of the percentage shareholdings of WPP 2005 Limited in Asatsu and of Asatsu in WPP 2005 Limited, an agreement was also entered into on 3 August 1998 imposing, inter alia , limitations, in certain circumstances, on the voting rights in respect of the shares held by WPP 2005 Limited in Asatsu;

 

(ii) on 23 August 2005, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP Finance Co. Limited and WPP Group U.S. Finance Corp. (as borrowers), guaranteed by WPP 2005 Limited, entered into an agreement for a seven-year multi-currency revolving credit facility (with a US Dollar swingline option) of US$1,600 million with a syndicate of banks and Citibank International plc as facility agent. The facility is available for drawing by way of multi-currency cash advances on a revolving basis, with an option to draw US Dollar swingline advances up to a sub-limit of US$1,400 million. The rate of margin for the facility is 0.25% per annum (ratcheting up to 0.275% per annum following the fifth anniversary of the date of the facility) above LIBOR. The commitment fee payable on undrawn commitments is equal to 30% of the then applicable margin. The interest rate for swingline advances is the higher of the US prime commercial lending rate and 0.25% per annum above the federal funds rate. WPP acceded to the facility as a borrower and a guarantor and each of WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded to the facility as guarantors, in each case pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 17 November;

 

(iii) on 23 June 2004, WPP Finance (UK) issued US$650,000,000 of 5.875% Notes due 2014 pursuant to the Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture both dated as of 23 June 2004 among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP 2005 Limited, as guarantor and Citibank N.A., as Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of 23 June 2004 among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP 2005 Limited, as Guarantor and Citibank N.A., as Trustee. The Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by WPP 2008 Limited pursuant to the Second Supplemental Indenture dated 27 June 2006 and by WPP Young & Rubicam US Holdings (a subsidiary of WPP) pursuant to the Third Supplemental Indenture dated 19 December 2006. The Notes were fully and unconditionally guaranteed by WPP and WPP Air 1 Limited (a subsidiary of WPP) pursuant to the Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated 7 October 2008 and the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated 30 April 2009. The Indenture contains events of default provisions (including a cross-default provision). It also contains a restriction on the Issuer or any of the guarantors referred to above consolidating or merging with any other person and conveying, transferring or leasing all or substantially all of their properties and assets to any person except where the entity resulting from such consolidation or merger or to whom such properties and assets are transferred becomes a primary obligor of the Notes and gives certain certificates and indemnities. The covenants of the Indenture also contain a negative pledge and a limitation on the sale and leaseback of any

 

74


assets by the guarantors referred to above and their principal subsidiaries. The Indenture allows for defeasance of these covenants subject to certain conditions. The Indenture also contains a joint and several indemnity from the Issuer and the guarantors referred to above in favour of the Trustee.;

 

(iv) on 12 May 2008, WPP 2008 Limited issued EUR 750,000,000 6.625% guaranteed bonds due 2016. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP 2005 Limited and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 12 May 2008 between Citicorp Trustee Company Limited, the guarantor and WPP 2008 Limited. The bonds are listed on the London Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and events of default provisions (including a cross-default provision). The Trust Deed also contains an indemnity by WPP 2008 Limited in favour of Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. Pursuant to a supplemental trust deed dated 14 November 2008, WPP, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded as additional guarantors to the bonds;

 

(v) on 6 November 2007, WPP Finance S.A. issued EUR 500,000,000 5.25% guaranteed bonds due 2015 and £200,000,000 6.375% guaranteed bonds due 2020. Both tranches of bonds are guaranteed by WPP 2005 Limited and WPP 2008 Limited and were constituted respectively by two Trust Deeds dated 6 November 2007 between Citicorp Trustee Company Limited, the guarantors and WPP Finance S.A. The bonds are listed on the London Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and events of default provisions (including a cross-default provision). The Trust Deeds also contain indemnities by WPP Finance S.A. in favour of Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. Pursuant to a supplemental trust deed dated 14 November 2008, WPP, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded as additional guarantors to the bonds;

 

(vi) on 4 April 2007, WPP 2008 Limited issued £400,000,000 6.0% guaranteed bonds due 2017. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP 2005 Limited and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 4 April 2007 between Citicorp Trustee Company Limited, the guarantor and WPP 2008 Limited. The bonds are listed on the London Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and events of default provisions (including a cross-default provision). The Trust Deed also contains an indemnity by WPP 2008 Limited in favour of Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. Pursuant to a supplemental trust deed dated 14 November 2008, WPP, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded as additional guarantors to the bonds;

 

(vii) on 5 December 2006, WPP 2008 Limited issued EUR 600,000,000 4.375% guaranteed bonds due 2013. The bonds are guaranteed by WPP 2005 Limited and were constituted by a Trust Deed dated 5 December 2006 between Citicorp Trustee Company Limited, the guarantor and WPP 2008 Limited. The administration of payments to bondholders is provided for in a Paying Agency Agreement dated 5 December 2006 between WPP 2008 Limited, Citibank, N.A., London Branch and others. The bonds are listed on the London Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions contain a redemption provision at the option of the bondholders on a Change of Control, a negative pledge provision and the events of default provisions in the terms and conditions contain a cross-default provision. The Trust Deed also contains an indemnity by WPP 2008 Limited in favour of Citicorp Trustee Company Limited. Pursuant to a supplemental trust deed dated 14 November 2008, WPP, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded as additional guarantors to the bonds;

 

(viii) on 17 May 2007, WPP 2008 Limited, TS Transaction, Inc., a Delaware corporation and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP 2008 Limited (the “Merger Subsidiary”), and 24/7 Real Media, Inc. (“TFSM”) entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “Merger

 

75


Agreement”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, as amended on 12 July 2007, the Merger Subsidiary conducted a tender offer for all of the outstanding shares of TFSM’s outstanding common stock and, following completion of the tender offer, was merged into TFSM. Each outstanding share of TFSM common stock (other than, among other things, shares held by TFSM as treasury stock or by WPP 2008 Limited or any wholly-owned subsidiary of TFSM or WPP) was converted into the right to receive US$11.75 in cash. TFSM survived the merger as an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP 2008 Limited managed by the directors and officers of the Merger Subsidiary (until the appointment of successors). Under the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger: (A) unvested, unexercisable and outstanding TFSM stock options were converted into approximately equivalent stock options of WPP 2008 Limited; (B) vested, exercisable and outstanding TFSM stock options were exchanged for a cash payment for each underlying share equal to the difference, if any, between the tender offer price per share of US$11.75 and the exercise price per share of the options; (C) any restricted shares of TFSM were converted into approximately equivalent restricted securities of WPP; and (D) TFSM warrants were converted into approximately equivalent warrants to subscribe for shares in WPP 2008 Limited. In the Merger Agreement, TFSM and WPP 2008 Limited made various representations and warranties and agreed to specified covenants, including covenants by TFSM relating to the conduct of its business between the date of the Merger Agreement and the closing of the Merger, restrictions on TFSM’s ability to solicit proposals with respect to alternative transactions, governmental filings and approvals, public disclosures and other matters. The Merger Agreement also contained certain termination rights of WPP 2008 Limited and TFSM and provided that, upon the termination of the Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, TFSM would be required to pay WPP 2008 Limited a termination fee of US$24.0 million;

 

(ix) on 9 July 2008, WPP 2008 Limited and WPP Finance Co. Limited (as borrowers) and WPP and WPP 2005 Limited (as guarantors) entered into an agreement for a 364-day term loan facility arranged by Banc of America Securities Limited, Banco Santander S.A., Barclays Capital, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as arrangers with Banco Santander S.A., London Branch, Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas, BoA Netherlands Coöperatieve U.A., Citibank, N.A., HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as original lenders and Citibank International plc as facility agent, which may be extended at the option of WPP 2008 Limited for a further 12-month period. The amount of the facility is £650,000,000. The facility is available for drawing by way of multi-currency cash advances. The rate of margin for the facility from the date on which the facility agreement was signed (the “Signing Date”) to and including 30 September 2008 is either 0.55% per annum if the Requisite Credit Rating is achieved or 0.65% per annum if it is not. The rate of margin from and including 1 October 2008 to and including 31 December 2008 is 0.85% per annum if the Requisite Credit Rating is achieved and 0.95% per annum if it is not. The rate of margin from and including 1 January 2009 to and including 31 March 2009 is 1.40% per annum if the Requisite Credit Rating is achieved and 1.50% per annum if it is not. The rate of margin from and including 1 April 2009 to and including the date falling 364 days after the Signing Date is 1.60% per annum if the Requisite Credit Rating is achieved and 1.70% per annum if it is not. The rate of margin thereafter is 2.15% per annum if the Requisite Credit Rating is achieved and 2.25% per annum if it is not. The Requisite Credit Rating is achieved if the long-term senior unsecured debt rating of WPP published by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s is BBB+ or Baa1 or higher and the other long-term senior unsecured debt rating published by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s is no more than one notch lower. The commitment fee payable on undrawn commitments is equal to 40% of the then applicable margin. The facility agreement contains customary representations, covenants and events of default. The facility agreement also requires the prepayment of proceeds received from certain disposals or as a result of equity issuance or certain capital markets transactions.

 

76


WPP acceded to the facility as a borrower and a guarantor and each of WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded to the facility as guarantors, in each case pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 17 November 2008;

 

(x) on 9 July 2008, WPP 2008 Limited and WPP Finance Co. Limited (as borrowers) and WPP and WPP 2005 Limited (as guarantors) entered into an agreement for a three-year revolving credit facility arranged by Banc of America Securities Limited, Banco Santander S.A., Barclays Capital, BNP Paribas, Citigroup Global Markets Limited, HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as arrangers with Banco Santander S.A., London Branch, Barclays Bank PLC, BNP Paribas, BoA Netherlands Coöperatieve U.A., Citibank, N.A., HSBC Bank plc and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as original lenders and Citibank International plc as facility agent. The amount of the facility is £600,000,000. The facility is available for drawing by way of multi-currency cash advances on a revolving basis. Pursuant to a side letter dated 12 November 2008, and in accordance with the terms of a syndication side letter between WPP and the original lenders dated 9 July 2008, the original lenders agreed to invoke their rights to market flex in order to enhance the prospects of successfully syndicating the facility. As a result the rate of margin for the facility is, if the long-term senior unsecured debt rating of WPP published by Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s (the “Credit Rating”) is A-/A3 or higher, 1.125% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BBB+ or Baa1, the rate of margin for the facility shall be 1.25% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BBB or Baa2, the rate of margin for the facility is 1.75% per annum. If the Credit Rating is BBB- or Baa3 or lower, the rate of margin for the facility is 2.00% per annum. If Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s assign different Credit Ratings, the margin shall be the average of the margins determined by each Credit Rating. The commitment fee payable on undrawn commitments is equal to 40% of the then applicable margin. The facility agreement contains customary representations, covenants and events of default. The facility agreement also requires the prepayment of proceeds received from certain disposals. WPP acceded to the facility as a borrower and a guarantor and each of WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited acceded to the facility as guarantors, in each case pursuant to an amendment and restatement agreement dated 17 November 2008; and

 

(xi) effective 19 November 2008, WPP entered into a deposit agreement with Citibank, N.A., as Depositary, and the holders and beneficial owners of ADSs that sets out the terms on which the Depositary has agreed to act as depositary with respect to the WPP ADSs issued in exchange for WPP 2008 Limited ADSs following effectiveness of the Scheme. The deposit agreement contains, amongst other things, customary provisions pertaining to the form of ADR certificates, the deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares, distributions to holders of ADSs, voting of ordinary shares underlying ADSs, obligations of the Depositary and WPP , charges of the Depositary, and compliance with applicable law.

 

(xii) on or about 19 May 2009, WPP will issue up to £450,000,000 guaranteed convertible bonds. The bonds will be guaranteed by WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited and will be constituted by a Trust Deed to be dated on or about 19 May 2009. The bonds will be listed on the London Stock Exchange and the terms and conditions will contain a conversion provision allowing bondholders to convert their bonds into ordinary shares in WPP within a specified period. The bonds will contain a conversion option on the occurrence of a Change of Control, a negative pledge and events of default provisions (including a cross default provision). The Trust Deed will also contain an indemnity by WPP in favour of Citicorp Trustee Company Limited.

 

D. Exchange Controls

 

There are currently no Jersey foreign exchange control restrictions on remittances of dividends on the ordinary shares or on the conduct of the Registrant’s operations.

 

77


E. Taxation

 

The taxation discussion set forth below is intended only as a descriptive summary and does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or listing of all potential tax effects relevant to a decision to purchase, hold or in any way transfer ordinary shares or ADSs. Each investor should seek advice based on their individual particular circumstances from an independent tax adviser.

 

The following summary of the Republic of Ireland, Jersey (UK in relation to dividend distributions) and the United States tax consequences is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and should not be considered legal or tax advice. In addition, this summary does not represent a detailed description of the tax consequences applicable to persons subject to special treatment under the Republic of Ireland, Jersey and the United States tax laws. Prospective purchasers of ADSs are advised to satisfy themselves as to the overall tax consequences of their ownership of ADSs and the ordinary shares represented thereby by consulting their own tax advisors. In addition, this summary only addresses holders that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets, and it does not address the taxation of a United States shareholder (either corporate or individual) where that shareholder controls, or is deemed to control, 10% or more of the voting stock of the Company.

 

Republic of Ireland taxation

 

General

 

The paragraphs set out below summarise the Irish tax treatment for share owners (or holders of ADSs) of holding or disposing of ordinary shares (or ADSs). They are based on current Irish legislation and an understanding of current Republic of Ireland Revenue Commissioners’ practice as at the date of this document.

 

Tax on chargeable gains

 

Liability for Irish tax on chargeable (taxable) gains will depend on the individual circumstances of share owners.

 

(a)   Disposal of ordinary shares by non-Irish-resident share owners

 

Share owners who are not resident or, in the case of individuals, ordinarily resident for tax purposes in the Republic of Ireland will not be liable for Irish tax on chargeable gains realised on a subsequent disposal of their ordinary shares unless in the case of non-corporate shareholders such ordinary shares are used, held or acquired for the purposes of a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the Republic of Ireland through a branch or agency. Such share owners may be subject to foreign taxation on any gain under local law.

 

A WPP share owner who is an individual and who is temporarily a non-resident of the Republic of Ireland at the time of the disposal may, under anti-avoidance legislation, still be liable to Irish taxation on any chargeable gain realised (subject to the availability of exemptions or reliefs).

 

Dividend withholding tax

 

Dividends received from WPP plc

 

Unless a share owner makes, or is deemed to have made, an election to receive dividends from WPP DAS Limited, a company incorporated in the UK, via the Dividend Access Plan, any dividends received will be received from WPP.

 

Dividends paid by WPP will generally be subject to Irish dividend withholding tax ( DWT ) at the standard rate of income tax (currently 20%) unless the share owner is within one of the categories of exempt shareholders referred to below. Where DWT applies, WPP will be responsible for withholding

 

78


DWT at source. For DWT purposes, a dividend includes any distribution made by WPP to share owners, including cash dividends, non-cash dividends and additional shares taken in lieu of a cash dividend.

 

DWT is not payable where an exemption applies provided that WPP has received all necessary documentation required by the relevant legislation from a WPP Share Owner prior to payment of the dividend.

 

Certain categories of Irish resident share owners are entitled to an exemption from DWT, including in general (but not limited to) Irish resident companies, qualifying employee share ownership trusts, charities and pension funds. Except in very limited circumstances, distributions by WPP to an Irish-resident share owner who is an individual are not exempt from DWT.

 

Certain non-Irish resident share owners (both individual and corporate) are also entitled to an exemption from DWT. In particular, a non-Irish resident share owner is not subject to DWT on dividends received from WPP if the WPP Share Owner is:

 

   

an individual share owner who by virtue of the laws of the relevant country is resident for tax purposes in either a Member State of the European Union (apart from the Republic of Ireland) or in a country with which the Republic of Ireland has a double tax treaty (including the United States), and the individual is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in the Republic of Ireland; or

 

   

a corporate share owner that is not resident for tax purposes in the Republic of Ireland and which is ultimately controlled, directly or indirectly, by persons who by virtue of the laws of the relevant country are resident in either a member state of the European Union (apart from the Republic of Ireland) or in a country with which the Republic of Ireland has a double tax treaty (including the United States); or

 

   

a corporate share owner that is not resident for tax purposes in the Republic of Ireland nor ultimately controlled by persons so resident and which is resident for tax purposes in either a member state of the European Union (apart from the Republic of Ireland) or a country with which the Republic of Ireland has a double tax treaty (including the United States); or

 

   

a corporate share owner that is not resident for tax purposes in the Republic of Ireland and whose principal class of shares (or those of its 75% parent) is substantially and regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange in (i) the Republic of Ireland; (ii) a member state of the European Union (apart from the Republic of Ireland); (iii) a country with which the Republic of Ireland has a double tax treaty (including the United States); or (iv) an exchange approved by the Irish Minister for Finance; or

 

   

a corporate share owner that is not resident for tax purposes in the Republic of Ireland and is wholly owned, directly or indirectly, by two or more companies the principal class of shares of each of which is substantially and regularly traded on a recognised stock exchange in (i) the Republic of Ireland; (ii) a member state of the European Union (apart from the Republic of Ireland); (iii) a country with which the Republic of Ireland has a double tax treaty (including the United States); or (iv) an exchange approved by the Irish Minister for Finance, and provided that, in all cases noted above, the share owner has made the appropriate declaration to WPP prior to payment of the dividend.

 

Taxation of dividends

 

Non-Irish resident share owners are, unless entitled to exemption from DWT, liable to Irish income tax on dividends received from WPP. However, the DWT deducted by WPP discharges such liability to

 

79


Irish income tax. Where a non-resident share owner is entitled to exemption from DWT, then no Irish income tax arises and, where DWT has been deducted by WPP, a claim may be made for a refund of the DWT.

 

(b)   Stamp duty

 

No Irish stamp duty or capital duty will arise on the issue or transfer for cash of ordinary shares provided such transactions do not relate to Irish stocks or securities of an Irish registered company.

 

United Kingdom taxation

 

Dividends received under the Dividend Access Plan

 

If a share owner makes, or is deemed to have made, an election to receive dividends via the Dividend Access Plan, such share owner will receive dividends directly from WPP DAS Limited (unless there is a shortfall in the Dividend Access Trust, in which case some or all of the dividend will be received from WPP). WPP DAS Limited is not required to withhold at source any amount in respect of UK tax from dividend payments it makes under the Dividend Access Plan regardless of who the recipient of the payment is. The Dividend Access Plan is described further in Item 8.

 

Jersey taxation

 

General

 

The following summary of the anticipated tax treatment in Jersey of WPP and share owners and holders of ADSs (other than residents of Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law as it is understood to apply at the date of this document. It does not constitute legal or tax advice. Share owners or holders of ADSs should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, buying, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they may be liable to taxation. Share owners or holders of ADSs should be aware that tax rules and practice and their interpretation may change.

 

Income Tax

 

(a)   Holders of ordinary shares

 

WPP will be entitled to pay dividends to holders of ordinary shares without any withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey tax. Holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares.

 

(b)   Holders of ADSs

 

Under Jersey law and the WPP Articles, WPP is only permitted to pay a dividend to a person who is recorded in its register of members as the holder of an ordinary share. The US Depositary will be recorded in WPP’s register of members as the holder of each ordinary share represented by an ADS. Accordingly, WPP will pay all dividends in respect of each ordinary share represented by an ADS to the US Depositary (as the registered holder of each such ordinary share) rather than to the holder of the ADS.

 

The US Depositary will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares held by it. In addition, holders of the ADSs (other than residents of Jersey) should not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ADSs.

 

80


Stamp duty

 

No stamp duty is payable in Jersey on the issue or inter vivos transfer of ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

Upon the death of a share owner, a grant of probate or letters of administration will be required to transfer the ordinary shares of the deceased person, except that where the deceased person was domiciled outside of Jersey at the time of death, WPP may (at its discretion) dispense with this requirement where the value of the deceased’s movable estate in Jersey does not exceed £10,000.

 

Upon the death of a share owner, Jersey stamp duty will be payable on the registration in Jersey of a grant of probate or letters of administration, which will be required in order to transfer or otherwise deal with:

 

(a) (where the deceased person was domiciled in Jersey at the time of death) the deceased person’s personal estate wherever situated (including any ordinary shares) if the net value of such personal estate exceeds £10,000; or

 

(b) (where the deceased person was domiciled outside of Jersey at the time of death) the deceased person’s personal estate situated in Jersey (including any ordinary shares) if the net value of such personal estate exceeds £10,000.

 

The rate of stamp duty payable is:

 

(i) (where the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate does not exceed £100,000) 0.50 per cent. of the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate; or

 

(ii) (where the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate exceeds £100,000) £500 for the first £100,000 plus 0.75 per cent. of the net value of the deceased person’s relevant personal estate which exceeds £100,000.

 

In addition, application and other fees may be payable.

 

US federal income taxation

 

Introduction

 

TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY DEPARTMENT CIRCULAR 230, HOLDERS OF WPP SHARES OR WPP ADSs ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT: (A) ANY DISCUSSION OF US FEDERAL TAX ISSUES IS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE RELIED UPON, AND CANNOT BE RELIED UPON, BY HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON, HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs UNDER THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986; AND (B) HOLDERS OF ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISER.

 

The following is a summary of certain material US federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs by a US Holder (as defined below). The discussion does not cover all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be relevant to, or the actual tax effect that any of the matters described herein will have on, the acquisition, ownership or disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs by particular investors, and does not address state, local, foreign or other tax laws. In particular, this summary does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to investors subject to special treatment under the US federal income tax laws (such as financial institutions, insurance companies, investors liable for the alternative minimum tax, investors that own (directly or indirectly) 10% or more of the voting stock of WPP, investors that hold ordinary shares or ADSs through a permanent establishment, individual retirement accounts and other

 

81


tax-deferred accounts, tax-exempt organisations, dealers in securities or currencies, traders that elect to mark to market, investors that will hold the ordinary shares or ADSs as part of straddles, hedging transactions or conversion transactions for US federal income tax purposes or investors whose functional currency is not the US dollar).

 

This summary deals only with US Holders (as defined below) who elect or are deemed to elect (because they have not withdrawn their ordinary shares from the ADS programme prior to the dividend record date set by the US Depositary), to participate in the Dividend Access Plan.

 

As used herein, the term “US Holder” means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is, for US federal income tax purposes: (i) a citizen or individual resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for US federal tax purposes, created or organised in or under the laws of the United States or any State thereof; (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to US federal income tax without regard to its source; or (iv) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more US persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or the trust has elected to be treated as a domestic trust for US federal income tax purposes.

 

This discussion does not address any tax consequences applicable to holders of equity interests in a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs. The US federal income tax treatment of a partner in a partnership that holds ordinary shares or ADSs will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs that are partnerships should consult their tax advisers concerning the US federal income tax consequences to their partners of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

WPP believes that it is not currently, and it does not expect to become, a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for US federal income tax purposes and this summary assumes the correctness of this position. WPP’s possible status as a PFIC must be determined annually and therefore may be subject to change. If WPP were to be a PFIC in any year, materially adverse consequences could result for US Holders.

 

The summary is based on the US federal income tax laws, including the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to change, perhaps with retroactive effect.

 

The summary of US federal income tax consequences set out below is for general information only. US Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the particular tax consequences to them of owning the ordinary shares or ADSs, including the applicability and effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.

 

Classification of the ADSs

 

US Holders of ADSs should be treated for US federal income tax purposes as owners of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. Accordingly, the US federal income tax consequences discussed below apply equally to US Holders of ADSs.

 

Tax on Dividends

 

Distributions paid by WPP or WPP DAS Limited out of current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) will generally be taxable to a US Holder as foreign source dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to US corporations.

 

82


A US Holder of ADSs generally will include dividends in gross income in the taxable year in which such holder actually receives the dividend. US Holders that surrender their ADSs in exchange for the underlying ordinary shares should consult their tax advisers regarding the proper timing for including dividends in gross income.

 

Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the US Holder’s basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gains. However, WPP does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax accounting principles. US Holders should, therefore, assume that any distribution with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will constitute ordinary dividend income. US Holders should consult their tax advisers with respect to the appropriate US federal income tax treatment of any distribution received from WPP or WPP DAS Limited.

 

For taxable years that begin before 2011, dividends paid by WPP or WPP DAS Limited will be taxable to a non-corporate US Holder as “qualified dividend income” at the special reduced rate normally applicable to capital gains, provided WPP qualifies for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the Republic of Ireland (the “Treaty”), which WPP believes to be the case. However, there can be no assurance that WPP will qualify for the benefits of the Treaty going forward. A US Holder will be eligible for this reduced rate only if it has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date.

 

Dividends paid in pounds sterling will be included in income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the day the dividends are received by the US Holder in the case of ordinary shares or the US Depositary (in case of ADSs), regardless of whether the pounds sterling are converted into US dollars at that time. If dividends received in pounds sterling are converted into US dollars on the day they are received, the US Holder generally will not be required to recognise a foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. Generally, a gain or loss realised on a subsequent conversion of pounds sterling to US dollars or other disposition will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss.

 

Sale or other disposition

 

Upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs (other than an exchange of ADSs for ordinary shares), a US Holder generally will recognise a capital gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount realised on the sale or other disposition and the US Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. This capital gain or loss will generally be US source and will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the US Holder’s holding period in the ordinary shares or ADSs exceeds one year. However, regardless of a US Holder’s actual holding period, any loss may be a long-term capital loss to the extent the US Holder receives a dividend that qualifies for the reduced rate described above under the section entitled “Tax on Dividends”, above, and exceeds 10% of the US Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares or ADSs. Deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

 

A US Holder’s tax basis in an ordinary share or an ADS will generally be its US dollar cost. The US dollar cost of an ordinary share or an ADS purchased with foreign currency will generally be the US dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase or, in the case of ordinary shares or ADSs traded on an established securities market, as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations, that are purchased by a cash basis US Holder (or an accrual basis US Holder that so elects), on the settlement date for the purchase. Such an election by an accrual basis US Holder must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be revoked without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

 

The surrender of ADSs in exchange for ordinary shares (or vice versa) should not be a taxable event for US federal income tax purposes and US Holders should not recognize any gain or loss upon such a surrender. A US Holder’s tax basis in the withdrawn ordinary shares will be the same as the US

 

83


Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs surrendered, and the holding period of the ordinary shares will include the holding period of the ADSs.

 

The amount realised on a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs for an amount in foreign currency will be the US dollar value of this amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, the US Holder will recognise US source foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the US dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares or ADSs traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash basis US Holder (or an accrual basis US Holder that so elects), the amount realised will be determined using the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no exchange gain or loss will be recognised at that time.

 

Foreign currency received on the sale or other disposition of an ordinary share or an ADS will have a tax basis equal to its US dollar value on the settlement date. Any gain or loss recognised on a sale or other disposition of a foreign currency (including upon exchange for US dollars) will be US source ordinary income or loss.

 

Backup withholding and information reporting

 

Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs by a US paying agent or other US intermediary will be reported to the IRS and to the US Holder unless the holder is a corporation or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding may apply to reportable payments if the US Holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its US federal income tax returns. Any backup withholding tax will be refunded or allowed as a credit against the US Holder’s US federal income tax liability if the US Holder timely gives the appropriate information to the IRS. US Holders should consult their tax advisers as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

 

F. Dividends and Paying Agents

 

Not applicable.

 

G. Statements by Experts

 

Not applicable.

 

H. Documents on Display

 

The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these requirements, the Company files reports and other information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

I. Subsidiary Information

 

Not applicable.

 

84


ITEM 11. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The Company’s principal market risks are changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. Following evaluation of these positions, the Company selectively enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its risk exposure. The fair value of derivatives held by the Company at 31 December 2008 is estimated to be a net asset of £64.0 million (£78.2 million asset with respect to interest rate swaps and £14.2 million liability for currency derivatives). These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date.

 

Interest rate risk

 

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on both interest bearing assets and interest bearing liabilities. The Group has a policy of actively managing its interest rate risk exposure while recognising that fixing rates on all its debt eliminates the possibility of benefiting from rate reductions and similarly, having all its debt at floating rates unduly exposes the Group to increases in rates.

 

The Group’s principal borrowing currencies are US dollars, pounds sterling and euros. Borrowings in these currencies represented 97.2% of the Group’s gross indebtedness at 31 December 2008 (at $3,060 million, £749 million and 1,405 million) and 96.5% of the Group’s average gross debt during the course of 2008 (at $1,944 million, £819 million and 1,137 million). Including the effect of interest rate and cross-currency swaps, 27.5% of the year end US dollar net debt is at fixed rates averaging 5.8% for an average period of 56 months; and 55.1% of the euro net debt is at fixed rates averaging 6.8% for an average period of 58 months; and 51.5% of sterling net debt is at a fixed at rate of 5.7% for an average period of 88 months.

 

Other than fixed rate debt, the Group’s other fixed rates are achieved principally through interest rate swaps with the Group’s bankers. The Group also uses forward rate agreements and interest rate caps to manage exposure to interest rate changes. At 31 December 2008 no forward rate agreements or interest rate caps were in place. These interest rate derivatives are used only to hedge exposures to interest rate movements arising from the Group’s borrowings and surplus cash balances arising from its commercial activities and are not traded independently.

 

The following tables set forth the Company’s fixed and floating rate debt by currency, including the effect of interest rate and cross-currency swaps, as of 31 December 2008:

 

2008 Currency    £m   

Fixed

rate 1

   

Floating

basis

  

Period

(months) 1

$ -fixed

   578.0    5.79 %   n/a    56

    -floating

   1,521.7    n/a     LIBOR    n/a

 -fixed

   742.0    6.80 %   n/a    58

    -floating

   603.9    n/a     LIBOR    n/a

£ -fixed

   400.0    5.69 %   n/a    88

    -floating

   376.7    n/a     LIBOR    n/a

¥ -fixed

   68.0    2.07 %   n/a    60

$C 2  -floating

   53.6    n/a     LIBOR    n/a

Other

   41.8    n/a     LIBOR    n/a
     4,385.7                

Notes

1

 

Weighted average. These rates do not include the effect of gains on interest rate swap terminations that are written to income over the life of the original instrument. At 31 December 2008 the amounts still to be written to income were £2.7 million in respect of US dollar swap terminations, to be written to income evenly until June 2014.

2

 

Represents Canadian dollars.

 

85


The significant terms of the interest rate swap agreements in place as of 31 December 2008:

 

 

 

    2008      2008      2008      2008      2008      2008  
         £      $           $      £  

Notional principal amount

  1,100m      £200m      $140m      100m      $30m      £25m  

Average rate payable

  EURIBOR
+0.6750
 
%
   6m Libor
+0.6425
 
%
   3m Libor
+0.6160
 
%
   Fixed

5.5625

 

%

   Fixed
5.48
 
%
   3m Libor
+0.6650
 
%

Average rate receivable

  4.8125 %    6.00 %    6.3599 %    3m
Euribor
+0.955
 
 
%
   3m
Libor
+1.35375
 
 
%
   Fixed

-6.51

 

%

Average term

  60
months
 
 
   101

months

 

 

   70

months

 

 

   66
months
 
 
   6 months      104

months

 

 

Latest maturity date

  Jan-15      Apr-17      Sep-14      Jun-14      Jul-09      Jul-17  

 

Foreign currency

 

The Group’s results in pounds sterling are subject to fluctuation as a result of exchange rate movements. The Group does not hedge this translation exposure to its earnings but does hedge the currency element of its net investments using foreign currency borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

The Group seeks to mitigate the effect of these structural currency exposures by borrowing in the same currencies as the operating (or “functional”) currencies of its main operating units. The majority of the Group’s debt is therefore denominated in US dollars, pounds sterling and euros.

 

The Group utilises currency derivatives to hedge significant future transactions and cash flows and the exchange risk arising on translation of the Group’s investments in foreign operations. The Group is a party to a variety of foreign currency derivatives in the management of its exchange rate exposures. The instruments purchased are primarily denominated in the currencies of the Group’s principal markets.

 

At 31 December 2008 the Group holds forward foreign exchange contracts of 473.7 million R159.5 million, and $485 million. The forward exchange rates to sterling that the Group is fixed into are 0.9194, 15.7633, and 1.4885 respectively. The contracts all mature in 2009.

 

These arrangements are designed to address significant exchange exposures and are renewed on a revolving basis as required.

 

The following table sets forth details on the cross currency swaps as of 31 December 2008, by currency:

 

    2008     2008     2008     2008     2008     2008     2008     2008     2008     2008     2008  
    /$     $/     £/     ¥/     $/     $/     $/     $/     $/     $/     $/  

Currency Payable

  228.0m     $66.2m     £13.7m     ¥ 9,000m     $115m     $110.0m     $110.0m     $180.4m     $180.3m     $180.3m     $180.8m  

Currency Receivable

  $278.3m     55.1m     20.0m     56.6m     85.6m     81.9m     81.9m     124.5m     124.5m     124.5m     124.8m  

Currency Rate Payable

  3m
Euribor

+0.955

 
 

%

  6m

Libor
+0.056

 

 
%

  3m

Libor

 

 

  Fixed
2.0675
 
%
  6m

Libor

+0.559

 

 

%

  3m

Libor
+0.549

 

 
%

  3m

Libor
+0.562

 

 
%

  Fixed
5.165
 
%
  Fixed
5.60
 
%
  3m

Libor
+0.8575

 

 
%

  6m

Libor
+0.8450

 

 
%

Currency Rate Receivable

  Fixed
5.8750
 
%
  Fixed
3.40
 
%
  Fixed
3.37
 
%
  6m
Euribor
+0.555
 
 
%
  6m
Euribor
+0.555
 
 
%
  6m
Euribor
+0.555
 
 
%
  6m
Euribor
+0.555
 
 
%
  6m
Euribor

+0.795

 
 

%

  6m
Euribor

+0.795

 
 

%

  6m
Euribor

+0.795

 
 

%

  6m
Euribor

+0.795

 
 

%

 

86


Credit risk

 

The Group’s principal financial assets are short term deposits and cash, trade and other receivables and investments, the carrying value of which represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

 

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The majority of the Group’s trade receivables are due from large national or multinational companies where the risk of default is considered low. The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based on prior experience and their assessment of the current economic environment.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are either funds invested in government issued securities or banks with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies or banks that have been financed by their government.

 

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of the Group’s consolidated revenues. The Group’s clients generally are able to reduce advertising and marketing spending or cancel projects at any time for any reason. There can be no assurance that any of the Group’s clients will continue to utilise the Group’s services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A significant reduction in advertising and marketing spending by, or the loss of one or more of, the Group’s largest clients, if not replaced by new client accounts or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect the Group’s prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Non-derivative financial instruments

 

The book and fair value of our $650 million bonds, 1,850 million Eurobonds, £600 million bonds, drawings under the $1,600 million revolving credit facility, drawings under the £600 million revolving credit facility and £650 million amortizing term loan at 31 December 2008 was £4,385.7 million and £3,630.0 million, respectively. The fair value is calculated by reference to market prices at 31 December 2008. Considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value, and, accordingly, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that could be realised in a current market exchange. For additional information in respect of these instruments see Item 5(B) and note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

Cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, overdrafts and short-term borrowings (including those drawn under the Revolving Credit Facilities) are considered to approximate fair value because of the short maturity of such instruments.

 

Additional Information on the Company’s risk management policies and financial instruments is disclosed in footnotes 24 and 25 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Not applicable.

 

87


PART II

 

ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

 

None.

 

ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

 

None.

 

ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We performed an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Group Chief Executive and our Group Finance Director, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of 31 December 2008. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. Following the evaluation described above, our management, including the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at that time.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Our management, with the participation of our Group Chief Executive and our Group Finance Director, carried out an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2008. The assessment was performed using the criteria for effective internal control reflected in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

Based on our assessment of the system of internal control, management believes that as of 31 December 2008 our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

 

The Company acquired TNS on 30 October 2008, and has excluded the acquired company from its assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The acquired business constituted 11.1% of total assets, 3.6% of revenues and 1.4% of operating profit as of and for the year ended 31 December 2008.

 

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting, as at 31 December 2008, has been audited by Deloitte LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Their audit report is presented on page 89.

 

88


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of WPP plc

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of WPP plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at 31 December 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at Taylor Nelson Sofres plc, which was acquired on 30 October 2008 and whose financial statements constitute 11.1% of total assets, 3.6% of revenues, and 1.4% of operating profit of the consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended 31 December 2008. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at Taylor Nelson Sofres plc. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended 31 December 2008 of the Company and our report dated 12 May 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

 

Deloitte LLP

Chartered accountants and registered auditors,

London, United Kingdom

12 May 2009

 

89


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

 

The audit committee consisted of Paul Spencer, Bud Morten, Jeffrey Rosen and Colin Day at 31 December 2008. Tim Shriver joined the committee on 12 February 2009 and Bud Morten stepped down at the same date. The board of directors has determined that all members of the audit committee are “independent” as that term is defined in the applicable NASDAQ listing standards and rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

WPP does have an audit committee financial expert, Paul Spencer, serving as Chairman of its audit committee. See the biography of Paul Spencer in Item 6, Directors, Senior Management and Employees—Directors and Senior Management.

 

ITEM 16B. Code of Ethics

 

WPP has in place a Code of Business Conduct that constitutes a “code of ethics” as defined in applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and applies to all of its employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. A copy of the WPP Code of Business Conduct may be obtained free of charge by contacting the Company’s investor relations department in London or New York at the following addresses or telephone numbers:

 

London:

 

Deputy Group finance director

WPP

27 Farm Street

London W1J 5RL England

Tel: +44 (0)20 7408 2204

Fax: +44 (0)20 7493 6819

 

New York:

 

Investor Relations

WPP

125 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10017-5529

Tel: (212) 632-2235

Fax: (212) 632-2493

 

90


ITEM 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

     2008    2007
     £m    £m

Audit fees

   18.4    16.2

Audit-related fees 1

   0.4    0.4

Tax fees 2

   3.1    3.6

All other 3

   5.9    4.0
     27.8    24.2

Notes

1

 

Audit related fees include review of the interim financial statements and Form 20-F.

2

 

Tax fees comprise tax advisory, planning and compliance services.

3

 

Other fees comprise further assurance services, including fees for due diligence and transition support services.

 

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

The Audit Committee has adopted a pre-approval policy for the engagement of the external auditors in relation to the supply of permissible non-audit services (including taxation), taking into account relevant ethical and regulatory requirements. WPP’s policy regarding non-audit services that may be provided by the Group’s auditors, Deloitte LLP, prohibits certain categories of work in line with relevant guidance on independence, such as ethical standards issued by the Auditory Practices Board and independence rules of the SEC. Other categories of work may be undertaken by Deloitte LLP subject to an approvals process that is designed appropriately for different categories and values of proposed work.

 

ITEM 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

 

Not applicable.

 

91


ITEM 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

 

At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 26 June 2007 a special resolution was passed authorising WPP Group plc to make market purchases of its own shares up to a maximum number of 122,579,509 ordinary shares. This authority expired at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of WPP Group plc on 24 June 2008 and was replaced by a new authority to purchase up to a maximum number of 117,155,289 ordinary shares until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of WPP Group plc in June 2009. In preparation for the Scheme of Arrangement, a special resolution was passed in October 2008 authorising the new parent company, WPP plc, to make market purchases of its own shares up to a maximum of 117,476,114 ordinary shares until the earlier of the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting of WPP plc in 2009 or 30 December 2009. Purchases made in 2008 are described in the table below:

 

    

Total number of shares

purchased

   Average price   

Total number of shares purchased as part

of publicly announced plan

  

Maximum number of shares that

may yet be purchased under plan

January

   7,907,898    £ 5.97    7,907,898    77,961,688

February

   2,725,550    £ 6.09    2,725,550    75,236,138

March

   4,977,776    £ 5.85    4,977,776    70,258,362

April

   1,809,590    £ 5.95    1,809,590    68,448,772

May

   1,400,000    £ 6.13    1,400,000    67,048,772

June

   —                  117,155,289

July

   —             —      117,155,289

August

   —             —      117,155,289

September

   —             —      117,155,289

October

   —             —      117,476,114

November

   —             —      117,476,114

December

   —             —      117,476,114

Total

   18,820,814    £ 5.96    18,820,814     

 

ITEM 16F. Change in a registrant’s Certifying Accountant

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 16G. Corporate governance

 

The Company’s ADSs are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. In general, under NASDAQ’s Rule 5615, foreign private issuers such as WPP listed on NASDAQ are permitted to follow home country corporate governance practices instead of certain provisions of NASDAQ’s Rule 5600 Series, which pertain to corporate governance by listed issuers. A foreign private issuer that elects to follow a home country practice instead of any such provisions of the Rule 5600 Series must submit in advance to NASDAQ a written statement from an independent counsel in such issuer’s home country certifying that the issuer’s practices are not prohibited by the home country’s laws. The Company’s independent Jersey counsel has certified to NASDAQ that the Company’s corporate governance practices are not prohibited by the laws of Jersey.

 

The requirements of the Rule 5600 Series and the corporate governance practices that the Company follows in lieu thereof are described below:

 

 

 

Rule 5620(c) requires that the quorum for any meeting of stockholders must not be less than 33  1 / 3 % of the outstanding shares of a company’s common voting stock. The Company’s Articles of Association provide that the necessary quorum for a general share owner meeting is a minimum of two persons entitled to vote on the business to be transacted, each being a share owner or a proxy for a share owner or a duly authorized representative of a corporate share owner.

 

92


   

Rule 5635(c) requires that issuers obtain stockholder approval before a stock option or purchase plan is established or materially amended or other equity compensation arrangement is made or materially amended pursuant to which stock may be acquired by officers, directors, employees or consultants of the issuer, subject to certain exceptions. The Company seeks share owner approval for the adoption or amendment of stock plans or stock purchase plans only as required by the Articles of Association of the Company, the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority (“the Listing Rules”) and the laws of Jersey. Subject to the exceptions permitted in the Listing Rules, this involves seeking share owner approval to any such plan that falls into either of the following categories (as defined in the Listing Rules):

 

  (a)   an employees’ share scheme if the scheme involves or may involve the issue of new shares or the transfer of treasury shares; and

 

  (b)   a long-term incentive scheme in which one or more directors of the Company is eligible to participate and to material amendments of that scheme to the extent required by the scheme’s rules. In this context, it should be noted that the provisions of the rules relating to whether amendments to the scheme rules must be approved by share owners must themselves be drafted to ensure compliance with the Listing Rules.

 

ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

93


PART III

 

ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements of WPP plc as at 31 December 2008, 2007 and 2006 are included in this report beginning on page F-1.

 

ITEM 19. EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


1.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association of WPP plc (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1 of the Registrant’s Report on Form 6-K filed on 9 December 2008).
2.1   

Deposit Agreement dated as of 19 November 2008 among WPP plc, Citibank, N.A. as Depositary, and all holders and beneficial owners from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99(A) to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form

F-6EF filed on 18 November 2008).

2.1    Indenture, dated as of 23 June 2004, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP Group plc, as Guarantor, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed by the Registrant on 21 September 2004 (File No. 333-119163)).
2.2    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 23 June 2004, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP Group plc, as Guarantor, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, pertaining to the issuance of U.S. $650,000,000 5.875% Notes due 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 filed by the Registrant on 21 September 2004 (File No. 333-119163)).
2.4    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 27 June 2006, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP 2005 Limited and WPP Group plc, as Guarantors, and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, pertaining to the issuance of U.S. $650,000,000 5.875% Notes due 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.11 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2005).
2.5    Form of 5.875% Notes Due 2014 (included as part of Exhibit 2.6).
2.6    Form of Guarantee of 5.875% Notes due 2014 (included as part of Exhibit 2.6).
2.7    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 19 December 2006, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP Group plc and WPP Spangle, as Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, pertaining to the issuance of U.S. $650,000,000 5.875% Notes due 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed by the Registrant on 27 March 2009 (File No. 333-158262)).
2.8    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 7 October 2008, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings (formerly known as WPP Spangle), WPP 2005 Limited and WPP Group plc, as Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, pertaining to the issuance of U.S. $650,000,000 5.875% Notes due 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 filed by the Registrant on 27 March 2009 (File No. 333-158262)).

 

94


Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


2.9    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 30 April 2009, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited (formerly known as WPP Group plc) and WPP plc, as Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, pertaining to the issuance of U.S. $650,000,000 5.875% Notes due 2014.*
2.10    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 600 million of 4.375% Bonds due 5 December 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.19 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2006).
2.11    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, indenture instruments relating to £400 million of 6% Bonds due 4 April 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.20 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F filed for the year ended 31 December 2006).
2.12    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 500 million of 5.25% bonds due 2015 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.21 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2007).
2.13    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to £200 million of 6.375% bonds due 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.22 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2007).
2.14    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to 750 million of 6.25% Guaranteed Bonds due 2016 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.23 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2007).
2.15    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to a U.S. $1,600,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated 23 August 2005 and Amended and Restated on 17 November 2008.*
2.16    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to a £600,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated 9 July 2008 and Amended and Restated on 17 November 2008.*
2.17    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to a £650,000,000 Term Facility Agreement dated 9 July 2008 and Amended and Restated on 17 November 2008.*
2.18    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 7 October 2008, among WPP plc, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, WPP Group plc, WPP 2005 Limited, Grey Global Group Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as Trustee, pertaining to Grey’s 5% Contingent Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2033.*
4.1    Revolving Credit Facility and Term Out Facility Agreement, dated 7 August 2000 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Form 6-K filed on 28 August 2000).
4.2    J. Walter Thompson Company, Inc. Retained Benefit Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2000).

 

95


Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


4.3    Young & Rubicam Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Young & Rubicam’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-46929)).
4.4    Amendment No. 2 to Young & Rubicam Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of 1 January 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Young & Rubicam’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31 December 1998).
4.5    Young & Rubicam Holdings Inc. Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Young & Rubicam’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-46929)).
4.6    Young & Rubicam Holdings Inc. Management Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Young & Rubicam’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-46929)).
4.7    Young & Rubicam Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Young & Rubicam’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-46929)).
4.8    Amendment to Young & Rubicam Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Young & Rubicam’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-46929)).
4.9    Amendment No. 2 to Young & Rubicam Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Young & Rubicam’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31 December 1999).
4.10    Young & Rubicam Inc. Director Stock Option Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Young & Rubicam’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31 December 1999).
4.11    Young & Rubicam Inc. Executive Income Deferral Program (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.19 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2000).
4.12    Ogilvy & Mather ERISA Excess Plan Summary Plan Description.*
4.13    Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description, in connection with a 25% matching contribution.*
4.14    Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description, in connection with a 50% matching contribution.*
4.15    Ogilvy & Mather Deferred Compensation Plan Summary Plan Description.*
4.16    Grey Global Group Inc. 2003 Senior Management Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A to Grey Global Group Inc. Annual Meeting Proxy Statement dated 21 August 2003 (File No. 000-07898)).
4.17    Grey Advertising Inc. amended and restated 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to Grey Global Group Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 September 1996 (File No. 000-07898)).
4.18    WPP Executive Stock Option Plan.*
4.19    WPP plc Performance Share Plan.*
4.20    WPP plc Restricted Stock Plan.*

 

96


Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


4.21    WPP 2005 Executive Stock Option Plan.*
4.22    WPP Annual Bonus Deferral Programme.*
4.23    2004-2006 Long Term Incentive Plan Participant Guide (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.41 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2005).
4.24    GroupM Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description.*
4.25    Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of 17 May 2007, by and among WPP Group plc, TS Transaction, Inc. and 24/7 Real Media, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to 24/7 Real Media, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 17 May 2007).
4.26    Amendment No. 1, dated 12 July 2007, to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of 17 May 2007, by and among WPP Group plc, TS Transaction, Inc. and 24/7 Real Media, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.36 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2007).
4.27    WPP 2008 Executive Stock Option Plan.*
4.28    UK Service Agreement, effective from 19 November 2008, between WPP 2005 Limited, Sir Martin Sorrell and WPP plc.*
4.29    Service Agreement in the USA, effective 19 November 2008, between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Sir Martin Sorrell.*
4.30    Service Agreement in the USA, dated 30 April 2009, between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul W.G. Richardson.*
4.31    Director’s appointment agreement, dated 21 November 2008, between WPP plc and Paul Richardson.*
4.32    Service Agreement, dated 12 February 2009, between WPP 2005 Limited and Mark Read.*
4.33    Director’s appointment agreement, dated 21 November 2008, between WPP plc and Mark Read.*
4.34    Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1 July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson.*
4.35    Amendment dated 19 November 2008 to Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1 July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson.*
4.36    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated 3 August 1998, among Asatsu Inc., WPP International Holding B.V. and WPP Group plc.*
4.37    24/7 Media, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 24/7 Media, Inc. filed on June 4, 2009, File No. 333-56085).
4.38    24/7 Real Media, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to a proxy statement filed by 24/7 Real Media, Inc. on August 9, 2002, File No. 000-29768).
4.39    Amendment No. 2 to the Grey Global Group Inc. 2003 Senior Management Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.*
4.40    Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan.*

 

97


Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


4.41    Amendment No. 1 to the Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.*
4.42    Amendment No. 1 to the J. Walter Thompson Retained Benefit Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.*
4.43    Taylor Nelson Sofres 2001 Equity Participation Plan.*
4.44    Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan.*
4.45    Taylor Nelson Sofres New Share Plan.*
8.1    List of subsidiaries.*
12.1    Certification of Group Chief Executive.*
12.2    Certification of Group Finance Director.*
13.1    Certification of Group Chief Executive under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.*
13.2    Certification of Group Finance Director under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.*
14.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*

*   Filed herewith.

 

98


Signatures

 

The Registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

WPP plc

By:

 

/ S /    P AUL W G R ICHARDSON


   

Paul W G Richardson

Group Finance Director

12

 

May 2009

 

99


 

Item 18

 

WPP plc

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Financial
Statement
Number


        Page

A.    Consolidated Financial Statements of WPP plc as of and for the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007 and 2006     
    

(i)  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-1
    

(ii)  Accounting policies

   F-2
    

(iii)  Consolidated income statement for the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007 and 2006

   F-9
    

(iv)  Consolidated cash flow statement for the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007 and 2006

   F-10
    

(v)   Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense for the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007 and 2006

   F-11
    

(vi)  Consolidated balance sheet at 31 December 2008 and 2007

   F-12
    

(vii)  Notes to the consolidated financial statements

   F-13

 


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED

PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of WPP plc

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WPP plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at 31 December 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of recognised income and expense and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WPP plc and subsidiaries as at 31 December 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2008, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted for use in the European Union and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2008, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated 12 May 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

Deloitte LLP

Chartered accountants and registered auditors,

London, United Kingdom

12 May 2009

 

F-1


 

Our 2008 financial statements

 

 

Accounting policies

 

The consolidated financial statements of WPP plc and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 31 December 2008 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) as they apply to the financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2008.

 

Basis of preparation

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments. The principal accounting policies are set out below.

 

Basis of consolidation

In November 2008, pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, a new parent company was introduced which is now called WPP plc (Newco). The previous parent company has been renamed and re-registered as WPP 2008 Limited (Oldco).

The introduction of a new holding company constitutes a Group reconstruction and has been accounted for using merger accounting principles. Therefore, although the Group reconstruction did not become effective until November 2008, the consolidated financial statements of WPP plc are presented as if Newco and Oldco had always been part of the same Group. Accordingly, the results of the Group for the entire year ended 31 December 2008 are shown in the consolidated income statement and the comparative figures for the years ended 31 December 2007 and 2006 are also prepared on this basis. Earnings per share are unaffected by the reorganisation.

The consolidated financial statements include the results of Newco and all its subsidiary undertakings made up to the same accounting date. All intra-Group balances, transactions, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation. The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the period are included or excluded from the income statement from the effective date of acquisition or disposal.

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Intangible assets comprise goodwill, certain acquired separable corporate brand names, acquired customer relationships and capitalised computer software not integral to a related item of hardware.

Goodwill represents the excess of fair value attributed to investments in businesses or subsidiary undertakings over the fair value of the underlying net assets, including intangible assets, at the date of their acquisition. Acquisitions complement and give rise to synergies with our existing portfolio of businesses, and bring skilled staff to deliver services to our clients. Goodwill arising on acquisitions before the date of transition to IFRS (1 January 2004) has been retained at the previous UK GAAP amounts subject to being tested for impairment. Goodwill written off to reserves under UK GAAP prior to 1998 has not been reinstated and is not included in determining any subsequent profit or loss on disposal.

Goodwill impairment reviews are undertaken annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of goodwill is compared to the net present value of future cash flows derived from the underlying assets using a projection period of up to five years for each cash-generating unit. After the projection period a steady growth rate representing an appropriate long-term growth rate for the industry is applied. Any impairment is recognised immediately as an expense and is not subsequently reversed.

Corporate brand names and customer relationships acquired as part of acquisitions of businesses are capitalised separately from goodwill as intangible assets if their value can be measured reliably on initial recognition and it is probable that the expected future economic benefits that are attributable to the asset will flow to the Group.

Certain corporate brands of the Group are considered to have an indefinite economic life because of the institutional nature of the corporate brand names, their proven ability to maintain market leadership and profitable operations over long periods of time and the Group’s commitment to develop and enhance their value. The carrying value of these intangible assets is reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted to the recoverable amount if required.

 

F-2


Accounting policies (continued)

 

Amortisation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life as follows:

 

Acquired intangibles

 

 

Brand names – 10-20 years.

 

 

Customer related intangibles – 3-10 years.

 

 

Other proprietary tools – 3-10 years.

 

 

Other (including capitalised computer software) – 3-5 years.

 

Contingent consideration

Future anticipated payments to vendors in respect of contingent consideration (earnouts) are based on the directors’ best estimates of future obligations, which are dependent on the future performance of the interests acquired and assume the operating companies improve profits in line with directors’ estimates. When earnouts are to be settled by cash consideration, the fair value of the consideration is obtained by discounting to present value of the amounts expected to be payable in the future. The resulting interest charge is included within finance costs.

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment with the exception of freehold land which is not depreciated. The Group assesses the carrying value of its property, plant and equipment to determine if any impairment has occurred. Where this indicates that an asset may be impaired, the Group applies the requirements of IAS 36 in assessing the carrying amount of the assets. This process includes comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying value. Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost less estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, as follows:

 

 

Freehold buildings – 50 years.

 

 

Leasehold land and buildings – over the term of the lease or life of the asset, if shorter.

 

 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment – 3-10 years.

 

 

Computer equipment – 3-5 years.

 

Interests in associates and joint ventures

The Group’s share of the profits less losses of associate undertakings net of tax, interest and minority interest is included in the consolidated income statement and the Group’s share of net assets is shown within interests in associates in the consolidated balance sheet. The Group’s share of the profits less losses and net assets is based on current information produced by the undertakings, adjusted to conform with the accounting policies of the Group.

The Group assesses the carrying value of its associate undertakings to determine if any impairment has occurred. Where this indicates that an investment may be impaired, the Group applies the requirements of IAS 36 in assessing the carrying amount of the investment. This process includes comparing its recoverable amount with its carrying value.

The Group accounts for joint venture investments under the equity method which is consistent with the Group’s treatment of associates.

 

Other investments

Other investments are designated as ‘available for sale’ and are shown at fair value with any movements in fair value taken to equity.

On disposal of the security the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in equity is included in the profit or loss for the year. Impairment losses recognised in profit or loss for equity investments classified as ‘available for sale’ are not subsequently reversed through profit or loss.

 

Inventory and work in progress

Work in progress is valued at cost, which includes outlays incurred on behalf of clients and an appropriate proportion of directly attributable costs and overheads on incomplete assignments. Provision is made for irrecoverable costs where appropriate. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

 

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are stated net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts.

 

Foreign currency and interest rate hedging

The Group’s policy on Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Rate Management sets out the instruments and methods available to hedge

 

F-3


Accounting policies (continued)

 

interest and currency risk exposures and the control procedures in place to ensure effectiveness.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to reduce exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate movements. The Group does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes.

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship.

At the inception of the hedge relationship the entity documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Group documents whether the hedging instrument that is used in a hedging relationship is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item.

Note 25 contains details of the fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recorded in profit or loss immediately, together with any changes in the fair value of the hedged item that is attributable to the hedged risk.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow or net investment hedges is deferred in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. Amounts deferred in equity are recycled in profit or loss in the periods when the hedged item is recognised in profit or loss. However, when the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecast transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to net profit or loss for the period.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host contracts are not carried at fair value with unrealised gains or losses reported in the income statement.

 

Liabilities in respect of option agreements

Option agreements that allow the Group’s equity partners to require the Group to purchase a minority interest are treated as derivatives over equity instruments and are recorded in the balance sheet at fair value and the valuation is remeasured at each period end. Fair value is based on the present value of expected cash outflows and the movement in the fair value is recognised as income or expense within finance costs in the income statement.

 

Derecognition of financial liabilities

In accordance with IAS 39, a financial liability of the Group is only released to the income statement when the underlying legal obligation is extinguished.

 

Convertible debt

Convertible debt is assessed according to the substance of the contractual arrangements and is classified into liability and equity elements on the basis of the initial fair value of the liability element. The difference between this figure and the cash received is classified as equity.

The income statement charge for the finance cost is spread evenly over the term of the convertible debt so that at redemption the liability equals the redemption value.

 

Bank borrowings

Other interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs.

 

F-4


Accounting policies (continued)

 

Borrowing costs

Finance costs of borrowing are recognised in the income statement over the term of those borrowings.

 

Revenue recognition

Revenue comprises commission and fees earned in respect of amounts billed. Direct costs include fees paid to external suppliers where they are retained to perform part or all of a specific project for a client and the resulting expenditure is directly attributable to the revenue earned. Revenue is stated exclusive of VAT, sales taxes and trade discounts.

 

Advertising and Media Investment Management

Revenue is typically derived from commissions on media placements and fees for advertising services. Revenue may consist of various arrangements involving commissions, fees, incentive-based revenue or a combination of the three, as agreed upon with each client.

Revenue is recognised when the service is performed, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement. Incentive-based revenue typically comprises both quantitative and qualitative elements; on the element related to quantitative targets, revenue is recognised when the quantitative targets have been achieved; on the element related to qualitative targets, revenue is recognised when the incentive is received or receivable.

The Group receives volume rebates from certain suppliers for transactions entered into on behalf of clients that, based on the terms of the relevant contracts and local law, are either remitted to clients or retained by the Group. If amounts are passed on to clients they are recorded as liabilities until settled or, if retained by the Group, are recorded as revenue when earned.

 

Information, Insight & Consultancy

Revenue recognised in proportion to the level of service performed for market research contracts is based on proportional performance. In assessing contract performance, both input and output criteria are reviewed. Costs incurred are used as an objective input measure of performance. The primary input of all work performed under these arrangements is labour. As a result of the relationship between labour and cost, there is normally a direct relationship between costs incurred and the proportion of the contract performed to date. Costs incurred as a proportion of expected total costs is used as an initial proportional performance measure. This indicative proportional performance measure is subsequently validated against other more subjective criteria (i.e. relevant output measures) such as the percentage of interviews completed, percentage of reports delivered to a client and the achievement of any project milestones stipulated in the contract. In the event of divergence between the objective and more subjective measures, the more subjective measures take precedence since these are output measures.

While most of the studies provided in connection with the Group’s market research contracts are undertaken in response to an individual client’s or group of clients’ specifications, in certain instances a study may be developed as an off-the-shelf product offering sold to a broad client base. For these transactions, revenue is recognised when the product is delivered. Where the terms of transaction provide for licensing the product on a subscription basis, revenue is recognised over the subscription period on a straight-line basis or, if applicable, based on usage.

Substantially all services are provided on a fixed price basis. Pricing may also include a provision for a surcharge where the actual labour hours incurred in completing a project are significantly above the labour hours quoted in the project proposal. In instances where this occurs, the surcharge will be included in the total revenue base on which to measure proportional performance when the actual threshold is reached provided that collectibility is reasonably assured.

 

Public Relations & Public Affairs and Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications

Revenue is typically derived from retainer fees and services to be performed subject to specific agreement. Revenue is recognised when the service is performed, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement. Revenue is recognised on long-term contracts, if the final outcome can be assessed with reasonable certainty, by including in the income statement revenue and related costs as contract activity progresses.

 

F-5


Accounting policies (continued)

 

Taxation

Corporate taxes are payable on taxable profits at current rates.

The tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.

The tax currently payable is based on taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences unless specifically excepted by IAS 12. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or other assets and liabilities (other than in a business combination) in a transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures, except where the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the liability is settled or the asset is realised based on enacted or substantively enacted legislation. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

 

Retirement benefit costs

For defined contribution schemes, contributions are charged to the income statement as payable in respect of the accounting period.

For defined benefit schemes the amounts charged to operating profit are the current service costs and gains and losses on settlements and curtailments. They are included as part of staff costs. Past service costs are recognised immediately in the income statement if the benefits have vested. If the benefits have not vested, the costs are recognised over the period until vesting occurs. The interest cost and the expected return on assets are shown within finance costs and finance income respectively. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense.

Where defined benefit schemes are funded, the assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group, in separate trustee-administered funds. Pension scheme assets are measured at fair value and liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and discounted at a rate equivalent to the current rate of return on a high-quality corporate bond of equivalent currency and term to the scheme liabilities. The actuarial valuations are obtained at least triennially and are updated at each balance sheet date.

Recognition of a surplus in the defined benefit schemes is limited based on the economic gain the company is expected to benefit from in the future by means of a refund or reduction in future contributions to the plan, in accordance with IAS 19.

 

Finance leases

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at the inception of the lease at the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation on leased assets is charged to the income statement on the same basis as owned assets. Leasing payments are treated as consisting of capital and interest elements and the interest is charged to the income statement as it is incurred.

 

Operating leases

Operating lease rentals are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Any premium or discount on the acquisition

 

F-6


Accounting policies (continued)

 

of a lease is spread over the life of the lease on a straight-line basis.

 

Translation of foreign currencies

Foreign currency transactions arising from normal trading activities are recorded at the rates in effect at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the year end are translated at the year-end exchange rate. Foreign currency gains and losses are credited or charged to the income statement as they arise.

The income statements of overseas subsidiary undertakings are translated into pounds sterling at average exchange rates and the year-end net assets of these companies are translated at year-end exchange rates.

Exchange differences arising from retranslation of the opening net assets and on foreign currency borrowings (to the extent that they hedge the Group’s investment in such operations) are reported in the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

 

Share-based payments

The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments (including share options) to certain employees and accounts for these awards in accordance with IFRS 2 (Share-based payments). Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The Group has used a Black-Scholes valuation model for this purpose.

The fair value determined at the grant date is recognised in the income statement as an expense on a straight-line basis over the relevant vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of shares that will ultimately vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.

 

New IFRS accounting pronouncements

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following Standards and Interpretations, which have not been applied in these financial statements, were in issue but not yet effective:

 

 

IFRIC 13 Customer Loyalty;

 

 

IFRIC 16 Hedges of a Net Investment in a Foreign Operation;

 

 

IFRIC 17 Distributions of Non-cash Assets to Owners;

 

 

IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from Customers;

 

 

IFRS 1 (amended)/IAS 27 (amended): Cost of an Investment in a Subsidiary, Jointly Controlled Entity or Associate;

 

 

IFRS 2 (amended): Share-Based Payment-Vesting Conditions and Cancellations;

 

 

IFRS 8 Operating Segments;

 

 

IAS 1 (revised) Presentation of Financial Statements;

 

 

IAS 23 (revised) Borrowing Costs; and

 

 

IAS 32 (amended)/IAS 1 (amended): Puttable Financial Instruments and Obligations arising on Liquidation.

 

The Group does not consider that these Standards and Interpretations will have a significant impact on the financial statements of the Group except for additional disclosures when the relevant standards come into effect for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2009.

In addition, IFRS 3 (revised) Business Combinations and IAS 27 (revised) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements become effective for the Group in the year ended 31 December 2010. The revisions to these standards will apply to business combinations completed after 1 January 2010. The main changes under the revised standards are:

 

 

all acquisition-related costs must be recognised as an expense in the period;

 

 

contingent consideration payable is to be measured at fair value at the acquisition date. Any subsequent movements in the fair value of such consideration as a result of post-acquisition events (such as changes in estimates of earnout consideration) must be recognised as a gain or loss in the income statement;

 

 

equity interests held prior to control being obtained must be re-measured to fair value at the acquisition date, with any gain or loss recognised in the income statement; and

 

 

increases in ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in a change of control are treated as

 

F-7


Accounting policies (continued)

 

 

transactions among equity holders and are reported within equity. No gain or loss is recognised on such transactions and goodwill is not re-measured.

 

The revisions to the standards apply prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first annual financial reporting period beginning on or after 1 July 2009. Consequently, the impact that these revised standards will have on the financial statements of the Group will depend on the circumstances of business combinations occurring on or after 1 January 2010.

In the current year, the following interpretations issued became effective:

 

 

IFRIC 11: IFRS 2 – Group and Treasury Share Transactions; and

 

 

IFRIC 14: IAS 19 – The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their interaction.

 

The adoption of these interpretations has not led to any changes in the Group’s accounting policies.

 

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies

Management is required to make key decisions and judgements in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The most significant areas where such judgements have been necessary are revenue recognition, goodwill and other intangibles, acquisition reserves, taxation and accounting for pension liabilities. Where judgement has been applied, the key factors taken into consideration are disclosed in the accounting policies and the appropriate note in these financial statements.

 

F-8


 

Consolidated income statement

 

For the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007, 2006

 

    Notes   

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 

Revenue

  2    7,476.9     6,185.9     5,907.8  

Direct costs

       (467.5 )   (335.5 )   (296.8 )

Gross profit

       7,009.4     5,850.4     5,611.0  

Operating costs

  3    (6,133.4 )   (5,045.7 )   (4,869.4 )

Operating profit

  2    876.0     804.7     741.6  

Share of results of associates

  4    46.0     41.4     41.1  

Profit before interest and taxation

       922.0     846.1     782.7  

Finance income

  6    169.6     139.4     111.0  

Finance costs

  6    (344.8 )   (266.1 )   (211.7 )

Profit before taxation

       746.8     719.4     682.0  

Taxation

  7    (232.9 )   (204.3 )   (199.4 )

Profit for the year

       513.9     515.1     482.6  
                        

Attributable to:

                      

Equity holders of the parent

       439.1     465.9     435.8  

Minority interests

       74.8     49.2     46.8  
         513.9     515.1     482.6  
                        

Earnings per share 1

  9                   

Basic earnings per ordinary share

       38.4p     39.6p     36.3p  

Diluted earnings per ordinary share

       37.6p     38.0p     35.2p  

 

Notes

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this income statement.

1

 

The calculations of the Group’s earnings per share are set out in note 9.

 

F-9


 

Consolidated cash flow statement

 

For the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007, 2006

 

    Notes  

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Net cash inflow from operating activities   11   922.7     891.3     661.4  
Investing activities                      

Acquisitions and disposals

  11   (1,049.1 )   (674.8 )   (215.6 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

      (196.8 )   (151.1 )   (167.8 )

Purchases of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

      (23.8 )   (19.7 )   (16.7 )

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

      11.5     8.3     22.4  
Net cash outflow from investing activities       (1,258.2 )   (837.3 )   (377.7 )
Financing activities                      

Share option proceeds

      10.6     34.8     70.9  

Share repurchases and buy-backs

  11   (105.3 )   (415.4 )   (257.7 )

Net increase in borrowings

  11   810.4     498.9     382.1  

Financing and share issue costs

      (19.4 )   (8.3 )   (3.7 )

Equity dividends paid

  8   (161.8 )   (138.9 )   (118.9 )

Dividends paid to minority shareholders in subsidiary undertakings

      (63.5 )   (38.9 )   (28.8 )
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities       471.0     (67.8 )   43.9  
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents       135.5     (13.8 )   327.6  

Translation differences

      120.3     119.2     (50.3 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

      1,062.3     956.9     679.6  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   11   1,318.1     1,062.3     956.9  

 

Note

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this cash flow statement.

 

F-10


 

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense

 

For the years ended 31 December 2008, 2007, 2006

 

     Notes    

2008

£m

    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 

Profit for the year

         513.9     515.1     482.6  

Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments

   (i )   1,379.2     68.7     (352.3 )

(Loss)/gain on revaluation of available for sale investments

         (51.3 )   108.1     9.5  

Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes

   (ii )   (82.2 )   30.0     11.3  

Deferred tax credit/(charge) on defined benefit pension schemes

         0.7     (9.9 )   5.3  

Net income/(expense) recognised directly in equity

         1,246.4     196.9     (326.2 )
Total recognised income and expense relating to the year          1,760.3     712.0     156.4  
Attributable to:                         

Equity holders of the parent

         1,685.5     662.8     109.6  

Minority interests

         74.8     49.2     46.8  
           1,760.3     712.0     156.4  

 

Notes

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this statement of recognised income and expense.

(i)

 

Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments of £1,379.2 million in the year ended 31 December 2008 (2007: £68.7 million, 2006: £(352.3) million) largely arises from the retranslation at year-end exchange rates of the Group’s opening, non-sterling assets and liabilities. During 2008 the US dollar and the euro strengthened against sterling by over 26% and 23% respectively. This had a significant impact on the Group’s balance sheet and the amount taken into equity in respect of the retranslation of net assets.

(ii)

 

The actuarial loss on defined benefit pension schemes of £82.2 million for the year ended 31 December 2008 (2007: gain of £30.0 million, 2006: gain of £11.3 million) was largely due to a decrease in pension scheme asset values in 2008 and reflects the deterioration in the global economic environment during the year. Approximately £58.0 million or 70% of this actuarial loss arose on the Group’s pension plans in North America.

 

F-11


 

Consolidated balance sheet

 

At 31 December 2008, 2007

 

     Notes   

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

 
Non-current assets                  
Intangible assets:                  

Goodwill

   12    9,093.2     6,071.7  

Other

   12    2,295.8     1,154.6  
Property, plant and equipment    13    690.7     449.6  
Interests in associates    14    714.3     540.1  
Other investments    14    310.9     268.6  
Deferred tax assets    15    65.6     56.0  
Trade and other receivables    17    185.2     149.3  
          13,355.7     8,689.9  
Current assets                  
Inventory and work in progress    16    343.9     343.9  
Corporate income tax recoverable         53.1     37.2  
Trade and other receivables    17    8,138.1     6,140.8  
Cash and short-term deposits         2,572.5     2,040.2  
          11,107.6     8,562.1  
Current liabilities                  
Trade and other payables    18    (10,407.7 )   (8,248.9 )
Corporate income tax payable         (87.8 )   (70.0 )
Bank overdrafts and loans    20    (1,640.8 )   (1,585.9 )
          (12,136.3 )   (9,904.8 )
Net current liabilities         (1,028.7 )   (1,342.7 )
Total assets less current liabilities         12,327.0     7,347.2  
Non-current liabilities                  
Bonds and bank loans    20    (3,999.3 )   (1,740.0 )
Trade and other payables    19    (553.9 )   (460.4 )
Corporate income tax liability         (489.0 )   (336.2 )
Deferred tax liabilities    15    (917.1 )   (464.0 )
Provision for post-employment benefits    23    (272.0 )   (135.0 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges    21    (135.9 )   (116.8 )
          (6,367.2 )   (3,252.4 )
Net assets         5,959.8     4,094.8  
Equity                  
Called-up share capital    26, 27    125.5     119.2  
Share premium account    27    8.6     103.9  
Shares to be issued    27    8.7     5.3  
Merger reserve    27    (5,138.8 )   (1,365.9 )
Other reserves    27    1,250.5     (114.9 )
Own shares    27    (189.8 )   (255.3 )
Retained earnings    27    9,697.5     5,482.1  
Equity share owners’ funds         5,762.2     3,974.4  
Minority interests         197.6     120.4  
Total equity         5,959.8     4,094.8  

 

Note

The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.

 

 

F-12


 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

1. General information

 

WPP plc is a company incorporated in Jersey. The address of the registered office is 22 Grenville Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8PX and the address of the principal executive office is 6 Ely Place, Dublin 2, Ireland. The nature of the Group’s operations and its principal activities are set out in note 2. These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling.

 

2. Segment information

 

The Group is a leading worldwide communications services organisation offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of communications services.

 

For management purposes, the Group is currently organised into four operating segments – Advertising and Media Investment Management; Information, Insight & Consultancy; Public Relations & Public Affairs; and Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications. These disciplines are the basis on which the Group reports its primary information. The Group’s operations are located in North America; the UK; Continental Europe; and Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East and the Group’s performance has historically been linked with the economic performance of these regions. These geographic divisions are the basis on which the Group reports its secondary information.

 

Operating sectors

Segment information about these businesses is presented below:

 

     Revenue 1    Operating
profit
   Share of
result of
associates
   Profit
before
interest and
taxation
   Finance
income
   Finance
costs
    Profit
before
taxation
   Taxation      Profit for
the year
     £m    £m    £m    £m    £m    £m     £m    £m      £m
2008                                                
Advertising and Media                                                
Investment Management    3,329.5    501.0    32.7    533.7                            
Information, Insight & Consultancy    1,301.8    119.3    5.4    124.7                            
Public Relations & Public Affairs    752.3    117.9    4.1    122.0                            
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    2,093.3    137.8    3.8    141.6                            
     7,476.9    876.0    46.0    922.0    169.6    (344.8 )   746.8    (232.9 )    513.9
2007                                                
Advertising and Media                                                
Investment Management    2,871.3    384.4    28.1    412.5                            
Information, Insight & Consultancy    905.4    99.2    3.9    103.1                            
Public Relations & Public Affairs    641.4    101.7    2.1    103.8                            
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    1,767.8    219.4    7.3    226.7                            
     6,185.9    804.7    41.4    846.1    139.4    (266.1 )   719.4    (204.3 )    515.1
2006                                                
Advertising and Media                                                
Investment Management    2,806.9    365.2    21.9    387.1                            
Information, Insight & Consultancy    892.9    89.0    1.9    90.9                            
Public Relations & Public Affairs    595.7    83.5    3.2    86.7                            
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    1,612.3    203.9    14.1    218.0                            
     5,907.8    741.6    41.1    782.7    111.0    (211.7 )   682.0    (199.4 )    482.6

 

Note

1

 

Intersegment sales have not been separately disclosed as they are not material.

 

     Headline
PBIT 1
   Headline
PBIT
margin
   Headline
PBIT 1
   Headline
PBIT
margin
   Headline
PBIT 1
   Headline
PBIT
margin
    

2008

£m

  

2008

%

  

2007

£m

  

2007

%

  

2006

£m

  

2006

%

Advertising and Media Investment Management    581.3    17.5    466.9    16.3    443.7    15.8
Information, Insight & Consultancy    147.6    11.3    104.3    11.5    98.7    11.1
Public relations & Public Affairs    124.9    16.6    106.5    16.6    89.5    15.0
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    264.4    12.6    250.3    14.2    227.1    14.1
     1,118.2    15.0    928.0    15.0    859.0    14.5

 

Note

1

 

See note 31 for reconciliation of profit before interest and taxation to headline PBIT.

 

F-13


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

2. Segment information (continued)

 

Other information    Share-based
payments
   Goodwill
additions
   Acquired
intangibles
additions
   Capital
additions 1
   Depreciation
and
amortisation
   Goodwill
impairment &
write-downs
   Interest in
associates
     £m    £m    £m    £m    £m    £m    £m
2008                                   
Advertising and Media Investment Management    33.3    90.0    14.0    93.3    117.8    9.1    474.9
Information, Insight & Consultancy    7.5    1,179.4    715.6    50.9    43.5    3.0    96.7
Public Relations & Public Affairs    4.3       0.5    13.3    16.0       59.6
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    17.2    81.7       63.1    74.1    73.5    83.1
     62.3    1,351.1    730.1    220.6    251.4    85.6    714.3
2007                                   
Advertising and Media Investment Management    35.0    56.8    3.9    96.5    100.0    33.2    328.9
Information, Insight & Consultancy    7.4    39.3    2.3    19.9    18.1       90.8
Public Relations & Public Affairs    4.3    35.9       10.7    14.1    0.6    59.0
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    15.7    471.7    79.5    45.2    52.5    12.0    61.4
     62.4    603.7    85.7    172.3    184.7    45.8    540.1
2006                                   
Advertising and Media Investment Management    43.7    60.9    4.5    105.8    114.3    28.7    257.1
Information, Insight & Consultancy    7.7    12.9    0.4    19.5    17.2    5.6    83.1
Public Relations & Public Affairs    4.7    55.5    6.0    15.1    13.8    0.9    18.7
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    14.8    78.3    9.4    44.1    40.6    9.1    52.5
     70.9    207.6    20.3    184.5    185.9    44.3    411.4

 

Note

1

 

Capital additions include purchases of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software).

 

     Assets         Liabilities  
Balance sheet    Segment
assets
  

Unallocated

corporate
assets 1

  

Consolidated

total assets

        Segment
liabilities
   

Unallocated

corporate
liabilities 1

   

Consolidated

total
liabilities

 
     £m    £m    £m         £m     £m     £m  
2008                                       
Advertising and Media Investment Management    12,034.5                   (8,757.8 )            
Information, Insight & Consultancy    3,830.0                   (1,022.3 )            
Public Relations & Public Affairs    1,583.3                   (363.7 )            
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    4,324.3                   (1,225.7 )            
     21,772.1    2,691.2    24,463.3         (11,369.5 )   (7,134.0 )   (18,503.5 )
2007                                       
Advertising and Media Investment Management    8,963.4                   (7,238.5 )            
Information, Insight & Consultancy    1,008.9                   (395.5 )            
Public Relations & Public Affairs    1,307.2                   (296.0 )            
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    3,839.1                   (1,031.1 )            
     15,118.6    2,133.4    17,252.0         (8,961.1 )   (4,196.1 )   (13,157.2 )

 

Note

1

 

Included in unallocated corporate assets and liabilities are corporate income tax, deferred tax and net interest-bearing debt. The debt has not been allocated as it is held centrally and specifically allocating it to individual segments is not considered to be a fair representation of the net assets of those segments.

 

F-14


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

2. Segment information (continued)

 

Contributions by geographical area were as follows:

 

        2008
£m
     

2007

£m

     

2006

£m

Revenue 1                        
North America       2,603.2       2,266.7       2,291.1
UK       954.2       890.3       856.3
Continental Europe       2,127.3       1,657.4       1,532.9
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East       1,792.2       1,371.5       1,227.5
        7,476.9       6,185.9       5,907.8
    Margin       Margin       Margin    
Headline PBIT 2                        
North America   16.8%   438.3   17.3%   391.5   17.0%   389.0
UK   13.0%   124.1   12.0%   107.1   11.4%   97.9
Continental Europe   14.3%   303.5   13.5%   223.0   12.7%   194.3
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East   14.1%   252.3   15.0%   206.4   14.5%   177.8
    15.0%   1,118.2   15.0%   928.0   14.5%   859.0
Segment Assets                        
North America       7,430.5       5,494.4       4,536.0
UK       2,499.2       1,691.4       1,693.8
Continental Europe       7,304.1       4,748.5       3,946.0
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East       4,538.3       3,184.3       2,721.1
        21,772.1       15,118.6       12,896.9
Capital additions 3                        
North America       93.5       74.8       90.1
UK       27.3       28.2       29.4
Continental Europe       54.6       31.2       28.7
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East       45.2       38.1       36.3
        220.6       172.3       184.5

 

Notes

1

 

Intersegment sales have not been separately disclosed as they are not material.

2

 

See note 31 for reconciliation of profit before interest and taxation to headline PBIT.

3

 

Capital additions include purchases of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software).

 


3. Operating costs

 

     2008
£m
    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 
Total staff costs (note 5)    4,351.8     3,607.9     3,474.4  
Establishment costs    521.3     427.2     419.1  
Other operating costs (net)    1,260.3     1,010.6     975.9  
Total operating costs    6,133.4     5,045.7     4,869.4  
Operating costs include:                   
Goodwill impairment    84.1     44.1     35.5  
Goodwill write-down relating to utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses (note 12) 1    1.5     1.7     8.8  
Investment write-downs    30.5          
Cost of changes to corporate structure    4.6          
Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets (note 12)    78.4     40.3     43.3  
Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 12)    23.4     18.1     13.5  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment    145.4     123.7     127.3  
Losses/(gains) on sale of property, plant and equipment    1.9     1.0     (3.7 )
Gains on disposal of investments    (3.4 )   (3.4 )   (7.3 )
Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses    (18.3 )   1.1     5.0  
Operating lease rentals:                   
Land and buildings    325.2     261.1     251.7  
Plant and machinery    26.5     25.8     30.4  
     351.7     286.9     282.1  

 

Notes

1

 

The goodwill write-down in relation to the utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses is due to the better than expected performance of certain acquisitions in the year. This enabled the utilisation of pre-acquisition tax attributes that previously could not be recognised at the time of acquisition due to insufficient evidence that they were recoverable.

In 2008, operating profit includes credits totalling £23.7 million (2007: £16.8 million, 2006: £10.6 million) relating to the release of excess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions completed prior to 2007. Further details of the Group’s approach to acquisition reserves, as required by IFRS 3 ‘Business combinations’, are given in note 28.

All of the operating costs of the Group are related to administrative expenses.

 

Auditors’ remuneration:

 

     2008
£m
   2007
£m
   2006
£m
Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts    1.7    1.7    1.7
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation    13.3    11.4    10.8
     15.0    13.1    12.5
Other services pursuant to legislation    3.8    3.5    4.0
Fees payable to the auditors pursuant to legislation    18.8    16.6    16.5
Tax advisory services    2.2    2.7    2.8
Tax compliance services    0.9    0.9    1.1
     3.1    3.6    3.9
Corporate finance services    1.5    1.0   
Other services    4.4    3.0    3.3
Total non-audit fees    9.0    7.6    7.2
Total fees    27.8    24.2    23.7

 

F-15


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

3. Operating costs (continued)

 

Minimum committed annual rentals

Amounts payable in 2009 under the foregoing leases will be as follows:

 

     Plant and machinery

   Land and buildings

     2009
£m
   2008
£m
   2007
£m
   2009
£m
   2008
£m
   2007
£m
In respect of operating leases which expire:                              
– within one year    6.6    6.4    6.9    63.4    27.9    30.8
– within two to five years    14.2    12.9    13.5    168.3    115.5    95.5
– after five years    0.3    0.3    1.8    107.5    75.0    75.8
     21.1    19.6    22.2    339.2    218.4    202.1

 

Future minimum annual amounts payable under all lease commitments in existence at 31 December 2008 are as follows:

 

     Minimum
rental
payments
£m
   Less
sub-let
rentals
£m
    Net
Payment
£m
Year ending 31 December                
2009    360.3    (25.3 )   335.0
2010    326.4    (22.4 )   304.0
2011    273.8    (20.8 )   253.0
2012    241.9    (19.5 )   222.4
2013    199.2    (11.2 )   188.0
Later years    1,151.6    (20.7 )   1,130.9
     2,553.2    (119.9 )   2,433.3

 


4. Share of results of associates

 

Share of results of associates include:

 

     2008
£m
    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 
Share of profit before interest and taxation    71.5     65.8     61.4  
Share of exceptional (losses)/gains    (0.5 )   0.8     4.0  
Share of interest and minority interest    0.5     0.5     0.9  
Share of taxation    (25.5 )   (25.7 )   (25.2 )
     46.0     41.4     41.1  

 


5. Our people

 

Our staff numbers averaged 97,438 against 84,848 in 2007 and 77,686 in 2006, including acquisitions. Their geographical distribution was as follows:

 

     2008    2007    2006
North America    24,493    23,294    22,477
UK    8,971    8,543    8,484
Continental Europe    23,562    21,367    19,935
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East    40,412    31,644    26,790
     97,438    84,848    77,686

 

Their operating sector distribution was as follows:

 

     2008    2007    2006
Advertising and Media Investment Management    45,754    42,948    41,030
Information, Insight & Consultancy    14,934    11,524    10,869
Public Relations & Public Affairs    7,682    7,167    6,616
Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications    29,068    23,209    19,171
     97,438    84,848    77,686

 

At the end of 2008 staff numbers were 112,262 (2007: 90,182, 2006: 79,352). Including all employees of associated undertakings, this figure was approximately 135,000 at 31 December 2008 (2007: 111,000, 2006: 98,000).

 

5. Our people (continued)

 

Total staff costs were made up as follows:

 

     2008
£m
   2007
£m
   2006
£m
Wages and salaries    3,044.6    2,492.6    2,385.8
Cash-based incentive plans    151.4    168.3    176.0
Share-based incentive plans (note 22)    62.3    62.4    70.9
Social security costs    346.4    288.3    281.7
Other pension costs (note 23)    98.3    80.7    81.7
Other staff costs    648.8    515.6    478.3
     4,351.8    3,607.9    3,474.4
Staff cost to revenue ratio    58.2%    58.3%    58.8%

 

Included above are charges of £5.1 million (2007: £6.5 million, 2006: £5.3 million) for share-based incentive plans in respect of key management personnel (who comprise the directors of the Group). Compensation for key management personnel also included £3.6 million (2007: £4.2 million, 2006: £4.1 million) of short-term benefits and £0.6 million (2007: £0.5 million, 2006: £0.5 million) of post employment benefits.

 


6. Finance income and finance costs

 

Finance income includes:

 

     2008
£m
   2007
£m
   2006
£m
Expected return on pension scheme assets
(note 23)
   31.3    28.1    25.2
Income from available for sale investments    9.7    9.2    5.7
Interest income    128.6    102.1    80.1
     169.6    139.4    111.0

 

Finance costs include:

 

     2008
£m
   2007
£m
   2006
£m
Interest on pension scheme liabilities (note 23)    38.9    33.8    32.4
Interest on other long-term employee benefits    1.6    1.5    0.4
Interest payable and similar charges 1    278.9    214.8    170.9
Finance charges (excluding revaluation of financial instruments)    319.4    250.1    203.7
Revaluation of financial instruments accounted at fair value through profit or loss    25.4    16.0    8.0
     344.8    266.1    211.7

 

The following are included in the revaluation of financial instruments accounted at fair value through profit and loss shown above:

 

     2008
£m
   2007
£m
   2006
£m
Movements in fair value of treasury instruments    13.9    6.7    3.3
Revaluation of put options over minority interests    11.5    9.3    4.7
     25.4    16.0    8.0

 

Note

1

 

Interest payable and similar charges are payable on bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans held at amortised cost.

 

The majority of the Group’s long-term debt is represented by $650 million of US dollar bonds at an interest rate of 5.875% (prior to any interest rate swaps or cross-currency swaps), 1,850 million of Eurobonds at an average of 5.52% (prior to any interest rate or currency swaps) and £600 million of sterling bonds at 6.13%.

 

Average borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities (note 10) amounted to $774 million at an average interest rate of 5.28% inclusive of margin.

 

Average borrowings under the US Commercial Paper Program (note 10) amounted to $10 million at an average interest rate of 2.83% inclusive of margin.

 

F-16


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


7. Taxation

 

The tax charge is based on the profit for the year and comprises:

 

     2008
£m
    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 
Corporation tax                   
Current year    217.7     240.4     253.5  
Prior years    7.0     (52.2 )   (52.5 )
     224.7     188.2     201.0  
Deferred tax                   
Current year    (8.4 )   10.2     (17.6 )
Net credit in relation to the amortisation of acquired intangible assets and other goodwill items    (12.4 )   (2.8 )   (9.1 )
     (20.8 )   7.4     (26.7 )
Prior years    29.0     8.7     25.1  
     8.2     16.1     (1.6 )
Tax charge    232.9     204.3     199.4  

 

The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to profit before taxation in the income statement as follows:

 

    2008
£m
    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 
Profit before taxation   746.8     719.4     682.0  
Tax at the blended UK corporation tax rate of 28.5% (2007, 2006: UK 30%)  

212.8

 

 

215.8

 

 

204.6

 

Tax effect of share of results of associates   (13.4 )   (12.4 )   (12.3 )
Tax effect of expenses that are not (taxable)/deductible   (11.7 )   34.7     25.4  
Tax effect of utilisation or recognition of tax losses not previously recognised   (6.5 )   (29.6 )   (24.4 )
Effect of different tax rates of subsidiaries operating in other jurisdictions   3.5     26.7     19.9  
Unused tax losses carried forward   12.2     12.5     13.7  
Prior period adjustments   36.0     (43.4 )   (27.5 )
Tax charge   232.9     204.3     199.4  
Effective tax rate on profit before tax   31.2%     28.4%     29.2%  

 

The Group is subject to corporate taxes in a number of different jurisdictions and judgement is required in determining the appropriate provision for transactions where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. In such circumstances the Group recognises liabilities for anticipated taxes based on the best information available and where the anticipated liability is both probable and estimable. Where the final outcome of such matters differs from the amount recorded, any differences may impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which the final determination is made.

 

The tax laws that apply to the Group’s subsidiaries may be amended by the relevant tax authorities. Such potential amendments are regularly monitored and adjustments are made to the Group’s tax liabilities and deferred tax assets and liabilities where necessary.

 


8. Ordinary dividends

 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity holders in the year:

 

     2008     2007     2006    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

  

2006

£m

Per share    Pence per share          
2007 Final dividend paid    9.13 p   7.61 p   6.34 p   103.1    89.1    76.1
2008 First interim dividend paid    5.19 p   4.32 p   3.60 p   58.7    49.8    42.8
     14.32 p   11.93 p   9.94 p   161.8    138.9    118.9

 

Second interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2008:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
Per share    Pence per share  
2008 Second interim dividend    10.28 p   9.13 p   7.61 p

 

The payment of this dividend will not have any tax consequences for the Group.

 


9. Earnings per share

 

Basic EPS

 

The calculation of basic Reported EPS is as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
Reported earnings 1 (£m)    439.1     465.9     435.8  
Average shares used in Basic EPS calculation (m)    1,143.4     1,176.9     1,201.0  
Reported EPS    38.4 p   39.6 p   36.3 p

Note

1

 

Reported earnings is equivalent to profit for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent.

 

Diluted EPS

The calculation of diluted reported EPS is set out below:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
Diluted reported earnings (£m)    439.9     466.8     436.9  
Average shares used in diluted EPS calculation (m)    1,169.6     1,227.1     1,242.2  
Diluted reported EPS    37.6 p   38.0 p   35.2 p

 

Diluted EPS has been calculated based on the diluted reported earnings amounts above. For the years ended 31 December 2008, 31 December 2007 and 31 December 2006, the $150 million Grey convertible bonds were dilutive and earnings were consequently increased by £0.8 million, £0.9 million and £1.1 million respectively for the purpose of this calculation. These bonds were redeemed on 28 October 2008. For the year ended 31 December 2007 and the year ended 31 December 2006, the £450 million convertible bonds were accretive to earnings and therefore excluded from the calculation of dilutive earnings; these bonds were redeemed on their due date of 11 April 2007. In addition, at 31 December 2008, options to purchase 28.0 million ordinary shares (2007: 16.4 million, 2006: 7.6 million) were outstanding, but were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because the exercise prices of these options were greater than the average market price of the Group’s shares and, therefore, their inclusion would have been accretive.

 

A reconciliation between the shares used in calculating basic and diluted EPS is as follows:

 

    

2008

m

  

2007

m

  

2006

m

Average shares used in basic EPS calculation    1,143.4    1,176.9    1,201.0
Dilutive share options outstanding    2.9    16.6    14.9
Other potentially issuable shares    16.0    24.7    17.4
$150 million Grey convertible bonds    7.3    8.9    8.9
Shares used in diluted EPS calculation    1,169.6    1,227.1    1,242.2

 

At 31 December 2008 there were 1,255,343,263 ordinary shares in issue.

 

 

F-17


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


10. Sources of finance

 

The following table summarises the equity and debt financing of the Group, and changes during the year:

 

     Shares          Debt  
     2008
£m
    2007
£m
        

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

 

Analysis of changes in

financing

                             
Beginning of year    223.1     199.0          2,348.0     1,771.5  
Shares issued in respect of acquisitions (note 28)    267.7     2.3               
Other issues of share capital    8.5     30.2               
Reclassification due to changes incorporate structure 1    (362.5 )                 
Share cancellations    (1.9 )   (5.7 )             
Share issue costs paid    (0.8 )   (2.7 )             
Net increase in drawings on bank loans, corporate bonds and convertible bonds                 810.4     498.9  
Debt acquired                 577.8     7.5  
Net amortisation of financing costs included in net debt                 (0.6 )   5.5  
Other movements                 81.1     (44.2 )
Exchange adjustments                 569.0     108.8  
End of year    134.1     223.1          4,385.7     2,348.0  

Notes

1

 

Further details on the changes to corporate structure are given in note 26.

 

The above table excludes bank overdrafts which fall within cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the consolidated cash flow statement.

 

Shares

At 31 December 2008, the Company’s share base was entirely composed of ordinary equity share capital and share premium of £134.1 million (2007: £223.1 million, 2006: £199.0 million), further details of which are disclosed in notes 26 and 27.

 

Debt

US$ bonds The Group has in issue $650 million of 5.875% bonds due June 2014. With the acquisition of Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (TNS) in October 2008 the Group took on $103 million of 6.34% Senior Notes, $62 million of 6.46% Senior Notes, $10 million of floating rate Senior Notes and $20 million of floating rate Guaranteed Senior Notes, which were all repaid in January 2009. With the acquisition of TNS, the Group also took on $30 million of 6.22% Senior Notes due July 2012 and $25 million of 6.34% Senior Notes due July 2014. During the year, the Group repaid $100 million of 6.875% bonds on their due date of July 2008.

 

Eurobonds In May 2008, the Group issued 750 million of 6.625% bonds due May 2016. The Group has in issue 600 million of 4.375% bonds due December 2013 and 500 million of 5.25% bonds due January 2015. With the acquisition of TNS in October 2008 the Group took on 20 million of floating rate Senior Notes, which were repaid in January 2009. During the year, the Group repaid 650 million of 6.0% bonds on their due date of June 2008.

 

Sterling bonds The Group has in issue £400 million of 6% bonds due April 2017 and £200 million of 6.375% bonds due November 2020. With the acquisition of TNS in October 2008 the Group took on £25 million of 6.51% Senior Notes, which were repaid in January 2009.

 

Revolving Credit Facilities The Group has a $1.6 billion seven year Revolving Credit Facility due August 2012. During the year, £1,250 million was raised from the Group’s bankers to assist in the acquisition of TNS. This amount is made up of a £650 million term facility with a final maturity date of July 2010 and a £600 million amortising Revolving Credit Facility maturing in July 2011. The Group’s borrowing under these facilities, which are drawn down predominantly in US dollars, euros, Canadian dollars and pounds sterling, averaged $774 million in 2008. The Group had available undrawn committed credit facilities of £1,074 million at December 2008 (2007: £759 million).

 

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and financial position of the Group.

10. Sources of finance (continued)

 

US Commercial Paper Program

The Group has a $1.4 billion US Commercial Paper Program using the $1.6 billion Revolving Credit Facility as a backstop. The Group’s borrowings under this program are notes issued in US dollars and swapped into other currencies as required. The average commercial paper outstanding during the year was $10 million. There was no US Commercial Paper outstanding at 31 December 2008.

 

Convertible bonds

In March 2005, with the purchase of Grey Global Group Inc, the Group acquired $150 million of 5% convertible debentures due 2033. Each debenture holder had the right to require Grey and WPP (as co-obligor) to repurchase on each of 28 October 2008, 2010 and 2013 all or a portion of the holder’s then outstanding debentures at par ($1,000 per debenture) plus the amount of accrued and unpaid interest. This right was exercised during the year and the debentures were subsequently repurchased.

 

The following table is an analysis of future anticipated cash flows in relation to the Group’s debt, on an undiscounted basis which, therefore, differs from the fair value and carrying value:

 

    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

 
Within one year    (569.7 )   (719.4 )
Between one and two years    (1,073.9 )   (94.6 )
Between two and three years    (369.1 )   (94.6 )
Between three and four years    (216.6 )   (94.6 )
Between four and five years    (735.4 )   (94.6 )
Over five years    (2,567.5 )   (2,030.1 )
Debt financing under the Revolving Credit Facility and in relation to unsecured loan notes    (5,532.2 )   (3,127.9 )
Short-term overdrafts – within one year    (1,254.4 )   (977.9 )
     (6,786.6 )   (4,105.8 )
Effect of discount/financing rates    1,146.5     779.9  
Debt financing    (5,640.1 )   (3,325.9 )

 

Analysis of fixed and floating rate debt by currency including the effect of interest rate and cross-currency swaps:

 

2008

Currency

   £m    Fixed
rate 1
  

Floating

basis

   Period
(months) 1
$    – fixed    578.0    5.79%    n/a    56
     – floating    1,521.7    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
£    – fixed    400.0    5.69%    n/a    88
     – floating    376.7    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
   – fixed    742.0    6.80%    n/a    58
     – floating    603.9    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
¥    – fixed    68.0    2.07%    n/a    5
$C 2    – floating    53.6    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
Other         41.8    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
          4,385.7               

2007

Currency

   £m    Fixed
rate 1
   Floating
basis
   Period
(months) 1
$    – fixed    528.9    5.64%    n/a    103
     – floating    384.5    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
£    – fixed    400.0    6.19%    n/a    135
     – floating    213.7    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
   – fixed    165.3    7.39%    n/a    51
     – floating    605.7    n/a    EURIBOR    n/a
¥    – fixed    40.6    2.07%    n/a    72
Other         9.3    n/a    LIBOR    n/a
          2,348.0               

 

F-18


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

10. Sources of finance (continued)

 

Notes

 

1

 

Weighted average. These rates do not include the effect of gains on interest rate swap terminations that are written to income over the life of the original instrument. At 31 December 2008 the amounts still to be written to income were £2.7 million in respect of US dollar swap terminations, to be written to income evenly until June 2014.

2

 

Represents Canadian dollars.

 

The following table is an analysis of future anticipated cash flows in relation to the Group’s financial derivatives, which include interest rate and foreign exchange swaps:

 

2008    Financial liabilities         Financial assets
  

Payable

£m

  

Receivable

£m

       

Payable

£m

   Receivable
£m
Within one year    828.2    814.2         483.0    613.9
Between one and two years    62.5    58.8         93.3    131.1
Between two and three years    69.6    66.1         66.5    93.2
Between three and four years    73.3    69.2         92.3    114.2
Between four and five years    425.0    478.4         817.9    903.3
Over five years    1,401.4    1,186.6         1,107.3    1,152.5
     2,860.0    2,673.3         2,660.3    3,008.2
2007    Financial liabilities         Financial assets
  

Payable

£m

   Receivable
£m
       

Payable

£m

   Receivable
£m
Within one year    422.8    411.3         581.2    588.5
Between one and two years    133.8    131.7         146.2    158.9
Between two and three years    78.3    76.0         60.8    63.4
Between three and four years    82.0    77.1         62.8    65.4
Between four and five years    83.1    77.7         63.9    65.6
Over five years    1,717.9    1,644.9         1,319.7    1,381.4
     2,517.9    2,418.7         2,234.6    2,323.2

 


11. Analysis of cash flows

 

The following tables analyse the items included within the main cash flow headings on page F-10.

 

Net cash from operating activities:

 

    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Profit for the year    513.9     515.1     482.6  
Taxation    232.9     204.3     199.4  
Finance costs    344.8     266.1     211.7  
Finance income    (169.6 )   (139.4 )   (111.0 )
Share of results of associates    (46.0 )   (41.4 )   (41.1 )
Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including share options)    62.3     62.4     70.9  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment    149.6     126.3     129.1  
Impairment of goodwill    84.1     44.1     35.5  
Goodwill write-down relating to utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses    1.5     1.7     8.8  
Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets    78.4     40.3     43.3  
Amortisation of other intangible assets    23.4     18.1     13.5  
Investment write-downs    30.5          
Gains on disposal of investments    (3.4 )   (3.4 )   (7.3 )
Losses/(gains) on sale of property, plant and
equipment
   1.9     1.0     (3.7)  
Decrease/(increase) in inventories and work in progress    65.6     29.4     (83.0 )
Decrease/(increase) in receivables    492.6     (886.7 )   (489.1 )
(Decrease)/increase in payables – short term    (628.9 )   897.6     433.4  
(Decrease)/increase in payables – long term    (23.1 )   7.6     17.6  
Decrease in provisions    (15.5 )   (22.5 )   (50.0 )
Corporation and overseas tax paid    (182.5 )   (151.0 )   (162.0 )
Interest and similar charges paid    (269.2 )   (212.0 )   (135.1 )
Interest received    133.0     102.6     75.2  
Investment income    1.8     3.1     2.4  
Dividends from associates    44.6     28.0     20.3  
Net cash inflow from operating activities    922.7     891.3     661.4  
Acquisitions and disposals:                   
     2008
£m
    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 
Initial cash consideration    (891.9 )   (520.4 )   (120.5 )
Cash and cash equivalents acquired (net)    (6.1 )   60.5     21.4  
Earnout payments    (67.8 )   (93.9 )   (91.6 )
Loan note redemptions    (2.6 )   (2.1 )   (11.7 )
Purchase of other investments (including associates)    (91.7 )   (128.0 )   (28.7 )
Proceeds on disposal of investments    11.0     9.1     15.5  
Net cash outflow    (1,049.1 )   (674.8 )   (215.6 )
Share repurchases and buy-backs:                   
     2008
£m
    2007
£m
    2006
£m
 
Share cancellations (excluding brokerage fees)    (112.2 )   (402.7 )   (218.8 )
Purchase of own shares by ESOP trust            (38.9 )
Shares purchased into treasury        (12.7 )    
Proceeds on disposal of treasury shares    6.9          
Net cash outflow    (105.3 )   (415.4 )   (257.7 )

 

F-19


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

11. Analysis of cash flows (continued)

 

Net increase in borrowings:                   
     2008
£m
 
 
  2007
£m
 
 
  2006
£m
 
 
Increase in drawings on bank loans    1,273.3          
Repayment of 650 million bonds    (515.1 )        
Repayment of $100 million bonds    (50.5 )        
Repayment of $150 million convertible debt    (96.2 )        
Repayment of TNS debt    (395.7 )        
Proceeds from issue of 750 million bonds    594.6          
Repayment of £450 million bonds        (450.0 )    
Proceeds from issue of £400 million bonds        400.0      
Proceeds from issue of £200 million bonds        200.0      
Proceeds from issue of 500 million bonds        348.9      
Increase in drawings on bank loans            (21.8 )
Proceeds from issue of 600 million Eurobonds            403.9  
Net cash inflow    810.4     498.9     382.1  
Cash and cash equivalents:                   
     2008
£m
 
 
  2007
£m
 
 
  2006
£m
 
 
Cash at bank and in hand    2,485.9     1,957.4     1,476.8  
Short-term bank deposits    86.6     82.8     186.9  
Overdrafts 1    (1,254.4 )   (977.9 )   (706.8 )
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year    1,318.1     1,062.3     956.9  

 

Note

1

 

Bank overdrafts are included in cash and cash equivalents because they form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

 


12. Intangible assets

 

Goodwill

 

The movements in 2008 and 2007 were as follows:


     £m  
Cost:       
1 January 2007    5,823.6  
Additions 1    603.7  
Exchange differences    59.9  
31 December 2007    6,487.2  
Additions 1    1,351.1  
Exchange differences    1,802.3  
31 December 2008    9,640.6  
Accumulated impairment losses and write-downs:       
1 January 2007    389.1  
Goodwill write-down relating to utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses    1.7  
Impairment losses for the year    33.7  
Exchange differences    (9.0 )
31 December 2007    415.5  
Goodwill write-down relating to utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses    1.5  
Impairment losses for the year    79.7  
Exchange differences    50.7  
31 December 2008    547.4  
Net book value:       
31 December 2008    9,093.2  
31 December 2007    6,071.7  
1 January 2007    5,434.5  

 

12. Intangible assets (continued)

 

Note

1

 

Additions represent goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of associate undertakings is shown within interests in associates and joint ventures in note 14.

 

Significant components of goodwill as at 31 December 2008 and 2007 are:

 

    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Young & Rubicam    3,207.0    2,372.6
Grey    1,247.7    1,010.2
Mediaedge:cia    1,208.3    879.7
TNS    1,132.7   
Other    2,297.5    1,809.2
Total goodwill    9,093.2    6,071.7

 

Other goodwill represents goodwill on a large number of acquisitions, none of which is individually significant in comparison to the total carrying value of goodwill.

 

Other intangible assets:

 

The movements in 2008 and 2007 were as follows:


     Brands
with an
indefinite
useful life
£m
    Acquired
intan-
gibles
£m
    Other
£m
    Total
£m
 
Cost:                         
1 January 2007    811.4     336.5     96.5     1,244.4  
Additions            21.2     21.2  
Disposals        (9.1 )       (9.1 )
New acquisitions        85.7     8.4     94.1  
Other movements            (1.1 )   (1.1 )
Exchange differences    (13.4 )   0.5     2.7     (10.2 )
31 December 2007    798.0     413.6     127.7     1,339.3  
Additions            23.8     23.8  
Disposals            (9.2 )   (9.2 )
New acquisitions        730.1     9.6     739.7  
Other movements            2.2     2.2  
Exchange differences    275.2     233.9     49.5     558.6  
31 December 2008    1,073.2     1,377.6     203.6     2,654.4  
Amortisation and impairment:                    
1 January 2007        64.6     64.4     129.0  
Charge for the year        40.3     18.1     58.4  
Disposals        (2.4 )       (2.4 )
Other movements        (0.6 )   (1.6 )   (2.2 )
Exchange differences        (0.5 )   2.4     1.9  
31 December 2007        101.4     83.3     184.7  
Charge for the year        78.4     23.4     101.8  
Disposals            (8.1 )   (8.1 )
Other movements        (0.9 )   2.8     1.9  
Exchange differences        42.8     35.5     78.3  
31 December 2008        221.7     136.9     358.6  
Net book value:                         
31 December 2008    1,073.2     1,155.9     66.7     2,295.8  
31 December 2007    798.0     312.2     44.4     1,154.6  
1 January 2007    811.4     271.9     32.1     1,115.4  

 

F-20


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

12. Intangible assets (continued)

 

Brands with an indefinite life represent JWT, Hill & Knowlton, Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide and the Young & Rubicam Group. These assets are carried at historical cost in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy for intangible assets. The most significant of these is the Young & Rubicam Group with a carrying value of £641.9 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: £481.6 million). The carrying values of the JWT, Hill & Knowlton and Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide brands are not individually significant in comparison with the total carrying value of brands with an indefinite useful life.

 

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired.

 

The carrying values of brands with an indefinite useful life are assessed for impairment purposes by using the royalty and loyalty methods of valuation, both of which utilise the net present value of future cash flows associated with the brands.

 

The 2008 goodwill impairment review was initially undertaken as at 30 June 2008 and then updated as at 31 December 2008. The review assessed whether the carrying value of goodwill was supported by the net present value of future cash flows, using a pre-tax discount rate of 11.5% and management forecasts for a projection period of up to five years, followed by an assumed annual long-term growth rate of 3.0% and no assumed improvement in operating margin. Management have made the judgement that this long-term growth rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate for the industry. In relation to the Young and Rubicam Group, for impairment testing purposes, the methodology above indicated an amount of £775 million as the excess of recoverable amount over carrying value at 31 December 2008. For an impairment charge to arise the actual cumulative annual growth in Young and Rubicam cashflows over the next five years would have to be less than half the level assumed in the management forecasts over that period.

 

An impairment charge is required for both goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets when the carrying amount exceeds the recoverable amount. Goodwill impairment charges of £84.1 million and £44.1 million were recorded in the years ended 31 December 2008 and 2007 respectively. The impairment charges relate to certain under-performing businesses in the Group. In certain markets, the impact of current local economic conditions and trading circumstances on these businesses was sufficiently severe to indicate impairment to the carrying value of goodwill. For the year ended 31 December 2008, an impairment charge of £8.4 million (2007: £1.5 million) was recorded in relation to acquired intangible assets. This charge resulted from a decline in value of certain brands and customer relationships held within Branding & Identity, Healthcare and Specialist Communications.

 

Under IFRS, an impairment charge is required for both goodwill and other indefinite lived assets when the carrying amount exceeds the ‘recoverable amount’, defined as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Our approach in determining the recoverable amount utilises a discounted cash flow methodology, which necessarily involves making numerous estimates and assumptions regarding revenue growth, operating margins, tax rates, appropriate discount rates and working capital requirements. These estimates will likely differ from future actual results of operations and cash flows, and it is possible that these differences could be material. In addition, judgements are applied in determining the level of cash-generating unit we identify for impairment testing and the criteria we use to determine which assets should be aggregated. A difference in testing levels could affect whether an impairment is recorded and the extent of impairment loss. Changes in our business activities or structure may also result in changes to the level of testing in future periods. Further, future events could cause the Group to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that the asset values associated with a given operation have become impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material impact on the Group’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

In 2007, the Group acquired 24/7 Real Media, Inc. for consideration of approximately £330 million. 24/7 significantly enhances the Group’s digital capability and has made a major contribution to winning new business for the Group, primarily our Advertising and Media Investment Management businesses. For this reason, goodwill relating to 24/7 was reviewed for impairment against the net present value of future cash flows of this segment as the appropriate cash-generating unit.

 

Historically our impairment losses have resulted from a specific event, condition or circumstance in one of our companies, such as the loss of a significant client. As a result, changes in the assumptions used in our impairment model have not had a significant effect on the impairment charges recognised. The carrying value of goodwill and other intangible assets will continue to be reviewed at least annually for impairment and adjusted to the recoverable amount if required.

 


13. Property, plant and equipment

 

The movements in 2008 and 2007 were as follows:


    Land
£m
    Freehold
buildings
£m
    Lease-
hold
buildings
£m
    Fixtures,
fittings
and
equip-
ment
£m
    Com-
puter
equip-
ment
£m
    Total
£m
 
Cost:                                    
1 January 2007   9.3     34.2     354.4     228.2     346.9     973.0  
Additions       0.7     56.7     34.9     58.8     151.1  
New acquisitions       0.1     2.2     3.0     6.5     11.8  
Disposals   (0.5 )   (0.2 )   (23.4 )   (30.1 )   (32.7 )   (86.9 )
Exchange adjustments       1.7     1.5     6.4     19.4     29.0  
31 December 2007   8.8     36.5     391.4     242.4     398.9     1,078.0  
Additions       11.4     62.4     42.6     80.4     196.8  
New acquisitions   3.9     25.9     9.9     30.7     26.2     96.6  
Disposals   (0.3 )   (0.3 )   (31.1 )   (34.5 )   (65.4 )   (131.6 )
Exchange adjustments       9.6     123.7     103.9     139.0     376.2  
31 December 2008   12.4     83.1     556.3     385.1     579.1     1,616.0  
Depreciation:                                    
1 January 2007       15.6     147.6     141.6     252.9     557.7  
Charge for the year       1.7     38.9     28.0     57.7     126.3  
Disposals       (0.2 )   (17.7 )   (25.6 )   (34.2 )   (77.7 )
Exchange adjustments       0.6     5.9     3.8     11.8     22.1  
31 December 2007       17.7     174.7     147.8     288.2     628.4  
Charge for the year       2.0     25.7     32.9     89.0     149.6  
Disposals       (0.2 )   (25.9 )   (30.6 )   (61.5 )   (118.2 )
Exchange adjustments       7.8     91.3     68.7     97.7     265.5  
31 December 2008       27.3     265.8     218.8     413.4     925.3  
Net book value:                                    
31 December 2008   12.4     55.8     290.5     166.3     165.7     690.7  
31 December 2007   8.8     18.8     216.7     94.6     110.7     449.6  
1 January 2007   9.3     18.6     206.8     86.6     94.0     415.3  

 

At the end of the year, capital commitments contracted, but not provided for in respect of property, plant and equipment were £154.9 million (2007: £24.1 million). The increase is due to a number of significant property development projects in North America.

 

F-21


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


14. Interests in associates, joint ventures and other investments

 

The movements in 2008 and 2007 were as follows:


    Net
assets of
associates
and joint
ventures
£m
   

Goodwill
and other
intangibles
of associates
and joint
ventures

£m

    Total
associates
and joint
ventures
£m
    Other
invest-
ments
£m
 
1 January 2007   185.8     225.6     411.4     136.5  
Additions   25.3         25.3     61.9  
Goodwill arising on acquisition of new associates       45.2     45.2      
Share of results of associate undertakings (note 4)   41.4         41.4      
Dividends and other movements   (24.7 )   (4.5 )   (29.2 )    
Exchange adjustments   7.2     12.9     20.1      
Disposals   (0.4 )       (0.4 )   (1.1 )
Reclassification from other investments to associates   0.6     36.2     36.8     (36.8 )
Reclassification to subsidiaries   0.3     (0.4 )   (0.1 )    
Revaluation of other investments               108.1  
Goodwill impairment       (10.4 )   (10.4 )    
31 December 2007   235.5     304.6     540.1     268.6  
Additions   42.1         42.1     50.0  
Goodwill arising on acquisition of new associates       52.8     52.8      
Share of results of associate undertakings (note 4)   46.0         46.0      
Dividends and other movements   (36.2 )   10.1     (26.1 )    
Exchange adjustments   76.5     76.8     153.3     73.9  
Disposals   (18.5 )   (63.7 )   (82.2 )   (1.1 )
Reclassification from associates to other investments   (0.1 )       (0.1 )   0.1  
Reclassification to subsidiaries   (3.7 )   (0.3 )   (4.0 )    
Revaluation of other investments               (51.3 )
Goodwill impairment       (4.4 )   (4.4 )    
Amortisation of other intangible assets       (2.0 )   (2.0 )    
Write-downs   (1.2 )       (1.2 )   (29.3 )
31 December 2008   340.4     373.9     714.3     310.9  

 

The investments included above as ‘other investments’ represent investments in equity securities that present the Group with opportunity for return through dividend income and trading gains. They have no fixed maturity or coupon rate. The fair values of the listed securities are based on quoted market prices. For unlisted securities, where market value is not available, the Group has estimated relevant fair values on the basis of publicly available information from outside sources or on the basis of discounted cash flow models where appropriate.

 

The carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets in relation to associates and joint ventures are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies.

 

14. Interests in associates, joint ventures and other investments (continued)

 

The Group’s principal associates and joint ventures at 31 December 2008 included:


     %
owned
   Country of
incorporation
Asatsu-DK    24.0    Japan
Chime Communications PLC    19.3    UK
Dentsu, Young & Rubicam Inc.    49.0    Japan
High Co S.A.    33.5    France
Ibope Latinoamericana SA    42.2    Brazil
Kinetic Worldwide Limited    50.0    UK
GIIR, Inc    20.0    Korea
The Grass Roots Group PLC    44.8    UK
Singleton, Ogilvy & Mather (Holdings) Pty Limited    33.3    Australia
STW Communications Group Limited    20.1    Australia

 

The market value of the Group’s shares in its principal listed associate undertakings at 31 December 2008 was as follows: Asatsu-DK: £155.9 million, Chime Communications PLC: £5.8 million, High Co S.A.: £18.5 million, GIIR, Inc: £18.1 million and STW Communications Group Limited: £13.2 million (2007: Asatsu-DK: £146.0 million, Chime Communications PLC: £19.9 million, High Co S.A.: £22.8 million, GIIR, Inc.: £20.1 million and STW Communications Group Limited: £41.6 million).

 

The carrying value (including goodwill and other intangibles) of these equity interests in the Group’s balance sheet at 31 December 2008 was as follows: Asatsu-DK: £242.8 million, Chime Communications PLC: £19.0 million, High Co S.A.: £31.9 million, GIIR, Inc: £14.4 million and STW Communications Group Limited: £37.3 million (2007: Asatsu-DK: £145.3 million, Chime Communications PLC: £17.5 million, High Co S.A.: £23.1 million and GIIR, Inc: £17.2 million and STW Communications Group Limited: £37.3 million).

 

Where the market value of the Group’s listed associates is less than the carrying value, an impairment review is performed utilising the discounted cash flow methodology discussed in note 12.

 

The Group’s investments in its principal associate undertakings are represented by ordinary shares.

 

Summarised financial information

The following tables present a summary of the aggregate financial performance and net asset position of the Group’s associate undertakings and joint ventures. These have been estimated and converted, where appropriate, to an IFRS presentation based on information provided by the relevant companies at 31 December 2008.


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 

Income statement

                 
Revenue    1,588.3    1,171.5     1,231.9  
Operating profit    221.3    181.0     152.6  
Profit before taxation    221.3    204.7     200.4  
Profit for the year    147.6    136.9     138.8  
         

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

 
Balance sheet                  
Assets         3,985.1     3,013.2  
Liabilities         (2,386.8 )   (1,708.9 )
Net assets         1,598.3     1,304.3  

 

The application of equity accounting is ordinarily discontinued when the investment is reduced to zero and additional losses are not provided for unless the investor has guaranteed obligations of the investee or is otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investee.

 

At the end of the year, capital commitments contracted, but not provided for in respect of interests in associates and other investments were £32.4 million (2007: £34.7 million).

 

F-22


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


15. Deferred tax

 

The Group’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the end of each period in accordance with IAS 12. The recognition of deferred tax assets is determined by reference to the Group’s estimate of recoverability, using models where appropriate to forecast future taxable profits.

 

Deferred tax assets are recognised in relation to an element of the Group’s defined benefit pension provisions. Assets have only been recognised for territories where the Group considers that it is probable there would be sufficient taxable profits for the future deductions to be utilised.

 

Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset as they relate to the same tax group. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances for financial reporting purposes:

 


     Gross
£m
    offset
£m
    As
reported
£m
 
2008                   
Deferred tax assets    68.7     (3.1 )   65.6  
Deferred tax liabilities    (920.2 )   3.1     (917.1 )
     (851.5 )       (851.5 )
2007                   
Deferred tax assets    109.6     (53.6 )   56.0  
Deferred tax liabilities    (517.6 )   53.6     (464.0 )
     (408.0 )       (408.0 )

 

The following are the major gross deferred tax assets recognised by the Group and movements thereon in 2008 and 2007:


    Tax
losses
£m
    Retirement
benefit
obligations
£m
    Deferred
comp-
ensation
£m
    Other
short-term
temporary
differences
£m
    Total
£m
 
At 1 January 2007   24.3     20.8     49.0     36.6     130.7  
Credit/(charge) to income   10.0     1.5     (5.2 )   (20.7 )   (14.4 )
Charge to equity       (9.9 )   (0.5 )       (10.4 )
Exchange differences   1.9     1.0     (0.4 )   1.2     3.7  
At 31 December 2007   36.2     13.4     42.9     17.1     109.6  
Acquisition of subsidiaries       1.6         13.1     14.7  
(Charge)/credit to income   (27.1 )       (26.6 )   1.2     (52.5 )
Credit/(charge) to equity       0.7     (9.0 )       (8.3 )
Exchange differences       0.3     4.9         5.2  
At 31 December 2008   9.1     16.0     12.2     31.4     68.7  

 

Other short-term temporary differences comprise a number of items, none of which is individually significant to the Group’s balance sheet. At 31 December 2008 £22.3 million of this balance related to temporary differences in relation to accounting provisions.

 

In addition the Group has recognised the following gross deferred tax liabilities and movements thereon in 2008 and 2007:


    Brands
and other
intangibles
£m
    Associate
earnings
£m
    Goodwill
£m
  Other
short-term
temporary
differences
£m
    Total
£m
 
At 1 January 2007   442.8     17.0     19.3   10.5     489.6  
Acquisition of subsidiaries   25.4                 25.4  
(Credit)/charge to income   (15.9 )   2.3     0.2   15.1     1.7  
Exchange differences   (9.9 )             (9.9 )
Transfer to current tax       (0.8 )   13.0   (1.4 )   10.8  
At 31 December 2007   442.4     18.5     32.5   24.2     517.6  
Acquisition of subsidiaries   214.3         20.7   13.9     248.9  
(Credit)/charge to income   (25.5 )   0.8     14.6   (34.2 )   (44.3 )
Exchange differences   180.0     1.8     14.1   2.1     198.0  
At 31 December 2008   811.2     21.1     81.9   6.0     920.2  

 

15. Deferred tax (continued)

 

At the balance sheet date, the Group has gross tax losses and other temporary differences of £4,002.8 million (2007: £3,141.5 million) available for offset against future profits. Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of the tax benefit of £206.2 million (2007: £290.5 million) of such tax losses and other temporary differences. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of the remaining £3,796.6 million (2007: £2,851.0 million) of losses and other temporary differences as the Group considers that there will not be enough taxable profits in the entities concerned such that any additional asset could be considered recoverable. Included in the total unrecognised temporary differences are losses of £61.8 million that will expire by 2017, £225.5 million that will expire by 2020, £255.6 million that will expire by 2022 and an additional £27.3 million that will expire by 2028. £2,553.7 million of losses may be carried forward indefinitely.

 

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of the temporary differences in relation to the investment in subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was £18,173.0 million (2007: £6,754.0 million). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and the Group considers that it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

 


16. Inventory and work in progress

 

The following are included in the net book value of inventory and work in progress:

 

     2008
£m
   2007
£m
Work in progress    341.0    340.7
Inventory    2.9    3.2
     343.9    343.9

 


17. Trade and other receivables

 

The following are included in trade and other receivables:

 

Amounts falling due within one year:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Trade receivables    5,934.5    4,691.0
VAT and sales taxes recoverable    87.7    86.5
Prepayments and accrued income    1,382.6    753.5
Other debtors    733.3    609.8
     8,138.1    6,140.8

 

The ageing of our trade receivables and other financial assets is as follows:


            Past due but not impaired
  Carrying
amount at 31
December 2008
£m
  Neither
past due
nor
impaired
£m
  0-30
days
£m
  31-90
days
£m
  91-180
days
£m
  181
days-
1 year
£m
  Greater
than 1
year
£m
Trade receivables   5,934.5   3,618.5   1,507.8   603.5   146.6   38.2   19.9
Other financial assets   739.6   481.8   136.4   41.5   21.1   23.7   35.1
    6,674.1   4,100.3   1,644.2   645.0   167.7   61.9   55.0

 

            Past due but not impaired
  Carrying
amount at 31
December 2007
£m
  Neither
past due
nor
impaired
£m
  0-30
days
£m
  31-90
days
£m
  91-180
days
£m
  181
days-
1 year
£m
  Greater
than 1
year
£m
Trade receivables   4,691.0   2,082.4   1,658.6   728.4   164.3   43.6   13.7
Other financial assets   600.7   339.8   123.8   49.9   30.7   22.8   33.7
    5,291.7   2,422.2   1,782.4   778.3   195.0   66.4   47.4

 

Other financial assets are included in other debtors.

 

F-23


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

17. Trade and other receivables (continued)

 

Past due amounts are not impaired where collection is still considered likely.

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year:


     2008
£m
   2007
£m
Prepayments and accrued income    7.3    3.4
Other debtors    72.3    83.8
Fair value of derivatives    105.6    62.1
     185.2    149.3

 

Movements on bad debt provisions were as follows:


     2008
£m
    2007
£m
 
Balance at beginning of year    69.9     71.7  
New acquisitions    19.7     1.0  
Charged to operating costs    30.8     15.1  
Exchange adjustments    21.3     2.3  
Utilisations and other movements    (17.3 )   (20.2 )
Balance at end of year    124.4     69.9  

 

The allowance for bad and doubtful debts is equivalent to 2.1% (2007: 1.5%) of gross trade accounts receivable.

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates their fair value.

 


18. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year

 

The following are included in trade and other payables falling due within one year:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Trade payables    7,121.0    5,843.6
Other taxation and social security    382.7    276.4
Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements)    89.8    57.3
Loan notes due to vendors    0.1    2.7
Liabilities in respect of put option agreements with vendors    67.5    45.0
Other creditors and accruals    1,958.3    1,358.6
Deferred income    788.3    600.5
Share repurchases – close period commitments (note 27)       64.8
     10,407.7    8,248.9

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair value.

 


19. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year

 

The following are included in trade and other payables falling due after more than one year:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Payments due to vendors (earnout agreements)    286.2    261.7
Liabilities in respect of put option agreements with vendors    54.6    37.0
Fair value of derivatives    86.2    79.0
Other creditors and accruals    126.9    82.7
     553.9    460.4

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of trade and other payables approximates their fair value.

 

19. Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year (continued)

 

The following table sets out payments due to vendors, comprising deferred consideration and the directors’ best estimates of future earnout-related obligations:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Within one year    89.8    57.3
Between one and two years    128.0    62.8
Between two and three years    97.2    85.4
Between three and four years    53.4    65.0
Between four and five years    7.6    48.5
Over five years      
     376.0    319.0

 


20. Bank overdrafts, bonds and bank loans

 

Amounts falling due within one year:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Bank overdrafts    1,254.4    977.9
Convertible bonds       81.5
Corporate bonds and bank loans    386.4    526.5
     1,640.8    1,585.9

 

The Group considers that the carrying amount of overdrafts and short-term borrowings approximates their fair value.

 

Amounts falling due after more than one year:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Corporate bonds and bank loans    3,999.3    1,740.0

 

The Group estimates that the fair value of convertible and corporate bonds is £3,630.0 million at 31 December 2008 (2007: £2,319.1 million). The Group considers that the carrying amount of bank loans approximates their fair value.

 

The corporate bonds, convertible bonds, bank loans and overdrafts included within creditors fall due for repayment as follows:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

Within one year    1,640.8    1,585.9
Between one and two years    845.5   
Between two and three years    200.5   
Between three and four years    53.8   
Between four and five years    586.7   
Over five years    2,312.8    1,740.0
     5,640.1    3,325.9

 

F-24


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


21. Provisions for liabilities and charges

 

The movements in 2008 and 2007 were as follows:


     Property
£m
     Other
£m
     Total
£m
 
1 January 2007    61.8      43.0      104.8  
Charged to the income statement    7.6      14.7      22.3  
New acquisitions    (0.3 )    6.1      5.8  
Utilised    (6.2 )    (2.6 )    (8.8 )
Released to the income statement    (5.2 )    (5.3 )    (10.5 )
Transfers    0.9      2.1      3.0  
Exchange adjustments    0.1      0.1      0.2  
31 December 2007    58.7      58.1      116.8  
Charged to the income statement    4.1      19.0      23.1  
New acquisitions    10.8      9.8      20.6  
Utilised    (8.5 )    (20.0 )    (28.5 )
Released to the income statement    (7.4 )    (3.0 )    (10.4 )
Transfers    3.4      (18.7 )    (15.3 )
Exchange adjustments    5.5      24.1      29.6  
31 December 2008    66.6      69.3      135.9  

 

Provisions comprise liabilities where there is uncertainty about the timing of settlement, but where a reliable estimate can be made of the amount. These include provisions for vacant space, sub-let losses and other property-related liabilities. Also included are other provisions, such as certain long-term employee benefits and legal claims, where the likelihood of settlement is considered probable.

 

The Company and various of its subsidiaries are, from time to time, parties to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. The directors do not anticipate that the outcome of these proceedings and claims will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or on the results of its operations.

 


22. Share-based payments

 

Charges for share-based incentive plans were as follows:


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

  

2006

£m

Share-based payments    62.3    62.4    70.9

 

Share-based payments comprise charges for stock options and restricted stock awards to employees of the Group.

 

As of 31 December 2008, there was £84.0 million (2007: £93.9 million) of total unrecognised compensation cost related to the Group’s restricted stock plans. That cost is expected to be recognised over a weighted-average period of 12 months (2007: 12 months).

 

Further information on stock options is provided in note 26.

 

Restricted stock plans

The Group operates a number of equity-settled share incentive schemes, in most cases satisfied by the delivery of stock from one of the Group’s ESOP Trusts. The most significant current schemes are as follows:

 

Renewed Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan (Renewed LEAP)

Under Renewed LEAP, the most senior executives of the Group, including certain executive directors, commit WPP shares (‘investment shares’) in order to have the opportunity to earn additional WPP shares (‘matching shares’). The number of matching shares which a participant can receive at the end of the fixed performance period (five years in the case of the 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 grants; four years for the 2004 grant) is dependent on the performance (based on the Total Share Owner Return (TSR)) of the Company over that period against a comparator group of other listed communications services companies. The maximum possible number of matching shares for each of the 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 grants is five shares for each investment share. The 2004 Renewed LEAP plan vested in March 2008 at a match of 2.6 shares for each investment share.

 

22. Share-based payments (continued)

 

Performance Share Awards (PSA)

Grants of stock under PSA are dependent upon annual performance targets, typically based on one or more of: operating profit, profit before taxation and operating margin. Grants are made in the year following the year of performance measurement, and vest two years after grant date provided the individual concerned is continually employed by the Group throughout this time.

 

Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group

Stock option grants under the executive stock option plan were not significant in 2008, 2007 or 2006 as the Group made grants of restricted stock (to be satisfied by stock from one of the Group’s ESOP trusts) to participants instead. Performance conditions include continued employment over the three-year vesting period.

 

Valuation methodology

For all of these schemes, the valuation methodology is based upon fair value on grant date, which is determined by the market price on that date or the application of a Black-Scholes model, depending upon the characteristics of the scheme concerned. The assumptions underlying the Black-Scholes model are detailed in note 26, including details of assumed dividend yields. Market price on any given day is obtained from external, publicly available sources.

 

Market/Non-market conditions

Most share-based plans are subject to non-market performance conditions, such as margin or growth targets, as well as continued employment. The Renewed LEAP scheme is subject to a number of performance conditions, including TSR, a market-based condition.

 

For schemes without market-based performance conditions, the valuation methodology above is applied and, at each year end, the relevant accrual for each grant is revised, if appropriate, to take account of any changes in estimate of the likely number of shares expected to vest.

 

For schemes with market-based performance conditions, the probability of satisfying these conditions is assessed at grant date through a statistical model (such as the Monte Carlo Model) and applied to the fair value. This initial valuation remains fixed throughout the life of the relevant plan, irrespective of the actual outcome in terms of performance. Where a lapse occurs due to cessation of employment, the cumulative charge taken to date is reversed.

 

Movement on ordinary shares granted for significant restricted stock plans


    Non-vested
1 January
2008
number
(m)
    Granted
number
(m)
    Lapsed
number
(m)
    Vested
number
(m)
    Non-vested
31 December
2008 number
(m)
 
Renewed LEAP 1   3.2     3.4         (3.8 )   2.8  
Performance Share Awards (PSA)   7.3     4.2     (0.6 )   (4.2 )   6.7  
Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group   8.4     6.1     (0.7 )   (2.6 )   11.2  
Weighted average fair value (pence per share):                              
Renewed LEAP 1   598 p   496 p       545 p   548 p
Performance Share Awards (PSA)   719 p   571 p   683 p   649 p   674 p
Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group   628 p   373 p   619 p   563 p   504 p

 

Note

1

 

The number of shares granted represents the ‘investment shares’ committed by participants at grant date for the 2008 Renewed LEAP plan in addition to matched shares awarded on vest date for the 2004 Renewed LEAP plan which vested in March 2008. The actual number of shares that vest for each Renewed LEAP plan is dependent on the extent to which the relevant performance criteria are satisfied.

 

The total fair value of shares vested for all the Group’s restricted stock plans during the year ended 31 December 2008 was £58.6 million (2007: £31.7 million, 2006: £46.7 million).

 

F-25


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


23. Provision for post-employment benefits

 

Companies within the Group operate a large number of pension schemes, the forms and benefits of which vary with conditions and practices in the countries concerned.

 

The Group’s pension costs are analysed as follows:


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Defined contribution schemes    79.7     66.4     63.2  
Defined benefit schemes charge to operating profit    18.6     14.3     18.5  
Pension costs (note 5)    98.3     80.7     81.7  
Expected return on pension scheme assets (note 6)    (31.3 )   (28.1 )   (25.2 )
Interest on pension scheme liabilities (note 6)    38.9     33.8     32.4  
     105.9     86.4     88.9  

 

Defined benefit schemes

The pension costs are assessed in accordance with the advice of local independent qualified actuaries. The latest full actuarial valuations for the various schemes were carried out as at various dates in the last three years. These valuations have generally been updated by the local independent qualified actuaries to 31 December 2008.

 

The Group has a policy of closing defined benefit schemes to new members which has been effected in respect of a significant number of the schemes.

 

Contributions to funded schemes are determined in line with local conditions and practices. Certain contributions in respect of unfunded schemes are paid as they fall due. In 2006 the Group implemented a funding strategy under which our objective is to fully eliminate the deficit for funded schemes by 31 December 2010. The total contributions (for funded schemes) and benefit payments (for unfunded schemes) paid for 2008 amounted to £44.2 million (2007: £47.0 million, 2006: £48.6 million). Employer contributions and benefit payments in 2009 are expected to be in the range of £63 million to £90 million depending on the performance of the assets.

 

(a) Assumptions

The main weighted average assumptions used for the actuarial valuations at 31 December are shown in the following table:


    

2008

% pa

  

2007

% pa

  

2006

% pa

  

2005

% pa

UK                    
Discount rate    6.0    5.8    5.1    4.7
Rate of increase in salaries    3.0    4.8    4.5    4.3
Rate of increase in pensions in payment    3.9    4.1    3.9    3.8
Inflation    2.8    3.3    3.0    2.8
Expected rate of return on equities    7.3    7.3    7.3    7.3
Expected rate of return on bonds 1    4.9    5.3    5.0    4.5
Expected rate of return on insured annuities    6.0    5.8    5.1    4.7
Expected rate of return on property    6.9    5.0    7.0    7.0
Expected rate of return on cash and other    4.9    4.8    4.8    4.3
Weighted average return on assets    5.7    5.8    5.6    5.2
North America                    
Discount rate    6.3    6.1    5.7    5.5
Rate of increase in salaries    3.0    4.6    4.0    4.0
Inflation    2.5    2.5    2.5    2.5
Expected rate of return on equities    7.9    7.9    7.9    7.9
Expected rate of return on bonds 1    5.1    5.1    4.8    4.7
Expected rate of return on cash and other    3.4    3.0    3.0    3.0
Weighted average return on assets    6.6    6.7    6.8    6.7
Continental Europe                    
Discount rate    5.7    5.5    4.6    4.2
Rate of increase in salaries    2.8    2.9    2.8    2.9
Rate of increase in pensions in payment    2.1    2.1    2.0    1.6
Inflation    2.1    2.2    2.1    2.0
Expected rate of return on equities    7.2    7.2    7.2    6.7
Expected rate of return on bonds 1    4.5    4.5    4.4    4.3
Expected rate of return on property    6.0    5.5    6.1    6.2
Expected rate of return on cash and other    5.3    4.3    3.4    2.5
Weighted average return on assets    5.3    5.3    5.5    5.4

23. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)


    

2008

% pa

  

2007

% pa

  

2006

% pa

  

2005

% pa

Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East                    
Discount rate    3.4    3.9    3.1    3.5
Rate of increase in salaries    3.9    4.0    3.7    3.6
Inflation    4.5    4.6    1.2    2.0
Expected rate of return on equities    10.0    10.0      
Expected rate of return on bonds 1,2    5.3    6.2    5.3    8.2
Expected rate of return on property          10.0    11.0
Expected rate of return on cash and other 2    2.1    1.6    2.0    1.6
Weighted average return on assets    3.1    3.7    3.2    3.3

 

Notes

1

 

Expected rate of return on bonds assumptions reflect the yield expected on actual bonds held, whereas the discount rate assumptions are based on high-quality corporate bond yields.

 

2

 

Insurance instruments are classified in cash and other. In the financial statements for the years 2006 and 2005 they were classified in bonds.

 

There are a number of areas in the pension accounting that involve judgments made by management. These include establishing the long-term expected rates of investment return on pension assets, mortality assumptions, discount rates, inflation, rate of increase in pensions in payment and salary increases.

 

For the Group’s plans, the plans’ assets are invested with the objective of being able to meet current and future benefit payment needs, while controlling balance sheet volatility and future contributions. Plan assets are invested with a number of investment managers, and assets are diversified among equities, bonds, insured annuities, property and cash or other liquid investments. The primary use of bonds as an investment class is to match the anticipated cash flows from the plans to pay pensions. Various insurance policies have also been bought historically to provide a more exact match for the cash flows, including a match for the actual mortality of specific plan members. These insurance policies effectively provide protection against both investment fluctuations and longevity risks. The strategic target allocation varies among the individual schemes.

 

Management considers the types of investment classes in which our pension plan assets are invested and the expected compound return we can reasonably expect the portfolio to earn over time, which reflects forward-looking economic assumptions.

 

Management reviews the expected long-term rates of return on an annual basis and revises them as appropriate.

 

Also, we periodically commission detailed asset and liability studies performed by third-party professional investment advisors and actuaries, which generate probability-adjusted expected future returns on those assets. These studies also project our estimated future pension payments and evaluate the efficiency of the allocation of our pension plan assets into various investment categories.

 

The studies performed at the time we set these assumptions supported the reasonableness of our return assumptions based on the target allocation of investment classes and the then current market conditions.

 

At 31 December 2008, the life expectancies underlying the value of the accrued liabilities for the main defined benefit pension plans operated by the Group were as follows:


Years life expectancy after age 65   All
plans
  North
America
  UK   Europe   Asia
Pacific
– current pensioners – male   20.0   19.0   22.3   18.4   19.3
– current pensioners – female   22.2   21.0   23.7   21.9   24.7

– future pensioners (current age 45) – male

  21.3   19.8   23.5   20.7   21.4

– future pensioners (current age 45) – female

  23.2   21.5   25.0   23.7   28.2

 

The life expectancies after age 65 at 31 December 2007 were 19.6 years and 22.2 years for male and female current pensioners respectively, and 20.5 years and 23.2 years for male and female future pensioners (current age 45) respectively.

 

In the determination of mortality assumptions, management use the most up-to-date mortality tables available in each country and consistently allows for expected generational improvement.

 

F-26


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

23. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

For a 0.25% increase or decrease in the discount rate at 31 December 2008, the 2009 pension expense would be broadly unchanged as the change in service cost and interest cost are similar. The effect on the year-end 2008 pension deficit would be a decrease or increase, respectively, of approximately £22.5 million.

 

(b) Assets and liabilities

At 31 December, the fair value of the assets in the schemes, and the assessed present value of the liabilities in the schemes are shown in the following table:


   

2008

£m

   

%

 

2007

£m

   

%

 

2006

£m

   

%

Group                              
Equities   162.6     29.6   174.2     34.6   173.7     36.9
Bonds   245.1     44.5   203.8     40.4   198.0     42.1
Insured annuities   64.9     11.8   65.0     12.9   70.8     15.1
Property   12.6     2.3   16.6     3.3   18.7     4.0
Cash   65.2     11.8   44.4     8.8   9.2     1.9
Total fair value of assets   550.4     100.0   504.0     100.0   470.4     100.0
Present value of scheme liabilities   (819.1 )       (637.6 )       (657.0 )    
Deficit in the schemes   (268.7 )       (133.6 )       (186.6 )    
Irrecoverable surplus   (2.4 )       (0.5 )       (1.0 )    
Unrecognised past service cost   (0.9 )       (0.9 )            
Net liability 1   (272.0 )       (135.0 )       (187.6 )    
Schemes in surplus   0.4         8.4         4.7      
Schemes in deficit   (272.4 )       (143.4 )       (192.3 )    

 

Notes

1

 

The related deferred tax asset is discussed in note 15.

 

The total fair value of assets, present value of scheme liabilities and deficit in the schemes were £453.2 million, £684.6 million and £231.4 million in 2005 and £329.9 million, £595.2 million and £202.3 million in 2004, respectively.

 

Deficit in schemes by region


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
UK    (24.8 )   (24.2 )   (50.0 )
North America    (153.4 )   (59.6 )   (82.3 )
Continental Europe    (80.0 )   (46.7 )   (51.2 )

Asia Pacific, Latin America,

Africa & Middle East

   (10.5 )   (3.1 )   (3.1 )
Deficit in the schemes    (268.7 )   (133.6 )   (186.6 )

 

Some of the Group’s defined benefit schemes are unfunded (or largely unfunded) by common custom and practice in certain jurisdictions. In the case of these unfunded schemes, the benefit payments are made as and when they fall due. Pre-funding of these schemes would not be typical business practice.

 

23. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

The following table shows the split of the deficit at 31 December 2008, 2007 and 2006 between funded and unfunded schemes.


    2008
Deficit
£m
    2008
Present
value of
scheme
liabilities
£m
    2007
Deficit
£m
    2007
Present
value of
scheme
liabilities
£m
    2006
Deficit
£m
    2006
Present
value of
scheme
liabilities
£m
 
Funded schemes by region                          
UK   (24.8 )   (269.5 )   (24.2 )   (274.2 )   (50.0 )   (295.8 )
North America   (71.0 )   (266.8 )   1.6     (183.5 )   (15.0 )   (178.9 )
Continental Europe   (30.1 )   (126.5 )   (16.2 )   (77.6 )   (19.3 )   (72.5 )
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East   (3.3 )   (16.8 )   (1.6 )   (9.1 )   (2.1 )   (9.6 )
Deficit/liabilities in the funded schemes   (129.2 )   (679.6 )   (40.4 )   (544.4 )   (86.4 )   (556.8 )
Unfunded schemes by region                          
UK                        
North America   (82.4 )   (82.4 )   (61.2 )   (61.2 )   (67.3 )   (67.3 )
Continental Europe   (49.9 )   (49.9 )   (30.5 )   (30.5 )   (31.9 )   (31.9 )
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East   (7.2 )   (7.2 )   (1.5 )   (1.5 )   (1.0 )   (1.0 )
Deficit/liabilities in the unfunded schemes   (139.5 )   (139.5 )   (93.2 )   (93.2 )   (100.2 )   (100.2 )
Deficit/liabilities in the schemes   (268.7 )   (819.1 )   (133.6 )   (637.6 )   (186.6 )   (657.0 )

 

In accordance with IAS 19, schemes that are wholly or partially funded are considered funded schemes. In the financial statements for 2006, schemes with funding levels of less than 50% were considered unfunded schemes.

 

(c) Pension expense

The following table shows the breakdown of the pension expense between amounts charged to operating profit, amounts charged to finance income and finance costs and amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense (SORIE):


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Group                   
Current service cost    16.7     16.2     18.3  
Past service cost/(income)    2.5     (1.1 )   0.3  
Gain on settlements and curtailments    (0.6 )   (0.8 )   (0.1 )
Charge to operating profit    18.6     14.3     18.5  
Expected return on pension scheme assets    (31.3 )   (28.1 )   (25.2 )
Interest on pension scheme liabilities    38.9     33.8     32.4  
Charge to profit before taxation for defined benefit schemes    26.2     20.0     25.7  
(Loss)/gain on pension scheme assets relative to expected return    (93.7 )   (6.0 )   9.3  
Experience gains arising on the scheme liabilities    4.4     0.1     3.5  
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the scheme liabilities    8.0     35.4     (0.5 )
Change in irrecoverable surplus    (0.9 )   0.5     (1.0 )
Actuarial (loss)/gain recognised in SORIE    (82.2 )   30.0     11.3  

 

F-27


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

23. Provision for post-employment benefits (continued)

 

Movements in exchange rates are included in exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments in the SORIE. In previous financial statements, they were included in the actuarial (loss)/gain.

 

As at 31 December 2008 the cumulative amount of net actuarial losses recognised in equity since 1 January 2001 was £173.1 million (31 December 2007: £90.9 million, 31 December 2006: £120.9 million). Of this amount, a net loss of £72 million was recognised since the 1 January 2004 adoption of IAS 19.

 

(d) Movement in scheme obligations

The following table shows an analysis of the movement in the scheme obligations for each accounting period:


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Change in benefit obligation                   
Benefit obligation at beginning of year    637.6     657.0     684.6  
Service cost    16.7     16.2     18.3  
Interest cost    38.9     33.8     32.4  
Plan participants’ contributions    0.6     0.5     0.5  
Actuarial gain    (12.4 )   (35.5 )   (3.0 )
Benefits paid    (40.7 )   (40.2 )   (40.1 )
Loss/(gain) due to exchange rate movements    133.8     7.2     (37.8 )
Plan amendments    2.8     (2.0 )   0.3  
Acquisitions    44.3     0.3      
Reclassification    3.6     1.1     5.8  
Settlements and curtailments    (6.1 )   (0.8 )   (4.0 )
Benefit obligation at end of year    819.1     637.6     657.0  

 

The reclassifications represent certain of the Group’s defined benefit plans which are included in this note for the first time in the periods presented.

 

(e) Movement in scheme assets

The following table shows an analysis of the movement in the scheme assets for each accounting period:


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Change in plan assets                   
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year    504.0     470.4     453.2  
Expected return on plan assets    31.3     28.1     25.2  
Actuarial (loss)/gain on plan assets    (93.7 )   (6.0 )   9.3  
Employer contributions    44.2     47.0     48.6  
Plan participants’ contributions    0.6     0.5     0.5  
Benefits paid    (40.7 )   (40.2 )   (40.1 )
Gain/(loss) due to exchange rate movements    79.0     4.2     (23.1 )
Acquisitions    29.4          
Reclassification    1.8         0.7  
Settlements    (5.5 )       (3.9 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of year    550.4     504.0     470.4  
Actual return on plan assets    (62.4 )   22.1     34.5  
(f) History of experience gains and losses                   
    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
(Loss)/gain on pension scheme assets relative to expected return:                   
Amount    (93.7 )   (6.0 )   9.3  
Percentage of scheme assets    17.0%     1.2%     2.0%  
Experience gains arising on the scheme liabilities:                   
Amount    4.4     0.1     3.5  
Percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities    0.5%     0.0%     0.5%  
Total (loss)/gain recognised in SORIE:                   
Amount    (82.2 )   30.0     11.3  
Percentage of the present value of the scheme liabilities    (10.0% )   4.7%     1.7%  

 

The experience gains on pension scheme assets and scheme liabilities were £22.4 million and £3.6 million in 2005 and £13.5 million and £1.2 million in 2004 respectively.

 


24. Risk management policies

 

Foreign currency risk

The Group’s results in pounds sterling are subject to fluctuation as a result of exchange rate movements. The Group does not hedge this translation exposure to its earnings but does hedge the currency element of its net assets using foreign currency borrowings, cross-currency swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

The Group seeks to mitigate the effect of these structural currency exposures by borrowing in the same currencies as the operating (or ‘functional’) currencies of its main operating units. The majority of the Group’s debt is therefore denominated in US dollars, pounds sterling and euros. Borrowings in these currencies represented 97.18% of the Group’s gross indebtedness at 31 December 2008 (at $3,060 million, £749 million and 1,405 million) and 96.48% of the Group’s average gross debt during the course of 2008 (at $1,944 million, £819 million and 1,137 million).

 

The Group’s operations conduct the majority of their activities in their own local currency and consequently the Group has no significant transactional foreign exchange exposures. Any significant cross-border trading exposures are hedged by the use of forward foreign-exchange contracts. No speculative foreign exchange trading is undertaken.

 

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk on both interest-bearing assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Group has a policy of actively managing its interest rate risk exposure while recognising that fixing rates on all its debt eliminates the possibility of benefiting from rate reductions and similarly, having all its debt at floating rates unduly exposes the Group to increases in rates.

 

Including the effect of interest rate and cross-currency swaps, 27.53% of the year-end US dollar net debt is at fixed rates averaging 5.79% for an average period of 56 months; and 51.50% of the sterling net debt is at a fixed rate of 5.69% for an average period of 88 months; and 55.13% of the euro net debt is at fixed rates averaging 6.80% for an average period of 58 months.

 

Other than fixed rate debt, the Group’s other fixed rates are achieved principally through interest rate swaps with the Group’s bankers. The Group also uses forward rate agreements and interest rate caps to manage exposure to interest rate changes. At 31 December 2008 no forward rate agreements or interest rate caps were in place. These interest rate derivatives are used only to hedge exposures to interest rate movements arising from the Group’s borrowings and surplus cash balances arising from its commercial activities and are not traded independently. Payments made under these instruments are accounted for on an accruals basis.

 

Going concern and liquidity risk

In considering going concern and liquidity risk, the directors have reviewed the Group’s future cash requirements and earnings projections. The directors believe these forecasts have been prepared on a prudent basis and have also considered the impact of a range of potential changes to trading performance. The directors have concluded that the Group should be able to operate within its current facilities and comply with its banking covenants for the foreseeable future and therefore believe it is appropriate to prepare the financial statements of the Group on a going concern basis.

 

F-28


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

24. Risk management policies (continued)

 

At 31 December 2008, the Group has access to £5.2 billion of committed bank facilities with maturity dates spread over the years 2009 to 2020 as illustrated below.


    £m     2009
£m
  2010
£m
  2011
£m
  2012
£m
  2013
£m
  2014
£m
  2015+
£m
£ bonds £200m                                  
(6.375% ‘20)   200.0                             200.0
£ bonds £400m                                  
(6% ‘17)   400.0                             400.0
Eurobonds 750m                                  
(6.625% ‘16)   718.3                             718.3
Eurobonds 500m                                  
(5.25% ‘15)   478.8                             478.8
US bond $650m                                  
(5.875% ‘14)   446.0                         446.0    
Eurobonds 600m                                  
(4.375% ‘13)   574.6                     574.6        
Bank revolver                                  
$1,600m   1,097.8                 1,097.8            
TNS acquisition facilities £1,250m   1,250.0     200.0   850.0   200.0                
Total committed facilities available   5,165.5     200.0   850.0   200.0   1,097.8   574.6   446.0   1,797.1
Drawn down facilities at 31 December 2008   4,091.0     170.0   850.0   200.0   53.3   574.6   446.0   1,797.1
Undrawn committed credit facilities   1,074.4                              
Drawn down facilities at 31 December 2008   4,091.0                              
Net cash at 31 December 2008   (1,318.1 )                            
TNS private placement debt   215.7                              
Other adjustments   79.0                              
Net debt at 31 December 2008   3,067.6                              

 

The Group’s borrowings are evenly distributed between fixed and floating rate debt. Given the strong cash generation of the business, its debt maturity profile and available facilities, the Directors believe the Group has sufficient liquidity to match its requirements for the foreseeable future.

 

Treasury activities

Treasury activity is managed centrally, from the parent company’s London, New York and Hong Kong offices, and is principally concerned with the monitoring of working capital, managing external and internal funding requirements and the monitoring and management of financial market risks, in particular interest rate and foreign exchange exposures.

 

The treasury operation is not a profit centre and its activities are carried out in accordance with policies approved by the Board of directors and subject to regular review and audit.

 

Financings completed in the year included a new 8 year bond issued in May for 750 million bearing a coupon of 6.625%. This new bond refinanced the 650 million 6% bonds redeemed in June and the $100 million 6.875% bonds redeemed in July. In addition, £1,250 million was raised from the Group’s bankers to assist in financing the acquisition of TNS. The amount is made up of a £650 million term facility with a final maturity date of July 2010 and a £600 million amortising Revolving Credit Facility with a final maturity of July 2011. The $150 million 5% Grey convertible was also redeemed in October in accordance with its terms.

 

The fall out from the subprime crisis has resulted in difficulties from the credit markets generally, however WPP is taking steps to ensure it is in a position to meet its requirements.

 

The Group manages liquidity risk by ensuring continuity and flexibility of funding even in difficult market conditions. Undrawn committed borrowing facilities are maintained in excess of peak net-borrowing levels and debt maturities are closely monitored. Targets for average net debt are set on an annual basis and, to assist in meeting this, working capital targets are set for all the Group’s major operations.

 

24. Risk management policies (continued)

 

Capital risk management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising the return to stakeholders through the optimisation of the debt and equity balance. The capital structure of the Group consists of debt, which includes the borrowings disclosed in note 10, cash and cash equivalents and equity attributable to equity holders of the parent, comprising issued capital, reserves and retained earnings as disclosed in notes 26 and 27.

 

Credit risk

The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and short-term deposits, trade and other receivables and investments, the carrying values of which represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets, as shown in note 25.

 

The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables. The majority of the Group’s trade receivables are due from large national or multinational companies where the risk of default is considered low. The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables, estimated by the Group’s management based on prior experience and their assessment of the current economic environment. A relatively small number of clients make up a significant percentage of the Group’s debtors, but no single client represents more than 5% of total trade receivables as at 31 December 2008.

 

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies or banks that have been financed by their government.

 

A relatively small number of clients contribute a significant percentage of the Group’s consolidated revenues. The Group’s clients generally are able to reduce advertising and marketing spending or cancel projects at any time for any reason. There can be no assurance that any of the Group’s clients will continue to utilise the Group’s services to the same extent, or at all, in the future. A significant reduction in advertising and marketing spending by, or the loss of one or more of, the Group’s largest clients, if not replaced by new client accounts or an increase in business from existing clients, would adversely affect the Group’s prospects, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Sensitivity analysis

The following sensitivity analysis addresses the effect of currency and interest rate risks on the Group’s financial instruments. The analysis assumes that all hedges are highly effective.

 

Currency risk

A 10% weakening of sterling against the Group’s major currencies would result in the following losses, which would be posted directly to equity. These losses would arise on the retranslation of foreign currency denominated borrowings and derivatives designated as effective net investment hedges of overseas net assets. These losses would be offset in equity by a corresponding gain arising on the retranslation of the related hedged foreign currency net assets. A 10% strengthening of sterling would have an equal and opposite effect. There are no other material foreign exchange exposures which would create gains or losses to the functional reporting currencies of individual entities in the Group.


    

2008

£m

  

2007

£m

US dollar    183.8    51.8
Euro    96.3    44.0

 

Interest rate risk

A one percentage point increase or decrease in market interest rates for all currencies in which the Group had cash and borrowings at 31 December 2008 would decrease or increase profit before tax respectively by approximately £0.4 million (2007: £11.1 million). The effect on equity as at 31 December 2008 would be £11.7 million (2007: £22.7 million). This has been calculated by applying the interest rate change to the Group’s variable rate cash and borrowings.

 

F-29


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


25. Financial instruments

 

Currency derivatives

The Group utilises currency derivatives to hedge significant future transactions and cash flows and the exchange risk arising on translation of the Group’s investments in foreign operations. The Group is a party to a variety of foreign currency derivatives in the management of its exchange rate exposures. The instruments purchased are primarily denominated in the currencies of the Group’s principal markets.

 

At 31 December 2008, the fair value of the Group’s currency derivatives is estimated to be a net liability of approximately £14.2 million (2007: £7.2 million). These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date, comprising £25.8 million (2007: £50.3 million) assets included in trade and other receivables and £40.0 million (2007: £57.5 million) liabilities included in trade and other payables. The fair value movement of currency derivatives during the year that are designated and effective as net investment hedges amounts to £293.3 million (2007: £44.7 million) and has been charged to and deferred in equity.

 

Changes in the fair value relating to the ineffective portion of the currency derivatives amounted to a gain of £2.7 million (2007: charge of £7.0 million, 2006: charge of £1.3 million) which is included in finance costs for the year. This gain resulted from a £54.7 million loss on hedging instruments and a £57.4 million gain on hedged items.

 

The Group currently designates its foreign currency-denominated debt and cross-currency swaps as hedging instruments against the currency risk associated with the translation of its foreign operations.

 

At the balance sheet date, the total nominal amount of outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedges was £965.8 million (2007: £412.6 million). The Group estimates the fair value of these contracts is £1.7 million (2007: £1.5 million).

 

These arrangements are designed to address significant exchange exposure and are renewed on a revolving basis as required.

 

Interest rate swaps

The Group uses interest rate swaps as hedging instruments in fair value hedges to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its borrowings. Contracts with nominal values of 600 million have fixed interest receipts at 4.38% up until December 2013 and have floating interest payments averaging EURIBOR plus 0.56%. Contracts with a nominal value of 500 million have fixed interest receipts of 5.25% up until January 2015 and have floating interest payments averaging EURIBOR plus 0.80%. Contracts with a nominal value of 100 million have fixed interest payments of 5.56% until June 2014 and have floating rate receipts averaging EURIBOR plus 0.96%.

 

Contracts with a nominal value of £200 million have fixed interest receipts of 6.00% up until April 2017 and have floating rate payments averaging LIBOR plus 0.64%. Contracts with a nominal value of £25 million have fixed interest receipts of 6.51% up until July 2017 and floating rate payments averaging LIBOR plus 0.67%.

 

Contracts with a nominal value of $140 million have fixed interest receipts averaging 6.36% up until September 2014 and have a floating rate payments averaging LIBOR plus 0.62%. Contracts with a nominal value of $30 million have fixed payments averaging 5.48% up until July 2009 and have floating interest receipts of LIBOR plus 1.35%

 

The fair value of interest rate swaps entered into at 31 December 2008 is estimated to be a net asset of approximately £78.2 million (2007: £0.4 million). These amounts are based on market values of equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date, comprising £124.7 million (2007: £22.7 million) assets included in trade and other receivables and £46.5 million (2007: £22.3 million) liabilities included in trade and other payables.

 

Changes in the fair value relating to the ineffective portion of interest rate swaps amounted to £13.0 million (2007: £0.1 million, 2006: £1.3 million) which has been charged to finance costs for the year. This charge resulted from a £83.8 million gain on hedging instruments and a £96.8 million loss on hedged items.

 

25. Financial instruments (continued)

 

An analysis of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities by accounting classification is set out below:


    Derivatives
in
designated
hedge
relationships
   

Held

for
trading

    Loans &
receivables
  Available
for sale
  Amortised
cost
   

Carrying

value

 
    £m     £m     £m   £m   £m     £m  
2008                                
Other investments             310.9       310.9  
Cash and short-term deposits           2,572.5         2,572.5  
Bank overdrafts and loans               (1,640.8 )   (1,640.8 )
Bonds and bank loans               (3,999.3 )   (3,999.3 )
Trade and other receivables: amounts falling due within one year           6,605.8         6,605.8  
Trade and other receivables: amounts falling due after more than one year           68.3         68.3  
Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year               (7,171.1 )   (7,171.1 )
Trade and other payables: amounts falling due after more than one year               (16.7 )   (16.7 )
Derivative assets   150.5                 150.5  
Derivative liabilities   (86.5 )               (86.5 )
Liabilities in respect of put options       (122.1 )           (122.1 )
    64.0     (122.1 )   9,246.6   310.9   (12,827.9 )   (3,328.5 )

 

F-30


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

25. Financial instruments (continued)


    Derivatives
in
designated
hedge
relationships
    Held
for
trading
    Loans &
receivables
  Available
for sale
  Amortised
cost
    Carrying
value
 
    £m     £m     £m   £m   £m     £m  
2007                                
Other investments             268.6       268.6  
Cash and short-term deposits           2,040.2         2,040.2  
Bank overdrafts and loans               (1,585.9 )   (1,585.9 )
Bonds and bank loans               (1,740.0 )   (1,740.0 )
Trade and other receivables:                                
amounts falling due within one year           5,219.1         5,219.1  
Trade and other receivables:                                
amounts falling due after more than one year           72.6         72.6  
Trade and other payables:                                
amounts falling due within one year               (5,883.0 )(5,883.0)      
Trade and other payables:                                
amounts falling due after more than one year               (12.6 )   (12.6 )
Derivative assets   73.0     5.5             78.5  
Derivative liabilities   (79.8 )               (79.8 )
Share repurchases – close period commitments       (64.8 )                 (64.8 )
Liabilities in respect of put options       (82.0 )           (82.0 )
    (6.8 )   (141.3 )   7,331.9   268.6   (9,221.5 )   (1,769.1 )

 

The fair value of financial assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices where available. Where the market value is not available, the Group has estimated relevant fair values on the basis of publicly available information from outside sources or on the basis of discounted cashflow models where appropriate.

 


26. Authorised and issued share capital


     Equity
ordinary
shares
    Nominal
value
£m
 
Authorised             
At 1 January 2007 – WPP 2008 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc)    1,750,000,000     175.0  
At 31 December 2007 – WPP 2008 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc)    1,750,000,000     175.0  
At 31 December 2008 – WPP plc (formerly Project Air Limited)    1,750,000,000     175.0  
              
Issued and fully paid             
At 1 January 2007    1,240,605,187     124.1  
Exercise of share options    7,773,345     0.7  
Share cancellations    (57,193,623 )   (5.7 )
Acquisitions    305,354     0.1  
Other    1,000     0.0  
At 1 January 2008    1,191,491,263     119.2  
Exercise of share options    2,103,054     0.2  
Acquisitions    77,879,143     7.8  
Share cancellations    (18,820,814 )   (1.9 )
At 19 November 2008 – shares in WPP 2008 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc) of 10p each    1,252,652,646     125.3  
On formation of WPP plc             
Group reconstruction – shares in WPP 2008 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc) exchange for shares in WPP plc of 10p each    1,252,652,646     125.3  
Exercise of share options    49,827     0.0  
Acquisitions    2,640,790     0.2  
At 31 December 2008    1,255,343,263     125.5  

 

On 19 November 2008 under a scheme of arrangement between WPP 2008 Limited (formerly WPP Group plc), the former holding company of the Group, and its shareholders under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006, and as sanctioned by the High Court, all the issued shares in that company were cancelled and the same number of new shares were issued to WPP plc in consideration for the allotment to shareholders of one ordinary share in WPP plc for each ordinary share in WPP 2008 Limited held on the record date, 18 November 2008.

 

In the above table the figures up to 19 November 2008 relate to shares in WPP 2008 Limited. Subsequent movements relate to shares in WPP plc.

 

WPP plc was incorporated on 12 September 2008 with an authorised share capital of £10,000 and 20 issued ordinary shares of 10 pence each. The authorised share capital of WPP plc was increased by written resolution from £10,000 to £175,000,000 by the creation of an additional 1,749,900,000 ordinary shares of 10 pence each.

 

On 19 November 2008 as part of the scheme of arrangement noted above, a further 1,252,652,646 ordinary shares were issued at a price of 340.75 pence each, whereby WPP plc was interposed as the new holding company of the WPP Group.

 

On 24 November 2008 the entire balance standing to the credit of the share premium account was transferred to retained earnings as sanctioned by The Royal Court of Jersey. As a result £4,143.1 million was added to retained earnings for both WPP plc and the Group. For the Company this amount is distributable.

 

F-31


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

Share options

WPP Executive Share Option Scheme

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 10,736,711 and unexercised options over ADRs of 3,408,168 have been granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme as follows:


Number of ordinary

shares under option

  

Exercise price

per share (£)

   Exercise dates
12,195    3.414    2012 - 2018
21,197    3.763    2006 - 2013
4,239    3.763    2006 - 2013
92,804    4.210    2005 - 2012
1,254,487    4.210    2005 - 2012
53,652    4.210    2006 - 2012
30,658    4.210    2005 - 2013
3,832    4.210    2005 - 2012
32,385    4.210    2005 - 2012
4,597    4.210    2005 - 2012
3,832    4.210    2005 - 2012
77,552    4.438    2005 - 2012
6,759    4.438    2005 - 2012
41,170    4.615    2006 - 2013
51,247    4.615    2007 - 2013
55,165    4.865    2004 - 2011
945,881    4.865    2004 - 2011
31,558    4.865    2005 - 2011
31,429    5.185    2002 - 2009
2,000,000    5.490    2007 - 2014
27,288    5.520    2008 - 2014
162,589    5.535    2007 - 2014
968,949    5.535    2007 - 2014
883,737    5.535    2007 - 2014
37,932    5.535    2008 - 2014
6,124    5.535    2007 - 2015
24,390    5.535    2007 - 2014
2,469    5.535    2007 - 2014
235,355    5.535    2007 - 2014
194,057    5.595    2006 - 2013
1,612,345    5.595    2006 - 2013
17,194    5.595    2006 - 2014
39,698    5.595    2007 - 2013
13,348    5.595    2006 - 2013
15,868    5.595    2006 - 2013
24,680    5.595    2006 - 2013
285,808    5.595    2006 - 2013
213,034    5.700    2002 - 2009
7,740    5.725    2007 - 2014
7,257    5.725    2007 - 2014
11,423    5.775    2009 - 2015
14,826    5.818    2008 - 2015
2,964    5.818    2008 - 2015
8,940    5.895    2008 - 2015
6,705    5.895    2008 - 2015
2,235    5.895    2008 - 2015
10,907    5.895    2008 - 2015
6,402    5.903    2011 - 2018
6,402    5.903    2011 - 2018
4,268    5.903    2011 - 2018

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)


Number of ordinary

shares under option

  

Exercise price

per share (£)

   Exercise dates
4,389    6.105    2008 - 2015
11,396    6.105    2008 - 2015
4,914    6.105    2008 - 2015
802    6.228    2010 - 2017
7,876    6.228    2011 - 2017
4,817    6.228    2010 - 2017
4,280    6.718    2009 - 2016
8,560    6.718    2009 - 2016
23,480    6.718    2009 - 2016
69,369    6.718    2009 - 2016
19,566    6.718    2011 - 2016
2,062    6.938    2009 - 2016
45,153    7.180    2005 - 2012
28,050    7.550    2005 - 2012
23,562    7.550    2005 - 2012
57,072    7.550    2005 - 2012
240,447    7.550    2005 - 2012
3,741    7.550    2006 - 2012
14,283    7.723    2010 - 2017
21,372    8.110    2004 - 2011
34,982    8.110    2004 - 2011
5,694    8.193    2004 - 2011
17,505    8.193    2004 - 2011
337,056    9.010    2003 - 2010
11,575    9.010    2004 - 2010
97,303    9.010    2003 - 2010
18,836    10.770    2003 - 2010
8,996    10.770    2003 - 2010
           

Number of ADRs

under option

  

Exercise price

per ADR ($)

   Exercise dates
11,294    30.080    2006 - 2013
2,692    30.080    2006 - 2013
1,644    30.410    2011 - 2018
486,796    33.200    2005 - 2012
7,227    33.200    2005 - 2012
2,881    34.702    2005 - 2012
295,457    35.380    2004 - 2011
185,688    46.475    2002 - 2009
859,550    47.410    2006 - 2013
28,047    47.410    2006 - 2013
38,688    47.410    2006 - 2013
3,163    47.410    2006 - 2013
1,548    48.450    2007 - 2014
14,006    50.670    2008 - 2015
197    50.670    2008 - 2015
878,136    50.800    2007 - 2014
196    50.800    2007 - 2014
14,858    50.800    2007 - 2014
2,952    50.800    2007 - 2014
39,754    50.800    2007 - 2014
32,402    51.220    2007 - 2014
14,280    53.030    2005 - 2012
13,764    54.050    2005 - 2012
118,486    54.050    2005 - 2012
18,439    54.230    2008 - 2015
458    54.570    2008 - 2015

 

F-32


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)


Number of ADRs

under option

  

Exercise price

per ADR ($)

   Exercise dates
4,581    54.570    2008 - 2015
7,178    55.740    2008 - 2015
898    55.740    2008 - 2015
898    55.740    2008 - 2015
2,691    57.020    2008 - 2015
21,992    57.020    2008 - 2015
6,976    57.338    2003 - 2010
15,564    58.238    2004 - 2011
856    58.460    2009 - 2016
22,666    58.460    2009 - 2016
856    58.460    2009 - 2016
8,630    58.886    2004 - 2011
844    59.170    2011 - 2018
1,267    59.170    2011 - 2018
16,210    61.690    2009 - 2016
30,820    62.110    2003 - 2010
2,415    62.110    2005 - 2010
796    62.810    2010 - 2017
167,709    63.263    2003 - 2010
468    63.900    2009 - 2016
2,423    63.900    2009 - 2016
2,007    74.720    2010 - 2017
4,936    75.940    2010 - 2017
11,884    84.485    2003 - 2010

 

WPP Worldwide Share Ownership Program

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 6,598,264 and unexercised options over ADRs of 923,010 have been granted under the WPP Worldwide Share Ownership Program as follows:


Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
197,550    3.903    2006 - 2013
1,400    3.903    2006 - 2013
3,000    3.903    2006 - 2013
4,800    3.903    2007 - 2013
8,350    4.210    2005 - 2012
1,625    4.210    2005 - 2013
56,000    4.819    2011 - 2018
875    5.210    2004 - 2011
87,625    5.315    2002 - 2009
338,225    5.435    2007 - 2013
7,250    5.775    2008 - 2015
31,800    5.913    2011 - 2018
129,500    5.917    2011 - 2018
3,125    5.990    2004 - 2011
1,555,124    6.028    2011 - 2018
840,512    6.195    2008 - 2015
10,794    6.668    2008 - 2015
95,323    6.740    2008 - 2015
911,714    6.938    2008 - 2015
35,637    7.005    2008 - 2015
375,500    7.180    2005 - 2012
7,250    7.180    2006 - 2012
102,802    7.478    2008 - 2015
1,138,583    7.718    2008 - 2015
367,075    7.790    2003 - 2010
286,825    7.960    2004 - 2011

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)


Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
   Exercise dates
42,530    30.800    2006 - 2013
52,660    49.880    2006 - 2013
30,255    53.030    2005 - 2012
29,645    56.480    2004 - 2011
277,280    59.500    2011 - 2018
122,546    59.520    2008 - 2015
159,556    60.690    2008 - 2015
208,538    75.760    2008 - 2015

 

Young & Rubicam Inc 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 430,584 and unexercised options over ADRs of 381,298 have been granted under the Young & Rubicam Inc 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan as follows:


Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
178,482    6.1630    2000 - 2009
41,750    6.3284    2000 - 2009
189,477    7.0523    2000 - 2010
10,437    7.5693    2000 - 2009
10,438    8.9963    2000 - 2010
           

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
   Exercise dates
104,605    44.6108    2000 - 2009
9,485    46.5569    2000 - 2009
11,481    48.2036    2000 - 2010
132,855    51.0479    2000 - 2010
25,050    53.4431    2000 - 2009
83,500    54.0419    2000 - 2009
1,044    59.6557    2000 - 2010
6,263    60.4790    2000 - 2010
2,923    63.7725    2000 - 2010
1,587    72.6048    2000 - 2010
2,505    84.7305    2000 - 2010

 

Tempus Group plc 1998 Long Term Incentive Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 56,468 have been granted under the Tempus Group plc 1998 Long Term Incentive Plan as follows:


Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
24,306    4.920    2001 - 2011
12,153    5.580    2001 - 2011
20,009    6.000    2001 - 2010

 

The Grey Global Group, Inc 1994 Stock Incentive Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 54,365 and unexercised options over ADRs of 97,726 have been granted under the Grey Global Group, Inc 1994 Stock Incentive Plan as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
54,365    3.499    2007 - 2011

 

F-33


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
   Exercise dates
7,524    14.3700    2005 - 2009
16,461    19.5400    2005 - 2010
2,914    27.2900    2005 - 2011
7,089    28.2100    2006 - 2013
1,827    28.3000    2007 - 2012
4,545    29.4100    2005 - 2011
7,046    30.2700    2008 - 2011
3,632    30.8300    2007 - 2012
6,371    31.4200    2005 - 2012
17,396    31.7500    2008 - 2011
6,264    31.9400    2007 - 2011
3,610    33.5000    2009 - 2011
13,047    36.1100    2008 - 2010

 

24/7 Real Media, Inc 2002 Stock Incentive Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ADRs of 164,068 have been granted under the 24/7 Real Media, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan as follows:

 

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
   Exercise dates
8    1.3400    2007 - 2013
1,024    15.8800    2007 - 2014
427    17.1500    2007 - 2014
229    18.2300    2007 - 2015
76    19.3100    2007 - 2015
30    19.3700    2007 - 2015
217    19.4400    2007 - 2015
69    20.0100    2007 - 2015
187    20.0700    2007 - 2015
414    20.3300    2007 - 2015
137    20.6400    2007 - 2015
46    20.7700    2007 - 2014
12    20.8400    2007 - 2014
90    20.9600    2007 - 2015
112    21.0300    2007 - 2014
66    21.6000    2007 - 2014
66    22.4900    2007 - 2015
66    22.8700    2007 - 2015
79    23.1800    2007 - 2015
167    23.4400    2007 - 2015
19    23.8200    2007 - 2014
6    23.9500    2007 - 2014
369    24.2000    2007 - 2014
146    24.3300    2007 - 2014
50    25.1500    2007 - 2015
177    25.4100    2007 - 2014
118    25.6000    2007 - 2015
315    25.9200    2007 - 2015
316    26.1100    2007 - 2015
98    26.8700    2007 - 2015
1,023    27.1200    2007 - 2015
36,169    27.5000    2007 - 2015
153    28.5200    2007 - 2014
148    28.7700    2007 - 2015
170    34.6200    2007 - 2015
102    34.9300    2007 - 2015

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
   Exercise dates
205    35.0600    2007 - 2015
629    37.7300    2007 - 2015
92    37.8500    2007 - 2015
89    38.8700    2007 - 2015
104,678    40.6500    2007 - 2016
110    41.4700    2007 - 2015
343    44.7100    2007 - 2015
533    45.2900    2007 - 2016
426    45.4100    2007 - 2016
118    46.0500    2007 - 2016
69    46.6200    2007 - 2016
345    48.3300    2007 - 2016
472    48.5900    2007 - 2016
157    48.6500    2007 - 2016
78    48.9700    2008 - 2017
157    49.5400    2007 - 2016
115    49.6000    2007 - 2016
314    49.6700    2007 - 2016
89    50.4900    2007 - 2016
471    50.6800    2007 - 2016
236    50.7500    2008 - 2017
32    51.0000    2008 - 2017
550    51.3800    2008 - 2017
78    52.4000    2007 - 2016
156    52.5900    2008 - 2017
99    52.9100    2007 - 2016
92    53.1000    2006 - 2017
70    53.4100    2007 - 2016
157    53.4800    2008 - 2017
78    53.6700    2008 - 2017
591    53.7900    2007 - 2016
314    54.1100    2007 - 2016
944    54.2400    2007 - 2016
758    54.5600    2007 - 2016
629    55.2600    2007 - 2016
78    55.3800    2007 - 2016
179    55.6400    2007 - 2016
59    55.7600    2007 - 2016
105    55.8900    2007 - 2016
235    56.2700    2007 - 2016
78    56.3400    2007 - 2016
574    56.7200    2007 - 2016
138    56.9100    2007 - 2016
78    57.4800    2008 - 2017
157    58.1100    2007 - 2016
549    58.9400    2007 - 2017
314    59.0700    2007 - 2016
393    60.0200    2007 - 2016
156    61.2300    2008 - 2017
324    61.9200    2007 - 2016
471    62.0500    2007 - 2016
786    62.9400    2008 - 2017
314    63.1300    2008 - 2017
157    63.3200    2008 - 2017

 

F-34


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

Number of ADRs

under option

   Exercise price
per ADR ($)
   Exercise dates
708    63.8900    2008 - 2017
112    64.2700    2007 - 2016
54    64.6500    2007 - 2016
56    64.8500    2007 - 2016
78    64.9700    2007 - 2016
78    65.5400    2007 - 2016
157    66.4300    2007 - 2016
112    67.5800    2007 - 2016
157    70.5000    2008 - 2017
236    74.2400    2008 - 2017

 

Taylor Nelson Sofres plc

2005 Long Term Incentive Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 74,421 have been granted under the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
11,587       2011
29,854       2012
32,980       2013

 

2008 New Share Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 28,649 have been granted under the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2008 New Share Plan as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
28,649       2012

 

2005 Key Employee Equity Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 4,520 have been granted under the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Key Employee Equity Plan as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
245       2011
4,275       2012

 

1999 Worldwide Employee Sharesave Plan

As at 31 December 2008, unexercised options over ordinary shares of 1,844,183 have been granted under the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 1999 Worldwide Employee Sharesave Plan as follows:

 

Number of ordinary

shares under option

   Exercise price
per share (£)
   Exercise dates
46,826    1.2700    2010
872,518    1.7300    2013 - 2015
299,707    1.9500    2011 - 2012
226,825    2.2900    2009 - 2011
1,382    2.3900    2009
96,334    2.5600    2009 - 2012
168,014    2.6500    2012 - 2014
24,085    2.9900    2010 - 2011
101,891    3.0000    2011 - 2013
1,596    3.2000    2009
5,005    3.7400    2009

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

The aggregate status of the WPP Share Option Schemes during 2008 was as follows:

 

Movement on options granted (represented in ordinary shares)


    Outstanding   Exercisable
   

1

January

2008
number

  Granted
number
    Exercised
number
    Lapsed
number
   

31

December

2008
number

 

31

December
2008
number

WPP   31,731,876   48,042     (1,076,103 )   (2,926,264 )   27,777,551   27,306,901
WWOP   9,859,310   3,752,125     (102,750 )   (2,295,371 )   11,213,314   8,054,490
Y&R   2,981,529       (356,331 )   (288,124 )   2,337,074   2,337,074
Tempus   106,295       (49,827 )       56,468   56,468
Grey   791,335       (237,465 )   (10,875 )   542,995   362,941
24/7   1,184,110       (268,805 )   (94,965 )   820,340   699,990
TNS     1,951,773 1           1,951,773   1,382
    46,654,455   5,751,940     (2,091,281 )   (5,615,599 )   44,699,515   38,819,246

 

Note

1

 

Granted as consideration for acquisition of TNS.

 

Weighted-average exercise price for options over:

 

    Outstanding   Exercisable
   

1

January

2008

  Granted   Exercised   Lapsed  

31

December

2008

 

31

December

2008

Ordinary shares (£)                    
WPP   5.454   4.865   3.553   5.944   5.543   5.527
WWOP   6.875   5.984   4.831   6.757   6.632   6.871
Y&R   6.389   n/a   6.648   5.114   6.673   6.673
Tempus   3.952   n/a   2.260   n/a   5.445   5.445
Grey   3.499   n/a   n/a   n/a   3.499   3.499
TNS   n/a   1.902   n/a   n/a   1.931   2.390
ADRs ($)                        
WPP   46.940   46.578   37.543   42.819   46.948   46.716
WWOP   62.109   59.500   41.061   63.058   61.202   61.932
Y&R   50.774   n/a   50.284   54.621   50.485   50.485
Grey   29.024   n/a   30.456   30.830   28.289   25.970
24/7   36.753   n/a   29.767   42.229   38.409   37.283

 

Options over ordinary shares

Outstanding


Range of exercise

prices

£

  

Weighted average
exercise price

£

   Weighted average
contractual life
Months
nil-10.770    5.569    64

 

Options over ADRs

Outstanding


Range of exercise

prices

£

  

Weighted average
exercise price

£

   Weighted average
contractual life
Months
1.340-84.731    49.216    59

 

As at 31 December 2008 there was £5.5 million (2007: £7.7 million) of total unrecognised compensation cost related to share options. That cost is expected to be recognised over a weighted average period of 17 months (2007: 17 months).

 

Share options are satisfied out of newly issued shares.

 

F-35


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

26. Authorised and issued share capital (continued)

 

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year calculated using the Black-Scholes model, was as follows:

 

     2008     2007     2006  
Fair value of UK options (shares)      129.5 p     188.3 p     203.5 p
Fair value of US options (ADRs)    $ 8.36     $ 17.85     $ 20.15  
Weighted average assumptions:                         

UK Risk-free interest rate

     3.93%       5.26%       4.72%  

US Risk-free interest rate

     2.25%       4.53%       4.47%  

Expected life (months)

     48       48       48  

Expected volatility

     25%       25%       35%  

Dividend yield

     1.75%       1.5%       1.7%  

 

Options are issued at an exercise price equal to market value on the date of grant.

 

The weighted average share price of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2008 was £5.12 (2007: £7.09, 2006: £6.58) and the weighted average ADR price for the same period was $48.26 (2007: $71.04, 2006: $60.60).

 

Expected volatility is sourced from external market data and represents the historic volatility in the Group’s share price over a period equivalent to the expected option life.

 

Expected life is based on a review of historic exercise behaviour in the context of the contractual terms of the options, as described in more detail below.

 

Terms of share option plans

The Worldwide Share Ownership Program is open for participation to employees with at least two years’ employment in the Group. It is not available to those participating in other share-based incentive programs or to executive directors. The vesting period for each grant is three years and there are no performance conditions other than continued employment with the Group.

 

The Executive Stock Option Plan has historically been open for participation to WPP Group Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group. It is not currently offered to parent company executive directors. The vesting period is three years and performance conditions include achievement of various TSR (Total Share Owner Return) and EPS (Earnings per Share) objectives, as well as continued employment. In 2005, the Group moved away from the issuance of stock options for Leaders, Partners and High Potential Group and has since largely made grants of restricted stock instead (note 22).

 

The Group grants stock options with a life of ten years, including the vesting period. The terms of stock options with performance conditions are such that if, after nine years and eight months, the performance conditions have not been met, then the stock option will vest automatically.

 

F-36


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


27. Equity share owners’ funds

 

The movements during 2008 and 2007 were as follows:


     Ordinary
share
capital
£m
    Share
premium
account
£m
    Shares
to be
issued
£m
    Merger
reserve
£m
    Other
reserves
£m
    Own
Shares 1
£m
    Retained
earnings
£m
    

Total

£m

 
Balance at 1 January 2007    124.1     74.9     7.5     (1,370.0 )   (170.1 )   (288.5 )   5,449.0      3,826.9  
Ordinary shares issued in respect of acquisitions    0.1     2.2     5.7                      8.0  
Other ordinary shares issued    0.7     29.5     (7.9 )   4.2             1.7 2    28.2  
Share issue/cancellation costs        (2.7 )       (0.1 )                (2.8 )
Share cancellations    (5.7 )               5.7         (402.7 )    (402.7 )
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments                    71.7              71.7  
Net profit for the year                            465.9      465.9  
Dividends paid                            (138.9 )    (138.9 )
Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including stock options)                            62.4      62.4  
Tax adjustment of share-based payments                            0.9      0.9  
Net movement in own shares held by ESOP Trusts                        45.9     (45.9 )     
Shares purchased into treasury                        (12.7 )        (12.7 )
Actuarial gain on defined benefit pension schemes                            27.0      27.0  
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension schemes                            (9.9 )    (9.9 )
Revaluation of other investments                    108.1              108.1  
Share purchases – close period commitments 3                    (64.8 )            (64.8 )
Recognition of financial instruments during the year                    3.4         3.9      7.3  
Reclassification of equity component of convertible bond redeemed during the year                    (68.7 )       68.7       
Other movements                    (0.2 )            (0.2 )
Balance at 31 December 2007    119.2     103.9     5.3     (1,365.9 )   (114.9 )   (255.3 )   5,482.1      3,974.4  
Reclassification due to Group reconstruction        3,780.6         (3,769.2 )   (11.4 )             
Transfer of share premium to retained earnings as part of the scheme of arrangement        (4,143.1 )                   4,143.1       
Ordinary shares issued in respect of acquisitions    8.0     259.7     2.8                      270.5  
Other ordinary shares issued    0.2     8.3     (2.8 )   1.1             1.1 2    7.9  
Share issue/cancellation costs        (0.8 )       (4.8 )                (5.6 )
Share cancellations    (1.9 )               1.9         (112.2 )    (112.2 )
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments                    1,379.2              1,379.2  
Transfer to goodwill            3.4                      3.4  
Net profit for the year                            439.1      439.1  
Dividends paid                            (161.8 )    (161.8 )
Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including stock options)                            62.3      62.3  
Tax adjustment of share-based payments                            (9.0 )    (9.0 )
Net movement in own shares held by ESOP trusts                        52.8     (56.4 )    (3.6 )
Treasury shares disposals                        12.7     (5.8 )    6.9  
Actuarial loss on defined benefit schemes                            (82.2 )    (82.2 )
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension schemes                            0.7      0.7  
Revaluation of other investments                    (51.3 )            (51.3 )
Share purchases – close period commitments 3                    64.8         (5.0 )    59.8  
Recognition of financial instruments during the year                    (17.8 )       1.5      (16.3 )
Balance at 31 December 2008    125.5     8.6     8.7     (5,138.8 )   1,250.5     (189.8 )   9,697.5      5,762.2  

 

    Notes

1

 

The Company’s holdings of own shares are stated at cost and represent shares held in treasury and purchases by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (‘ESOP’) trusts of shares in WPP plc for the purpose of funding certain of the Group’s share-based incentive plans. The trustees of the ESOP purchase the Company’s ordinary shares in the open market using funds provided by the Company. The Company also has an obligation to make regular contributions to the ESOP to enable it to meet its administrative costs. The number and market value of the ordinary shares of the Company held by the ESOP at 31 December 2008 was 33,167,446 (2007: 43,889,384), and £133.5 million (2007: £284.0 million) respectively. The number and market value of ordinary shares held in treasury at 31 December 2008 was nil (2007: 2,000,000) and £nil million (2007: £12.9 million) respectively.

2

 

Represents the difference between the legal share capital and premium, recorded on the issue of new shares to satisfy option exercises, and the cash proceeds received on exercise.

3

 

During 2007, the Company entered into an arrangement with its broker to conduct share buy-backs on the Company’s behalf in the close period commencing on 2 January 2008 and ending on 28 February 2008, in accordance with UK listing rules. Under IAS 39, the commitment resulting from this agreement constitutes a financial liability at 31 December 2007 which must be recognised at fair value at that date. This liability is included in Trade and other payables: amounts falling due within one year in 2007 and has been recognised as a movement in equity, along with the payments in relation to these buy-backs in 2008.

 

F-37


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

27. Equity Share Owners’ funds (continued)

 

Other reserves comprise the following:


    

Equity

reserve

£m

   

Revaluation

reserve

£m

   

Capital

Redemption

reserve

£m

   

Translation

reserve

£m

    Total
other
reserves
£m
 
Balance at 1 January 2007    0.4     30.5     3.8     (204.8 )   (170.1 )
Share cancellations    –       –       5.7     –       5.7  
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments    –       –       –       71.7     71.7  
Gain on revaluation of available for sale investments    –       108.1     –       –       108.1  
Recognition of financial instruments during the year    3.4     –       –       –       3.4  
Share purchases – close period commitments    (64.8 )   –       –       –       (64.8 )
Reclassification of equity component of convertible bond redeemed during the year    (68.7 )   –       –       –       (68.7 )
Other movements    (0.2 )   –       –       –       (0.2 )
Balance at 31 December 2007    (129.9 )   138.6     9.5     (133.1 )   (114.9 )
Reclassification due to Group reconstruction    –       –       (11.4 )   –       (11.4 )
Share cancellations    –       –       1.9     –       1.9  
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments    –       –       –       1,379.2     1,379.2  
Revaluation of other investments    –       (51.3 )   –       –       (51.3 )
Recognition of financial instruments during the year    (17.8 )   –       –       –       (17.8 )
Share purchases – close period commitments    64.8     –       –       –       64.8  
Balance at 31 December 2008    (82.9 )   87.3     –       1,246.1     1,250.5  

 

Reconciliation of movements in consolidated equity share owners’ funds for the year ended 31 December 2008:


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Net profit for the year    439.1     465.9     435.8  
Dividends paid    (161.8 )   (138.9 )   (118.9 )
     277.3     327.0     316.9  
Non-cash share-based incentive plans (including stock options)    62.3     62.4     70.9  
Tax adjustment of share-based payments    (9.0 )   0.9     32.3  
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments    1,379.2     68.7     (352.3 )
Ordinary shares issued in respect of acquisitions    270.5     8.0     –    
Share issue/cancellation costs    (5.6 )   (2.8 )   (1.7 )
Other ordinary shares issued    7.9     28.2     73.0  
Share cancellations    (112.2 )   (402.7 )   (218.8 )
Treasury shares disposals/(additions)    6.9     (12.7 )   –    
Actuarial (loss)/gain on defined benefit pension schemes    (82.2 )   30.0     11.3  
Deferred tax on defined benefit pension schemes    0.7     (9.9 )   5.3  
Net movement in own shares held by ESOP Trusts    (3.6 )   –       (38.9 )
Transfer to goodwill    3.4     –       –    
Revaluation of other investments    (51.3 )   108.1     9.5  
Shares repurchases – close period commitments    59.8     (64.8 )   –    
Recognition of financial instruments during the year    (16.3 )   7.3     14.9  
Other movements    –       (0.2 )   –    
Net additions/(reductions) to equity share owners’ funds    1,787.8     147.5     (77.6 )
Opening equity share owners’ funds    3,974.4     3,826.9     3,904.5  
Closing equity share owners’ funds    5,762.2     3,974.4     3,826.9  

 

F-38


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


28. Acquisitions

 

The Group accounts for acquisitions in accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’. IFRS 3 requires the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (other than non-current assets or disposal groups held for sale) to be recognised at fair value at acquisition date. In assessing fair value at acquisition date, management make their best estimate of the likely outcome where the fair value of an asset or liability may be contingent on a future event. In certain instances, the underlying transaction giving rise to an estimate may not be resolved until some years after the acquisition date. IFRS 3 requires the release to profit of any acquisition reserves which subsequently become excess in the same way as any excess costs over those provided at acquisition date are charged to profit. At each period end management assess provisions and other balances established in respect of acquisitions for their continued probability of occurrence and amend the relevant value accordingly through the income statement or as an adjustment to goodwill as appropriate under IFRS 3.

 

The fair value adjustments for certain acquisitions included in the following tables, including TNS, have been determined provisionally at the balance sheet date.

 

Acquisition of Taylor Nelson Sofres plc

On 29 October 2008 the Group completed its acquisition of the issued share capital of Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (TNS). The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group.


    Book
Value at
Acquisition
    Accounting
policy
alignments 1
    Fair Value
adjustments 2
    Fair
Value to
Group
 
Intangible assets   17.4         708.3     725.7  
Property, plant and equipment   88.8     (7.9 )   10.3     91.2  
Interests in associates and other investments   2.8     15.1     (1.4 )   16.5  
Deferred tax assets   44.1         (29.4 )   14.7  
Current assets   601.8     (119.0 )   (9.3 )   473.5  
Total assets   754.9     (111.8 )   678.5     1,321.6  
Current liabilities   (548.2 )   115.9     (51.7 )   (484.0 )
Bonds and bank loans 3   (577.8 )           (577.8 )
Trade and other payables due after one year   (18.7 )   0.1     (38.0 )   (56.6 )
Deferred tax liabilities   (34.3 )       (210.2 )   (244.5 )
Provisions   (41.2 )   0.4     (16.0 )   (56.8 )
Total liabilities   (1,220.2 )   116.4     (315.9 )   (1,419.7 )
Net (liabilities)/assets   (465.3 )   4.6     362.6     (98.1 )
Minority interest                     (9.6 )
Goodwill                     1,132.7  
Consideration                     1,025.0  
Consideration satisfied by:                        
Cash                     737.0  
Shares 4                     267.7  
Shares to be issued                     2.8  
Capitalised acquisition costs                     17.5  

 

Notes

1

 

Accounting policy alignments comprise adjustments to bring the assets and liabilities of TNS into compliance with WPP plc’s accounting policies. These were principally in relation to revenue recognition and the application of the equity method of accounting to joint ventures which had been previously accounted for under the proportional method.

2

 

Fair value adjustments comprise adjustments to bring the book value of the assets and liabilities of TNS to fair value, principally through the recognition of intangible assets (comprising customer relationships, proprietary tools and brands), their related deferred tax liabilities and other provisions including taxes.

3

 

At acquisition date TNS had £577.8 million of debt, of which £395.7 million was paid off by WPP in November 2008 out of its own debt facilities. The total of consideration and debt acquired for TNS is therefore £1,602.8 million.

 

28. Acquisitions (continued)

 

4

 

Share consideration comprises 80.5 million ordinary shares.

 

Net cash (outflows)/inflows in respect of TNS comprised:


     £m  
Cash consideration    (737.0 )
Cash and cash equivalents (net)    18.2  
Acquisition costs    (17.5 )
     (736.3 )

 

The post-acquisition contribution of TNS was £269.6 million to revenue and £12.4 million to operating profit. Operating profit is stated after charging £18.5 million amortisation of acquired intangible assets.

 

Other acquisitions

The Group acquired a number of other subsidiaries in the year. The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group.


     Book
value at
acquisition
£m
    Fair value
adjustments
£m
    Fair value
to Group
£m
 
Intangible assets    1.7     18.7     20.4  
Property, plant and equipment    5.5     (0.1 )   5.4  
Current assets    147.1         147.1  
Total assets    154.3     18.6     172.9  
Current liabilities    (106.3 )   (0.3 )   (106.6 )
Trade and other payables due after one year    (4.2 )   (19.7 )   (23.9 )
Deferred tax liabilities    (0.2 )   (4.3 )   (4.5 )
Provisions    (1.2 )       (1.2 )
Total liabilities    (111.9 )   (24.3 )   (136.2 )
Net assets/(liabilities)    42.4     (5.7 )   36.7  
Minority interest                (15.8 )
Goodwill                132.4  
Consideration                153.3  
Consideration satisfied by:                   
Cash                108.2  
Payments due to vendors                37.4  
Capitalised acquisition costs                7.7  

 

In aggregate, other acquisitions completed in 2008 contributed £106.7 million to revenues and £17.9 million to operating profit. There were no material acquisitions completed between 31 December 2008 and the date the financial statements have been authorised for issue.

 

If all acquisitions, including TNS, had been completed on the first day of the financial year, Group revenues for the period would have been £8,534.4 million and operating profit would have been £824.8 million.

 


29. Principal subsidiary undertakings

 

The principal subsidiary undertakings of the Group are:


     Country of Incorporation
Grey Global Group, Inc    US
J. Walter Thompson Company, Inc    US
GroupM Worldwide, Inc    US
The Ogilvy Group, Inc    US
Young & Rubicam, Inc    US
Taylor Nelson Sofres plc    UK

 

All of these subsidiaries are operating companies and are 100% owned by the Group.

 

A more detailed listing of the operating subsidiary undertakings is given in Item 4. The Company directly or indirectly holds controlling interests in the issued share capital of these undertakings with the exception of those specifically identified.

 

F-39


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 


30. Related party transactions

 

From time to time the Group enters into transactions with its associate undertakings. These transactions were not material for any of the years presented.

 

In the year ended 31 December 2008, the Group paid costs of £nil (2007: £0.5 million, 2006: £0.3 million) in connection with an action for the misuse of private information and an action for libel, in which Sir Martin Sorrell was a claimant. These costs were authorised by the Board as an integral part of the broader legal actions to protect the commercial interests of the Group. The total amount incurred of £0.8 million was disclosed in the 2006 Annual Report and has not increased.

 


31. Reconciliation of profit before interest and taxation to headline PBIT:

 

 


    

2008

£m

   

2007

£m

   

2006

£m

 
Profit before interest and taxation    922.0     846.1     782.7  
Gains on disposal of investments    (3.4 )   (3.4 )   (7.3 )
Goodwill impairment    84.1     44.1     35.5  
Goodwill write-down relating to utilisation of pre-acquisition tax losses    1.5     1.7     8.8  
Amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets    78.4     40.3     43.3  
Share of exceptional losses/(gains) of associates    0.5     (0.8 )   (4.0 )
Investment write-downs    30.5     –       –    
Cost of changes to corporate structure    4.6     –       –    
Headline PBIT    1,118.2     928.0     859.0  

 


32. Condensed consolidating financial information

 

WPP Finance (UK) is the issuer of securities (“the bonds”) previously registered under the Securities Act of 1933. A Form 15 giving notice of termination of registration was filed with the SEC in relation to this security on 2 August 2006.

 

At the year ended 31 December 2007 and 2006 these securities were guaranteed by WPP Group plc (then parent company of the Group), WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings. On 19 November WPP Group plc completed a reorganisation of its corporate structure (“the reorganisation”) and WPP plc became the new parent company of the Group. WPP Group plc was renamed WPP 2008 Limited and became a wholly owned subsidiary of WPP plc. Following the reorganisation and at the year ended 31 December 2008 the bonds were guaranteed by WPP 2008 limited, WPP 2005 Limited, Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings and another company formed as part of the reorganisation, WPP Air UK, in accordance with the terms of the indenture of the bonds. On 22 April 2009, bondholders gave their consent to modify the indenture and WPP plc became the parent guarantor of the bonds and WPP Air 1 Limited replaced WPP Air UK as a subsidiary guarantor.

 

The issuer and guarantors of the bonds are each subject to the reporting requirements under section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Accordingly, condensed consolidating financial information containing financial information for WPP Finance (UK) and the guarantors is presented beginning on page F-41. For the period ended 31 December 2008 condensed consolidating financial information for the guarantors of the bonds in place as at 22 April 2009 is presented to reflect the most recent guarantor structure. This presentation does not have a significant impact on the columns presented in the condensed consolidating financial information for the periods ended 31 December 2007 and 2006 except that WPP Group plc is now called WPP 2008 Limited and is a subsidiary guarantor rather than a parent guarantor.

 

In the event that WPP Finance (UK) fails to pay the holders of the securities, thereby requiring WPP plc, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited, Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings or WPP Air 1 Limited to make payment pursuant to the terms of its full and unconditional guarantee of those securities, there is no impediment to WPP plc, WPP 2008 Limited , WPP 2005 Limited, Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings or WPP Air 1 Limited in obtaining reimbursement for any such payments from WPP Finance (UK).

 

F-40


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

32.    Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

 

Condensed consolidating income statement information

 

For the year ended 31 December 2008, £m

 

   

WPP

plc

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors 1

    WPP
Finance
(UK)
    Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications /
Eliminations
    Consolidated
WPP plc
 

Revenue

  —       —       —       7,476.9     —       7,476.9  

Direct costs

  —       —       —       (467.5 )   —       (467.5 )

Gross profit

  —       —       —       7,009.4     —       7,009.4  

Operating costs

  (0.3 )   (96.7 )   1.5     (6,037.9 )   —       (6,133.4 )

Operating profit/(loss)

  (0.3 )   (96.7 )   1.5     971.5     —       876.0  

Share of results of subsidiaries

  439.4     758.4     —       —       (1,197.8 )   —    

Share of results of associates

  —       —       —       46.0     —       46.0  

Profit before interest and taxation

  439.1     661.7     1.5     1,017.5     (1,197.8 )   922.0  

Finance income

  —       92.5     10.4     66.7     —       169.6  

Finance costs

  —       (315.4 )   (21.7 )   (7.7 )   —       (344.8 )

Profit/(loss) before taxation

  439.1     438.8     (9.8 )   1,076.5     (1,197.8 )   746.8  

Taxation

  —       0.6     —       (233.5 )   —       (232.9 )

Profit/(loss) for the year

  439.1     439.4     (9.8 )   843.0     (1,197.8 )   513.9  

Attributable to:

                                   

Equity holders of the parent

  439.1     439.4     (9.8 )   768.2     (1,197.8 )   439.1  

Minority interests

  —       —       —       74.8     —       74.8  

Profit/(loss) for the year

  439.1     439.4     (9.8 )   843.0     (1,197.8 )   513.9  

 

For the year ended 31 December 2007, £m

 

 

   

WPP

Group plc

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors 2

    WPP
Finance
(UK)
    Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications /
Eliminations
    Consolidated
WPP Group plc
 

Revenue

  —       —       —       6,185.9     —       6,185.9  

Direct costs

  —       —       —       (335.5 )   —       (335.5 )

Gross profit

  —       —       —       5,850.4     —       5,850.4  

Operating costs

  5.9     (58.5 )   (4.6 )   (4,988.5 )   —       (5,045.7 )

Operating profit/(loss)

  5.9     (58.5 )   (4.6 )   861.9     —       804.7  

Share of results of subsidiaries

  504.3     696.6     —       —       (1,200.9 )   —    

Share of results of associates

  —       —       —       41.4     —       41.4  

Profit/(loss) before interest and taxation

  510.2     638.1     (4.6 )   903.3     (1,200.9 )   846.1  

Finance income

  53.0     54.3     17.2     14.9     —       139.4  

Finance costs

  (97.3 )   (188.1 )   (20.0 )   39.3     —       (266.1 )

Profit/(loss) before taxation

  465.9     504.3     (7.4 )   957.5     (1,200.9 )   719.4  

Taxation

  —       —       —       (204.3 )   —       (204.3 )

Profit/(loss) for the year

  465.9     504.3     (7.4 )   753.2     (1,200.9 )   515.1  

Attributable to:

                                   

Equity holders of the parent

  465.9     504.3     (7.4 )   704.0     (1,200.9 )   465.9  

Minority interests

  —       —       —       49.2     —       49.2  

Profit/(loss) for the year

  465.9     504.3     (7.4 )   753.2     (1,200.9 )   515.1  

 

For the year ended 31 December 2006, £m

 

 

   

WPP

Group plc

   

Subsidiary

Guarantors 2

    WPP
Finance
(UK)
    Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications /
Eliminations
    Consolidated
WPP Group plc
 

Revenue

  —       —       —       5,907.8     —       5,907.8  

Direct costs

  —       —       —       (296.8 )   —       (296.8 )

Gross profit

  —       —       —       5,611.0     —       5,611.0  

Operating costs

  (7.8 )   (60.4 )   (9.9 )   (4,791.3 )   —       (4,869.4 )

Operating profit/(loss)

  (7.8 )   (60.4 )   (9.9 )   819.7     —       741.6  

Share of results of subsidiaries

  443.6     615.4     —       —       (1,059.0 )   —    

Share of results of associates

  —       —       —       41.1     —       41.1  

Profit/(loss) before interest and taxation

  435.8     555.0     (9.9 )   860.8     (1,059.0 )   782.7  

Finance income

  —       59.7     0.6     50.7     —       111.0  

Finance costs

  —       (162.9 )   (24.2 )   (24.6 )   —       (211.7 )

Profit/(loss) before taxation

  435.8     451.8     (33.5 )   886.9     (1,059.0 )   682.0  

Taxation

  —       (8.2 )   —       (191.2 )   —       (199.4 )

Profit/(loss) for the year

  435.8     443.6     (33.5 )   695.7     (1,059.0 )   482.6  

Attributable to:

                                   

Equity holders of the parent

  435.8     443.6     (33.5 )   648.9     (1,059.0 )   435.8  

Minority interests

  —       —       —       46.8     —       46.8  

Profit/(loss) for the year

  435.8     443.6     (33.5 )   695.7     (1,059.0 )   482.6  

 

Note

 

1

 

Includes: WPP Air 1 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

2

 

Includes: WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

 

F-41


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

32.    Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

 

Condensed consolidating cash flow statement information

 

For the year ended 31 December 2008, £m

 

     WPP plc    

Subsidiary
Guarantors 1

   

WPP

Finance(UK)

    Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications /
Eliminations
   

Consolidated

WPP plc

 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

   (0.3)     522.5     (11.9 )   413.5     (1.1 )   922.7  

Investing activities

                                    

Acquisitions and disposals

   —       (1.3 )   —       (1,047.8 )   —       (1,049.1 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   —       (2.1 )   —       (194.7 )   —       (196.8 )

Purchases of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

   —       —       —       (23.8 )   —       (23.8 )

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   —       —       —       11.5     —       11.5  

Net cash outflow from investing activities

   —       (3.4 )   —       (1,254.8 )   —       (1,258.2 )

Financing activities

                                    

Share option proceeds

   —       10.6     —       —       —       10.6  

Share repurchases and buybacks

   —       (105.3 )   —       —       —       (105.3 )

Net increase/(decrease) in borrowings

   —       1,236.3     —       (425.9 )   —       810.4  

Financing and share issue costs

   0.1     (15.0 )   —       (4.5 )   —       (19.4 )

Equity dividends paid

   —       (162.9 )   —       —       1.1     (161.8 )

Dividends paid to minority shareholders in subsidiary undertakings

   —       —       —       (63.5 )   —       (63.5 )

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

   0.1     963.7     —       (493.9 )   1.1     471.0  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (0.2 )   1,482.8     (11.9 )   (1,335.2 )   —       135.5  

Translation differences

   —       307.0     116.0     (302.7 )   —       120.3  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   —       (2,383.0 )   321.8     3,123.5     —       1,062.3  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   (0.2 )   (593.2 )   425.9     1,485.6     —       1,318.1  
For the year ended 31 December 2007, £m   

 

WPP
Group plc

 
 

  Subsidiary
Guarantors 2
 
 
  WPP

Finance(UK)

 

 

  Other
Subsidiaries
 
 
  Reclassifications/
Eliminations
 
 
  Consolidated

WPP Group plc

 

 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

   345.8     278.1     (7.4 )   275.6     (0.8 )   891.3  

Investing activities

                                    

Acquisitions and disposals

   —       —       —       (674.8 )   —       (674.8 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   —       (3.5 )   —       (147.6 )   —       (151.1 )

Purchases of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

   —       —       —       (19.7 )   —       (19.7 )

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   —       —       —       8.3     —       8.3  

Net cash outflow from investing activities

   —       (3.5 )   —       (833.8 )   —       (837.3 )

Financing activities

                                    

Share option proceeds

   —       34.8     —       —       —       34.8  

Share repurchases and buybacks

   (415.4 )   —       —       —       —       (415.4 )

Net increase/(decrease) in borrowings

   400.0     (450.0 )   0.5     548.4     —       498.9  

Financing and share issue costs

   (5.0 )   —       —       (3.3 )   —       (8.3 )

Equity dividends paid

   (139.7 )   —       —       —       0.8     (138.9 )

Dividends paid to minority shareholders in subsidiary undertakings

   —       —       —       (38.9 )   —       (38.9 )

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from financing activities

   (160.1 )   (415.2 )   0.5     506.2     0.8     (67.8 )

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

   185.7     (140.6 )   (6.9 )   (52.0 )   —       (13.8 )

Translation differences

   22.8     —       (4.0 )   100.4     —       119.2  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   (764.4 )   (1,686.5 )   332.7     3,075.1     —       956.9  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   (555.9 )   (1,827.1 )   321.8     3,123.5     —       1,062.3  

 

Note

1

 

Includes: WPP Air 1 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

2

 

Includes: WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

 

F-42


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

32.    Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

 

Condensed consolidating cash flow statement information (continued)

 

For the year ended 31 December 2006, £m

 

    

WPP
Group

plc

   

Subsidiary
Guarantors 2

   

WPP

Finance(UK)

   Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications /
Eliminations
  

Consolidated

WPP Group plc

 

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

   (794.7 )   (413.5 )   67.5    1,802.1     —      661.4  

Investing activities

                                  

Acquisitions and disposals

   —       (303.8 )   264.4    (176.2 )   —      (215.6 )

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

   —       (5.1 )   —      (162.7 )   —      (167.8 )

Purchases of other intangible assets (including capitalised computer software)

   —       —       —      (16.7 )   —      (16.7 )

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

   —       —       —      22.4     —      22.4  

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

   —       (308.9 )   264.4    (333.2 )   —      (377.7 )

Financing activities

                                  

Share option proceeds

   —       70.9     —      —       —      70.9  

Share repurchases and buybacks

   (218.8 )   —       —      (38.9 )   —      (257.7 )

Net increase/(decrease) in borrowings

   403.9     (6.2 )   —      (15.6 )   —      382.1  

Financing and share issue costs

   (2.0 )   —       —      (1.7 )   —      (3.7 )

Equity dividends paid

   (118.9 )   —       —      —       —      (118.9 )

Dividends paid to minority shareholders in subsidiary undertakings

   —       —       —      (28.8 )   —      (28.8 )

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

   64.2     64.7     —      (85.0 )   —      43.9  

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   (730.5 )   (657.7 )   331.9    1,383.9     —      327.6  

Translation differences

   —       —       —      (50.3 )   —      (50.3 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   (33.9 )   (1,028.8 )   0.8    1,741.5     —      679.6  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   (764.4 )   (1,686.5 )   332.7    3,075.1     —      956.9  

 

Note

 

2

 

Includes: WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

 

F-43


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

32.    Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet information

 

At 31 December 2008, £m

 

   

WPP

plc

   

Subsidiary
guarantors 1

    WPP
Finance
(UK)
    Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications/
Eliminations
    Consolidated
WPP plc
 

Non-current assets

                                   

Intangible assets:

                                   

    Goodwill

  —       —       —       9,093.2     —       9,093.2  

    Other

  —       —       —       2,295.8     —       2,295.8  

Property, plant and equipment

  —       4.1     —       686.6     —       690.7  

Investment in subsidiaries

  5,762.6     10,859.2     —       —       (16,621.8 )   —    

Interests in associates

  —       —       —       714.3     —       714.3  

Other investments

  —       —       —       310.9     —       310.9  

Deferred tax assets

  —       —       —       65.6     —       65.6  

Trade and other receivables

  —       81.3     —       103.9     —       185.2  
    5,762.6     10,944.6     —       13,270.3     (16,621.8 )   13,355.7  

Current assets

                                   

Inventory and work in progress

  —       —       —       343.9     —       343.9  

Corporate income tax recoverable

  —       —       —       53.1     —       53.1  

Trade and other receivables

  0.2     69.0     6.0     8,062.9     —       8,138.1  

Cash and short-term deposits

  0.1     2,001.4     425.9     2,739.5     (2,594.4 )   2,572.5  
    0.3     2,070.4     431.9     11,199.4     (2,594.4 )   11,107.6  

Current Liabilities

                                   

Trade and other payables

  (0.2 )   (102.5 )   (1.2 )   (10,303.8 )   —       (10,407.7 )

Corporate income tax payable

  —       —       —       (87.8 )   —       (87.8 )

Bank overdrafts and loans

  (0.3 )   (2,594.4 )   —       (1,640.5 )   2,594.4     (1,640.8 )
    (0.5 )   (2,696.9 )   (1.2 )   (12,032.1 )   2,594.4     (12,136.3 )

Net current (liabilities)/assets

  (0.2 )   (626.5 )   430.7     (832.7 )   —       (1,028.7 )

Total assets less current liabilities

  5,762.4     10,318.1     430.7     12,437.6     (16,621.8 )   12,327.0  

Non-current liabilities

                                   

Bonds and bank loans

  —       (2,882.9 )   (443.3 )   (673.1 )   —       (3,999.3 )

Trade and other payables

  —       (121.6 )   —       (432.3 )   —       (553.9 )

Corporate income tax liability

  —       —       —       (489.0 )   —       (489.0 )

Deferred tax liabilities

  —       —       —       (917.1 )   —       (917.1 )

Provisions for post-employment benefits

  —       —       —       (272.0 )   —       (272.0 )

Provisions for liabilities and charges

  —       —       —       (135.9 )   —       (135.9 )
    —       (3,004.5 )   (443.3 )   (2,919.4 )   —       (6,367.2 )

Net intercompany (payable)/receivable

  (0.2 )   (1,551.0 )   (0.7 )   1,551.9     —       —    

Net assets/(liabilities)

  5,762.2     5,762.6     (13.3 )   11,070.1     (16,621.8 )   5,959.8  

Attributable to:

                                   

Minority interests

  —       —       —       197.6     —       197.6  

Equity share owners’ funds

  5,762.2     5,762.6     (13.3 )   10,872.5     (16,621.8 )   5,762.2  

Total equity

  5,762.2     5,762.6     (13.3 )   11,070.1     (16,621.8 )   5,959.8  

 

Note

 

1

 

Includes: WPP Air 1 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited, WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

 

F-44


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

 

32.    Condensed consolidating financial information (continued)

 

Condensed consolidating balance sheet information (continued)

 

At 31 December 2007, £m

 

   

WPP
Group

plc

   

Subsidiary
guarantors 2

    WPP
Finance
(UK)
    Other
Subsidiaries
    Reclassifications/
Eliminations
    Consolidated
WPP Group plc
 

Non-current assets

                                   

Intangible assets:

                                   

    Goodwill

  —       —       —       6,071.7     —       6,071.7  

    Other

  —       —       —       1,154.6     —       1,154.6  

Property, plant and equipment

  —       8.8     —       440.8     —       449.6  

Investment in subsidiaries

  5,009.2     7,749.2     —       —       (12,758.4 )   —    

Interests in associates

  —       —       —       540.1     —       540.1  

Other investments

  —       —       —       268.6     —       268.6  

Deferred tax assets

  —       —       —       56.0     —       56.0  

Trade and other receivables

  22.8     6.3     —       120.2     —       149.3  
    5,032.0     7,764.3     —       8,652.0     (12,758.4 )   8,689.9  

Current assets

                                   

Inventory and work in progress

  —       —       —       343.9     —       343.9  

Corporate income tax recoverable

  —       —       —       37.2     —       37.2  

Trade and other receivables

  1.0     42.6     4.7     6,092.5     —       6,140.8  

Cash and short-term deposits

  0.4     1.2     340.3     4,082.8     (2,384.5 )   2,040.2  
    1.4     43.8     345.0     10,556.4     (2,384.5 )   8,562.1  

Current Liabilities

                                   

Trade and other payables

  (88.1 )   (56.8 )   (0.9 )   (8,103.1 )   —       (8,248.9 )

Corporate income tax payable

  —       —       —       (70.0 )   —       (70.0 )

Bank overdrafts and loans

  (556.2 )   (2,276.2 )   (18.5 )   (1,119.5 )   2,384.5     (1,585.9 )
    (644.3 )   (2,333.0 )   (19.4 )   (9,292.6 )   2,384.5     (9,904.8 )

Net current (liabilities)/assets

  (642.9 )   (2,289.2 )   325.6     1,263.8     —       (1,342.7 )

Total assets less current liabilities

  4,389.1     5,475.1     325.6     9,915.8     (12,758.4 )   7,347.2  

Non-current liabilities

                                   

Bonds and bank loans

  (825.8 )   —       (328.7 )   (585.5 )   —       (1,740.0 )

Trade and other payables

  (13.7 )   (64.8 )   —       (381.9 )   —       (460.4 )

Corporate income tax liability

  —       —       —       (336.2 )   —       (336.2 )

Deferred tax liabilities

  —       —       —       (464.0 )   —       (464.0 )

Provisions for post-employment benefits

  —       —       —       (135.0 )   —       (135.0 )

Provisions for liabilities and charges

  —       —       —       (116.8 )   —       (116.8 )
    (839.5 )   (64.8 )   (328.7 )   (2,019.4 )   —       (3,252.4 )

Net intercompany receivable/(payable)

  424.8     (401.1 )   (0.5 )   (23.2 )   —       —    

Net assets/(liabilities)

  3,974.4     5,009.2     (3.6 )   7,873.2     (12,758.4 )   4,094.8  

Attributable to:

                                   

Minority interests

  —       —       —       120.4     —       120.4  

Equity share owners’ funds

  3,974.4     5,009.2     (3.6 )   7,752.8     (12,758.4 )   3,974.4  

Total equity

  3,974.4     5,009.2     (3.6 )   7,873.2     (12,758.4 )   4,094.8  

 

Note

2

 

Includes WPP 2005 Limited and Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings.

 

F-45


Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


  2.9    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 30 April 2009, among WPP Finance (UK), as Issuer, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings, WPP 2005 Limited, WPP 2008 Limited (formerly known as WPP Group plc) and WPP plc, as Guarantors, and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, pertaining to the issuance of U.S. $650,000,000 5.875% Notes due 2014.
  2.15    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to a U.S. $1,600,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated 23 August 2005 and Amended and Restated on 17 November 2008.
  2.16    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to a £600,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated 9 July 2008 and Amended and Restated on 17 November 2008.
  2.17    Agreement of Registrant to file, if requested by the Securities and Exchange Commission, instruments relating to a £650,000,000 Term Facility Agreement dated 9 July 2008 and Amended and Restated on 17 November 2008.
  2.18    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of 7 October 2008, among WPP plc, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, WPP Group plc, WPP 2005 Limited, Grey Global Group Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as Trustee, pertaining to Grey’s 5% Contingent Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2033.
  4.12    Ogilvy & Mather ERISA Excess Plan Summary Plan Description.
  4.13    Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description, in connection with a 25% matching contribution.
  4.14    Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description, in connection with a 50% matching contribution.
  4.15    Ogilvy & Mather Deferred Compensation Plan Summary Plan Description.
  4.18    WPP Executive Stock Option Plan.
  4.19    WPP plc Performance Share Plan.
  4.20    WPP plc Restricted Stock Plan.
  4.21    WPP 2005 Executive Stock Option Plan.
  4.22    WPP Annual Bonus Deferral Programme.
  4.24    GroupM Executive Savings Plan Summary Plan Description.
  4.27    WPP 2008 Executive Stock Option Plan.
  4.28    UK Service Agreement, effective from 19 November 2008, between WPP 2005 Limited, Sir Martin Sorrell and WPP plc.
  4.29    Service Agreement in the USA, effective 19 November 2008, between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Sir Martin Sorrell.
  4.30    Service Agreement in the USA, dated 30 April 2009, between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul W.G. Richardson.
  4.31    Director’s appointment agreement, dated 21 November 2008, between WPP plc and Paul Richardson.
  4.32    Service Agreement, dated 12 February 2009, between WPP 2005 Limited and Mark Read.
  4.33    Director’s appointment agreement, dated 21 November 2008, between WPP plc and Mark Read.


Exhibit No.


  

Exhibit Title


  4.34    Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1 July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson.
  4.35    Amendment dated 19 November 2008 to Supplemental Retirement Agreement, dated as of 1 July 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc. and Paul Richardson.
  4.36    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated 3 August 1998, among Asatsu Inc., WPP International Holding B.V. and WPP Group plc.
  4.39    Amendment No. 2 to the Grey Global Group Inc. 2003 Senior Management Incentive Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.
  4.40    Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan.
  4.41    Amendment No. 1 to the Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.
  4.42    Amendment No. 1 to the J. Walter Thompson Retained Benefit Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan, effective as of January 1, 2009.
  4.43    Taylor Nelson Sofres 2001 Equity Participation Plan.
  4.44    Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan.
  4.45    Taylor Nelson Sofres New Share Plan.
  8.1    List of subsidiaries.
12.1    Certification of Group Chief Executive.
12.2    Certification of Group Finance Director.
13.1    Certification of Group Chief Executive under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
13.2    Certification of Group Finance Director under 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.
14.1    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

Exhibit 2.9

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of April 30, 2009 (this “Fifth Supplemental Indenture”), among WPP Finance (UK), a private unlimited liability company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales (the “Issuer”), WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, each Irish limited companies (the “WPP UK Partnership Partners”), as partners of WPP Air UK, an English general partnership (the “WPP UK Partnership”), Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings (formerly known as WPP Spangle), a private unlimited company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales (“Young & Rubicam”), WPP 2005 Limited (formerly known as WPP Group plc), a private limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales (the “Company”), WPP 2008 Limited (formerly known as WPP Group plc), a private limited company organized and existing under the laws of England and Wales (“WPP”), WPP plc, a public limited company incorporated under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (“New WPP,” and together with the Issuer, WPP, the WPP UK Partnership Partners, Young & Rubicam and the Company, the “WPP Parties”), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Indenture referred to below, unless otherwise specified.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Company and Citibank, N.A., a national banking association duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the United States, as trustee (the “Initial Trustee”) executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of June 23, 2004 (as supplemented and amended, the “Indenture”), to provide for the issuance by the Issuer and the guarantee by the Company of debt securities to be issued in one or more series (the “Securities”);

WHEREAS, on November 28, 2006, pursuant to Section 610 of the Indenture, the Initial Trustee resigned and was succeeded by the Trustee;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 902 of the Indenture, the Issuer, the Company, the other WPP Parties and the Trustee may enter into this Fifth Supplemental Indenture with the written consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities;

WHEREAS, the WPP Parties have received and delivered to the Trustee the written consents of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities to effect the proposed amendments to the Indenture reflected herein;

WHEREAS, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel as contemplated by Sections 102 and 903 of the Indenture; and

WHEREAS, all other acts necessary to make this Fifth Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument, and all of the conditions and requirements set forth in the Indenture, have been performed and fulfilled and the execution and delivery of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture have been in all respects duly authorized.

 

1


NOW THEREFORE, the parties have executed and delivered this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, and each of the WPP Parties and the Trustee hereby agrees for the other parties’ benefit, and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Securities, as follows:

ARTICLE I

AMENDMENTS TO INDENTURE

SECTION 1.01 AMENDMENT TO SECTION 101 OF THE INDENTURE. Section 101 of the Indenture captioned “ Definitions ” is hereby amended by inserting the following definition in appropriate alphabetical order:

““ Dissolution Transaction ” means the transfer of WPP Air 3 Limited’s partnership interests in the WPP UK Partnership to WPP Air 1 Limited, and the resulting dissolution, by operation of law, of the WPP UK Partnership.”

SECTION 1.02 AMENDMENT TO SECTION 801 OF THE INDENTURE. Section 801 of the Indenture captioned “Issuer or Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms” is hereby amended by deleting paragraph (1) and replacing it with the following text:

“(1) any Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or the Company is merged or to whom the Issuer or the Company has conveyed, transferred or leased all or substantially all of its properties and assets is a corporation, partnership, trust, company or other entity organized and existing under the laws of the United Kingdom or any jurisdiction thereof, Jersey, any jurisdiction included from time to time in the European Union (or its successors), the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person expressly assumes, by a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, the Issuer’s and the Company’s obligations on the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture and any related registration rights agreement on the part of the Issuer or the Company to be performed or observed (including any obligation to pay any Additional Amounts and, in the case of the Company, the performance or observance of its Guarantee);”

SECTION 1.03 AMENDMENT TO SECTION 1005 OF THE INDENTURE. Section 1005 of the Indenture captioned “Existence” is hereby amended by deleting the entire Section and replacing it with the following text:.

“Subject to Article Eight, the Issuer and the Company each will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the Issuer and the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if its respective Board of Directors shall determine in a Board Resolution that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuer or the Company and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. The foregoing shall not prohibit the Dissolution Transaction.”

SECTION 1.04 ADDITION OF SECTION 1404. A new Section 1404 is hereby added to the Indenture as follows:

“Section 1404. New WPP Guarantee .

New WPP hereby expressly assumes all of the Company’s obligations on the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture and any related registration rights agreement to be performed or observed by the Company.”

 

2


ARTICLE II

ASSUMPTION AND RELEASE

SECTION 2.01 ASSUMPTION. Pursuant to Section 801 of the Indenture (as amended hereby), WPP Air 1 Limited hereby expressly assumes all of the WPP UK Partnership’s obligations on the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of the Indenture and any related registration rights agreement to be performed or observed.

SECTION 2.02 RELEASE. Pursuant to Section 802 of the Indenture, but without effecting the obligations assumed by WPP Air 1 Limited pursuant to Section 2.01, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacity as partners of the WPP UK Partnership, are hereby released from all obligations and covenants under the Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantee.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

SECTION 3.01 AUTHORITY. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants that it has been duly authorized under applicable law to execute, deliver and perform this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, and all corporate action on its part required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture by it has been duly and effectively taken.

SECTION 3.02 TRUTH OF RECITALS AND STATEMENTS OF THE ISSUER. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants that the recitals of fact and statements contained in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture with respect to it are true and correct in all material respects, and that the recitals of fact and statements contained in all certificates and other documents furnished by it in connection herewith will be true and correct in all material respects.

SECTION 3.03 EXECUTION OF FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants that the execution of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture is permitted by the terms of the Indenture and all conditions precedent to its execution have been complied with.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 4.01 BINDING AGREEMENT; ASSIGNMENTS. Whenever in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party.

SECTION 4.02 CONSTRUCTION. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Indenture.

SECTION 4.03 RELATION TO INDENTURE. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture and all the terms and provisions herein contained shall form a part of the Indenture as fully and with the same effect as if all such terms and provisions had been set forth in the Indenture and each and every term and condition contained in the Indenture shall apply to this Fifth Supplemental Indenture with the same force and effect as if the same were set forth in full in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, with such omissions, variations and modifications thereof as may be appropriate to make each such term and condition consistent with this Fifth Supplemental Indenture. The Indenture is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain and continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and provisions, as supplemented and amended by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture and the Indenture and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed together as one instrument.

 

3


SECTION 4.04 COUNTERPARTS. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

SECTION 4.05 GOVERNING LAW. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

LOGO


LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Exhibit 2.15

 

WPP plc

6 Ely Place

Dublin 2, Ireland

 

12 May 2009

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Reference is made to an Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated 17 November 2008, among WPP plc (the “Company”), WPP Group plc and WPP Finance Co. Limited (as Borrowers), the Company, WPP Group plc, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, and WPP 2005 Limited (as Guarantors) and Citibank International plc (as Facility Agent), relating to a U.S. $1,600,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated 23 August 2005 (the “Loan Facility”).

 

The Company hereby agrees, pursuant to instruction 2(b)(i) to the Exhibits to Form 20-F, to furnish the Securities and Exchange Commission with a copy of the instruments relating to the Loan Facility upon request.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,
WPP PLC

By:

  /s/ Paul Richardson
   

Paul Richardson

   

Group Finance Director

Exhibit 2.16

 

WPP plc

6 Ely Place

Dublin 2, Ireland

 

12 May 2009

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Reference is made to an Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated 17 November 2008, among WPP plc (the “Company”), WPP Group plc and WPP Finance Co. Limited (as Borrowers), the Company, WPP Group plc, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, and WPP 2005 Limited (as Guarantors) and Citibank International plc (as Facility Agent), relating to a £600,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated 9 July 2008 (the “Loan Facility”).

 

The Company hereby agrees, pursuant to instruction 2(b)(i) to the Exhibits to Form 20-F, to furnish the Securities and Exchange Commission with a copy of the instruments relating to the Loan Facility upon request.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

WPP PLC

By:

  /s/ Paul Richardson
   

Paul Richardson

   

Group Finance Director

Exhibit 2.17

 

WPP plc

6 Ely Place

Dublin 2, Ireland

 

12 May 2009

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

Reference is made to an Amendment and Restatement Agreement, dated 17 November 2008, among WPP plc (the “Company”), WPP Group plc and WPP Finance Co. Limited (as Borrowers), the Company, WPP Group plc, WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, in their capacities as partners of WPP Air UK, and WPP 2005 Limited (as Guarantors) and Citibank International plc (as Facility Agent), relating to a £650,000,000 Term Facility Agreement dated 9 July 2008 (the “Loan Facility”).

 

The Company hereby agrees, pursuant to instruction 2(b)(i) to the Exhibits to Form 20-F, to furnish the Securities and Exchange Commission with a copy of the instruments relating to the Loan Facility upon request.

 

Very truly yours,

 

WPP PLC

 

 

By:

 

/s/    Paul Richardson

   

Paul Richardson

   

Group Finance Director

Exhibit 2.18

 

 

 

GREY GLOBAL GROUP INC.,

WPP GROUP PLC,

WPP 2005 LIMITED,

WPP PLC,

WPP AIR 1 LIMITED,

WPP AIR 3 LIMITED

and

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC,

as Trustee

 

 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

Dated as of October 7, 2008

To the Indenture dated

as of October 28, 2003

5% Contingent Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2033

 

 

 

 

 


FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of October 7, 2008 (this “ Fifth Supplemental Indenture ”) among WPP PLC, a Jersey incorporated public company (“ New WPP ”), WPP Air 1 Limited and WPP Air 3 Limited, each Irish limited companies (the “ WPP UK Partnership Partners ”), to be partners of an English general partnership to be formed prior to the Asset Conveyance Time (as defined below) (“ WPP UK Partnership ”), WPP GROUP PLC (formerly known as WPP 2005 plc), an English public limited company ( “WPP Holdings” ), WPP 2005 LIMITED (formerly known as WPP Group plc), an English public limited company (“ WPP ”), GREY GLOBAL GROUP INC. (formerly known as Abbey Merger Corporation), a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of WPP (the “ Company ”), and AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (formerly known as American Stock Transfer & Trust Company), a limited liability trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Indenture referred to below, unless otherwise specified.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Grey Global Group Inc. (“ Grey ”) and the Trustee heretofore executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of October 28, 2003 (as supplemented and amended, the “ Indenture ”), pursuant to which Grey issued its 5% Contingent Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2033 in the aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 (as supplemented and amended, the “Debentures”), originally convertible into shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Grey (“ Grey Common Stock ”);

WHEREAS, as of September 11, 2004, WPP, the Company and Grey entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger pursuant to which, on March 8, 2005, Grey merged with and into the Company, with the Company being the Surviving Corporation in such merger (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger, the outstanding shares of Grey Common Stock were converted into the right to receive either cash consideration or share consideration comprised of WPP Ordinary Shares or WPP ADSs;

WHEREAS, on February 28, 2005, WPP, the Company, Grey and the Trustee executed and delivered a First Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which (x) the Company expressly assumed all of Grey’s obligations under the Indenture from and after the Merger and (y) WPP became a co-obligor, jointly and severally with the Company, with respect to the payment of principal and interest under the Debentures and substantially all of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture from and after the Merger;

WHEREAS, on February 28, 2005, WPP, the Company, Grey and the Trustee executed and delivered a Second Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which, from and after the Merger, each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures became convertible into (a) WPP ADSs representing a number of WPP Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of $522.46, divided by the Conversion Price (as defined below) and (b) the Cash Conversion Amount (as defined below);

WHEREAS, on October 21, 2005, WPP Holdings, WPP, the Company and the Trustee executed and delivered a Third Supplemental Indenture, pursuant to which, as of the Scheme Effective Date (as defined below), each $1,000 of principal amount of the Debentures was to become convertible into (a) WPP Holdings ADSs representing a number of WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of $522.46, divided by the Conversion Price and (b) the Cash Conversion Amount payable by WPP;


WHEREAS, on October 25, 2005 (the “ Scheme Effective Date ”) pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement (under Section 425 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985), dated August 31, 2005, between WPP and the holders of WPP Ordinary Shares, (a) all outstanding WPP Ordinary Shares were cancelled and extinguished, (b) new shares of WPP having an aggregate nominal amount equal to the cancelled and extinguished WPP Ordinary Shares were allotted and issued to WPP Holdings (and as a result WPP became a wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP Holdings), and (c) in consideration for the cancellation of the WPP Ordinary Shares and the issuance of WPP Ordinary Shares to WPP Holdings, WPP Holdings allotted and issued to holders of WPP Ordinary Shares one WPP Holdings Ordinary Share for each WPP Ordinary Share cancelled under the Scheme;

WHEREAS, on December 29, 2005, WPP Holdings, WPP, the Company and the Trustee executed and delivered a Fourth Supplemental Indenture, pursuant to which WPP Holdings became a co-obligor, jointly and severally with the Company and WPP, with respect to the payment of principal and interest under the Debentures (and the Cash Conversion Amount upon conversion of Debentures) and substantially all of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture from and after the Scheme Effective Date;

WHEREAS, WPP Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries contemplate entering into a reorganization transaction under which (i) pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement (under Part 26 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006) between WPP Holdings and the holders of WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares by which New WPP will agree to be bound (the “ Scheme II” ) on the effective date of the Scheme II (the “ Scheme II Effective Date ” ), (a) all outstanding WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares will be cancelled and extinguished, (b) new shares of WPP Holdings having an aggregate nominal amount equal to the cancelled and extinguished WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares will be allotted and issued to New WPP (and as a result WPP Holdings will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of New WPP), and (c) in consideration for the cancellation of the WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares and the issuance of WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares to New WPP, New WPP will allot and issue to holders of WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares one New WPP Ordinary Share (as defined below) for each WPP Holdings Ordinary Share canceled under the Scheme II and (ii) promptly after the Scheme II Effective Date, a subsidiary of WPP and WPP Holdings will convey to the WPP UK Partnership Partners, as partners of the WPP UK Partnership, assets that may constitute the assets of WPP and WPP Holdings “substantially as an entirety” (such conveyance, the “ Asset Conveyance ” and the time of such conveyance, the “ Asset Conveyance Time ”);

WHEREAS, in satisfaction of the requirements of Section 11C.11 of the Indenture, pursuant to Article II of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, after the Scheme II Effective Date, the Holder of each Debenture shall have the right to convert such Debenture into (a) New WPP ADSs (as defined below) representing a number of New WPP Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient of $522.46, divided by the Conversion Price (initially $8.84 per New WPP Ordinary Share) and (b) the Cash Conversion Amount;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 2.14(c) and 2.15(c), in connection with the Asset Conveyance, the WPP UK Partnership Partners, are expressly assuming, from and after the Asset Conveyance Time, all of the obligations of WPP and WPP Holdings under the Indenture, including the obligation to pay the principal of, and interest on, the Debentures and the performance of the other covenants under Article 4 of the Indenture, without releasing WPP or WPP Holdings from their obligations under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, in connection with the execution and delivery of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as contemplated by Sections 7.02, 9.06, 11B.11 and 12.04 of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, all other acts necessary to make this Fifth Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and enforceable instrument, and all of the conditions and requirements set forth in the Indenture, have

 

2


been performed and fulfilled and the execution and delivery of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture have been in all respects duly authorized.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties have executed and delivered this Fifth Supplemental Indenture, and each of the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings, New WPP, the WPP UK Partnership Partners and the Trustee hereby agrees for the other parties’ benefit, and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders, as follows:

Article I.

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by inserting the following new definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

“Scheme II” means the Scheme of Arrangement (under Part 26 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006) between WPP Holdings and the holders of WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares by which New WPP will agree to be bound on the Scheme II Effective Date.

“Scheme II Effective Date” means the effective date of the Scheme II.

“New WPP” means New WPP, and any and all successors thereto.

“New WPP ADS” means the American depository shares of New WPP.

“New WPP Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of New WPP, or any authorized committee thereof.

“New WPP Market Price ” means, with respect to New WPP Ordinary Shares, the average of the Last Reported Sale Price (as defined in Section 11C.01 of this Indenture) per share of New WPP Ordinary Shares, and with respect to New WPP ADSs, the average of the Last Reported Sale Price per New WPP ADSs, for 20 consecutive trading days before the record date with respect to any distribution, issuance or other event requiring such computation, appropriately adjusted (as determined in good faith by the New WPP Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) to take into account the occurrence, during the period commencing on the first of such 20 consecutive trading days and ending on such record date, of any event requiring adjustment of the Conversion Price under Article 11C of this Indenture.

“New WPP Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of New WPP with a nominal value of 10 pence per share.

Article II.

CONVERSION OF THE SECURITIES

Section 2.01 Amendment to Article 11B . Article 11B of the Indenture is hereby amended to add the following:

“11B.16 Effectiveness. This Article 11B shall be null and void and of no further force and effect from and after the Scheme II Effective Date.”

 

3


Section 2.02 Addition of Article 11C . Effective as of the Scheme II Effective Date, the Indenture is hereby amended to add the following Article 11C in satisfaction of the requirements of Section 11B.11 of the Indenture in connection with the Scheme II:

“ARTICLE 11C

CONVERSION OF THE SECURITIES

11C.01 Conversion Privilege.

Subject to the provisions of this Article 11C, a Holder may at any time from and after the Scheme II Effective Date, prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding October 15, 2033 (the “ Conversion Expiration Date ”) convert each $1,000 principal amount of Debentures into (i) a number of New WPP ADSs representing New WPP Ordinary Shares equal to $522.46 (the “Stock Conversion Amount” ), divided by the Conversion Price in effect on the applicable Conversion Date and (ii) $499.31 in cash (the “Cash Conversion Amount” ) to be paid by the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners. The “ Conversion Price ” shall be initially equal to the Initial Post-Merger Conversion Price, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 11C.06.

Initial Post-Merger Conversion Price ” shall be equal to $8.84 per New WPP Ordinary Share.

As promptly as practicable after the Scheme II Effective Date, New WPP shall give written notice to the Trustee and make a public announcement of the Scheme II Effective Date.

A Debenture in respect of which a Holder elects to exercise its option to require repurchase pursuant to Section 3.11 or 3.16 may be converted only if such Holder withdraws its election in accordance with Section 3.11(d) and Section 3.12 or Section 3.16(c) and Section 3.17, as applicable. A Holder of Debentures is not entitled to any rights of a holder of New WPP ADSs until such Holder has converted its Debentures to New WPP ADSs, and only to the extent such Debentures are deemed to have been converted to New WPP ADSs under this Article 11C.

The “ Last Reported Sale Price ” of the New WPP Ordinary Shares on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and asked prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average asked prices) on such date as reported by The London Stock Exchange or, if the New WPP Ordinary Shares are not reported by The London Stock Exchange, as reported in composite transactions for the principal securities exchange on which the New WPP Ordinary Shares are traded. If the New WPP Ordinary Shares are not reported by The London Stock Exchange and not listed for trading on a securities exchange on the relevant date, the “ Last Reported Sale Price ” of the New WPP Ordinary Shares will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and asked prices for the New WPP Ordinary Shares on the relevant date quoted by each of at least three independent nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by New WPP for this purpose. The “Last Reported Sale Price” of the New WPP ADSs on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and asked prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average asked prices) on such date as reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if the New WPP ADSs are not reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market, as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the New WPP ADSs are traded. If the New WPP ADSs are not reported by The Nasdaq Global Select Market and not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “ Last Reported Sale Price ” will be the last quoted bid price for the New WPP ADSs in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by the National Quotation Bureau Incorporated or similar organization. If the New WPP ADSs

 

4


are not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” will be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and asked prices for the New WPP ADSs on the relevant date quoted by each of at least three independent nationally recognized investment banking firms selected by New WPP for this purpose.

A “ Trading Day ” means, with respect to New WPP Ordinary Shares, a day during which trading in securities generally occurs on The London Stock Exchange or, if the New WPP Ordinary Shares are not then listed on The London Stock Exchange, on the principal other securities exchange on which the New WPP Ordinary Shares are then listed or, if the New WPP Ordinary Shares are not then listed on a securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the New WPP Ordinary Shares are then traded. A “ Trading Day ” with respect to the New WPP ADSs means a day during which trading in securities generally occurs on The Nasdaq Global Select Market or, if the New WPP ADSs are not then listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the New WPP ADSs are then listed or, if the New WPP ADSs are not then listed on a national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the New WPP ADSs are then traded.

A “ Dividend Payment Period ” shall commence on each date on which New WPP has announced that it (i) will make a Below Market Issuance (as defined below), (ii) will distribute a Cash Dividend (as defined below) or an Asset Distribution (as defined below), which distribution has a per share value as determined in good faith by the New WPP Board of Directors exceeding 10% of the Last Reported Sale Price of New WPP Ordinary Shares on the trading day immediately preceding the declaration date for such distribution or (iii) has commenced a Tender Offer (as defined below), and end on the earlier of (a) the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the ex-dividend date with respect to such distribution or dividend (or in the case of a Tender Offer, at the close of business on the Business Day immediately prior to the expiration of the Tender Offer) and (b) the close of business on the first Business Day after the day on which New WPP makes a public announcement that such distribution or dividend will not be issued or that such Tender Offer has been terminated.

A Holder may convert a portion of a Debenture equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Debenture also apply to conversion of a portion of a Debenture.

If a Debenture is called for redemption pursuant to Article 3, the right to convert such Debenture shall terminate at the close of business on the second Business Day before the Redemption Date for such Debenture (unless the Company shall default in making the redemption payment then due, in which case the conversion right shall terminate on the date such Default is cured and such Debenture is redeemed).

11C.02 Conversion Procedure.

To convert a Debenture, after the Scheme II Effective Date, a Holder must satisfy the requirements in paragraph 8 of the Debentures and (i) complete and manually sign the irrevocable conversion notice on the back of the Debenture and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent, (ii) surrender the Debenture to the Conversion Agent, (iii) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Registrar or the Conversion Agent, (iv) pay any transfer or other tax, if required by Section 11C.04 and (v) if the Debenture is held in book-entry form, complete and deliver to the Depositary appropriate instructions pursuant to the Depositary’s book-entry conversion programs. After the Scheme II Effective Date, the date on which the Holder satisfies all of the foregoing requirements is the “Conversion Date.” As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date and in any event within five Business Days, (a) New WPP shall deliver to the Holder either a receipt or a book entry notation of the number of whole New WPP ADSs issuable upon the conversion pursuant to Section 11C.05, (b) the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners shall

 

5


pay to the Holder through the Conversion Agent the aggregate Cash Conversion Amount payable upon such conversion and (c) the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners shall pay to the Holder through the Conversion Agent cash in lieu of any fractional New WPP ADSs.

After the Scheme II Effective Date, the Person in whose name the Debenture is registered shall be deemed to be a holder on the Conversion Date of the New WPP ADSs for which the Debenture is converted on such Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Debenture on any date when the transfer books relating to the New WPP ADSs shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the Person or Persons entitled to receive New WPP ADSs upon such conversion as the registered holder or holders of such New WPP ADSs on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the Person or Persons entitled to receive such New WPP ADSs as the registered holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such transfer books are open; provided, further, that such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect on the date that such Debenture shall have been surrendered for conversion, as if such transfer books had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Debenture, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Debenture.

Accrued interest (including Contingent Interest, accrued Tax Original Issue Discount and Additional Amounts, if any) on a Debenture shall not be cancelled, extinguished or forfeited but rather shall, except as otherwise set forth herein, be deemed paid by an applicable portion of the New WPP ADSs issued upon conversion of such Debenture. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, no payment or adjustment will be made for accrued interest (including Contingent Interest or Additional Amounts, if any) on a converted Debenture or for dividends or distributions on New WPP ADSs issued upon conversion of a Debenture (provided that the New WPP ADSs received upon conversion of Debentures shall continue to accrue Additional Amounts, as applicable, in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and shall be entitled to receive, at the next Interest Payment Date, any accrued but unpaid Additional Amounts with respect to the converted Debentures), but if any Holder surrenders a Debenture for conversion between the record date for the payment of an installment of interest and the next Interest Payment Date, then, notwithstanding such conversion, the interest (including Contingent Interest or Additional Amounts, if any), payable on such Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Holder of such Debenture on such Interest Payment Date. In such event, such Debenture, when surrendered for conversion, must be accompanied by delivery of a check payable to the Conversion Agent in an amount equal to the interest (including Contingent Interest or Additional Amounts, if any), payable on such Interest Payment Date on the portion so converted. If such payment does not accompany such Debenture, the Debenture shall not be converted; provided, however, that no such check shall be required if such Debenture has been called for redemption on a redemption date within the period between and including such record date and such Interest Payment Date, or if such Debenture is surrendered for conversion on the Interest Payment Date. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest (including Contingent Interest or Additional Amounts, if any) payable on the Interest Payment Date, the Conversion Agent shall repay such funds to the Holder.

No fractional New WPP ADSs shall be issued upon conversion of Debentures. If more than one Debenture shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full New WPP ADSs that shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Debentures (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If any fractional New WPP ADS would be issuable upon the conversion of any Debenture or Debentures, the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners shall make a payment in lieu thereof in cash based on the current New WPP Market Price of a New WPP ADSs on the Conversion Date in addition to the Cash Conversion Amount.

Upon surrender of a Debenture that is converted in part, the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to

 

6


the Holder, a new Debenture equal in principal amount to the unconverted portion of the Debenture surrendered.

11C.03 Adjustments Below Nominal Value.

Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment decreasing the Conversion Price so that the New WPP Ordinary Shares represented by the New WPP ADSs issuable upon conversion of the Debentures would be issued for less than the nominal value of such New WPP Ordinary Shares, New WPP will take all corporate action which may be necessary in order that New WPP may validly and legally issue fully paid or credited as fully paid and nonassessable shares of such New WPP Ordinary Shares represented by New WPP ADSs issuable upon conversion of the Debentures at such adjusted Conversion Price.

11C.04 Taxes on Conversion.

If a Holder converts a Debenture, the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of New WPP Ordinary Shares or New WPP ADSs upon such conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. Each of the Company, New WPP and the depositary for the New WPP ADSs may refuse to deliver the New WPP Ordinary Shares or receipts representing the New WPP ADSs being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Conversion Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulations.

11C.05 New WPP to Provide New WPP Ordinary Shares and New WPP ADSs.

New WPP shall from time to time after the Scheme II Effective Date as may be necessary, reserve, out of its authorized but unissued New WPP Ordinary Shares, a sufficient number of New WPP Ordinary Shares to permit the conversion of all outstanding Debentures into New WPP ADSs issuable upon conversion of the Debentures.

New WPP covenants that all New WPP Ordinary Shares represented by the New WPP ADSs delivered upon conversion of the Debentures shall be newly issued shares or treasury shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, and fully paid or credited as fully paid, and no further contribution in respect thereof will be required to be made to New WPP by the holders thereof when issued, and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim. New WPP shall take such action from time to time as shall be necessary so that the aggregate nominal value of the New WPP Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of any Debenture or underlying the New WPP ADSs issued upon conversion of any Debentures shall at all times be equal to or less than the Conversion Price then in effect.

New WPP shall cause adequate availability to be maintained under a Registration Statement with respect to the New WPP ADSs as necessary to allow conversion of the Debentures.

New WPP will endeavor promptly to comply with all federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of New WPP Ordinary Shares or New WPP ADSs upon conversion of Debentures, if any, and will list or cause to have quoted such New WPP Ordinary Shares and New WPP ADSs on each national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market or such other market on which the New WPP Ordinary Shares or New WPP ADSs are then listed or quoted.

 

7


11C.06 Adjustment of Conversion Price.

The Conversion Price shall be adjusted from time to time in connection with the occurrence of any of the following events after the Scheme II Effective Date, without duplication, as follows:

(a) In case New WPP shall pay or make a dividend or other distribution on New WPP Ordinary Shares in New WPP Ordinary Shares to all or substantially all holders of New WPP Ordinary Shares, then the Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution shall be reduced by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares outstanding at the close of business on the date fixed for such determination and the denominator of which shall be the sum of such number of shares and the total number of shares constituting such dividend or other distribution, such reduction to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the date fixed for such determination. For the purposes of this subparagraph (a), the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares at any time outstanding shall not include shares held as treasury shares by New WPP (except to the extent such dividend or distribution is being made with respect to such shares) but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of New WPP Ordinary Shares.

(b) In case the outstanding New WPP Ordinary Shares shall be subdivided into a greater number of New WPP Ordinary Shares, then the Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision becomes effective shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the outstanding New WPP Ordinary Shares shall be combined into a smaller amount of New WPP Ordinary Shares, then the Conversion Price in effect at the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such combination becomes effective shall be proportionately increased, such reduction or increase, as the case may be, to become effective immediately after the opening of business on the day following the day upon which such subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(c) In case New WPP shall issue to all or substantially all holders of its New WPP Ordinary Shares, rights, warrants or options entitling such holders (for a period commencing no earlier than the record date described below and expiring not more than 60 days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase New WPP Ordinary Shares (or securities convertible into New WPP Ordinary Shares) at a price per share less than the New WPP Market Price with respect to the New WPP Ordinary Shares at the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such rights, warrants or options (a “ Below Market Issuance ”), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the Conversion Price shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares outstanding on such record date, plus the number of shares that the aggregate subscription or purchase price for the total number of New WPP Ordinary Shares offered by the rights, warrants or options so issued (or the aggregate conversion price of the convertible securities offered by such rights, warrants or options) would purchase at such New WPP Market Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional New WPP Ordinary Shares offered by such rights, warrants or options (or into which the convertible securities so offered by such rights, warrants or options are convertible). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights, warrants or options are issued, and shall become effective immediately after such record date. If at the end of the period during which such rights, warrants or options are exercisable not all rights, warrants or options shall have been exercised, the adjusted Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted to what it would have been upon application of the foregoing adjustment substituting the number of additional New WPP Ordinary Shares actually issued (or the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of convertible securities actually issued) for the total number of shares of New WPP Ordinary Shares offered (or the convertible securities offered).

 

8


(d) In case New WPP shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of New WPP Ordinary Shares (i) New WPP’s equity securities (other than New WPP Ordinary Shares), (ii) evidences of New WPP’s indebtedness and/or (iii) other assets (including securities, but excluding (1) any rights, warrants or options referred to in clause (c) above, (2) any rights or warrants to acquire any capital stock of any entity other than New WPP, (3) any dividends or distributions in connection with New WPP’s liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, (4) any dividends payable solely in cash that may from time to time be declared by the New WPP Board of Directors and (5) any dividends or distributions referred to in clause (a) above) (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) , an “ Asset Distribution ”), in which case, the Conversion Price shall be adjusted so that the adjusted Conversion Price shall equal the number determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on the record date with respect to the Asset Distribution by the fraction of “A/B,” where “A” is equal to the Last Reported Sale Price (as defined above) of New WPP Ordinary Shares on such record date minus the fair market value on such record date (as determined in good faith by New WPP Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive evidence of such fair market value) of the portion of the Asset Distribution applicable to one share of New WPP Ordinary Shares, and “B” is equal to such Last Reported Sale Price.

(e) In case New WPP shall distribute or dividend to all or substantially all holders of New WPP Ordinary Shares, cash (a “ Cash Dividend ”) that when combined with all other Cash Dividends paid with respect to such calendar year with respect to which such Cash Dividend is paid exceeds the applicable Per Share Dividend Threshold (the amount of such excess, the “ Excess Dividend ”) the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the adjusted Conversion Price shall equal the number determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect on the record date with respect to the Cash Dividend by the fraction of “B/A,” where “A” is equal to the Last Reported Sale Price of New WPP Ordinary Shares on such record date, and “B” is equal to such last reported sale price minus the amount of Excess Dividend applicable to one New WPP Ordinary Share. The “ Per Share Dividend Threshold ” shall be equal to 12.4620 pence sterling with respect to calendar year 2008; and with respect to each subsequent calendar year, the Per Share Dividend Threshold shall be equal to the Per Share Dividend Threshold applicable to the prior calendar year multiplied by 1.125; provided, however, that the Per Share Dividend Threshold shall be appropriately adjusted from time to time for any stock dividends on or subdivisions or combinations of or other similar events with respect to New WPP Ordinary Shares. For purposes hereof, the phrase “dividends paid with respect to” a calendar year shall mean dividends specifically paid out of the earnings of such calendar year. For purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Cash Dividends paid by New WPP with respect to calendar year 2008, the interim dividend paid by WPP Holdings per WPP Holdings Ordinary Share with respect to 2008 shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to that calendar year by New WPP in respect of the WPP Holdings Ordinary Shares.

(f) In case a tender or exchange offer (a “ Tender Offer ”) made by New WPP or any subsidiary of New WPP for all or any portion of the New WPP Ordinary Shares shall expire and such Tender Offer (as amended as of the expiration thereof) shall require the payment to holders of New WPP Ordinary Shares of consideration per New WPP Ordinary Share having a cash and fair market value and any other consideration included in such payment per New WPP Ordinary Share (as determined by the New WPP Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and described in a resolution of the New WPP Board of Directors) that as of the last time (the “ Expiration Time ”) tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such Tender Offer (as it may be amended) exceeds the first reported sale price per New WPP Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, the Conversion Price shall be decreased so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Expiration Time by a fraction,

 

9


(i) the numerator of which shall be the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares outstanding (including any tendered or exchanged shares) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Last Reported Sale Price of a New WPP Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time, and

(ii) the denominator of which shall be the sum of (x) the fair market value (determined as aforesaid) of the aggregate consideration payable to holders of New WPP Ordinary Shares based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender or exchange offer) of all shares validly tendered or exchanged and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted up to any such maximum, being referred to as the “ Purchased Shares ”) and (y) the product of the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares outstanding (less any Purchased Shares) at the Expiration Time and the Last Reported Sale Price of a New WPP Ordinary Share on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time,

such adjustment to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Time. If New WPP is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such Tender Offer, but New WPP is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such Tender Offer had not been made.

If an adjustment is required to be made as set forth in Section 11C.06(f) above, such adjustment shall be calculated based upon the amount by which the aggregate consideration paid for New WPP Ordinary Shares acquired in the Tender Offer exceeds the value of such shares based on the first reported sale price of New WPP Ordinary Shares on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Time.

11C.07 No Adjustment.

No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required under Section 11C.06 unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Conversion Price then in effect; provided, however, that any adjustment which by reason of this Section 11C.07 is not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment.

With respect to Sections 11C.06(d) and (e) hereof, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made if New WPP provides that Holders of Debentures will participate in the Asset Distribution or the Cash Dividend, as applicable, on an as-converted basis without conversion. Furthermore, if the numerator of the fraction described in Sections 11C.06(d) and (e) hereof is less than 1 United Kingdom pence (including a negative amount) then in lieu of any adjustment of the Conversion Price, New WPP shall make adequate provision so that each Holder of Debentures shall have the right to receive upon conversion, in addition to the cash payable by the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners and New WPP ADSs issuable upon such conversion, an additional cash amount from the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners equal to the distribution or dividend such Holder would have received had such Holder converted such Debentures immediately prior to the record date for such distribution or dividend. In the case where this Indenture provides that a Conversion Price adjustment is effective upon the record date for a distribution or dividend, if the distribution or dividend is not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Price that would then be in effect if such distribution or dividend had not been declared.

11C.08 Equivalent Adjustments.

If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11C.06 above, the Holder of any Debenture thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital

 

10


stock of New WPP other than New WPP ADSs representing New WPP Ordinary Shares, thereafter the Conversion Price of such other shares so receivable upon conversion of any Debentures shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to New WPP Ordinary Shares contained in this Article 11C.

11C.09 Notice of Adjustment.

Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to Section 11C.06, or Holders become entitled to other securities or due bills, New WPP shall promptly mail to Holders a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. The certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment and the Trustee may conclusively assume that, unless and until such certificate is received by it, no such adjustment is required.

11C.10 Notice of Certain Transactions.

After the Scheme II Effective Date, New WPP shall give notice to the Holders of record of the Debentures of the pending occurrence of each Below Market Issuance, Cash Dividend and Asset Distribution not less than twenty Business Days prior to the ex-dividend date for such distribution and notice to the Holders of record of the Debentures of the occurrence of each Change of Control within twenty Business Days after New WPP obtains knowledge of such occurrence of a Change of Control.

New WPP shall cause any such notice to be filed with the Trustee and the Conversion Agent and to be mailed to each Holder of Debentures at its address appearing on the list provided for in Section 2.05, as promptly as possible but in any event at least ten days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record of the holders of New WPP ADSs is to be taken for the purpose of such transaction, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of New WPP ADSs are to be determined, or (y) the date on which such transaction is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of New WPP ADSs of record shall be entitled to exchange their New WPP ADSs for securities or other property deliverable upon such transaction.

11C.11 Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger, Share Exchange or Sale on Conversion Privilege.

If any of the following shall occur after the Scheme II Effective Date, namely (i) any reclassification or change of outstanding New WPP Ordinary Shares (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination); (ii) any consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement or share exchange to which New WPP is a party other than a merger or scheme of arrangement in which New WPP is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification of, or change (other than a change in name, or par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination) in, outstanding New WPP Ordinary Shares; or (iii) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of New WPP, then New WPP, or such successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, and the Company shall, as a condition precedent to such reclassification, change, consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement, share exchange, sale or conveyance, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of each Debenture then outstanding shall have the right to convert such Debenture into (a) the Cash Conversion Amount and (b) the kind and amount of shares of capital stock and other securities and property (including cash) (“ Acquiror Securities ”) receivable upon such reclassification, change, consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement, share exchange, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares deliverable upon conversion of such Debenture

 

11


immediately prior to the record date or effective date, as applicable, of such reclassification, change, consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement, share exchange, sale or conveyance. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments of the Conversion Price that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments of the Conversion Price provided for in this Article 11C. If, in the case of any such consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement, share exchange, sale or conveyance, the stock or other securities and property (including cash) receivable thereupon by a holder of New WPP Ordinary Shares includes shares of capital stock or other securities and property of a corporation other than the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement, share exchange, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other corporation and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Debentures as the New WPP Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. The provision of this Section 11C.11 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, combinations, mergers, schemes of arrangement, share exchanges, sales or conveyances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a distribution by New WPP to all or substantially all holders of its New WPP Ordinary Shares for which an adjustment to the Conversion Price or provision for conversion of the Debentures may be made pursuant to Section 11C.06 shall not be deemed to be a sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of New WPP for purposes of this Section 11C.11.

In the event New WPP shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section 11C.11, New WPP shall promptly file with the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Officers’ Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders of the Debentures upon the conversion of their Debentures after any such reclassification, change, consolidation, combination, merger, scheme of arrangement, share exchange, sale or conveyance, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with.

11C.12 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 11C should be made, how it should be made or what such adjustment should be made, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be authorized and protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate with respect thereto which New WPP is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11C.09. The Trustee shall not be accountable for and makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Debentures, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings, the WPP UK Partnership Partners and/or New WPP’s failure to comply with any provisions of this Article 11C. Each Conversion Agent (other than New WPP or an Affiliate of New WPP) shall have the same protection under this Section 11C.12 as the Trustee.

The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to Section 11C.11, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness thereof, and shall be authorized and protected in relying upon, the Officers’ Certificate with respect thereto which New WPP is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11C.11.

11C.13 Voluntary Reduction.

New WPP may, from time to time after the Scheme II Effective Date, to the extent permitted by law and The Nasdaq Stock Market Marketplace Rules, reduce the Conversion Price by any amount for any period of at least 20 Business Days, in which case New WPP shall give at least fifteen (15) days’

 

12


notice of such reduction. In particular, New WPP may, at its option after the Scheme II Effective Date, make such reduction in the Conversion Price, in addition to those set forth in Section 11C.06, as it deems advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of New WPP Ordinary Shares resulting from any dividend or distribution of stock (or rights to acquire stock) or from any event treated as such for tax purposes or for any other reasons.

11C.14 Simultaneous Adjustments.

In the event that this Article 11C requires adjustments to the Conversion Price under more than one of the subsections of Section 11C.06, and the record dates for the distributions giving rise to such adjustments shall occur on the same date, or if more than one event requiring adjustment pursuant to Section 11C.06 shall occur before completing the determination for the Conversion Price for the first event requiring such adjustment, then in each case, such adjustments shall be made in such order as determined by the New WPP Board of Directors (whose determination shall, if made in good faith, be conclusive) as shall preserve for Holders the Conversion Price protection provided in Section 11C.06.

11C.15 Effectiveness; Cross References.

Following the Scheme II Effective Date, all references to Article 11 or any Section thereof shall be deemed to be references to this Article 11C and the respective Sections hereof.”

Section 2.02 Amendment to Paragraph 8 of the Debenture . Effective from and after the Scheme II Effective Date, paragraph 8 of the Debenture is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“8. Conversion. Subject to the provisions of Article 11C of the Indenture, a Holder of a Debenture may convert such Debenture into the Cash Conversion Amount in cash payable by the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners and New WPP ADSs representing a number of New WPP Ordinary Shares equal to the Stock Conversion Amount divided by the Conversion Price; provided, however, that if such Debenture is called for redemption, the conversion right will terminate on the second Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date of such Debenture (unless the Company shall default in making the redemption payment when due, in which case the conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date such Default is cured and such Debenture is redeemed). The initial conversion price is $8.84 per New WPP Ordinary Share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as described in the Indenture (the “ Conversion Price ”). The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Debenture prior to the Effective Time is determined by dividing the principal amount of Debentures converted by the Conversion Price in effect on the conversion date. The number of New WPP Ordinary Shares represented by New WPP ADSs issuable upon conversion of a Debenture from and after the Effective Time is determined by dividing (a) the Stock Conversion Amount by (b) the Conversion Price in effect on the conversion date. Upon conversion, no adjustment for interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Amounts, if any), or dividends will be made. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion; in lieu thereof, an amount will be paid by the Company, WPP, WPP Holdings and/or the WPP UK Partnership Partners in cash based upon the current New WPP Market Price (as defined in the Indenture) of New WPP ADSs on the last trading day prior to the date of conversion.

To convert a Debenture, a Holder must (a) complete and sign the irrevocable conversion notice set forth below (copies of which may also be obtained from the Conversion Agent) and deliver such notice to the Conversion Agent, (b) surrender the Debentures by delivering them to the Conversion Agent, at the office or agency maintained for such purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, (c) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by the Registrar or the Conversion Agent, (d) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required and (e) if the Debenture is held in

 

13


book-entry form, complete and deliver to the Depositary appropriate instructions pursuant to the Depositary’s book-entry conversion programs. Upon satisfaction of such requirements, the Conversion Agent shall, on behalf of such Holder, immediately convert such Debentures into the Cash Conversion Amount and New WPP ADSs representing the number of New WPP Ordinary Shares described above. If a Holder surrenders a Debenture for conversion between the record date for the payment of an installment of interest and the related Interest Payment Date, the Debenture must be accompanied by payment of an amount equal to the interest (including Contingent Interest and Additional Amounts, if any), payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of the Debenture or portion thereof then converted; provided, however, that no such payment shall be required if such Debenture has been called for redemption on a Redemption Date within the period between and including such record date and such Interest Payment Date, or if such Debenture is surrendered for conversion on the Interest Payment Date. A Holder may convert a portion of a Debenture equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof.

A Debenture in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Holder Change of Control Acceptance Notice exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to repurchase such Debenture as provided in Section 3.11 or a Purchase Acceptance Notice exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to repurchase such Debenture as provided in Section 3.16 of the Indenture may be converted only if such notice of exercise is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.”

Article III.

WPP UK PARTNERSHIP PARTNERS AGREEMENT TO ASSUME

The WPP UK Partnership Partners hereby expressly assume, from and after the Asset Conveyance Time, all of WPP and WPP Holdings’ obligations, including the payment of principal of, and interest on, the Debentures and the performance of the other covenants under Article 4 of the Indenture. The foregoing shall not relive WPP or WPP Holdings from their respective obligations under the Indenture.

As promptly as practicable after the Asset Conveyance Time, the WPP UK Partnership Partners shall give written notice to the Trustee of the Asset Conveyance Time.

Article IV.

FILINGS WITH THE TRUSTEE

Section 4.01 Amendment of Section 4.03(c) . Section 4.03(c) of the Indenture is hereby amended to add following as the last sentence thereof:

“The Company shall file with the Trustee, within 15 days after New WPP files such annual reports, information, documents and other reports with the SEC, copies of New WPP’s annual report and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) which New WPP is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.”

 

14


Article V.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.01 Binding Agreement; Assignments . Whenever in this Fifth Supplemental Indenture any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such party.

Section 5.02 Relation to Indenture. This Fifth Supplemental Indenture and all the terms and provisions herein contained shall form a part of the Indenture as fully and with the same effect as if all such terms and provisions had been originally set forth in the Indenture. The Indenture is hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain and continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and provisions, as supplemented and amended by this Fifth Supplemental Indenture. The Indenture and this Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed together as one instrument.

Section 5.03 Counterparts . This Fifth Supplemental Indenture may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

Section 5.04 Governing Law . This Fifth Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in advance with the law of the State of New York.

Section 5.05 Trustee . The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of WPP, WPP Holdings, New WPP, the WPP UK Partnership Partners and the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their accuracy or correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Fifth Supplemental Indenture.

[ REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY ]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Fifth Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

16


LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

17

Exhibit 4.12

Ogilvy & Mather ERISA Excess Plan

 

This is the Ogilvy & Mather ERISA Excess Plan (the “ERISA Excess Plan”). The ERISA Excess Plan was established by Ogilvy & Mather to provide “make whole” benefits to employees whose benefits under the Account Balance Plan are limited by law.
You should read this carefully, referring here first when you have any questions about the ERISA Excess Plan (there is a glossary of terms on the last page). If you have any questions or if you need further information, you may contact the Director of Benefits, at Ogilvy & Mather, 309 West 49th Street, New York, NY 10019, 212-237-6560.
Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008, unless otherwise provided herein.

EE5-1


How Does the Plan Work?

Section 401(a)(17) of the Code imposes limits on the amount of benefits that can be provided under an employer’s “qualified plan.” For example, under the Account Balance Plan (a qualified plan), accounts of eligible employees receive a contribution from The Ogilvy Group, Inc. (the “Company”) of 10% of their annual eligible compensation (as defined in the Account Balance Plan, generally including salary or base pay and certain pre-tax employee contributions to Company-sponsored benefit plans); however, by law, only compensation up to a designated maximum per year ($230,000 for 2008) can be taken into account when making the contribution. So, the maximum contribution any employee’s account can receive under the Account Balance Plan in 2008 is $23,000 (10% of $230,000).

The annual compensation limit is increased from time to time by the IRS to reflect cost of living increases. However, effective as of January 1, 2009, the eligible compensation limit that may be taken into account under the Account Balance Plan has been fixed at $230,000, which is the 2008 qualified plan compensation limit. Thus, although the IRS limit on eligible compensation that may be taken into account under the Account Balance Plan will increase to $245,000 in 2009, the terms of the Account Balance Plan limit includible compensation in 2009 and future years to $230,000.

The ERISA Excess Plan provides employees who earn more than the designated maximum compensation ($230,000 in 2009 and future years) with a “make whole” contribution from the Company of 10% of their eligible compensation that is above the designated maximum. (If you are not eligible to participate in the Account Balance Plan, you are not eligible for a contribution under the ERISA Excess Plan.)

It should be noted that the ERISA Excess Plan is a form of “nonqualified plan,” which is a promise by an employer to participants to pay income, at some future date, for services performed currently. The contributions the

Company makes on your behalf to the ERISA Excess Plan are sheltered from immediate income taxes (but not FICA taxes), by deferring the payment of taxes until you receive a distribution from the Plan, which will be on a Termination of Employment (as defined below in “When Will I Be Entitled To Receive My Benefit?”). All future deferred income payments are subject to income tax withholding.

It is important to note that contributions to this ERISA Excess Plan will not begin until you have earned the maximum compensation limit designated by the Plan for the plan year ($230,000 in 2009 and future years).

Am I Eligible to Participate?

For periods prior to January 1, 2009, all employees who had eligible compensation under the Account Balance Plan in excess of the maximum compensation limit set by the IRS (for 2008, $230,000) and who were eligible to participate in the Account Balance Plan were automatically enrolled in the ERISA Excess Plan (i.e., became participants). Notwithstanding any provision of the ERISA Excess Plan to the contrary, no employee shall be newly enrolled in or become eligible for the ERISA Excess Plan after December 31, 2008. If you were enrolled in the ERISA Excess Plan prior to January 1, 2009, you will remain a participant in the Plan until your benefits are fully paid out under the terms hereof.

How Are Contributions Recorded?

Under the ERISA Excess Plan, the Company will record a contribution for you at the end of each plan year equal to 10% of your annual eligible compensation above the maximum compensation limit that is taken into account under the Account Balance Plan (limited by amendment to $230,000 for all periods on or after January 1, 2009).

Effective as of January 1, 2009, your account earns interest at two different rates. Contributions to your ERISA Excess Plan account that are made with respect to your eligible compensation in excess of $230,000, but equal to or less than the IRS compensation limit


 

EE5-2


($245,000 in 2009), are credited monthly with the annual interest rate applicable under the Account Balance Plan. Contributions to your ERISA Excess Plan account that are made with respect to your eligible compensation in excess of the IRS compensation limit ($245,000 in 2009) and your accumulated balance as of December 31, 2008 are credited with interest at the prime rate, as determined at the beginning of each month (compounded monthly). If you are not entitled to a contribution in any plan year (for example, if your eligible compensation falls below the maximum compensation limit designated by the IRS for that plan year), your account balance will continue to be credited with interest as described above until it is distributed to you.

The ERISA Excess Plan is intended to be an unfunded unsecured plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees pursuant to ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). An entry is made in a Company ledger showing that you were owed contributions by the Company to be paid at a later date. The interest earnings are recorded in the same ledger.

Benefits under the ERISA Excess Plan are paid out of the Company’s general assets and are therefore not protected from claims by the Company’s creditors. There is no trust and nothing contained in this ERISA Excess Plan or any action taken with respect to the plan provisions is intended to create a trust of any kind. You are relying on the Company’s promise to pay the ERISA Excess Plan’s benefits in the future. Should the Company become insolvent or bankrupt, you would have no greater rights to your ERISA Excess Plan benefits than a general unsecured creditor.

When Will I Be Entitled to Receive My Benefit?

For distributions paid on and after January 1, 2008, you must have three (3) years of employment with the Company (or an affiliate) in order to be entitled to a benefit from this ERISA Excess Plan. If you incur a Termination

of Employment (as defined below) before you have three (3) years of employment, you will forfeit your benefit under the ERISA Excess Plan.

You will receive a distribution of your ERISA Excess Plan benefits when you are no longer employed by the Company or one of its affiliates and such event constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (such event, a “Termination of Employment”). Interest (as described in “How Are Contributions Recorded?”) will continue to accrue for periods prior to your Termination of Employment.

The distributed benefits are included in your gross income in the year in which they are received and are subject to income tax withholding.

How Will My Benefit Be Paid?

No withdrawals are permitted from the ERISA Excess Plan while you are still an active Company (or an affiliate) employee and no loans are permitted at any time. If you experience a Termination of Employment, your benefit will be paid to you in a lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your termination date (subject to income tax withholding). However, if you are a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A (as defined below), such lump sum payment will be made on the semi-monthly payroll date immediately following the six-month anniversary of your Termination of Employment.

What Happens If I Die?

If you die before receiving your entire benefit from the ERISA Excess Plan, your entire benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary you have designated to receive your Account Balance Plan benefit. The payment will be paid to your designated Beneficiary in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death. You may, from time to time, revoke or change your Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company.


 

EE5-3


The last Beneficiary designation received by the Company will be controlling. No designation, change or revocation of a Beneficiary designation will be effective unless received by the Company prior to your death. If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of your death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives you, the payment of any ERISA Excess Plan benefits, upon your death, will be made to your surviving spouse, or if you have no surviving spouse, to your children, or if you have no children, to the legal representative of your estate. The benefits will be paid to such persons or your estate in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death.

What Else Should I Know?

Incompetent Payee

If anyone entitled to a benefit becomes legally incapacitated or is otherwise unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may pay his or her benefit to someone else (such as a named Beneficiary or duly appointed representative or guardian) for the benefit of that person.

Employment Rights Not Implied

Participation in the ERISA Excess Plan neither gives an employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor guarantees his or her rights or claim to any benefit except as specified in the Plan.

Interpretation

The Company shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the ERISA Excess Plan. The Company’s interpretation and construction of any provision or action taken under the ERISA Excess Plan shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.

Section 409A

Although the Company makes no guarantee with respect to the treatment of payments under the ERISA Excess Plan and shall not be responsible in any event with regard to the

ERISA Excess Plan’s compliance with Section 409A (as defined below), the ERISA Excess Plan is intended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or official guidance relating thereto (collectively, “Section 409A”). Accordingly, and notwithstanding any provision of the ERISA Excess Plan to the contrary, if the ERISA Excess Plan should fail to comply with Section 409A, then the Company shall be empowered to take any actions necessary so as to administer the ERISA Excess Plan in good faith compliance with Section 409A.

Claims Procedures

Initial Claims

If you or your Beneficiary do not receive a benefit to which you believe you are entitled, you or your Beneficiary can file a written claim with the Company. The Company will provide you or your Beneficiary with the necessary information and make all determinations as to the right of any person to a disputed benefit. Your claim will be processed within 90 days (in special circumstances, this period may be extended for an additional 90 days by written notice to you). If your claim has been denied, you will be notified in writing and such notification will include the reasons for the denial, specific references to pertinent Plan provisions, and a description of any additional material or information regarding your claim.

Disputed Claims

If you are dissatisfied with any decision on your claim, you have the right to request, in writing, a review of the decision. You also have the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. A request for review, giving the reason the decision is believed to be in error, must be made not later than 60 days after a decision on a claim is received.

All requests for review of determinations under the ERISA Excess Plan should be addressed to the Company at the address specified on the first page.


 

EE5-4


Within 60 days of receipt of a request for review of the disputed claim (in special circumstances, 120 days, by written notice to you), the Company will review the claim and advise you or your Beneficiary, in writing, of its determination. The Company’s decision on appeal will be final.

You must exhaust these procedures before bringing a lawsuit with respect to your benefits.

Assignment

The right of any participant or any other person to the payment of benefits under the ERISA Excess Plan shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the ERISA Excess Plan at any time. Any such action by the Company shall not reduce the benefits you have accrued to the date of such action or change the time or form of payment of such benefits, except as may be permitted under Section 409A.

Governing Law

To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the ERISA Excess Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Glossary

A “qualified plan” is a funded plan that is afforded favorable tax treatment because it meets specific requirements of the Code. Qualified plans must cover a broad spectrum of employees and there are limits on benefits and contributions. Distributions from qualified plans

can be rolled over into IRAs or other employer sponsored plans. Examples of qualified plans are 401(k) plans, cash balance plans and defined benefit pension plans.

A “nonqualified plan” is an unfunded plan where the participants rely on the promise of the employer to pay benefits at a future date. Benefits are not protected from claims by a company’s creditors. Nonqualified plans are subject to different IRS coverage rules than qualified plans and there are no limits to benefits and contributions. Distributions from nonqualified plans cannot be rolled over into IRAs or other employer-sponsored plans. Examples of nonqualified plans are deferred compensation plans and excess plans.

“FICA” means Social Security and Medicare taxes.

The “Account Balance Plan” (formerly known as the Cash Balance Plan) is a qualified retirement plan maintained by Ogilvy & Mather. Its official name is the Ogilvy & Mather Account Balance Defined Benefit Pension Plan. Under the Account Balance Plan, eligible employees receive a Company contribution of 10% of their eligible compensation. For distributions paid on and after January 1, 2008, an employee must have three (3) years of service to have a non-forfeitable right to this benefit. Distributions cannot be made unless the employee has 20 years of service or is at least age 55.

The “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which was established to protect the interests of retirement plan participants and their beneficiaries.


 

EE5-5

Exhibit 4.13

Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan

 

This is the Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan (the “Executive Savings Plan”). The Executive Savings Plan is designed to recognize your individual contribution to Ogilvy & Mather’s overall team effort by giving you an opportunity to defer receipt of a portion of your income, thereby deferring taxes and by giving you a 25% matching contribution on your deferral. The Executive Savings Plan helps you to supplement your retirement benefits.

You should read this carefully and refer here first when you have any questions about the Executive Savings Plan (there is a glossary of terms on the last page). If you have any questions or if you need

further information, you may contact the Director of Benefits, at Ogilvy & Mather, 309 West 49th Street, New York, NY 10019, 212-237-6560.

Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008.

 

ES25-1


How Does the Plan Work?

The Executive Savings Plan is a “nonqualified plan,” which is a promise by an employer to participants to pay income, at some future date, for services performed currently. By deferring income into the Executive Savings Plan, amounts are sheltered from immediate income taxes (but not FICA taxes) until you receive a distribution from the Executive Savings Plan, which will be on a Termination of Employment (as defined below in “When Will I Be Entitled To Receive My Benefit?”). All future deferred income payments are subject to income tax withholding.

It is important to note that once you choose to participate in this Executive Savings Plan, you cannot stop deferrals during the calendar year; however, you do have the option not to participate the following year.

When Am I Eligible to Participate?

Participation in the Executive Savings Plan is limited to key employees and is by personal invitation only. Membership is highly selective to ensure a meaningful financial opportunity for all participants. You are invited to participate during the Annual Plan Offering, which is held in November or December of each year for the following year, or when you are first hired or may be invited to participate on the 1st of any month (you must elect to participate within 30 days of your invitation to participate). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise permitted under Section 409A (as defined below), you shall not be eligible for the special rule applicable to employees who are first invited to participate if you were previously eligible to participate in the Executive Savings Plan or any other deferred compensation plan which is aggregated with the Executive Savings Plan for purposes of Section 409A. Participation is totally voluntary.

One of the requirements of this kind of plan is that you must elect to defer income before you receive it–therefore, should you not elect to participate in the Executive Savings Plan during the designated entry periods as described above, you will have to wait until the next Annual Plan Offering. Please note that invitations are

given each year–participation for one year does not guarantee an invitation to participate the following year. In addition, you must elect to defer income in order to be credited with the Company match.

Invitation to this Executive Savings Plan is with the approval of the Chief Financial Officer, O&M NA or the Chief Financial Officer, O&M Worldwide.

How Much Can I Defer?

You can defer up to 10% of your annual base salary. Under the Executive Savings Plan, your deferrals earn interest at the prime rate determined as of the first of each month (compounded monthly). The earnings also accumulate tax-deferred. If you do not participate in any year, your account balance will continue to be credited with interest until it is distributed to you.

What Is the Company Match?

The Ogilvy Group, Inc. (the “Company”) (or one of its affiliates) will automatically match 25% of your deferrals each year. The match is credited to you monthly.

Please note that if you choose not to defer into the Executive Savings Plan, you will not be credited with any Company match–the match is contingent upon your participation in the Executive Savings Plan.

What Is Pension Make-Up?

Because of IRS rules and regulations, income that you defer into the Executive Savings Plan is not considered eligible compensation for the purpose of calculating the Company’s contribution on your behalf to the Account Balance Plan or your contributions to the 401(k) Plan. In order to keep you from being penalized by these rules and regulations, the Company will credit your account with 10% of the amount you are deferring to the Executive Savings Plan. So, if you are deferring $1,000 per month, the Company will credit you with 10% of the deferral ($100) as a “pension make-up.”

You will be credited with this pension make-up when you begin deferring into the Executive Savings Plan, regardless of whether or not you are eligible to participate in the Account Balance Plan at that time.


 

ES25-2


Your other group benefits (such as life insurance and long term disability) are not affected by your decision to defer income.

How Are Plan Deferrals Recorded?

The Executive Savings Plan is intended to be an unfunded, unsecured plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees pursuant to ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). When you defer income, an entry is made in a ledger showing that you were owed income by the Company and that you chose to defer receipt until a later date. The interest and Company credits are recorded in the same ledger.

Benefits under the Executive Savings Plan are paid out of the Company’s general assets and are therefore not protected from claims by the Company’s creditors. There is no trust and nothing contained in this Executive Savings Plan or any action taken with respect to the provisions herein is intended to create a trust of any kind. You are relying on the Company’s promise to pay the Executive Savings Plan’s benefits in the future. Should the Company become insolvent or bankrupt, you will have no greater rights to your Executive Savings Plan benefits than a general unsecured creditor.

You may purchase a surety bond from a surety company or a letter of credit from a bank to secure your deferred compensation payments should the Company default on those payments. A surety bond is a type of performance bond issued by a surety insurance company. You would pay the premium to the surety insurance company for the bond coverage. The Company cannot be involved, either directly or indirectly, in the purchase of the surety bond or letter of credit as this will be viewed by the IRS as creating a funded nonqualified plan that will be currently taxable to you. If you wish to purchase a surety bond or letter of credit, we strongly advise that you consult the services of a tax professional.

You will receive quarterly statements showing your deferrals, the Company match, pension make-up, and interest so you can monitor the growth of your benefit.

 

When Will I Be Entitled to Receive My Benefit?

You will receive a distribution of your Executive Savings Plan benefits when you are no longer employed by the Company or one of its affiliates and such event constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (such event, a “Termination of Employment”). Interest (as described in “How Much Can I Defer?”) will continue to accrue for periods prior to your Termination of Employment.

The distributed benefits are included in your gross income in the year in which they are received by you and are subject to income taxes. Since FICA taxes were paid at the time of deferral, no FICA taxes will be withheld at the time of distribution.

How Will My Benefit Be Paid?

No withdrawals are permitted from the Executive Savings Plan while you are still an active Company (or an affiliate) employee and no loans are permitted at any time. If you experience a Termination of Employment, your benefit will be paid to you in a lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your termination date (subject to income tax withholding). However, if you are a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A (as defined below), such lump sum payment will be made on the semi-monthly payroll date immediately following the six-month anniversary of your Termination of Employment.

What Happens If I Die?

If you die before receiving your benefit from the Executive Savings Plan, the benefits will be paid to your designated Beneficiary in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death. When you are given the opportunity to participate in the Executive Savings Plan, you will receive a Beneficiary Designation form. You may designate one or more persons as the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will be entitled to receive the amount payable from the Executive Savings Plan upon your death. You may, from time to time, revoke or change your Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company.


 

ES25-3


The last Beneficiary designation received by the Company will be controlling. No designation, change or revocation of a Beneficiary designation will be effective unless received by the Company prior to your death. If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of your death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives you, the payment of any Executive Savings Plan benefits upon your death will be made to your surviving spouse, or if you have no surviving spouse, to your children, or if you have no children, to the legal representative of your estate. The benefits will be paid to such persons or your estate in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death.

What Else Should I Know?

Incompetent Payee

If anyone entitled to a benefit becomes legally incapacitated or is otherwise unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may pay his or her benefit to someone else (such as a named Beneficiary or duly appointed representative or guardian) for the benefit of that person.

Employment Rights Not Implied

Participation in the Executive Savings Plan neither gives an employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor guarantees his or her rights or claim to any benefit except as specified in the Executive Savings Plan.

Interpretation

The Company shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the Executive Savings Plan. The Company’s interpretation and construction of any provision or action taken under the Executive Savings Plan shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.

Section 409A

Although the Company makes no guarantee with respect to the treatment of payments under

the Executive Savings Plan and shall not be responsible in any event with regard to the Executive Savings Plan’s compliance with Section 409A (as defined below), the Plan is intended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or official guidance relating thereto (collectively, “Section 409A”). Accordingly, and notwithstanding any provision of the Executive Savings Plan to the contrary, if the Executive Savings Plan should fail to comply with Section 409A, then the Company shall be empowered to take any actions necessary so as to administer the Executive Savings Plan in good faith compliance with Section 409A.

Claims Procedures

Initial Claims

If you or your Beneficiary do not receive a benefit to which you believe you are entitled, you or your Beneficiary can file a written claim with the Company. The Company will provide you or your Beneficiary with the necessary information and make all determinations as to the right of any person to a disputed benefit. Your claim will be processed within 90 days (in special circumstances, this period may be extended for an additional 90 days by written notice to you). If your claim has been denied, you will be notified in writing and such notification will include the reasons for the denial, specific references to pertinent plan provisions, and a description of any additional material or information regarding your claim.

Disputed Claims

If you are dissatisfied with any decision on your claim, you have the right to request, in writing, a review of the decision. You also have the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. A request for review, giving the reason the decision is believed to be in error, must be made not later than 60 days after a decision on a claim is received.

All requests for review of determinations under the Executive Savings Plan should be addressed to the Company at the address specified on the first page.


 

ES25-4


Within 60 days of receipt of a request for review of the disputed claim (in special circumstances, 120 days, by written notice to you), the Company will review the claim and advise you or your Beneficiary, in writing, of its determination. The Company’s decision on appeal will be final.

You must exhaust these procedures before bringing a lawsuit with respect to your benefits.

Assignment

The right of any participant or any other person to the payment of benefits under the Executive Savings Plan shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the Executive Savings Plan at any time. Any such action by the Company shall not reduce the benefits you have accrued to the date of such action or change the time or form of payment of such benefits, except as may be permitted under Section 409A.

Governing Law

To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the Executive Savings Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Glossary

A “qualified plan” is a funded plan that is afforded favorable tax treatment because it meets specific requirements of the Code. Qualified plans must cover a broad spectrum of employees and there are limits on benefits and contributions. Distributions from qualified plans can be rolled over into IRAs or other employer-sponsored plans. Examples of qualified plans are 401(k) plans, cash balance plans and defined benefit pension plans.

 

A “nonqualified plan” is an unfunded plan where the participants rely on the promise of the employer to pay benefits at a future date. Benefits are not protected from claims by a company’s creditors. Nonqualified plans are subject to different IRS coverage rules than qualified plans and there are no limits to benefits and contributions. Distributions from nonqualified plans cannot be rolled over into IRAs or other employer-sponsored plans. Examples of nonqualified plans are deferred compensation plans and excess plans.

“FICA” means Social Security and Medicare taxes.

The “Account Balance Plan” (formerly known as the Cash Balance Plan) is a qualified retirement plan maintained by Ogilvy & Mather. Its official name is the Ogilvy & Mather Account Balance Defined Benefit Pension Plan. Under the Account Balance Plan, eligible employees receive a Company contribution of 10% of their annual base salary. An employee must have five (5) years of service to have a non-forfeitable right to this benefit. Distributions cannot be made unless the employee has 20 years of service or is at least age 55.

The “401(k) Plan” is a qualified plan maintained by Ogilvy & Mather. Eligible employees can contribute from 1%–15% of their base salary (there are no Company contributions).

The “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which was established to protect the interests of retirement plan participants and their beneficiaries.


 

ES25-5

Exhibit 4.14

Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan

 

This is the Ogilvy & Mather Executive Savings Plan (the “Executive Savings Plan”). The Executive Savings Plan is designed to recognize your individual contribution to Ogilvy & Mather’s overall team effort by giving you an opportunity to defer receipt of a portion of your income, thereby deferring taxes and by giving you a 50% matching contribution on your deferral. The Executive Savings Plan helps you to supplement your retirement benefits.
You should read this carefully and refer here first when you have any questions about the Executive Savings Plan (there is a glossary of terms on the last page). If you have any questions or if you need further information, you may contact the Director of Benefits, at Ogilvy & Mather, 309 West 49th Street, New York, NY 10019, 212-237-6560.
Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008.

ES50-1


How Does the Plan Work?

The Executive Savings Plan is a “nonqualified plan,” which is a promise by an employer to participants to pay income, at some future date, for services performed currently. By deferring income into the Executive Savings Plan, amounts are sheltered from immediate income taxes (but not FICA taxes) until you receive a distribution from the Executive Savings Plan, which will be on a Termination of Employment (as defined below in “When Will I Be Entitled To Receive My Benefit?”). All future deferred income payments are subject to income tax withholding.

It is important to note that once you choose to participate in this Executive Savings Plan, you cannot stop deferrals during the calendar year; however, you do have the option not to participate the following year.

When Am I Eligible to Participate?

Participation in the Executive Savings Plan is limited to key employees and is by personal invitation only. Membership is highly selective to ensure a meaningful financial opportunity for all participants. You are invited to participate during the Annual Plan Offering, which is held in November or December of each year for the following year, or when you are first hired or may be invited to participate on the 1st of any month (you must elect to participate within 30 days of your invitation to participate). Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise permitted under Section 409A (as defined below), you shall not be eligible for the special rule applicable to employees who are first invited to participate if you were previously eligible to participate in the Executive Savings Plan or any other deferred compensation plan which is aggregated with the Executive Savings Plan for purposes of Section 409A. Participation is totally voluntary.

One of the requirements of this kind of plan is that you must elect to defer income before you receive it–therefore, should you not elect to participate in the Executive Savings Plan during the designated entry periods as described above, you will have to wait until the next Annual Plan Offering. Please note that invitations are

given each year–participation for one year does not guarantee an invitation to participate the following year. In addition, you must elect to defer income in order to be credited with the Company match.

Invitation to this Executive Savings Plan is with the approval of the Chief Financial Officer, O&M NA or the Chief Financial Officer, O&M Worldwide.

How Much Can I Defer?

You can defer up to 10% of your annual base salary. Under the Executive Savings Plan, your deferrals earn interest at the prime rate determined as of the first of each month (compounded monthly). The earnings also accumulate tax-deferred. If you do not participate in any year, your account balance will continue to be credited with interest until it is distributed to you.

What Is the Company Match?

The Ogilvy Group, Inc. (the “Company”) (or one of its affiliates) will automatically match 50% of your deferrals each year. The match is credited to you monthly.

Please note that if you choose not to defer into the Executive Savings Plan, you will not be credited with any Company match–the match is contingent upon your participation in the Executive Savings Plan.

What Is Pension Make-Up?

Because of IRS rules and regulations, income that you defer into the Executive Savings Plan is not considered eligible compensation for the purpose of calculating the Company’s contribution on your behalf to the Account Balance Plan or your contributions to the 401(k) Plan. In order to keep you from being penalized by these rules and regulations, the Company will credit your account with 10% of the amount you are deferring to the Executive Savings Plan. So, if you are deferring $1,000 per month, the Company will credit you with 10% of the deferral ($100) as a “pension make-up.”


 

ES50-2


You will be credited with this pension make-up when you begin deferring into the Executive Savings Plan, regardless of whether or not you are eligible to participate in the Account Balance Plan at that time.

Your other group benefits (such as life insurance and long term disability) are not affected by your decision to defer income.

How Are Plan Deferrals Recorded?

The Executive Savings Plan is intended to be an unfunded, unsecured plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees pursuant to ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). When you defer income, an entry is made in a ledger showing that you were owed income by the Company and that you chose to defer receipt until a later date. The interest and Company credits are recorded in the same ledger.

Benefits under the Executive Savings Plan are paid out of the Company’s general assets and are therefore not protected from claims by the Company’s creditors. There is no trust and nothing contained in this Executive Savings Plan or any action taken with respect to the provisions herein is intended to create a trust of any kind. You are relying on the Company’s promise to pay the Executive Savings Plan’s benefits in the future. Should the Company become insolvent or bankrupt, you will have no greater rights to your Executive Savings Plan benefits than a general unsecured creditor.

You may purchase a surety bond from a surety company or a letter of credit from a bank to secure your deferred compensation payments should the Company default on those payments. A surety bond is a type of performance bond issued by a surety insurance company. You would pay the premium to the surety insurance company for the bond coverage. The Company cannot be involved, either directly or indirectly, in the purchase of the surety bond or letter of credit as this will be viewed by the IRS as creating a funded nonqualified plan that will be currently taxable to you. If you wish to purchase a surety

bond or letter of credit, we strongly advise that you consult the services of a tax professional.

You will receive quarterly statements showing your deferrals, the Company match, pension make-up, and interest so you can monitor the growth of your benefit.

When Will I Be Entitled to Receive My Benefit?

You will receive a distribution of your Executive Savings Plan benefits when you are no longer employed by the Company or one of its affiliates and such event constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (such event, a “Termination of Employment”). Interest (as described in “How Much Can I Defer?”) will continue to accrue for periods prior to your Termination of Employment.

The distributed benefits are included in your gross income in the year in which they are received by you and are subject to income taxes. Since FICA taxes were paid at the time of deferral, no FICA taxes will be withheld at the time of distribution.

How Will My Benefit Be Paid?

No withdrawals are permitted from the Executive Savings Plan while you are still an active Company (or an affiliate) employee and no loans are permitted at any time. If you experience a Termination of Employment, your benefit will be paid to you in a lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your termination date (subject to income tax withholding). However, if you are a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A (as defined below), such lump sum payment will be made on the semi-monthly payroll date immediately following the six-month anniversary of your Termination of Employment.

What Happens If I Die?

If you die before receiving your benefit from the Executive Savings Plan, the benefits will be paid to your designated Beneficiary in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to


 

ES50-3


the sixtieth day following your death. When you are given the opportunity to participate in the Executive Savings Plan, you will receive a Beneficiary Designation form. You may designate one or more persons as the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will be entitled to receive the amount payable from the Executive Savings Plan upon your death. You may, from time to time, revoke or change your Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company.

The last Beneficiary designation received by the Company will be controlling. No designation, change or revocation of a Beneficiary designation will be effective unless received by the Company prior to your death. If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of your death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives you, the payment of any Executive Savings Plan benefits upon your death will be made to your surviving spouse, or if you have no surviving spouse, to your children, or if you have no children, to the legal representative of your estate. The benefits will be paid to such persons or your estate in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death.

What Else Should I Know?

Incompetent Payee

If anyone entitled to a benefit becomes legally incapacitated or is otherwise unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may pay his or her benefit to someone else (such as a named Beneficiary or duly appointed representative or guardian) for the benefit of that person.

Employment Rights Not Implied

Participation in the Executive Savings Plan neither gives an employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor guarantees his or her rights or claim to any benefit except as specified in the Executive Savings Plan.

 

Interpretation

The Company shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the Executive Savings Plan. The Company’s interpretation and construction of any provision or action taken under the Executive Savings Plan shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.

Section 409A

Although the Company makes no guarantee with respect to the treatment of payments under the Executive Savings Plan and shall not be responsible in any event with regard to the Executive Savings Plan’s compliance with Section 409A (as defined below), the Plan is intended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or official guidance relating thereto (collectively, “Section 409A”). Accordingly, and notwithstanding any provision of the Executive Savings Plan to the contrary, if the Executive Savings Plan should fail to comply with Section 409A, then the Company shall be empowered to take any actions necessary so as to administer the Executive Savings Plan in good faith compliance with Section 409A.

Claims Procedures

Initial Claims

If you or your Beneficiary do not receive a benefit to which you believe you are entitled, you or your Beneficiary can file a written claim with the Company. The Company will provide you or your Beneficiary with the necessary information and make all determinations as to the right of any person to a disputed benefit. Your claim will be processed within 90 days (in special circumstances, this period may be extended for an additional 90 days by written notice to you). If your claim has been denied, you will be notified in writing and such notification will include the reasons for the denial, specific references to pertinent plan provisions, and a description of any additional material or information regarding your claim.


 

ES50-4


Disputed Claims

If you are dissatisfied with any decision on your claim, you have the right to request, in writing, a review of the decision. You also have the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. A request for review, giving the reason the decision is believed to be in error, must be made not later than 60 days after a decision on a claim is received.

All requests for review of determinations under the Executive Savings Plan should be addressed to the Company at the address specified on the first page.

Within 60 days of receipt of a request for review of the disputed claim (in special circumstances, 120 days, by written notice to you), the Company will review the claim and advise you or your Beneficiary, in writing, of its determination. The Company’s decision on appeal will be final.

You must exhaust these procedures before bringing a lawsuit with respect to your benefits.

Assignment

The right of any participant or any other person to the payment of benefits under the Executive Savings Plan shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the Executive Savings Plan at any time. Any such action by the Company shall not reduce the benefits you have accrued to the date of such action or change the time or form of payment of such benefits, except as may be permitted under Section 409A.

Governing Law

To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the Executive Savings Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

Glossary

A “qualified plan” is a funded plan that is afforded favorable tax treatment because it meets specific requirements of the Code. Qualified plans must cover a broad spectrum of employees and there are limits on benefits and contributions. Distributions from qualified plans can be rolled over into IRAs or other employer-sponsored plans. Examples of qualified plans are 401(k) plans, cash balance plans and defined benefit pension plans.

A “nonqualified plan” is an unfunded plan where the participants rely on the promise of the employer to pay benefits at a future date. Benefits are not protected from claims by a company’s creditors. Nonqualified plans are subject to different IRS coverage rules than qualified plans and there are no limits to benefits and contributions. Distributions from nonqualified plans cannot be rolled over into IRAs or other employer-sponsored plans. Examples of nonqualified plans are deferred compensation plans and excess plans.

“FICA” means Social Security and Medicare taxes.

The “Account Balance Plan” (formerly known as the Cash Balance Plan) is a qualified retirement plan maintained by Ogilvy & Mather. Its official name is the Ogilvy & Mather Account Balance Defined Benefit Pension Plan. Under the Account Balance Plan, eligible employees receive a Company contribution of 10% of their annual base salary. An employee must have five (5) years of service to have a non-forfeitable right to this benefit. Distributions cannot be made unless the employee has 20 years of service or is at least age 55.

The “401(k) Plan” is a qualified plan maintained by Ogilvy & Mather. Eligible employees can contribute from 1%–15% of their base salary (there are no Company contributions).

The “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which was established to protect the interests of retirement plan participants and their beneficiaries.


 

ES50-5

Exhibit 4.15

Ogilvy & Mather Deferred Compensation Plan

 

This is the Ogilvy & Mather Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”). The Deferred Compensation Plan is designed to give you an opportunity to defer

receipt of a portion of your income, thereby deferring taxes and helping you to supplement

your retirement benefits.

You should read this carefully and refer here first when you have any questions about the Deferred Compensation Plan (there is a glossary of terms on the last page). If you have any questions or if you need further information, you may contact the Director of Benefits at Ogilvy & Mather, 309 West 49th Street, New York, NY 10019, 212-237-6560.
Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008.

DC-1


How Does the Plan Work?

The Deferred Compensation Plan is a “nonqualified plan,” which is a promise by an employer to participants to pay income, at some future date, for services performed currently. By deferring income into the Deferred Compensation Plan, amounts are sheltered from immediate income taxes (but not FICA taxes) until you receive a distribution from the Deferred Compensation Plan, which will be on a Termination of Employment (as defined below in “When Will I Be Entitled To Receive My Benefit?”). All future deferred income payments are subject to income tax withholding.

It is important to note that once you choose to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, you cannot stop deferrals during the calendar year; however, you do have the option not to participate the following year.

When Am I Eligible to Participate?

Effective 1/1/05, all Senior Partners and higher level officers of The Ogilvy Group, Inc. (the “Company”) became eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan. You are given the opportunity to participate within 30 days from when you are first hired (or when you are promoted to Senior Partner level) and during the Annual Plan Offering, which is held in November of each year for the following year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise permitted under Section 409A (as defined below), you shall not be eligible for the special rule applicable to employees who are first promoted to Senior Partner level if you were previously eligible to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan or any other deferred compensation plan which is aggregated with the Deferred Compensation Plan for purposes of Section 409A. One of the requirements of this kind of plan is that you must elect to defer income before you receive it – therefore, should you not elect to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan during the designated entry periods as described above, you will have to wait until the next Annual Plan Offering.

 

How Much Can I Defer?

Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, you can defer:

 

 

up to 75% of your annual base salary, or a designated dollar amount not to exceed 75% of your annual base salary, and/or

 

 

a percentage (up to 100%) or designated dollar amount of your annual bonus.

Your deferrals earn interest at the prime rate as determined on the first day of each month (compounded monthly). The earnings also accumulate tax-deferred. If you choose not to participate in any year, your account balance will continue to be credited with interest until it is distributed to you.

What Is Pension Make-Up?

Because of IRS rules and regulations, income that you defer into the Deferred Compensation Plan is not considered eligible compensation for the purpose of calculating the Company’s contribution to your Account Balance Plan (formerly known as the Cash Balance Plan) or your contributions to the 401(k) Plan. In order to keep you from being penalized by these rules and regulations, the Company will credit your account with 10% of the amount you are deferring to the Deferred Compensation Plan. So, if you are deferring $1,000 per month, the Company will credit you with 10% of the deferral ($100) as a “pension make-up.”

You will be credited with this pension make-up when you begin deferring into the Deferred Compensation Plan, regardless of whether or not you are eligible to participate in the Account Balance Plan at that time.

Your other group benefits (such as life insurance and long term disability) are not affected by your decision to defer income.


 

DC-2


Will the Company Make Any Other Contributions to the Deferred Compensation Plan?

From time to time the Company may in its sole discretion make additional contributions on your behalf to the Deferred Compensation Plan. Any such contributions must be approved in advance by the appropriate Chief Financial Officer and will vest in the same manner as do employer contributions in the Account Balance Plan.

How Are Deferrals Recorded?

The Deferred Compensation Plan is intended to be an unfunded, unsecured plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees pursuant to ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). When you defer income, an entry is made in a ledger showing that you were owed income by the Company and that you chose to defer receipt until a later date. The interest and Company credits are recorded in the same ledger.

Benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan are paid out of the Company’s general assets and are therefore not protected from claims by the Company’s creditors. There is no trust and nothing contained in this Deferred Compensation Plan or any action taken with respect to the provisions herein is intended to create a trust of any kind. You are relying on the Company’s promise to pay the Deferred Compensation Plan’s benefits in the future. Should the Company become insolvent or bankrupt, you will have no greater rights to your Deferred Compensation Plan benefits than a general unsecured creditor.

You may purchase a surety bond from a surety company or a letter of credit from a bank to secure your deferred compensation payments should the Company default on those payments. A surety bond is a type of performance bond issued by a surety insurance company. You would pay the premium to the surety insurance company for the bond coverage. The Company cannot be involved, either directly or indirectly, in the purchase of the surety bond or letter of credit as this will be viewed by the IRS as creating a

funded nonqualified plan that will be currently taxable to you. If you wish to purchase a surety bond or letter of credit, we strongly advise that you consult the services of a tax professional.

You will receive quarterly statements showing your deferrals, pension make-up and other Company contributions, and account earnings so you can monitor the growth of your benefit.

When Will I Be Entitled to Receive My Benefit?

You will receive a distribution of your Deferred Compensation Plan benefits when you are no longer employed by the Company or one of its affiliates and such event constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A (such event, a “Termination of Employment”). Interest (as described in “How Much Can I Defer?”) will continue to accrue for periods prior to your Termination of Employment.

The distributed benefits are included in your gross income in the year in which they are received by you and are subject to income taxes. Since FICA taxes were paid at the time of deferral, no FICA taxes will be withheld at the time of distribution.

How Will My Benefit Be Paid?

No withdrawals are permitted from the Deferred Compensation Plan while you are still an active Company (or an affiliate) employee and no loans are permitted at any time. If you experience a Termination of Employment, except as provided below, your benefit will be paid to you in a lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your termination date (subject to income tax withholding). However, if you are a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A (as defined below), such lump sum payment will be made on the semi-monthly payroll date immediately following the six-month anniversary of your Termination of Employment.

Special Note: For those elections prior to January 1, 2005, where an election was made to receive equal installments over 10 years for a particular deferral year, those elections will remain in effect and will be paid out at a fixed


 

DC-3


rate of 5% on the declining balance. This option is no longer being offered for plan years after 2004.

What Happens If I Die?

If you die before receiving your entire benefit from the Deferred Compensation Plan, the benefits (or the remaining benefits if you die while receiving installments) will be paid to your designated Beneficiary in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death.

When you are given the opportunity to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan, you will receive a Beneficiary Designation form. You may designate one or more persons as the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will be entitled to receive the amount payable under the Deferred Compensation Plan upon your death. You may, from time to time, revoke or change your Beneficiary designation by filing a new designation with the Company.

The last Beneficiary designation received by the Company will be controlling. No designation, change or revocation of a Beneficiary designation will be effective unless received by the Company prior to your death. If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of your death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives you, the payment of any Deferred Compensation Plan benefits upon your death will be made to your surviving spouse, if any, or if you have no surviving spouse, to your children, or if you have no children, to the legal representative of your estate. The benefits will be paid to such persons or your estate in one lump sum on the semi-monthly payroll date closest to the sixtieth day following your death.

What Else Should I Know?

Incompetent Payee

If anyone entitled to a benefit becomes legally incapacitated or is otherwise unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Company may pay his or her benefit to someone else (such as a named Beneficiary or duly appointed representative or guardian) for the benefit of that person.

 

Employment Rights Not Implied

Participation in the Deferred Compensation Plan neither gives an employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor guarantees his or her rights or claim to any benefit except as specified in the Deferred Compensation Plan.

Interpretation

The Company shall have full power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan. The Company’s interpretation and construction of any provision or action taken under the Deferred Compensation Plan shall be binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.

Section 409A

Although the Company makes no guarantee with respect to the treatment of payments under the Deferred Compensation Plan and shall not be responsible in any event with regard to the Deferred Compensation Plan’s compliance with Section 409A (as defined below), the Plan is intended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or official guidance relating thereto (collectively, “Section 409A”). Accordingly, and notwithstanding any provision of the Deferred Compensation Plan to the contrary, if the Deferred Compensation Plan should fail to comply with Section 409A, then the Company shall be empowered to take any actions necessary so as to administer the Deferred Compensation Plan in good faith compliance with Section 409A.

Claims Procedures

Initial Claims

If you or your Beneficiary do not receive a benefit to which you believe you are entitled, you or your Beneficiary can file a written claim with the Company. The Company will provide you or your Beneficiary with the necessary information and make all determinations as to the right of any person to a disputed benefit. Your claim will be processed within 90 days (in special circumstances, this period may be extended for an additional 90 days by written notice to you). If your claim has been denied, you will be notified in writing and such notification will include the reasons for the denial, specific references to


 

DC-4


pertinent plan provisions, and a description of any additional material or information regarding your claim.

Disputed Claims

If you are dissatisfied with any decision on your claim, you have the right to request, in writing, a review of the decision. You also have the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. A request for review, giving the reason the decision is believed to be in error, must be made not later than 60 days after a decision on a claim is received.

All requests for review of determinations under the Deferred Compensation Plan should be addressed to the Company at the address specified on the first page.

Within 60 days of receipt of a request for review of the disputed claim (in special circumstances, 120 days, by written notice to you), the Company will review the claim and advise you or your Beneficiary, in writing, of its determination. The Company’s decision on appeal will be final.

You must exhaust these procedures before bringing a lawsuit with respect to your benefits.

Assignment

The right of any participant or any other person to the payment of benefits under the Deferred Compensation Plan shall not be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

Amendment and Termination

The Company reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the Deferred Compensation Plan at any time. Any such action by the Company shall not reduce the benefits you have accrued to the date of such action or change the time or form of payment of such benefits, except as may be permitted under Section 409A.

 

Governing Law

To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the Deferred Compensation Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

Glossary

A “qualified plan” is a funded plan that is afforded favorable tax treatment because it meets specific requirements of the Code. Qualified plans must cover a broad spectrum of employees and there are limits on benefits and contributions. Distributions from qualified plans can be rolled over into IRAs or other employer sponsored plans. Examples of qualified plans are 401(k) plans, cash balance plans and defined benefit pension plans.

A “nonqualified plan” is an unfunded plan where the participants rely on the promise of the employer to pay benefits at a future date. Benefits are not protected from claims by a company’s creditors. Nonqualified plans are subject to different IRS coverage rules than qualified plans and there are no limits to benefits and contributions. Distributions from nonqualified plans cannot be rolled over into IRAs or other employer-sponsored plans. Examples of nonqualified plans are deferred compensation plans and excess plans.

“FICA” means Social Security and Medicare taxes.

The “Account Balance Plan” (formerly known as the Cash Balance Plan) is a qualified retirement plan maintained by Ogilvy & Mather. Its official name is the Ogilvy & Mather Account Balance Defined Benefit Pension Plan. Under the Account Balance Plan, eligible employees receive a Company contribution of 10% of their annual base salary. An employee must have five (5) years of service to have a non-forfeitable right to this benefit. Distributions cannot be made unless the employee has 20 years of service or is at least age 55.

The “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which was established to protect the interests of retirement plan participants and their beneficiaries.


 

DC-5

Exhibit 4.18

THE WPP EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

As adopted by the Directors on

24 th  June 1996, 23 rd  April 1997, 24 th  September, 1998, 5 th  May 1999 (with the approval of the shareholders on 28 th  June 1999), 22 nd  September 1999, 20 th  September, 2000 (with the approval of shareholders on 26 th  June, 2000), 17 th  April 2001 (with the approval of shareholders on 25 th  June 2001), 6 th  August 2003, 25 October 2004, 18 August 2005, such amendments taking effect on 25  October 2005, 14 December 2006 and 9 August 2007.

By a resolution on 30 August 2005 the Board of WPP Group plc has committed to issue WPP Group plc shares in exchange for the shares of the Company issued to Participants, as set out in the Articles of Association of the Company.

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 30 October 2008 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 as approved by the shareholders of WPP plc on 30 September 2008 and adopted by

the Board of Directors of WPP plc on 30 September 2008.


CONTENTS

 

1    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION   2
2    ELIGIBILITY   3
3    GRANT OF OPTIONS   3
4    LIMITS   4
5    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS   6
6    TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP   8
7    VARIATION OF CAPITAL   8
8    ALTERATIONS   9
9    MISCELLANEOUS   9
10    WITHHOLDING   10
11    OLD WPP   10
   APPENDIX 3   17
   APPENDIX 4   19
   APPENDIX 5   20
   APPENDIX 6   21
   APPENDIX 7   22


1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1   In this Plan 1 , unless the context otherwise requires:

 

       the “Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee appointed by such board of directors; 2

 

       Company ” means WPP plc incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 101749; 3 4

 

       Depository ” means any depository or depositories which hold or whose nominee holds WPP ADSs;

 

       Effective Date ” means the date on which the Scheme becomes effective, expected to be 12 November 2008; 5

 

       the “Grant Date ” in relation to an Option means the date on which the Option was granted;

 

       Group Member ” means:

 

  (a)   a Participating Company or a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) the Company’s holding company or a subsidiary of the Company’s holding company; or 6

 

  (b)   a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 258 of that Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) a subsidiary undertaking of a body corporate within paragraph (a) above and has been designated by the Board for this purpose; 7

 

       ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003; 8

 

       Key Feature ” means a provision of the Plan which is necessary in order to meet the requirements of Schedule 4; 9

 

       Option ” means a right to acquire Shares or WPP ADSs under the Plan; and a right to acquire Shares shall be known as a “Share Option” and a right to acquire WPP ADSs shall be known as an “ADS Option”;

 

       Participant ” means a person who holds an Option granted under the Plan 10 ;

 

       Participating Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

       the “Plan ” means the WPP Executive Stock Option Plan as herein set out but subject to any alterations or additions made under Rule 8 below;

 

       Schedule 4 ” means Schedule 4 to ITEPA 11 ;

 

       Schedule 9 ” means Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988;

 


1 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
2 Definition of “the Board of WPP Group plc” removed by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on 2008
3 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 18 August 2005
4 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
5 Inserted by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
6 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
7 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
8 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
9 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
10 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
11 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004

 

2


       “Scheme” means the scheme of arrangement set out in part 3 of the circular to share owners of WPP Group plc relating to the recommended proposals for the introduction of a new parent company by means of a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 or with or subject to any modification, addition or condition approved or imposed by the High Court of Justice in England and Wales; 12

 

       Share ” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company, and for the purposes of Rule 4 (Limits) and if the context requires, other provisions of the Rules “Shares” include WPP ADSs;

 

       Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985 or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991; 13

 

       the Taxes Act 1988 ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

    

 

the WWOP ” means the WPP Worldwide Ownership Plan (originally adopted on 24 th  June, 1996) as from time to time amended;

 

       WPP ADS ” means an American Depository Share representing 5 Shares pursuant to the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement between the Company and Citibank NA dated as of 19 November 2008 and/or any other American depository share arrangement sponsored by the Company;

 

       WPP Receipt ” means an American Depository Receipt evidencing WPP ADSs;

 

       and expressions not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as they have in Schedule 4 14 .

 

(2)   Any reference in the Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

 

2 ELIGIBILITY

 

(1)   Subject to sub-rule (3) below, a person is eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan if (and only if) he is a full-time director or qualifying employee of a Participating Company.

 

(2)   For the purposes of sub-rule (1) above:

 

  (a)   a person shall be treated as a full-time director of a Participating Company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with that and any other Participating Company not less than 25 hours a week;

 

  (b)   a qualifying employee, in relation to a Participating Company, is an employee of the Participating Company (other than one who is a director of a Participating Company).

 

(3)   A person is not eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan at any time within the two years immediately preceding the date (if any) on which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of his contract of employment.

 

3 GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

(1)   Subject to sub-rule (2) below and Rule 4 below, the Board may grant or procure the grant to any person who is eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan an Option to acquire Shares, upon the terms set out in the Plan and upon such other objective terms as the Board may

12 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
13 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
14 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004

 

3


 

specify; and for this purpose an option to acquire means 15 an option to subscribe. Unless the Board otherwise determines Share Options shall be granted to persons who are eligible under the Plan and who are resident in the United Kingdom and ADS Options shall be granted to other persons who are eligible. 16

 

(2)   An Option may only be granted under the Plan:

 

  (a)   within the period of 6 weeks beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved and adopted by the Company in general meeting or the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period, or at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify the grant thereof; and

 

 

(b)

 

within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved and adopted as aforesaid 24 th  June, 1996.

 

(3)   The price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Board before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

 

  (a)   in the case of a Share Option, if Shares of the same class as those Shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the average middle-market quotation of Shares of that class (as derived from that list) over a number of consecutive dealing days (being not more than five) immediately preceding the Grant Date;

 

  (b)   in the case of a Share Option, if paragraph (a) above does not apply, the market value (within the meaning of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of Shares of that class, as reasonably determined by the Board;

 

  (c)   in the case of an ADS Option, the fair market value of a WPP ADS as quoted on NASDAQ over a number of consecutive dealing days (being not more than five) immediately preceding the Grant Date; or

 

  (d)   except in the case of an Option to acquire Shares otherwise than by subscription, the nominal value of those Shares.

 

(4)   An Option granted under the Plan to any person:

 

  (a)   shall not, except as provided in Rule 5(4) below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

 

  (c)   shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

 

(5)   Except as referred to in Rule 6.4 and paragraph 10 of Appendix 1, no new Options shall be granted under the Plan after the Effective Date. 17

 

4 LIMITS

 

(1)   No Options or options under the WWOP shall be granted which would, at the time they are granted, exceed the limit set out in this Rule 4(1).

 

       That limit is that the number of shares which:;

 

  (a)   shall have been issued; or

 

  (b)   may be issued

 


15 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
16 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
17 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                     ] 2008

 

4


    

 

in pursuance of options granted under the Plan or the WWOP in the period of 10 years beginning with 28 th  June, 1999 (which is subject to the requirement under Rule 3(2)(b) that Options may only be granted within 10 years after 28 th  June, 1996) must not exceed such number as represents 10 per cent 18 of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at the time of grant of the options. In applying this Rule, Shares issued under any other employee share scheme adopted by the Company after 28 th  June 1999 (or Shares issued or capable of issue under any other share option scheme of the Company adopted after that date, as the case may be) shall also count against that limit.

 

(2)   No person shall be granted Options under the Plan in any period of 12 months (except in exceptional circumstances as determined by the Board) or in the year of appointment of any person) which would, at the time they are granted, cause the market value of the Shares for which he may subscribe in pursuance of Options granted to him in that period of 12 months under the Plan or under any other share option scheme (other than a savings related scheme) adopted by the Company, to exceed 400% of the person’s annual salary as at that time; 19 and for the purposes of this sub-rule:

 

  (a)   any Option which shall have been released to any extent shall be treated to that extent as if it were still exercisable;

 

  (b)   shares in a Participating Company shall not be regarded as benefits in kind;

 

  (d)   where a payment of remuneration is made otherwise than in sterling, the payment shall be treated as being of the amount of sterling ascertained by applying such rate of exchange published in a national newspaper as the Board shall reasonably determine; and

 

  (e)   a person’s remuneration shall be deemed to include fees paid to a company whose principal purpose is to provide his services, being services of a nature which he would be expected to perform as an employee of a Participating Company, and being fees referable to those services and exclusive of VAT.

 

(3)   For the purposes of this Rule, the market value of the Shares in relation to which an Option was granted shall be calculated:

 

  (a)   in the case of an Option granted under the Plan, as on the day by reference to which the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined in accordance with Rule 3(3) above;

 

  (b)   in the case of an option granted under any option scheme (other than a savings related scheme) approved by the Inland Revenue, as at the time when it was granted or, in a case where an agreement relating to the Shares has been made under paragraph 29 of Schedule 9 or paragraph 22 of Schedule 4, such earlier time or times as may be provided in the agreement; and 20

 

  (c)   in the case of any other option, as on the day or days by reference to which the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined

 

  (d)   and the Board may adopt such exchange rate as it thinks fit for the conversion of one currency to another currency.

18 This limit should be read in conjunction with the limit agreed in a letter, dated 18 June 1999, to the Association of British Insurers from the group finance director (this footnote was added following the meeting of the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004)
19 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 17 April 2001
20 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004

 

5


(4)   No person shall be granted an Option under the Plan if the number of Shares which may be acquired on exercise of that Option, when added to the number of Shares which have been or may still be acquired on the exercise of Options previously granted to him under the Plan, exceeds 3% of the total of:

 

  (a)   the number of Shares which have been or may still be acquired on the exercise of Options previously granted to all persons under the Plan, and

 

  (b)   the number of Shares still available for the grant of Options under the Plan.

 

(5)   Any Option granted under the Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with.

 

5 EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(1)   The exercise of any Option granted under the Plan shall be effected in such form and manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

(2)   Subject to sub-rules (4) and (5) below and to sub-rules (1) and (3) of Rule 6 below, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

(3)   Subject to sub-rule (4) and paragraphs (a) and (c) of sub-rule (5) and paragraph (b) of sub-rule 7 below and to sub-rules (1) and (3) of Rule 6 below, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised if the relevant condition is not satisfied; and in this sub-rule the relevant condition is a condition related to performance which constitutes a term specified by the Board as mentioned in Rule 3(1) above or, if there is no such condition, the condition in the Schedule hereto provided that if the grant of an Option was made subject to the satisfaction of a condition the Board may determine that the sub-rule (3) shall not apply to the exercise of that Option. 21

 

(4)   In the event that there are performance conditions that track the performance of the Company before the Effective Date any references to the “Company” shall be interpreted as follows:

 

  (i)   for the period before 25 October 2005 the reference shall be to WPP 2005 Limited (company number 1003653); and

 

  (ii)   for the period between 25 October 2005 and the Effective Date the reference shall be to WPP Group plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 5537577, to be re-named WPP 2008 plc. 22

 

(5)   If any Participant dies before exercising an Option granted to him under the Plan and at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is or would but for sub-rule (3) above be entitled to exercise the Option by virtue of sub-rule (5) below, the Option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death.

 

(6)   If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any Option granted to him under the Plan:

 

  (a)   if he so ceases by reason of injury or disability, or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member, the Option may (and subject to sub-rule (4) above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period;

 


21 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
22 Inserted by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008

 

6


  (b)   if he so ceases by reason of retirement on or after reaching the retirement age (if any) as specified in his contract of employment (or, if there is no such age, if he retires at all), the Option may (and subject to sub-rule (4) above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period, but subject to sub-rule (3) above; 23

 

  (c)   if he so ceases for any other reason, the Option may not be exercised at all unless the Board shall so permit, in which event it may (and subject to sub-rule (4) above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Board within the exercise period;

 

       and in this sub-rule the exercise period is the period which shall expire 12 months after his so ceasing or 42 months after the Grant Date, whichever shall be the latest.

 

(7)   Subject to sub-rule 6(A) below, a Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule (5) above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 (or any equivalent legislation in any jurisdiction) before exercising an Option under the Plan shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be such a director or employee. 24

 

(7A)

 

In the case of Options granted after 1 st  September 1999 (other than under the Approved Part), a Participant, who gives or is given notice to leave employment as a director or employee of a Group Member in any circumstances other than death or in those circumstances referred to in sub-rule (5)(a) or (b), shall, if he subsequently ceases to be in such employment, be treated for the purposes of sub-rule (5) above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member on the date on which that notice is given (and for the avoidance of doubt any purported exercise of the option during the period of notice shall be of no effect). If a Participant is given notice to leave employment as a director or employee of a Group Member and the Board subsequently uses its discretion under sub-rule (5)(c) to allow his Option to be exercisable, nothing in this sub-rule (6)A will make his Option lapse or cease to be exercisable.

 

(8) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an Option granted under the Plan (a) may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date (the last day of such period being the “Expiry Date”); and (b) in respect of any option granted after 1 September 1998, such option shall be exercisable for the period of four (4) months ending on the Expiry Date irrespective of whether the relevant condition (as that term is defined in Rule 5(3)) has been satisfied.

 

(9)   Within 30 days after an Option under the Plan has been exercised by any person, the grantor of the Option shall, in the case of a Share Option, procure the allotment 25 to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised and, in the case of an ADS Option, procure the issue to him of a WPP Receipt evidencing the WPP ADSs in respect of which the Option has been exercised (including, if appropriate, by procuring the allotment or transfer of Shares to a Depository) unless:

 

  (a)   the Board considers that the issue or transfer thereof would not be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; or

 

  (b)   in a case where a Group Member is obliged to account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option, that or another Group Member is unable to withhold the tax from his remuneration nor has received payment from him of a corresponding amount.

23 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 14 December 2006
24 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
25 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004

 

7


(9A)

 

The Board may agree with any Participant at any time that an Option granted under the Plan before 28 th  June, 1999 shall be treated as if it had been an ADS Option (and not a Share Option). The Board shall select such exchange rate as it considers appropriate for converting the price at which Shares may be acquired from sterling to U.S. dollars.

 

(10)   All Shares allotted under the Plan shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares of the same class for the time being in issue save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of the allotment.

 

(11)   If Shares of the same class as those allotted under the Plan are listed in the London Stock Exchange Official List, the Company shall apply to the London Stock Exchange for any Shares so allotted to be admitted to that list.

 

6 TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 

(1)   If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988) as a result of making a general offer to acquire Shares in the Company or Old WPP, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 7 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to sub-rules (4), (5) and (7) of Rule 5 above, an Option granted under the Plan may be exercised within three months (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of such notification. 26 27

 

(2)   For the purposes of sub-rule (1) above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it. 28   29

 

(3)   If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Part 18 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, or if under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or the amalgamation of either of those companies with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for the winding up of the Company or the assets of the Company are declared en désastre , the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and any Option granted under the Plan may, subject to sub-rules (4), (5) and (7) of Rule 5 above, be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) lapse on the expiration thereof. 30 31 32

 

(4)   The Board may determine (the determination to apply equally to all Options outstanding at the time) that the provisions of sub-rules (1) and (3) above will neither cause Options to become exercisable nor to lapse at different times than would otherwise be the case, if the Board considers that the Options will continue to be an appropriate incentive notwithstanding the changed circumstances, or that the position of Participants can be adequately preserved by the grant to them of some other right or rights in substitution for or addition to the existing rights.

 

7 VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

(1)   In the event of any increase or variation of the share capital of the Company (whenever effected), the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule (2) below.

26 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
27 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
28 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
29 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
30 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
31 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
32 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008

 

8


(2)   An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:

 

  (a)   the number of Shares in respect of which any Option granted under the Plan may be exercised;

 

  (b)   the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of any such Option;

 

  (c)   where any such Option has been exercised, but no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

 

(3)   An adjustment under sub-rule (2) above may have the effect of reducing the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Board shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to such exercise exceeds the price at which the same may be subscribed for and to apply such sum in paying up such amount on such Shares; and so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise such sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up such amount as aforesaid.

 

(4)   As soon as reasonably practicable after making any adjustment under sub-rule (2) above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

8 ALTERATIONS

 

(1)   Subject to sub-rule (2) below, the Board may at any time alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Plan, or the terms of any Option granted under it, in any respect. 33 34

 

(2)   No alteration or addition to the advantage of Participants shall be made under sub-rule (1) above to any Rule of the Plan without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting other than a minor amendment to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any Participant or Group Member. 35

 

(3)   As soon as reasonably practicable after making any alteration or addition under sub-rule (1) above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

9 MISCELLANEOUS

 

(1)   The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein, and an individual who participates therein shall by participating be deemed to waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Plan as a result of such termination.

 

(2)   In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of the Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to the Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

33 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 18 August 2005
34 As further amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
35 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008

 

9


(3)   The Company and any Subsidiary may provide money to the trustees of any trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan (which Shares may be held by a Depository on behalf of any such trustees or other person) or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for these purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153 of the Companies Act 1985 or the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 36

 

(4)   In the event that Shares are transferred to a Participant in pursuance of any Option granted under the Plan, the Participant shall, if so required by the person making the transfer, join that person in making a claim for relief under section 165 of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992 in respect of the disposal made by him in effecting such transfer, should such relief be available.

 

(5)   Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

 

(6)   The Board may establish further plans based on the Plan but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws in overseas territories, provided that any Shares made available under such further plans are treated as counting against the limits expressed in Rule 4(1) to (6).

 

10   WITHHOLDING

 

(1)   The grant or exercise of any Option under the Plan is subject to the condition that the grant or an exercise of the Option shall not be valid unless the Participant has, in addition to complying with the other requirements of the Plan, paid or procured the payment to the Group Member which is his employer, or otherwise provided for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust) an amount equal to the Taxation for which any Group Member may be liable by reason of that grant or exercise. 37

 

(2)   Without limitation to (1) above, the Company or any other Group Member which is a Participant’s employer or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may withhold any amount and make such arrangements as it considers necessary which comply with applicable law to meet any liability to Taxation in respect of the grant, exercise or cancellation of Options or other event relating to Options or in respect of any benefit under the Plan. These arrangements may include the sale of any Shares on behalf of a Participant, which the Participant is deemed to have authorised, to produce a cash sum sufficient to meet the Taxation liabilities referred to in this Rule 10. 38

 

(3)   The Company may in its sole discretion waive the requirements set out in this Rule 10 in respect of any part of the Participant’s employer’s liability to Taxation, including in particular, any employer’s liability to National Insurance Contributions.

 

       In this Rule, “Taxation” means all forms of taxation or levy by any state or any political subdivision of a state and includes income tax, Pay as You Earn, National Insurance or other social security contributions, whether being the primary liability of the employer or the employee, or any other person.

 

11 39  

36 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
37 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
38 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
39 Rule 11 deleted by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008

 

10


SCHEDULE

 

1   For the purposes of this Schedule, references to the “Company” shall be interpreted as follows:

 

  (i)   for the period before 25 October 2005 the reference shall be to WPP 2005 Limited (company number 1003653);

 

  (ii)   for the period between 25 October 2005 and the Effective Date the reference shall be to WPP Group plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 5537577, to be re-named WPP 2008 plc; and

 

  (iii)   for the period from and including the Effective Date the reference shall be to the Company, as defined in clause 1.1. 40

 

2   The condition in this Schedule is that

 

(i)   The average WPP TSR for a Relevant End Period exceeds the average WPP TSR for a Relevant Base Period by an amount which, expressed as a percentage, is greater than the percentage by which the average FT-SE 100 TSR for the same Relevant End Period exceeds the average FT-SE 100 TSR for the same Relevant Base Period; and that the same shall have been computed by the Company and communicated to the Participant. The Company shall be obliged to perform the calculation and communicate the result to the Participant not later than the fifth working day following the end of the calendar month in which the last weekday of the Relevant End Period falls.

 

       For the purposes of the paragraph above:

 

  (a)   a Relevant Base Period is any period of 60 weekdays of which the last is the day 3 years prior to the last weekday of the Relevant End Period (or, if that day is not a weekday, the last preceding weekday) and is not earlier than the last weekday before the Grant Date (weekdays in this Schedule being Monday to Friday inclusive, including bank holidays);

 

  (b)   a Relevant End Period is any period of 60 weekdays;

 

  (c)   FT-SE 100 TSR on any day means the total shareholder return figure for the index FT-SE 100 companies (currently known as the index of “total return”) published in the Financial Times in respect of that day;

 

  (d)   WPP TSR on any day means the total shareholder return figure for the Company calculated on the same basis as total shareholder return is calculated for the purposes of FT-SE 100 TSR.

 

       AND

 

(ii)   Looking at two associated financial years of the Company of which the later one is the third financial year after the earlier one, the earnings per Share of the Company for the later one must have exceeded its earnings per share for the earlier one by an amount which, when expressed as a fraction of the last mentioned earnings per share, is not less than ((R2-R1)/R1) + 0.06, where R1 is the retail prices index for the last month in the earlier year and R2 is the retail prices index for the last month in the later year.

 

       For the purposes of the paragraph above

 

  (f)   the earnings per share of the Company shall be taken to be its headline earnings per Share, as calculated in accordance with the principles set out in Statement of Investment Practice No.1 “The Definition of IIMR Headline Earnings” issued by The Institute of Investment Management and Research, or shall be calculated on such basis as shall have been determined by the Board before the grant of the Option;

40 Inserted by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008

 

11


  (g)   two financial years of the Company are associated if the earlier one is not earlier than the financial year of the Company last preceding the Grant Date and the later one is not later than the financial year of the Company last preceding the date on which the Option is exercised;

 

  (h)   41

 

  (i)   the retail prices index is the general index of retail prices (for all items) published by the Central Statistical Office of the Chancellor of the Exchequer or, if that index is not published for the month in question, any substituted index or index figures published by that Office.

 

2   The Board may make such adjustments to the method of calculating WPP TSR, FT-SE 100 TSR, earnings per share or any other feature of the above condition as it considers appropriate to take account of any increase or variation of the share capital of the Company, any change to the calculation of FT-SE 100 TSR or to earnings per share or any other factors considered by the Board to be relevant.

41 Definition of “financial year” deleted by Resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008

 

12


APPENDIX 1

 

This Appendix constitutes the Inland Revenue approved part of the WPP Executive Stock Option Plan ( “the Approved Part” ). The terms of the Approved Part are identical to those of the other part of the said scheme to which this Approved Part is appended except as follows:

 

1.    In the definition of “ Subsidiary ” in Rule 1(1), add to the end words “and is under the control of the Company within the meaning of Section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988”.

 

2.    In Rule 2(3), add to the end the words “nor when he is not eligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4”. 42

 

2A.  Only Share Options, and not ADS Options, shall be granted under the Approved Part.

 

3.    In Rule 3(1), after the word “Company”, add the words “which satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 16 – 20 of Schedule 4”. 43

 

4.    In Rule 3(2), after the words “general meeting”, add the words “the date on which the Approved Part is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9”.

 

5.    In Rule 3(3)(a), add at the end the words “(or such other dealing day or days as may be agreed with the Inland Revenue)”.

 

6.    In Rule 3(3)(b), delete the words “reasonably determined by the Board” and substitute the words “agreed in advance for the purposes of the Plan with the Shares Valuation Division of the Inland Revenue, on the Grant Date (or such other day as may be agreed with the Inland Revenue)”.

 

7.    Add the following as Rule 4(3A):

 

“No person shall be granted Options under the Approved Part which would, at the time they are granted, cause the aggregate market value of the Shares which he may acquire in pursuance of Options granted to him under the Approved Part or under any other share option scheme, not being a savings related share option scheme, approved under Schedule 9 or Schedule 4 and established by the Company or by any associated company of the Company (and not exercised) to exceed or further exceed £30,000 or such other limit as may be prescribed in paragraph 6 of Schedule 4”. 44

 

7A.  In sub-rule 5(3) the additional words beginning “provided that” to the end of sub-rule 5(3) shall not apply to Options granted under the Approved Part. 45

 

8.    In Rule 5(5), delete the words “or 42 months after the Grant Date” and substitute the words “42 months after the Grant Date or 42 months after the last date prior to his so ceasing on which he exercised an option (not being one granted under a savings related share option scheme) in circumstances in which paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 185(3) of the Taxes Act 1988 applied”.

 

8A.  Add the following after Rule 5(5)(b) as Rule 5(5)(bb):

 

“if he so ceases by reason of redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996) the Option may not be exercised at all following such cessation”.

 

8B.  In Rule 5(5)(c), delete the words “(including without limitation by reason of redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996))”.

 

8C.  In Rule 5(6A) delete the words “after 1st September 1999 (other than under the Approved Part” and replace those words with “18 th May, 2000”.


42 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
43 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
44 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
45 As amended by the Compensation Committee on 6 August 2003

 

13


9.    Add the following as Rule 5(7A):

 

“A Participant shall not be eligible to exercise an Option under the Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4”.

 

9A.  Rule 5(8A) shall not apply.

 

10.  Add the following as Rules 6(5) and (6):

 

“(5) (a) If any company (“ the acquiring company ”):

 

obtains control of the Company as a result of making –

 

(i)    a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

 

(ii)   a general offer to acquire all the Shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Shares which may be acquired by the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or

 

(b) obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, or 46

 

(c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Part 18 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, 47

 

any Participant may at any time within the appropriate period (which expression shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 26 of Schedule 4), by agreement with the acquiring company, release any Option granted under the Plan which has not lapsed (“the old option”) in consideration of the grant to him of an option (“the new option”) which (for the purposes of that paragraph) is equivalent to the old option but relates to shares in a different company (whether the acquiring company itself or some other company falling within paragraph 16(b) or (c) of Schedule 4). 48

 

(6)   The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of sub-rule (5) above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27 of Schedule 4 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of the Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if: 49

 

(i)    the new option were an option granted under the Plan at the same time as the old option;

 

(ii)    except for the purposes of the definitions of “Group Member”, “Participating Company” and “Subsidiary” in Rule 1(1) above and the reference to “the Board” in Rule 5(7) above, the expression “the Company” were defined as “a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under the Plan”;

 

(iii)   the relevant condition referred to in Rule 5(3) above had been satisfied; and

 

(iv)   Rule 8(2) below were omitted.”

 

11.    At the start of Rule 7(1), add the words “Subject to sub-rule (2A) below”.

 

12.    In Rule 7(1), delete the words “increase or.”


46 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
47 Amended by resolution of the Board of WPP 2005 Limited on [                    ] 2008
48 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
49 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004

 

14


13.  Add the following as Rule 7(2A):

 

“At a time when the Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, no adjustment under sub-rule (2) above shall be made without the prior approval of the Inland Revenue.”

 

14.  In Rule 8(1) delete the words “sub-rule (2)” and substitute the words “sub-rules (2), (2A) and (2B)”.

 

15.  At the end of Rule 8(1), add the words “(having regard to the fact that, if an alteration or addition which does not solely relate to a special term is made at a time when the Plan is approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, the alteration or addition to any Key Feature will not thereafter have effect unless the Inland Revenue have approved the alteration or addition)”. 50

 

16.  Add the following as Rule 8(2A) and (2B):

 

“(2A)     No alteration or addition to the disadvantage of any Participant, other than to a special term, shall be made under sub-rule (1) above unless:

 

(a) the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration or addition, and

 

(b) the alteration or addition is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

 

(2B)      No alteration or addition which solely relates to a special term subject to which an Option has been granted shall be under sub-rule (1) above unless:

 

(a) there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration or addition, achieve its original purpose, and

 

(b) the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration or addition.”

 

17.  At the end of Rule 8(3), add the words “and if the Plan is then approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 4, to the Inland Revenue.” 51

 

18.  Add as Rule 8(4):

 

“Any reference in this Rule to a special term is a reference to a term specified by the Board as mentioned in Rule 3(1) above or a term of the Schedule hereto”.

 

19.  Delete Rule 9(6).


50 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004
51 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 25 October 2004

 

15


APPENDIX 2

 

Special Rules Applicable to Grants of Incentive Stock Options

 

1.    Options granted in accordance with the Plan (either including or excluding Appendix 1 thereto) may be designated as “Incentive Stock Options” ( “ISOs” ) within the meaning of section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “U.S. Tax Code” ).

 

2.    The aggregate number of Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADS) for which ISOs may be granted under Appendix 2 shall not exceed 73,811,500.

 

3.    The class of persons who may receive ISOs shall, in addition to the limitations imposed by Rule 2 of the Plan, be limited to those persons who are employees of the Company or its “parent” or “subsidiary” corporations within the meaning of sections 424(f) and (g), respectively, of the U.S. Tax Code.

 

4.    In addition to any other restrictions contained in the Plan, ISOs shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the person to whom an ISO is granted, the ISO shall be exercisable only by such person.

 

5.    To the extent that the aggregate market value of Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADS) with respect to which ISOs are exercisable (determined without regard to this sentence) for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans or schemes of the Company or its “parent” and “subsidiary” corporations within the meaning of sections 424(f) and (g), respectively, of the U.S. Tax Code) exceeds US $100,000, such Options shall to the extent of such excess be treated as Options which are not ISOs. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the market value of any Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADS) subject to an ISO shall be determined at the time such ISO is granted.

 

6.    This schedule shall be deemed to be included within the Plan as adopted by shareholders for the purpose of any ISO grants.

 

16


APPENDIX 3

 

India

 

The plan will apply to options granted to residents in India with the following modifications:

 

1.    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a person is eligible to be granted an option under this Appendix if (and only if) he is a full-time director or qualifying employee (as defined in Rule 2(2)) of a Participating Company (whether or not the Company itself) resident in India.

 

2.    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the exercise of an option will only take effect on the date on which the Shares acquired by virtue of that exercise are sold by the Participant.

 

3.    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an option granted to a Participant under this Appendix shall not be capable of being transferred by that Participant except as provided in Rule 5(4) (in the event of a Participant’s death).

 

4.    Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan:

 

(a) any exercise of an option by a Participant is only effective if, and to the extent that, the net proceeds (that is, after taking account of dealing costs and any interest on the money, if any, lent to the Participant to facilitate the exercise of the option) from the immediate sale of the Shares acquired by the exercise of that option would be not less than the price at which the Participant is able to acquire the Shares by virtue of that option;

 

(b) in the event that the net proceeds from the sale of Shares acquired by the exercise of an option by a Participant on the day of acquisition of such Shares would be less than the price at which the Participant may acquire the Shares by virtue of that option, with the result that there would be a shortfall between the acquisition price and the net proceeds of such sale, any purported exercise of the option will not take effect.

 

5.    Further to 4 above, and notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, neither the Company nor any Participating Companies make any representation or guarantee as to whether an intended exercise of an option by Participant on any given day will be effective, and neither the Company nor any Participating Company shall be considered to be or held accountable or liable in any way for the inability of a Participant to exercise his option as a consequence of the restrictions on exercise set out in 4 above.

 

6.    The exercise of an option granted under this Appendix shall be effected in the following manner:

 

(a) The exercise shall be deemed to take effect, if at all, 3 working days after the receipt by the Company of the Participant’s notice of his intention to exercise it.

 

(b) Assuming that the Company is able to establish that the condition referred to in paragraph 4(a) above is met, a third party selected by the Company will lend the option exercise price to the Participant by way of transferring the sum directly to the Company.

 

(c) The Company will then issue the Shares to a nominee for the Participant, which nominee will be a company controlled by a firm of stockbrokers nominated by the Company.

 

(d) The nominee will sell the Shares in question on the Participant’s behalf.

 

(e) The nominee will receive the sale price and deduct from this dealing costs and the interest, if any referred to in paragraph 4(a) above.

 

17


(f) As soon as practicable the remaining balance will be converted into Indian Rupees at the best rate reasonably obtainable on the foreign exchange markets and the resulting sum (net of costs of conversion) remitted to the Participant.

 

7.    The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee appointed by it and any determination by it shall be final for the purposes of the Plan’s administration in respect of employees of a Participating Company (whether or not the Company itself) resident in India.

 

18


APPENDIX 4

 

Belgium

 

The Plan will apply to Options granted to residents of Belgium after 1 January 1999 with the following modifications.

 

1.    In Rule 3(4), a further sub-rule (c) shall be added as follows:

 

“(c) shall be cancelled if he notifies the Company that he refuses to accept the Option within 60 days of the date of the Company’s communication to him in respect of the Option.”

 

2.    In Rule 5(2), delete the words:

 

“the third anniversary of the Grant Date”

 

and substitute the words

 

“the 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date.”

 

3.    In Rule 5(4), delete the words:

 

“within 12 months after the date of his death.”

 

and substitute the words

 

“in the later of the period of 12 months commencing with the date of his death or the period of 6 months commencing on 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date.”

 

4.    In Rule 5(5), delete the words:

 

“and in this sub-rule the exercise period is the period which shall expire 12 months after his so ceasing on 42 months after the Grant Date, whichever shall be the latest”

 

and substitute the words

 

“and in this sub-rule the exercise period is the period which shall commence on the 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Third Anniversary” ) and expire 12 months after his so ceasing or 6 months after the Third Anniversary, whichever shall be the latest.”

 

19


APPENDIX 5

 

Netherlands

 

The Plan will apply to Options granted to residents of the Netherlands with the following alterations:

 

  1.   Rule 5(7) shall be deleted and replaced by the following in substitution:-

 

“(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised after the expiration of 4 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.”

 

  2.   Rule 10 shall be amended by the insertion of the following sub-rule:

 

“(5) Without prejudice to sub-rules (1) to (4) above, each Option is granted subject to the condition that, upon such Option becoming exercisable in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, the Participant will pay or procure the payment to the Group Member which is his employer or otherwise provide for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust), an amount equal to Taxation which any Group Member or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may be required to withhold on the Participant’s behalf by reason of that Option becoming exercisable. No Option in the Netherlands may be exercised, unless the Participant has complied with his obligations under this Rule 10(5).”

 

20


APPENDIX 6

 

Switzerland

 

The Plan will apply to Options granted to the residents of Switzerland on or after 1 January 2002 with the modification that in Rule 5(7) the words “and six months” be inserted after the words “10 years”. 52


52 As amended by the Compensation Committee of the Board on 17 April 2001

 

21


APPENDIX 7 53

 

Taxpayers Subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code

 

The plan will apply to participants who are taxpayers subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), with the following modifications:

 

  1.   The options granted under the plan are intended to be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A by satisfying the requirements of the exemption set forth under Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) of the United States Treasury Regulations or other applicable guidance (the “Exemption”). The plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Any discretion afforded to any person or entity under the plan the existence of which itself would cause an option to fail to satisfy the requirements of the Exemption is hereby removed from the plan.

 

  2.   At the end of Rule 5(8A), add the sentence “However, the exchange rate shall not cause a direct or indirect reduction in the price at which Shares may be acquired if it would cause the Option to fail to meet the requirements of Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) of the United States Treasury Regulations or other applicable guidance.”

 

  3.   Add the following as Rule 7(5):

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, only adjustments permitted by Section 409A shall be permitted to be made under Rule 7, including pro rata adjustments necessary to reflect a stock split, reverse stock split, and stock dividend.”


53 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 9 August 2007

 

22

Exhibit 4.19

WPP PLC 1

 

 

PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN

(as amended by Resolutions of the relevant compensation committee passed on 21 July 1995, 17 January 1996, December 1999, 25 February 2003, 6 August 2003, 18 August 2005, 29 September 2008 and 17 December 2008)

 

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 30 October 2008 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006

 

As approved by the shareholders of WPP plc on 30 September 2008 and adopted by the Board of Directors of WPP plc on 30 September 2008

 

 

 

1

Amended by Resolution of the Committee dated 17 December 2008


WPP PLC 2

Performance Share Plan

 

1 PURPOSE

 

    

The Performance Share Plan (the “Plan”) is part of a continuing program of key executive incentive compensation authorised by the Directors of the Company on 21 June 1993. The Plan is intended to benefit the Company by motivating senior executives who are materially important to the development of the Company’s businesses by creating an incentive for them to remain in the employment of the Company and/or as Directors and to work to the best of their abilities for the achievement of the Company’s strategic growth objectives. This purpose is intended to be accomplished under the Plan by notionally allocating Performance Shares representing shares or bonus units under the Plan to such key personnel (in addition to their annual cash compensation and share options) which, if performance objectives and service requirements with the Company are achieved, will permit them to share in the Company’s success. 3

 

2 PARTICIPANTS

 

     Participants in the Plan shall be executive directors or full-time employees of the Company or its subsidiary companies (or any company which is contracted to provide the services of an executive director to any such company) who are determined by the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company, in its discretion, to be senior management personnel important to the growth of the Company, and to whom the Committee shall make any award in writing under the Plan.

 

3 PERFORMANCE PERIOD

 

     Except as provided in Section 5, the Performance Period over which the achievement of any performance objectives shall be determined, shall not be less than three years.

 

4 PERFORMANCE SHARE AWARDS

 

     Performance Share Awards shall be made pursuant to the following guidelines:

 

  (a) Initial Grants. After the approval of this Plan by the Board, the Committee shall establish a specified performance period over which a specified performance objective is targeted for achievement. Initial awards shall be made to such number of Participants as then determined by the Committee. In making its determination of who shall be Participants the Committee shall take into account such factors as the Participants level of responsibility, potential to the impact the achievement of the performance objective(s), job performance, level and types of compensation and such other factors as the Committee deems relevant;

 

  (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) the Committee in its discretion may establish at the time it establishes the targeted performance objective, a minimum performance target and may provide for payment on a reduced scale if the targeted performance objective is not achieved but the minimum performance target is met or exceeded. Similarly, the Committee in its discretion may allow a greater payment if any targeted performance objective is exceeded;

 

  (c) Subsequent Awards. During the term of the Plan additional Performance Shares may be awarded in the discretion of the Committee, either (i) to new participants in the Plan or (ii) to any one or more of the initial Participants in the Plan in respect of Subsequent Performance Periods;

 

 

2

Amended by Resolution of the Committee dated 17 December 2008

3

Amended by resolution of the Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

1


  (d) Notice of Awards. Upon the making of any award by the Committee the Participant shall be advised of the number of Performance Shares awarded to him (or her) and of the terms of the award;

 

  (e) Form of Awards. The Committee may, at its absolute discretion, determine that an Award be made in the following forms:

 

  (i) as two separate awards, including either or both of:

 

  (A) a bonus award payable at the end of the Performance Period, for an amount equal to the fair market value of the Performance Shares subject to the award at the time the award is made (as determined by the Committee); and

 

  (B) an award of an option to acquire Shares in the Company equivalent to the Performance Shares subject to the award, normally exercisable, subject to the other provisions of the Rules, no sooner than one month after the end of the Performance Period, for a consideration equal to the fair market value of the Performance Shares subject to the award at the time the award is made (as determined by the Committee);

 

  (ii) an option to acquire the Performance Shares exercisable for a nil or a nominal consideration;

 

  (iii) an award of Performance Shares, subject to restrictions, or a promise to receive Performance Shares; and

 

  (iv) such other form which the Committee considers has a substantially similar purpose or effect.

 

       In the case of an award consisting of or including an option element granted in accordance with the requirements of fixed plan accounting under US generally accepted accounting principles, the option so granted so far as it relates to the acquisition of Shares (but not any cash amount) shall be exercisable, with no restriction other than that the Participant is in employment with New WPP or its subsidiary companies, for a short period determined by the Committee immediately prior to the expiry of the option by effluxion of time, notwithstanding that the performance objective has not been met.

 

5 PERFORMANCE SHARES

 

     For the purposes of this Plan, the term Performance Shares shall be a reference to units of bonus or Shares and the award thereof shall represent the contingent right to received a sum of money per unit held or a transfer of Shares, subject to the form of the award under section 4(e) if specified performance objectives are achieved. The amount of money contingently payable per Performance Share or the number of Shares to be transferred shall be determined in accordance with Section 7 or otherwise as the Company may choose. The performance objectives will be established for each Performance Period by the Committee. Performance Objectives need not be the same in respect of all Participants and may be established separately for the Company as a whole [or for its various groups, divisions and subsidiaries], all as the Committee may determine, in its discretion. The performance objectives may be defined in terms of the comparative total shareholder return performance within a comparator group selected by the Committee.

 

    

Awards of Performance Shares may be conditional on the Participants’ continued employment in the Group, or continuing to be a Director of New WPP or a Subsidiary (or contracted to provide the services of any executive director to the Group) over the Performance Period or in any other manner the Committee may determine. In the event of a public tender for all or any part of the ordinary shares of New WPP or in the event of any proposal to merge or consolidate New WPP

 

2


 

with another company or to liquidate or sell substantially all of the assets for New WPP, the Committee may, in its discretion, change or eliminate any Performance Period relating to any performance objective.

 

6 PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT

 

     The determination of Performance Share Payments shall be made for the Committee on the basis of performance over the applicable Performance Period.

 

7 PERFORMANCE SHARE PAYMENT

 

 

(a)

The payment amount which a holder of Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive if the applicable targeted performance objective is met shall be an amount equal to the market value of one ordinary share of New WPP’s stock on [6 th March in the year following the end of the Performance Period or such other date at which the Committee determines whether (or to what extent) the specified performance objectives have been achieved] 4 multiplied by the number of Performance Shares held;

 

  (b) For the purposes hereof market value as of any date shall be the value as of said date as reasonably determined by the Committee;

 

 

(c)

Following the determination by the Committee of the level of payment to which a holder of Performance Shares has become entitled, the Committee may in its absolute discretion decide to procure the transfer to the individual of a number of ordinary shares of the Company’s stock in lieu of such payment save that where the individuals are directors of the Company 5 , the Committee may only exercise this discretion on or after 1 January 1996. Subject to section 7(d) below, the number of shares transferred would be the largest whole number being not greater than the number calculated by the equation:

 

         

A ÷ B

Where

  A    =      the payment amount calculated under Section 7 (a)
  B    =      the market value of one ordinary share of New WPP’s stock on [6 th March in the year following the end of the Performance Period or such other date at which the Committee determines whether (or to what extent) the specified performance objectives have been achieved] 6

 

 

  (d) As an alternative to the calculation set out in section 7 (c) above the Committee may decide that the number of shares transferred shall be determined by the actual acquisition of shares using an amount of cash equivalent in the value to the relevant level of Performance Share value (as calculated under section 7 (a)), such acquisition being made at the best price reasonably available at the acquisition date.

 

8 PERFORMANCE THRESHOLD

 

     Notwithstanding Sections 3, 4 and 5 above, the Committee may set a performance threshold for any Performance Period. If the performance threshold is not satisfied for any Performance Period no payments or transfer of shares will be made to any participant on account of that Performance Period.

 

 

4

Amended by Resolution of the Committee dated 6 August 2003

5

Amended by Resolution of the Committee dated 29 September 2008

6

Amended by Resolution of the Committee dated 6 August 2003

 

3


9 OPTIONAL DEFERRED PAYMENTS

 

     Subject to the provisions of the following paragraphs of this Section, distribution of amounts or transfer of shares to which a Participant is entitled in respect of the Performance Shares shall be made as soon as practicable after the holder of such Performance Shares becomes entitled thereto.

 

    

[Prior to the end of the Performance Period the Participant may make an election to have distribution of any amount he may be entitled to receive in respect to such Performance Shares (whether in cash, in ordinary shares if the Committee decides, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee) deferred until such year as he may elect (“the Deferred Distribution Year”), after the year in which the amount would otherwise be paid or shares transferred to him, up to and including the year of his retirement, and at the same time (prior to the time the award is made to him and prior to the date he becomes entitled to such award) may elect to have such amount paid to him in such deferred annual instalments over such years as he shall then specify. Prior to the last date of any Deferred Distribution Year a Participant may make a further election or elections to have distribution of any amount he may be entitled to receive deferred until such later year as he may elect, after the year in which the amount would otherwise be paid or shares transferred to him, up to and including his year of retirement in which case such later year specified in such further election shall constitute the Deferred Distribution Year. For the avoidance of doubt, any Participants who have, before the date on which this Paragraph was amended by resolution of the Committee, elected to make further elections to defer payment in the manner envisaged by this Paragraph are to be deemed as having made valid elections in accordance with the rules and provisions of this Plan. If a Participant elects any such deferral the following rules shall apply to the deferred payment: 7 ]

 

  (a) Such election shall be irrevocable;

 

  (b) The right to such deferred payment shall be nonassignable, and any attempted transfer or assignment, or any pledge or other hypothecation of such right, shall be void and of no effect;

 

  (c) Except in the case of a Participant who also participates in the Company’s Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan (“LEAP”), in the event of death during the deferral period of a Participant who has elected a deferred payment the unpaid balance of the deferred amount owing to him at the time of his death shall be distributed to his estate within six months of the date of his death, irrespective of whether or not the deferral period elected has expired. In the case of a Participant who also participates in LEAP and whose unpaid balance is represented by Shares and being used towards the Participant’s Investment Shares in LEAP, the unpaid balance shall be retained until the end of the relevant investment period in LEAP;

 

  (d) Until payment is made to a Participant of the full deferred payment (or transfer of shares) to which he is entitled New WPP will accrue for the account of the Participant during the period of deferral an amount equal to the dividends paid on New WPP’s ordinary shares during such period adjusted by the change in the capital value of the shares multiplied by the number of Performance Shares still unpaid and held for his account in accordance with his deferred payment election. At the time the Participant is entitled to receive any amount due him under the Plan, in accordance with his election, there shall also be paid to such participant the accrued dividend equivalent amount, plus or minus the adjusted capital value of the shares, either in a lump sum or in deferred annual instalments as specified by him at the time of this original election.

 

 

7

Adopted by Resolution of the Committee dated 25 February 2003

 

4


    

[In the event of an election to defer distribution of any amount to which a Participant is entitled to receive, the date for payment of the amount deferred will be the anniversary of the end of the Performance Period in the year which the Participants elects to be the year in which he wishes to receive distribution of the amount to which he is entitled. 8 ]

Notwithstanding any election of any Participant to receive payment under the Plan on a deferred basis as provided above, the Committee in its sole discretion may, at any time, in respect of all or any one or more Participants who have made such election, terminate such election and make immediate distribution of the amount to which the Participant is then entitled; and the Committee, in its discretion, may amend the forgoing provisions hereof relating to the election of deferred payments and the rules applicable thereto if, in its judgement, the tax benefits intended by such provisions and rules will not be adversely affected. An election may not be terminated or amended by the Committee in the case of a Participant who also participates in LEAP in respect of any deferral if the shares underlying the deferral are committed to LEAP (unless the Participant gives his consent to the termination or amendment).

 

10 CONDITIONS TO PAYMENTS

 

    

Except as otherwise herein provided or determined by the Committee, a Participant, in order to be entitled to receive any payment or the transfer of Company shares in respect of Performance Shares awarded to him must be a Director of New WPP or in the employ of New WPP or a subsidiary of New WPP (or any company which is contracted to provide the services of an executive director to any such company) on the expiration of the relevant performance period [or, if the Committee determine, on the date referred to in Rule 7(a) being the date for valuation of New WPP’s shares] 9 and must have been such continuously from the time of the award of the Performance Shares except for leaves of absence which may be approved by the Committee. No vested interest in any payment under the Plan shall accrue during the term of the Performance Period and no payment nor transfer of the Company shares in respect of Performance Shares shall be required to be made to any Participant whose employment with New WPP or a subsidiary is terminated (or the relevant services contract is terminated), with or without cause, prior to the time he is entitled to receive a distribution hereunder; provided, however, (a) that if a participant in the Plan retires upon the attainment of age 55 prior to the time he is entitled to receive distribution of any Performance Shares awarded to him, the amount of payment to him shall be pro-rated in such manner as the Committee shall reasonably determine, and (b) that the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may make such pro-rata or other payment (or no payment), as it may determine, to a Participant whose employment terminates (on account of death, disability or otherwise) prior to the time he is entitled to receive distribution on his Performance Shares and prior to his retirement at age 55. If termination is on account of death the Committee may make payment of any distribution it authorises to the Participant’s surviving spouse, heirs or estate, as the Committee may determine. If a participant elects under section 9 to defer distribution of the amount to which he may be entitled until a later year and the deferring participant’s employment with New WPP or another WPP group company terminates for any reason other than Voluntary Resignation or Termination for Cause prior to the end of the deferral period but after the end of the performance period, then at the end of the deferral period the participant will be entitled to receive the full distribution of the amount (or transfer of shares) to which he would have otherwise been entitled had his employment not terminated. If a participant so elects and his employment with New WPP or another WPP group company terminates by reason of Voluntary Resignation or Termination for Cause prior to the end of the deferral period but after the end of the performance period, then distribution to which the participant would otherwise have been entitled had his employment not terminated shall be forfeited. In this section

 

 

8

Adopted by Resolution of the Committee dated 25 February 2003

9

Amended by Resolution of the Committee dated 6 August 2003

 

5


 

“Voluntary Resignation” and “Termination for Cause” have the same meanings as in LEAP. The foregoing provisions of this section shall apply on a like basis to a Participant which is a company supplying the services of an executive director to the Group as the Committee reasonably determines, except that any transfer of shares shall be subject to compliance with applicable law.

 

11 COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP; AUTHORITY

 

    

The Plan shall be administered by the members of the Committee of the Board so long as it shall consist solely of members of the Board who are not Participants in the Plan and who shall not be, and have not been at any time during the prior year, eligible to become Participants therein, and who have not been at any time during the prior year eligible for selection as a person to whom shares may be allocated or to whom share options may be granted pursuant to any other plan of the Company or any of its affiliates entitling the participants therein to acquire shares or share options of the Company or any of its affiliates. In the event said Committee, by reason of changes in its membership, shall no longer be so qualified, the Board shall appoint a new Committee to administer the Plan, which shall consist solely of not less than three (3) members of the Board who are so qualified. The said Committee shall have plenary authority to interpret the Plan, to establish any rules or regulations relating to the Plan which it determines to be appropriate, and to make any other determination which it believes necessary or advisable for the proper administration of the Plan [(including, for the avoidance of doubt, the date on which restrictions which attach to Performance Shares are lifted)] 10 . Its decisions in matters relating to the Plan shall be final and conclusive on the Company and all Participants.

 

12 DETERMINATION OF ACHIEVEMENT OF OBJECTIVES

 

     Not in limitation of its authority as provided for in the preceding section, the Committee in regard to any performance award authorised by it, may thereafter change or modify the terms of the award and the Committee may determine reasonably whether any performance objective of any award has been met.

 

13 PAYMENTS IN ORDINARY SHARES; SOURCE OF SHARES

 

     It is anticipated that if the Company chooses to exercise its discretion contained within Section 7(c) or 7(d) any Company shares delivered pursuant to the terms of the Plan will be ordinary shares or American Depository Receipts representing an interest in the Company’s ordinary shares acquired by the WPP Group plc UK ESOP or the WPP Group plc ROW ESOP or the WPP Group plc Grantor Trust (as appropriate) prior to or during the term of the Plan. Shares delivered to Participants hereunder in satisfaction of Performance Share rights after release of any conditions applicable thereto may nonetheless thereafter be restricted stock under the Securities Act of 1933, as presently amended, and the certificates for such Shares may have a legend imprinted thereon restricting the resale of said shares except in a registered offering or pursuant to an available exemption from registration.

 

14 AMENDMENT OF PLAN

 

     The Committee shall have the authority to make amendments and revisions to this Plan provided that no alteration or addition may be made to this Plan without the approval of the Shareholders of New WPP in a general meeting other than a minor amendment to benefit the administrator of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants, potential participants or New WPP.

 

 

10

Amended by Resolution of the Committee on 6 August 2003

 

6


15 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 

     The following additional terms and provision apply to the Plan:

 

  (a) The award of Performance Shares to a Participant in the Plan shall create no rights in such participant as a shareholder of the Company;

 

  (b) No adjustment shall be made in the number of Performance Shares awarded on account of cash dividends which may be paid, or other rights which may be issued to, the Company’s ordinary shareholders during the term of the Plan except as stated in subparagraph (c) below;

 

  (c) In the event of stock dividends, stock splits or reverse stock splits, affecting the number of Company shares during the term of the Plan, appropriate revision shall be made by the Committee (i) in the targeted performance objectives, and (ii) in the number of Performance Shares awarded to reflect the effect of such stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split on the interests of the Participants in the Plan;

 

  (d) No Participant in the Plan shall have any right because he is a Participant in the Plan to continue in the employ of New WPP or of any of its subsidiaries for any period of time, or any right to a continuation of his present or any other rate of compensation, and such rights and powers as New WPP or any of such subsidiaries now has or which it may have in the future to dismiss or discharge any Participant from his employment or to change the assignments of any Participant are expressly reserved to New WPP nor shall he have any right to claim compensation for the cancellation of his Performance Shares as a result of termination of his employment for any reason;

 

  (e) The Company at the time any payment is made under the Plan is authorised to withhold from such payment any amount necessary to satisfy income tax withholding requirements in respect of such payment. Alternatively, and if the Company chooses to exercise its discretion contained within Section 7(c) or 7(d) if the Participant shall pay to the Company such cash amount or additional cash amount as may be necessary to satisfy withholding requirements he shall be entitled to receive delivery of all shares due to him hereunder if the Company elects to satisfy his entitlement in Company shares.

 

16 NON-ASSIGNABILITY

 

     Rights under the Plan and in respect of Shares granted under the Plan are not transferable and may not be assigned or pledged by any Participant at any time, and no recognition shall be required to be given by the Company to any attempted assignment of Performance Shares. This non-assignability shall not apply to any shares of the Company delivered to Participants hereunder after such Performance Shares shall be fully vested in the holder thereof.

 

17 PLAN A PART OF CONTINUING COMPENSATION PROGRAM

 

     This Plan is part of a continuing program of incentive compensation for senior management of the Company and is expected to be supplemented or continued in effect after the term hereof by an additional plan or plans as approved by the Board of Directors.

 

18

INTERPRETATION 11

 

     The following words and expressions shall have the following meanings in the rules of this Plan:

 

     “Company” means WPP plc incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 101479.

 

 

11

Amended by resolution of the Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

7

Exhibit 4.20

WPP PLC 1

 

 

RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN

 

Approved by the Board of Directors of WPP Group plc on 30 th  August 2005 and amended by resolutions of the Compensation Committee on 27 October 2005, 11 November 2005, 21 February 2006, 27 April 2007, 9 August 2007, 24 October 2007, 29 September 2008 and 17 December 2008.

 

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 30 October 2008 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006

 

Approved by the shareholders of WPP plc on 30 September 2008 and adopted by the Board of Directors of WPP plc on 30 September 2008

 

 

1

Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 17 December 2008

Hammonds LLP

7 Devonshire Square London EC2M 4YH DX 136546 Bishopsgate 2

Telephone +44 (0)20 7655 1000 Fax +44 (0)20 7655 1001

 

Website www.hammonds.com


CONTENTS

 

1

  PURPOSE    1

2

  INTERPRETATION    1

3

  ELIGIBILITY    3

4

  AWARDS    3

5

  CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT    4

6

  VARIATION OF CAPITAL    5

7

  CHANGE OF CONTROL    6

8

  DISCHARGE OF AWARDS    7

9

  MISCELLANEOUS    7

10

  AMENDMENT    9

APPENDIX 1

   10

APPENDIX 2

   12

APPENDIX 3

   13

 

i


1 PURPOSE

 

     The purpose of the Plan is to motivate and reward selected employees of the Group.

 

2 INTERPRETATION

 

2.1 The following words and expressions have the following meanings in the Rules of the Plan and in the Schedule:

 

     Act” means the Companies Act 1985 as amended.

 

     “ADR” means an American Depository Receipt representing, for the time being, 5 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company deposited with Citibank NA as depository under the Deposit Agreement between the Company and Citibank NA as of 19 November 2008 or any other American depository receipt arrangement sponsored by the Company. 2

 

     “Award” means an award or grant made to an Eligible Person subject to and on the terms of the Plan.

 

     “Award Period” means the period of 42 days commencing on:

 

  (a) the date of adoption of the Plan by the board of directors of the Company;

 

  (b) any day on which the Company releases its results for any period; or

 

  (c) the date of commencement of Employment of an Eligible Person (but only in respect of that Eligible Person).

 

     “Bad Leaver” means a Participant whose Employment terminates as a result of the proper termination by a Group Company of his Employment (which shall include a termination which is not a proper termination only by virtue of a procedural error in the termination) where that Participant:

 

  (a) shall have committed any act or omission which entitles a Group Company to terminate his contract of employment without notice; or

 

  (b) shall have committed any serious breach or repeated or continued breach (after warning in writing) of his obligations under his contract of employment including, without limitation, ceasing to work full time for the Group without the prior consent of the relevant Group Company except in circumstances where the Participant retires (but does not take early retirement other than with the prior consent of the Company); or

 

  (c) shall have become prohibited by law from being a director or employee of a Group Company as a result of his own act, omission or misfeasance; or

 

  (d) shall have been convicted of any criminal offence which is punishable by a custodial sentence or involves dishonesty or violence,

 

     provided that a Participant shall not be a Bad Leaver if he shall have been found to have been constructively dismissed by the Group (in which case the Participant shall be regarded as an Other Leaver). 3

 

     “Basic Salary” means an Eligible Person’s basic annual salary for a particular year. In the event of any dispute, such basic annual salary will be as determined by the Compensation Committee.

 

     “Change of Control Date” means the date on which a person or persons obtains Control of the Company as described in Rule 7.1(a) or 7.1(b).

 

2 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
3 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 11 November 2005

 

1


     “Company” means:

 

  (a) in relation to any period before the Effective Date, Old WPP; and

 

  (b) in relation to any period on or after the Effective Date, New WPP; 4

 

     “Company Secretary” means the company secretary of the Company from time to time.

 

     “Compensation Committee” means the compensation committee for the time being of the board of directors of the Company.

 

     “Control” has the same meaning as in section 840 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

 

     Effective Date ” means the date on which the Scheme becomes effective, expected to be 12 November 2008 5

 

     “Eligible Person” means any employee (including an executive director) of a Group Company.

 

     “Employment” means employment as a director or employee of any Group Company.

 

     “ESOP” means any of the WPP Group plc Grantor Trust, the WPP Group plc ROW ESOP, the WPP Group plc UK ESOP and any other employee benefit trust in existence at the date of adoption of the Plan or as may otherwise be nominated from time to time by the Compensation Committee to operate in conjunction with the Plan.

 

     “Good Leaver” means a Participant whose termination of Employment is as a result of:

 

  (a) death;

 

  (b) permanent disability;

 

  (c) serious long-term illness preventing the Participant from carrying out his duties of employment; or

 

  (d) retirement on a basis agreed with the Company. 6

 

     Group ” means the Company and all of its subsidiaries (as defined in section 736 of the Act or, as the context may require, articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991). 7

 

     “Group Company” means any member of the Group.

 

     “New WPP” means WPP plc incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 101479; 8

 

     Old WPP ” WPP Group plc a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 05537577; 9

 

     “Other Leaver” means a Participant whose Employment terminates as a result of:

 

  (a) the voluntary leaving or giving notice voluntarily to leave Employment with the Group or voluntarily resigning as a director of any Group Company including, for the avoidance of doubt, taking early retirement without the prior consent of the relevant Group Company;

 

  (b) the wrongful termination by that Participant of his contract of employment with any Group Company;

 

  (c) any other reason not referred to in the definition of Good Leaver or Bad Leaver.

 

4 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
5 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
6 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 11 November 2005
7 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
8 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
9 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

2


     “Participant” means a person who holds an Award including, if relevant, his legal personal representatives.

 

     “Plan” means the WPP plc 10 Restricted Stock Plan as from time to time amended in accordance with the provisions of the Rules.

 

     “Share” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company and includes ADRs.

 

     “Trading Day” means a day (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Bank Holidays) on which clearing banks are generally open for business in the City of London and in New York.

 

     “Treasury Shares” means any Shares which are purchased by the Company in accordance with Article 57 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and held by the Company as treasury shares pursuant to Article 58A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 11

 

     “UK Listing Authority” means the United Kingdom Listing Authority, a division of the Financial Services Authority.

 

     “Vesting Date” means the day after the end of the Vesting Period unless the Company is prohibited from discharging the Award on that date in which case the Vesting Date will be the first available Trading Day when the Company is no longer prohibited from discharging that Award.

 

     “Vesting Period” means the period of two calendar years commencing on the date on which an Award is granted or such other period as may be specified by the Compensation Committee at the time an Award is granted.

 

2.2 Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine shall include the feminine.

 

2.3 Any reference, express or implied, to an enactment includes references to:

 

  (a) that enactment as amended, extended or applied by or under any other enactment; and

 

  (b) any enactment which that enactment re-enacts (with or without modification).

 

2.4 Any reference to a Rule is a reference to one of these Rules.

 

3 ELIGIBILITY

 

3.1 No person is entitled, by virtue of the provisions of the Plan or any other means, to participate as of right in the Plan through the grant of an Award and consequently the receipt of an Award shall in no circumstances give or imply any right to received any further award and any further right that is in fact granted to the same Participant may be on the same or on different terms. 12

 

3.2 The Compensation Committee will decide from time to time when to grant Awards under the Plan and 13 which Eligible Persons may participate and the extent of their participation in the Plan.

 

4 AWARDS

 

4.1 The Compensation Committee may decide, following the end of a financial year, or at such other time as the Compensation Committee may determine, to grant an Award to an Eligible Person, that the grant of an Award may be subject to such terms (including performance conditions) as it determines provided that no such terms may be applied to any Award that is or is to be granted to a director of the Company that would result in the Plan being a Long Term Incentive Scheme for the purposes of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority or which could result in the issue

 

10 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 17 December 2008
11 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
12 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006.
13 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006.

 

3


 

of new Shares by the Company or to the transfer of Treasury Shares by the Company. Where such terms are inconsistent with the other terms of the Plan, the terms specified by the Compensation Committee shall take precedence. For the avoidance of doubt, there is no restriction on the grant of Awards to Participants who are not directors of the Company relating to whether the Award is in the form of a deferred bonus.

 

4.2 The maximum Award to any Participant in respect of a particular financial year shall be 200% (two hundred per cent) of that Participant’s Basic Salary or such other percentage as the Compensation Committee may from time to time determine.

 

4.3 Awards will normally be made during an Award Period, but exceptionally may be made at other times.

 

4.4 The Compensation Committee may determine that an Award may be satisfied by the trustees of an ESOP (with the agreement of the trustees) or otherwise as it considers appropriate, provided that in no circumstances shall an Award be satisfied through the issue of new Shares or the transfer of Treasury Shares.

 

4.5 Subject to Rule 5 a Participant shall become entitled to receive the number of Shares comprised in an Award on the Vesting Date only if the Participant continues in Employment throughout the Vesting Period until the Vesting Date.

 

4.6 An Award is personal to a Participant and cannot be transferred, assigned, used as security or otherwise charged or turned to account. Any breach of the terms of this Rule 4.6 shall result in the immediate lapse of the Award.

 

4.7 An Award shall lapse if the Participant commits an act of bankruptcy or enters into any arrangement with his creditors under any formal insolvency procedure.

 

4.8 The receipt of an Award shall not confer on the Participant (unless otherwise provided in the terms of the Award) any right to the transfer of a specified number of Shares from any particular transferor. The discharge of the Award shall be in accordance with Rule 8.

 

4.9 When an Award is granted the Compensation Committee may determine that 14 the Participant shall, subject to Rule 4.10, be entitled to receive at the time of the discharge of the Award a transfer of that number of Shares which could have been purchased if:

 

  (a) the dividends which would have been paid on such Shares during the Vesting Period had been reinvested in Shares on the date each dividend is paid after the date that the Award is made; and

 

  (b) the dividends which would have been paid on Shares which would have been held pursuant to that reinvestment in Shares had those dividends been further reinvested in Shares, again on the date each dividend is paid during the Vesting Period.

 

4.10 If a Participant is a Bad Leaver any right to receive additional Shares under 4.9 shall, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, lapse on the date of termination of Employment.

 

4.11 For the avoidance of doubt a Participant shall not be entitled to any voting rights in respect of Shares to be transferred in respect of an Award until those Shares are actually transferred to the Participant.

 

5 CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1 Subject to Rules 5.2 and 5.4, if a Participant ceases to be in Employment prior to the Vesting Date of an Award, that Award shall lapse except to the extent that the Compensation Committee determines otherwise.

 

14 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 11 November 2005.

 

4


5.2 If a Participant ceases to be in Employment during the Vesting Period and is a Good Leaver then except to the extent that the Compensation Committee determines otherwise the Award applicable to that Vesting Period shall not lapse and shall (subject to Rule 5.7) be discharged at the time that the Award would have been discharged but for the cessation of Employment, being the original Vesting Date except that (subject to the exercise of the discretion of the Compensation Committee to determine otherwise) the number of Shares comprised in an Award shall be reduced on a pro-rata basis to reflect the proportion of the Vesting Period between the grant of an Award and the date of cessation of employment. Where the grant of an Award was preceded by a period during which performance targets were measured as a pre-cursor to the granting of the Award, then the Vesting Period (subject to the exercise of the discretion of the Compensation Committee to determine otherwise) shall be taken for the purpose of the time pro-rata calculation referred to in this Rule 5.2 only as beginning at the start of the earlier period during which the performance target was measured. 15

 

5.3 If a Participant ceases to be in Employment during the Vesting Period and is a Bad Leaver the Award applicable to that Vesting Period shall lapse immediately.

 

5.4 If a Participant ceases to be in Employment during the Vesting Period and is an Other Leaver the Award applicable to that Vesting Period shall lapse immediately unless the Compensation Committee determines that the Award shall not lapse and/or shall be discharged early and/or shall be reduced in such manner as the Compensation Committee determines. 16

 

5.5 Subject to any relevant legal or regulatory requirements prevailing in any relevant jurisdiction, for the purposes of this Rule a woman who ceases to be in Employment due to pregnancy or confinement will be regarded as having ceased Employment on the date on which she indicates that she does not intend to return to work. In the absence of such indication and if she has not already returned to work she will be regarded as having ceased Employment on the last day on which she is entitled to return to work. A woman who exercises her statutory right or any equivalent contractual right to return to work following pregnancy or confinement shall not be treated as having ceased to be in Employment.

 

5.6 If a Participant who has ceased to be in Employment breaches any contractual obligation owed to any Group Company relating to restrictions on that Participant following the termination of his Employment the Participant’s Award shall be forfeited unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise.

 

5.7 If a Participant ceases to be in Employment during the Vesting Period and is a Good Leaver due to leaving by reason of death, then the provisions of Rule 5.2 shall apply except that the discharge of the Award shall (except to the extent that the Compensation Committee determines otherwise) take place as soon as practicable following the death of the Participant. 17

 

6 VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

6.1 In the event of any increase or variation in the capital of the Company arising out of or in connection with a capitalisation issue, an offer to the holders of Shares, a rights issue, a subdivision, consolidation or reduction of capital, special dividend, demerger, or other variation of capital, the terms of outstanding Awards may be adjusted in such manner and on such terms as the Compensation Committee considers appropriate. An adjustment shall not have effect unless the auditors or other advisers appointed by the Compensation Committee acting as experts and not arbitrators confirm that in their opinion the adjustment is fair and reasonable and such confirmation shall be final and binding.

 

6.2 Participants shall be notified of any adjustment made under this Rule.

 

15 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 27 April 2007.
16 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 27 October 2005.
17

Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 27 April 2007.

 

5


7 CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

7.1 Subject to Rule 7.3:

 

  (a) if any person (and/or persons acting in concert) obtains Control of the Company as a result or in consequence of making a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued share capital of the Company which is made subject to a condition such that if satisfied the person making the offer will have Control of the Company, or

 

  (b) if any person (and/or persons acting in concert) obtains Control of the Company other than as a result of or in consequence of making such general offer but the offeror is bound by Rule 5 of the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers to make a general offer for the minority,

 

     then in relation to all outstanding Awards the Vesting Period shall be deemed to end on the Change of Control Date.

 

7.2 If:

 

  (a) under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies; or

 

  (b) a resolution is passed for the winding up of the Company for the purposes of or in connection with a reconstruction or division of the Company or its business;

 

     the terms of outstanding Awards will be varied in such manner as the Compensation Committee considers appropriate. A variation shall not have effect unless the auditors or other advisers appointed by the Compensation Committee acting as experts and not as arbitrators confirm that in their opinion the variation is fair and reasonable and such confirmation shall be final and binding. 18

 

7.3 If any company (the “Acquiring Company”) obtains Control of the Company in accordance with Rule 7.1 and:

 

  (a) the Acquiring Company also obtains Control of another company (the “Target Company”) within such period as the Compensation Committee may determine and, as a consequence of obtaining such Control, the Company and the Target Company become subsidiaries of the Acquiring Company; and

 

  (b) the shareholders of the Company and the Target Company before the Acquiring Company obtained Control of the Company and the Target Company are the same persons who substantially comprise the shareholders of the Acquiring Company after the Acquiring Company obtained such Control,

 

     then in relation any outstanding Awards the Compensation Committee may determine that the Vesting Period shall not be deemed to end on the Change of Control Date under Rule 7.1 and it may determine (with the agreement of the Acquiring Company) that a Participant is required to release any outstanding Awards in consideration of the grant to the Participant by the Acquiring Company of an equivalent award.

 

7.4 For the purpose of Rule 7.3 an award granted pursuant to Rule 7.3 is an equivalent award to an Award if, but only if:

 

  (a) the shares to which it relates are in the Acquiring Company, and it is subject to the provisions of the Plan in the same manner as the Award immediately prior to its release;

 

  (b) the shares to which it relates are of an equivalent value to the value of the Shares which were subject to the Award immediately prior to the release, and for this purpose the Compensation Committee shall determine such equivalent value provided that the release

 

18 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

6


 

of an Award and the grant of an equivalent award under Rule 7.3 shall not have effect unless the auditors or other advisers appointed by the Compensation Committee acting as experts and not arbitrators confirm that in their opinion the equivalent value is fair and reasonable and such confirmation shall be final and binding; and

 

  (c) such Award is subject to the performance conditions as the original Award (if any) or such other performance conditions that the Compensation Committee determines are substantially no more and no less onerous than those performance conditions.

 

7.5 With effect from the release of an Award and the grant of an equivalent award pursuant to Rule 7.3 the Plan will be construed as if:

 

  (a) the equivalent award had been granted at the same time as the Award it replaces;

 

  (b) references to the Company in the Rules were references to the Acquiring Company; and

 

  (c) references to Shares were references to shares in the Acquiring Company,

 

     and the Compensation Committee may make such amendments as may be necessary to give effect to Rule 7.3.

 

7.6 Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Rule 7, in any circumstances where Awards (other than Awards made to directors of the Company) would otherwise have been receivable before the end of the Vesting Period by reason this Rule 7, the Compensation Committee may determine (the determination to apply equally to all such Awards outstanding at the time) that the provisions of the Rule 7 will neither cause such Awards to become receivable nor to lapse at different times than would otherwise be the case, if the Compensation Committee considers that the Awards will continue to be appropriate notwithstanding the changed circumstances, or that the position of Participants can and will be adequately preserved by the grant to them of some other right or rights in substitution for or addition to the existing rights. The Compensation Committee may alternatively specify that such Awards may become receivable before the end of the Vesting Period on the basis of being reduced on pro-rata time basis to take account of the reduced part of the Vesting Period that has elapsed.

 

8 DISCHARGE OF AWARDS

 

8.1 Subject to Rule 8.3 Awards will be discharged by the transfer of Shares to the Participant (or as he may direct, or to a depository in the case of ADRs) from an ESOP or otherwise as the Company may determine.

 

8.2 Any transfer of Shares to a Participant (or as he may direct or to a depository in the case of ADRs) in respect of an Award is subject to the Compensation Committee being satisfied that the transfer would be lawful in any relevant jurisdiction.

 

8.3 The transfer of Shares under the Plan is subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the Listing Rules published by the UK Listing Authority, the Rules of the London Stock Exchange, the Admission and Disclosure Standards of the London Stock Exchange, and otherwise complying with the provision of City Code on Take-overs and Mergers and any other applicable regulations or enactment (whether in the United Kingdom or overseas). The Participant shall do all things necessary to obtain, or obviate the need for, such approval or consent.

 

9 MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1

The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee whose decision on any matter concerning the Plan shall be final and binding unless it is a matter in respect of which the Rules provide that the decision of the auditors or any other adviser is final and binding. In particular the Compensation Committee may establish such procedures and regulations for the administration and implementation of the Plan as it thinks fit. Notwithstanding the provisions of Rule 10.3 and

 

7


 

without prejudice to the generality of the other provisions of this Rule 9.1, such procedures and regulations that relate to securities laws and exchange control compliance may affect the operation of Awards granted before the establishment of such procedures and regulations. 19

 

9.2 The Compensation Committee or any committee or agent that they may from time to time delegate authority to, shall approve all documents required in connection with Awards.

 

9.3 The Compensation Committee may establish arrangements under which the cash value of an Award may be paid to an Eligible Person in lieu of the discharge of the Award under Rule 8.

 

9.4 The cost of establishing and operating the Plan (including but not limited to stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax arising on a transfer of Shares pursuant to Rule 8, if any) shall be borne by the Company but may be recharged to the relevant Group Companies on such arm’s length basis as is considered appropriate from time to time.

 

9.5 Any notice given under the Plan may be given by personal delivery, delivery by email or by sending the same by post in the case of the Company to its registered office from time to time marked for the attention of the Company Secretary (or to such other address and person as may be specified by the Company from time to time) 20 and in the case of a Participant, the address which he shall have given to the Company for the purpose or which shall be known to the Company to be his address from time to time.

 

9.6 Any notice served shall be deemed to have been received:

 

  (a) at the time of delivery if delivery is by hand; or

 

  (b) at the time the email is sent, if delivery is by email; or 21

 

  (c) in the case of pre-paid post, on the fifth Trading Day after the date of posting.

 

9.7 Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put in the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

 

9.8 Participation in the Plan is a matter separate from any contract of employment or other agreement and any benefit conferred by the Plan shall not be regarded as salary or 22 counted for pension or any other purpose. Participation in the Plan by any individual is entirely at the discretion of the Board and in no circumstances shall the fact that an individual has received an Award or Awards in the past give that individual any right to receive a further Award or Awards. 23

 

9.9 The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Company will not be affected by his participation in the Plan and the Plan does not form part of any contract of employment between any individual and any Group Company.

 

9.10 A Participant shall have no entitlement by way of compensation or damages resulting from the termination of the office or employment (for any reason and whether lawful or not) by virtue of which he is or may be eligible to participate in the Plan or for the loss or reduction of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under the Plan which he might otherwise have enjoyed whether the compensation is claimed for wrongful dismissal or otherwise.

 

9.11 The Plan is intended to operate on a worldwide basis and, accordingly, the Compensation Committee may adopt any rate of exchange for converting any currency into any other currency as it decides at any time and from time to time for any purpose in connection with the Plan.

 

19 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006.
20 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006.
21 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 11 November 2006.
22 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006.
23

Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006.

 

8


9.12 No obligation to transfer Shares shall arise, nor shall there be any obligation to do any other thing in relation to a Participant under or in connection with the Plan or the making or vesting of any Award unless and until the Compensation Committee is satisfied in its discretion that either:

 

  (a) the Participant has made payment or has made arrangements (which may include where specified at the date of grant of an Award by the Compensation Committee, validly electing for the Participant to be liable directly for any employer’s National Insurance contributions) satisfactory to the Compensation Committee for the payment to the relevant Group Company or other person of such sum as is, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, sufficient to settle any liability for any tax and/or, unless the Compensation Committee otherwise determines, social security contributions (which, within the UK shall include employees’ National Insurance contributions, and where determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of the grant of the Award, employer’s National Insurance contributions and which outside the UK shall only include taxes which are equivalent to UK employer’s National Insurance Contributions where determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of the grant of the Award) or the like (in any jurisdiction) which are or may be recovered from such person in connection with the Plan or any Award and in respect of which the relevant Group Company or other person is or may be liable to account for or pay in any jurisdiction; or

 

  (b) the Participant has entered into an agreement satisfactory to the Compensation Committee to ensure that such a payment will be made by the Participant.

 

9.13 Receipt of an Award shall authorise the Company or any person nominated by the Company at its sole discretion to sell such number of Shares due to be transferred to a Participant as it may estimate as being necessary to produce a cash sum sufficient to meet the liabilities referred to in Rule 9.12 and account to the relevant Group Company or other person and/or the relevant authorities in respect of such tax and/or social security liabilities (in any jurisdiction) at the appropriate time provided that any excess sum generated by such sale that is not required shall be accounted for to the Participant.

 

9.14 If a Participant owes a debt or other monetary obligation to a Group Company, the relevant Group Company has a charge over the Participant’s interest in the Plan. Satisfaction of an Award may be withheld until the Participant has discharged, to the satisfaction of the Compensation Committee, the debt or other monetary obligation.

 

9.15 The Plan and any Award shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and the Company and the Participants (together with any Eligible Persons who do not become Participants) shall submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and Wales.

 

10 AMENDMENT

 

10.1 Subject to Rules 10.2 and 10.3, the Compensation Committee may at any time alter or add to all or any provisions of the Plan, or the terms of all or any Awards made under it, in any respect.

 

10.2 No alteration or addition shall be made under Rule 10.1 that would or might result in new Shares being issued in respect of the Plan or that would or might result in Treasury Shares being transferred in respect of the Plan or which would result in the Plan becoming a Long Term Incentive Scheme as defined in the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, in each case without the prior approval of the Company in general meeting.

 

10.3 No alteration or addition shall be made to the terms of any Award made prior to the date of the alteration or addition which would adversely affect a Participant’s interest in that Award in any material respect without the consent of the relevant Participant.

 

9


APPENDIX 1 24

The Plan will apply to Awards granted to Participants who are or may become subject to French taxation (i.e. income tax and/or social security contributions) as a result of an Award made under this Plan. Awards to such Participants will be subject to the modifications set out in this Appendix and in the event of any difference or conflict between the terms of this Appendix and the Rules, the terms of this Appendix will prevail.

 

1 The grant of an Award to Eligible Persons is made under the same conditions as those set forth by Articles L225-197-1 to L225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code. The grant of an Award is notably authorised by the corporate structure, which is qualified to make decisions regarding Company share capital.

 

2 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan:

 

2.1 Awards for the purpose of this Appendix mean a conditional right to receive, free of charge, at the Vesting Date, Shares (which for this purpose shall not include ADRs);

 

2.2 for the purposes of this Appendix, Eligible Persons shall mean current salaried employees, as defined by French labour law or mandataire social as listed in Article L225-197-1, II of the French Commercial Code;

 

2.3 Awards may only be satisfied with Shares;

 

2.4 the Company may only offer Awards to employees of its French subsidiaries whose share capital (or voting rights) are held as to at least 10% directly or indirectly by Company;

 

2.5 no Award may be granted to any Eligible Person who owns more than 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company for the time being;

 

2.6 the number of Shares comprised in Awards under the Plan cannot exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company at the time of grant of the Awards. Once the 10% threshold is met, no additional Awards can thereafter be granted by the Company;

 

2.7 subject to paragraph 2.12 below, the Vesting Period must not be less than two years and the Award must not therefore be satisfied for a period of at least two years after the date on which the Award is granted;

 

2.8 subject to paragraph 2.13 below, the Participant must hold the Shares received on the Vesting Date for at least two years;

 

2.9 during the Vesting Period, the Participant is not the beneficial or legal owner of the Shares in respect of which the Award has been made and at the end of the Vesting Period the Participant shall only become entitled to receive the number of Shares comprised in his Award. A Participant is not entitled under Rule 4.9 or otherwise to any voting rights, dividends or any extra Shares that the Participant would have been able to buy with the dividends that he would have received had he actually held the Shares during the Vesting Period;

 

2.10 once a Participant is free to dispose of the Shares comprised in an Award at the end of the holding period specified in paragraph 2.8, the Participant may still not sell those Shares within the periods set forth in Article L225-197-1, I of the French Commercial Code;

 

2.11 a mandataire social shall be required to retain (either in his own name or deposited with a nominee on his behalf) a proportion of the Shares awarded under the Plan as determined by the Compensation Committee until he ceases his role as a mandataire social. If no other proportion is determined when the relevant Award is granted, the proportion required to be retained will be 10%;

 

24 Amended by Resolutions of the Compensation Committee dated 27 April 2007 and 9 August 2007.

 

10


2.12 as an exception to the minimum two-year Vesting Period (specified at paragraph 2.7 above) if a Participant’s employment terminates as a result of death, the number of Shares in respect of which the Award was granted shall be receivable in full without any pro-rated reduction provided that the Participant’s heirs formally request distribution of the Shares within six months of the death of the Participant;

 

2.13 if a Participant’s employment terminates as a result of death or disability within the meaning corresponding to the second and third category of Article L341-4 of the Social Security Code, the minimum two-year holding period (specified at paragraph 2.8 above) shall not apply;

 

2.14 Shares underlying the Awards can be exchanged for shares (without any other additional compensation) in the event of a merger or spin-off operation performed during the Vesting Period. In addition Shares can be exchanged for shares (without any other additional compensation) in the event of a public offer, a merger, a spin-off, a stock-split or a reverse stock-split operation performed during the holding period described in paragraph 2.8 above, such holding period remains applicable to the shares received in exchange for the time period remaining at the date of the exchange;

 

2.15 an Award may only be granted under this Appendix within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan was approved by the board of Directors of the Company (30 August 2005).

 

11


APPENDIX 2 25

Taxpayers Subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code

The plan will apply to participants who are taxpayers subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), with the following modifications:

 

1. The plan shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with Section 409A. Any discretion afforded to any person or entity under the plan the existence of which itself would cause a participant to be taxed under Section 409A is hereby removed from the plan.

 

2. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, if a participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, any payment otherwise required to be made pursuant to the plan as a result of the participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be delayed for 6 months following the date of the participant’s separation, if necessary to prevent the participant from being taxed under Section 409A. On the earliest date on which such payments can be made without violating the foregoing requirements of Section 409A, there shall (subject to Rules 9.12 and 9.13) be paid to the participant, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

3. In Rule 5.1, delete “except to the extent that the Compensation Committee determines otherwise.”

 

4. In Rule 5.2, delete “except to the extent that the Compensation Committee determines otherwise” and “(subject to the exercise of the discretion of the Compensation Committee to determine otherwise)”.

 

5. In Rule 5.4, substitute the following “If a Participant ceases to be in Employment during the Vesting Period and is an Other Leaver the Award applicable to that Vesting Period shall lapse immediately, unless the Compensation Committee determines that the Award applicable to that Vesting Period shall not lapse in which case the Award shall be paid in accordance with Rule 5.2.”

 

6. In Rule 5.7, delete “(except to the extent that the Compensation Committee determines otherwise) take place as soon as practicable” and add “take place within 90 days”.

 

7. Add the following as Rule 7.1(A):

 

    

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, Rule 7.1 shall apply only if the transaction or circumstances by which any person (and/or persons acting in concert) obtains Control of the Company would constitute a “change in the ownership or effective control of the [Company], or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the [Company]” within the meaning of Section 409A, and if Rule 7.1 does apply, Awards will be discharged by the later of (i) the December 31 st immediately following the end of the Vesting Period, or (ii) two and one-half months following the end of the Vesting Period.”

 

8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any award under the plan shall not be subject to the provisions of this Appendix 2 to the extent such award is earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005.

 

25 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 9 August 2007

 

12


APPENDIX 3 26

 

1 The Compensation Committee may grant awards under the terms of the Plan but subject to the modifications set out in this Appendix 3 (provided that the provisions of Rule 10.2 shall continue to apply).

 

2 Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan:

 

2.1 sub-paragraph (h) of the definition of “Good Leaver” shall be amended by the addition of the words “but retirement will include ceasing to work in all sectors in which any Group Company operates” after the words “agreed with the Company”;

 

2.2 Rule 4.5 will be amended by the addition of the words “or cash” after the words “the number of Shares”;

 

2.3 Rule 5.2 will be amended to read as follows:

“If a Participant ceases to be in Employment during the Vesting Period and is a Good Leaver then the Award applicable to that Vesting Period shall not lapse and shall (subject to Rule 5.7) be discharged at the time that the Award would have been discharged but for the cessation of Employment, being the original Vesting Date.”;

 

2.4 if the Award is to be satisfied in cash rather than Shares (which will be specified at the time the Award is granted) the Participant shall also be entitled to receive at the time of the discharge of the Award an amount equivalent to interest as if it had accrued at a rate to be determined by the Compensation Committee during the Vesting Period, which interest will be paid when the Award is discharged provided that if the Award lapses the right to this additional payment will also lapse;

 

2.5 if the Award is to be satisfied in Shares (which will be specified at the time the Award is granted), the Participant shall also be entitled to receive at the time of the discharge of the Award a transfer of that number of Shares which could have been purchased if the dividends which would have been paid on such Shares during the Vesting Period had been reinvested in further Shares on the Vesting Date provided that if the Award lapses, the right to the further Shares will also lapse;

 

2.6 Rule 8.1 will be amended by the addition of the words “or in cash if the Participant has elected to receive the Award in cash” at the end of the Rule.

 

26 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 24 October 2007

 

13

Exhibit 4.21

WPP GROUP PLC

THE WPP 2005 EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 26 th  September 2005 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 and adopted by the Board of Directors of WPP Group Plc on 27 th  October 2005 and as amended by a written resolution dated 16 February 2006 and as amended by a resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006 and as amended by a resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 14 December 2006 and as amended by a resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 20 February 2007 and as amended by a resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 27 April 2007 and as amended by a resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 9 August 2007.

 

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 30 October 2008 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 as approved by the shareholders of WPP plc on 30 September 2008 and adopted by the Board of Directors of WPP plc on 30 September 2008.

Hammonds LLP

7 Devonshire Square London EC2M 4YH DX 136546 Bishopsgate 2
Telephone +44 (0)20 7655 1000 Fax +44 (0)20 7655 1001

Website www.hammonds.com

Reference WPP.002-1048/LG2/BDG


CONTENTS

 

1

  

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

   2

2

  

ELIGIBILITY

   3

3

  

GRANT OF OPTIONS

   3

4

  

LIMITS

   4

5

  

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS

   6

6

  

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

   7

7

  

TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

   8

8

  

VARIATION OF CAPITAL

   9

9

  

ALTERATIONS

   10

10

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   10

11

  

WITHHOLDING

   11
  

APPENDIX 1

   12
  

APPENDIX 2

   16
  

APPENDIX 3

   17
  

APPENDIX 4

   18
  

APPENDIX 5

   19
  

APPENDIX 6

   20
  

APPENDIX 7

   21
  

APPENDIX 8

   22
  

APPENDIX 9

   25


1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

     Act ” means the Companies Act 1985 as amended;

 

     Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee appointed by such board of directors;

 

     Depository ” means any depository or depositories which hold or whose nominee holds WPP ADRs;

 

     Company ” means WPP plc incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 101749; 1

 

     Effective Date ” means the date on which the Scheme becomes effective, expected to be 12 November 2008; 2

 

     Grant Date ” in relation to an Option means the date on which the Option was granted;

 

     Group Member ” means:

 

  (a) a Participating Company or a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 736 of the Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) the Company’s holding company or a subsidiary of the Company’s holding company; or 3

 

  (b) a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 258 of the Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) a subsidiary undertaking of a body corporate within paragraph (a) above and has been designated by the Board for this purpose; 4

 

     ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

     Key Feature ” means a provision of this Plan which is necessary in order to meet the requirements of Schedule 4;

 

     Option ” means a right to acquire Shares or WPP ADRs under the Plan; and a right to acquire Shares shall be known as a “Share Option” and a right to acquire WPP ADRs shall be known as an “ADR Option”;

 

     Participant ” means a person who holds an Option granted under the Plan;

 

     Participating Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

     Plan ” means the WPP 2005 Executive Stock Option Plan as herein set out but subject to any alterations or additions made under Rule 8 below;

 

     Schedule 4 ” means Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

 

     Schedule 9 ” means Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988;

 

     “Scheme” means the scheme of arrangement set out in part 3 of the circular to share owners of WPP Group plc (registered number 05537577) relating to the recommended proposals for the introduction of a new parent company by means of a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 or with or subject to any modification, addition or condition approved or imposed by the High Court of Justice in England and Wales; 5

 

1 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
2 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
3 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
4 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
5 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

2


     Share ” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company and for the purposes of Rule 4 (Limits) and, if the context requires, other provisions of the Rules, “ Shares ” include WPP ADRs;

 

     Specified Age ” means 65 years of age;

 

     Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 736 of the Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991; 6

 

     Taxes Act 1988 ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

     Treasury Shares ” means any Shares which are purchased by the Company in accordance with Article 57 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and held by the Company as treasury shares pursuant to Article 58A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991; 7

 

     WPP ADR ” means an American Depository Receipt representing, for the time being, 5 Shares deposited with Citibank NA as depository pursuant to the Deposit Agreement between the Company and Citibank NA as of 19 November 2008 as amended from time to time and/or any other American depository receipt arrangement sponsored by the Company, 8

 

     and expressions not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as they have in Schedule 4.

 

1.2 Any reference in the Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

2 ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1 Subject to Rule 2.2 below, a person is eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan if (and only if) he is an executive director or employee of a Participating Company.

 

2.2 There is no Rule 2.2. 9

 

2.3 No person is entitled, by virtue of the provisions of the Plan or any other means, to participate as of right in the Plan through the grant of an Award and consequently the receipt of an Award shall in no circumstances give or imply any right to receive any further award and any further right that is in fact granted to the same Participant may be on the same or on different terms. 10

 

3 GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 Subject to Rules 3.2 and 3.5 below and Rule 4 below, the Board may grant or procure the grant to any person who is eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan a Share Option or an ADR Option, upon the terms set out in the Plan; and for this purpose a Share Option to acquire means an option to subscribe for Shares or receive the transfer of Treasury Shares or other Shares as determined by the Board from time to time.

 

3.2 An Option may only be granted under the Plan:

 

  (a) within the period of 6 weeks beginning with the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the 6 week period beginning with the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its interim or final results for any period, or at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify the grant thereof; and

 

 

6 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
7 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
8 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
9 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 14 December 2006
10 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006

 

3


  (b) within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders on 26 September 2005.

 

3.3 The price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Board before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

 

  (a) in the case of a Share Option, if Shares of the same class as those Shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the lower of the two prices shown for the shares on that day plus one quarter of the difference between them (as derived from that List or other reputable market source that is able to provide the relevant information at a more appropriate time, even though that source may not be able to guarantee that the information provided will be identical to that subsequently published in that List) on the Grant Date;

 

  (b) in the case of a Share Option, if paragraph (a) above does not apply, the market value (within the meaning of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of Shares of that class at the relevant Grant Date, as reasonably determined by the Board;

 

  (c) in the case of an ADR Option, the fair market value of a WPP ADR as quoted on NASDAQ National Market System over a number of consecutive dealing days (being not more than five) immediately preceding or ending on the Grant Date; or

 

  (d) except in the case of an Option to acquire Shares otherwise than by subscription, the nominal value of those Shares.

 

3.4 An Option granted under the Plan to any person:

 

  (a) shall not, except as provided in Rule 6.3 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

 

  (b) shall lapse immediately if he is adjudged bankrupt.

 

3.5 An Option granted under the Plan to a person shall lapse if that person ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member, other than by reason of his death, injury or disability, within six months of the Grant Date unless the Board shall determine otherwise.

 

3.6 Except as provided in Rule 7 and paragraph 17 of Appendix 1, no new Option may be granted after the Effective Date. 11

 

4 LIMITS

 

4.1 The number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted under the Plan on any day which are to be satisfied by the issue of Shares when added to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the number of Shares which immediately prior to that day have been or are to be issued to satisfy outstanding Options under the Plan; and

 

  (b) the number of Shares which immediately prior to that day have been or are to be issued to satisfy options or awards granted or made under any other employees’ share scheme of any Group Member in the ten years immediately before that day

shall not exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company for the time being.

 

 

11 Inserted by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

4


4.2 The aggregate market value of the Shares subject to an Option granted under the Plan on any day to a Participant may not, when added to the aggregate market value of the Shares (valued at the date or dates of grant of the relevant Option or Options) which are or have been subject to options granted to him within the preceding twelve months under the Plan or any Relevant Scheme, exceed four times his Annual Remuneration. For the purposes of this Rule 4.2 the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

“Annual Remuneration”

   in relation to a Participant, the gross rate of basic annual salary (excluding any bonuses, company pension contributions and any other benefits in kind) payable to the relevant Eligible Employee by any Group Company as at the relevant Grant Date;

“Relevant Scheme”

   any employees’ share scheme (within the meaning given to that term in section 743 of the Act or, as the context may require, Article 58A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 12 ) established by any Group Member (other than savings-related schemes or profit sharing schemes approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988 or Schedule 3 to ITEPA or any other schemes linked to contractual savings schemes or any share incentive plans approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000 or Schedule 2 to ITEPA);

 

     and for the purposes of this Rule:

 

  (a) any Option which shall have been released to any extent shall be treated to that extent as if it were still exercisable;

 

  (b) shares in a Participating Company shall not be regarded as benefits in kind;

 

  (c) where a payment of remuneration is made otherwise than in sterling, the payment shall be treated as being of the amount of sterling ascertained by applying such rate of exchange for that day published in a national newspaper as the Board shall reasonably determine; and

 

  (d) a person’s remuneration shall be deemed to include fees paid to a company whose principal purpose is to provide his services being services of a nature which he would be expected to perform as an employee of a Participating Company, and being fees referable to those services and exclusive of VAT.

 

4.3 For the purposes of this Rule, the market value of the Shares in relation to which an Option was granted shall be calculated:

 

  (a) in the case of an Option granted under the Plan, as of the day by reference to which the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined in accordance with Rule 3.3 above;

 

  (b) in the case of an option granted under any option scheme (other than a savings related scheme) approved by HM Revenue & Customs, as at the time when it was granted or, in a case where an agreement relating to the Shares has been made under paragraph 29 of Schedule 9 or paragraph 22 of Schedule 4, such earlier time or times as may be provided in the agreement; and

 

12 Inserted by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

5


  (c) in the case of any other option, as on the day or days by reference to which the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined

 

     and the Board may adopt such exchange rate as it thinks fit for the conversion of one currency to another currency.

 

4.4 For the purpose of this Rule 4, any Treasury Shares which are or are to be transferred for the purpose of satisfying options or other awards shall be taken as being Shares that are issued or to be issued for that purpose.

 

4.5 All Options granted under the Plan shall be regarded for the purposes of this Rule 4 as Options that will involve the issue of new Shares unless and until the Board determines that the Option will be satisfied by the transfer of Shares (or WPP ADRs which have not been created using new Shares issued for the purpose of satisfying options or awards under employee share schemes). The Board may only make such a determination in respect of an Option that has already been issued if it has made arrangements under which the relevant Shares or WPP ADRs will be available when required.

 

4.6 Any Option granted under the Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with (with all Options being granted on the same day being scaled back on a pro-rata basis and rounded down to the nearest whole Share or WPP ADR).

 

5 PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS

 

5.1 An Option granted under the Plan to a director of the Company may not be exercised if the relevant condition is not satisfied; and in this Rule the relevant condition is the condition in Appendix 8 or such other objective condition relating to performance as may be specified by the Board at the time of the grant of that Option.

 

5.2 In determining whether the relevant condition has been met where an Option is to be exercised in accordance with any of Rules 6.3, 6.4(a), 6.4(b), 6.4(c), 7.1 and 7.3, the Board may determine that the relevant condition should be adjusted on a pro-rated basis to allow for any reduction in time between the Grant Date and the date of cessation, compared to the time between Grant Date and the end of the performance period. Where such a determination is made, the Board shall be entitled to take into account such information relating to the performance of the Company as it considers to be appropriate and may adjust the method of assessment of the performance condition as it considers to be appropriate to the circumstances (so that, for example, if the cessation occurs one month after the end of the accounting period in which the Option was granted, the Board may assess the satisfaction of the relevant condition from the earnings of the Company for the accounting period in which the Option was granted without reference to the performance in the following month).

 

5.3 The Board may at the time of grant of any Option, impose conditions on that grant relating to performance and specify terms relating to how those conditions interact with the other provisions of this Plan.

 

5.4 In the event that there are performance conditions that track the performance of the Company before the Effective Date any references to the “Company” shall be interpreted as follows:

 

  (a) for the period before 25 October 2005 the reference shall be to WPP 2005 Limited (company number 1003653); and

 

6


  (b) for the period between 25 October 2005 and the Effective Date the reference shall be to WPP Group plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 5537577, to be re-named WPP 2008 plc. 13

 

6 EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

6.1 The exercise of any Option granted under the Plan shall be effected in such form and manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.2 Subject to Rules 6.3 and 6.4 below and to Rules 7.1 and 7.3 below, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

6.3 Subject to Rule 5 above, if any Participant dies before exercising an Option granted to him under the Plan and at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is entitled to exercise the Option by virtue of Rule 6.4 below, the Option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death.

 

6.4 If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any Option granted to him under the Plan:

 

  (a) if he so ceases by reason of injury or disability, or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member, subject to Rule 5 above, the Option may (and subject to Rule 6.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period;

 

  (b) if he so ceases by reason of retirement on or after reaching the retirement age (if any) as specified in his contract of employment (or, if there is no such age, if he retires at all) 14 in each case more than six months after the Grant Date subject to Rule 5 above, the Option may (and subject to Rule 6.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period; and

 

  (c) if he so ceases for any other reason, the Option may not be exercised at all unless the Board shall so permit, in which event, subject to Rule 5 above, it may (and subject to Rule 6.3 above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Board within the exercise period;

 

     and in this Rule the “exercise period” is the period which commences on the date of cessation of employment and expires 6 months after such date. 15

 

6.5 Subject to Rule 6.6 below, a Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of Rule 6.4 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member and a female Participant who ceases to be such a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 (or any equivalent legislation in any jurisdiction) 16 before exercising an Option under the Plan shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be such a director or employee.

 

6.6 Other than in respect of Options granted under the Approved Part, a Participant who gives or is given notice to leave employment as a director or employee of a Group Member in any circumstances other than death or in those circumstances referred to in Rule 6.4(a) or 6.4(b), shall, if he subsequently ceases to be in such employment, be treated for the purposes of Rule

 

13 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
14 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 14 December 2006
15 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 27 April 2007
16 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

7


 

6.4 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member on the date on which that notice is given (and for the avoidance of doubt any purported exercise by him of an Option during the period of notice shall be of no effect). If a Participant gives or is given notice to leave employment as a director or employee of a Group Member and the Board subsequently uses its discretion under Rule 6.4(c) to allow his Option to be exercisable, nothing in this Rule 6.6 will make his Option lapse or cease to be exercisable.

 

6.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

 

6.8 Within 30 days after an Option under the Plan has been exercised by any person, the grantor of the Option shall, in the case of a Share Option, procure the allotment or transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised and, in the case of an ADR Option, procure the issue or transfer to him of WPP ADRs in respect of which the Option has been exercised (including, if appropriate, by procuring the allotment or transfer of Shares to a Depository) unless:

 

  (a) the Board considers that the issue or transfer thereof would not be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; or

 

  (b) in a case where a Group Member is obliged to account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option, that or another Group Member is unable to withhold the tax from his remuneration nor has received payment from him of a corresponding amount.

 

6.9 All Shares allotted under the Plan shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares of the same class for the time being in issue save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of the allotment.

 

6.10 If Shares of the same class as those allotted under the Plan are listed in the London Stock Exchange Official List, the Company shall apply to the London Stock Exchange for any Shares so allotted to be admitted to that list.

 

6.11 Where any Option becomes exercisable by reason of the provisions of Rules 6.3 or 6.4, the number of Shares or WPP ADRs in respect of which the Option may be exercised shall be reduced on a pro-rated basis to take account of the fact that the Participant ceased to be a director or employee of a Group Member before the date on which the Option would have become exercisable had the Participant not ceased to be a director or employee of a Group Member (calculated on the basis of the number of days until the date of such cessation compared to the number of days in the whole period between the Grant Date and the date on which the Option becomes exercisable) unless the Board determines to the contrary. 17

 

7 TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 

7.1 If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988) as a result of making a general offer to acquire Shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 7 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to Rule 5 above and Rules 6.3, 6.4, 6.6 and 6.7 above, an Option granted under the Plan may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of such notification.

 

7.2 For the purposes of Rule 7.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

 

 

17 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 27 April 2007

 

8


7.3 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Part 18 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, or if under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for the winding up of the Company or the assets of the Company are declared en désastre , the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and any Option granted under the Plan may, subject to Rule 5 above and Rules 6.3, 6.4 and 6.6 above, be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) lapse on the expiration thereof. 18

 

7.4 The Board may determine (the determination to apply equally to all Options outstanding at the time) that the provisions of Rules 7.1 and 7.3 above will neither cause Options to become exercisable nor to lapse at different times than would otherwise be the case, if the Board considers that the Options will continue to be an appropriate incentive notwithstanding the changed circumstances, or that the position of Participants can be adequately preserved by the grant to them of some other right or rights in substitution for or addition to the existing rights.

 

7.5 Where any Option becomes exercisable before the end of the period referred to in Rule 6.2 by reason of the provisions of Rules 7.1 or 7.3, the number of Shares or WPP ADRs in respect of which the Option may be exercised shall be reduced on a pro-rated basis to take account of the early date on which the Option may be exercised (calculated on the basis of the number of days until the end of the period compared to the number of days in the whole period).

 

8 VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any increase or variation of the share capital of the Company (whenever effected), the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under Rule 8.2 below provided that the auditors or other financial advisers appointed by the Board acting as experts and not as arbitrators confirm that in their opinion the variation is fair and reasonable and such confirmation shall be final and binding.

 

8.2 An adjustment made under this Rule shall be to one or more of the following:

 

  (a) the number and description of Shares in respect of which any Option granted under the Plan may be exercised;

 

  (b) the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of any such Option; and/or

 

  (c) where any such Option has been exercised, but no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number and description of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

 

8.3 An adjustment under Rule 8.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Board shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to such exercise exceeds the price at which the same may be subscribed for and to apply such sum in paying up such amount on such Shares; and so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise such sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up such amount as aforesaid.

 

8.4 As soon as reasonably practicable after making any adjustment under Rule 8.2 above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

18 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

9


9 ALTERATIONS

 

9.1 Subject to Rule 9.2 below, the Board may at any time alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Plan, or the terms of any Option granted under it, in any respect.

 

9.2 No alteration or addition to the advantage of Participants or potential Participants shall be made under Rule 9.1 above to any Rule of the Plan without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting other than a minor amendment to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation, or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any Participant or any Group Member.

 

9.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after making any alteration or addition under Rule 9.1 above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

10 MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein, and an individual who participates therein shall by participating be deemed to waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Plan as a result of such termination. Any benefit under the Plan shall not be regarded as salary or counted for pension or any other purpose. Participation in the Plan by any individual is entirely at the discretion of the Board and in no circumstances shall the fact that an individual has received an Option or Options in the past give that individual any right to receive a further Option or Options. 19

 

10.2 In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of the Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to the Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

10.3 The Company and any Subsidiary may provide money to the trustees of any trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan (which Shares may be held by a Depository on behalf of any such trustees or other person) or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for these purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153 of the Act or the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 20

 

10.4 Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by personal delivery, delivery by email or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office (or to such other address and person as may be specified by that company from time to time), and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

 

10.5 The Board may establish further plans based on the Plan but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws in overseas territories, provided that any Shares made available under such further plans are treated as counting against the limits expressed in Rules 4.1 to 4.6.

 

19 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006
20 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

10


10.6 The Plan and any Option shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and the Company and the Participants (together with any eligible persons who do not become Participants) shall submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and Wales. 21

 

11 WITHHOLDING

 

11.1 The grant or exercise of any Option under this Plan is subject to the condition that the grant or an exercise of the Option shall not be valid unless the Participant has, in addition to complying with the other requirements of this Plan, paid or procured the payment to the Group Member which is his employer, or otherwise provided for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust) an amount equal to the Taxation for which any Group Member may be liable by reason of that grant or exercise.

 

11.2 Without limitation to 11.1 above, the Company or any other Group Member which is a Participant’s employer or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may withhold any amount and make such arrangements as it considers necessary which comply with applicable law to meet any liability to Taxation in respect of the grant, exercise or cancellation of Options or other event relating to Options or in respect of any benefit under this Plan. These arrangements may include the sale of any Shares on behalf of a Participant, which the Participant is deemed to have authorised, to produce a cash sum sufficient to meet the Taxation liabilities referred to in this Rule 11.

 

11.3 The Company may in its sole discretion waive the requirements set out in this Rule 11 in respect of any part of the Participant’s employer’s liability to Taxation, including in particular, any employer’s liability to National Insurance Contributions.

 

11.4 In this Rule, “Taxation” means all forms of taxation or levy by any state or any political subdivision of a state and includes income tax, Pay as You Earn, National Insurance or other social security contributions, whether being the primary liability of the employer or the employee, or any other person.

 

21 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006

 

11


APPENDIX 1

This Appendix constitutes the HM Revenue & Customs approved part of the WPP 2005 Executive Stock Option Plan (the “Approved Part” ). In the event of any conflict between the Plan and Appendix 1, the latter shall prevail. The terms of the Approved Part are identical to those of the other part of the said Plan, to which this Approved Part is appended except as follows:

 

1 In the definition of “ Subsidiary ” in Rule 1.1, add to the end words “and is under the control of the Company within the meaning of Section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988”.

 

2 In Rule 2.1, delete the words “an executive director or employee of a Participating Company.” and substitute the words:

 

     “a full-time director or qualifying employee of a Participating Company. For the purposes of this Rule 2.1:

 

     a person shall be treated as a full-time director of a Participating Company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with that and any other Participating Company not less than 25 hours a week (excluding meal breaks);

 

     a qualifying employee , in relation to a Participating Company, is an employee of the Participating Company (other than one who is a director of a Participating Company).”

 

3 In Rule 2.2, substitute the words “A person is not eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 (material interest).” 22

 

4 Only Share Options, and not ADR Options, shall be granted under the Approved Part and therefore no references to WPP ADRs or ADR Options shall apply in respect of an Option granted under this Appendix 1.

 

5 In Rule 3.1, after the words “procure the grant” add the words “by deed, seal or for consideration” and after the word “Company” in the definition of “Share”, add the words “which satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 16 – 20 of Schedule 4”.

 

6 In Rule 3.2, after the first mention of the word “Board” add the words “the date on which the Approved Part is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4”. 23

 

7 In Rule 3.3(a), delete the words “or other reputable market source that is able to provide the relevant information at a more appropriate time, even though that source may not be able to guarantee that the information provided will be identical to that subsequently published in that list”.

 

8 In Rule 3.3(b), delete the words “reasonably determined by the Board” and substitute the words “agreed in advance for the purposes of the Plan with Shares Valuation of HM Revenue & Customs, on the Grant Date (or such other day as may be agreed with HM Revenue & Customs)”. 24

 

9 At the end of Rule 3.5 add the words “(provided that in the case of a cessation due to redundancy or retirement within six months of the Grant Date there shall be no such discretion and the Option shall lapse immediately on such cessation)”, and add the words “acting fairly and reasonably” after the word “Board” where it appears in that Rule.

 

22 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 14 December 2006
23 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006
24 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006

 

12


10 Add the following as Rule 4.3A:

 

     “No person shall be granted Options under the Approved Part which would, at the time they are granted cause the aggregate market value (determined as at the date of each relevant grant) of the Shares which he may acquire in pursuance of Options granted to him under the Approved Part or under any other share option scheme, not being a savings related share option scheme, approved under Schedule 9 or any option scheme approved under Schedule 4 and established by the Company or by any associated company of the Company (and not exercised) to exceed or further exceed £30,000 or such other limit as may be prescribed in paragraph 6 of Schedule 4”. 25

 

11

In Rule 5.2, add the words “acting fairly and reasonably” after the word “Board” in the 3 rd line. 26

 

12A In Rule 6.4(b), add the words “or on or after the Specified Age,” after the words “retires at all),”. 27

 

12 In Rule 6(4)(c), after the words “the Board” (on both occasions where those words appear) add the words “(acting fairly and reasonably) and, at the end of the Rule, add the words “provided that the discretions of the Board contained in this Rule 6.4(c) shall not apply in the case of a cessation by reason of redundancy (in which case the Option shall lapse immediately)”.

 

13 Add the following as Rule 6.7A:

 

     “A Participant shall not be eligible to exercise an Option under the Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4”. 28

 

14 Delete Rule 6.8 (b) and insert the following as Rule 6.8A:

 

     “In a case where a Group Member is obliged to account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option, the Board may require the Participant to make a payment to the Company of an amount equal to the reasonable estimate of the Company of that tax as a condition precedent to the exercise of the Option provided that if that estimate proves to be in excess of the actual liability then the excess will be refunded to the Participant.”

 

15 At the end of Rule 6.11, add the words “acting fairly and reasonably”. 29

 

16 In Rule 7.1, insert the words “not exceeding four months” after the word “period” in the penultimate line.

 

17 Add the following as Rules 7.6 and 7.7:

 

  “7.6  (a) If any company (the “acquiring company” ):

 

       obtains control of the Company as a result of making –

 

  (i) a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is met the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

 

  (ii) a general offer to acquire all the Shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Shares which may be acquired by the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or

 

25 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006
26 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006
27 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 14 December 2006
28 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006
29 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006

 

13


         (b) obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, or 30

 

         (c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Part 18 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, 31

 

       any Participant may at any time within the appropriate period (which expression shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 26 of Schedule 4), by agreement with the acquiring company, release any Option granted under the Plan which has not lapsed (the “old option” ) in consideration of the grant to him of an option (the “new option” ) which (for the purposes of that paragraph) is equivalent to the old option but relates to shares in a different company (whether the acquiring company itself or some other company falling within paragraph 16(b) or (c) of Schedule 4).

 

  7.7 The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of Rule 7.6 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27 of Schedule 4 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of the Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

 

  (i) the new option were an option granted under the Plan at the same time as the old option;

 

  (ii) except for the purposes of the definitions of “Group Member”, “Participating Company” and “Subsidiary” in Rule 1.1 above and the reference to “the Board” in Rule 6.7 above, the expression the “Company” were defined as “a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under the Plan”;

 

  (iii) the relevant condition referred to in Rule 6.3 above had been satisfied; and

 

  (iv) Rule 9.2 below were omitted.”

 

18 At the start of Rule 8.1, add the words “Subject to Rule 8.2A below”.

 

19 In Rule 8.1, delete the words “increase or.” 32

 

20 In Rules 8.2(a) and (c), insert the words “(but not the class)” after the word “description”.

 

21 Add the following as Rule 8.2A:

 

     “At a time when the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4, no adjustment under Rule 8.2 above shall be made without the prior approval of HM Revenue & Customs.”

 

22 In Rule 9.1 delete the words “Rule 9.2” and substitute the words “Rules 9.2, 9.2A and 9.2B”.

 

23 At the end of Rule 9.1, add the words “(having regard to the fact that, if an alteration or addition which does not solely relate to a special term is made at a time when the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4, the alteration or addition to any Key Feature will not thereafter have effect unless and until HM Revenue & Customs have approved the alteration or addition)”.

 

24 Add the following as Rule 9.2A and 9.2B:

 

  “9.2A No alteration or addition to the disadvantage of any Participant, other than to a special term, shall be made under Rule 9.1 above unless:

 

  (a) the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration or addition, and

 

30 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
31 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
32 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006

 

14


  (b) the alteration or addition is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

 

  9.2B No alteration or addition which solely relates to a special term subject to which an Option has been granted shall be made under Rule 9.1 above unless:

 

  (a) there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration or addition, achieve its original purpose, and

 

  (b) the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration or addition which must be no more difficult to satisfy than the original.”

 

25 At the end of Rule 9.3, add the words “and if the Plan is then approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4, to HM Revenue & Customs.”

 

26 Add as Rule 9.4:

 

     “Any reference in this Rule to a special term is a reference to a term specified by the Board as mentioned in Rule 3.1 above or a term of the Schedule hereto”. 33

 

27 Delete Rule 11 and substitute the following Rule 11:

 

     “11. Withholding

 

  11.1 The exercise of any Option under this Plan is subject to the condition that the exercise of the Option shall not be valid unless the Participant has, in addition to complying with the other requirements of this Plan, paid or procured the payment to the Group Member which is his employer, or otherwise provided for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust) an amount equal to the Taxation for which any Group Member may be liable by reason of that exercise.

 

  11.2 Without limitation to 11.1 above, the Company or any other Group Member which is a Participant’s employer or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may withhold any amount and make such arrangements as it considers necessary which comply with applicable law to meet any liability to Taxation in respect of the exercise of Options under this Plan. These arrangements may include the sale of any Shares on behalf of a Participant, which the Participant is deemed to have authorised, to produce a cash sum sufficient to meet the Taxation liabilities referred to in this Rule 11.

 

  11.3 The Company may, acting fairly and reasonably, waive the requirements set out in this Rule 11 in respect of any part of the Participant’s employer’s liability to Taxation, including in particular, any employer’s liability to National Insurance Contributions.

 

  11.4 In this Rule, “Taxation” means taxation by any state or any political subdivision of a state and includes income tax, Pay as You Earn and primary National Insurance and their equivalents in jurisdictions outside of the united Kingdom.”

 

33 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006

 

15


APPENDIX 2

Special Rules Applicable to Grants of Incentive Stock Options

 

  1. Options granted in accordance with the Plan (either including or excluding Appendix 1 thereto) may be designated as “Incentive Stock Options” ( “ISOs” ) within the meaning of section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “U.S. Tax Code” ).

 

  2. The aggregate number of Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADR) for which ISOs may be granted under Appendix 2 shall not exceed 125,665,004.

 

  3. The class of persons who may receive ISOs shall, in addition to the limitations imposed by Rule 2 of the Plan, be limited to those persons who are employees of the Company or its “parent” or “subsidiary” corporations within the meaning of sections 424(f) and (g), respectively, of the U.S. Tax Code.

 

  4. In addition to any other restrictions contained in the Plan, ISOs shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the person to whom an ISO is granted, the ISO shall be exercisable only by such person.

 

  5. To the extent that the aggregate market value of Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADR) with respect to which ISOs are exercisable (determined without regard to this sentence) for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans or schemes of the Company or its “parent” and “subsidiary” corporations within the meaning of sections 424(f) and (g), respectively, of the U.S. Tax Code) exceeds US $100,000, such Options shall to the extent of such excess be treated as Options which are not ISOs. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the market value of any Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADR) subject to an ISO shall be determined at the time such ISO is granted.

 

  6. This schedule shall be deemed to be included within the Plan as adopted by shareholders for the purpose of any ISO grants.

 

16


APPENDIX 3

India

The plan will apply to options granted to residents in India with the following modifications:

 

  1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a person is eligible to be granted an option under this Appendix if (and only if) he is a full-time director or qualifying employee (as defined in Paragraph 2 of Appendix 1) of a Participating Company (whether or not the Company itself) resident in India.

 

  2. All or any of the terms of the Option may be altered to comply with requirements imposed under applicable exchange control regulations and other laws of India in relation to that Option and an Option may only be exercised if and to the extent permitted by those regulations. 34

 

  3. Applicable regulations of the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) do not currently limit the amount of funds that may be transferred for the purchase of stock pursuant to the exercise of a stock option under the Plan, but such regulations are subject to change. Any cash balances received in respect of, (i) dividends must be repatriated to India within seven days of receipt, and (ii) proceeds from sale of shares acquired pursuant to the Plan must be repatriated to India within ninety days of receipt. 35

 

34 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006
35 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 21 February 2006

 

17


APPENDIX 4

Belgium

The Plan will apply to Options granted to residents of Belgium with the following modifications.

 

  1. In Rule 3(4), a further Rule (c) shall be added as follows:

 

    “(c) shall be cancelled if he notifies the Company that he refuses to accept the Option or if he fails to accept the Option within 60 days of the date of the Company’s communication to him in respect of the Option.”

 

  2. In Rule 6(2), delete the words:

 

       “the third anniversary of the Grant Date”

 

       and substitute the words

 

       “the 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date.”

 

  3. In Rule 6(3), delete the words:

 

       “within 12 months after the date of his death.”

 

       and substitute the words

 

       “in the later of the period of 12 months commencing with the date of his death or the period of 6 months commencing on 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date.”

 

  4. In Rule 6(4), delete the words:

 

       “and in this Rule the exercise period is the period which shall expire 6 months after his so ceasing”

 

       and substitute the words

 

       “and in this Rule the exercise period is the period which shall commence on the 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Third Anniversary” ) and expire 12 months after his so ceasing or 6 months after the Third Anniversary, whichever shall be the latest.”

 

18


APPENDIX 5

Netherlands

The Plan will apply to Options granted to residents of the Netherlands with the following alteration:

Rule 11 shall be amended by the insertion of the following Rule:

 

  “10.5 Without prejudice to Rules 11.1 to 11.4 above, each Option is granted subject to the condition that, upon such Option becoming exercisable in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, the Participant will pay or procure the payment to the Group Member which is his employer or otherwise provide for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust), an amount equal to Taxation which any Group Member or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may be required to withhold on the Participant’s behalf by reason of that Option becoming exercisable. No Option in the Netherlands may be exercised, unless the Participant has complied with his obligations under this Rule 10.5.”

 

19


APPENDIX 6

Switzerland

The Plan will apply to Options granted to the residents of Switzerland with the modification that in Rule 6.7 the words “and six months” be inserted after the words “10 years”.

 

20


APPENDIX 7 36

Italy

The Plan will apply to Options granted to the residents of Italy with the following modifications:

 

  1 In Rule 3.3, delete subsections (a) and (c) and replace them with the following provisions:

 

  (a) in the case of a Share Option, if Shares of the same class as those Shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the arithmetical average quotation of Shares of that class (as derived from that List) over a period from (and including) the Grant Date to the same day of the previous month;

 

  (c) in the case of an ADR Option, the arithmetical average of the fair market value of a WPP ADR as quoted on NASDAQ over a period from (and including) the Grant Date to the same day of the previous month;

 

36 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 20 February 2007

 

21


APPENDIX 8 37

Executive directors

 

  1 Pursuant and subject to Rule 5, any Option granted to a director of the Company will be subject to the relevant condition given in this Appendix 7.

 

  2 For the purposes of this Appendix 8 references to the “Company” shall be interpreted as follows:

 

  (i) for the period before 25 October 2005 the reference shall be to WPP 2005 Limited (company number 1003653);

 

  (ii) for the period between 25 October 2005 and the Effective Date the reference shall be to WPP Group plc, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 5537577, to be re-named WPP 2008 plc; and

 

  (iii) for the period from and including the Effective Date the reference shall be to the Company, as defined in clause 1.1. 38

 

  3 The relevant condition shall be:

 

  3.1 the performance period shall be the period of three calendar years commencing with the start of the accounting period including the Grant Date (or with such later period as may be specified by the Board at the time of the grant of the Option) (the “Performance Period” ).

 

  3.2 that the percentage increase in earnings per share of the Company over the Performance Period shall have exceeded the growth in the RPI by 5% per annum (compounded annually); and

 

  3.3 in the event that, at the end of the Performance Period, it is determined that the percentage increase in earnings per share of the Company over the Performance Period has not exceeded the growth in the RPI by 5% per annum (compounded annually), the Option shall immediately lapse; and

 

  4 For the purposes of the relevant condition:

 

  4.1 Growth in Earnings Per Share shall be calculated by dividing the Earnings Per Share in respect of the third of the three consecutive financial years by the Earnings Per Share achieved in the financial year ending immediately prior to the first day of the first of those three consecutive financial years (commencing no earlier than the financial year in which the Grant Date occurs).

 

  4.2 Growth in the Retail Prices Index shall be calculated by dividing such Retail Prices Index as is published in respect of the month containing the last day of the third of the three consecutive financial years referred to in 4.1 above by such Retail Prices Index as was published in respect of the month containing the last day of the financial year of the Company ending immediately prior to the first day of the first of those three consecutive financial years.

 

  5 The Board may make such fair and reasonable adjustments to the terms of the relevant condition as in its opinion it considers appropriate to take account of any Issue or Reorganisation.

 

37 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 20 February 2007
38 Inserted by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

22


  6 If SSAP 3 and/or FRS 3 are modified, replaced or substituted or if the composition of the Retail Prices Index changes and/or the Retail Prices Index is replaced by another similar index, the Board may make such adjustments to the terms of the relevant condition as it in its opinion considers to be fair and reasonable.

 

  7 Any adjustments made to the Performance Target pursuant to paragraphs 5 and 6 above shall be in accordance with and subject to Rule 9 of the Scheme and that any adjusted Performance Target will in the reasonable opinion of the Board be materially no more difficult and no less difficult to satisfy than the Performance Target to which the exercise of the Option was originally subject; 39

 

  8 As soon as is reasonably practical following the end of any relevant financial year of the Company the Board shall determine whether the Performance Target has been satisfied and shall notify the Participant in writing if it has been satisfied and once satisfied the Option may, subject as otherwise provided in the Rules, be exercised at any time during the Option Period notwithstanding that for subsequent financial years the Growth in Earnings Per Share may not exceed the Growth in the Retail Prices Index.

 

  9 Any calculations or determinations by the Board in accordance with the Performance Target shall not be open to question and shall be final and binding on all persons concerned. The Board may request the Auditors to carry out any or all of the calculations and determinations of it in connection with the Performance Target. If so, the Auditors shall act as experts and not as arbitrators and their calculations and determinations shall not be open to question and shall be final and binding on all persons concerned.

 

  10 For the purposes of the relevant condition the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

       “Earnings Per Share” means the earnings per share (as defined in SSAP 3 paragraph 10 as amended by FRS 3) of the Company determined in accordance with such standards and as shown in the audited financial statements of the Company after making such adjustments to the earnings per share as the Board in its opinion considers appropriate in order to ensure that the measure of earnings per share for the relevant financial years is on a fair and consistent basis including, without limitation, the following adjustments to earnings per share for the relevant financial years:

 

  10.1 a proportionate upwards or downwards amendment in a case where the relevant financial year is more than or less than a calendar year; and/or

 

  10.2 ignoring all exceptional and extraordinary items as defined in paragraphs 5 and 6 of FRS 3; and/or

 

  10.3 ignoring the results of discontinued operations as defined in paragraph 4 of FRS 3.

 

       “FRS” means Financial Reporting Standard of the Accounting Standards Board Limited.

 

       “Issue or Reorganisation” means any capitalisation issue (other than the issue of shares pursuant to the exercise of an option given to the shareholders of the Company to receive shares in lieu of dividend) or rights offer or any other variation in the share capital of the Company including (without limitation) any consolidation, subdivision or reduction of capital of the Company.

 

39 Amended by Written Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 16 February 2006

 

23


       “Retail Prices Index” means the Retail Prices All Items Index Table: Indices back to 1947 (Table RP02) as published by the Office for National Statistics or any table which replaces it.

 

       “SSAP” means Statement of Standard Accounting Practice of the Accounting Standards Board Limited.

 

24


APPENDIX 9 40

Taxpayers Subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code

The plan will apply to participants who are taxpayers subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), with the following modifications:

 

  1. The options granted under the plan are intended to be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A by satisfying the requirements of the exemption set forth under Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) of the United States Treasury Regulations or other applicable guidance (the “Exemption”). The plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Any discretion afforded to any person or entity under the plan the existence of which itself would cause an option to fail to satisfy the requirements of the Exemption is hereby removed from the plan.

 

  2. At the end of Rule 3.3(c) after the words “Grant Date”, add the words “provided that the price shall in no case be less than fair market value determined in accordance with Section 409A.”

 

  3. Add the following as Rule 8.5:

 

       “Notwithstanding the foregoing, only adjustments permitted by Section 409A shall be permitted to be made under Rule 8, including pro rata adjustments necessary to reflect a stock split, reverse stock split, and stock dividend.”

 

40 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 9 August 2007

 

25

Exhibit 4.22

 

 

RULES OF THE WPP PLC ANNUAL BONUS DEFERRAL PROGRAMME 1

 

Adopted by the Compensation Committee on 29 November 2000 and amended by resolutions of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005, 9 August 2007, 4 August 2008, 29 September 2008 and 17 December 2008

 

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 30 October 2008 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

As approved by the shareholders of WPP plc on 30 September 2008 and adopted by the Board of Directors of WPP plc on 30 September 2008

 

 

 

1

Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 17 December 2008

Hammonds LLP

7 Devonshire Square London EC2M 4YH DX 136546 Bishopsgate 2

Telephone +44 (0)20 7655 1000 Fax +44 (0)20 7655 1001

Website www.hammonds.com


CONTENTS

 

1

  DEFINITIONS    1

2

  AWARDS AND INVESTED SHAREHOLDINGS    4

3

  FORFEITURE OF AWARDS    5

4

  DIVIDENDS, SCRIP DIVIDENDS AND VOTING RIGHTS    6

5

  TRANSFER, EXERCISE, LAPSE OF AWARDS AND INVESTED SHAREHOLDINGS    6

6

  CHANGE OF CONTROL    7

7

  VARIATIONS OF CAPITAL    8

8

  ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN    8

9

  TERMINATION    10

10

  GOVERNING LAW    10

SCHEDULE 1

   11

SCHEDULE 2

   12

SCHEDULE 3

   13

APPENDIX 1

   14

 

i


RULES OF THE WPP PLC 2

ANNUAL BONUS DEFERRAL PROGRAMME

 

1 DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In these Rules the following words and expressions shall have, where the context so admits, the meanings set forth below:

“Acceptance Date” means the date (if any) by which an Eligible Employee must state a preference for the grant of a Bonus Share Award or a Bonus Share Right made pursuant to Rule 2.

“Acceptance Notice” means the notice signed by an Eligible Employee in accordance with Rule 2 to acquire an Invested Shareholding.

“Act” means the Companies Act 1985. 3

“Annual Bonus” means the amount of annual bonus (if any), before the deduction of any taxes and social taxes, allocated to an Eligible Employee in respect of annual bonus arrangements, operated by a Participating Company, in respect of a Base Year.

“Award” means a Basic Share Award, a Basic Share Right, a Bonus Share Award or a Bonus Share Right, as the case may be.

“Award Certificate” means a notice confirming an Award made to a Participant.

“Base Year” means a financial year of the Company.

“Basic Award” means the Annual Bonus that the Board determines that would have been paid to an Eligible Employee in respect of a Base Year, in respect of annual bonus arrangements, operated by a Participating Company if the Eligible Employee had not expressed a preference to participate under this Program.

“Basic Share Award” means an irrevocable contingent award of Shares, such number of Shares being determined by the Board on the Date of Award in accordance with Schedule 1.

“Basic Share Right” means an option to acquire Shares where the option price for all the Shares subject to the option shall be £1 (or such other amount determined by the Board) such number of Shares being determined by the Board on the Date of Award in accordance with Schedule 1.

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee to whom they have delegated their powers for the purposes of this Program, which, where the circumstances require, shall include but not limited to the Compensation Committee.

“Bonus Share Award” means an irrevocable contingent award of Shares, such number of Shares being determined by the Board on the Date of Award in accordance with Schedule 2.

“Bonus Share Right” means an option to acquire Shares where the option price for all the Shares subject to the option shall be £1 (or such other amount determined by the Board) such number of shares being determined by the Board on the Date of Award in accordance with Schedule 2.

“Close Period” means such time as the directors or other employees of the Company are prohibited from dealing in Shares, for whatever reason, in accordance with the “Model Code for Transactions” or such code as the Company may have adopted from time to time or such other statutory order, regulation or other prohibition from dealing in Shares or rights over Shares;

 

2 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 17 December 2008
3 Inserted by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 4 August 2008

 

1


“Company” means

 

  (a) in relation to any period before 25 October 2005, Original WPP;

 

  (b) in relation to any period from 25 October 2005 up to the Effective Date, Old WPP; and

 

  (c) in relation to any period on or after the Effective Date New WPP. 4

“Change of Control” means an occurrence where any person, partnership, corporation, trust or similar entity or group acquires in a transaction of a series of transactions more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company but this term shall not include a change of control as a result of the Scheme.

“Date of Award” means the date on which an Award is granted in accordance with the provisions of Rule 2.

“Dealing Day” means any day on which the London Stock Exchange is open for the transaction of business.

“Dividend Shares” means Shares awarded under Rule 4.4.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Scheme becomes effective, expected to be 12 November 2008. 5 6

“Eligible Employee” means an executive director or employee of a Participating Company who is eligible to receive an Annual Bonus.

“Exercise Period” means the period of ten years starting with the Date of Award or such other period as may be determined by the Board prior to the making of an Award.

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries together with any other body corporate nominated by the Board for this purpose which is not under the control of any single person, but is under the control of two or more persons, one of whom being the Company and in relation to which either the Company is able (whether directly or indirectly) to exercise 20% or more of its equity voting rights or has the power to control the composition of the board of directors of that body corporate. The expression “member of the Group” shall be construed accordingly.

“Invested Amount” means the amount of Net Annual Bonus with which an Eligible Employee purchases Shares pursuant to the Program; being a multiple of 10%, but not less than 10%, of the Net Annual Bonus.

“Invested Shareholding” means such number of Shares as is purchased by or on behalf of an Eligible Employee with his Invested Amount in accordance with these Rules (and in particular in accordance with Rule 2.5 and Schedule 3) and which he undertakes to hold pursuant to the terms of the Program for the Vesting Period applicable to any relevant Bonus Share Award or Bonus Share Right.

“Market Value” means in relation to a Share, its value as calculated by reference to its middle market quotation as derived from the Daily Official List of the London Stock Exchange published on the Dealing Day preceding the Date of Award (or at the discretion of the Board on such other date or dates as the Board deems in its discretion to be reasonable) and in relation to a WPP Receipt, the average of the high and low prices reported by Nasdaq on the Date of Award (or at the discretion of the Board on such other date as the Board deems reasonable).

“Net Annual Bonus” means the amount of the Annual Bonus after the deduction of all taxes and/or employees’ social taxes properly deductible therefrom (adjusted as the Board at its discretion deems reasonable to take account of tax allowances and exemptions).

 

4 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005
5 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005
6 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

2


“New WPP” means WPP plc a public limited company incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 101749 7 8

“Old WPP” WPP Group plc a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 5537577, to be re-named WPP 2008 plc 9 10

“Original WPP” WPP 2005 Limited, a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 1003653 11

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee to whom an Award has been granted. Reference to a Participant shall include, where the context so admits or requires, his personal representative(s).

“Participating Companies” means those companies in the Group which the Board determine shall be the participating companies. 12

“Participating Country” means the country to which the Program will be extended and consequently any Subsidiary of the Company which is registered in that country, unless the Board determines to exclude that subsidiary.

“Period” means a period of 4 weeks.

“Program” means this Program which shall be known as the WPP plc Annual Bonus Deferral Program 13 as constituted in accordance with these Rules.

“Program Year” means a financial year of the Company commencing immediately after a Base Year.

“Rules” means the rules of this Program and includes any amendments effected in accordance with Rule 8 from time to time in force.

“Scheme” means the scheme of arrangement set out in part 3 of the circular to share owners of Old WPP relating to the recommended proposals for the introduction of a new parent company by means of a scheme of arrangement under Part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 or with or subject to any modification, addition or condition approved or imposed by the High Court of Justice in England and Wales 14 15

“Service Factor” means a number between zero and 1 determined by dividing the number of Periods within the Vesting Period prior to the date of the Change of Control or, as the case may be, the date on which the Company passes a resolution for the winding-up of the Company or the date on which the assets of the Company are declared en désastre by the total number of Periods in the Vesting Period (provided that the Board shall have power in all cases to vary the resulting numbers, provided that it may never exceed 1). 16

“Shares” means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company or at the discretion of the Board a WPP Receipt.

“Subsidiary” means a company as defined by Section 736 of the Act, or as the context may require, articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 17

 

7 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005
8 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
9 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005
10 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
11 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
12 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005
13 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committtee dated 17 December 2008
14 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 18 August 2005
15 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
16 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008
17 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

3


“Tax Liability” means the amount of all taxes and/or primary social security taxes which any person would be required to account for to any taxation authority by reference to an Award or an Invested Shareholding.

“Transfer” means the receipt by transfer of the Shares which are the subject of an Award or an Invested Shareholding, which shall include at the discretion of the Board the transfer of Treasury Shares of the Company (and derivative terms shall be construed accordingly). 18

“Treasury Shares” means any Shares which are purchased by the Company in accordance with Article 57 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and held by the Company as treasury shares pursuant to Article 58A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 19 20

“Trustees” means the trustees for the time being of any employee benefit trust established for the benefit of some or all of the Eligible Employees.

“Vesting Period” means a period of four Program Years, (or such other period as is determined by the Board prior to a Date of Award), commencing on the first date in the Program Year in which the Date of Award falls.

“WPP ADS” means an American depository share representing Shares pursuant to any American depository share arrangement sponsored by the Company.

“WPP Receipt” means an American Depository Receipt evidencing WPP ADSs.

 

1.2 Where the context so admits or requires words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and words importing the masculine shall include the feminine.

 

1.3 Reference in these Rules to any statutory provisions are to those provisions as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time and shall include any regulations made thereunder. The Interpretation Act 1978 shall apply to these Rules mutatis mutandis as if they were an Act of Parliament.

 

1.4 The headings to these Rules are for the sake of convenience only and shall be ignored when construing the Rules.

 

2 AWARDS AND INVESTED SHAREHOLDINGS

 

2.1 For each Base Year the Board shall select those Participating Companies whose Eligible Employees are to participate in the Program and shall decide in relation to each such Eligible Employee:

 

  (a) the number of Shares (as determined in accordance with Schedule 1) which are to be the subject of any Basic Share Award or any Basic Share Right and the Vesting Period applicable thereto;

 

  (b) subject to Rule 2.4, the number of Shares which are to be the subject of any Bonus Share Award or any Bonus Share Right (as determined in accordance with Schedule 2) and the Vesting Period applicable thereto; and

 

  (c) whether an Eligible Employee may be invited to acquire an Invested Shareholding with some or all of their Net Annual Bonus for the Base Year and the Acceptance Date in relation to such acquisition, provided that such invitation may only be accepted in relation to an Eligible Employee who is not granted a Basic Share Award or a Basic Share Right.

 

18 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 4 August 2008
19 Inserted by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 4 August 2008
20 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

4


2.2 An Award Certificate shall be issued to each Participant specifying the number of Shares subject to the Award, the Vesting Period, the number of Shares in any Invested Shareholding, and, in relation to a Basic Share Right or a Bonus Share Right, the Exercise Period.

 

2.3 No Award shall be granted:

 

  (a) unless an Eligible Employee is employed by a Participating Company at the Date of Award and is not under notice to leave at such date whether such notice has been given to or by the Eligible Employee; and

 

  (b) unless otherwise agreed by the Board, during a Close Period.

 

2.4 To apply to acquire an Invested Shareholding, an Eligible Employee must return to the Board (or to such person as it directs) no later than the Acceptance Date:

 

  (a) the Acceptance Notice, duly signed; and

 

  (b) confirmation of the method of payment of the Invested Amount by such method specified in the invitation.

 

2.5 By signing the Acceptance Notice the Eligible Employee will agree that his Invested Amount will be applied by the Trustees to purchase his Invested Shareholding on the Date of Award (or at the discretion of the Board, on such other date as the Board deems reasonable) and that his Invested Shareholding will be held by the Trustees as his nominee pursuant to the Rules. At the discretion of the Board, his Invested Shareholding may be calculated in accordance with Schedule 3. His Invested Amount may be converted at the discretion of the Board into pounds Sterling or US Dollars at the mid-market spot rate for that currency at the close of business as shown in the Financial Times, on the Dealing Day immediately preceding the Date of Award (or at the discretion of the Board, on such other date as the Board deems reasonable).

 

2.6 If the Board decides not to grant any Award to an Eligible Employee who has paid an Invested Amount, that Invested Amount shall be returned to the Eligible Employee as soon as practicable thereafter, and without any liability to pay interest or any other amount thereon.

 

2.7 The number of Shares in respect of which Awards may be granted under the Program on any day which are to be satisfied by the issue of Shares when added to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the number of Shares which immediately prior to that day have been or are to be issued to satisfy outstanding Awards under the Program; and

 

  (b) the number of Shares which immediately prior to that day have been or are to be issued to satisfy options or awards granted or made under any other employees’ share scheme of any member of the Group in the ten years immediately before that day;

shall not exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company for the time being, and for the purposes of this Rule, any Treasury Shares that are or are to be transferred for the purpose of satisfying options or other awards shall be taken as being Shares that are issued or to be issued for that purpose. 21 22

 

3 FORFEITURE OF AWARDS

 

3.1

An Award shall be personal to a Participant and neither any Award, nor any rights under any Award may be transferred, assigned, pledged, charged or otherwise disposed of by a Participant to any other person and if a Participant shall do, suffer or permit any such act or thing whereby he would or might be deprived of any rights under an Award, such rights , shall forthwith lapse.

 

21 Inserted by resolution of the Compensation Committee on 4 August 2008
22

Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee on 29 September 2008

 

5


3.2 Subject to Rule 5, Bonus Share Awards and Bonus Share Rights granted to a Participant in respect of an Invested Shareholding shall be granted contingently on the continuous holding by or on behalf of a Participant of the Invested Shareholding during the Vesting Period.

 

3.3 Subject to Rule 5, during the Vesting Period the Participant may not withdraw, transfer, pledge, assign, charge or otherwise dispose of all or part of any Invested Shareholding unless the Board, in its absolute discretion, determines otherwise; if a Participant shall do, suffer or permit any such act or thing whereby he would or might be deprived of any Invested Shareholding, the corresponding Bonus Share Award or Bonus Share Rights shall forthwith lapse (unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise).

 

4 DIVIDENDS, SCRIP DIVIDENDS AND VOTING RIGHTS

 

4.1 Bonus Share Awards and Bonus Share Rights granted to a Participant in respect of an Invested Shareholding shall be granted contingently on the Participant waiving any right to all dividends or scrip dividends declared in respect of the Invested Shareholding until such Invested Shareholding is Transferred to the Participant.

 

4.2 In relation to an Invested Shareholding, a Participant shall not be entitled to instruct the Trustees on:

 

  (a) how to vote or abstain from voting; and

 

  (b) whether to accept or reject any offer.

 

4.3 If dividends or scrip dividends are declared by reference to a record date prior to the Transfer in respect of any Awards, the dividends or scrip dividends shall belong and be paid to the Trustees.

 

4.4 Where a dividend is declared by reference to a record date after the Date of Award and paid before the Transfer, the amount which would have been paid on the Shares subject to the Basic Share Award, Basic Share Right and the Invested Shareholding will be used to acquire Dividend Shares (acquired by the Trustees at the best price reasonably available to them) calculated by reference to the dividend which would have been paid.

 

4.5 The Trustees shall, at their discretion, be entitled to vote or abstain from voting in respect of the Shares which are the subject of any Award.

 

5 TRANSFER, EXERCISE, LAPSE OF AWARDS AND INVESTED SHAREHOLDINGS

 

5.1 The Shares subject to a Basic Share Award, a Bonus Share Award and an Invested Shareholding shall be Transferred to the Participant in full or in part as soon as reasonably practicable after the final day of the Vesting Period together with such number of Dividend Shares, as the Board determines appropriate, earned in respect of the Basic Share Awards or Invested Shareholding subject to the provisions of this Rule 5 and Rule 6. No Shares shall be Transferred during any Close Period, but shall be Transferred as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

5.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant is not, with the exception of Invested Shareholdings, the beneficial owner of any Shares awarded under this Program until such time as they are Transferred, and only then will the Participant have the legal and beneficial ownership of the Shares.

 

5.3 A Basic Share Right or a Bonus Share Right may be exercised in whole or in part by the Participant during the Exercise Period by delivery to the Company (or to such other person as it shall direct) of a notice in the form prescribed by the Board and signed by the Participant, together with the appropriate option price. The date of receipt of such notice shall be deemed to be the date of exercise of the right and the Shares, together with such number of Dividend Shares as the Board determines appropriate, earned in respect of the Basic Share Rights, shall be Transferred as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter. A Basic Share Right or a Bonus Share Right shall lapse and become of no effect at the expiry of the Exercise Period.

 

6


5.4 A Basic Share Right or a Bonus Share Right shall not become exercisable prior to the end of the Vesting Period and shall be subject to the provisions of this Rule 5 and Rule 6.

 

5.5 If the Participant ceases employment with the Group for any reason in relation to a Basic Share Award, Invested Shareholding and Dividend Shares, the Shares shall be Transferred to the Participant as soon as is reasonably practicable following the date of cessation, unless the Board in its absolute discretion, determines otherwise within a period of 14 days of the date of cessation. Without prejudice, it is intended that this discretion will not normally be exercised in cases other than cessation of employment by reason of gross misconduct.

 

5.6 If the Participant ceases employment with the Group for any reason in relation to a Basic Share Right, the right shall become exercisable for a defined period unless, within 14 days of the date of cessation of employment the Board, in its absolute discretion, determines otherwise, (without prejudice it is intended that this discretion will not normally be exercised in cases other than cessation of employment by reason of gross misconduct). The defined period will commence 14 days after the date of cessation of employment and end on the earlier of 30 days later and the end of the Exercise Period. Thereafter the right shall lapse.

 

5.7 The Trustee may decide that, instead of the Shares to which the Participant would otherwise be entitled under this Program, the Participant will be paid the cash alternative. The cash alternative will be determined using the following formula:

MV x N

 

where MV

   is the Market Value of . a Share on such date as the Board may select falling within the period of 30 days following:
  

(i)     the end of the Vesting Period in respect of a Basic Share Award, a Bonus Share Award and an Invested Shareholding; and

  

(ii)    the date of exercise in respect of a Basic Share Right or a Bonus Share Right; and

N

   is the number of Shares vesting under a Basic Share Award, a Bonus Share Award or an Invested Shareholding or in respect of a Basic Share Right or Bonus Share Right the number of rights being exercised, together with such number of Dividend Shares as the Board determines appropriate earned in respect of the Basic Share Award, Invested Shareholding or Basic Share Right.

As soon as reasonably possible after the Board has made its decision, subject to Rule 8.8, the Trustee must pay the Participant the cash alternative (or arrange for it to be paid to him).

 

6 CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

6.1 If there is a Change of Control, other than a Change of Control arising as a result of the Scheme, the Trustees shall as soon as is reasonably practicable after the Change of Control Transfer to the Participant:

 

  (a) all of his Invested Shareholding; or

 

  (b) all of the Shares subject to his Basic Share Award; and

 

  (c) the number of Shares subject to his Bonus Share Award multiplied by the Service Factor (and the remainder of the Award shall lapse and be of no effect); and

 

  (d) all of his Dividend Shares

 

7


6.2 If the Company passes a resolution for the winding up of the Company or the assets of the Company are declared en désastre 23 , the Trustees shall as soon as is reasonably practicable Transfer to the Participant:

 

  (a) all of his Invested Shareholding; or

 

  (b) all of the Shares subject to his Basic Share Award; and

 

  (c) the number of Shares subject to his Bonus Share Award multiplied by the Service Factor (and the remainder of the Award shall lapse and be of no effect); and

 

  (d) all of his Dividend Shares.

 

6.3 In the circumstances set out in Rules 6.1 and 6.2, the Board shall immediately notify Participants of the relevant event and:

 

  (a) a Participant’s Basic Share Right shall become exercisable for a period of 60 days (or such other period as the Board determines appropriate) immediately following the relevant event over all of the Shares subject to the right and thereafter the right shall lapse and be of no effect; and

 

  (b) the Participant’s Bonus Share Right shall become exercisable for the period of 60 days immediately following the relevant event over that number of Shares subject to the right multiplied by the Service Factor and the remainder of the right shall lapse and be of no effect; and

 

  (c) to the extent that the rights are not exercised thereafter they shall lapse and become of no effect.

 

7 VARIATIONS OF CAPITAL

 

7.1 In the event of any capitalisation issue, rights issue, rights offer or the issue shares as consideration for an acquisition or any sub-division, consolidation, reduction or other variation of the capital of the Company or any specie dividend, demerger or in such other circumstances as the Board determine, the Board may:

 

  (a) make such adjustment(s) to the Invested Shareholdings and the Awards, as the Board, in its absolute discretion, considers fair and reasonable; and

 

  (b) confirm to each Participant any such adjustment(s) made to his Invested Shareholdings and his Awards,

provided that in each case the Company’s auditors confirm that such adjustment is fair and reasonable.

 

8 ADMINISTRATION AND AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

8.1 The Board, with the consent of the Trustees, may at any time alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Program in any respect, provided that:

 

  (a) no alteration or addition to the advantage of Participants or potential Participants shall be made under this Rule to any Rule of the Program relating to:

 

  (i) Participants or Eligible Employees;

 

  (ii) limitations on the number of Shares or amount of cash subject to the Program;

 

  (iii) the maximum entitlement for any one Participant; and

 

23 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

8


  (iv) the basis for determining a Participant’s entitlement to Shares or cash to be provided under the Program, and the terms of that entitlement, and for the adjustment thereof if in the event of a capitalisation issue, rights issue or open offer, sub-division or consolidation of shares or reduction of capital or any other variation of capital of the Company

without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting, other than a minor amendment to benefit the administration of the Program, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any Participant or any member of the Group; and

 

  (b) any alteration or addition which would abrogate or adversely affect to any material extent the subsisting rights of a Participant shall not be made without the consent of such Participant. 24

 

8.2 Any matter pertaining or pursuant to the Program which is not dealt with by these Rules, and any uncertainty as to the meaning of these Rules, shall be determined or resolved by the decision of the Board. Any such decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

8.3 The Company may (but shall not be obliged to) distribute to Participants copies of any notice or document sent by the Company to the holders of Shares.

 

8.4 No account shall be taken of Invested Shareholdings or the grant of Awards or rights in prospect under them for the purposes of any redundancy payments or severance scheme operating within a member of the Group.

 

8.5 The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with a member of the Group shall not be affected by his participation in the Program or any right which he may have to participate therein, and an individual who participates therein shall waive all and any rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment with any such company for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from this ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to Shares subject to any Award under the Program or any Invested Shareholding as a result of such termination or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or entitlements.

 

8.6 The Company shall bear the costs of establishing and administering the Program.

 

8.7 A Participant may at any time renounce an Award (in whole or in part) by serving notice in writing on the Board of such intention. The renunciation shall be effective from the date of receipt of such notice by the Board.

 

8.8 In the event that a Tax Liability becomes due from any person (the “relevant person” ) on the Transfer of Shares subject to an Award or an Invested Shareholding or Dividend Shares or on the exercise of a Basic Share Right or a Bonus Share Right or on the payment of the cash alternative under Rule 5.7, no Transfer or payment will occur unless:

 

  (a) the relevant person is able to deduct an amount equal to the whole of the Tax Liability from the Participant’s net pay for the next pay period; or

 

  (b) the Participant has paid to the relevant person an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

  (c) the sum of the amount that the Participant has paid to the relevant person in respect of the relevant person’s obligation to satisfy the Tax Liability and the total amount that the relevant person is able to deduct from the Participant’s net pay for the next pay period is equal to or more than the Tax Liability; or

 

  (d) the Board or relevant Board determines otherwise.

In the absence of Rules 8.8(a) to 8.8(d) applying, the Participant will be deemed to have given irrevocable instructions to the Company’s brokers (or any person acceptable to the Company) for

 

24 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 4 August 2008

 

9


the sale of sufficient Shares acquired under this Program to realise an amount equal to the Tax Liability and the payment of the Tax Liability to the relevant person.

 

8.9 A Participating Company may provide money to the Trustees or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Program, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by the Companies Act 1985 or, as the context may require, the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991. 25

 

9 TERMINATION

The Board reserves the right to terminate this Program at any time, but any rights of Participants then subsisting shall remain in force.

 

10 GOVERNING LAW

These Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

 

25 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

10


SCHEDULE 1

The number of Shares subject to a Basic Share Award or a Basic Share Right granted to an Eligible Employee shall be calculated as follows:

 

  N    =    BA
        MV
Where   N    =    the number of Shares subject to such Award;
  BA    =    the Basic Award expressed in pounds sterling (or, at the discretion of the Board, US dollars), any currency conversion taking place at the mid-market spot rate for the relevant currency at the close of business published by the Financial Times on the day preceding the Date of Award (or at the discretion of the Board, on such other date as the Board deems reasonable); and
  MV    =    the Market Value of a Share.

 

11


SCHEDULE 2

The number of Shares subject to a Bonus Share Award or a Bonus Share Right granted to an Eligible Employee shall be calculated as follows:

 

M    =    X    x    Y
            Z
Where       M    =    the number of Shares subject to such Award;
      X    =    0.25 where an Eligible Employee is granted a Basic Share Award or Basic Share Right and where a Basic Share Award or Basic Share Right is not granted 0.4 (or such other multipliers determined by the Board prior to the Date of Award, but not exceeding 1);
      Y    =    BA, where an Eligible Employee is granted a Basic Share Award or Basic Share Right and where a Basic Share Award or Basic Share Right is not granted, IA;
      IA    =    the Invested Amount;
      BA    =    the meaning in Schedule 1; and
      Z    =    the Market Value of a Share.

 

12


SCHEDULE 3

The number of Shares acquired as an Invested Shareholding, if the Board exercises its discretion in Rule 2.5, shall be calculated as follows:

 

Invested Shareholding    =    IA
         Z
Where    IA    =    the Invested Amount expressed in US dollars; and
   Z    =    the Market Value of a WPP Receipt.

 

13


APPENDIX 1 26

Taxpayers Subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code

The plan will apply to participants who are taxpayers subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), with the following modifications:

 

  1. The plan shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with Section 409A. Any discretion afforded to any person or entity under the plan the existence of which itself would cause a participant to be taxed under Section 409A is hereby removed from the plan.

 

  2. Notwithstanding any provision in the plan to the contrary, if a participant is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, any payment otherwise required to be made pursuant to the plan as a result of the participant’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A shall be delayed for 6 months following the date of the participant’s separation, if necessary to prevent the participant from being taxed under Section 409A. On the earliest date on which such payments can be made without violating the foregoing requirements of Section 409A, there shall (subject to Rule 8.8) be paid to the participant, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  3. No Basic Share Rights or Bonus Share Rights shall be granted.

 

  4. In Rule 3.3, delete the word “withdraw” and at the end of Rule 3.3 add the sentence “A Participant may withdraw all or part of any Invested Shareholding on account of an “unforeseeable emergency” within the meaning of Section 409A.”

 

 

5.

In Rule 5.1, after the words “Vesting Period” add the parenthetical “(but in no event later than the later of (i) the December 31 st immediately following the final day of the Vesting Period, or (ii) two and one-half months following the final day of the Vesting Period)”.

 

  6. In Rule 5.5, delete “as soon as is reasonably practicable” and add “within 90 days”.

 

  7. In Rule 6.1, delete “as soon as is reasonably practicable” and add “within 90 days” and after the words “other than a Change of Control arising as a result of the Scheme” add the words” (except in the case of a Participant who is subject to the US Internal Revenue Service Code section 409A) 27 ”.

 

  8. Rule 6.2 shall not apply.

 

  9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any award under the plan shall not be subject to the provisions of this Appendix 1 to the extent such award is earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005.

 

26 Amended by Resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 9 August 2007
27 Amended by resolution of the Compensation Committee dated 29 September 2008

 

14

Exhibit 4.24

LOGO

GroupM EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

Amended and Restated

as of

January 1, 2008

 

 

 

 

1


GroupM EXECUTIVE SAVINGS PLAN

SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

 

INTRODUCTION

The Executive Savings Plan was originally adopted effective May 1, 2005, as amended. GroupM Worldwide, Inc. hereby amends and restates the Executive Savings Plan effective as of January 1, 2008. The purpose of this amendment and restatement is to add certain plan features and to comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.

This booklet is your Summary Plan Description (“SPD”) for the GroupM Executive Savings Plan (the “ESP”). The ESP is sponsored by GroupM Worldwide, Inc. (the “Company”) and is designed to recognize your individual contribution to the Company’s overall team effort by giving you an opportunity to defer receipt of a portion of your income, thereby deferring taxes and by targeting a discretionary 25% matching contribution of your deferral. The ESP helps you to supplement your retirement benefits.

You should read this booklet carefully and refer here first when you have any questions about the ESP. If this SPD does not answer your questions, or if you need further information, you may contact the Corporate Human Resources Department at GroupM Worldwide, Inc., 498 7th Avenue, 2nd Floor, New York, NY 10018, 212 - 297- 8505.

 

HOW DOES THE PLAN WORK?

The ESP is a “non-qualified plan,” which is a promise by an employer to participants to pay income, at some future date, for services performed currently. By deferring income into the ESP, amounts are sheltered from immediate income taxes (but not FICA taxes), by deferring the payment of income taxes until you receive a distribution from the ESP (which is the earlier of the date of your separation from service with the Company, death, disability or retirement). All payments of deferred income are subject to income tax withholding.

It is important to note that once you choose to participate in the ESP, you cannot stop deferrals during the calendar year; however, you do have the option not to participate in a subsequent year.

 

WHEN AM I ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE?

Senior Partners of the Company are eligible to participate in this ESP. You may participate in this ESP by making a deferral election and a payment election during (i) the Annual Plan Offering period that is held in November or December of each calendar year for the deferral of income attributable to the following calendar year, or (ii) within thirty (30) days after you first become eligible for the deferral of income attributable to service performed by you after your deferral election. Your deferral election and payment election will remain in effect unless and until you affirmatively elect to change it. Participation in the ESP is completely voluntary.

One of the requirements of this kind of plan is that you must elect to defer income before it is earned – therefore, should you decide not to participate in the ESP during the designated Offering periods described above or when first eligible, you will have to wait until the next Annual Plan Offering. Please note, you must elect to defer income in order to receive the Company match.

 

 

2


HOW MUCH CAN I DEFER?

You can defer up to 20% of your Annual Base Pay under the ESP. Your deferrals earn interest at the prime rate as reported by the Wall Street Journal on the first business day of each month, compounded monthly. The earnings on your deferrals also accumulate tax-deferred. If you do not participate in any year, your account balance will continue to be credited with interest until it is distributed to you.

 

WHAT IS THE COMPANY MATCH?

The Company, in its sole discretion, may provide you with a match of up to 25% of the first 10% of your Annual Base Pay you defer each year. The Company match will be credited to your account on the earlier of (i) the date of your separation from service with the Company, death, disability or retirement or (ii) the December 31 st of the plan year a match is declared by the Company.

Please note that if you choose not to defer income to the ESP, you will not receive any Company match for the year – the match is contingent upon you participating in the ESP.

 

WHAT IS PENSION MAKEUP?

As a result of IRS rules and regulations, income that you defer into the ESP is not considered eligible compensation for the purpose of calculating the Company’s profit sharing contribution or your 401(k) contributions. In order to keep you from being penalized by these rules and regulations, the Company will credit your account with an amount equal to the current plan year’s profit sharing contribution, if any. You will receive this make-up contribution regardless of whether or not you are eligible to receive a profit sharing contribution under the 401(k) Plan at that time. You must be employed by the Company on December 31 st of each plan year in order to receive this make-up contribution.

Your other group benefits (such as life insurance and long term disability) are not affected by your decision to defer income.

 

HOW ARE PLAN DEFERRALS RECORDED?

The ESP is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a), but is intended to meet the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The ESP is intended to be an unfunded, unsecured plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees pursuant to ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). When you defer income, an entry is made in a ledger showing that you were owed income by the Company and that you chose to defer receipt until a later date. Any interest and Company contributions are recorded in the same manner.

Benefits under the ESP are paid out of the Company’s general assets and are therefore not protected from claims by the Company’s general creditors. There is no trust and nothing contained in this ESP or any action taken with respect to the provisions herein is intended to create a trust of any

 

 

3


kind. You are relying on the Company’s promise to pay your ESP benefits in the future. Should the Company become insolvent or bankrupt, you will have no greater rights to your ESP benefits than a general unsecured creditor.

You may purchase a surety bond from a surety company or a letter of credit from a bank to secure your deferred compensation payments should the Company default on these payments. A surety bond is a type of performance bond issued by a surety insurance company. You pay the premium to the surety insurance company for the bond coverage. The Company cannot be involved, either directly or indirectly, in the purchase of the surety bond or letter of credit as this will be viewed by the IRS as creating a funded non-qualified plan that will be currently taxable to you. If you wish to purchase a surety bond or letter of credit, we strongly advise that you consult the services of a qualified tax professional.

You will receive periodic statements showing your accumulated deferrals, the Company contributions, and interest in order to monitor the growth of your benefit.

 

WHEN WILL I BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE MY BENEFIT?

You will be entitled to receive a distribution of your ESP benefits upon earlier of your (i) separation from service (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h)) with the Company (and all other WPP Group affiliates) (including retirement), (ii) disability (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-3(i)(4)) or (iii) death.

You are immediately 100% vested in your own deferral contributions. The contributions the Company makes to your account on your behalf are subject to vesting. You will only be vested in your Company contributions after you have completed five (5) years of service with the Company.

Amounts paid under the ESP are included in your gross income in the year in which they are received by you and are subject to income taxes. Since FICA taxes were paid at the time of deferral, no FICA taxes will be withheld at the time of distribution.

 

HOW AND WHEN WILL MY BENEFIT BE PAID?

No distributions are permitted from the ESP while you are still an active employee of the Company (if you remain employed with the Company or any WPP Group affiliate, your funds may not be paid out until you no longer work for any company in the WPP Group) and no loans are permitted at any time. For amounts earned and vested before January 1, 2005, your vested account balance will be paid to you in accordance with the terms of the ESP in effect prior to January 1, 2008.

For amounts attributable to deferrals occurring on and after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, your vested account balance will be paid to you in a single lump sum on the first payroll period following sixty (60) days after the earlier of your separation from service, disability or death.

For amounts attributable to deferrals occurring on and after January 1, 2008, you may elect to receive your vested account balance in either (i) a single lump sum payable on the first payroll period following sixty (60) days after the earlier of your separation from service or disability or (ii) ten (10) substantially equal annual installments beginning in the calendar year immediately following the earlier of the calendar year of your separation from service or disability. For purposes of the ESP, a series of installment payments will be treated as a single form of payment. Your form of payment must be selected at the same time as your deferral election is made . All payments made under the ESP are subject to income tax withholding.

 

 

4


If you are determined by the Company to be a “ specified employee ” (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(i)) as of your separation from service, your benefit cannot be paid until six (6) months following your separation from service in order to avoid subjecting you to an additional income tax imposed under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, therefore, the payment of your benefit will be delayed and paid, with interest, on the first day of the seventh month following your separation from service.

 

WHAT HAPPENS IF I DIE BEFORE RECEIVING MY BENEFIT?

For amounts attributable to deferrals occurring on and after January 1, 2008, if you die before receiving all of your benefit(s) from the ESP, the remaining portion of your benefit(s) will be paid to your designated beneficiary in a single lump sum on the first payroll period following sixty (60) days after the date the Company is notified of your death. When you are invited to participate in the ESP, you will receive a Beneficiary Designation form. You may designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries who will be entitled to receive the amount payable from the ESP upon your death. You may, from time to time, revoke or change your beneficiary designation by filing a new beneficiary designation with the Company.

The last beneficiary designation received by the Company will be controlling. No designation, change or revocation of a beneficiary designation will be effective unless actually received and acknowledged by the Company prior to your death. If no beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of your death, or if no designated beneficiary survives you, the payment of any ESP benefits upon your death will be made to your surviving spouse, or if you have no surviving spouse, to your children, or if you have no children, to the legal representative of your estate.

 

 

5


WHAT ELSE SHOULD I KNOW?

Annual Base Pay

Annual Base Pay means your base pay (excluding bonus, stock options, and commissions).

Employment Rights Not Implied

Participation in the ESP neither gives you the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor guarantees rights or claim to any benefit except as specified in the ESP.

Administration

The ESP is administered by the Retirement Plan Committee of the Company.

Interpretation

The Retirement Plan Committee has full power and authority to interpret and administer the ESP. The Retirement Plan Committee’s interpretation and construction of any provision or action taken under the ESP is binding and conclusive on all persons for all purposes.

Incompetent Payee

If anyone entitled to a benefit becomes legally incapacitated or is otherwise unable to manage his financial affairs, the Company may pay his benefit to someone else (such as a named Beneficiary or duly appointed representative or guardian) for the benefit of that person.

Claims Procedure

Initial Claims

If you or your beneficiary does not receive a benefit to which you believe you are entitled, you or your beneficiary must file a written claim with the Company. The Company will provide you or your beneficiary with the necessary information and make all determinations as to the right of any person to a disputed benefit. Your claim will be processed within ninety (90) days (in special circumstances, this period may be extended for an additional ninety (90) days by written notice to you). If your claim has been denied, you will be notified in writing and such notification will include the reasons for the denial, specific references to pertinent plan provisions, and a description of any additional material or information regarding your claim. If notification of approval of a claim is not received within the time limits set forth above, the claim will automatically be considered denied.

Disputed Claims

If you are dissatisfied with any decision on your claim, you have the right to request, in writing, a review of the decision. You also have the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. A request for review, giving the reason the decision is believed to be in error, must be made not later than sixty (60) days after a decision on a claim is received.

All requests for review of determinations under the ESP should be addressed to the Company at the address specified in the Introduction to this SPD.

 

 

6


Within sixty (60) days of receipt of a request for review of the disputed claim (in special circumstances, one hundred twenty (120) days, by written notice to you), the Company will review the claim and advise you or your Beneficiary, in writing, of its determination. The Company’s decision on appeal will be final.

If notification of determination of a claim is not received within the time limits set forth above, the claim will automatically be considered denied.

Assignment

The right of any participant or any other person to the payment of benefits under the ESP may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered.

Amendment and Termination

The Company, through the action of the Board of Directors or its delegate(s), reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the ESP at anytime. Any such action by the Company will not reduce the benefits you have accrued to the date of such action.

Governing Law

To the extent not preempted by ERISA, the ESP is governed by the laws of the State of New York, as well as all applicable federal and municipal laws and regulations now or hereafter in force.

 

 

7

Exhibit 4.27

WPP PLC

 

THE WPP 2008 EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

As approved by shareholders of WPP Group plc on 30 October 2008 prior to the introduction of a new holding company by a scheme of arrangement under part 26 of the Companies Act 2006 as approved by the shareholders of WPP plc on 30 September 2008 and adopted by the Board of Directors of WPP plc on 30 September 2008

 

HMRC reference for approved section (appendix 1): X104196

Hammonds

7 Devonshire Square Cutlers Gardens London EC2M 4YH DX 136546 Bishopsgate 2

Telephone +44 (0)20 7655 1056 Fax +44 (0)870 839 1001

Offices and Associated Offices Aosta Berlin Birmingham Brussels Hong Kong Leeds London Madrid Manchester Milan Munich Paris Rome Turin

Website www.hammonds.com


CONTENTS

 

1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

   2

2

 

ELIGIBILITY

   3

3

 

GRANT OF OPTIONS

   3

4

 

LIMITS

   4

5

 

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS

   5

6

 

EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

   6

7

 

TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

   8

8

 

VARIATION OF CAPITAL

   8

9

 

ALTERATIONS

   9

10

 

MISCELLANEOUS

   9

11

 

WITHHOLDING

   10
 

APPENDIX 1: Approved Part

   11
 

APPENDIX 2: Incentive Stock Options

   15
 

APPENDIX 3: India

   16
 

APPENDIX 4: Belgium

   17
 

APPENDIX 5: Netherlands

   18
 

APPENDIX 6: Switzerland

   19
 

APPENDIX 7: Italy

   20
 

APPENDIX 8: Executive directors

   21
 

APPENDIX 9: Taxpayers Subject to Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code

   23


1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

     Act ” means the Companies Act 1985 as amended;

 

     Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a committee appointed by such board of directors;

 

     Depositary ” means any depositary or depositaries which hold or whose nominee holds WPP ADRs;

 

     Company ” means WPP plc (incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 with registered number 101749);

 

     Constituent Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

     Grant Date ” in relation to an Option means the date on which the Option was granted;

 

     Group Member ” means:

 

  (a) a Constituent Company or a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 736 of the Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) the Company’s holding company or a subsidiary of the Company’s holding company; or

 

  (b) a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 258 of the Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) a subsidiary undertaking of a body corporate within paragraph (a) above and has been designated by the Board for this purpose;

 

     ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

     Key Feature ” means a provision of the Plan which is necessary in order to meet the requirements of Schedule 4;

 

     Option ” means a right to acquire Shares or WPP ADRs under the Plan; and a right to acquire Shares shall be known as a “Share Option” and a right to acquire WPP ADRs shall be known as an “ADR Option”;

 

     Participan t” means a person who holds an Option granted under the Plan;

 

     Plan ” means the WPP 2008 Executive Stock Option Plan as herein set out but subject to any alterations or additions made under Rule 8 below;

 

     Schedule 4 ” means Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

 

     Schedule 9 ” means Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988;

 

     Share ” means an ordinary share in the capital of the Company and for the purposes of Rule 4 (Limits) and, if the context requires, other provisions of the Rules, “ Shares ” include WPP ADRs;

 

     Specified Age ” means 65 years of age;

 

     Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 736 of the Act or, as the context may require, Articles 2 and 2A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991;

 

     Taxes Act 1988 ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

 

     Treasury Shares ” means any Shares which are purchased by the Company in accordance with Article 57 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and held by the Company as treasury shares pursuant to Article 58A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991;

 

2


     WPP ADR ” means an American Depositary Receipt representing, for the time being, 5 Shares deposited with Citibank NA as depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement between the Company and Citibank NA dated as of 19 November 2008 as amended from time to time and/or any other American depositary receipt arrangement sponsored by the Company,

 

     and expressions not otherwise defined herein have the same meanings as they have in Schedule 4.

 

1.2 Any reference in the Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

1.3 The Plan has been adopted in substitution for the WPP 2005 Executive Stock Option Plan, under which no further grants of options will be made.

 

2 ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1 Subject to Rule 2.2 below, a person is eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan if (and only if) he is an executive director or employee of a Constituent Company.

 

2.2 No person is entitled, by virtue of the provisions of the Plan or any other means, to participate as of right in the Plan through the grant of an Award and consequently the receipt of an Award shall in no circumstances give or imply any right to receive any further award and any further right that is in fact granted to the same Participant may be on the same or on different terms.

 

3 GRANT OF OPTIONS

 

3.1 Subject to Rules 3.2 and 3.5 below and Rule 4 below, the Board may grant or procure the grant to any person who is eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan a Share Option or an ADR Option, upon the terms set out in the Plan; and for this purpose a Share Option to acquire means an option to subscribe for Shares or receive the transfer of Treasury Shares or other Shares as determined by the Board from time to time.

 

3.2 An Option may only be granted under the Plan:

 

  (a) within the period of 6 weeks beginning with the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the 6 week period beginning with the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its interim or final results for any period, or at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Board to be sufficiently exceptional to justify the grant thereof; and

 

  (b) within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved by shareholders.

 

3.3 The price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Board before the grant thereof, but shall not be less than:

 

  (a) in the case of a Share Option, if Shares of the same class as those Shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the lower of the two prices shown for the Shares on that day plus one quarter of the difference between them (as derived from that list or other reputable market source that is able to provide the relevant information at a more appropriate time, even though that source may not be able to guarantee that the information provided will be identical to that subsequently published in that list) on the Grant Date;

 

  (b) in the case of a Share Option, if paragraph (a) above does not apply, the market value (within the meaning of Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992) of Shares of that class at the relevant Grant Date, as reasonably determined by the Board;

 

3


  (c) in the case of an ADR Option, the fair market value of a WPP ADR as quoted on NASDAQ National Market System over a number of consecutive dealing days (being not more than five) immediately preceding or ending on the Grant Date; or

 

  (d) except in the case of an Option to acquire Shares otherwise than by subscription, the nominal value of those Shares.

 

3.4 An Option granted under the Plan to any person:

 

  (a) shall not, except as provided in Rule 6.3 below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

 

  (b) shall lapse immediately if he is adjudged bankrupt.

 

3.5 An Option granted under the Plan to a person shall lapse if that person ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member, other than by reason of his death, injury or disability, within six months of the Grant Date unless the Board shall determine otherwise.

 

4 LIMITS

 

4.1 The number of Shares in respect of which Options may be granted under the Plan on any day which are to be satisfied by the issue of Shares when added to the aggregate of:

 

  (a) the number of Shares which immediately prior to that day have been or are to be issued to satisfy outstanding Options under the Plan; and

 

  (b) the number of Shares which immediately prior to that day have been or are to be issued to satisfy options or awards granted or made under any other employees’ share scheme of any Group Member in the ten years immediately before that day;

 

     shall not exceed 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company for the time being.

 

4.2 The aggregate market value of the Shares subject to an Option granted under the Plan on any day to a Participant may not, when added to the aggregate market value of the Shares (valued at the date or dates of grant of the relevant Option or Options) which are or have been subject to options granted to him within the preceding twelve months under the Plan or any Relevant Scheme, exceed four times his Annual Remuneration. For the purposes of this Rule 4.2 the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

“Annual Remuneration”

   in relation to a Participant, the gross rate of basic annual salary (excluding any bonuses, company pension contributions and any other benefits in kind) payable to the relevant Eligible Employee by any Group Company as at the relevant Grant Date;

“Relevant Scheme”

   any employees’ share scheme (within the meaning given to that term in section 743 of the Act or, as the context may require, Article 58A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991) established by any Group Member (other than savings-related schemes or profit sharing schemes approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988 or Schedule 3 to ITEPA or any other schemes linked to contractual savings schemes or any share incentive plans approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000 or Schedule 2 to ITEPA);

 

4


     and for the purposes of this Rule:

 

  (a) any Option which shall have been released to any extent shall be treated to that extent as if it were still exercisable;

 

  (b) shares in a Constituent Company shall not be regarded as benefits in kind;

 

  (c) where a payment of remuneration is made otherwise than in sterling, the payment shall be treated as being of the amount of sterling ascertained by applying such rate of exchange for that day published in a national newspaper as the Board shall reasonably determine; and

 

  (d) a person’s remuneration shall be deemed to include fees paid to a company whose principal purpose is to provide his services being services of a nature which he would be expected to perform as an employee of a Constituent Company, and being fees referable to those services and exclusive of VAT.

 

4.3 For the purposes of this Rule, the market value of the Shares in relation to which an Option was granted shall be calculated:

 

  (a) in the case of an Option granted under the Plan, as of the day by reference to which the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined in accordance with Rule 3.3 above;

 

  (b) in the case of an option granted under any option scheme (other than a savings related scheme) approved by HM Revenue & Customs, as at the time when it was granted or, in a case where an agreement relating to the Shares has been made under paragraph 29 of Schedule 9 or paragraph 22 of Schedule 4, such earlier time or times as may be provided in the agreement; and

 

  (c) in the case of any other option, as on the day or days by reference to which the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise thereof was determined;

 

     and the Board may adopt such exchange rate as it thinks fit for the conversion of one currency to another currency.

 

4.4 For the purpose of this Rule 4, any Treasury Shares which are or are to be transferred for the purpose of satisfying options or other awards shall be taken as being Shares that are issued or to be issued for that purpose.

 

4.5 All Options granted under the Plan shall be regarded for the purposes of this Rule 4 as Options that will involve the issue of new Shares unless and until the Board determines that the Option will be satisfied by the transfer of Shares (or WPP ADRs which have not been created using new Shares issued for the purpose of satisfying options or awards under employee share schemes). The Board may only make such a determination in respect of an Option that has already been issued if it has made arrangements under which the relevant Shares or WPP ADRs will be available when required.

 

4.6 Any Option granted under the Plan shall be limited and take effect so that the above limits are complied with (with all Options being granted on the same day being scaled back on a pro-rata basis and rounded down to the nearest whole Share or WPP ADR).

 

5 PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS

 

5.1 An Option granted under the Plan to a director of the Company may not be exercised if the relevant condition is not satisfied; and in this Rule “the relevant condition” is the condition in Appendix 8 or such other objective condition relating to performance as may be specified by the Board at the time of the grant of that Option.

 

5


5.2 In determining whether the relevant condition has been met where an Option is to be exercised in accordance with any of Rules 6.3, 6.4(a), 6.4(b), 6.4(c), 7.1 and 7.3, the Board may determine that the relevant condition should be adjusted on a pro-rated basis to allow for any reduction in time between the Grant Date and the date of cessation, compared to the time between Grant Date and the end of the performance period. Where such a determination is made, the Board shall be entitled to take into account such information relating to the performance of the Company as it considers to be appropriate and may adjust the method of assessment of the performance condition as it considers to be appropriate to the circumstances (so that, for example, if the cessation occurs one month after the end of the accounting period in which the Option was granted, the Board may assess the satisfaction of the relevant condition from the earnings of the Company for the accounting period in which the Option was granted without reference to the performance in the following month).

 

5.3 The Board may at the time of grant of any Option, impose conditions on that grant relating to performance and specify terms relating to how those conditions interact with the other provisions of the Plan.

 

6 EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

6.1 The exercise of any Option granted under the Plan shall be effected in such form and manner as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.2 Subject to Rules 6.3 and 6.4 below and to Rules 7.1 and 7.3 below, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised before the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

6.3 Subject to Rule 5 above, if any Participant dies before exercising an Option granted to him under the Plan and at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is entitled to exercise the Option by virtue of Rule 6.4 below, the Option may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death.

 

6.4 If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any Option granted to him under the Plan:

 

  (a) if he so ceases by reason of injury or disability, or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member, subject to Rule 5 above, the Option may (and subject to Rule 6.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period;

 

  (b) if he so ceases by reason of retirement on or after reaching the retirement age (if any) as specified in his contract of employment (or, if there is no such age, if he retires at all) in each case more than six months after the Grant Date subject to Rule 5 above, the Option may (and subject to Rule 6.3 above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period; and

 

  (c) if he so ceases for any other reason, the Option may not be exercised at all unless the Board shall so permit, in which event, subject to Rule 5 above, it may (and subject to Rule 6.3 above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Board within the exercise period;

 

     and in this Rule the “exercise period” is the period which commences on the date of cessation of employment and expires 6 months after such date.

 

6.5

Subject to Rule 6.6 below, a Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of Rule 6.4 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member and a female Participant who ceases to be such

 

6


 

a director or employee by reason of pregnancy or confinement and who exercises her right to return to work under the Employment Rights Act 1996 (or any equivalent legislation in any jurisdiction) before exercising an Option under the Plan shall be treated for those purposes as not having ceased to be such a director or employee.

 

6.6 Other than in respect of Options granted under the Approved Part, a Participant who gives or is given notice to leave employment as a director or employee of a Group Member in any circumstances other than death or in those circumstances referred to in Rule 6.4(a) or 6.4(b), shall, if he subsequently ceases to be in such employment, be treated for the purposes of Rule 6.4 above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member on the date on which that notice is given (and for the avoidance of doubt any purported exercise by him of an Option during the period of notice shall be of no effect). If a Participant gives or is given notice to leave employment as a director or employee of a Group Member and the Board subsequently uses its discretion under Rule 6.4(c) to allow his Option to be exercisable, nothing in this Rule 6.6 will make his Option lapse or cease to be exercisable.

 

6.7 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, an Option granted under the Plan may not be exercised after the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Board may have determined before the grant thereof) beginning with the Grant Date.

 

6.8 Within 30 days after an Option under the Plan has been exercised by any person, the grantor of the Option shall, in the case of a Share Option, procure the allotment or transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised and, in the case of an ADR Option, procure the issue or transfer to him of WPP ADRs in respect of which the Option has been exercised (including, if appropriate, by procuring the allotment or transfer of Shares to a Depositary) unless:

 

  (a) the Board considers that the issue or transfer thereof would not be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; or

 

  (b) in a case where a Group Member is obliged to account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option, that or another Group Member is unable to withhold the tax from his remuneration nor has received payment from him of a corresponding amount.

 

6.9 All Shares allotted under the Plan shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Shares of the same class for the time being in issue save as regards any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of the allotment.

 

6.10 If Shares of the same class as those allotted under the Plan are listed in the London Stock Exchange Official List, the Company shall apply to the London Stock Exchange for any Shares so allotted to be admitted to that list.

 

6.11 Where any Option becomes exercisable by reason of the provisions of Rules 6.3 or 6.4, the number of Shares or WPP ADRs in respect of which the Option may be exercised shall be reduced on a pro-rated basis to take account of the fact that the Participant ceased to be a director or employee of a Group Member before the date on which the Option would have become exercisable had the Participant not ceased to be a director or employee of a Group Member (calculated on the basis of the number of days until the date of such cessation compared to the number of days in the whole period between the Grant Date and the date on which the Option becomes exercisable) unless the Board determines to the contrary.

 

7


7 TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 

7.1 If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 719 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003) as a result of making a general offer to acquire Shares in the Company, or having obtained such control makes such an offer, the Board shall within 7 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to Rule 5 above and Rules 6.3, 6.4, 6.6 and 6.7 above, an Option granted under the Plan may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Board may permit) of such notification.

 

7.2 For the purposes of Rule 7.1 above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

 

7.3 If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Part 18 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (provided that at the time of such event H M Revenue & Customs accepts such provisions as equivalent to section 979 of the Companies Act 2007), or if the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a scheme for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (provided that at the time of such event H M Revenue & Customs accepts such provisions as equivalent to Part 26 of the Companies Act 2007), or if the Company passes a resolution for the winding up of the Company or the assets of the Company are declared en désastre , the Board shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and any Option granted under the Plan may, subject to Rule 5 above and Rules 6.3, 6.4 and 6.6 above, be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan) lapse on the expiration thereof.

 

7.4 The Board may determine (the determination to apply equally to all Options outstanding at the time) that the provisions of Rules 7.1 and 7.3 above will neither cause Options to become exercisable nor to lapse at different times than would otherwise be the case, if the Board considers that the Options will continue to be an appropriate incentive notwithstanding the changed circumstances, or that the position of Participants can be adequately preserved by the grant to them of some other right or rights in substitution for or addition to the existing rights.

 

7.5 Where any Option becomes exercisable before the end of the period referred to in Rule 6.2 by reason of the provisions of Rules 7.1 or 7.3, the number of Shares or WPP ADRs in respect of which the Option may be exercised shall be reduced on a pro-rated basis to take account of the early date on which the Option may be exercised (calculated on the basis of the number of days until the end of the period compared to the number of days in the whole period).

 

8 VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

8.1 In the event of any increase or variation of the share capital of the Company (whenever effected), the Board may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under Rule 8.2 below provided that the auditors or other financial advisers appointed by the Board acting as experts and not as arbitrators confirm that in their opinion the variation is fair and reasonable and such confirmation shall be final and binding.

 

8.2 An adjustment made under this Rule shall be to one or more of the following:

 

  (a) the number and description of Shares in respect of which any Option granted under the Plan may be exercised;

 

  (b) the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of any such Option; and/or

 

  (c) where any such Option has been exercised, but no Shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to such exercise, the number and description of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired.

 

8


8.3 An adjustment under Rule 8.2 above may have the effect of reducing the price at which Shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Board shall be authorised to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to such exercise exceeds the price at which the same may be subscribed for and to apply such sum in paying up such amount on such Shares; and so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise such sum (if any) and apply the same in paying up such amount as aforesaid.

 

8.4 As soon as reasonably practicable after making any adjustment under Rule 8.2 above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

9 ALTERATIONS

 

9.1 Subject to Rule 9.2 below, the Board may at any time alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Plan, or the terms of any Option granted under it, in any respect.

 

9.2 No alteration or addition to the advantage of Participants or potential Participants shall be made under Rule 9.1 above to any Rule of the Plan without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting other than a minor amendment to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation, or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any Participant or any Group Member.

 

9.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after making any alteration or addition under Rule 9.1 above, the Board shall give notice in writing thereof to any Participant affected thereby.

 

10 MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate therein, and an individual who participates therein shall by participating be deemed to waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any Option under the Plan as a result of such termination. Any benefit under the Plan shall not be regarded as salary or counted for pension or any other purpose. Participation in the Plan by any individual is entirely at the discretion of the Board and in no circumstances shall the fact that an individual has received an Option or Options in the past give that individual any right to receive a further Option or Options.

 

10.2 In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of the Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to the Plan, the decision of the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

10.3 The Company and any Subsidiary may provide money to the trustees of any trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan (which Shares may be held by a Depositary on behalf of any such trustees or other person) or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for these purposes, to the extent permitted by section 153 of the Act or, as the context may require, the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

 

10.4

Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by personal delivery, delivery by email or by sending the same by post, in the case of a company to its registered office (or to such other address and person as may be specified by that

 

9


 

company from time to time), and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

 

10.5 The Board may establish further plans based on the Plan but modified to take account of local tax, exchange control or securities laws in overseas territories, provided that any Shares made available under such further plans are treated as counting against the limits expressed in Rules 4.1 to 4.6.

 

10.6 The Plan and any Option shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and the Company and the Participants (together with any eligible persons who do not become Participants) shall submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England and Wales.

 

11 WITHHOLDING

 

11.1 The grant or exercise of any Option under the Plan is subject to the condition that the grant or an exercise of the Option shall not be valid unless the Participant has, in addition to complying with the other requirements of the Plan, paid or procured the payment to the Group Member which is his employer, or otherwise provided for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust) an amount equal to the taxation for which any Group Member may be liable by reason of that grant or exercise.

 

11.2 Without limitation to 11.1 above, the Company or any other Group Member which is a Participant’s employer or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may withhold any amount and make such arrangements as it considers necessary which comply with applicable law to meet any liability to taxation in respect of the grant, exercise or cancellation of Options or other event relating to Options or in respect of any benefit under the Plan. These arrangements may include the sale of any Shares on behalf of a Participant, which the Participant is deemed to have authorised, to produce a cash sum sufficient to meet the taxation liabilities referred to in this Rule 11.

 

11.3 The Company may in its sole discretion waive the requirements set out in this Rule 11 in respect of any part of the Participant’s employer’s liability to taxation, including in particular, any employer’s liability to National Insurance Contributions.

 

11.4 In this Rule, “taxation” means all forms of taxation or levy by any state or any political subdivision of a state and includes income tax, Pay as You Earn, National Insurance or other social security contributions, whether being the primary liability of the employer or the employee, or any other person.

 

10


APPENDIX 1

This Appendix constitutes the HM Revenue & Customs approved part of the WPP 2008 Executive Stock Option Plan (the “Approved Part”). In the event of any conflict between the Plan and Appendix 1, the latter shall prevail. The terms of the Approved Part are identical to those of the other part of the said Plan, to which this Approved Part is appended except as follows:

 

1 In the definition of “Subsidiary” in Rule 1.1, add to the end words “and is under the control of the Company within the meaning of Section 719 of the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003”.

 

2 In Rule 2.1, delete the words “an executive director or employee of a Constituent Company.” and substitute the words:

 

     “a full-time director or qualifying employee of a Constituent Company. For the purposes of this Rule 2.1:

 

  (a) a person shall be treated as a full-time director of a Constituent Company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with that and any other Constituent Company not less than 25 hours a week (excluding meal breaks);

 

  (b) a qualifying employee, in relation to a Constituent Company, is an employee of the Constituent Company (other than one who is a director of a Constituent Company).”

 

3 In Rule 2.1, add the words “A person is not eligible to be granted an Option under the Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4 (material interest).”

 

4 Only Share Options, and not ADR Options, shall be granted under the Approved Part and therefore no references to WPP ADRs or ADR Options shall apply in respect of an Option granted under this Appendix 1. No Share Option may be granted under this Appendix 1 prior to the date of approval of the Approved Part by H M Revenue & Customs.

 

5 In Rule 3.1, after the words “procure the grant” add the words “by deed, seal or for consideration” and after the word “Company” in the definition of “Share”, add the words “which satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 16 – 20 of Schedule 4”.

 

6 In Rule 3.2, after the first mention of the word “Board” add the words “the date on which the Approved Part is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4”.

 

7 In Rule 3.3(a), delete the words “or other reputable market source that is able to provide the relevant information at a more appropriate time, even though that source may not be able to guarantee that the information provided will be identical to that subsequently published in that list”.

 

8 In Rule 3.3(b), delete the words “reasonably determined by the Board” and substitute the words “agreed in advance for the purposes of the Plan with Shares Valuation of HM Revenue & Customs, on the Grant Date (or such other day as may be agreed with HM Revenue & Customs)”.

 

9 At the end of Rule 3.5 add the words “(provided that in the case of a cessation due to redundancy or retirement within six months of the Grant Date there shall be no such discretion and the Option shall lapse immediately on such cessation)”, and add the words “acting fairly and reasonably” after the word “Board” where it appears in that Rule.

 

10 Add the following as Rule 4.3A:

 

    

“No person shall be granted Options under the Approved Part which would, at the time they are granted cause the aggregate market value (determined as at the date of each relevant grant) of the Shares which he may acquire in pursuance of Options granted to him under the

 

11


 

Approved Part or under any other share option scheme, not being a savings related share option scheme, approved under Schedule 9 or any option scheme approved under Schedule 4 and established by the Company or by any associated company of the Company (and not exercised) to exceed or further exceed £30,000 or such other limit as may be prescribed in paragraph 6 of Schedule 4”.

 

11

In Rule 5.2, add the words “acting fairly and reasonably” after the word “Board” in the 3 rd line.

 

12A In Rule 6.4(b), add the words “or on or after the Specified Age,” after the words “retires at all),”.

 

12 In Rule 6(4)(c), after the words “the Board” (on both occasions where those words appear) add the words “(acting fairly and reasonably) and, at the end of the Rule, add the words “provided that the discretions of the Board contained in this Rule 6.4(c) shall not apply in the case of a cessation by reason of redundancy (in which case the Option shall lapse immediately)”.

 

13 Add the following as Rule 6.7A:

 

     “A Participant shall not be eligible to exercise an Option under the Plan at any time when he is not eligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of paragraph 9 of Schedule 4”.

 

14 Delete Rule 6.8 (b) and insert the following as Rule 6.8A:

 

     “In a case where a Group Member is obliged to account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option, the Board may require the Participant to make a payment to the Company of an amount equal to the reasonable estimate of the Company of that tax as a condition precedent to the exercise of the Option provided that if that estimate proves to be in excess of the actual liability then the excess will be refunded to the Participant.”

 

15 At the end of Rule 6.11, add the words “acting fairly and reasonably”.

 

16 In Rule 7.1, insert the words “not exceeding four months” after the word “period” in the penultimate line.

 

17 Add the following as Rules 7.6 and 7.7:

 

     “7.6 If any company (the “acquiring company”):

 

  (a) obtains control of the Company as a result of making:

 

  (i) a general offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company which is made on a condition such that if it is met the person making the offer will have control of the Company, or

 

  (ii) a general offer to acquire all the Shares in the Company which are of the same class as the Shares which may be acquired by the exercise of Options granted under the Plan, or

 

  (b) obtains control of the Company in pursuance of a compromise or arrangement sanctioned by the court under Part 18A of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (provided that at the time of such event H M Revenue & Customs accepts such provisions as equivalent to Part 26 of the Companies Act 2007), or

 

  (c) becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares in the Company under Part 18 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (provided that at the time of such event H M Revenue & Customs accepts such provisions as equivalent to section 979 of the Companies Act 2007);

 

    

any Participant may at any time within the appropriate period (which expression shall be construed in accordance with paragraph 26 of Schedule 4), by agreement with the acquiring company, release any Option granted under the Plan which has not lapsed (the “old option”) in

 

12


 

consideration of the grant to him of an option (the “new option”) which (for the purposes of that paragraph) is equivalent to the old option but relates to shares in a different company (whether the acquiring company itself or some other company falling within paragraph 16(b) or (c) of Schedule 4).

 

7.7 The new option shall not be regarded for the purposes of Rule 7.6 above as equivalent to the old option unless the conditions set out in paragraph 27 of Schedule 4 are satisfied, but so that the provisions of the Plan shall for this purpose be construed as if:

 

  (i) the new option were an option granted under the Plan at the same time as the old option;

 

  (ii) except for the purposes of the definitions of “Group Member”, “Constituent Company” and “Subsidiary” in Rule 1.1 above and the reference to “the Board” in Rule 6.7 above, the expression “the Company” were defined as “a company whose shares may be acquired by the exercise of options granted under the Plan”;

 

  (iii) the relevant condition referred to in Rule 6.3 above had been satisfied; and

 

  (iv) Rule 9.2 below were omitted.”

 

18 At the start of Rule 8.1, add the words “Subject to Rule 8.2A below”.

 

19 In Rule 8.1, delete the words “increase or.”

 

20 In Rules 8.2(a) and (c), insert the words “(but not the class)” after the word “description”.

 

21 Add the following as Rule 8.2A:

 

     “At a time when the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4, no adjustment under Rule 8.2 above shall be made without the prior approval of HM Revenue & Customs.”

 

22 In Rule 9.1 delete the words “Rule 9.2” and substitute the words “Rules 9.2, 9.2A and 9.2B”.

 

23 At the end of Rule 9.1, add the words “(having regard to the fact that, if an alteration or addition which does not solely relate to a special term is made at a time when the Plan is approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4, the alteration or addition to any Key Feature will not thereafter have effect unless and until HM Revenue & Customs have approved the alteration or addition)”.

 

24 Add the following as Rule 9.2A and 9.2B:

 

  “9.2A No alteration or addition to the disadvantage of any Participant, other than to a special term, shall be made under Rule 9.1 above unless:

 

  (a) the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration or addition, and

 

  (b) the alteration or addition is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

 

  9.2B No alteration or addition which solely relates to a special term subject to which an Option has been granted shall be made under Rule 9.1 above unless:

 

  (a) there shall have occurred an event which shall have caused the Board reasonably to consider that the special term would not, without the alteration or addition, achieve its original purpose; and
  (b) the Board shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration or addition which must be no more difficult to satisfy than the original.”

 

13


25 At the end of Rule 9.3, add the words “and if the Plan is then approved by HM Revenue & Customs under Schedule 4, to HM Revenue & Customs.”

 

26 Add as Rule 9.4:

 

     “Any reference in this Rule to a special term is a reference to a term specified by the Board as mentioned in Rule 3.1 above or a term of the Schedule hereto”.

 

27 Delete Rule 11 and substitute the following Rule 11:

 

  “11. Withholding

 

  11.1 The exercise of any Option under the Plan is subject to the condition that the exercise of the Option shall not be valid unless the Participant has, in addition to complying with the other requirements of the Plan, paid or procured the payment to the Group Member which is his employer, or otherwise provided for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust) an amount equal to the taxation for which any Group Member may be liable by reason of that exercise.

 

  11.2 Without limitation to 11.1 above, the Company or any other Group Member which is a Participant’s employer or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may withhold any amount and make such arrangements as it considers necessary which comply with applicable law to meet any liability to taxation in respect of the exercise of Options under the Plan. These arrangements may include the sale of any Shares on behalf of a Participant, which the Participant is deemed to have authorised, to produce a cash sum sufficient to meet the taxation liabilities referred to in this Rule 11.

 

  11.3 The Company may, acting fairly and reasonably, waive the requirements set out in this Rule 11 in respect of any part of the Participant’s employer’s liability to taxation, including in particular, any employer’s liability to National Insurance Contributions.

 

  11.4 In this Rule, “taxation” means taxation by any state or any political subdivision of a state and includes income tax, Pay as You Earn and primary National Insurance and their equivalents in jurisdictions outside of the United Kingdom.”

 

28 Add the following after Rule 5.3:

 

  “5.4 The Board may make such fair and reasonable adjustments to the terms of the relevant condition as in its opinion it considers appropriate to take account of any Issue or Reorganisation.

 

  5.5 If any accounting standard used in the relevant condition is modified, replaced or substituted or if the composition of any market index used in the relevant condition changes and/or is replaced by another similar index, the Board may make such adjustments to the terms of the relevant condition as it in its opinion considers to be fair and reasonable.

 

  5.6 Any adjustments made to the relevant condition pursuant to Rules 5.4 and 5.5 shall be in accordance with and subject to Rule 9 of the Scheme and any adjusted relevant condition will in the reasonable opinion of the Board be materially no more difficult and no less difficult to satisfy than the relevant condition to which the exercise of the Option was originally subject.”

 

14


APPENDIX 2

Special Rules Applicable to Grants of Incentive Stock Options

 

  1. Options granted in accordance with the Plan (either including or excluding Appendix 1 thereto) may be designated as “Incentive Stock Options” (“ISOs”) within the meaning of section 422 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “U.S. Tax Code”).

 

  2. The aggregate number of Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADR) for which ISOs may be granted under Appendix 2 shall not exceed 125,665,004.

 

  3. The class of persons who may receive ISOs shall, in addition to the limitations imposed by Rule 2 of the Plan, be limited to those persons who are employees of the Company or its “parent” or “subsidiary” corporations within the meaning of sections 424(f) and (g), respectively, of the U.S. Tax Code.

 

  4. In addition to any other restrictions contained in the Plan, ISOs shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the person to whom an ISO is granted, the ISO shall be exercisable only by such person.

 

  5. To the extent that the aggregate market value of Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADR) with respect to which ISOs are exercisable (determined without regard to this sentence) for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under all plans or schemes of the Company or its “parent” and “subsidiary” corporations within the meaning of sections 424(f) and (g), respectively, of the U.S. Tax Code) exceeds US $100,000, such Options shall to the extent of such excess be treated as Options which are not ISOs. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the market value of any Shares (including Shares comprised in any WPP ADR) subject to an ISO shall be determined at the time such ISO is granted.

 

  6. This schedule shall be deemed to be included within the Plan as adopted by shareholders for the purpose of any ISO grants.

 

15


APPENDIX 3

India

The plan will apply to options granted to residents in India with the following modifications:

 

  1. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, a person is eligible to be granted an option under this Appendix if (and only if) he is a full-time director or qualifying employee (as defined in Paragraph 2 of Appendix 1) of a Constituent Company (whether or not the Company itself) resident in India.

 

  2. All or any of the terms of the Option may be altered to comply with requirements imposed under applicable exchange control regulations and other laws of India in relation to that Option and an Option may only be exercised if and to the extent permitted by those regulations.

 

  3. Applicable regulations of the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) do not currently limit the amount of funds that may be transferred for the purchase of stock pursuant to the exercise of a stock option under the Plan, but such regulations are subject to change. Any cash balances received in respect of, (i) dividends must be repatriated to India within seven days of receipt, and (ii) proceeds from sale of shares acquired pursuant to the Plan must be repatriated to India within ninety days of receipt.

 

16


APPENDIX 4

Belgium

The Plan will apply to Options granted to residents of Belgium with the following modifications.

 

  1. In Rule 3(4), a further Rule (c) shall be added as follows:

 

    “(c) shall be cancelled if he notifies the Company that he refuses to accept the Option or if he fails to accept the Option within 60 days of the date of the Company’s communication to him in respect of the Option.”

 

  2. In Rule 6(2), delete the words:

 

       “the third anniversary of the Grant Date”

 

       and substitute the words

 

       “the 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date.”

 

  3. In Rule 6(3), delete the words:

 

       “within 12 months after the date of his death.”

 

       and substitute the words

 

       “in the later of the period of 12 months commencing with the date of his death or the period of 6 months commencing on 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date.”

 

  4. In Rule 6(4), delete the words:

 

       “and in this Rule the exercise period is the period which shall expire 6 months after his so ceasing”

 

       and substitute the words:

 

       “and in this Rule the exercise period is the period which shall commence on the 1 January following the third anniversary of the Grant Date (the “Third Anniversary”) and expire 12 months after his so ceasing or 6 months after the Third Anniversary, whichever shall be the latest.”

 

17


APPENDIX 5

Netherlands

The Plan will apply to Options granted to residents of the Netherlands with the following alteration:

Rule 11 shall be amended by the insertion of the following Rule:

 

  “10.5 Without prejudice to Rules 11.1 to 11.4 above, each Option is granted subject to the condition that, upon such Option becoming exercisable in accordance with the Rules of the Plan, the Participant will pay or procure the payment to the Group Member which is his employer or otherwise provide for (in a manner satisfactory to that Group Member or, if appropriate, the trustees of any employee benefit trust), an amount equal to taxation which any Group Member or the trustees of any employee benefit trust may be required to withhold on the Participant’s behalf by reason of that Option becoming exercisable. No Option in the Netherlands may be exercised, unless the Participant has complied with his obligations under this Rule 10.5.”

 

18


APPENDIX 6

Switzerland

The Plan will apply to Options granted to the residents of Switzerland with the modification that in Rule 6.7 the words “and six months” be inserted after the words “10 years”.

 

19


APPENDIX 7

Italy

The Plan will apply to Options granted to the residents of Italy with the following modifications:

 

  1 In Rule 3.3, delete subsections (a) and (c) and replace them with the following provisions:

 

  (a) in the case of a Share Option, if Shares of the same class as those Shares are listed in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the arithmetical average quotation of Shares of that class (as derived from that list) over a period from (and including) the Grant Date to the same day of the previous month;

 

  (c) in the case of an ADR Option, the arithmetical average of the fair market value of a WPP ADR as quoted on NASDAQ over a period from (and including) the Grant Date to the same day of the previous month;

 

20


APPENDIX 8

Executive directors

 

  1 Pursuant and subject to Rule 5, any Option granted to a director of the Company will be subject to the relevant condition given in this Appendix 8.

 

  2 The relevant condition shall be:

 

  2.1 the performance period shall be the period of three calendar years commencing with the start of the accounting period including the Grant Date (or with such later period as may be specified by the Board at the time of the grant of the Option) (the “Performance Period”).

 

  2.2 that the percentage increase in earnings per share of the Company over the Performance Period shall have exceeded the growth in the RPI by 5% per annum (compounded annually); and

 

  2.3 in the event that, at the end of the Performance Period, it is determined that the percentage increase in earnings per share of the Company over the Performance Period has not exceeded the growth in the RPI by 5% per annum (compounded annually), the Option shall immediately lapse; and

 

  2.4 For the purposes of the relevant condition:

 

  (a) Growth in Earnings Per Share shall be calculated by dividing the Earnings Per Share in respect of the third of the three consecutive financial years by the Earnings Per Share achieved in the financial year ending immediately prior to the first day of the first of those three consecutive financial years (commencing no earlier than the financial year in which the Grant Date occurs).

 

  (b) Growth in the Retail Prices Index shall be calculated by dividing such Retail Prices Index as is published in respect of the month containing the last day of the third of the three consecutive financial years referred to in 2.4(a) above by such Retail Prices Index as was published in respect of the month containing the last day of the financial year of the Company ending immediately prior to the first day of the first of those three consecutive financial years.

 

  2.5 The Board may make such fair and reasonable adjustments to the terms of the relevant condition as in its opinion it considers appropriate to take account of any Issue or Reorganisation.

 

  2.6 If SSAP 3 and/or FRS 3 are modified, replaced or substituted or if the composition of the Retail Prices Index changes and/or the Retail Prices Index is replaced by another similar index, the Board may make such adjustments to the terms of the relevant condition as it in its opinion considers to be fair and reasonable.

 

  2.7 Any adjustments made to the Performance Target pursuant to paragraphs 2.5 and 2.6 above shall be in accordance with and subject to Rule 9 of the Scheme and that any adjusted Performance Target will in the reasonable opinion of the Board be materially no more difficult and no less difficult to satisfy than the Performance Target to which the exercise of the Option was originally subject.

 

  2.8 As soon as is reasonably practical following the end of any relevant financial year of the Company the Board shall determine whether the Performance Target has been satisfied and shall notify the Participant in writing if it has been satisfied and once satisfied the Option may, subject as otherwise provided in the Rules, be exercised at any time during the Option Period notwithstanding that for subsequent financial years the Growth in Earnings Per Share may not exceed the Growth in the Retail Prices Index.

 

21


  2.9 Any calculations or determinations by the Board in accordance with the Performance Target shall not be open to question and shall be final and binding on all persons concerned. The Board may request the Auditors to carry out any or all of the calculations and determinations of it in connection with the Performance Target. If so, the Auditors shall act as experts and not as arbitrators and their calculations and determinations shall not be open to question and shall be final and binding on all persons concerned.

 

  3 For the purposes of the relevant condition the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

       Earnings Per Share means the earnings per share (as defined in SSAP 3 paragraph 10 as amended by FRS 3) of the Company determined in accordance with such standards and as shown in the audited financial statements of the Company after making such adjustments to the earnings per share as the Board in its opinion considers appropriate in order to ensure that the measure of earnings per share for the relevant financial years is on a fair and consistent basis including, without limitation, the following adjustments to earnings per share for the relevant financial years:

 

  (a) a proportionate upwards or downwards amendment in a case where the relevant financial year is more than or less than a calendar year; and/or

 

  (b) ignoring all exceptional and extraordinary items as defined in paragraphs 5 and 6 of FRS 3; and/or

 

  (c) ignoring the results of discontinued operations as defined in paragraph 4 of FRS 3.

 

       FRS ” means Financial Reporting Standard of the Accounting Standards Board Limited.

 

       Issue or Reorganisation means any capitalisation issue (other than the issue of shares pursuant to the exercise of an option given to the shareholders of the Company to receive shares in lieu of dividend) or rights offer or any other variation in the share capital of the Company including (without limitation) any consolidation, sub-division or reduction of capital of the Company.

 

       “Retail Prices Index” means the Retail Prices All Items Index Table: Indices back to 1947 (Table RP02) as published by the Office for National Statistics or any table which replaces it.

 

       “SSAP” means Statement of Standard Accounting Practice of the Accounting Standards Board Limited.

 

22


APPENDIX 9

Taxpayers Subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code

The plan will apply to participants who are taxpayers subject to Section 409A of the United States Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”), with the following modifications:

 

  1. The options granted under the plan are intended to be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A by satisfying the requirements of the exemption set forth under Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) of the United States Treasury Regulations or other applicable guidance (the “Exemption”). The plan shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Any discretion afforded to any person or entity under the plan the existence of which itself would cause an option to fail to satisfy the requirements of the Exemption is hereby removed from the plan.

 

  2. At the end of Rule 3.3(c) after the words “Grant Date”, add the words “provided that the price shall in no case be less than fair market value determined in accordance with Section 409A.”

 

  3. Add the following as Rule 8.5:

 

       “Notwithstanding the foregoing, only adjustments permitted by Section 409A shall be permitted to be made under Rule 8, including pro rata adjustments necessary to reflect a stock split, reverse stock split, and stock dividend.”

 

23

Exhibit 4.28

 

 

DATED                                                                                                  2008  

WPP 2005 LIMITED

   (1 )

and

 

  

SIR MARTIN STUART SORRELL

 

   (2 )

and

  

WPP PLC

   (3 )
UK SERVICE AGREEMENT  
effective from 19 November 2008  


DATE OF SERVICE AGREEMENT

                     2008

PARTIES

 

(1) WPP 2005 LIMITED having its registered office at the Industrial Estate, Hythe, Kent CT21 6PE (the “Company”)

 

(2) SIR MARTIN STUART SORRELL of 19 Wilton Row, London SW1X 7NS (the “ Executive ”)

 

(3) WPP PLC having its registered office at 22 Grenville, Street St Helier Jersey, JE4 8PX (“ WPP ”).

INTRODUCTION

 

A The Company has the benefit of the Executive’s services inter alia as Chief Executive Officer and Group Managing Director of the Group on the terms of an agreement dated 16 August 2004 (the “ 2004 Agreement ”) within England, the European Union and all other countries save for the United States of America.

 

B The Executive has been appointed a director of the Company’s ultimate holding company, WPP in accordance with the terms of an agreement (the “ Appointment Letter ”) of even date between WPP plc (1) and the Executive (2) as a result of which certain modifications have been made to the 2004 Agreement as set out herein (the “ Agreement ”) with effect from 19 November 2008.

 

C WPP is a party to this agreement for the purposes of clauses 7 and 11 only.

IT IS AGREED:

 

1 APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 From and after the Commencement Date, the Company shall continue to employ the Executive and, during the Term of Employment, the Executive:

 

  (a) shall devote such of his time and attention during normal working hours (and such other working hours as may reasonably be required) so as to enable him to carry out his duties and any obligations on behalf of the Company and, other than with respect to the Excluded Obligations, shall use his best endeavours to promote the interests of the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries and also the Group in England, the United Kingdom, the European Union and all other jurisdictions other than the United States of America in the management, control, organisation and development of their respective businesses and trades (save for the Executive’s role as a director of WPP which will be governed by the terms of the Appointment Letter) and in addition the Executive shall comply with all reasonable directions which the Board may give to him and the Executive shall with effect from 19 November 2008 furnish to the Board all such explanations, information and assistance as it may reasonably require;

 

  (b) will not, without first obtaining the prior written approval of the Company, on his own behalf enter into any contract or other arrangement with any other firm, person or company whose business is in competition with the business of any Group Company.

 

1.2 During the Term of Employment hereunder, the Executive shall be a member of the boards of directors of such Group Companies (other than of WPP 2005 Limited) as the parties hereto from time to time shall agree and the Executive shall continue to be Group Managing Director and Chief Executive of the Group in which capacity he shall, except with respect to the Excluded Obligations subject to clause 1.1 (a) above, have total charge of the businesses of the Group Companies (other than WPP) and he shall be responsible to the Board for all aspects of the conduct of such businesses.

 

1

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


2 TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

 

2.1 The employment of the Executive will continue under this Agreement (the “Term of Employment” ) and subject to clause 14 the Company and the Executive can terminate the Term of Employment hereunder by written notice taking effect immediately on the date of its service on the other party. Any notice to terminate the Term of Employment given either by the Executive or the Company (other than a notice by the Company pursuant to clause 14.1 hereof) shall be deemed to be a notice given by such party on the grounds of the Executive’s retirement and upon giving such notice the Executive shall be deemed to have retired and qualified for retirement treatment for purposes of all plans, policies, programs, arrangements of, or other agreements with, the Company or any Group Company. In the event of any termination of the Term of Employment save as provided by clause 2.2 below, the Executive will have no entitlement to any further payment from the Company hereunder and he hereby irrevocably waives any entitlement to notice or pay and/or benefits in lieu of any period of notice and for the avoidance of doubt the minimum periods of notice referred to in Section 86 of the Employment Rights Act 1996. Nothing in this clause 2.1 shall prejudice the Company’s right to terminate the Term of Employment hereunder pursuant to clause 14.1 hereof.

 

2.2 Following termination of the Term of Employment hereunder, the Executive shall continue to be entitled to receive amounts due hereunder which are accrued up to and including the date on which the Term of Employment terminates but not yet paid, subject to any adjustment under clause 6.2 and/or clause 11.3, if applicable.

 

3 DIRECTOR’S FEES

Save for the Director’s Fee and unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Executive, the Executive shall not be entitled to any director’s fees from the Company or from any Group Company in addition to the remuneration payable by the Company to the Executive hereunder or pursuant to the US Employment Agreement, provided that if the Executive is at any time removed from the office of director whether of WPP or of WPP Group USA, Inc. (other than as a consequence of the Executive being terminated in accordance with Clauses 14.1 or 14.2 of this Agreement) the Term of Employment hereunder shall automatically terminate and such termination shall be deemed to be by the Company for a reason other than provided for in clause 14.1 or 14.2 of this Agreement.

 

4 ACCOMMODATION

The Company undertakes to the Executive to provide suitable offices and suitable office and secretarial facilities for his use as are compatible with the Executive’s role as Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of the Group and the Executive shall carry out his duties there and in such other places as the Executive judges appropriate.

 

5 HOURS OF WORK

The Executive shall work at such times and for such periods as the efficient and conscientious discharge of his duties hereunder shall reasonably require. There are no normal working hours for the Executive. The Company acknowledges that the Executive has obligations under the Appointment Letter and US Employment Agreement for the provision of his services which will affect the time during which and the times at which he can discharge his duties under this Agreement.

 

6 SALARY

 

6.1 The Company shall pay to the Executive a Base Salary less the Director’s Fee for each calendar year calculated in accordance with Schedule 1. The Base Salary shall accrue from day to day.

 

2

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


6.2

In each year during the Term of Employment hereunder, the Company will pay the Base Salary payable for that year in advance under clause 6.1 of this Agreement on 1 st  January and 1 st  July (or such other dates as may be agreed from time to time between the Company and the Executive). Each of the 2 instalments will be equal to one-half respectively of 60% of the Aggregate Basic Income (as defined in the Schedule 1) for the time being less one half of the Director’s Fee and shall be payable, in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company. At appropriate times adjustments shall be made to reflect the Executive Time (as defined in Schedule 1) and such adjustments may be made by adjusting the amount of Base Salary paid for future services hereunder or by adjusting the portion of the bonus earned for the year in which such Base Salary is being adjusted that is attributable to Executive Time (as defined in Schedule 1).

 

7 BONUS

 

7.1 The Executive shall, subject to satisfaction of the criteria set out below and subject to any adjustment as set forth in clause 6.2 above, also be entitled to receive, within 30 days following the finalisation of the final audited results of WPP in respect of each financial year of WPP that occurs during the Term of Employment hereunder, a bonus determined by reference to the financial performance of WPP for the period to which such results relate payable, if in cash, in a lump sum. The amount of the bonus payable hereunder, which shall be deemed to accrue from day to day during the period to which it relates, shall be determined and based on three separate components, each comprising one-third of the amount of the bonus, as follows:

 

  (a) One component is based on financial performance of WPP measured against budgeted operating profit and cash flow to be agreed between the Executive and WPP in consultation with the Compensation Committee (but which shall be measured in the same way as WPP’s financial performance for the purpose of calculating bonus payments for the Company’s other senior executives).

 

  (b) One component is based on WPP’s performance relative to a peer group of major public advertising companies. The peer group will be reviewed by the Compensation Committee from time to time as necessary and any changes to the peer group will be notified to the Executive, provided always that the Compensation Committee will act reasonably and will consult with the Executive prior to making any changes to the companies in the peer group.

The performance levels and the criteria for achieving them will be agreed between the Executive and the Compensation Committee in respect of each year and will take into account the following criteria inter alia:

 

   

Total shareholder return (i.e. share price appreciation plus reinvestment of dividends in shares);

 

   

Increase in operating profit;

 

   

Increase in earnings per share and/or operating margins.

Adjustments shall be made in relation to WPP and the peer group of companies referred to above as necessary to enable an accurate comparison of performance to be made, provided always that the Compensation Committee will act reasonably and will consult with the Executive prior to making any such adjustments.

 

  (c) One component shall be based on the achievement of key strategic initiatives which shall be agreed by the Executive and the Compensation Committee as early as practicable during the relevant year.

 

  (d) For the purpose of determining the bonus payable to the Executive for the calendar year 2008 the term “WPP” as used in clause 7.1 shall mean WPP Group plc for the portion of such year ending on 18 November 2008 and WPP for the remainder of such year.

The total bonus comprising each of the three components shall be targeted so as to equal 100 per cent of the Base Salary under clause 6.1 as at 31 December of the relevant year (calculated in accordance with Schedule 1) and the maximum bonus shall be 200 per cent of that Base Salary.

 

3

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


The Executive and the Compensation Committee may agree from time to time an alternative structure for determining the bonus payable under this clause, including the target and maximum amounts of that bonus.

 

7.2 If, either the Executive or the Company terminates the Term of Employment under this Agreement, for whatever reason (and in the Company’s case other than pursuant to clause 14.1 hereof) after the end of the performance period to which the bonus period refers but prior to the payment date of any such bonus, the Executive will continue to be treated on the same basis as if he were employed on the relevant payment date. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive or Company terminate the Term of Employment at any time before the end of the performance period referred to then the Executive loses all and any rights under this clause and the Executive has no rights against the Company in respect of the same except as otherwise provided pursuant to the applicable annual incentive plan.

 

8 OTHER INCENTIVE AWARDS

The Executive shall have no entitlement to participate in any incentive arrangements for executives, except as expressly provided herein, or as agreed in writing in advance by the Company. The Executive, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of WPP and in respect of his services under this Agreement, shall be entitled to participate in the WPP Group 2004 Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan and the WPP Performance Share Plan (or to receive the equivalent cash value) in accordance with the provisions of such plans and such other plans and arrangements which at the discretion of the Compensation Committee shall be made available for the most senior executives of the Company and any member of the Group, subject always to the rules of the applicable plan or scheme.

 

9 EXPENSES

The Executive is authorised to incur reasonable expenses in carrying out his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and the Company shall promptly reimburse him for all business expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the business of the Company and the Group, except those incurred in carrying out his duties under the Appointment Letter, subject to documentation in accordance with the Company’s policy.

 

10 CAR

The Company shall make available to the Executive for use in performing the obligations and duties of the Executive hereunder and shall replace from time to time as necessary a car of a type which it deems suitable. The Company shall maintain, service, tax and comprehensively insure the car as appropriate and shall arrange for the supply to the Executive of petrol for his use in such car.

 

11 INSURANCES AND PENSION

 

11.1 The Company shall provide for the benefit of the Executive and his dependants life and accident assurance and health insurance and any other benefits as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive and to the extent not agreed at the date the Scheme has become effective ratified by the Compensation Committee.

 

11.2 The Company shall reimburse to the Executive 50% of the reasonable cost of providing for the benefit of the Executive and his dependants insurance cover, on such basis and for such amounts as shall from time to time be agreed between the Company and the Executive and to the extent not agreed at the date the Scheme has become effective ratified by the Compensation Committee, provided that such cover is available, which provides a payment in the event that the Term of Employment is terminated because of the Executive’s death, ill-health or disability.

 

4

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


11.3 Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, the Executive shall be entitled to an annual supplemental pension determined in accordance with paragraph 4 of Schedule 1 to be funded by or on behalf of the Company by an appropriate funding mechanism for payment of such supplemental pension or payment or provision in lieu thereof (the “ Pension Contribution ”). The Pensions Contribution will be funded in four equal instalments in arrears on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each year during the Term of Employment under this Agreement in respect of the year for which it is paid equal to 60% of the Aggregate Pensions Provision (as defined in Schedule 1) at that time. All necessary adjustments to reflect the Executive Time (as defined in Schedule 1) in the manner described in clause 6.2 above for adjusting the Base Salary shall be made at regular times during the year.

 

12 HOLIDAYS

 

12.1 In addition to bank and other public holidays in the United Kingdom, the Executive shall be entitled to six weeks paid holiday per calendar year.

 

12.2 The holiday shall be taken at such time or times as the Executive shall decide but in any event it shall be taken at the same time as the Executive’s holiday entitlement under the US Employment Agreement.

 

13 SICKNESS ABSENCE

Subject to clause 2.1, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive all sums due to him (without deduction) during any period of absence from work due to his illness or disability.

 

14 TERMINATION OF THE TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

 

14.1 In any of the following cases, but without prejudice to clause 2.1, the Company may terminate the Term of Employment by written notice taking effect immediately on the date of its service on the Executive in which case the Executive shall not be entitled to any further payment from the Company hereunder except such sums as shall then have accrued or become due:

 

  (a) If the Executive engages in conduct that constitutes wilful gross neglect or wilful gross misconduct in carrying out his duties under this Agreement, resulting, in either case, in material economic harm to the Company.

 

  (b) If the Executive is convicted and is guilty of a criminal offence and sentenced (except in a case not involving dishonesty) to a term of imprisonment.

 

  (c) If the Executive be adjudicated bankrupt.

 

  (d) If WPP Group USA Inc terminates the US Employment Agreement pursuant to clause 15.1 thereof.

 

14.2 The Company may terminate the Term of Employment by reason of the Executive’s illness or disability in any of the following cases by giving written notice to the Executive such notice being effective immediately without any further payment being made hereunder other than such sums as may have accrued or become due.

 

  (a) the Executive is substantially unable properly to perform the duties required under this Agreement by reason of illness or physical or mental incapacity or disability (irrespective of the cause or causes) for a period of 180 consecutive working days or for a period or periods aggregating at least 261 working days in any period of 18 months.

 

  (b)

the Executive is permanently prevented as a result of any deterioration of his health from providing the services to the Company which he is required to provide under this Agreement and in particular to act as Group Managing Director and Chief Executive of the Group. Whether or not the Executive is

 

5

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


 

permanently incapacitated shall be determined by a medical doctor selected by the parties hereto, and in default of agreement by such medical doctor appointed by the President of the British Medical Association.

 

   (c)    An Order is made by any competent Court under the Mental Health Act 1983 for the Director’s detention or for the appointment of a receiver, curator bonis or other person to exercise powers with regard to his property or affairs.
14.3    (a)    If the Term of Employment under the US Employment Agreement terminates for any reason whatsoever apart from in the circumstances provided for in clause (b) below, the Company or the Executive (as the case may be) may terminate the Term of Employment hereunder, provided that any such termination of the Term of Employment hereunder shall be deemed to be on the same basis as the Term of Employment under the US Employment Agreement was so terminated and in which case the notice given by such party (other than a notice by the Company pursuant to clause 14.1 hereof) shall be deemed to be on the grounds of the Executive’s retirement as provided for in clause 2.1.
   (b)    If the Term of Employment under the US Employment Agreement terminates as a result of a US Divestment (as defined in the US Employment Agreement) and the Company offers or procures that another Group Company offers the Executive employment or an agreement, which employment or agreement shall be on the same terms as the US Employment Agreement, including, but not limited to, the same Term of Employment under the US Employment Agreement, within 28 days of the US Divestment becoming effective for the remainder of the appointment, the Term of Employment under this Agreement shall not automatically terminate and the Executive shall have no claim against the Company.

 

15 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

15.1 The Executive shall not (except in the proper performance of his duties hereunder or the proper performance of his duties and obligations as an executive of the Company or a Group Company) either during the Term of Employment or at any time after the termination thereof divulge to any person whomsoever or otherwise make use of and shall use his reasonable endeavours at the cost of the Company to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secret or other confidential information concerning the business, finances, dealings, transactions or affairs of the Company or any Group Company or of any of their respective customers or clients (which information belongs to the Company or a Group Company) entrusted to the Executive or arising or coming to the Executive’s knowledge during the course of the Term of Employment under this Agreement.

 

15.2 The Executive shall upon the termination of the Term of Employment under this Agreement immediately deliver to the Company all price lists of customers’ correspondence and other documents papers and property belonging to the Company or any Group Company which may have been prepared by him or have come into his possession during the Term of Employment and shall not retain any copies thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject always to the Executive providing full details to the Company in writing beforehand, the Executive shall be entitled to retain:

 

  (a) papers and other materials of a personal nature, including, but not limited to, photographs, correspondence, personal diaries, calendars and Rolodexes, personal files and personal phone books;

 

  (b) information regarding the Executive’s compensation and/or benefits or relating to reimbursement of expenses;

 

  (c) information that the Executive needs for personal tax purposes; and

 

  (d) copies of plans, programs and agreements relating to the Executive’s provision of services to the Company (or the termination of such services) having made a written request to the Company detailing what is required beforehand.

 

6

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


15.3 The Executive shall not have any liability under the provisions of this Agreement by reason of:

 

  (a) using or divulging knowledge or information, by reason of legal or accounting requirements or, after the termination of the Term of Employment under this Agreement, which would not at the time of use or divulging be considered confidential or proprietary to, or capable of protection by, the Company in accordance with customary business practices in England;

 

  (b) any act or statement done or made by the Executive at the request of the Company or any Group Company or required to be done or made for the proper performance of duties under this Agreement;

 

  (c) use or disclosure of information which at the time is in public domain;

 

  (d) by reason of such disclosure being required by law or by any Court, mediator, arbitrator or legislative or regulatory body (including any committee thereof) either in the United Kingdom or the USA with actual or apparent jurisdiction to order disclosure or the making accessible of such information; or

 

  (e) in connection with any litigation, mediation or arbitration involving this Agreement, the UK Service Agreement, the Appointment Letter and/or the US Employment Agreement, including any enforcement of such agreements,

 

15.4 The Executive shall not knowingly at any time make any untrue statement in relation to the Company or any Group Company and in particular shall not after the termination of the Term of Employment wrongfully represent himself as being employed by or connected with any such company.

 

16 ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHT

 

16.1 No failure to exercise or delay in exercising or enforcing any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof and no single or partial exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise or enforcement of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

16.2 Time shall not be of the essence in this Agreement, but may be made so on the giving of not less than two clear days’ (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England and Wales) notice to that effect after any failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement.

 

17 REPRESENTATION

The Company represents and warrants that it is fully authorised and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between it or any other person, firm or organisation. The Executive represents that he knows of no agreement between him and any other person, firm or organisation (other than the US Employment Agreement and the Appointment Letter) that would be violated by the performance of his obligations under this Agreement.

 

18 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and, as of the Commencement Date supersedes all prior agreements, undertakings, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect thereto (other than any agreements with respect to any outstanding equity awards, including equity agreements providing for settlement in cash or non-equity assets).

 

19 AMENDMENT OR WAIVER

No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and an authorised officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either

 

7

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


Party of any breach by the other Party of any condition or provision contained in this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Executive or an authorised officer of the Company (other than the Executive), as the case may be.

 

20 SEVERABILITY

In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

21 GOVERNING LAW

 

21.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

21.2 The parties hereto hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of Justice in England in relation to any claim, dispute or difference which may arise hereunder and hereby agree for the purpose of Order 10 Rule 3 of the Rules of the Supreme Court of England (or any modification or re-enactment thereof), and in any legal proceeding in any other jurisdiction, that any process may be served on either of them by leaving a copy thereof or by posting a copy thereof addressed to the Executive or to the Company (as the case may be) at the address as provided in clause 22.

 

22 NOTICES

 

22.1 Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing delivered personally or sent by first class post prepaid recorded delivery or by telefax to the Company at its registered office from time to time (or such address as it may have notified to the Executive in accordance with this clause) or to the Executive at the last address notified, to the Company.

 

22.2 Any notice delivered personally shall be deemed to be received when delivered to the address referred to in clause 22.1 and any notice sent by pre-paid recorded delivery post shall be deemed (in the absence of evidence of earlier receipt) to be received two days after posting and in proving the time of dispatch it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed, stamped and posted. A notice sent by telefax shall be deemed to have been received on receipt by the sender of the correct “answerback”.

 

23 SURVIVORSHIP

The respective rights and obligations of the parties shall survive any termination of the Term of Employment to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

24 HEADINGS

The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

25 COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.

 

26 DEFINITIONS

“Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

 

8

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


“Appointment Letter” shall mean the Agreement of the date hereof and made between WPP plc (1) and Sir Martin Stuart Sorrell (2) which is effective from 19 November 2008

“Base Salary” shall mean the salary provided for in clause 6.1 or any increased salary granted to the Executive pursuant to clause 6.1 in each case as determined before reduction for the Director’s Fee.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of WPP.

“Commencement Date” shall mean 19 November 2008.

“Company” shall mean WPP 2005 Limited.

“Compensation Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board.

“Director’s Fee” means the fee from time to time payable to the Executive for his services as a director of WPP under the terms of the Appointment Letter.

“Excluded Obligations” means the duties and obligations of the Executive pursuant to the Appointment Letter.

“Group” shall mean WPP plc and its Subsidiaries and Associated Companies and Affiliates for the time being and “ Group Company ” shall be anyone of them. References to a Group Company include the successors in business where the succession occurs after the Termination Date.

“Person” includes any company, firm, organisation or other entity.

“Recognised Investment Exchange” has the same meaning as given in Section 285 Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

“Scheme” means the scheme of arrangement under Part 6 of the Companies Act 2006 which became effective on 19 November 2008.

“Services” means the services performed by the Executive under this Agreement.

“Subsidiary and Associated Companies” means any company which is from time to time:

 

  (a) a holding company (as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of WPP; or

 

  (b) a subsidiary (as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of WPP or a subsidiary (as so defined) of a holding company of WPP; or

 

  (c) a subsidiary undertaking (as defined by section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006) of WPP or subsidiary undertaking (as defined) of a holding company.

“Termination Date” means the effective date on which the Term of Employment hereunder terminates.

“US Employment Agreement” shall mean the Agreement of the date hereof and made between WPP Group USA Inc (1) and Sir Martin Stuart Sorrell (2).

 

9

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


IN WITNESS of which the parties have executed this deed on the date set out above.

SIGNED and delivered as a deed by WPP 2005 LIMITED acting by a duly authorised director:

 

Director

Signature

Name

 

:

:

     LOGO

In the presence of:

 

Witness

Signature

Name

Occupation

Address

 

:

:

:

:

     LOGO

SIGNED and delivered as a deed by SIR MARTIN STUART SORRELL in the presence of:

 

Witness

Signature

Name

Occupation

Address

 

:

:

:

:

   LOGO

SIGNED and delivered as a deed by WPP PLC acting by a duly authorised director:

 

Director

Signature

Name

 

:

:

     LOGO

In the presence of:

 

Witness

Signature

Name

Occupation

Address

 

:

:

:

:

     LOGO

 

10

 

040607 UK Service Agreement (v11-0 0042219467)


SCHEDULE 1

Calculation of Base Salary, Bonus and Pension Contributions

 

1 In addition to the definitions above in this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings except where inconsistent with the context

“Aggregate Time” the aggregate of the Executive Time and US Time in respect of a calendar year.

“Aggregate Basic Income” means, as at the date of this Agreement the sum of £1,000,000 per annum as that sum may be adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 3 of Schedule 1.

“Aggregate Pensions Provision” the aggregate of the Pensions Contribution payable in respect of a calendar year under clause 11.3 of this Agreement and the Pensions Fee payable under clause 12.3 of the US Employment Agreement (exclusive of VAT), being at the date of this Agreement £400,000 and subsequently such higher sum as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive for any year before the first day of January of that year, which in no event shall be less than 40% of Aggregate Basic Income.

Executive Time the aggregate of the amount of time (computed in working days) which the Executive has spent during a calendar year in the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement.

US Time” the aggregate of the amount of time (computed in working days) which the Executive has spent during a calendar year in performing the duties of his employment pursuant to the US Employment Agreement.

 

2 The annual Base Salary payable under clause 6.1 of the Agreement before reduction for the Director’s Fee shall be calculated by applying the following formula:

 

Amount of annual Base Salary = Aggregate Basic Income x       Executive Time    
     Aggregate Time   

 

3 The annual base salary payable under clause 6.1 shall be reviewed (but not downwards) from time to time in accordance with the practices adopted by the Board on the recommendations from time to time of its Compensation Committee and, in reviewing the Base Salary before reduction for the Director’s Fee, regard shall be had to how those practices and recommendations apply to the directors of the Company and the Group’s senior executives and due regard shall also be had to the practices of the Company’s peer group in relation to their chief executive officers.

 

4 The Pensions Contribution payable under clause 11.3 of this Agreement shall be calculated by applying the following formula:

 

Pensions Contribution = Aggregate Pensions Provision x       Executive Time    
     Aggregate Time   

 

5 At all times and immediately after the end of each calendar year, the Executive will provide to the Company full details of the Aggregate Time, including US Time, which the Executive has spent in that calendar year. The Company is entitled to rely without enquiry on any notice of the amount of Aggregate Time and US Time which the Executive has provided to the Company for any calendar year.

 

11

Exhibit 4.29

 

 

DATED                                                                                                  2008

WPP GROUP USA, INC

   (1)

and

 

  

SIR MARTIN STUART SORRELL

   (2)
  

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT
in the USA effective 19 November 2008

 


DATE OF SERVICE AGREEMENT

                     2008

PARTIES

 

(1) WPP GROUP USA, INC , a Delaware Corporation of 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017-5529 (the “Company”)

 

(2) SIR MARTIN STUART SORRELL with a business address at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017-5529 (the “Executive” )

INTRODUCTION

 

A The Company employs the Executive in the United States of America in order to assist the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries in the management, control, organisation and development of their respective businesses and trades within the United States of America pursuant to an agreement embodying the terms of such employment dated 16 August 2004 (the “2004 Agreement” ).

 

B The Company and the Executive desire to continue such employment, subject to the terms and provisions of the 2004 Agreement but with the modifications herein contained (the “Agreement” ).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is mutually acknowledged, the Company and the Executive (individually a “Party” and together the “Parties” ) agree as follows:

IT IS AGREED THAT:

 

1 DEFINITIONS

“Affiliate” of a person or other entity shall mean a person or other entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

“Appointment Letter” means the agreement between WPP plc (1) and Sir Martin Stuart Sorrell (2) dated even date relating to the Executive’s directorship of the Parent and which is effective from 19 November 2008.

“Base Salary” shall mean the salary provided for in clause 7.1 below or any increased salary granted to the Executive pursuant to clause 7.1.

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Compensation Committee” shall mean the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Parent.

“Director’s Fee” means the fee payable to the Executive under the Appointment Letter.

“Group” shall mean the Company and the Parent together with their Subsidiaries and Affiliates and “Group Company” shall be anyone of them.

“Parent” shall mean WPP plc a company incorporated in Jersey with registered number 101749.

“Schedule” shall mean Schedule 1 attached hereto.

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which the Parent owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Voting Stock.

“Term of Employment” shall mean the period specified in clause 3 below.

“UK Employment Contract” shall mean an agreement between WPP 2005 Limited and the Executive which is effective from 19 November 2008.

 

1


“Voting Power” shall mean the number of votes available to be cast (determined by reference to the maximum number of votes entitled to be cast by the holders of such Voting Stock upon any matter submitted to stockholders where the holders of all Voting Stock vote together as a single class) by the holders of Voting Stock.

“Voting Stock” shall mean capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the Executives of a corporation.

 

2 APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 During the Term of Employment, the Company shall employ the Executive to provide services in the United States of America and the Executive:

 

  (a) shall use his best endeavours to promote the interests of the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries and also Group Companies in the United States of America in the management, control, organisation and development of their respective businesses and trades and in addition the Executive shall comply with all reasonable directions which the Board may give to him and the Executive shall furnish to the Board all such explanations, information and assistance as it may reasonably require;

 

  (b) will not, without first obtaining the prior written approval of the Company, on his own behalf enter into any contract or other arrangement with any other firm, person or company whose business is in competition with the businesses of the Company or any Group Company.

 

2.2 During the Term of Employment under this Agreement the Executive shall be a member of the Board and of the Board of Executives of such Group Company as the Parties from time to time shall agree and the Executive shall continue in his current positions as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in which capacity he shall, subject to clause 2.1(a), be responsible for the overall management control, organisation and development of the affairs of the Company, its Affiliates and Subsidiaries and also the Group Companies but in all cases in the United States of America and he shall be responsible to the Board for all aspects of the conduct of such businesses.

 

3 TERM OF EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1 The Company hereby agrees to continue to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts such continued employment and, subject to clause 15, the Company and the Executive can terminate the Term of Employment by written notice taking effect immediately on the date of its service on the other party, in which event the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate as of the date of such notice. Any notice to terminate the Term of Employment given by either the Executive or the Company (other than a notice by the Company pursuant to clause 15.1 hereof) shall be deemed to be a notice given by such party on the grounds of the Executive’s retirement and upon giving such notice, the Executive shall be deemed to have retired and qualified for retirement treatment for purposes of all plans, policies, programs, arrangements of, or other agreements with, the Company or any Group Company. If such notice is given by the Company, the termination of the Term of Employment shall be treated, for purposes of section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and the regulations, rulings, notices and other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) thereunder or interpreting same (collectively, “Code section 409A”), as an involuntary separation from service, with respect to any amounts that become payable to the Executive upon such termination hereunder, or under any other plan, policy, program arrangement of, or other agreement with, the Company or any Group Company and that are treated as deferred compensation for purposes of Code section 409A. In the event of any termination of the Term of Employment, save as provided in clauses 3.2, 15.4, 15.5, 15.6 and 19 below, the Executive will have no entitlement to any further payments from the Company hereunder and he hereby irrevocably waives any entitlement to notice or pay and/or benefits in lieu of any period of notice. Nothing in this clause 3.1 shall prejudice the Company’s right to terminate the Term of Employment hereunder pursuant to clause 15.1 hereof.

 

2


3.2 Following termination of the Term of Employment the Executive shall continue to be entitled to receive amounts due hereunder which are accrued up to and including the date on which the employment terminates but not yet paid, subject to any adjustment under clause 7.2 and/or clause 12.3, if applicable.

 

4 DIRECTOR’S FEES

 

     Save for the Director’s Fee and unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Company and the Executive the Executive shall not be entitled to any director’s fees from the Company or from any Group Company in addition to the remuneration payable by the Company to the Executive hereunder; provided that if the Executive is at any time removed from the office of director whether of the Company or the Parent (other than as a consequence of the Executive being terminated in accordance with Clauses 15.1 or 15.2 of this Agreement) the Term of Employment shall automatically terminate and such termination shall be deemed to be by the Company for a reason other than provided for in clauses 15.1 or 15.2 of this Agreement.

 

5 ACCOMMODATION

 

5.1 The Company undertakes to the Executive to provide suitable offices and suitable office and secretarial facilities for his use as are compatible with the Executive’s role as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Executive shall carry out his duties there and in such other places as the Executive judges appropriate.

 

5.2 The Company shall make available for the use of the Executive (at the expense of the Company) an apartment in New York City while the Executive is in New York City and engaged in or conducting business on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, including, but not limited to, any company referred to in clause 2.2.

 

6 HOURS OF WORK

 

     The Executive shall work at such times and for such periods as the efficient and conscientious discharge of his duties hereunder shall reasonably require. There are no normal working hours for the Executive. The Company acknowledges that the Executive has obligations under the Appointment Letter and the UK Employment Contract for the provision of his services which will affect the time during which and the times at which he can discharge his duties under this Agreement.

 

7 SALARY

 

7.1 The Company shall pay to the Executive a Base Salary for each calendar year calculated and determined in accordance with the Schedule. The Base Salary shall accrue from day to day.

 

7.2

The Company will pay on 1 st  January and 1 st  July (or such other dates as may be agreed from time to time between the Company and the Executive) in each year during the Term of Employment hereunder instalments of an amount on account of the Base Salary payable under clause 7.1 above for that year in advance equal to one-half of 40% of such Aggregate Basic Income (as defined in the Schedule). Except as otherwise set forth herein, any instalment due hereunder shall be payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company. At appropriate times during the year adjustments shall be made to reflect the US Time (as defined in the Schedule) and such adjustments may be made by adjusting the amount of Base Salary paid for future services hereunder or by adjusting the portion of the bonus earned for the year in which such Base Salary is being adjusted that is attributable to US Time (as defined in the Schedule).

 

8 ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

8.1

The Executive shall, subject to satisfaction of the criteria set out below and subject to any adjustment as set forth in clause 7.2 above, also be entitled to receive, in respect of each financial year of the Parent that

 

3


 

occurs during the Term of Employment hereunder, a bonus determined by reference to the financial performance of the Parent for the period to which it relates. The annual bonus payable hereunder to the Executive in respect of any financial year of the Parent shall be paid to him in a single payment in the next following calendar year, by no later than 15 March of such following year; provided, however, that if calculation of the amount of such bonus is not administratively practicable as of such date, then payment of such bonus shall be made 30 days after (but in any event by no later than 31 December next following) the date on which calculation of the amount of such bonus first becomes administratively practicable. The bonus shall be deemed to accrue from day to day during the period to which it relates and determined and based on three separate components, each comprising one-third of the amount of the bonus, as follows:

 

  (a) One component is based on financial performance of the Parent measured against budgeted operating profit and cash flow to be agreed between the Executive and the Company in consultation with the Compensation Committee (but which shall be measured in the same way as the Parent’s financial performance for the purpose of calculating bonus payments for the Group’s other senior executives).

 

  (b) One component is based on the Parent’s performance relative to a peer group of major public advertising companies. The peer group will be reviewed by the Company and the Parent from time to time as necessary and any changes to the peer group will be notified to the Executive, provided always that the Company and the Parent will act reasonably and will consult with the Executive prior to making any changes to the companies in the peer group.

The performance levels and the criteria for achieving them will be agreed between the Executive and the Company in respect of each year and will take into account the following criteria inter alia:

 

   

Total shareholder return (i.e. share price appreciation plus reinvestment of dividends in shares);

 

   

Increase in operating profit;

 

   

Increase in earnings per share and/or operating margins.

Adjustments shall be made in relation to the Parent and the peer group of companies referred to above as necessary to enable an accurate comparison of performance to be made, provided always that the Company and the Parent will act reasonably and will consult with the Executive prior to making any such adjustments.

 

  (c) One component shall be based on the achievement of key strategic initiatives which shall be agreed by the Executive and the Company as early as practicable during the relevant year.

 

  (d) For the purposes of determining the bonus payable to the Executive for the calendar year 2008, the term “Parent” shall mean WPP Group plc for the portion of such year ending on 18 November 2008 and WPP for the remainder of such year.

 

     The total bonus comprising each of the three components shall be targeted so as to equal 100 per cent of the Base Salary under clause 7.1 as at 31 December of the relevant year (calculated in accordance with the Schedule) and the maximum bonus shall be 200 per cent of that Base Salary.

 

     The Executive and the Compensation Committee may agree from time to time an alternative structure for determining the amount of the bonus payable under this clause, including the target and maximum amounts of that bonus.

 

8.2 If either the Executive or the Company terminates the Term of Employment for whatever reason (and in the Company’s case other than pursuant to clause 15.1 hereof), after the end of the performance period to which the bonus period refers but prior to the payment date of any such bonus, the Executive will continue to be treated on the same basis as if he were employed on the relevant payment date. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Executive or Company terminate the Term of Employment at any time before the end of the performance period referred to then the Executive loses all and any rights under this clause and the Executive has no rights against the Company and/or Parent in respect of the same except as otherwise provided pursuant to the applicable annual incentive plan.

 

4


9 OTHER INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

     The Executive shall have no entitlement to participate in any incentive arrangements for executives, except as expressly provided herein, or as agreed in writing in advance by the Company or the Parent. The Executive shall be entitled at the discretion of the Compensation Committee to participate in the WPP 2004 Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan, the WPP Performance Share Plan and such other plans and arrangements which at the discretion of such Compensation Committee shall be made available for the most senior executives of the Company and the Group Companies, subject always to the rules of the applicable plan or scheme.

 

10 EXPENSES

 

     The Executive is authorised to incur reasonable expenses in carrying out his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and the Company shall promptly reimburse him for all business expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the business of the Company, subject to documentation in accordance with the Company’s policy.

 

     To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits under this clause 10, or under clause 5.1, clause 5.2 or clause 11 hereof, is subject to Code section 409A, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year; (ii) reimbursement of any such expense shall be made by no later than 31 December of the year following the calendar year in which such expense is incurred; and (iii) the Executive’s right to receive such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

11 CAR AND CLUB

 

     The Company shall make available to the Executive as required a car and driver appropriate for his sole use. The Company shall maintain, service, and comprehensively insure the car as appropriate and shall arrange for the supply to the Executive of fuel for his use in such car. The Company shall also pay the cost and shall reimburse the Executive for his reasonable properly vouchered club expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s business in accordance with Company policy as from time to time in effect.

 

12 INSURANCES AND PENSION

 

12.1 The Company shall or will procure that WPP 2005 Limited shall provide for the benefit of the Executive and his dependants life and accident assurance and health insurance and any other benefits as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive.

 

12.2 The Company shall pay 50% of the reasonable cost of providing for the benefit of the Executive and his dependants insurance cover on such basis and for such amounts, as shall from time to time be agreed between the Company and the Executive provided that such cover is available, which provides a payment in the event that the Term of Employment is terminated because of the Executive’s death, ill-health or disability.

 

12.3 Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, the Executive shall be entitled to a supplemental pension to be funded by or on behalf of the Company by an annual payment of a sum (the “Pensions Contribution” ) calculated in accordance with the Schedule, to be funded by or on behalf of the Company by an appropriate funding mechanism for the payment of such Pensions Contribution or payment or provision in lieu thereof. An amount on account of the Pensions Contribution will be paid or funded, as the case may be, on the first day of January of each year during the Term of Employment under this Agreement in respect of the year for which it is paid equal to 40% of the Aggregate Pensions Provision (as defined in the Schedule) at that time, shall be paid or funded in equal instalments in arrears on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December in respect of the year for which it is paid. All necessary adjustments to reflect US Time (as defined in the Schedule) shall be made at regular times during the year in accordance with the understanding between the Parties.

 

5


13 VACATION

 

13.1 In addition to bank and other public holidays in the United Kingdom the Executive shall be entitled to six weeks paid vacation per year.

 

13.2 The vacation shall be taken at such time or times as the Executive shall decide but in any event it shall be taken at the same time as the Executive’s holiday entitlement from the Parent.

 

14 SICKNESS ABSENCE

 

     Subject to clause 3.1, the Company shall continue to pay to the Executive all sums due to him (without deduction) during any period of absence from work due to his illness or disability.

 

15 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

15.1 In any of the following cases, but without prejudice to clause 3.1, the Company may terminate the Term of Employment by written notice taking effect on the date of its service on the Executive in which case the Executive shall not be entitled to any further payment from the Company hereunder (other than pursuant to clause 19 hereof, if applicable) except such sums as shall then have accrued or become due.

 

  (a) If the Executive is convicted in the United States of a felony involving moral turpitude, fraud or dishonesty and sentenced to a term of imprisonment.

 

  (b) If the Executive engages in conduct that constitutes wilful gross neglect or wilful gross misconduct in carrying out his duties under this Agreement, resulting, in either case, in material economic harm to the Company.

 

  (c) If the Executive be adjudicated bankrupt under the laws of the United Kingdom.

 

  (d) If WPP 2005 Limited terminates the Term of Employment under the UK Employment Contract pursuant to clause 14.1 thereof.

 

15.2 The Company may terminate the Term of Employment by reason of the Executive’s illness or disability by giving written notice to the Executive in any of the following cases:

 

  (a) the Executive is substantially unable properly to perform the duties required under this Agreement by reason of illness or physical or mental incapacity or disability (irrespective of the cause or causes) for a period of 180 consecutive working days or for a period or periods aggregating at least 261 working days in any period of 18 months.

 

  (b) the Executive is permanently prevented as a result of any deterioration of his health from providing the services to the Company which he is required to provide under this Agreement and in particular to act as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Whether or not the Executive is permanently incapacitated shall be determined by a medical doctor selected by the Parties, and in default of agreement by such medical doctor appointed by the President of the British Medical Association.

 

15.3 If the Term of Employment under the UK Employment Contract terminates for any reason whatsoever the Company or the Executive (as the case may be) may terminate the Term of Employment hereunder, provided that any such termination shall be deemed to be on the same basis as the Term of Employment under the UK Employment Contract, as the case may be, was terminated.

 

15.4   (a)

Subject always to the provisions of clause 15.5, in the event it shall be determined that any payment, benefit, entitlement or distribution in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) to or for the benefit of the Executive by the Company or any Group Company, whether paid or payable pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (a “Payment”), would be subject to any excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (any such excise tax, together with any interest or penalties imposed with respect thereto, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise

 

6


 

Tax”), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that and subject to the adjustments pursuant to the provision of clause 15.5, after payment by the Executive of all taxes, whether imposed under United States or United Kingdom tax laws, including, without limitation, any income, employment, excise or other taxes (which shall include social security, Medicare and similar imposts) and any interest or penalties imposed with respect thereto, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payment. All determinations required to be made pursuant to this clause, including whether any Excise Tax is payable with respect to any Payment and if so, the amount thereof, whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required, the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilised in arriving at such determinations, shall be made by an independent auditor (the “Auditor”) jointly selected by the Company and the Executive and paid by the Company. The Auditor shall be a nationally recognised United States public accounting firm which has not, during the two years preceding the date of its selection, acted in any way on behalf of the Company or any Group Company. If the Executive and the Company cannot agree on the firm to serve as the Auditor, then the Executive and the Company shall each select one accounting firm and those two firms shall jointly select the accounting firm to serve as the Auditor. The Auditor shall be requested to provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 30 business days of a request for a determination by the Company. The Executive may request such determination by providing written notice thereof to the Company, which will promptly thereafter make such a request of the Auditor. The Auditor shall also make any determination as to whether any Payment shall be required to be reduced pursuant to Rule 11.1 of LEAP. In the event the Auditor determines that the Executive will be better off with a reduction (after taking into account all arrangements between the Company and the Executive including the arrangement for the Gross-Up Payment pursuant to this clause 15.4(a)) such reduction shall be made even if not required by the terms of Rule 11.1 of LEAP.

 

  (b) Any Gross-Up Payment determined by the Auditor to be payable to the Executive pursuant to clause 15.4(a) shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within 10 days of the receipt of the Auditor’s determination. Except as otherwise provided in this clause 15.4(b) and in clause 15.4(c), any determination made by the Auditor pursuant to clause 15.4(a) shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. If it should subsequently be determined by the Auditor or by the IRS that Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment in an amount greater than the amount of Excise Tax, if any, initially determined by the Auditor to be payable with respect to such Payment pursuant to clause 15.4(a) (such greater amount, “Additional Excise Tax”) the Company shall pay to the Executive an additional Gross-up Payment with respect to such Additional Excise Tax, in an amount determined in the manner provided in the first sentence of Clause 15.4(a) but subject to clause 15.5 In addition, If it should subsequently be determined by the Auditor or by the IRS that Additional Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment for which no Gross-Up Payment is payable, the Executive shall be indemnified on a fully grossed-up basis, as determined in the manner provided in the first sentence of clause 15.4(a), for all interest and penalties included in such Additional Excise Tax that the Executive incurs on account of the Auditor’s initial determination under clause 15.4(a) that no Excise Tax was payable by the Executive, or that a lesser amount of Excise Tax was payable by him, with respect to such Payment.

 

  (c)

The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any written claim by the IRS or other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment (a “Claim”) or a potential Claim by the IRS (a “Potential Claim”). For this purpose, a Potential Claim shall mean a Claim that has been asserted against the Executive by the IRS in discussion with the Executive or his advisers but which has not yet been asserted in writing to the Executive. Such notification shall be given within 10 business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such Claim or 10 business days after the Executive first becomes aware of a Potential Claim. The Executive shall apprise the Company of the nature of any such Claim and the date on which such Claim is required to be paid by sending a copy of such Claim to the Company marked for the attention of the Group General Counsel for the time being. The Executive shall also apprise the Company of the nature of any such

 

7


 

Potential Claim by sending written details of the circumstances giving rise to the Potential Claim to the Company marked for the attention of the Group General Counsel for the time being. The Executive shall not pay such Claim prior to the expiration of a period of 30 business days following the date on which he gives such notice of the Claim to the Company. If the Company decides that it will not contest such Claim, it shall so notify the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such 30 day period, and shall include with such notice to the Executive, the Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company to the Executive with respect to the Excise Tax asserted to be payable in such Claim and any additional amounts due the Executive pursuant to Clause 15.4(b) above but subject to Clause 15.5. If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such Claim in a legally permissible manner or to pay on the Executive’s behalf the Excise Tax asserted to be payable in such Claim and have the Executive sue for a refund of the Excise Tax so paid (in which latter case the Company shall pay such Excise Tax to the applicable taxing authorities on the Executive’s behalf on or before the expiration of such 30 day period and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Executive, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income or employment taxes (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed on the Executive by reason of the Company’s payment of such Excise Tax), the Executive shall:

 

  (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such Claim or Potential Claim;

 

  (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such Claim or Potential Claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney selected by the Company;

 

  (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such Claim or Potential Claim, and

 

  (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such Claim or Potential Claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify the Executive for and hold the Executive harmless from, on an after-tax basis, any Excise Tax or income or employment tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of the Company’s payment of all costs and expenses related to such contest. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the IRS or other taxing authority, including any liability for Excise Tax in respect of which no Gross-Up Payment is payable.

 

  (d) If, following a payment by the Company of an Excise Tax amount on the Executive’s behalf pursuant to Clause 15.4(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to any amount so paid by the Company, the Executive shall (subject to the Company’s having fully complied with all of its obligations under Clause 15.4(c)) promptly after its receipt by him pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes) including, without limitation, any income, employment, excise and other taxes (which shall include social security, Medicare and similar imposts) applicable thereto). If, after payment by the Company of an Excise Tax amount on the Executive’s behalf pursuant to Clause 15.4(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to the Excise Tax amount so paid and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then the amount of the Excise Tax so paid shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of the Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company in respect of the Excise Tax asserted in the Claim contested by means of such refund suit.

 

8


15.5 Any Gross-Up Payment shall be calculated subject to the principle that neither the Company nor any Affiliate will suffer any financial disadvantage, either from the making of a Gross-Up Payment due to an Excise Tax imposed on the Executive or the loss of a deduction due to the application of Section 280G(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, as a result of the fact that the Executive did not exercise his rights to the whole of his Capital Investment Plan award on 1 September 2004 and elected to defer payment with respect to his 2004 LEAP Award Shares (as defined in sub-clause (iv) below) and that such adjustments as are necessary to give effect to that principle will be made to the calculation of the amount payable under Clause 15.4 and including the following principles:

 

  (i) the Gross-Up Payment shall be calculated as if the Executive had exercised his rights to the whole amount of his award under the Capital Investment Plan on 1 September 2004 and as if payment with respect to the Executive’s 2004 LEAP Award Shares were made to him on 15 March 2008;

 

  (ii) if the Company or any Affiliate is unable to claim a deduction for corporate tax purposes, as a result of the application of Code Section 280G(a), which they would have been able to claim if the Executive had exercised his rights to the whole amount of his award under the Capital Investment Plan on 1 September 2004 and if payment with respect to the Executive’s 2004 LEAP Award Shares were made to him on 15 March 2008 or if they would have been able to claim a bigger corporate tax deduction in the absence of the applicability of Code Section 280G(a) if the Executive had so exercised his rights to the whole amount of his award under the Capital Investment Plan on 1 September 2004 and if payment with respect to the Executive’s LEAP Award Shares were made to him on 15 March 2008, the following adjustment shall be made: the amount of the Gross-Up Payment shall be reduced, up to a maximum amount not to exceed the Gross-Up Payment, by the amount of any U.S. corporate income tax that would not have been payable had the Executive so exercised his rights; and

 

  (iii) if there is any loss of a corporate tax deduction as referred to in paragraph (ii) above but the Company or any Affiliate is able to claim a greater amount of deduction for U.S. corporate income tax purposes as a result of any increase in the value of those shares in the Parent which the Executive does not receive in 2004 and 2008 as a result of his decision not to take the whole of his award under the Capital Investment Plan on 1 September 2004, and to defer payment with respect to his 2004 LEAP Award Shares, (such increase in value to be calculated from 1 September 2004 and 15 March respectively to the date of the relevant change of control), then the amount of any U.S. corporate income tax that is not payable by reason of the greater amount of the tax deduction allowable to the Company and its Affiliates as a result of that growth in value of shares in the Parent will be added back to the Gross-Up Payment up to a maximum amount equal to the amount of the adjustment pursuant to paragraph (ii) above; and

 

  (iv) for purposes of this clause 15.5, the Executive’s “2004 LEAP Award Shares” shall mean the aggregate number of Matching Shares and Dividend Fund Shares payable with respect to the Executive’s US Award granted in 2004 and with respect to his UK Award granted in 2004 in both cases under the WPP Group plc 2004 Leadership Equity Acquisition plan (the “LEAP”) as of the Vesting Date (as defined in the LEAP) with respect to such Shares, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

 

15.6 Notwithstanding any provision in clause 15.4 or clause 15.5 to the contrary, any Gross-up Payment payable to the Executive thereunder or any indemnification to be made thereunder to the Executive with respect to any Excise Tax or income or employment taxes payable by him and interest or penalties imposed with respect thereto, shall be made to the Executive by no later that the date by which the Excise Tax, income or employment taxes, interest or penalties to which such Gross-up Payment or indemnification relates are due and payable to the applicable taxing authorities, or if the amount of such Gross-up Payment or indemnification cannot be determined as of such date, as soon thereafter as it can be determined but in any event by no later that by December 31 of the year following the year in which such taxes, interest or penalties are remitted to the applicable taxing authorities.

 

9


15.7 Notwithstanding the foregoing, with regard to any payment to be made to the Executive by the Company hereunder, the Company shall be required to withhold taxes and transmit such taxes to the appropriate governmental authority in accordance with applicable law, and any payment made to the Executive by the Company hereunder shall be net of such withholding.

 

16 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

16.1 The Executive shall not (except in the proper performance of his duties hereunder or the proper performance of his duties and obligations as an executive of the Company or a Group Company) either during the Term of Employment or at any time after the termination thereof divulge to any person whomsoever or otherwise make use of and shall use his reasonable endeavours at the cost of the Company to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secret or other confidential information concerning the business, finances, dealings, transactions or affairs of the Company or any Group Company or of any of their respective customers or clients (which information belongs to the Company or a Group Company) entrusted to the Executive or arising or coming to the Executive’s knowledge during the course of the Term of Employment under this Agreement.

 

16.2 The Executive shall upon the termination of the Term of Employment immediately deliver to the Company all price lists of customers’ correspondence and other documents papers and property belonging to the Company or any Group Company which may have been prepared by him or have come into his possession during the Term of Employment and shall not retain any copies thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, and subject always to the Executive providing full details to the Company in writing beforehand, the Executive shall be entitled to retain:

 

  (a) papers and other materials of a personal nature, including, but not limited to, photographs, correspondence, personal diaries, calendars and Rolodexes, personal files and personal phone books;

 

  (b) information regarding the Executive’s compensation and/or benefits or relating to reimbursement of expenses;

 

  (c) information that the Executive needs for personal tax purposes; and

 

  (d) copies of plans, programs and agreements relating to the Executive’s provision of services to the Company (or the termination of such services) having made a written request to the Company detailing what is required beforehand.

 

16.3 The Executive shall not have any liability under the provisions of this Agreement by reason of:

 

  (a) using or divulging knowledge or information, by reason of legal or accounting requirements or, after the termination of the Term of Employment hereunder, which would not at the time of use or divulging be considered confidential or proprietary to, or capable of protection by, the Company in accordance with customary business practices in the United States of America;

 

  (b) any act or statement done or made by the Executive at the request of the Company or any Group Company or required to be done or made for the proper performance of duties under this Agreement;

 

  (c) use or disclosure of information which at the time is in public domain;

 

  (d) by reason of such disclosure being required by law or by any Court, mediator, arbitrator or legislative or regulatory body (including any committee thereof) either in the United Kingdom or the USA with actual or apparent jurisdiction to order disclosure or the making accessible of such information; or

 

  (e) in connection with any litigation, mediation or arbitration involving this Agreement, the UK Service Agreement, the Appointment Letter and/or the UK Employment Contract, including any enforcement of such agreements.

 

16.4 The Executive shall not knowingly at any time make any untrue statement, which shall when made result in a violation of any statutory requirement or the regulations of any competent authority, in relation to the Company or any Group Company and in particular shall not after the termination of the Term of Employment wrongfully represent himself as being employed by or connected with any such company.

 

10


17 ASSIGNABILITY: BINDING NATURE

 

     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs (in the case of the Executive) and assigns. No rights or obligations of the Company under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Company except that such rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and such assignee or transferee assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. The Company further agrees that, in the event of a sale of assets or liquidation as described in the preceding sentence, the Company shall take whatever action it legally can in order to cause such assignee or transferee to expressly assume the liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company hereunder. No rights or obligations of the Executive under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred by the Executive other than his rights to compensation and benefits, which may be transferred only by will or operation of law except as provided in clause 26 below.

 

18 ENFORCEMENT OF RIGHT

 

18.1 No failure to exercise or delay in exercising or enforcing any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof and no single or partial exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall preclude or restrict the further exercise or enforcement of any such right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the Parties are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

18.2 Except as otherwise provided in the second sentence of this clause 18.2, time shall not be of the essence in this Agreement, but may be made so on the giving of not less than two clear days’ (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in England and Wales) notice to that effect after any failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement. To the extent required to avoid any violation of the requirements of Code section 409A, time shall be of the essence as to the provisions herein specifying the time for payment of any amount payable to the Executive that is subject to Code section 409A, or that would be subject to Code section 409A if not paid by the time specified herein for the payment of such amount

 

19 INDEMNIFICATION

 

19.1 The Company agrees that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any action, suit or proceeding (including a request for discovery), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative ( “Proceeding” ), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, executive, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, executive, officer, member, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such Proceeding is the Executive’s alleged action in an official capacity while serving as a director, executive, officer, member, employee, trustee or agent, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent legally permitted or authorised by the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or resolutions of the Board or, if greater, by the laws of the State of Delaware, against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to the Executive even if he has ceased to be a director, executive, officer, member, employee, trustee or agent of the Company or other entity and shall inure to the benefit of the Executive’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall advance to the Executive all reasonable costs and properly vouched expenses incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by the Company of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an undertaking by the Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such costs and expenses.

 

11


19.2 Neither the failure of the Company (including the Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any proceeding concerning payment of amounts claimed by the Executive under clause 19.1 above that indemnification of the Executive is proper because he has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor a determination by the Company (including the Board, independent legal counsel or stockholders) that the Executive has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Executive has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

19.3 The Company agrees to continue and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy covering the Executive to the extent the Company provides such coverage for its other senior executive officers.

 

20 CODE SECTION 409A

 

     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement or in any plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates in which the Executive is a participant or in any other agreement between the Executive and the Company and any of its Affiliates (each such plan or agreement, a “Plan”), if the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code section 409A at the time of his “separation from service” with the Company and all of its Affiliates within the meaning of Code section 409A (as determined by the Company and its Affiliates), then any payment otherwise required to be made to the Executive under any Plan on account of the Executive’s separation from service, to the extent such payment (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such payment under Code section 409A) is properly treated as deferred compensation subject to Code section 409A’s requirements, shall not be made until the first business day after (i) the expiration of six (6) months from the date of the Executive’s separation from service, or (ii) if earlier, the date of the Executive’s death (the “Delayed Payment Date”). On the Delayed Payment Date, there shall be paid to the Executive or, if the Executive has died, to the Executive’s estate, all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, plus, in the case of any cash amounts payment of which was so delayed, interest thereon at the Delayed Payment Interest Rate (as defined below) computed from the date on which each such delayed payment otherwise would have been made to the Executive until the Delayed Payment Date. For purposes of the foregoing, the “Delayed Payment Interest Rate” shall mean the national average annual rate of interest payable on jumbo six-month bank certificates of deposit, as quoted in the business section of the most recently published Sunday edition of The New York Times preceding the date as of which the Executive is treated as having incurred a separation from service for purposes of Section 409A. In the case of each Plan under which the Executive is entitled to receive amounts treated as deferred compensation subject to the Code section 409A and which provides for payment of such amounts in the form of “a series of installment payments”, as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), (A) the Executive’s right to receive such payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), and (B) to the extent such Plan does not already so provide, it is hereby amended to so provide, with respect to amounts payable to the Executive thereunder.

 

21 REPRESENTATION

 

     The Company represents and warrants that it is fully authorised and empowered to enter into this Agreement and that the performance of its obligations under this Agreement will not violate any agreement between it or any other person, firm or organisation. The Executive represents that he knows of no agreement between him and any other person, firm or organisation (other than the UK Employment Contract and the Appointment Letter) that would be violated by the performance of his obligations under this Agreement.

 

22 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

     This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings, discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether written or oral, between discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether written or oral, between the Parties with respect thereto including the agreement entered into on 16 August 2004 (other than any agreements with respect to any outstanding equity awards, including equity agreements providing for settlement in cash or other non-equity assets).

 

12


23 AMENDMENT OR WAIVER

 

     No provision in this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and an authorised officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either Party of any breach by the other Party of any condition or provision contained in this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the Executive or an authorised officer of the Company (other than the Executive), as the case may be.

 

24 SEVERABILITY

 

     In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

25 SURVIVORSHIP

 

     The respective rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement shall survive any termination of the Term of Employment to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

 

26 BENEFICIARIES/REFERENCES

 

     The Executive shall be entitled, to the extent permitted under any applicable law to select and change a beneficiary or beneficiaries to receive any compensation or benefit payable hereunder following the Executive’s death by giving the Company written notice thereof. In the event of the Executive’s death or a judicial declaration of his incompetence, reference in this Agreement to the Executive shall be deemed, where appropriate, to refer to his beneficiary, estate or other legal representative.

 

27 GOVERNING LAW/JURISDICTION

 

27.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of New York without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

 

27.2 Any judicial proceeding brought against either of the Parties on any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any matter related hereto may be brought in the courts of the State of New York and in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the Parties accepts for himself or itself the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement. Each of the Parties irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that he or it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any judicial proceeding brought in such courts and any claim that any such judicial proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

28 NOTICES

 

28.1 Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing delivered personally or sent by first class post prepaid recorded delivery (or if via United States mail, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by telefax to the Company at its registered office from time to time (or such address as it may have notified to the Executive in accordance with this clause) or to the Executive at the last address notified to the Company.

 

28.2 Any notice delivered personally shall be deemed to be received when delivered to the address referred to in clause 28.1 and any notice sent by pre-paid recorded delivery post (or if via United States mail, by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) shall be deemed (in the absence of evidence of earlier receipt) to be received two days after posting and in proving the time of dispatch it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed, stamped and posted. A notice sent by telefax shall be deemed to have been received on receipt by the sender of the correct “answerback”.

 

13


29 HEADINGS

 

     The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

30 EXCHANGE RATE

 

     Where any amount is expressed as a sterling amount it shall be converted into United States dollars at the rate prevailing on the due date for payment and paid in United States Dollars.

 

31 COUNTERPARTS

 

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.

AS WITNESS the hands of the parties the day and year first hereinbefore written.

 

WPP Group USA, Inc.

By:

 

LOGO

 

Sir Martin Stuart Sorrell

By:

 

LOGO

 

14


SCHEDULE 1

Calculation of Base Salary, Bonus and Pension Contributions

 

1 In addition to the definitions above in this Agreement, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings except where inconsistent with the context.

 

     “Aggregate Time” the aggregate of US Time and Services Time in respect of a calendar year.

 

     “Aggregate Basic Income” means, as at the date of this Agreement, the sum of £1,000,000 per annum as that sum may be adjusted pursuant to Paragraph 3 of Schedule 1.

 

     “Aggregate Pensions Provision” the aggregate of the Pensions Contribution payable in respect of a calendar year under clause 12.3 of this Agreement and the Pensions Contributions payable under clause 11.3 of the UK Employment Contract being at the date of this Agreement £400,000 and subsequently such higher sum as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive for any year before the first day of January of that year, which in no event shall be less than 40% of the Aggregate Basic Income.

 

     “Services Time” the aggregate of the amount of time (computed in working days) which the Director has spent during a calendar year in the provision of services pursuant to the UK Employment Contract as the case may be.

 

     “US Time” the aggregate of the amount of time (computed in working days) which the Director has spent during a calendar year in performing the duties of his employment pursuant to this Agreement.

 

2 The annual Base Salary payable under clause 7.1 of the Agreement shall be calculated by applying the following formula:

 

Amount of annual Base Salary = Aggregate Basic Income x

 

        US Time      
  Aggregate Time

 

3 The Base Salary payable under clause 7.1 shall be reviewed (but not downwards) from time to time in accordance with the practices adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors on the recommendations from time to time of its compensation committee and, in reviewing the Base Salary, regard shall be had to how those practices and recommendations apply to the senior executives of the Company and the Group’s senior executives and due regard shall also be had to the practices of the Parent’s peer group in relation to their chief executive officers.

 

4 The Pensions Contribution payable under clause 12.3 of this Agreement shall be calculated by applying the following formula:

 

Pensions Contribution = Aggregate Pensions Provision x

 

        US Time      
  Aggregate Time

 

5 At all times and immediately after the end of each calendar year, the Executive will provide to the Company full details of the Aggregate Time, including US Time which the Executive has spent in that calendar year. The Company is entitled to rely without inquiry on any notice of the amount of Aggregate Time and US Time which the Executive has provided to the Company for any calendar year.

Exhibit 4.30

 

 

DATED 30 April 2009

  

PAUL WINSTON GEORGE RICHARDSON

   (1 )

and

 

  

WPP GROUP USA, INC.

 

   (2 )
SERVICE AGREEMENT  
in the USA effective from 19 November 2008  

Hammonds

7 Devonshire Square London EC2M 4YH DX 136546 Bishopsgate 2

Telephone +44 (0)870 839 0000 Fax +44 (0)870 839 1001

Offices and Associated Offices Aosta Berlin Birmingham Brussels Hong Kong Leeds London Madrid Manchester Milan Munich Paris Rome Turin

Website www.hammonds.com

Reference CEN/CEN/WPP.002-1015


DATE OF SERVICE AGREEMENT

2008

PARTIES

 

(1) PAUL WINSTON GEORGE RICHARDSON of 721 5th Avenue, Apartment 31A, New York, NY 10022. (the “Executive” )

 

(2) WPP GROUP USA, INC., a Delaware Corporation with its principal offices located at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017-3529, USA (the “Company” )

IT IS AGREED THAT:

 

1 DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement, the following definitions apply:

“Affiliate” means a person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the person or other entity specified.

“Appointment Letter” shall mean the agreement of the date hereof and made between WPP plc (1) and Paul Winston George Richardson (2).

“Board” means the Board of Directors for the time being of the Company.

“Commencement Date” means 19 November 2008.

“Confidential Information” means any confidential information relating to any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business including (without limitation) its suppliers or business partners or potential customers, suppliers or business partners, pricing, marketing information, intellectual property, business plans or designs, technical data, employees, officers or shareholders, financial information and plans, designs, formula, product lines, research activities, target businesses, any document marked “Confidential” or “Secret”, or any information which the Executive has been told is confidential or which he might reasonably expect the Company or any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business to regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any other Group Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

“Director’s Fee” means the fee payable from time to time to the Executive pursuant to the Appointment Letter.

“Group Company” means and includes the Company and the Parent together with their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates from time to time.

“Immediate Relatives” means wife, children, brothers, sisters, cousins, aunts, uncles, parents, grandparents and the aforesaid relatives by marriage.

“Joint Venture Business” means any person, firm or company with whom the Company or any Group Company has entered into a joint venture whether under the terms of a joint venture agreement or otherwise.

“Parent” means WPP plc a company incorporated in Jersey with registered number 101749.

“Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation of which the Company or the Parent owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the Voting Stock.

“Voting Stock” shall mean capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the board of directors of a corporation.

 

2


2 APPOINTMENT

The Company agrees to employ the Executive and the Executive will continue to serve the Company as Finance Director reporting to the Board.

 

3 DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT

The employment of the Executive continues on the terms of this Agreement with effect from the Commencement Date and shall continue (subject to earlier termination hereunder) until terminated by either party giving twelve (12) months’ written notice to the other. Upon any such notice of termination having been given by either party then for the avoidance of doubt it is hereby agreed that any entitlement by the Executive to the benefits of STIP, ESA, (each as defined in Schedule 2 of this Agreement) pension, car and housing allowance as provided for in Schedule 2 shall be determined on the basis that such notice had been served in full even if this were not the case (save if such notice was reduced by reason of the Company terminating this Agreement pursuant to clause 18.1 hereof with the exception of 18.1(g)).

 

4 DUTIES

 

4.1 The Executive will devote all his working time and skill to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and other Group Companies other than the time when the Executive is required to provide services to the Parent in accordance with the Appointment Letter. He will carry out his duties diligently and properly exercise the powers assigned to him by the Board. He will do his best to promote the interests of the Company and any other Group Company and not knowingly do or willingly permit to be done anything that causes prejudice, loss or injury to the Company or any Group Company.

 

4.2 The Company may require the Executive to carry out different or additional duties as long as they are consistent with his status and position in the Company.

 

4.3 The Executive will carry out the lawful orders of the Board and will comply with the Company’s or any other Group Company’s rules, policies and procedures, as applicable to him and as amended from time to time. None of these rules, policies or procedures will give him any contractual rights, unless they expressly provide otherwise.

 

4.4 The Executive will promptly give to the Board (in writing if required) all information, explanation and assistance that the Board may require in connection with the business or affairs of the Company or any other Group Company and his employment.

 

4.5 Without prejudice to the other obligations of the Executive, the Executive will comply with all rules promulgated by the Company, the Parent or any Group Company in relation to owning or trading securities.

 

5 HOURS OF WORK

The Executive shall work such hours as may from time to time reasonably be expected of him and as are consistent with his appointment. There are no normal working hours for the Executive. The Company acknowledges that the Executive has obligations under the Appointment Letter for the provision of his services which will affect the time during which and the times at which he can discharge his duties under this Agreement.

 

6 PLACE OF WORK

 

6.1 The Executive will be based at 125 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017- 5529, United States of America or such other office of the Company or the Parent which, for the time being, shall be located in New York City.

 

3


6.2 The Executive’s place of work may be changed (but only upon obtaining the prior written consent of the Executive) to another location whether within or outside the United States of America on either a temporary or indefinite basis as may be reasonably necessary for proper performance of his duties.

 

6.3 The Executive may be required to travel both throughout and outside the United States of America on the business of the Company or any Group Company.

 

7 REMUNERATION

 

7.1 The Company will pay the Executive in respect of the obligations carried out by the Executive under the terms of this Agreement a base salary of US$830,000 per annum (“Base Salary”) in addition to any Director’s Fee payable by equal monthly installments in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for the time being in force. Payment will be by direct bank transfer into the Executive’s bank account. The Base Salary and Director’s Fee will be reviewed in accordance with the Parent’s policies in place from time to time.

 

7.2 The Executive will also be eligible to participate in the Incentive Plans referred to in Schedule 2 subject to the rules governing each of those plans from time to time and subject to Clause 3 and Clauses 1.4, 2.5 and 2.6 of Schedule 2 which shall be deemed to override to the extent necessary, respectively the rules of the STlP and ESA. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company or the Executive terminates his agreement before the end of the performance period to which the STlP or ESA relates then the Executive loses all and any rights he may have in relation to any Incentive Plan which may apply to him save as provided in these aforementioned clauses.

 

7.3 During his employment the Company will procure that the Company shall provide for the benefit of the Executive the following benefits and/or insurances:

 

  (a) private medical expenses insurance for the benefit of the Executive, his wife and all their dependent children and his dependent children by his former partner. In the event that the Company or any Group Company discharges the cost of any private medical expenses for the benefit of the Executive’s former partner then and in any such event the Executive shall forthwith reimburse such costs to the Company or relevant Group Company;

 

  (b) permanent health insurance;

 

  (c) life assurance (at the rate of 7 times the aggregate of the Base Salary and Director’s Fee from time to time payable under this Agreement),

subject to the rules of the said schemes from time to time (and any replacement schemes provided by the Company) and subject to the Executive (and where appropriate his wife and their dependent children and his dependent children by his former partner) being eligible to participate in or benefit from such schemes pursuant to their rules. If any scheme provider (including but not limited to any insurance company) refuses for any reason (whether based on its own interpretation of the terms of the insurance policy or otherwise) to provide any benefit to the Executive or refuses to admit him or his wife or any dependent children as a member of the scheme, the Company shall not be liable to provide any such benefits itself or any compensation in lieu thereof so long as the Company shall have used its best endeavours to procure an alternative provider at a cost which in all the circumstances is reasonable.

 

7.4 Nothing in clause 7.3 shall confer any enforceable rights against the Company in favor of any of the Executive’s dependants or any other third party including without limitation any third party beneficiary rights.

 

4


7.5 The Executive shall also be eligible to receive such other benefits as are provided by the Company or by the Parent to other Executives at the same or similar level of the Executive from time to time.

 

7.6 Where the Company makes any credit card available to the Executive, he will:

 

  (a) take good care of such card and immediately report any loss of such card to the Board; and

 

  (b) use the card only for the purposes of the Company’s business and in accordance with any applicable Company policy.

 

8 COMPANY CAR ALLOWANCE AND HOUSING ALLOWANCE

 

8.1 The Company will pay to the Executive an annual car allowance of $36,800. This allowance will be reviewed in accordance with the Company’s policy from time to time and will be paid to him in arrears on a monthly basis together with his Base Salary and less such deductions as required by law.

 

8.2 The Company will pay to the Executive an annual housing allowance of US$52,800 net after all taxes. This allowance will be reviewed from time to time as agreed by the parties and will be paid to him in arrears on a monthly basis together with his Base Salary and less such deductions as are required by law.

 

9 PENSION

The Company and the Executive are parties to a Supplemental Retirement Agreement entered into on 1 July 2008 which addresses the Executive’s pension entitlements. For the avoidance of doubt the appropriate funding shall be at the rate which shall be agreed between the parties from time to time but shall not be less than thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate Base Salary and Director’s Fee and shall be paid quarterly in arrears in US$ (at the prevailing spot rate of £/US$ on 31 March, 30 June, 30 September or 31 December (as appropriate) in relation to the percentage of the Executive’s pension entitlements referable to the Director’s Fee).

 

10 DEDUCTIONS

The Executive hereby authorises the Company to deduct from his remuneration (which for this purpose includes all any salary, commission, bonus, holiday pay, sick pay and pay in lieu of notice) all debts or sums owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company including but without limitation the balance outstanding of any loans (and interest where appropriate) by the Company to the Executive.

 

11 EXPENSES

The Company shall, subject to the provision of proper receipts; reimburse to the Executive all reasonable traveling, accommodation and other expenses, which the Executive incurs in the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

 

12 VACATION

 

12.1

In addition to the usual public holidays in the United States of America during which banks located in the State of New York are required to be closed, the Executive is entitled to 20 working days’ paid vacation in each calendar year to be taken at times approved by the Board. The Executive’s entitlement to vacation time will accrue pro rata throughout each year of

 

5


 

employment. The Executive shall be entitled to carry forward any, working days not taken as vacation in any year to the next calendar year but such carry over vacation will be deemed as having been taken in full in that next calendar year whether or not the Executive has actually taken such carry over vacation (in whole or part).

 

12.2 The Company reserves the right to require the Executive to take any accrued but untaken vacation during any notice period. If the Company exercises its right under clause 17.1 to place the Executive on Garden Leave, the Executive shall be deemed to take any outstanding vacation during that period.

 

12.3

Where the Executive has at the date of termination taken more or less vacation time than his then accrued entitlement, a proportionate adjustment will be made by way of an addition to or a deduction from (as appropriate) his final gross pay calculated on a pro rata basis. One day’s pay for these purposes is 1/260 th of the Executive’s annual Base Salary.

 

13 OTHER ACTIVITIES DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

13.1 In addition to the obligations of the Executive under clause 3 (Duties) and subject always to the Executive’s obligations under the Appointment Letter, during his employment hereunder the Executive will not:

 

  (a) be involved, in any capacity, in providing services, directly or indirectly, to any other person in respect of any business which is similar to or which does or might reasonably be expected to compete or conflict with any aspect of the business of the Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or might materially affect the proper and efficient performance of his duties under this Agreement, unless he has first obtained the Board’s consent in writing; or

 

  (b) introduce to any other person, firm, company or organisation not being a Group Company business of any kind with which the Company or the Parent or any other Group Company for which he has performed services is or may be able to deal.

 

13.2 The restrictions contained in clause 13.1 will not prevent the Executive from making passive investments in any publicly held company provided that the Executive’s beneficial ownership of any class of such company’s securities does not exceed 1% of the outstanding securities of such class or prevent him from continuing his association with ICG as a non-executive director and shareholder on the same basis as exists at the date of this Agreement.

 

13.3 Subject to any written regulations issued by the Company applicable to the Executive, neither the Executive nor the Executive’s Immediate Relatives shall be entitled to receive or obtain directly or indirectly any discount, rebate, commission or other benefit in respect of business transacted (whether or not by the Executive) by or on behalf of the Company or any Group Company, and if the Executive, any of the Executive’s immediate Relatives or any company or business entity in which the Executive or they are interested shall directly or indirectly obtain any such discount, rebate, commission or other benefit the Executive shall forthwith account to the Company or any Group Company the amount received or the value of benefit obtained.

 

14 INCAPACITY

 

14.1 Subject to the Company’s right to terminate this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Executive full Base Salary and benefits for a maximum of 26 weeks (whether or not consecutive) of incapacity in any period of 12 months.

 

14.2

The Executive agrees to have a medical examination and tests, at any time if requested to so by the Board and by a doctor of the Board’s choice in which case the charges will be met by the Company. The Executive will authorise the doctor(s) responsible for such medical

 

6


 

examination to disclose and discuss with the Company and/or its medical advisers the results. He will also authorise his own doctor to disclose and discuss with the Company and/or its medical advisers any information about his health or medical record having an actual or potential bearing upon his ability to perform his duties under this Agreement.

 

15 CONFIDENTIALITY

The Executive agrees to comply with the provisions in Part 1 of Schedule 1 in order to protect the legitimate interests of the Company or of all and any Group Company in relation to Confidential Information.

 

16 RETURN OF PROPERTY

 

16.1 All plans, designs, specifications, price lists of clients, correspondence, papers, memoranda, notes, records, videos, tapes and all copies of the foregoing (including such as may be contained in electronic or magnetic media or other forms of computer storage), charge and credit cards which come into the possession of the Executive and which relate to the performance of his services hereunder or to the business of the Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or any Joint Venture Business (including financial information relating to the Company, any Group Company or Joint Venture Business, business methods/know-how or marketing strategy or the identity or requirements or terms of dealing of its suppliers or clients) shall at all times be and remain the property of the Company or the Parent or the relevant Group Company or the relevant Joint Venture Business and the Executive shall not use the same or cause or permit any party whatsoever to use the same except for the benefit of the Company or the Parent or the relevant Group Company or the relevant Joint Venture Business and in the proper performance of his duties.

 

16.2 If asked to do so by the Company at any time during his employment or automatically when the Executive’s employment ends or if the Executive is required to take Garden Leave in accordance with clause 17.1, the Executive will return to the Company all property referred to in clause 16.1 which is In his possession or under his control and shall not retain any copies, notes or extracts. If required, the Executive shall sign an undertaking confirming that he has complied with this clause and the Company may withhold any sums then owing to him until he has provided the same.

 

16.3 The Executive will co-operate with any request made by the Company either during or after the termination of his employment to provide access (including passwords and any codes) to any computer or other equipment (electronic or otherwise) in his possession or under his control which contains Information relating to the Company or any Group Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or any Joint Venture Business or its or their business. The Executive agrees to permit the Company to inspect, copy or remove any such information.

 

17 GARDEN LEAVE

 

17.1 During any period of notice, and provided that the Company continues to pay the Base Salary and to provide all benefits to which he is contractually entitled (or to pay a sum in lieu of such benefits) until the termination of his employment (“Garden Leave”), then the Company shall be entitled at its absolute discretion:

 

  (a) to require the Executive not to carry out his duties or to exercise his powers or responsibilities under this Agreement during his notice period (or any part of such period);

 

7


  (b) to require the Executive not to attend his place of work or any other premises of the Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or any Joint Venture Business during his notice period (or any part of such period);

 

  (c) to require the Executive not to make contact with any employees, agents or customers or clients of the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business except as directed by the Company during his notice period (or any part of such period);

 

  (d) to require the Executive to work from his home and/or to carry out exceptional duties or special projects outside the normal scope of his duties and responsibilities;

 

  (e) to announce to employees, clients, suppliers and customers of the Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or any Joint Venture Business that the Executive has been given notice of termination or resigned (as the case may be).

 

17.2 Unless the Company agrees otherwise, the Executive will not, during Garden Leave:

 

  (a) do any work, whether paid or unpaid, for any third party save that he may continue his association with Ceva Group as a non-executive director and ICG as a non-executive director and shareholder on the same basis as exists at the date of this agreement as provided for at clause 13.2 above;

 

  (b) hold himself out as a director or other officer of the Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or any Joint Venture Business;

 

  (c) make any comment to any person about the change to his duties, except to confirm that he is on Garden Leave.

 

17.3 The Executive acknowledges that he remains employed by the Company and the terms of this Agreement apply during any Garden Leave. Provided always that during any period of Garden Leave the Executive shall be entitled to resign as a director of the Company or the Parent or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business.

 

18 SUMMARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

18.1 The employment of the Executive may be terminated by the Company by summary notice in writing at any time if the Executive shall have:

 

  (a) committed any serious breach or repeated or continued (after warning) any material breach of his obligations hereunder; or

 

  (b) been guilty of conduct tending to bring himself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute or done or omit to do anything which was or might reasonably be expected to become materially prejudicial to the interests of the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  (c) become bankrupt under the laws of the United Kingdom or the United States Bankruptcy Code; or

 

  (d) been or become prohibited by law from being a director or (other than at the request of the Company) unilaterally resigned as a director of the Parent; or

 

  (e) been convicted in the United States of any felony involving dishonesty or violence or any other criminal offense other than an offense which does not in the reasonable opinion of the Board affect his position under this Agreement; or

 

  (f) been guilty of any deliberate act of harassment, discrimination or victimisation on race, sex, disability, religion or sexual orientation grounds; or

 

8


  (g) been prevented by illness or accident from performing his duties under this Agreement for an aggregate period exceeding 26 weeks in any consecutive 52 week period.

 

18.2 If the Executive’s appointment under the Appointment Letter terminates for any reason whatsoever, the Company may terminate this Agreement, provided that any such termination of the Agreement shall be deemed to be on the same basis as the reason for terminating the Appointment Letter.

 

18.3 The Company shall be entitled at any time to suspend the Executive on full pay for so long as it may think fit to investigate any of the matters detailed In clauses 18.I(a) to 18.1(f) (inclusive) above if the Company considers it is necessary to do so. During any such period of suspension the Executive shall not attend at his place of work or carry out any of his duties unless specifically required by the Company in writing.

 

18.4 The termination by the Company of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any claim which the Company may have for damages or other remedies arising from any breach thereof by the Executive giving rise to such termination.

 

19 RESIGNATION OF DIRECTORSHIPS

Upon the termination of this Agreement howsoever arising or at any time during Garden Leave pursuant to clause 17.1 the Executive shall at the request of the Company and may at his discretion resign without claim for compensation from any office as a director of the Company and all such offices held by him in the Parent or any other Group Company or any Joint Venture Business as may be so requested and should he fail to do so the Company is hereby irrevocably authorised to appoint some person in his name and on his behalf to sign any documents necessary to give effect thereto. Such resignation is agreed to be without prejudice to any rights the Executive may have arising out of the termination of his employment under the Agreement.

 

20 RESTRICTIONS AFTER END OF EMPLOYMENT

 

20.1 In consideration for the payments and other benefits due to him under this Agreement, the Executive agrees to enter into the restrictions in Schedule 1 to protect the legitimate Interests of the Company and any other Group Company.

 

20.2 The Executive agrees that If he receives any offer of employment or any other work during his employment or during the twelve months after the termination of his employment, he will give to the person offering him the employment or engagement a copy of this Agreement and draw their attention to this clause 20 and Schedule 1 in particular.

 

21 NON-REPRESENTATION

 

21.1 The Executive covenants with the Company that he will not knowingly at any time make any untrue statement in relation to the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business and shall not after the termination of his employment represent himself as still being employed by or connected with the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Company.

 

21.2 The Executive further covenants with the Company that he will not except with the prior written consent of the Board of the Parent, use the name “WPP” or any other name identical to or likely to be confused with any name which has been used by the Company or any Group Company or the Parent or any other Group Company or Joint Venture Business at any time during the period of twelve months prior to the termination of this agreement.

 

9


22 SEVERABILITY

The provisions of this Agreement and the attached Schedules are severable. If any provision (or any identifiable part of any provision) is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions.

 

23 NOTICES

 

23.1 Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be given in writing delivered personally or by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested or by telefax to the Company at its registered office from time to time (or such address as it may have notified to the Executive in accordance with this clause) or to the Executive at the last address notified to the Company.

 

23.2 Any notice delivered personally shall be deemed to be received when delivered to the address referred to in clause 23.1 and any notice sent by certified or registered mail, postage pre-paid, return receipt requested) shall be deemed (in the absence of evidence of earlier receipt) to be received two days after posting and in proving the time of dispatch it shall be sufficient to show that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed, stamped and posted. A notice sent by telefax shall be deemed to have been received on receipt by the sender of the correct “answerback”.

 

24 GENERAL

 

24.1 The expiration or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising shall not operate to affect such of the provisions hereof as in accordance with their terms are expressed to operate or have effect thereafter.

 

24.2 The headings to the clauses of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall have no legal effect.

 

24.3 Unless the context otherwise requires, words imparting one gender include all other genders and words imparting the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

24.4 This Agreement cancels and is in substitution for all previous letters of engagement, agreements, arrangements and contracts of service (whether oral, implied or in writing) relating to the services to be provided by the Executive to the Company, all of which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the Commencement Date.

 

25 GOVERNING LAW/JURlSDlCTlON

 

25.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to its conflict of laws principles, to the extent such principles may cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

25.2 Any judicial proceeding brought against either of the parties hereto on any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any matter related hereto may be brought in the state courts of the State of New York or the federal courts of the United States sitting in the Southern District of the State of New York, and by execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties accepts for himself or itself the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and irrevocably agrees to be bound by any judgment rendered thereby in connection with this Agreement. Each of the parties irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by law any objection that he or it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any judicial proceeding brought in such courts and any claim that any such judicial proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

10


26 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Agreement and the Appointment Letter, together with the Schedules constitute the entire terms and conditions of employment of the Executive by any Group Company. The Executive confirms he has not been persuaded to enter into this Agreement by any representation that is not set out in this Agreement. The Executive waives all his rights arising from any representation given in connection with this Agreement, other than his rights to claim a breach of the terms of this Agreement. The waiver does not apply to any fraudulent representations.

 

27 COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts.

 

11


SCHEDULE 1

CONFIDENTIALITY AND POST-TERMINATION RESTRICTIONS

Part 1 Protection of Confidential information

 

1 The Executive shall not (except in the proper performance of his duties hereunder either during his employment or at any time after his employment has ended divulge to any Person or otherwise make use of and shall use his best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information.

 

2 During the Executive’s employment hereunder the Executive will not make any notes or memoranda relating to Confidential Information and/or any aspect of the business or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business or any Target Business other than those which are for the sole benefit of any Group Company. All such notes and memoranda made by the Executive will belong to the Company.

 

3 The Company and any other Group Company may, from time to time, be entrusted with confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets or intellectual property belonging to third parties (“Third Party Confidential Information”). The Executive agrees to be bound by any contractual undertakings or obligations which the Company or any other Group Company imposes on its or their employees in respect of the Third Party Confidential Information. The Executive will enter into any confidentiality undertaking that the Company or any other Group Company may require him to enter into with any such third party or Group Company.

 

4 The Executive will only access and use any Group Company’s computer and electronic equipment for the purposes of his employment under this Agreement. Any personal or laptop computer or similar equipment provided or made available or accessible to the Executive by the Company will be solely for the use of the Executive in the proper performance of his duties and shall not be used or misused for any other purpose.

 

5 The Executive shall not at any time (whether during or after the termination of his employment) erase, corrupt or otherwise interfere with any data, records or Confidential information held in whatever form, including electronic equipment, provided, available or accessible to the Executive by the Company.

 

6 Upon request at any time during his employment under this Agreement or after it ends the Executive will immediate disclose to the Company the relevant passwords to all current password protected documents created or used by him during the continuance of the employment in relation to the business and/or affairs of any Group Companies.

 

7 The restrictions in this Part 1 of Schedule I shall:

 

7.1 not apply to information which is in the public domain other than as a consequence of any breach of duty by the Executive whether directly or indirectly or on his behalf; and

 

7.2 not restrict the Executive from making disclosures of Confidential Information when required by law; and

 

7.3 be in addition to and without prejudice to the duties and obligations of the Executive implied into this Agreement by law nor shall any of the foregoing be deemed to limit any of the Executive’s fiduciary duties and responsibilities.

 

12


Part 2 Restrictions during Garden Leave and after end of employment

 

8 The Executive agrees and undertakes with the Company on behalf of itself and as agent for any Group Company that he will not in any Relevant Capacity at any time during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date:

 

8.1 within the Restricted Territory take any steps preparatory to or be engaged, employed, interested or concerned in:

 

  (a) any Restricted Business which is in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) any Target Business Entity; and/or

 

  (c) any Person directly or indirectly owning or controlling any such Restricted Business or Target Business Entity; or

 

8.2 within the Restricted Territory acquire a substantial or controlling interest directly or by or through any nominee or nominees in any Restricted Business, Target Business Entity or in any Person owning or controlling a Restricted Business or Target Business Entity; or

 

8.3 solicit or attempt to solicit, canvass, interfere with or entice away from the Company or any Relevant Group Company the custom or any prospective custom of any Client or any Prospective Client with a view to providing to that Client or Prospective Client any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to the Restricted Business in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.4 provide or agree to provide any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to the Restricted Business with any Client or any Prospective Client in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.5 solicit, entice or encourage or attempt to solicit, entice or encourage any Key Person to leave the employment with the Company or any Relevant Group Company (whether or not such person would commit any breach of his contract of employment by so leaving) in relation to any Restricted Business or other entity directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Restricted Business which is or is proposing to be in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.6 employ, engage, appoint, enter into partnership or association with or in any way cause to be employed, engaged or appointed the services of any Key Person in relation to any Restricted Business or other entity directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Restricted Business which is or is proposing to be in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.7 provide or agree to provide any Restricted Business in respect of any Competitor Account; or

 

8.8 be employed or engaged by any Client or Prospective Client if a reasonably likely consequence is that the Client or Prospective Client will cease to use or materially reduce its usage of the services of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or, in the case of a Prospective Client, will not use the services of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or use them to a materially lesser extent; or

 

8.9 solicit or try to solicit or place orders for the supply of products or services from any Supplier if a reasonably likely consequence is that the Supplier will cease supplying, materially reduce its supply or vary detrimentally the terms on which it supplies products or services to the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.10 encourage, assist or procure any Person to do anything which if done by the Executive would be a breach of paragraphs 8.1 to 8.9 above.

 

13


9 The parties agree that the restrictions (whether taken individually or as a whole) in paragraph 8 above are reasonable having regard to the legitimate protectable interests of the Company and that each such restriction is intended to be separate and severable. In the event that any of the restrictions is held to be void but would be valid if part of its wording was deleted, that restriction shall apply with whatever deletion is necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

10 It is understood and agreed by the Company and the Executive that damages shall be an inadequate remedy in the event of a breach by the Executive of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 of this Schedule and that any such breach by the Executive or on his behalf will cause the Company great and irreparable injury and damage. Accordingly, the Executive agrees that the Company shall be entitled, without waiving any additional rights or remedies otherwise available to it at law or in equity or by statute and without having to post bond or other security or having to prove the inadequacy of the available remedies at law, to injunctive and other equitable relief in the event of a breach or intended or threatened breach by the Executive of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 above.

 

11 For the purposes of this Schedule (Parts 1 and 2) the following additional definitions shall apply:

 

11.1 “Client” means any Person with whom or which the Company or any Relevant Group Company has arrangements in place for the provision by the Company or any Relevant Group Company of Restricted Business and with whom or which the Executive had material involvement or for whose business the Executive was responsible for in the course of his duties to the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.2 “Competitor Account” means any account, product or brand which competes with any Client’s account, product or brand in respect of which the Executive had material dealings or responsibility on behalf of the Company or the Parent or any other Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.3 “Effective Date” means the Termination Date or (if earlier) the date on which the Company first exercises all or part of all its rights under clause 14 (Garden Leave).

 

11.4 “Key Person” means any person , who was employed by the Company or any Relevant Group Company to provide services personally at the Effective Date and who during the Relevant Period had material dealings with the Executive and:

 

  (a) either reported directly to the Executive; and

 

  (b) had material contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any other Relevant Group Company in the course of his/her employment; or

 

  (c) was a member of the Board or reported directly to a member of the Board or who was a member of the senior management team of the Company or any Relevant Group Company.

 

11.5 “Person” means any individual, firm, company or other entity.

 

11.6 “Prospective Client” means any Person who was at any time during the Relevant Period negotiating or discussing (which shall include for the purpose a pitch or presentation) with the Company or any Relevant Group Company with a view to the provision to it by the Company or any Relevant Group Company of any Restricted Business and in respect of which such negotiations or discussions the Executive was materially involved or had responsibility during the Relevant Period.

 

11.7

“Relevant Capacity” means either alone or jointly with another or others, whether as principal, agent, consultant, director, partner, shareholder, independent contractor, employee or in any other capacity, whether directly or indirectly, through any Person and whether for the

 

14


 

Executive’s own benefit or that of others (other than as a shareholder holding directly or indirectly by way of bona fide investment only and subject to prior disclosure to the Company up to 1% in nominal value of the issued share capital or other securities of any class of any company listed or dealt in on any recognised Stock Exchange).

 

11.8 “Relevant Period” means the six month period ending with the Effective Date in relation to sub-clauses 8.5 and 8.6 and twelve-month period ending with the Effective Date in all other cases.

 

11.9 “Restricted Business” means the provision of any products or services by the Company or the Parent or any other Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period with which the Executive had a material involvement during the course of his employment at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.10 “Relevant Group Company” means the Parent and any other Group Company to which the Executive has rendered services or for which he had management or operational responsibility in the Relevant Period in the course of his duties to the Company.

 

11.11 “Restricted Territory” means England and such other countries in which the Company or any Relevant Group Company carried on the Restricted Business at the Effective Date.

 

11.12 “Supplier” means any Person who at any time during the Relevant Period before the Termination Date provided products or services to the Company or any Relevant Group Company being a Person with whom the Executive had material dealings or for whom the Executive had responsibility on behalf of the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.13 “Target Business Entity” means any business howsoever constituted (whether or not conducting a Restricted Business) which was at the Effective Date or at any time during the Relevant Period a business which the Company or the Parent or any other Relevant Group Company had entered into negotiations with had approached or had identified as

 

  (a) a potential target with a view to its acquisition by the Company or any Relevant Group Company and/or

 

  (b) a potential party to any joint venture with the Company or any Relevant Group Company

in either case where such approach or negotiations or identification were known to a material degree by the Executive on or before the Effective Date.

 

11.14 “Termination Date” means the date of termination of this Agreement.

 

15


SCHEDULE 2

lncentivisation Plans

The Executive shall be eligible to participate in each of the incentivisation plans that are referred to below in accordance with the rules of the plans from time to time. The receipt of any bonus or payment under any or all of these plans in one year shall not create any right or expectation of the same in any subsequent year.

 

1 THE SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“STIP”)

 

1.1 The Executive shall be entitled subject to the provisions of this Schedule 2 to participate in the STIP. Any bonus under the STlP shall be determined on the basis of the Executive’s performance evaluated against specific objectives which are agreed at the beginning of each calendar year by the Executive and the Parent and approved by the Compensation Committee for the time being of the Parent (“the Compensation Committee”). All payments under the STIP shall be discretionary and subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee and the performance of the Parent.

 

1.2 If all such annual performance objectives for the 2008 financial year, i.e. 1 January 2008—31 December 2008, are met a “Target Bonus” equal to 80% of the aggregate of the Base Salary and Director’s Fee may be payable. If such objectives are exceeded then a total bonus of up to 120% of the aggregate of the Base Salary and Director’s Fee may be payable.

 

1.3 Any bonuses due under the STlP are payable by 15 March in the following year by reference to which the bonus was payable. The relevant percentage of the STlP related to the Base Salary will be paid in US$ and the percentage related to the Director’s Fee will either be paid in Sterling via US payroll or at the Executive’s request will be converted to US$ at the prevailing spot rate of £/US$ as at the date of payment of the bonus.

 

1.4 In the event the Executive is under or has been given notice of termination pursuant to clause 3, such notice not having expired prior to the end of the year to which the STlP relates, then the Executive shall be entitled to receive the same in full on the basis provided for in clauses 1.1 and 1.2. The provisions of this clause 1.4 shall take precedence over any other rules affecting the STlP or any provision of this Agreement.

 

2 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

 

2.1 The Executive shall be eligible at the discretion of the Company or the Parent to participate in Executive Share Awards (ESAs) granted under the WPP Group plc Restricted Stock Plan or any such plan introduced by the Company to replace the WPP Group plc Restricted Stock Plan (in either case referred to in this Agreement as “RSP”) and the WPP Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan (“LEAP”).

 

2.2 The Executive shall be eligible to be granted ESAs at the discretion of the Company or the Parent under the RSP as an annual award with an annual grant equal to the aggregate of 100% of his Base Salary and Director’s Fee from time to time payable under this Agreement and the Appointment Letter. The grant of ESAs to the Executive in any particular year shall be dependent upon the financial performance of the Company over the previous year and subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee. ESAs granted pursuant to this paragraph shall, unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, and subject to the rules of the RSP as amended by this Agreement require that the Executive remain in employment for a period of two years after the grant of the ESA (the “retention period”).

 

2.3 The Executive has been made awards under the 2004 Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan (“LEAP”) and subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee he shall be entitled to further annual awards under LEAP or any successor plan to LEAP.

 

16


2.4 Subject clauses 2.5 and 2.6 below, the entitlement of the Executive under the RSP and LEAP if this Agreement is terminated by either the Company or the Executive shall be governed by the rules of the RSP and LEAP as the case may be.

 

2.5 In the event that the Executives under notice or has been given notice of termination, pursuant to clause 3, subject always to such notice not having expired prior to the end of the retention period, then in relation to the ESAs, the Executive shall be entitled to receive in full the benefit applicable to those ESAs on the basis referred to in clauses 2.1 and 2.2 above.

 

2.6 In the event that the Company shall give notice under the provisions of clause 3.1, then in relation to the ESAs which were held by the Executive but which lapse following the service of notice under Clause 3.1, the Executive shall be entitled to receive in cash a prorated proportion of the benefit to which he would otherwise have been entitled, had no such notice been given during that retention period which shall be calculated on the basis of the number of months which the Executive would have remained in employment (counted from 12 months before the date of grant of that ESA) had he remained in employment until the expiry of the said notice bears to thirty six.

IN WITNESS the hands of the parties the day and year first hereinbefore written.

WPP Group USA, Inc.

 

By:

   LOGO  Assistant Secretary

Paul Winston George Richardson

 

By:

   LOGO
   30 April 2009.

 

17


By setting forth my signature below, I agree that my Agreement shall be amended in the manner set forth below, effective January 1, 2009.

 

  1. As determined by your employer, to the extent any provision of your Agreement, or any other agreement with your employer, constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A(d)(l) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which provides payments to you upon your “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code, and you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of such separation, then any such payment shall commence on the date that is six months after the date of your separation from service and any amounts withheld during such six-month period shall be paid once benefits commence. The right to a series of installment payments hereunder is treated as a right to a series of separate payments. Subject to the six-month delay described immediately above, severance or bridging pay will be paid in accordance with normal payroll practices following your separation from service and, if you are required to sign a release or waiver in order to receive such pay, shall be conditioned on you signing such release or waiver.

 

  2. To the extent you are entitled to receive taxable reimbursements and/or in-kind benefits, the following provisions apply: (i) you shall receive such reimbursements and benefits for the period set forth in your Agreement and, if no such period is specified, you shall receive such reimbursements and benefits for the term of your Agreement, (ii) the amount of such reimbursements and benefits you receive in one year shall not affect amounts provided in any other year, (iii) such reimbursements must be made by the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred, and (iv) such reimbursements and benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other reimbursement or benefit.

 

  3. No acceleration of any payments you are entitled to under your Agreement shall be permitted if it would cause you to incur a tax under Section 409A of the Code.

 

  4. To the extent the provisions of your Agreement or any other nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement in which you participate may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, such provisions may be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and any applicable guidance issued with respect thereto by the Department of Treasury or Internal Revenue Service. Any provision in your Agreement or any other nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement in which you participate that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code may be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision may be null and void.

LOGO

Exhibit 4.31

WPP

21 November 2008

Paul Richardson

721 5 th Avenue

Apartment 31A

New York

NY10022

Dear Paul

Appointment as a Director of WPP plc

This letter confirms the terms of your appointment as a Director of WPP plc (the “Company”). It is agreed that this is a contract for services and not a contract of employment.

Appointment

 

1 Your appointment will have taken effect from 19 November 2008, and will continue on the terms set out herein, subject to paragraph 2, unless otherwise terminated earlier by and at the discretion of either party by giving twelve (12) months written notice to the other.

 

2 Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the Company may terminate your appointment by written notice taking effect on the date of its service on you if the agreement between you and WPP Group USA, Inc. dated on the same date as this letter (the “US Agreement”) has been terminated by WPP Group USA, Inc pursuant to clause 18.1, in which case you shall not be entitled to any further payment from the Company hereunder except such sums which shall have accrued or become due.

 

3 The termination by the Company of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any claim which the Company may have for damages or other remedies arising from any breach thereof by you giving rise to such termination.

 

4 If your employment terminated for any reason whatsoever under the US Agreement the Company may terminate this Agreement, provided that any termination shall be deemed to be on the same basis as the reason for termination under the US Agreement.

Powers and Duties

 

5 In your role as a Director of the Company, you will be responsible for the Group’s financial position as Group Finance Director and determining and recommending to the Board of the Company (the “Board”) matters of Group financial policy and matters relating to the financial management of the Group’s business together with such other services as the board shall require of this role, and which shall include your attendance at all board meetings of the Company.

 

6 In carrying out the activities referred to in paragraph 5, you should carry those activities out from a place outside the United Kingdom and it is accepted and acknowledged by you that your services under this agreement and generally as a director of the Company will be carried out from a place outside the United Kingdom.

WPP plc Registered Number 101749, Registered Office: 22 Grenville Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8PX

 

1


7 The Company confirms that it will make available to you, as reasonably required to perform your functions in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6, suitable work premises, accommodation and travel facilities.

 

8 In your role as Finance Director of the Group, you shall abide by your statutory, fiduciary and common- law duties as a director of the Company and diligently perform your duties and use your best endeavours to promote, protect, develop and extend the business of the Company and the Group.

 

9 It is accepted and acknowledged that you have obligations under the US Agreement and it is understood that your duties under this agreement are separate from the obligations under the US Agreement.

Fees

 

10 You will be paid an annual fee of £100,000 gross per annum which will be paid monthly in arrears. This fee will be reviewed in accordance with such Company policies as are in place from time to time. You will not be entitled to participate in any of the WPP incentive plans pursuant to this agreement but may be entitled to participate in the WPP incentive plans under the US Agreement.

Reimbursement of expenses

 

11 The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable and properly documented expenses (on an after tax basis) you incur in performing the duties of your office, including but not limited to travel and hotel expenses.

Ethics

 

12 Your attention is also drawn to the requirements under both legislation and regulation as to the disclosure of price sensitive information. Consequently you should avoid making any statements that might risk a breach of these requirements without prior clearance from the chairman of the Company or company secretary. You may not for any reason make use of or permit use to be made of any information relating to the Company’s business affairs or finances received by you as a result of furtherance of your duties.

 

13 You shall comply with the Company Policy Book (incorporating the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics).

Confidentiality and Restrictions

 

14 In consideration for the fee due to you under this Agreement, you agree to be bound by the confidentiality obligations and restrictions in Schedule 1 to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and any other Group Company.

Insurance

 

15 The Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and it shall maintain such cover for the full term of your appointment.

Governing Law

 

16 The terms of this agreement shall be governed by English law and the Company and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Court in relation to any matters contained and/or referred to in it.

Definitions

 

17 In this Agreement, the following definitions apply:

 

17.1 “Group” means WPP plc and its Subsidiaries and Associated Companies for time being and “Group Company” shall be any one of them.

 

2


17.2 “Subsidiary and Associated Companies” means any company which is from time to time:

 

  (a) a holding company (as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Company; or

 

  (b) a subsidiary (as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Company or a subsidiary (as so defined) of a holding company of the Company; or

 

  (c) a subsidiary undertaking (as defined by section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Company or subsidiary undertaking (as defined) of a holding company of the Company.

Please indicate your acceptance of the content of this letter by signing the enclosed copy and returning it to me. I look forward to seeing you at the next board meeting.

 

Yours sincerely
LOGO
Mark Read
For and on behalf of
WPP plc whilst in Ireland

Appointment as Director of WPP plc

I, Paul Richardson of 721 5 th Avenue, Apartment 31A, New York, NY 10022 hereby accept the terms set out in the above mentioned letter.

 

Signed:     LOGO       Date: 21 Nov, 2008

 

3


SCHEDULE 1

Confidentiality and Post Contractual Restrictions

Part 1 Protection of Confidential Information

 

1 You shall not (except in the proper performance of your duties hereunder) either during your appointment or at any time after your appointment has ended, divulge to any person or otherwise make use of, and shall use your best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of, any trade secrets or Confidential Information.

 

2 During your appointment hereunder you will not make any notes or memoranda relating to Confidential Information and/or any aspect of the business or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business or any Target Business other than those which are for the sole benefit of any Group Company. All such notes and memoranda made by you will belong to the Company.

 

3 The Company and any other Group Company may, from time to time, be entrusted with confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets or intellectual property belonging to third parties (“Third Party Confidential Information”). You agree to be bound by any contractual undertakings or obligations which the Company or any other Group Company imposes on its or their employees in respect of the Third Party Confidential Information. You will enter into any confidentiality undertaking that the Company or any other Group Company may require you to enter into with any such third party or Group Company.

 

4 You will only access and use any Group Company’s computer and electronic equipment for the purposes of your appointment under this Agreement. Any personal or laptop computer or similar equipment provided or made available or accessible to you by the Company will be solely for your use in the proper performance of your duties and shall not be used or misused for any other purpose.

 

5 You shall not at any time (whether during or after the termination of your appointment) erase, corrupt or otherwise interfere with any data, records or Confidential information held in whatever form, including electronic equipment, provided, available or accessible to you by the Company.

 

6 Upon request, at any time during your appointment under this Agreement or after it ends, you will immediately disclose to the Company the relevant passwords to all current password protected documents created or used by you during the continuance of the appointment in relation to the business and/or affairs of any Group Companies.

 

7 The restrictions in this Part 1 of Schedule 1 shall:

 

7.1 not apply to information which is in the public domain other than as a consequence of any breach of duty by you whether directly or indirectly or on your behalf; and

 

7.2 not restrict you from making disclosures of Confidential Information when required by law; and

 

7.3 be in addition to and without prejudice to your duties and obligations implied into this agreement by law, nor shall any of the foregoing be deemed to limit any of your fiduciary duties and responsibilities.

 

4


Part 2 Restrictions

 

8 You agree and undertake with the Company on behalf of itself and as agent for any Group Company that you will not in any Relevant Capacity at any time during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date:

 

8.1 within the Restricted Territory take any steps preparatory to or be engaged, employed, interested or concerned in:

 

  (a) any Restricted Business which is in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) any Target Business Entity; and/or

 

  (c) any Person directly or indirectly owning or controlling any such Restricted Business or Target Business Entity; or

 

8.2 within the Restricted Territory acquire a substantial or controlling interest directly or by or through any nominee or nominees in any Restricted Business, Target Business Entity or in any Person owning or controlling a Restricted Business or Target Business Entity; or

 

8.3 solicit or attempt to solicit, canvass, interfere with or entice away from the Company or any Relevant Group Company the custom or any prospective custom of any Client or any Prospective Client with a view to providing to that Client or Prospective Client any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to the Restricted Business in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.4 provide or agree to provide any products or services which are the same as or materially similar to the Restricted Business with any Client or any Prospective Client in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.5 solicit, entice or encourage or attempt to solicit, entice or encourage any Key Person to leave the employment with the Company or any Relevant Group Company (whether or not such person would commit any breach of his contract of employment by so leaving) in relation to any Restricted Business or other entity directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Restricted Business which is or is proposing to be in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.6 employ, engage, appoint, enter into partnership or association with or in any way cause to be employed, engaged or appointed the services of any Key Person in relation to any Restricted Business or other entity directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Restricted Business which is or is proposing to be in competition with the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.7 provide or agree to provide any Restricted Business in respect of any Competitor Account; or

 

8.8 be employed or engaged by any Client or Prospective Client if a reasonably likely consequence is that the Client or Prospective Client will cease to use or materially reduce its usage of the services of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or, in the case of a Prospective Client, will not use the services of the Company or any Relevant Group Company or use them to a materially lesser extent; or

 

8.9 solicit or try to solicit or place orders for the supply of products or services from any Supplier if a reasonably likely consequence is that the Supplier will cease supplying, materially reduce its supply or vary detrimentally the terms on which it supplies products or services to the Company or any Relevant Group Company; or

 

8.10 encourage, assist or procure any Person to do anything which if done by you would be a breach of paragraphs 8.1 to 8.9 above.

 

9 The parties agree that the restrictions (whether taken individually or as a whole) in paragraph 8 above are reasonable having regard to the legitimate protectable interests of the Company and that each such restriction is intended to be separate and severable. In the event that any of the restrictions is held to be void but would be valid if part of its wording was deleted, that restriction shall apply with whatever deletion is necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

5


10 It is understood and agreed by the Company and you that damages shall be an inadequate remedy in the event of a breach by you of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 of this Schedule and that any such breach by you or on his behalf will cause the Company great and irreparable injury and damage. Accordingly, you agree that the Company shall be entitled, without waiving any additional rights or remedies otherwise available to it at law or in equity or by statute and without having to post bond or other security or having to prove the inadequacy of the available remedies at law, to injunctive and other equitable relief in the event of a breach or intended or threatened breach by you of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 above.

 

11 For the purposes of this Schedule (Parts 1 and 2) the following definitions shall apply:

 

11.1 “Client” means any Person with whom or which the Company or any Relevant Group Company has arrangements in place for the provision by the Company or any Relevant Group Company of Restricted Business and with whom or which you had material involvement or for whose business you were responsible for in the course of your duties to the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.2 “Competitor Account” means any account, product or brand which competes with any Client’s account, product or brand in respect of which you had material dealings or responsibility on behalf of the Company or any other Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.3 “Confidential Information” means any confidential information relating to any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business including (without limitation) its suppliers or business partners or potential customers, suppliers or business partners, pricing, marketing information, intellectual property, business plans or designs, technical data, employees, officers or shareholders, financial information and plans, designs, formula, product lines, research activities, target businesses, any document marked “Confidential” or “Secret”, or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company or any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business to regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any other Group Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.4 “Effective Date” means the Termination Date of (if earlier) the date on which you are placed by WPP Group USA, Inc on Garden Leave (as defined therein) pursuant to the US Agreement.

 

11.5 “Joint Venture Business” means any Person with whom the Company or any Group Company has entered into a joint venture whether under the terms of a joint venture agreement or otherwise.

 

11.6 “Key Person” means any person who was employed by the Company or any Relevant Group Company to provide services personally at the Effective Date and who during the Relevant Period had material dealings with you and:

 

  (a) either reported directly to you; and

 

  (b) had material contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any other Relevant Group Company in the course of his/her employment; or

 

  (c) was a member of the board or reported directly to a member of the board or who was a member of the senior management team of the Company or any Relevant Group Company.

 

11.7 “Person” means any individual, firm, company or other entity.

 

11.8 “Prospective Client” means any Person who was at any time during the Relevant Period negotiating or discussing (which shall include for the purpose a pitch or presentation) with the Company or any Relevant Group Company with a view to the provision to it by the Company or any Relevant Group Company of any Restricted Business and in respect of which such negotiations or discussions you were materially involved or had responsibility during the Relevant Period.

 

6


11.9 “Relevant Capacity” means either alone or jointly with another or others, whether as principal, agent, consultant, director, partner, shareholder, independent contractor, employee or in any other capacity, whether directly or indirectly, through any Person and whether for your own benefit or that of others (other than as a shareholder holding directly or indirectly by way of bona fide investment only and subject to prior disclosure to the Company up to 1% in nominal value of the issued share capital or other securities of any class of any company listed or dealt in on any recognised Stock Exchange).

 

11.10 “Relevant Period” means the six-month period ending with the Effective Date in relation to sub-clauses 8.5 and 8.6 and twelve-month period ending with the Effective Date in all other cases.

 

11.11 “Restricted Business” means the provision of any products or services by the Company or any other Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period with which you had a material involvement during the term of this Agreement at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.12 “Relevant Group Company” means the Company and any other Group Company to which you have rendered services or for which you had a management or operational responsibility in the Relevant Period in the course of your duties to the Company.

 

11.13 “Restricted Territory” means England and such other countries in which the Company or any Relevant Group Company carried on the Restricted Business at the Termination Date.

 

11.14 “Supplier” means any Person who at any time during the Relevant Period before the Termination Date provided products or services to the Company or any Relevant Group Company being a Person with whom you had material dealings or for whom you had responsibility on behalf of the Company or any Relevant Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

11.15 “Target Business Entity” means any business howsoever constituted (whether or not conducting a Restricted Business) which was at the Termination Date or at any time during the Relevant Period a business which the Company or any other Relevant Group Company had entered into negotiations with, had approached or had identified as:

 

  (a) a potential target with a view to its acquisition by the Company or any Relevant Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) a potential party to any joint venture with the Company or any Relevant Group Company.

in either case where such approach or negotiations or identification were known to a material degree by you on or before the Termination Date.

 

11.16 “Termination Date” means the date of termination of this Agreement.

 

7

Exhibit 4.32

 

 

DATED                                                                         February 12th 2009  
WPP 2005 LIMITED    (1 )

and

 

  

MARK READ

 

   (2 )
 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

Hammonds LLP

7 Devonshire Square London EC2M 4YH DX 136546 Bishopsgate 2

Telephone +44 (0)20 7655 1000 Fax +44 (0)20 7655 1001

Website www.hammonds.com

Reference WPP.026-0032


DATE OF AGREEMENT

February 12th 2009

PARTIES

 

(1) WPP 2005 LIMITED whose registered office is at Industrial Estate, Hythe, Kent CT21 6PE

 

(2) MARK READ of 57 Limerston Road, London SW10 OBL

IT IS AGREED THAT:

 

1 DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement, the following definitions apply:

“Appointee” means Mark Read.

“Appointment Letter” means the Agreement of the date hereof and made between WPP Plc (1) and Mark Read (2),

“Board” means the Board of Directors for the time being of WPP Plc.

“Commencement Date” means 19 November 2008.

“Company” means WPP 2005 Limited.

“Confidential Information” means any confidential information relating to the Company or any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business including (without limitation) its/their customers, suppliers or business partners or potential customers, suppliers or business partners, pricing, marketing information, intellectual property, business plans or designs, technical data, employees, officers or shareholders, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, product lines, research activities, target businesses, any document marked “Confidential” or “Secret”, or any information which the Appointee has been told is confidential or which he might reasonably expect the Company or any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business to regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any other Group company in confidence by customers suppliers or other persons.

“Director’s Fee” means the fee paid to the Appointee pursuant to clause 10 of the Appointment Letter.

“Excluded Obligations” means the duties and obligations of the Appointee pursuant to

the Appointment Letter.

“Group Company” means and includes WPP Plc and any of its subsidiaries from time to time and “Group” shall be defined accordingly. The terms “subsidiary” and “subsidiaries” shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto by Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

“Immediate Relatives” means wife, common law spouse, children, brothers, sisters, cousins, aunts, uncles, parents, grandparents and the aforesaid relatives by marriage.

“Joint Venture Business” means any person, firm or company with whom the Company or any Group Company has entered into a joint venture whether under the terms of a joint venture agreement or otherwise.

 

2 APPOINTMENT

 

2.1 The Company will employ the Appointee and the Appointee will serve the Company as Director of Strategy reporting to Sir Martin Sorrell.

 

3 DURATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

3.1 The employment of the Appointee continues on the terms of this Agreement with effect from the Commencement Date and shall continue (subject to earlier termination hereunder) until terminated by either party giving six (6) months’ written notice to the other.

 

1

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


3.2 The Company’s retirement age is 65 years.

 

4 DUTIES

 

4.1 The Appointee will devote all his working time and skill to the business of the Company and any other Group Company other than with respect to the Excluded Obligations. He will carry out his duties diligently and properly exercise the powers assigned to him by the Board. He will do his best to promote the interests of the Company and any other Group Company and will not knowingly do or willingly permit to be done anything that causes prejudice, loss or injury to any Group Company

 

4.2 The Company may:

 

  (a) Require the Appointee to carry out different or additional duties as long as they are consistent with his status and position in the Company;

 

  (b) Require the Appointee to perform duties for, or hold office in, any other Group Company, without additional remuneration.

 

4.3 The Appointee will carry out the lawful orders of Sir Martin Sorrell and will comply with the Company’s or any other Group Company’s rules, policies and procedures, as applicable to him and as amended from time to time. None of these rules, policies or procedures will give him any contractual rights, unless they expressly provide otherwise.

 

4.4 The Appointee will give to Sir Martin Sorrell (in writing if required) all information, explanation and assistance that Sir Martin Sorrell may require in connection with the business or affairs of the Company or any other Group Company and his employment.

 

4.5 The Appointee will promptly disclose to Sir Martin Sorrell in writing any breach of duty or lawful obligation owed by any employee to the Company or any Group Company which comes to the Appointee’s attention or into his possession

 

4.6 Without prejudice to the other obligations, the Appointee will comply with the following:

 

  (a) The provisions of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 relating to insider trading; and

 

  (b) All rules issued by the Company or any Group Company in relation to owning or trading securities.

 

5 HOURS OF WORK

 

5.1 The Appointee shall work such hours as may from time to time reasonably be expected of him and as are consistent with his appointment. The Appointee acknowledges and affirms that he has control over the hours he works and that his working time is not measured or pre-determined and, as such the limit on average working time of 48 hours per week as provided for by the Working Time Regulations 1998 does not apply to his employment. The Company acknowledges that the Appointee has obligations under the Appointment Letter for the provision of his services which will affect the time during which and the times at which he can discharge his duties under this Agreement.

 

6 PLACE OF WORK

 

6.1 The Appointee will be based at the Company’s offices in London.

 

6.2 The Appointee may be required to travel both throughout and outside the United Kingdom on the business of the Company or any Group Company.

 

2

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


7 REMUNERATION

 

7.1 The Company will pay the Appointee’s gross basic salary of Two Hundred and Seventy Five Thousand Pounds only (£275,000) (“Base Salary”) per annum less the Director’s Fee payable by equal monthly instalments in arrears. Payment will be by direct bank transfer into the Appointee’s bank account. The Base Salary will be reviewed in accordance with the Company’s policies in place from time to time.

 

7.2 The Appointee will also be eligible to participate in the Incentivisation Plans referred to in Schedule 2 subject always to the provisions of the clauses in this Schedule and to the rules governing each of those plans from time to time.

 

7.3 During his employment the Appointee will be eligible to participate at the Company’s expense in the Company’s:

 

  (a) Private medical expenses insurance scheme for the benefit of the Appointee;

 

  (b) permanent health insurance scheme;

 

  (c) life assurance scheme,

 

  subject to the rules of the said schemes from time to time (and any replacement schemes provided by the Company) and subject to the Appointee being eligible to participate in or benefit from such schemes pursuant to their rules. If any scheme provider (including but not limited to any insurance company) refuses for any reason (whether based on its own interpretation of the terms of the insurance policy or otherwise) to provide any benefit to the Appointee, the Company shall not be liable to provide any such benefits itself or any compensation in lieu thereof.

 

7.4 Nothing in clause 7.3 shall confer any enforceable rights against the Company on any of the Appointee’s dependants or any other third party.

 

7.5 Where the Company makes any credit card available to the Appointee, he will:

 

  (a) take good care of such card and immediately report any loss of such card to the Board; and

 

  (b) use the card only for the purposes of the Company’s business and in accordance with any applicable Company policy.

 

8 PENSION

 

8.1 The Appointee shall be entitled to join the Company’s Group Personal Pension Plan subject to the rules governing the Plan from time to time. The Company shall contribute an annual sum equal to 10% of the Base Salary in twelve equal monthly instalments either to the Plan or to such other pension scheme as the Appointee shall nominate subject always to Inland Revenue limits.

 

8.2 A contracting-out certificate pursuant to the Pension Schemes Act 1993 is not in force in relation to the Appointee’s employment.

 

8.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointee’s pensionable salary shall be equal to the Base Salary only and shall not at any time include any bonus entitlement (whether actual or prospective) or any other payment or benefit due to the Appointee whether under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

9 DEDUCTIONS

 

9.1 The Appointee hereby authorises the Company to deduct from his remuneration (which for this purpose includes all and any salary, commission, bonus, holiday pay, sick pay and pay in lieu of notice) all debts or sums owed by the Appointee to the Company or any Group Company including but without limitation the balance outstanding of any loans (and interest where appropriate) by the Company to the Appointee.

 

3

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


10 EXPENSES

 

10.1 The Company shall, subject to the provision of proper receipts, reimburse to the Appointee all reasonable travelling, accommodation and other expenses, which the Appointee incurs in or about the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

 

11 HOLIDAYS

 

11.1 In addition to the usual public and bank holidays the Appointee is entitled to 25 working days’ paid holiday in each calendar year to be taken at times approved by the Board. Holiday accrues pro rata throughout each year of employment. The Appointee may not without the consent of the Board carry forward any unused part of his holiday entitlement to a subsequent year and must in any event ensure that he has taken at least the minimum annual holiday entitlement provided for by the Working Time Regulations 1998.

 

11.2 The Company reserves the right to require the Appointee to take any accrued but untaken holiday during any notice period. If the Company exercises its right under clause 17.1 to place the Appointee on Garden Leave, the Appointee shall be deemed to take any outstanding holiday during that period.

 

11.3

Where the Appointee has at termination taken more or less holiday than his then accrued entitlement, a proportionate adjustment will be made by way of an addition to or a deduction from (as appropriate) his final gross pay calculated on a pro rata basis. One day’s pay for these purposes is 1/260 th annual basic salary.

 

12 OTHER ACTIVITIES DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

12.1 In addition to the obligations of the Appointee at clause 4, during his employment the Appointee will not be involved, in any capacity, in providing services, directly or indirectly, to any other person in respect of any business which is similar to or which does or might reasonably be expected to compete or conflict with any aspect of the business of the Company or any Group Company or materially to affect the proper and efficient performance of his duties under the Agreement, unless he has first obtained the Board’s consent in writing.

 

12.2 The restriction in clause 12.1 will not prevent the Appointee from holding beneficially by way of bona fide personal investment up to 1% of any shares or securities in any company whether or not the securities are quoted on any recognised Stock Exchange save that the Appointee may continue his 6% shareholding in IPoint Limited strictly on the basis that this shareholding is the extent of his interest in that company.

 

12.3 Subject to any written regulations issued by the Company applicable to the Appointee, neither the Appointee nor the Appointee’s Immediate Relatives shall be entitled to receive or obtain directly or indirectly any discount rebate, commission or other benefit in respect of any business transacted (whether or not by the Appointee) by or on behalf of the Company or any Group Company, and if the Appointee, any of the Appointee’s Immediate Relatives or any company or business entity in which the Appointee or they are interested shall directly or indirectly obtain any such discount, rebate, commission or other benefit the Appointee shall forthwith account to the Company or any Group Company the amount received or the value of benefit obtained.

 

13 INCAPACITY

 

13.1 If the Appointee is absent from work due to sickness or ill health, he must inform the Company as soon as possible and complete a Company self-certification form for all absences from work up to seven calendar days. For absences over seven days one or more medical certificates must be obtained from the doctor to cover the duration of the absence and sent to the Company.

 

13.2 Subject to the Company’s right to terminate this Agreement, the Company shall pay the Appointee full salary for a maximum of 26 weeks (whether or not consecutive) of incapacity in any period of 12 months subject to his complying with the sickness reporting and evidencing obligations detailed in this clause. The Company may deduct from the Appointee’s salary the amount of any state sickness benefit he is entitled to claim.

 

4

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


13.3 Any remuneration paid to the Appointee under clause 13.2 will be deemed to include statutory sick pay under the Social Security Contributions Benefits Act 1992. For statutory sick pay purposes, the Appointee’s qualifying days shall be Monday to Friday inclusive.

 

13.4 The Appointee agrees to have a medical examination and tests, at any time if requested to do so by the Board and by a doctor of the Board’s choice in which case the charges will be met by the Company on the basis that it is for the purpose of his ongoing employment only. The Appointee will authorise the doctor(s) responsible for such medical examination to disclose and discuss with the Company and/or its medical advisers the results subject to the provisions of the Access to Medical Reports Act 1988 (if applicable). He will also authorise his own doctor to disclose and discuss with the Company and/or its medical advisers any information about his health or medical record having an actual or potential bearing upon his ability to perform his duties under this Agreement.

 

13.5 If any illness or incapacity resulting in the absence of the Appointee shall be or appear to be caused by the act, omission or default of any third party in respect of which damages are or may be recoverable then the Appointee shall notify the Company of any claim, settlement or judgment made or awarded in connection with it and shall give full particulars of it to the Company and shall if the Company so requires refund to the company such sum as the Company may determine provided is shall not exceed the amount of such award and sums paid to him by the Company during the period of absence.

 

14 CONFIDENTIALITY

 

14.1 The Appointee agrees to comply with the provisions of Schedule 1 Part 1 in order inter alia to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and any Group Company in relation to confidential information.

 

15 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

15.1 Any discovery, invention, improvement in procedure, trade mark, trade name, design, copyright and all similar rights or get-up made, discovered or created by the Appointee during the continuance of his employment hereunder in connection with or relating to the business of the Company or any Group Company or capable of being used or adapted for use therein shall belong to and shall be the absolute property of the Company. If required so to do by the Company (whether during or after the termination of his employment) the Appointee shall at the expense of the Company execute all instruments and do all things necessary to vest ownership of all other rights, title and interests (including any registered rights therein) in such discovery, invention, improvement in procedure, trade mark, trade name, design, copyright or get-up in the Company (or its nominee) absolutely and as sole beneficial owner. The Appointee hereby irrevocably waives all his rights pursuant to sections 77 to 83 inclusive of the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 and any statutory amendment thereto.

 

16 RETURN OF PROPERTY

 

16.1 All plans, designs, specifications, price lists of clients, correspondence, papers, memoranda, notes, records, videos, tapes and all copies of the foregoing (including such as may be contained in electronic or magnetic media or other forms of computer storage), charge and credit cards which come into the possession of the Appointee and which relate to the performance of his services hereunder or to the business of the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business (including business methods/know-how or marketing strategy or the identity or requirements or terms of dealing of its suppliers or clients) shall at all times be and remain the property of the Company or the relevant Group Company or the relevant Joint Venture Business and the Appointee shall not use the same or cause or permit any party whatsoever to use the same except for the benefit of the Company or the relevant Group Company or the relevant Joint Venture Business and the Appointee shall not use the same or cause or permit any party whatsoever to sue the same except for the benefit of the Company or the relevant Group Company or the relevant Joint Venture business and in the property performance of his duties.

 

5

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


16.2 If asked to do so by the Company at any time during his employment or automatically when the Appointee’s employment ends or if the Appointee is required to take Garden Leave in accordance with clause 17, the Appointee will return to the Company all property referred to in clause 16.1 which is in his possession or under his control and shall not retain any copies, notes or extracts. If required, the Appointee shall sign an undertaking confirming that he has complied with this clause and the Company may withhold any sums then owing to him until he has provided the same.

 

16.3 The Appointee will co-operate with any request made by the company either during or after the termination of his employment to provide access (including passwords and any codes) to any computer or other equipment (electronic or otherwise) in his possession or under his control which contains information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business or its or their business. The Appointee agrees to permit the Company to inspect, copy or remove any such information.

 

17 GARDEN LEAVE

 

17.1 During any period of notice, and provided that the Company continues to pay Base Salary and to provide all benefits to which he is contractually entitled (or to pay a sum in lieu of such benefits) until the termination of his employment (“Garden Leave”), then the Company shall be entitled at its absolute discretion:

 

  (a) to require the Appointee not to carry out his duties or to exercise his powers or responsibilities under this Agreement during his notice period (or any part of such period);

 

  (b) to require the Appointee not to attend his place of work or any other premises of the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business during his notice period (or any part of such period);

 

  (c) to require the Appointee not to make contact with any employees (other than social contact only), agents or customers or clients of the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business except as directed by the Company during his notice period (or any part of such period);

 

  (d) to require the Appointee to work from his home and/or to carry out exceptional duties or special projects outside the normal scope of his duties and responsibilities conditional on such projects being commensurate with his status and position in the Company;

 

  (e) to announce to employees, clients, suppliers and customers of the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business that the Appointee has been given notice of termination or resigned (as the case may be).

 

17.2 Unless the Company agrees otherwise, the Appointee will not, during Garden Leave:

 

  (a) do any work, whether paid or unpaid, for any third party:

 

  (b) hold himself out as a director or other officer of the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business;

 

  (c) make any comment to any person about the change to his duties, except to confirm that he is on Garden Leave.

 

17.3 The Appointee acknowledges that he remains employed by the Company and the terms of this Agreement apply during any Garden Leave.

 

18 SUMMARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

18.1 The employment of the Appointee may be terminated by the Company by summary notice in writing at any time if the Appointee shall have:

 

  (a) committed any serious breach or repeated or continued (after warning) any material breach of his obligations hereunder or any of the Company’s policies; or

 

6

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


  (b) been guilty of conduct tending to bring himself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute or done or omitted to do anything which was or might reasonably be expected to become materially prejudicial to the interests of the Company of any Group Company; or

 

  (c) become bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of his creditors generally: or

 

  (d) been or become prohibited by law from being a director or (otherwise than at the request of the Company) resigned as a director of the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  (e) been convicted of any offence involving dishonesty or violence or any other criminal offence other than an offence which does not in the reasonable opinion of the Board affect his position under this Agreement; or

 

  (f) been guilty of any deliberate act of harassment, discrimination or victimisation; or

 

  (g) been prevented by illness or accident from performing his duties under this Agreement for an aggregate period exceeding 26 weeks in any consecutive 52 week period.

 

18.2 The Company shall be entitled at any time to suspend the Appointee on full pay for so long as it may think fit to investigate any of the matters detailed in clause 18.1 (a) to 18.1(f) (inclusive) above if the Company considers it is necessary to do so. During any such period of suspension the Appointee shall not attend at his place of work or carry out any of his duties unless specifically required by the Company in writing.

 

18.3 The termination by the Company of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any claim which the Company may have for damages or other remedies arising from any breach thereof by the Appointee giving rise to such termination.

 

19 RECONSTRUCTION OR AMALGAMATION

 

19.1 If before the expiration or determination of this Agreement the employment of the Appointee hereunder is terminated for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation and he is offered employment with any concern or undertaken resulting from such reconstruction of amalgamation on terms and conditions not less favourable than the terms of this Agreement (including terms so as to preserve any statutory rights) then he shall have no claim against the Company in respect of the termination of his employment under this Agreement.

 

20 RESTRICTIONS AFTER END OF EMPLOYMENT

 

20.1 In consideration for the payments and other benefits due to him under this Agreement, the Appointee agrees to enter into the restrictions in Schedule 1 to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and any other Group Company.

 

20.2 The Appointee agrees that if he receives any offer of employment or any other work during his employment or during the twelve months after the termination of his employment, he will give to the person offering him the employment or engagement a copy of this Agreement and draw their attention to this clause 20 and Schedule 1 in particular.

 

21 NON-REPRESENTATION

 

21.1 The Appointee covenants with the Company that he will not knowingly at any time make any untrue statement in relation to the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business and shall not after the termination of his employment represent himself as still being employed by or connected with the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Company.

 

7

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


21.2 The Appointee further covenants with the Company that he will not except with the prior written consent of the Board use the name “WPP” or any other name identical to or likely to be confused with any name which has been used by the Company or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business at any time during the period of twelve months prior to the termination of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this will not prevent the Appointee from advising prospective employers that he had been employed by the Company for the purposes of his resume following the termination of his employment.

 

2 2 APPOINTEE’S WARRANTY

 

22.1 The Appointee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that in entering into this Agreement he is not in breach of any express or implied terms or any contract or of any obligations to any third party.

 

23 SEVERABILITY

 

23.1 The provisions of this Agreement and the attached Schedules are severable. If any provision (or any identifiable part of any provision) is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any Court of competent jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions.

 

24 NOTICES

 

24.1 Notices must be given by either party by letter or fax addressed to the other party at (in the case of the Company) its registered office for the time being and (in case of the Appointee) his last known address and any such notice given by letter shall be deemed to have been given at the expiration of 48 hours after the letter containing the same is posted or at the time of delivery in person by either party.

 

25 DISCIPLINE AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

 

25.1 The disciplinary rules of the company comprise directives, which may be issued from time to time by the Board. The Appointee is expected to conduct himself in a suitable manner and to exhibit a standard of behaviour commensurate with his position. Any disciplinary procedure as may be in force from time to time does not form part of the Appointee’s contract of employment.

 

25.2 If the Appointee is dissatisfied with any disciplinary decision or if he has any grievance relating to his employment he should refer such disciplinary decision or grievance to the Board in writing and the Board shall allow the Appointee the opportunity of a full and fair hearing in respect thereof at the next Board meeting and its decision on such grievance shall be final and binding.

 

26 COMPANY POLICIES

 

26.1 The Company’s policies relating to equal opportunities, maternity and paternity leave, as well as policies dealing with the general relationship between the Appointee and the Company comprise directives issued form time to time by the Board. None of these policies (save for those referred to at clause 26.2 below) form part of his contract of employment nor do they confer any contractual rights upon him. Copies of these policies may be obtained from the Company Secretary.

 

26.2 The Company’s policies relating to the use of electronic mail (“email”) and the Internet as are applicable to the Appointee from time to time form part of his contract of employment. Copies of these policies may also be obtained from the Company Secretary. Failure to comply with the terms of these policies will render the Appointee liable to disciplinary action (which may include summary dismissal) in accordance with the Company’s disciplinary procedure from time to time.

 

8

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


27 DATA PROTECTION

 

27.1 By signing this Agreement the Appointee consents to the holding and processing of any data relating to him, in particular to the processing of any “sensitive personal data” (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) relating to him (including, for example, information relating to his health or racial or ethnic origin) and to the transfer of all or any part of the information that the Company holds relating to him outside the European Economic Area.

 

28 EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS ACT 1996

 

28.1 The Appointee’s continuous employment with the Company for the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996 will commence on 1 September 2002.

 

28.2 There are no collective agreements in force with trade unions which affect the Appointee’s employment.

 

29 GENERAL

 

29.1 The terms of this Agreement shall for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 be enforceable by any Group Company irrespective of whether they have been specifically named in this Agreement.

 

29.2 The expiration or determination of this Agreement howsoever arising shall not operate to affect such of the provisions hereof as in accordance with their terms are expressed to operate or have effect thereafter.

 

29.3 The headings to the clauses of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall have no legal effect.

 

29.4 This Agreement is governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of England and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

29.5 Unless the context otherwise requires, words imparting one gender include all other genders and words imparting the singular including the plural and vice versa.

 

29.6 Any reference to a statutory provision shall be deemed to include a reference to any statutory modification or re-enactment of it.

 

29.7 This Agreement cancels and is in substitution for all previous letters of engagement, agreements, arrangements and contracts of service (whether oral or in writing) relating to the subject matter hereof between the Company and any Group Company and the Appointee all of which shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent as from the date on which this Agreement takes effect.

 

30 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

30.1 This Agreement and Appointment Letter together with the Schedules constitute the entire terms and conditions of employment of the Appointee. The Appointee confirms he has not been persuaded to enter into this Agreement by any representation this is not set out in this Agreement. The Appointee waives all his rights arising from any representation given in connection with this Agreement, other than his rights to claim a breach of the terms of this Agreement. The waiver does not apply to any fraudulent representations.

IN WITNESS of which this document has been executed and, on the date set out above, delivered as a deed.

 

9

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


SCHEDULE 1

CONFIDENTIALITY AND POST TERMINATION RESTRICTIONS

Part 1 Protection of confidential information

 

1 The Appointee shall not (except in the proper performance of his duties hereunder) either during his employment or at any time after his employment has ended divulge to any Person or otherwise make use of and shall use his best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information.

 

2 During the Appointee’s employment hereunder the Appointee will not make any notes or memoranda relating to Confidential Information and/or any aspect of the business or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business or any Target Business other than those which are for the sole benefit of any Group Company. All such notes and memoranda made by the Appointee will belong to the Company.

 

3 The Company and any other Group Company may, from time to time, be entrusted with confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets or intellectual property belonging to third parties (“Third Party Confidential Information”). The Appointee agrees to be bound by any contractual undertakings or obligations which the Company or any other Group Company imposes on its or their employees in respect of the Third Party Confidential Information. The Appointee will enter into any confidentiality undertaking that the Company or any other Group Company may require him to enter into with any such third party or Group Company.

 

4 The Appointee will only access and use any Group Company’s computer and electronic equipment for the purposes of his employment under this Agreement. Any personal or laptop computer or similar equipment provided or made available or accessible to the Appointee by the Company will be solely for the use of the Appointee in the proper performance of his duties and shall not be used or misused for any other purpose.

 

5 The Appointee shall not at any time (whether during or after the termination of his employment) erase, corrupt or otherwise interfere with any data, records or Confidential Information held in whatever form including electronic equipment, provided, available or accessible to the Appointee by the Company.

 

6 Upon request at any time during his employment under this Agreement or after it ends the Appointee will immediate disclose to the Company the relevant passwords to all current password protected documents created or used by him during the continuance of the employment in relation to the business and/or affairs of any Group Companies.

 

7 The restrictions in this Part 1 of Schedule 1 shall;

 

7.1 not apply to information which is in the public domain other than as a consequence of any breach of duty by the Appointee whether directly or indirectly or on his behalf; and

 

7.2 not restrict the Appointee from making disclosures of Confidential Information when required by law under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998; and

 

7.3 be in addition to and without prejudice to the duties and obligations of the Appointee implied into this Agreement by law.

 

10

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


Part 2 Restrictions after the end of employment

 

8 The Appointee hereby agrees and undertakes with the Company on behalf of itself and as agent for any Group Company that he will not in any Relevant Capacity at any time during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date:

 

8.1 without obtaining the prior written approval of the Company take any steps preparatory to or be engaged or concerned in:

 

  (a) any Restricted Business in competition with the Company or any Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) any Target Business; and/or

 

  (c) any Person directly or indirectly owning or controlling any such Restricted Business or Target Business; or

 

8.2 without obtaining the prior written approval of the Company acquire a substantial or controlling interest directly or by or through any nominee or nominees in any Restricted Business, Target Business or in any Person owning or controlling a Restricted Business or Target Business. Nothing in this sub-clause shall prohibit the Appointee from acquiring by way of bona fida investment only up to one per cent (1%) of the issued share capital of any publicly quoted company; or

 

8.3 approach or solicit or endeavour to entice for the purposes of any Restricted Business any Restricted Person to leave the employment of the Company or any Group Company (whether or not such person would commit any breach of his contract of employment by so leaving); or

 

8.4 employ or offer to employ or engage the services of any Restricted Person in any Restricted Business or other entity directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Restricted Business; or

 

8.5 solicit, interfere with or entice away from the Company or any Group Company the custom of any Restricted Client or any Prospective Client in relation to the conduct of Restricted Business; or

 

8.6 deal with any Restricted Client or any Prospective Client in relation to the conduct of Restricted Business; or

 

8.7 encourage, assist or procure any Person to do anything which if done by the Appointee would be a breach of paragraphs 8.1 to 8.6 above.

 

9 The parties hereto and each of them acknowledge that the restrictions and each of them contained in paragraph 8 above are reasonable having regard to the legitimate protectable interests of the Company and that each such restriction is intended to be separate and severable. In the event that any of the restrictions shall be held void but would be valid if part of the wording thereof were deleted such restriction shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

10 For the purposes of this Schedule (Parts 1 and 2) the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

10.1 “Effective Date” means the Termination Date or (if earlier) the date on which the Company first exercises all or part of all its rights under clause 18 (Garden Leave).

 

10.2 “Person” means any individual, firm, company or other entity.

 

10.3 “Prospective Client” means any person, firm, company or other entity who was at any time during the Relevant Period negotiating or discussing (which shall include for the purpose a pitch or presentation) with the Company or any other Group Company with a view to the provision to it by the Company or any other Group Company of any Restrictive Business and the Appointee or (to the knowledge of the Appointee) any employee of the Company or any other Group Company under the Appointee’s control shall have been involved with such negotiations or discussions during the Relevant Period or in respect of which the Appointee acquired Confidential Information as at the Effective Date.

 

11

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


10.4 “Relevant Capacity” means either alone or jointly with another or others, whether as principal, agent, consultant, director, partner, shareholder, independent contractor, employee or in any other capacity, whether directly or indirectly, through any Person and whether for the Appointee’s own benefit or that of others.

 

10.5 “Relevant Period” means the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

10.6 “Restricted Business” means any business or services of the same or similar kind to that conducted or supplied (as the case may be) by the Company or any Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period in which the Appointee was engaged or concerned or had acquired Confidential Information at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

10.7 “Restricted Client” means any Person with whom or which the Company or any Group Company has arrangements in place for the provision by the Company or any Group Company of Restricted Business and with whom or which the Appointee (or to the knowledge of the Appointee any person under the Appointee’s control) has had material dealings in the course of his and/or their duties to the Company or any Group Company during the Relevant Period.

 

10.8 “Restricted Person” means any person who was employed or engaged by the Company or any Group Company to provide services personally at the Effective Date who during the Relevant Period had material dealings with the Appointee and:

 

  (a) reported to the Appointee; or

 

  (b) had material contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any other Group Company in the course of his/her employment; or

 

  (c) was a member of the Board or reported directly to a member of the Board or who was a member of the senior management team of the Company or any other Group Company.

 

10.9 “Target Business” means any business howsoever constituted (whether or not conducting a Restricted Business) which was at the Effective Date or at any time during the Relevant Period a business which the Company or any Group Company had entered into negotiations with had approached or had identified as

 

  (a) a potential target with a view to its acquisition by the Company or any Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) a potential party to any joint venture with the Company or any Group Company in either case where such approach or negotiations or identification were known to a material degree by the Appointee on or before the Effective Date.

 

10.10 “Termination Date” means the date of termination of this Agreement

 

11 It is hereby understood and agreed by the Company and the Appointee that damages shall be an inadequate remedy in the event of a breach by the Appointee of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 of this Schedule and that any such breach by the Appointee or on his behalf may cause damage to the Company in respect of which damages may not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, the Appointee agrees that the Company shall be entitled, without waiving any additional rights or remedies otherwise available to it at law or in equity or by statute, to injunctive and other equitable relief in the event of a breach or intended or threatened breach by the Appointee of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 above.

 

12

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


SCHEDULE 2

Incentivisation Plans

The Appointee shall be eligible to participate in each of the incentivisation plans that are referred to below in accordance with the rules of the plans from time to time. The receipt of any bonus or payment under any or all of these plans in one year shall not create any right or expectation of the same in any subsequent year.

 

1 THE SHORT TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (“STIP”)

 

1.1 Any bonus under the STIP shall be determined on the basis of the Appointee’s performance and the performance of the Company evaluated against specific objectives which are agreed at the beginning of each calendar year by the Appointee and Sir Martin Sorrell. All payments under the STIP shall be discretionary and subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee for the time being of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”).

 

1.2 If all such annual performance objectives for the financial year are met a “Target Bonus” equal to 50% of the Base Salary will be payable and up to a maximum of 75% of Base Salary.

 

1.3 Any bonuses due under the STIP are payable by the end of 31 March in the following year by reference to which the bonus was payable.

 

1.4 In the event the Appointee has been given notice of termination by the Company pursuant to clause 3.1, such notice not having expired prior to the end of the performance period to which any STIP relates, the Appointee shall be entitled to receive the same in full on the basis provided for in clauses 1.1 and 1.2. In the event that the Appointee gives notice of termination pursuant to clause 3.1 or otherwise or the Appointee’s employment has been terminated by the Company pursuant to clause 18 (for cause) prior to the payment date of the STIP, he will no longer have any right to an entitlement under the STIP and will not have any rights against the Company in respect of such loss of entitlement.

 

2 THE PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN (“PSP”)

 

2.1 The Appointee shall be eligible to continue to participate at the discretion of the Company in the PSP. The performance shares to be made available to the Appointee in respect of the three year performance period shall be dependent upon the financial performance of the Company over the relevant performance period and subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee. The Appointee will continue to be eligible to participate in the PSP in relation to future performance periods subject to the discretion of the Company and the Compensation Committee and in accordance with the rules for the time being of the PSP.

 

2.2 The entitlement of the Appointee under the PSP if this Agreement is terminated shall be governed by the rules of the PSP. In the event the Appointee’s employment is terminated or he is under or has been given notice of termination before the vesting date, he will no longer have any right to an entitlement under the PSP and will not have any rights against the Company in respect of such loss of entitlement.

 

13

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)


SIGNED and delivered as a deed by the Company acting by one director whose signature has been attested by a witness:

 

Director

    

Signature

 

Name

 

:

:

   LOGO
Witness     

Signature

Name

Occupation

Address

 

:

:

:

:

   LOGO
    

SIGNED as a deed, and delivered when dated, by the Appointee in the presence of:

 

Appointee

    

Signature :

 

     LOGO
Name :      Mark Read
Witness     

Signature

Name

Occupation

Address

 

:

:

:

:

   LOGO

 

14

 

080926 Mark Read SA 1 (v2-6 0041846861)

Exhibit 4.33

WPP

21 November 2008

Mark Read

57 Limerston Road

London

SW10 OBL

Dear Mark

Appointment as a Director of WPP plc

This letter confirms the terms of your appointment as a Director of WPP plc (the “Company”). It is agreed that this is a contract for services and not a contract of employment.

Appointment

 

1 Your appointment will have taken effect from 19 November 2008, and will continue on the terms set out herein, subject to paragraph 2, unless otherwise terminated earlier by and at the discretion of either party giving six (6) months notice in writing to the other.

 

2 Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the Company may terminate your appointment by written notice taking effect on the date of its service on you, if the agreement between you and WPP 2005 Limited dated the same date as this letter (“the UK Agreement”) has been terminated by WPP 2005 Limited pursuant to Clause 18.1, in which case you shall not be entitled to any further payment from the Company hereunder except such sums which shall have accrued or become due.

 

3 The termination by the Company of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any claim which the Company may have for damages or other remedies arising from any breach thereof by you giving rise to such termination.

 

4 If your employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever under the UK Agreement, the Company may terminate this Agreement, provided that any termination shall be deemed to be on the same basis as the reason for termination under the UK Agreement.

Powers and Duties

 

5 In your role as a Director of the Company, you will be responsible for the strategic direction of the Group and determining and recommending to the Board of the Company (the “Board”) matters of Group policy and management of the Company’s business, including matters relating to Group financing, investment policy, the expansion of the Group’s activities, (including into new areas geographically and new products and services) and the entering into by the Company of any material contracts together with such other services as the board shall require of this role, and which shall include your attendance at all board meetings of the Company.

 

6 In carrying out the activities referred to in paragraph 5, you should, carry those activities out from a place outside the United Kingdom and it is accepted and acknowledged by you that your services under this agreement and generally as a director of the Company will be carried out from a place outside the United Kingdom.

WPP plc Registered Number 101749, Registered Office: 22 Grenville Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE4 8PX

 

1


7 The Company confirms that it will make available to you, as reasonably required to perform your functions in accordance with paragraphs 5 and 6, suitable work premises, accommodation and travel facilities.

 

8 In your role as Director of the Company, you shall abide by your statutory, fiduciary and common-law duties as a director of the Company and diligently perform your duties and use your best endeavours to promote, protect, develop and extend the business of the Company and the Group.

 

9 It is accepted and acknowledged that you have obligations under the UK Agreement and it is understood that your duties under this agreement are separate from the obligations under the UK Agreement.

Fees

 

10 You will be paid an annual fee of £100,000 gross per annum which will be paid monthly in arrears. This fee will be reviewed in accordance with Company policies as are in place from time to time. You will not be entitled to participate in any of the WPP incentive plans pursuant to this agreement but may be entitled to participate in the WPP incentive plans under the UK Agreement.

Reimbursement of expenses

 

11 The Company will reimburse you for all reasonable and properly documented expenses (on an after tax basis) you incur in performing the duties of your office, including but not limited to travel and hotel expenses.

Ethics

 

12 Your attention is also drawn to the requirements under both legislation and regulation as to the disclosure of price sensitive information. Consequently you should avoid making any statements that might risk a breach of these requirements without prior clearance from the chairman or company secretary. You may not for any reason make use of or permit use to be made of any information relating to the Company’s business affairs or finances received by you as a result of furtherance of your duties.

 

13 You shall comply with the Company Policy Book (incorporating the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics).

Confidentiality and Restrictions

 

14 In consideration for the payments due to you under this Agreement, you agree to enter into the confidentiality obligations and restrictions in Schedule 1 to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and any other Group Company.

Insurance

 

15 The Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and it shall maintain such cover for the full term of your appointment.

Governing Law

 

16 The terms of this agreement shall be governed by English law and the Company and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts in relation to any matters contained and/or referred to in it.

Definitions

 

17 In this Agreement, the following definitions apply:

 

17.1 “Subsidiary and Associated Company” means any company which is from time to time:

 

  (a) a holding company (as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Company; or

 

2


  (b) a subsidiary (as defined by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Company or a subsidiary (as so defined) of a holding company of the Company; or

 

  (c) a subsidiary undertaking as defined by section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Company or subsidiary undertaking (as defined) of a holding company of the Company;

 

17.2 “Group” means WPP Plc and its Subsidiaries and Associated Companies for time being and “Group Company” shall be anyone of them.

Please indicate your acceptance of the content of this letter by signing the enclosed copy and returning it to me, I look forward to seeing you at the next board meeting.

Yours sincerely

LOGO

Paul Richardson

For and on behalf of

WPP plc whilst in New York

Appointment as Director of WPP plc

I, Mark Read of 57 Limerston Place, London. SW10, OBL hereby accept the terms set out in the above mentioned letter.

 

Signed:   LOGO     Date:  

 

       

 

3


SCHEDULE 1

Confidentiality and Restrictions

Part 1 Protection of confidential information

 

1 You shall not (except in the proper performance of your duties hereunder) either during your appointment or at any time after your appointment has ended divulge to any Person or otherwise make use of and shall use your best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of any trade secrets or Confidential Information.

 

2 During your appointment hereunder you will not make any notes or memoranda relating to Confidential Information and/or any aspect of the business or any Group Company or any Joint Venture Business or any Target Business other than those which are for the sole benefit of any Group Company. All such notes and memoranda made by you will belong to the Company.

 

3 The Company and any other Group Company may, from time to time, be entrusted with confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets or intellectual property belonging to third parties (“Third Party Confidential Information”). You agree to be bound by any contractual undertakings or obligations which the Company or any other Group Company imposes in respect of the Third Party Confidential Information. You will enter into any confidentiality undertaking that the Company or any other Group Company may require you to enter into with any such third party or Group Company.

 

4 You will only access and use any Group Company’s Computer and electronic equipment for the purposes of your appointment under this Agreement. Any personal or laptop computer or similar equipment provided or made available or accessible to you by the Company will be solely for your use in the proper performance of your duties and shall not be used or misused for any other purpose.

 

5 You shall not at any time (whether during or after the termination of your appointment) erase, corrupt or otherwise interfere with any data, records or Confidential Information held in whatever form including electronic equipment, provided, available or accessible to you by the Company.

 

6 Upon request at any time during your appointment under this Agreement or after it ends you will immediately disclose to the Company the relevant passwords to all current password protected documents created or used by you during the continuance of your appointment in relation to the business and/or affairs of any Group Companies.

 

7 The restrictions in this Part of Schedule 1 shall:

 

7.1 not apply to information which is in the public domain other than as a consequence of any breach of duty by you whether directly or indirectly or on your behalf; and

 

7.2 not restrict you from making disclosures of Confidential Information when required by law under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998; and

 

7.3 be in addition to and without prejudice to your duties and obligations implied into this Agreement by law.

 

4


Part 2 Restrictions

 

8 You hereby agree and undertake with the Company on behalf of itself and as agent for any Group Company that you will not in any Relevant Capacity at any time during the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date:

 

8.1 without obtaining the prior written approval of the Company take any steps preparatory to or be engaged or concerned in:

 

  (a) any Restricted Business in competition with the Company or any Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) any Target Business; and/or

 

  (c) any Person directly or indirectly owning or controlling any such Restricted Business or Target Business; or

 

8.2 without obtaining the prior written approval of the Company acquire a substantial or controlling interest directly or by or through any nominee or nominees in any Restricted Business, Target Business or in any Person owning or controlling a Restricted Business or Target Business. Nothing in this sub-clause shall prohibit you from acquiring by way of bona fida investment only up to one per cent (1%) of the issued share capital of any publicly quoted company; or

 

8.3 approach or solicit or endeavour to entice for the purposes of any Restricted Business any Restricted Person to leave the employment of the Company or any Group Company (whether or not such person would commit any breach of his/her contract of employment by so leaving); or

 

8.4 employ or offer to employ or engage the services of any Restricted Person in any Restricted Business or other entity directly or indirectly owned by or controlling any Restricted Business; or

 

8.5 solicit, interfere with or entice away from the Company or any Group Company the custom of any Restricted Client or any Prospective Client in relation to the conduct of Restricted Business; or

 

8.6 deal with any Restricted Client or any Prospective Client in relation to the conduct of Restricted Business; or

 

8.7 encourage, assist or procure any Person to do anything which if done by you would be a breach of paragraphs 8.1 to 8.6 above.

 

9 The parties hereto and each of them acknowledge that the restrictions and each of them contained in paragraph 8 above are reasonable having regard to the legitimate protectable interests of the Company and that each such restriction is intended to be separate and severable. In the event that any of the restrictions shall be held void but would be valid if part of the wording thereof were deleted such restriction shall apply with such deletion as may be necessary to make it valid and effective.

 

10 For the purposes of this Schedule (Parts 1 and 2) the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

10.1 “Confidential Information” means any confidential information relating to any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business including (without limitation) its suppliers or business partners or potential customers, suppliers or business partners, pricing, marketing information, intellectual property, business plans or designs, technical data, employees, officers or shareholders, financial information and plans, designs, formula, product lines, research activities, target businesses, any document marked “Confidential” or “Secret”, or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company or any Group Company and/or Joint Venture Business to regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any other Group Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

10.2 “Effective Date” means the Termination Date or (if earlier) the date on which WPP 2005 Limited places you on Garden Leave as provided for in the UK Agreement.

 

10.3 “Joint Venture Business” means any Person with whom the Company or any Group Company has entered into a joint venture whether under the terms of a joint venture agreement or otherwise.

 

5


10.4 “Person” means any individual, firm, company or other entity.

 

10.5 “Prospective Client” means any Person who was at any time during the Relevant Period negotiating or discussing (which shall include for the purpose a pitch or presentation) with the Company or any other Group Company with a view to the provision to it by the Company or any other Group Company of any Restricted Business and you or (to your knowledge) any employee of the Company or any other Group Company under your control shall have been involved with such negotiations or discussions during the Relevant Period or in respect of which you acquired Confidential Information as at the Effective Date.

 

10.6 “Relevant Capacity” means either alone or jointly with another or others, whether as principal, agent, consultant, director, partner, shareholder, independent contractor, employee or in any other capacity, whether directly or indirectly, through any Person and whether for your own benefit or that of others.

 

10.7 “Relevant Period” means the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the Effective Date.

 

10.8 “Restricted Business” means any business or services of the same or similar kind to that conducted or supplied (as the case may be) by the Company or any Group Company at any time during the Relevant Period in which you were engaged or concerned or had acquired Confidential Information at any time during the Relevant Period.

 

10.9 “Restricted Client” means any Person with whom or which the Company or any Group Company has arrangements in place for the provision by the Company or any Group Company of Restricted Business and with whom or which you (or to your knowledge of any person under your control) has had material dealings in the course of his and/or their duties to the Company or any Group Company during the Relevant Period.

 

10.10 “Restricted Person” means any person who was employed or engaged by the Company or any Group Company to provide services personally at the Effective Date who during the Relevant Period had material dealings with you and:

 

  (a) reported to you; or

 

  (b) had material contact with customers or suppliers of the Company or any other Group Company in the course of his/her employment; or

 

  (c) was a member of the Board or reported directly to a member of the Board or who was a member of the senior management team of the Company or any other Group Company.

 

10.11 “Target Business” means any business howsoever constituted (whether or not conducting a Restricted Business) which was at the Effective Date or at any time during the Relevant Period a business which the Company or any Group Company had entered into negotiations with or had approached or had identified as

 

  (a) a potential target with a view to its acquisition by the Company or any Group Company; and/or

 

  (b) a potential party to any joint venture with the Company or any Group Company in either case where such approach or negotiations or identification were known to a material degree by you on or before the Effective Date.

 

10.12 “Termination Date” means the date of termination of this Agreement.

 

11 It is hereby understood and agreed by the Company and you that damages shall be an inadequate remedy in the Event of a breach by you of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 of this Schedule and that any such breach by you or on your behalf may cause damage to the Company in respect of which damages may not be an adequate remedy. Accordingly, you agrees that the Company shall be entitled, without waiving any additional rights or remedies otherwise available to it at law or in equity or by statute, to injunctive and other equitable relief in the event of a breach or intended or threatened breach by you of any of the restrictions contained in paragraph 8 above.

 

6

Exhibit 4.34

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (the “Supplemental Retirement Agreement”), made and entered into as of the 1 st day of July , 2008 (the “Effective Date”), by and between WPP Group USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Paul Richardson (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company employs the Executive as Group Finance Director; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to provide the Executive with a retirement benefit in lieu of benefits under the J. Walter Thompson Company Profit Sharing and Matched Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term . This Supplemental Retirement Agreement shall apply during the period the Executive is employed by the Company and thereafter until the satisfaction of all rights and obligations hereunder.

2. Deferral Account . The Company shall establish a separate notional account to record the amounts deferred hereunder and amounts of income, gain or loss deemed credited thereto as provided below (a “Deferral Account”). The Deferral Account shall be maintained for the Executive as a bookkeeping entry by the Company to evidence unfunded obligations of the Company. The Deferral Account shall be

(i) increased by any credits as described in Section 3 below,

(ii) adjusted for income, gains and losses as described in Section 4 below, and

(iii) reduced by any payments made as provided in Section 6 below.

The balance in the Deferral Account at any point in time shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Deferral Account Balance.” The Deferral Account may consist of two separate sub-accounts, one of which is deemed to hold amounts denominated in US Dollars (“USD Sub-Account”) and the other is deemed to hold amounts denominated in Great Britain Pounds (“GBP Sub-Account”).

3. Credits.

(a) General . For each full calendar year the Executive is employed by the Company (a “Year”), the Company shall credit to the Deferral Account an amount (the “Annual Deferral Amount”) equal to: (i) with respect to the years 2005, 2006 and 2007, twenty percent (20%) of the Executive’s base salary for the applicable Year, whether paid by the Company or by any affiliate thereof (“Annual Salary”), and (ii) with respect to the years thereafter, commencing as of the year 2008, thirty percent (30%) of the Executive’s Annual Salary. Crediting to the Deferral Account shall occur Quarterly during each Year as described in Section 3(b) below. A “Quarter” shall mean a calendar quarter. For any partial Year, the Annual Deferral Amount for that Year shall be pro-rated to reflect the period of the Executive’s actual employment during that year. If the Deferral Account consists of two sub-accounts as described in Section 2 above, the Annual Deferral Amount shall be apportioned between such sub-accounts in a manner agreed to by the Company and the Executive.

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


(b) Timing of Credits to the Account. As of the Effective Date, the Deferral Account shall be credited with £379,243. 1 Thereafter, the Annual Deferral Amount, accrued Quarterly with respect to employment in any Year, as determined in Section 3(a) above, shall be credited to the Deferral Account as of the last day of each Quarter.

4. Income , Gains and Losses. In addition to Quarterly credits, and until the Deferral Account Balance is fully paid, the Deferral Account Balance shall be adjusted as of the last day of each Year to reflect hypothetical investment returns determined by reference to the performance of not more than two investment funds designated by the Executive on Exhibit A hereto, such designation being subject to the approval of the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)). If two investment funds are approved and denominated in the same currency, the hypothetical investment return shall be based on the weighted average investment returns of the two funds. If two investment funds are approved and one is denominated in US Dollars and the other in Great Britain Pounds, the balance of the USD Sub-Account shall be deemed to be notionally invested in the fund that is denominated in US Dollars, and the balance of the GBP Sub-Account shall be deemed to be notionally invested in the fund that is denominated in Great Britain Pounds, and the hypothetical investment return of each sub-account shall be based on the investment return of the fund in which it is deemed to be notionally invested. The Executive shall provide appropriate reports of the performance of the investment fund or funds to the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or to the person, if any, to whom the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) has delegated recordkeeping responsibility hereunder (the “Recordkeeper”). A report of the performance of such fund, or funds, shall be provided as soon as practicable following the end of each Quarter to the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) (or Recordkeeper), both for the Quarter being reported and, if after the first Quarter, for the Year through the Quarter in question. The Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)), or the Recordkeeper, as the case may be, shall adjust the Deferral Account annually to reflect the income, gains and losses that would have been realized by the Deferral Account (based upon such performance by the hypothetical investment fund, or funds). The Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) shall have the authority to establish such procedures as it reasonably determines appropriate, after consultation with the Executive, to record such hypothetical investment returns, including, without limitation, procedures for the making of investment credits and debits to the account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s hypothetical investment return during the six-month period ending on the December 31 st prior to any payment date hereunder (or such shorter period determined by the Company in its sole discretion (“Short Period”)) with respect to the portion of the Deferral Account payable on such date (“Payment Amount”) shall be based on the six-month LIBOR rate (or a LIBOR rate that is appropriate for the Short Period) quoted in the www.bba.org.uk website for the last business day within such period (“LIBOR Rate”). Furthermore, the hypothetical investment return on the Payment Amount during the period beginning on the January 1 st prior to the applicable payment date hereunder and ending immediately prior to such payment date shall be based on the LIBOR Rate that is appropriate for such period. For these purposes, the US Dollar LIBOR rate shall be used for the USD Sub-Account and the GBP LIBOR rate shall be used for the GBP Sub-Account.

5. Vesting . The Executive’s interest in the Deferral Account shall be fully vested and non-forfeitable at all times.

 

 

1 This amount shall be (i) 20% of 2005 base salary, together with interest from the last day of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ended March 31, 2005 through the date immediately preceding the Effective Date, plus (ii) 20% of 2006 base salary, together with interest from the last day of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ended March 31, 2006 through the date immediately preceding the Effective Date, plus (iii) 20% of 2007 base salary, together with interest from the last day of each Quarter commencing March 31, 2007 through the date immediately preceding the Effective Date, plus (iv) 30% of 2008 base salary, together with interest from the last day of the Quarter ended March 31, 2008 through the date immediately preceding the Effective Date. Interest to be credited for each Quarter (or shorter period if the Effective Date does not begin a calendar quarter) shall be credited at the 3-month LIBOR rate (or the LIBOR rate appropriate for the shorter period) quoted in the www.bba.org.uk website for the last business day in such Quarter (or such shorter period). The 3-month (or shorter period) US Dollar LIBOR rate shall be used for amounts credited to the USD Sub-Account and the 3-month (or shorter period) GBP LIBOR rate shall be used for amounts credited to the GBP Sub-Account.

 

2

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


6. Payment .

(a) Commencement . The Deferral Account Balance shall be paid to the Executive commencing in 2013 (no later than April 15, 2013) except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 but shall not be paid sooner than the earliest date permitted without violating Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(b) Schedule of Payment . The Deferral Account Balance shall be paid as follows:

(i) 50% of the Deferral Account Balance as of December 31, 2012 shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable in 2013, but no later than April 15, 2013; and

(ii) 100% of the remaining Deferral Account Balance as of December 31, 2019 shall be paid to the Executive as soon as practicable in 2020, but no later than April 15, 2020.

(c) Changes in Form of Payment . The Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) may, in its sole discretion, provide the Executive the opportunity to change the commencement date or the form of payment, or both, provided the following requirements are satisfied: (i) the Executive’s election does not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made; (ii) in the case of an election related to a payment other than on account of death or Disability or unforeseeable emergency, the payment is deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been paid; and (iii) in the case of a payment under Sections 6(a) and (b), the election is made at least 12 months prior to the scheduled payment date.

(d) Accelerated Payment . Notwithstanding the above, the entire Deferral Account Balance will be paid out in a single lump sum in the event of (i) a Change in Control (as defined below), (ii) a Disability, or (iii) the Executive’s death. Upon the occurrence of such event, the Deferral Account Balance shall be subject to:

(A) such credits as provided in Section 3 (if the event occurs on a date other than the last day of a Quarter, the Quarterly credit shall be on a pro-rata basis reflecting the last sentence of Section 3(a)); and

(B) such adjustment for income, gains and losses as provided in Section 4.

Payments made pursuant to this Section 6(d) shall be made to the Executive (or the Executive’s beneficiary if made due to the Executive’s death) as soon as administratively practicable, but in no event later than the later of (i) December 31 st of the year in which the event triggering the payout occurs, or (ii) the 15 th day of the third month following the event triggering the payout. (Beneficiary for this purpose shall mean the beneficiary, if any, designated by the Executive on Exhibit B hereto, which designation may be amended from time to time by the Executive in a writing filed with the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)). For purposes of this Supplemental Retirement Agreement, a “Disability” shall mean the Executive: is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

(e) Unforeseeable Emergency . Other provisions of the Supplemental Retirement Agreement notwithstanding, if, upon a written notice from the Executive, the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) determines that the Executive has an “unforeseeable emergency” (as defined for purposes of Section 409A), the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) may direct an immediate lump sum payment to the Executive in an amount not to exceed the amount permissible under Section 409A.

(f) Delays in Distribution . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted under Section 409A, any distribution hereunder may be delayed at the discretion of the Committee if such distribution would (i) not be fully deductible under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the delay would increase the probability that the distribution would be deductible, or (ii) violate Federal securities laws or other applicable laws.

(g) Change in Control . “Change in Control” means (i) a change in the ownership or control of WPP Group plc which is effected through any of the transactions set forth below and which constitutes a permissible payment event under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(a)(5), or (ii) a change in the ownership or control of the Company, or any

 

3

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


corporation in the chain of corporations described under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii)(A)(3) ending with the Company, such that WPP Group plc is no longer the ultimate parent of the Company (for purposes of (A) and (C) below only), which is effected through any of the following transactions and which constitutes a permissible payment event under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(a)(5):

 

  (A) a merger, consolidation or reorganization approved by the applicable company’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the successor company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the applicable company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction;

 

  (B) any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all (i.e., 85 percent or more) of the applicable company’s assets to an unrelated entity;

 

  (C) any transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which any person or any group of persons comprising a “group” within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(l) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (other than the applicable company or a person that, prior to such transaction or series of related transactions, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the applicable company) becomes directly or indirectly the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of securities possessing (or convertible into or exercisable for securities possessing) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the applicable company’s securities (determined by the power to vote with respect to the elections of board members) outstanding immediately after the consummation of such transaction or series of related transactions, whether such transaction involves a direct issuance from the applicable company or the acquisition of outstanding securities held by one or more of the applicable company’s stockholders; or

 

  (D) change in the composition of the board or directors of WPP Group plc over a period of twelve (12) consecutive months or less such that a majority of the board members is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the board members before the date of the appointment or election.

For the avoidance of doubt, a transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if undertaken to change the applicable company’s positioning within WPP Group plc’s controlled group, to change the applicable company’s place of incorporation or organization, or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the applicable company’s securities immediately before such transactions.

(h) Currency . If the Deferral Account consists of two sub-accounts as described in Section 2 above, the balance credited to each sub-account shall be paid to the Executive in the currency in which such sub-account is denominated, unless arrangements between the Executive and the Company are made to distribute the balance in a different currency and the arrangements do not subject the Company to any currency risk.

7. Claims and Review Procedures .

(a) Claims Procedure . If the Executive believes that payment has not been made in a timely manner the Executive may file a claim for benefits under this Supplemental Retirement Agreement (a “Claim”). A Claim shall be made by written notice (i) describing the basis for the Claim and (ii) shall be submitted to the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate within six months after the date on which such benefit is claimed to have been due. Within sixty (60) days after its receipt of a Claim, the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate shall respond to the Executive (or, if applicable, the Executive’s beneficiary) by written notice of its determination to approve or deny the same, which notice, in the case of any denial, shall further set forth in reasonable detail the basis for denial, specific reference to the Supplemental Retirement Agreement provisions on which the denial is based, steps to be taken to have the denial reviewed and, if applicable, a description of any additional material needed to be provided by the Executive. The Executive may, in his discretion, elect to treat any failure of the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate to respond to a Claim within the time period set forth above as denial.

 

4

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


(b) Review Procedure . If a Claim is denied, the Executive may obtain a review of the denial by written request for review (i) describing the basis for his determination that denial was erroneous and (ii) submitted to the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate within sixty (60) days after the date of denial or deemed denial of the Claim pursuant to Section 7(a) above, as applicable. Within sixty days (60) following the Committee’s (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate’s receipt of a request for review, the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate shall review the Claim (together with any supporting documents or other written materials reasonably related to the request and submitted therewith) and give the Executive written notice of its determination to approve or deny the same, which notice, in the case of any denial, shall further set forth in reasonable detail the basis for denial. No determination of the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or its delegate shall be deemed to preclude further action by the Executive (or, if applicable, the Executive’s beneficiary) with respect to the Claim.

(c) Disability . Notwithstanding the foregoing, a claim related to Disability shall be administered in accordance with Department of Labor Regulation Section 2560.503-1.

8. Rabbi Trust . The Company may establish a trust agreement for the purpose of holding and investing amounts that may be used to provide benefits under this Supplemental Retirement Agreement. Assets held in such rabbi trust shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of the Company’s insolvency.

9. 401(k) Plan . The Executive shall not participate in the 40l(k) Plan.

10. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Expectation of Employment . Neither this Supplemental Retirement Agreement nor the creation of the Deferral Account hereunder confers on the Executive an expectation of continued employment with the Company.

(b) Unfunded Plan . Any deferred amount to be paid to the Executive pursuant to this Supplemental Retirement Agreement is an unfunded obligation of the Company. Except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 8 above (i) the Company is not required to segregate any monies from its general funds, to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits with respect to this obligation and (ii) legal and beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments that the Company may make to fulfill this obligation, shall at all times remain in the Company. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in the terms of the applicable instrument, any investments, and the creation or maintenance of any trust accounts, shall not create or constitute a trust or a fiduciary relationship between the Committee (as defined in Section 10(c)) or the Company and the Executive, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in the Executive, or any creditor(s) of the Executive or in any assets of the Company whatsoever. Neither the Executive nor any person claiming by or through the Executive, shall have a claim against the Company for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Supplemental Retirement Agreement. The Supplemental Retirement Agreement is also intended to be a “top-hat” plan which is maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and is exempt from the provisions of Part 4 of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

(c) Administration . The Supplemental Retirement Agreement shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of WPP Group plc or any individual or group to whom such committee delegates administrative responsibility (the “Committee”). The Committee shall: (i) interpret the Supplemental Retirement Agreement; (ii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to the Supplemental Retirement Agreement from time to time as it deems proper and in the best interests of the Company; and (iii) take any and all other action necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Supplemental Retirement Agreement. The Committee may appoint a Recordkeeper as described in Section 4 above. The Committee shall have full discretionary power and authority to construe and interpret the provisions of the Supplemental Retirement Agreement and to determine all other matters in carrying out the intended purposes of the Agreement.

 

5

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


(d) Amendment . The Committee may from time to time amend the Supplemental Retirement Agreement, in whole or in part. No amendment may impair the rights of the Executive except to the extent such amendment is reasonably necessary to comply with any applicable law including, but not limited to, Section 409A.

(e) Withholding . The Company shall have the right to withhold, from time to time, amounts necessary to comply with any and all applicable income, wage and other tax laws, and to reduce the value of any Deferral Account or the amount of any payment hereunder as appropriate with respect thereto. Such reduction may include the reduction of Deferral Account balances on account of FICA, FUTA and other amounts with respect to which required withholding precedes the date of payment.

(f) Assignment . The right of the Executive or any beneficiary to the payment of any amounts under the Supplemental Retirement Agreement may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or encumbered, nor shall such right or other interests be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution or other legal process.

(g) Incapacity . If the Committee finds that the Executive or any beneficiary to whom any amount is payable under the Supplemental Retirement Agreement is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or legal disability, any payment due (unless a prior claim therefore shall have been made by the Executive’s legal representative), at the discretion of the Committee, shall be paid to the Executive’s next of kin. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the obligations of the Company under the provisions of the Supplemental Retirement Agreement.

(h) Governing Law . Except to the extent preempted by Federal law, the Supplemental Retirement Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of New York, and in any dispute arising out of this Supplemental Retirement Agreement, including its application and interpretation, each Executive confers and consents to exclusive personal jurisdiction in the state and federal courts in New York.

(i) Integration . This Supplemental Retirement Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

(j) Headings . The use of headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein.

(k) Compliance with Section 409A . It is intended that all applicable provisions of this Supplemental Retirement Agreement comply with the requirements of Section 409A, and this Supplemental Retirement Agreement shall be interpreted and operated in accordance with such requirements, where applicable.

 

6

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


(l) Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express or overnight mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, or sent by facsimile transmission (with written confirmation received) or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or the next day after overnight mail, as follows:

 

  (i) If the Company, to:

 

     WPP Group USA, Inc.
     125 Park Avenue
     NY, NY 10017
     Attention: Tom Lobene, Treasurer—The Americas
     Telephone: 212-632-2228
     Fax: 212-632-2290

 

  (ii) And a copy to:

 

     WPP Group USA, Inc.
     125 Park Avenue
     NY, NY 10017
     Attention: Firouzeh Bahrampour, US Legal Advisor
     Telephone: 212-632-2241
     Fax: 212-632-2248

 

  (iii) If the Executive, to the Executive’s home and office addresses reflected in the Company’s records.

[Signature on next page]

 

7

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Supplemental Retirement Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

EXECUTIVE

LOGO

Home address:   LOGO

Office address:

 
WPP GROUP USA, INC.

 

By:  

LOGO

Name:

 

Title:

  LOGO
 

 

8

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


Exhibit A

Subject to the approval of the Committee, Executive designates the following investment funds in accordance with Section 4 of the Supplemental Retirement Agreement:

1)

 

   LOGO
  

2)

  

 

Signature:    LOGO   Date: 20 June 2008

 

9

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_


Exhibit B

 

Name of Beneficiary:

 

LOGO

Relationship to Executive:

 

Address:

 

LOGO

Signature:

  LOGO   Date: 20 June 2008

 

10

 

1146270v1 03023 4001-019_

Exhibit 4.35

AMENDMENT TO SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT made effective as of this 19th day of November, 2008, to the Supplemental Retirement Agreement (the “Supplemental Retirement Agreement”) made and entered into as of the 1 st day of July, 2008, by and between WPP Group USA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Paul Richardson (the “Executive”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the introduction of a new ultimate parent company for the Company pursuant to a scheme of arrangement set out in part 3 of the circular to shareholders of WPP Group plc dated October 6, 2008, with or subject to any modification, addition or condition approved or imposed by the High Court of Justice in England and Wales (the “Scheme”);

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree that the Agreement is hereby amended as follows, with such amendment to be effective only if the Scheme becomes effective:

 

  1. The term “WPP plc” is substituted for the term “WPP Group plc” each place it appears in the Supplemental Retirement Agreement.

 

  2. Except as modified in Section 1 of this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Supplemental Retirement Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  3. This Amendment may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

WPP GROUP USA, INC.
By:   

LOGO

 

Name and Title:   Firouzeh Bahrampour
 

Assistant Secretary

 

EXECUTIVE

LOGO

Home address:  Dec 12, 2008

 

Office address:   125 Park Avenue
 

NY NY 10017

Exhibit 4.36

 

 

DATED Third August 1998

ASATSU INC.

   (1)
WPP INTERNATIONAL HOLDING B.V.    (2)
(currently named Hanover Square Holding BV)   
WPP GROUP PLC    (3)
  
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT   
  


CONTENTS

 

Clause    Heading    Page

1

   DEFINITIONS    2

2

   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    5

3

   ISSUE OF THE NEW ASATSU SHARES    6

4

   ISSUE OF THE NEW WPP SHARES    6

5

   COMPLETION    7

6

   ASATSU SHARES    8

7

   WPP SHARES    10

8

  

TERMINATION OF THE CO-OPERATION AND ALLIANCE AGREEMENT AND NON-COMPLETION OF THE HEADS OF AGREEMENT

   11

9

   WARRANTIES    12

10

   DIRECTORS    13

11

   GUARANTEE BY WPP    14

12

   ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY    14

13

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT    15

14

   GENERAL    15

15

   LAW AND JURISDICTION    16

Schedule

  

SCHEDULE 1 ASATSU INC.

   17

SCHEDULE 2 WPP INTERNATIONAL HOLDING BV
(currently named Hanover Square Holding BV)

   18

SCHEDULE 3 WPP GROUP PLC

   19

SCHEDULE 4 DEED OF ADHERENCE

   20

SCHEDULE 5 NOTICE DETAILS SCHEDULE

   21

SCHEDULE 6 PROMISSORY NOTE

   22

SCHEDULE 7 UNDERTAKING WITH DAIWA

   24

SCHEDULE 8 SECURITIES TRUST AGREEMENT

   27

SCHEDULE 9 BANK FORMS RELATING TO THE PLEDGE

   33

 


Exhibit

  

Heading

   Page

EXHIBIT 1 PROVISIONS ENSURING MAINTENANCE OF MPH

   36

EXHIBIT 2 MEANS BY WHICH WPP WILL DISPOSE OF ASATSU SHARES

   38

 


DATE OF AGREEMENT Third August 1998

PARTIES

 

(1) ASATSU INC. (a company organised and existing under the laws of Japan) whose registered office is at 16-12, Ginza 7-chome, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 104-8172, Japan (“Asatsu”).

 

(2) WPP INTERNATIONAL HOLDING B.V., currently named “Hanover Square Holding BV” (a company organised and existing under the laws of the Netherlands) whose registered office is at Prins Alexanderplein 8, 3067 GC Rotterdam, The Netherlands (“WIH”)

 

(3) WPP GROUP PLC (a company organised and existing under the laws of England and Wales) whose principal place of business is at 27 Farm Street, London W1X 6RD (“WPP”).

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) Asatsu and WPP, in order to facilitate the development of a co-operative relationship between themselves, each desire both to acquire a portion of the other’s equity and to have a portion of their own equity acquired by the other.

 

(B) Asatsu is incorporated in accordance with the laws of Japan. The total number of issued and outstanding shares in Asatsu as at the date hereof Is 33,674,300.

 

(C) On the terms and conditions set out below Asatsu has agreed to issue and allot to WIH, and WIH has agreed to subscribe and pay for ordinary shares that will, when issued and following the merger of Asatsu with DIK (as hereinafter defined) be equivalent to the minimum number of full trading units on the Tokyo Stock Exchange in the ordinary shares of Asatsu that represent not less than 20% of the total issued share capital of Asatsu and comprising 10,331,100 shares. It being recognised by the Parties that based on the issued share capital of Asatsu at the date hereof this represents 23.5% of that share capital. It is also recognised by the Parties that following the merger of Asatsu with DIK, WPP will hold that number of full trading units on the Tokyo Stock Exchange in the ordinary shares of Asatsu that represent not less than 20% of the Issued share capital of Asatsu.

 

(D) Asatsu has agreed to subscribe for and WPP has agreed to issue and allot to Asatsu ordinary shares in WPP on the terms and conditions set out below.

 

(E) Asatsu and WPP have also agreed to enter into the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement, and the Heads of Agreement (as defined below) and the Parties have agreed that the relationship between them shall be conducted, inter alia, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Heads of Agreement.

 

(F) More particular details of the Parties are set out at Schedules 1,2 and 3 respectively.

 

1 DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires the following expressions have the following meanings:

 

  1.1.1 “in the Agreed Form” means in a form agreed and initialled by or on behalf of Parties to the Agreement for the purposes of identification.

 

  1.1.2 “Asatsu Accounts” means the audited consolidated profit and loss accounts of Asatsu for the year ended 31 December 1997 and the balance sheet of Asatsu prepared as at that date in accordance with Japanese Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and the management accounts (comprising a profit and loss account and a balance sheet for the period from 1 January 1998 to 30 June 1998 prepared on a non-consolidated basis).

 

2


  1.1.3 “Asatsu Board Resolution” means the resolution of the Board of Directors of Asatsu pursuant to which that Board will authorise the issue and allotment of the New Asatsu Shares.

 

  1.1.4 “Asatsu Group” means Asatsu and any or all subsidiary or associated companies for the time being of Asatsu.

 

  1.1.5 “Asatsu Shares” means any ordinary shares of ¥50 each in the share capital of Asatsu.

 

  1.1.6 “Asatsu Subscription Price” means the Average Asatsu Share Price multiplied by 10,331,100.

 

  1.1.7 “Average Asatsu Share Price” means the average of the closing price on the Tokyo Stock Exchange (which is rounded upwards to an integrated yen) for an Asatsu Share in the case of the Asatsu Subscription Price for a period of 30 continuous business days in Japan (omitting days when there is no closing price) ending on the business day in Japan immediately prior to the date of the Asatsu Board Resolution as certified by The Daiwa Securities Co. Ltd. (or such other broker for the time being of Asatsu).

 

  1.1.8 “Average WPP Share Price” means the average of the closing price on the London Stock Exchange (ascertained by reference to the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for a WPP Share for the same number of continuous business days in the United Kingdom (omitting days when there is no closing price) ending on the calendar day in the United Kingdom which corresponds to the business day in Japan immediately prior to the date of the Asatsu Board Resolution and which will be certified by Panmure Gordon & Co. Limited (or such other broker for the time being of WPP).

 

  1.1.9 “Business Day” means a day (excluding Saturday and Sunday) on which clearing banks are generally open for business in both the City of London and Tokyo.

 

  1.1.10 Co-operation and Alliance Agreement means the agreement between WPP and Asatsu in the Agreed Form.

 

  1.1.11 “Completion” means completion of this Agreement in accordance with clause 5.

 

  1.1.12 “Conditions” means the conditions precedent to this Agreement set out in clause 2.

 

  1.1.13 “Deed of Adherence” means a deed of adherence in the form attached as Schedule 4 with the effect that any person executing such deed assumes the benefit and burden of this Agreement as if originally a Party hereto.

 

  1.1.14 “DIK” means Daiichi Kikaku Co., Ltd.

 

  1.1.15 “Heads of Agreement” means the heads of agreement in the Agreed Form pursuant to which Asatsu and WPP agree the basis upon which Asatsu will indirectly acquire 10% of the issued share capitals of Ogilvy & Mather Japan KK and J Walter Thompson Japan Limited by means of the acquisition by Asatsu of 10% of the issued share capital of WPP Japan Holding BV (at the date of this Agreement called Festival Square Holding BV) being a member of the WPP Group and a company organised and existing under the laws of the Netherlands for the sole purpose of owning and which will on Completion own, the entire issued share capitals of Ogilvy & Mather Japan KK and J Walter Thompson Japan Limited.

 

  1.1.16 “Listing Rules” means the rules made by the London Stock Exchange pursuant to section 142 of the Financial Services Act 1986 as amended from time to time.

 

  1.1.17 “London Stock Exchange” means The London Stock Exchange Limited.

 

3


  1.1.18 “Major International Communications Group” means either:

 

  1.1.18.1 a company or corporation having offices outside its country of incorporation which either on its own or together with

 

  1.1.18.1.1 directly or indirectly owned subsidiary companies or corporations; end/or

 

  1.1.18.1.2 companies or corporations who directly or indirectly own more than 30% of the company or corporation; and/or

 

  1.1.18.1.3 all other subsidiaries of any such companies or corporations; or

 

  1.1.18.2 any of any such subsidiaries or companies or corporations; or

 

  1.1.18.3 as the context may require, any such group of companies or corporations

 

       having annual billings in respect of business in the communications (including media, design and public relations activities) and advertising industries in excess of US$ 1 billion (which figure, for the purpose of this definition, shall be increased annually from the date hereof by 5% of the figure applicable before such increase).

 

  1.1.19 “Maximum Permitted Holding” means the minimum number of full trading units on the Tokyo Stock Exchange in the ordinary shares of Asatsu that represent following the merger of Asatsu with DIK not less than 20% of the issued shares of Asatsu at any relevant time. Prior to and subject to the completion of this merger, the shares held by WPP in Asatsu in excess of 20% shall be held in accordance with and shall be subject to the provisions of clause 6.9.

 

  1.1.20 “New Asatsu Shares” means 10,331,100 Asatsu Shares to be issued and allotted on Completion to WIH at the Average Asatsu Share Price per New Asatsu Share pursuant to clause 3. If any additional Asatsu Shares are acquired by members of the WPP Group pursuant to clause 6.3, then such shares will also be deemed New Asatsu Shares.

 

  1.1.21 “New WPP Shares” means the New WPP Shares to be issued and allotted to Asatsu in accordance with clause 4.1 at the Average WPP Share Price per New WPP Share. If any additional WPP Shares are acquired by members of the Asatsu Group pursuant to clause 7.3, then such shares will also be deemed New WPP Shares.

 

  1.1.22 “Parties” means the Parties to this Agreement.

 

  1.1.23 “Promissory Note” means the Promissory Note in the Agreed Form set out in Schedule 6 hereto to be issued by Asatsu in consideration of the issue and allotment to it of the New WPP Shares on Completion.

 

  1.1.24 “Shareholders’ Agreement” means the agreement in the Agreed Form pursuant to which certain shareholders of Asatsu and WPP agree to regulate their conduct in relation to the Asatsu Shares respectively.

 

  1.1.25 “Warranties” means those warranties set out in clause 9.

 

  1.1.26 “WPP Accounts” means the Annual Report and Consolidated Accounts of WPP for the year ended 31 December 1997 including audited consolidated profit and loss accounts of WPP for the year ended 31 December 1997 and the balance sheet of WPP prepared as at that date in accordance with English Generally Accepted Accounting Principles and the management accounts (comprising a profit and loss account and a balance sheet for the period from 1 January 1998 to 31 May 1998).

 

4


  1.1.27 “WPP” or “WPP Group” means WPP Group plc and any or all subsidiary or associated companies for the time being of WPP Group plc. including WIH.

 

  1.1.28 “WPP Subscription Price” means the sterling amount equal to the Asatsu Subscription Price calculated at the then prevailing TTS ¥/£ rate of exchange quoted at 10.00 am by Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi on the Tokyo foreign exchange market on the date of issue of the Promissory Note.

 

  1.1.29 “WPP Shares” means any ordinary shares of 10 pence each in the share capital of WPP.

 

  1.1.30 ¥ means the Japanese Yen unit of currency.

 

  1.1.31 £ means the Pound Sterling unit of currency.

 

1.2 References to clauses and schedules are unless otherwise stated references to clauses in and schedules to this Agreement.

 

1.3 The headings to the clauses are for convenience only and have no legal effect.

 

1.4 Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.5 Words importing the masculine include the feminine and vice versa.

 

2 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

2.1 Completion of this Agreement shall be conditional upon the following conditions precedent:

 

  2.1.1 the London Stock Exchange agreeing to admit the New WPP Shares to be allotted on Completion to the Official List (subject to allotment) and the Tokyo Stock Exchange agreeing to admit the New Asatsu Shares to be allotted on Completion to the First Section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange (subject to allotment);

 

  2.1.2 all necessary resolutions of the Board of Directors of the parties shall have been adopted approving the allotment and issue on Completion of the New Asatsu Shares and the New WPP Shares (as the case may be) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  2.1.3 all necessary consents or approvals being obtained in respect of this Agreement and the issue, allotment and subscription of the New Asatsu Shares and the New WPP Shares to be allotted on Completion contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to any relevant regulatory authority in Japan, the United Kingdom or elsewhere including any necessary approvals by the members of Asatsu or the WPP Group respectively (including, but not limited to, a resolution of the shareholders of WPP foregoing any pre-emptive rights that they may have in connection with the issue of the New WPP Shares);

 

  2.1.4 all of the Warranties being true and accurate as at Completion so that if they are not the Party receiving the benefit of the relevant Warranty may either rescind this Agreement without penalty or proceed to Completion without prejudice to its rights in respect of such breach of Warranty;

 

  2.1.5 so far as permitted by law or the regulations of any competent authority having jurisdiction over any Party the completion, to the reasonable satisfaction of Asatsu and WPP, of due diligence of the assets and liabilities and financial state of affairs of the other;

 

  2.1.6 execution of the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement;

 

5


  2.1.7 execution of the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Heads of Agreement; and

 

  2.1.8 execution of the acquisition agreement giving effect to the Heads of Agreement in respect of which WPP shall use its best endeavours to complete this acquisition agreement as soon as is reasonably possible following Completion.

 

2.2 Each Party may, in its absolute and sole discretion, waive any part of the Conditions.

 

2.3 Completion will take place on the date and at the time and place referred to in clause 5.1 below. If Completion has not occurred on or before 31 October 1998 or such later date as the Parties shall agree, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and the Parties shall be released from their obligations hereunder and shall have no further liability under or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement save for any prior breaches hereof. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, the provisions of clauses 12, 13, 14.4 and 15 shall survive any termination of this Agreement. It is the intention of the Parties that this Agreement, the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement, the Shareholders’ Agreement and the Heads of Agreement will be executed on the same day.

 

3 ISSUE OF THE NEW ASATSU SHARES

 

3.1 Subject to satisfaction of the Conditions WIH hereby agrees to subscribe and pay for on Completion and Asatsu agrees to issue and allot to WIH on Completion the New Asatsu Shares.

 

3.2 Completion and the allotment of the New Asatsu Shares to be allotted under the terms of this Agreement shall take place as soon as practicable following the passing of the Asatsu Board Resolution.

 

3.3 The consideration for the issue and allotment of the New Asatsu Shares to WIH is the Asatsu Subscription Price, which shall be received by a bank in Tokyo designated by Asatsu on or prior to 3.00 pm on the date of payment of the Asatsu Subscription Price as specified by Asatsu’s Board of Directors.

 

3.4 Asatsu undertakes to procure that any person having such rights shall waive all and any rights of pre-emption over the issue of the New Asatsu Shares existing under the articles of incorporation of Asatsu or otherwise.

 

4 ISSUE OF THE NEW WPP SHARES

 

4.1 Subject to satisfaction of the Conditions and WIH’s payment of the total amount of the Asatsu Subscription Price, WPP agrees to issue and allot to Asatsu the New WPP Shares.

 

4.2 The number of the New WPP Shares to be issued and allotted to Asatsu shall be such number of the New WPP Shares which shall be equal to the WPP Subscription Price divided by the Average WPP Share Price per New WPP Share. If such number shall not be a whole number, no fraction of a New WPP Share shall be allotted, but instead the number to be allotted shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number and the consideration for the issue and allotment of the New WPP Shares to Asatsu shall be the WPP Subscription Price, which shall be satisfied by the issue by Asatsu of the Promissory Note.

 

4.3 WPP undertakes to procure that any other person having such rights shall waive all and any rights of pre-emption over the New WPP Shares existing by virtue of the articles of association of WPP or otherwise.

 

6


5 COMPLETION

 

5.1 Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the Conditions, Completion with respect to the New Asatsu Shares and the New WPP Shares shall take place at 10.30 am on a Business Day to be agreed between Asatsu and WPP during the month of September 1998 when all (but not part only unless the Parties so agree) of the following business shall be transacted:

 

  5.1.1 The Parties shall produce documentary evidence in a form reasonably satisfactory to the other Parties to confirm that the Conditions have been satisfied.

 

  5.1.2 With respect to the New Asatsu Shares, WIH shall then deliver its application for such New Asatsu Shares and pay the Asatsu Subscription Price to a bank designated by Asatsu by way of telegraphic transfer and, subject to the issue and allotment by WPP of the New WPP Shares, Asatsu shall then allot and issue as soon as legally possible the New Asatsu Shares to WIH subject to the terms of this Agreement and the provisions of Chapter III-2 of the Commercial Code of Japan and the name of WIH shall be entered in the register of shareholders of Asatsu as soon as possible and Asatsu shall deliver to Daiwa Securities Co. Ltd (or such other broker for the time being of Asatsu) who shall hold the same on behalf of WIH in accordance with the Undertaking in the form set out in Schedule 7 a share certificate and all other necessary documents in relation to the issue to WIH of such New Asatsu Shares.

 

  5.1.3 With respect to the New WPP Shares, Asatsu will pay the WPP Subscription Price to WPP by the issue of the Promissory Note. WPP shall then issue and allot the New WPP Shares to Asatsu subject to the terms of this Agreement, the name of Asatsu shall be entered in the register of members of WPP as soon as possible, and WPP shall deliver subject to clause 5.5 to Asatsu a duly executed share certificate and all other necessary documents in relation to the issue to Asatsu of the New WPP Shares.

 

  5.1.4 The Securities Trust Agreement will be entered into pursuant to the terms of clause 6.9.

 

5.2 After Completion each of the Parties will do all acts and things which may prove reasonably necessary to implement in full their respective obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.3

If any of the foregoing provisions is not complied with on or before the date agreed pursuant to clause 5.1 above any Party may by written notice to the others defer Completion to a later date being not later than 31 October 1998 (and the provisions of this clause 5 shall apply to Completion as so deferred). Unless in such circumstances Completion is so deferred, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and none of the Parties shall have any rights against any other Party hereunder save for any prior breaches hereof. In the event that the Completion with respect to the New WPP Shares is not implemented in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding the implementation of the Completion with respect to the New Asatsu Shares, Asatsu shall have the right to redeem (subject to the applicable laws of Japan, including the Commercial Code, and the Rules of the Tokyo Stock Exchange) or cause to be purchased by a third party nominated by Asatsu all (but not part only unless the Parties so agree) of such New Asatsu Shares issued to and acquired by WIH on Completion under this Agreement at the same price as paid by WIH to Asatsu in accordance with clause 3 plus, if the failure to implement is due to a cause attributable to Asatsu, simple interest at the rate of 6 percent per annum following (but excluding) the date of payment by WIH in accordance with clause 3.3. Asatsu and WPP hereby agree to make their respective best efforts in such case to obtain agreement from the Tokyo Stock Exchange so that such redemption or purchase may be completed as soon as possible. If such redemption or purchase has not taken place within 12 months of the date of Completion WIH (or such other member of the WPP Group then holding the New Asatsu Shares) shall be obligated to sell the New Asatsu Shares on the Tokyo Stock Exchange as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable provided that such member of

 

7


 

the WPP Group shall comply with the provisions of clause 6.5 and PROVIDED ALWAYS that no member of the WPP Group shall be obligated to sell such New Asatsu Shares if the net consideration per share that would otherwise be receivable on the sale of those New Asatsu Shares would be less than the price paid by WIH to Asatsu in accordance with clause 3.3 plus, if the failure to implement is due to a cause attributable to Asatsu, simple interest at the rate of 6 percent per annum.

 

5.4 In addition to the rights of the Parties contained in clause 5.3 above if for any reason admission of the New WPP Shares to the Official List of the London Stock Exchange does not become effective or if Completion with respect to the New WPP Shares is not otherwise implemented in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement WPP shall immediately cancel the Promissory Note or, in the event that the Promissory Note has been redeemed by Asatsu, repay the WPP Subscription Price in cash to Asatsu plus, if the failure to admit the New WPP Shares to the Official List or otherwise to implement the Completion with respect to the New WPP Shares is due to a cause attributable to WPP, simple interest at the rate of 6 per cent per annum calculated from (but excluding) the date of redemption of the Promissory Note.

 

5.5 Until redemption by Asatsu of the Promissory Note, Asatsu hereby agrees that the share certificate for the New WPP Shares issued and allotted to Asatsu in accordance with this agreement will be held in escrow by Anderson Mori and by Haruki Sawai & Inoue as joint escrow agents. Also, Asatsu hereby agrees to (i) create a pledge on the deposit at a bank (the “Bank”) mutually agreed in which the Asatsu Subscription Price is held in order to secure the redemption by Asatsu of the Promissory Note; or (ii) take such other measures to secure such redemption, including a bank guarantee, as approved by WPP. The said pledge shall be perfected by submission to the Bank of a form set out in Schedule 9. Such pledge or such other measures shall be cancelled as soon after as the Promissory Note is redeemed by Asatsu by submission of a form set out in Schedule 9.

 

6 ASATSU SHARES

 

6.1 Asatsu will, as soon as reasonably practicable before the issue of the New Asatsu Shares apply to the Tokyo Stock Exchange for admission of the New Asatsu Shares to the First Section of the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

 

6.2 The New Asatsu Shares shall be deemed fully paid up and shall be free from all liens, charges and encumbrances and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the then existing Asatsu Shares as at the date of allotment except that they shall not rank for any dividend distribution rights or bonuses declared made or paid by reference to a record date prior to the date of issue of the New Asatsu Shares and in any event shall not be entitled to payment of any interim dividend declared or paid by reference to the half year ended 30 June 1998.

 

6.3 If, at any time after Completion, any additional Asatsu Shares are issued or certain other events take place which may result in WPP’s holding of Asatsu Shares becoming less or greater than the Maximum Permitted Holding, then WPP shall be given the opportunity to maintain the Maximum Permitted Holding in accordance with Exhibit 1 attached hereto.

 

6.4 Each of WIH and WPP agrees and undertakes that it will not, and WPP will procure that no member of the WPP Group will, dispose of or agree conditionally or unconditionally to dispose of any title or Interest In or to any New Asatsu Shares legally or beneficially owned by it for a period of 5 years from the date of Completion without the prior written consent of Asatsu; provided always that in the event that WIH or any member of the WPP Group is obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of any Asatsu Shares held by it in accordance with any provision of this Agreement, the above restriction on disposition of the New Asatsu Shares shall not apply.

 

6.5

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, after the expiration of the time period referred to in clause 6.4 each of WIH and WPP agrees and undertakes that it will not, and WPP will

 

8


 

procure that no member of the WPP Group will, sell transfer, gift or otherwise dispose of the legal and/or beneficial interest in any of the New Asatsu Shares in any manner other than as provided for in sub-paragraph (A) of Exhibit 2 attached hereto.

 

6.6 The provisions of clause 6.5 may be waived by Asatsu in writing in respect of a particular transfer of New Asatsu Shares made by WIH or any member of the WPP Group.

 

6.7 Nothing in this clause 6 shall restrict any transfer at any time of any New Asatsu Shares by WIH or another member of the WPP Group to any other member of the WPP Group provided in each such case that (a) any such transferee of New Asatsu Shares executes a Deed of Adherence, (b) all of the New Asatsu Shares are transferred in a single block to the other member of the WPP Group, and (c) the transferee entity has the term “WPP” in its corporate name; and provided that if any person to whom any New Asatsu Shares have been transferred pursuant to this clause 6.7 (whether directly or by a series of transfers) ceases to be a person to whom the transferor of such shares (or the original transferor) would be entitled to transfer New Asatsu Shares pursuant to this clause 6.7 then Asatsu may require that person to transfer the New Asatsu Shares transferred to it to the transferor or (as the case may be) the original transferor of those New Asatsu Shares at the price paid by the transferee.

PROVIDED ALWAYS that the restrictions set out In this clause 6.7 shall not apply to any member of the WPP Group which is an intermediate transferee only of the New Asatsu Shares being a transferee which holds the New Asatsu Shares solely in order to facilitate the transfer of the New Asatsu Shares from one member of the WPP Group to another and which in any event holds any New Asatsu Shares for less than 24 hours.

 

6.8 Each of WIH and WPP agrees and undertakes that except as otherwise provided in this agreement it will not, and WPP shall procure that no member of the WPP Group will, acquire or agree conditionally or unconditionally to acquire any title or interest in any further Asatsu Shares which would result in the WPP Group holding Asatsu Shares in aggregate representing a greater number of Asatsu Shares than the Maximum Permitted Holding, and that if the WPP Group should at any time or for any reason come to hold Asatsu Shares in excess of the Maximum Permitted Holding, then such member of the WPP Group holding such excess number of Asatsu Shares will refrain from exercising the voting rights attached to such excess number of Asatsu Shares and will, if the acquisition of the excess is due to a cause attributable to WPP, if so requested by Asatsu, dispose of such excess number of Asatsu Shares in accordance with paragraph (A) of Exhibit 2. If the acquisition of the excess by WPP is due to any other cause, such excess number of Asatsu Shares shall be held under paragraph (B) of Exhibit 2.

 

6.9

For the avoidance of doubt and notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement it is agreed between the Parties that following Completion WIH will hold approximately 23.5% of the issued share capital of Asatsu and, subject to the Rules of the Tokyo Stock Exchange, Asatsu and WIH will make best efforts to agree with Daiwa Securities Co. Ltd that such number of shares as represent a percentage greater than 20% of such share capital will be deposited under the terms of the said Securities Trust Agreement and WIH will in any event refrain from exercising the voting rights attached to such excess pending completion of the merger of Asatsu with DIK but will be entitled to retain the economic benefit of such excess number of shares. If the merger between Asatsu and DIK is not completed by 31 January 1998 then Asatsu and WPP will in good faith explore together the basis on which the excess number of Asatsu Shares will be disposed of by WPP (subject to all applicable laws of Japan including the Commercial Code and the Rules of the Tokyo Stock Exchange) and the period over and the price at which they will be disposed of provided that Asatsu may at any time require WPP to dispose of such excess shares in accordance with Paragraph (A) of Exhibit 2 hereof. If the said merger does not take place as aforesaid then Asatsu may, if it so wishes, dispose of the number of WPP Shares allotted to it by reason of WPP having the excess shares in Asatsu

 

9


 

representing a percentage greater than 20%, so long as it shall co-operate with WPP as to the timing of such disposal which shall be made by such broker as WPP may nominate.

 

6.10 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause 6, each of WIH and WPP agrees and undertakes that it will not, and WPP shall procure that no member of the WPP Group will, at any time knowingly transfer any New Asatsu Shares to a Major International Communications Group without obtaining the prior written approval of Asatsu.

 

6.11 If an offer is made by a third party (ie a party not being a Party to this Agreement) to acquire the entire issued share capital of Asatsu whether by means of a tender offer or otherwise and if the Board of Directors of Asatsu recommends all shareholders of Asatsu to accept such offer and if those members of the Board of Directors holding the majority of the shares in Asatsu held by all of the Board of Directors (excluding the Board nominee of WPP) accept any such offer, then WPP shall be entitled also to accept such offer and the provisions of this Agreement and of the Shareholders’ Agreement restricting the entitlement of WPP to dispose of shares in Asatsu shall forthwith cease so as to enable WPP to exercise its rights under this clause 6.11.

 

7 WPP SHARES

 

7.1 WPP confirms that application (within the meaning of and for the purposes of the Listing Rules) has been, or will be, made to the London Stock Exchange for admission of the New WPP Shares to the Official List of the London Stock Exchange.

 

7.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of clause 5 and once admission is granted by the London Stock Exchange (subject only to allotment), WPP will:

 

  7.2.1 allot the New WPP Shares to Asatsu within 3 Business Days if not previously allotted to Asatsu subject to listing; and

 

  7.2.2 subject to the provisions of clause 5.5 instruct its registrars to deliver certificates for the New WPP Shares to Asatsu as soon as reasonably practicable and to record Asatsu’s name in WPP’s Register of Members accordingly as envisaged by clause 5.1.3 above.

 

7.3 The New WPP Shares shall be deemed fully paid up and shall be free from all liens, charges and encumbrances and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the then existing WPP Shares as at the date of allotment except that they shall not rank for any dividend distribution rights or bonuses declared made or paid by reference to a record date prior to the date of issue of the New WPP Shares and in any event shall not be entitled to payment of in respect of the New WPP Shares any interim dividend declared or paid by reference to the half year ended 30 June 1998. If, at any time after Completion, any additional WPP Shares are issued, any member of the Asatsu Group then holding Asatsu Shares will be entitled to purchase from WPP a portion of the additional WPP Shares so that the percentage of all outstanding WPP Shares that such member of the Asatsu Group owned immediately prior to the issuance of the additional WPP Shares can be maintained after such issue of additional WPP Shares.

 

7.4 Asatsu agrees and undertakes that it will not, and will procure that no member of the Asatsu Group to which it shall have transferred New WPP Shares pursuant to clause 7.7 will, dispose or agree conditionally or unconditionally to dispose of any title or interest in or to any of the New WPP Shares for a period of 5 years from the date of Completion without the prior written consent of WPP; provided always that in the event that Asatsu is obligated to sell or otherwise dispose of any WPP Shares held by it in accordance with any provision of this Agreement, the above restriction on disposition of the New WPP Shares shall not apply.

 

7.5

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, after the expiration of the time period referred to in clause 7.4, Asatsu agrees and undertakes that it will not, and will procure that no member of

 

10


 

the Asatsu Group will, sell, transfer, gift or otherwise dispose of the legal and/or beneficial interest in any of the New WPP Shares in any manner other than as provided for in sub-paragraph (C) of Exhibit 2 attached hereto.

 

7.6 The provisions of clause 7.5 may be waived by WPP in writing in respect of a particular transfer of any New WPP Shares made by Asatsu or any member of the Asatsu Group.

 

7.7 Nothing in this clause 7 shall restrict any transfer at anytime of New WPP Shares by Asatsu or any other member of the Asatsu Group to any other member of the Asatsu Group provided in each such case that any such transferee executes a Deed of Adherence and provided that if any person to whom any New WPP Shares have been transferred pursuant to this clause 7.7 (whether directly or by a series of transfers) ceases to be a person to whom the transferor of such shares (or the original transferor) would be entitled to transfer the New WPP Shares pursuant to this clause 7.7 then WPP may require that person to transfer the New WPP Shares transferred to it to the transferor or (as the case may be) the original transferor of those New WPP Shares at the price paid by the transferee.

 

7.8 Asatsu hereby agrees and undertakes that it will not, and will procure that no member of the Asatsu Group will, acquire or agree conditionally or unconditionally to acquire any title or interest in any further WPP Shares which would result in the Asatsu Group holding WPP Shares in aggregate representing a greater percentage than 20% of the issued share capital of WPP for the time being, without the prior written consent of WPP.

 

7.9 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary and contained in this clause 7 Asatsu hereby agrees and undertakes that it will not, and will procure that no member of the Asatsu Group will, at any time knowingly transfer any New WPP Shares to a Major International Communications Group without obtaining the prior written approval of WPP.

 

8 TERMINATION OF THE CO-OPERATION AND ALLIANCE AGREEMENT AND NON-COMPLETION OF THE HEADS OF AGREEMENT

 

8.1 In circumstances where either Asatsu or WPP has served notice on the other to terminate the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement the following shall apply, with references to clause numbers in this sub-clause 8.1 only being references to clauses of the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement:

 

  8.1.1 if the Party serving notice to terminate the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement (“the Terminating Party”) has served notice on the other Party pursuant to clause 16.2 (or, in the case of notice served by Asatsu, clause 16.4) and at that date the Terminating Party holds a Cross-Shareholding (as the same is defined in the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement) the Terminating Party shall be entitled to retain the Cross-Shareholding provided always that the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall continue in force for so long as WPP holds the Asatsu Cross-Shareholding;

 

  8.1.2 where the Terminating Party has served notice to terminate the Co-operation and Alliance Agreement pursuant to clause 16.2 (or, in the case of notice served by Asatsu, clause 16.4) the Terminating Party may by service of a written notice (“the Disposal Notice”) upon the other Party require the other Party to sell the Cross-Shareholding held by the other Party in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (A) or (C) (as the case may be) of Exhibit 2 provided that the terms of the Shareholders’ Agreement shall continue in force for so long as WPP holds the Asatsu Cross-Shareholding;

Breach of such acquisition agreement as the same is defined in clause 7.2 of the Heads of Agreement.

 

11


9 WARRANTIES

 

9.1 Unless otherwise stated in a disclosure letter provided by WPP or Asatsu to the other parties, each of Asatsu and WPP hereby represent and warrant to the other in the terms of the Warranties set out below in this clause 9 which shall (except for 9.1.21) be true and accurate as at the date hereof and as at Completion. Warranties herein which relate to WPP or WIH are given to Asatsu by WPP and Warranties which relate to Asatsu are given by Asatsu to WPP.

 

  9.1.1 All information (lists of which information are attached hereto and initialled on behalf of the Parties as Attachment ‘A’ in the case of information given to Asatsu and Attachment ‘B’ in the case of information given to WPP) which has been given in writing by Parties and their respective professional advisers to the other Parties (or such other Parties’ professional advisers) in the course of the negotiations leading to this Agreement is true and accurate in all material respects. Neither WPP or Asatsu is aware of any fact or matter which renders any information given by it or on its behalf untrue, incorrect or misleading.

 

  9.1.2 Asatsu is duly and properly incorporated in Japan with limited liability.

 

  9.1.3 WPP is duly and properly incorporated In England and Wales with limited liability.

 

  9.1.4 WIH is duly and properly incorporated in the Netherlands with limited liability.

 

  9.1.5 The Asatsu Accounts truly and fairly represent the financial position of Asatsu as of 31 December 1997 and give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of Asatsu and its profits for the periods to which they relate in accordance with Japanese Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

 

  9.1.6 The WPP Accounts truly and fairly represent the financial position of the WPP Group as at 31 December 1997 and give a true and fair view of the assets and liabilities of the WPP Group and its profits for the periods to which they refer in accordance with UK Generally Accepted Accountancy Principles.

 

  9.1.7 No person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the issue of any share or loan capital of WPP or Asatsu (other than holders of options under officers and employee incentive schemes) (if any) under any option or other agreement including (without limitation) conversion rights or otherwise pursuant to deferred payment obligations under existing acquisition agreements, which deferred payments at the date hereof are not in excess of 1% of the current issued share capital of WPP.

 

  9.1.8 WPP, WIH and Asatsu each have full power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement which will when executed constitute valid and binding obligations of each of them.

 

  9.1.9 There is no mortgage, charge or lien on the whole or any part of their undertaking, assets or property which is still outstanding nor is there any agreement to create any such mortgage, charge or lien other than statutory liens created in the ordinary course of business.

 

  9.1.10 Since the date of their respective Accounts there has been no material adverse change in their assets and liabilities and no material adverse change in their respective financial or trading position and no dividend or other distribution has been declared, paid or made by them save for any final dividend declared and paid by them by reference to the year ended 31 December 1997 or any interim dividend declared or paid by them by reference to the half year ended on 30 June 1998 or otherwise as disclosed in their respective Accounts.

 

12


  9.1.11 To the best of their knowledge and belief full and proper provision or reserve has been made in their respective Accounts for all taxation liable to be assessed on them.

 

  9.1.12 All information which is material for the reasonable assessment of the financial and trading position of WPP and Asatsu has been disclosed in writing by each of them to the other.

 

  9.1.13 Neither WPP nor Asatsu is engaged in any material litigation, lawsuits or arbitration or has proceedings pending by or against it nor has any injunction been granted against it and is not aware of any matter or fact in existence which might give rise to the same or form a basis of any criminal prosecution against it, its Directors or shareholders.

 

  9.1.14 The cash and loan facilities currently available to WPP and Asatsu are sufficient for their purposes in the ordinary course of business for the period ending 31 December 1998.

 

  9.1.15 WPP and Asatsu have at all times and in all material respects conducted their business in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and are not in breach or default of any law, regulation or order of any kind and all licences and approvals that have been or are necessary to be obtained by them in connection with their business have been properly obtained.

 

  9.1.16 The execution and delivery of, and the performance of this Agreement by Asatsu, WPP and WIH will not result in a breach of any provision of their articles of incorporation or result in a breach of any order, judgment or decree of any court, governmental agency or regulatory body whether in Japan or elsewhere.

 

  9.1.17 To the best of their knowledge information and belief neither WPP nor Asatsu infringes any intellectual property where such infringement has or could have a material adverse effect on its financial position.

 

  9.1.18 All computer, telecommunications and networking hardware and software (“the Systems”) owned by or leased or licensed to Asatsu or WPP are solely and beneficially owned by them or validly leased or licensed there are no material defects relating to the Systems, all of the Systems have the functionality and performance necessary to fulfil their present purpose.

 

  9.1.19 To the best of their knowledge, information and belief neither Asatsu nor WPP is dependent upon any one customer for more than 15% of its total sales (save, in the case of Asatsu, in relation to Mitsubishi Motor Corporation and its subsidiaries) or any one supplier for more than 15% of its total purchases.

 

  9.1.20 To the best of the knowledge of Asatsu and WPP at the date hereof all net book and other debts due to them will, to the extent that non payment of such debts would have a material adverse effect on Asatsu or WPP (as the case may be) and save to the extent to which proper provision or reserve has been made in their respective Accounts, realise their full face value and be good and collectable in the ordinary course of business.

 

  9.1.21 As of the date of this Agreement, no member of the Asatsu Group owns or has control over any WPP Shares, and no member of the WPP Group owns or has control over any Asatsu Shares.

 

10 DIRECTORS

 

10.1

For so long as members of the Asatsu Group continue to hold between them WPP Shares representing effectively and whether directly or indirectly at least the same number of WPP Shares that Asatsu will hold on Completion following the issue and allotment of the New WPP Shares, Asatsu shall be entitled to nominate Mr. Masao Inagaki or another person subject to

 

13


 

the reasonable approval of the Board of Directors of WPP to be appointed as a non-executive (ie part-time) Director or WPP. This person will, after appointment as a Director, be entitled to bring one assistant to each meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

10.2 For so long as members of the WPP Group continue to hold between them Asatsu Shares representing effectively and whether directly or indirectly 20% or more of the Asatsu Shares WPP shall be entitled to nominate Mr. Martin Sorrell or another person subject to the reasonable approval of the Board of Directors of Asatsu to be appointed as a non-executive (ie part-time or “hijokin”) Director of Asatsu. This person will, after appointment as a Director, be entitled to bring one assistant to each meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

10.3 Asatsu and WPP agree to exercise their voting rights, or procure the exercise of voting rights, in respect of the New WPP Shares and the New Asatsu Shares, as the case may be, to elect each other’s nominees as Directors in accordance with clauses 10.1 and 10.2 WPP will appoint a standing proxy who is a resident of Japan.

 

10.4 For so long as either Asatsu or WPP are entitled to appoint a Director of the other pursuant to clauses 10.1 and 10.2 respectively either of them may remove and replace any Director appointed by them pursuant to this clause 10.

 

10.5 WPP and WIH will procure the attendance, by person or proxy, of all Shares held by members of the WPP Group at all meetings of the shareholders of Asatsu.

 

11 GUARANTEE BY WPP

In consideration of the entry into this Agreement by Asatsu, WPP guarantees to Asatsu jointly and severally with WIH the due and prompt performance by WIH of all of WIH’s obligations under this Agreement as if WPP was principally liable. Should WIH fail to meet any of its obligations under this Agreement WPP covenants to immediately rectify the default and keep Asatsu fully indemnified in respect of the default.

 

12 ANNOUNCEMENTS AND CONFIDENTIALITY

 

12.1 No Party shall issue any press release or any other public document or make any public statement connected with or arising out of this Agreement without obtaining the prior approval of the other Parties to the contents thereof and the manner of its presentation and publication (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless any Party or a company associated with any of them is required so to do by law or pursuant to the requirements of any relevant regulatory authority in Japan, the United Kingdom or elsewhere including The London Stock Exchange or the Tokyo Stock Exchange in force from time to time in which case that Party shall consult with the other Parties prior to issue and have due regard (so far as that Party is able) to all reasonable comments of the other Parties.

 

12.2 None of the Parties shall use for any other purpose than the performance of this Agreement divulge or communicate to any person (except to the extent that such communication is necessary for the implementation of this Agreement) any of the trade secrets or confidential knowledge or any financial or trading information relating to any other Party, which it may receive or obtain as a result of negotiating entering into or performing this Agreement. The restriction in this clause 12 shall not apply to any information:

 

  12.2.1 which is within the public domain or becomes within the public domain (otherwise than as a result of a breach of this clause 12.2); or

 

  12.2.2 which was in the possession of such Party prior to its disclosure;

 

  12.2.3 which is disclosed to that Party by a third party which did not acquire the information under an obligation of confidentiality;

 

14


  12.2.4 which is independently acquired by that Party as a result of work carried out by an employee to whom no disclosure of such information has been made;

 

  12.2.5 which is disclosed in accordance with the requirements of law, any stock exchange regulation or any binding judgement, order or requirement of any court or other competent authority;

 

  12.2.6 which is disclosed in confidence to a Party’s professional advisers for a purpose reasonably incidental to this Agreement.

 

13 ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

13.1 This Agreement and the schedules comprised herein and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

13.2 This Agreement may be amended or cancelled only in writing signed by all the Parties hereto.

 

13.3 The Parties shall do and shall use their respective best endeavours to procure that any necessary third party shall do all such further acts or things as any of them may reasonably require to give effect to the terms of this Agreement.

 

13.4 It is agreed that:

 

  13.4.1 none of the Parties entered into this Agreement in reliance on any representation, warranty or undertaking of any other Party which is not expressly set out or referred to in this Agreement;

 

  13.4.2 a Party may claim in contract for breach of express warranty under this Agreement but otherwise shall have no claim or remedy in respect of misrepresentation (whether negligent or otherwise) or untrue statement made by any other Party.

 

14 GENERAL

 

14.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute a partnership between the Parties or any of them and none of them shall have any authority to bind the others in any way except as expressly herein provided.

 

14.2 Each Party shall pay its own costs and expenses of and incidental to the preparation and execution of this Agreement.

 

14.3 This Agreement shall be binding upon and enure for the benefit of the successors or permitted assigns of the Parties but shall not be assignable by any Party without the prior written consent of the others provided that Asatsu or WPP may assign the benefit of this Agreement to any member of its respective Group.

 

14.4 Any notice required or authorised to be given under this Agreement to a Party shall be served by hand, the posting of a pre-paid registered letter or by facsimile to the address or facsimile number of the Party specified in the details schedule attached hereto as Schedule 5 (or any other address or facsimile number notified to the other Parties in accordance with this clause 14.4). Any notice so given shall be deemed to have been received in the case of:

 

  14.4.1 delivery by hand, when delivered;

 

  14.4.2 delivery by post, 7 Business Day after the date of posting; and

 

  14.4.3 facsimile, on receipt by the sender of a successful facsimile transmission report,

save where under the provisions of this clause 14.4 a notice would be deemed to be received on a day which is not a Business Day in the place of address, or after 5.00 pm on a Business Day in the place of address, the notice shall instead be deemed to have been served at 9.00 am on the next Business Day in the place of address.

 

15


14.5 Service of any document for the purpose of any legal proceedings concerning or arising out of this Agreement shall be effected by either Party by causing it to be delivered to the other Party at its address given at the commencement of this Agreement (or any other address notified in writing from time to time for this purpose) and in the case of any legal proceedings before a court in Japan and with respect to WPP to Mr Masaakira Kitazawa or his designated partner of Anderson Mori, a law firm in Tokyo.

 

14.6 The granting by any Party of any time or indulgence in respect of any breach of any term of this Agreement by the other Parties or any of them shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The waiver by any Party of any breach of any term of this Agreement shall not prevent the subsequent enforcement of that term (save as the extent of the express waiver in question) and shall not be deemed e waiver of any subsequent breach.

 

14.7 The provisions contained in each clause and/or sub-clause of this Agreement shall be enforceable independently of each of the others and their validity shall not be affected if any of the others is invalid. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Party or circumstance shall be or become invalid or unenforceable to any extent the remainder thereof or the application of such provision to any other Party or circumstances shall not be effected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

14.8 Each Party covenants that it will take all corporate action necessary to put this Agreement into effect. WPP and Asatsu will each provide to one another an opinion letter issued by independent counsel, in a form reasonably acceptable to the other Party, stating that such corporate action has been taken, and in particular that all corporate action has been taken which is necessary to effect the issue of new shares required by this Agreement.

 

15 LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

15.1 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Japan.

 

15.2 If any dispute, difference, claim or question shall arise between the Parties in any way connected with or arising out of this Agreement or the operation thereof or the rights, duties or liabilities of any Party, the Parties shall endeavour to negotiate in good faith to settle such disputes or differences amicably between themselves.

 

15.3 All disputes, differences or claims arising in connection with and/or in relation to this Agreement which the Parties are unable to settle between themselves shall be finally settled (subject to there being no manifest error in the making of the award by the arbitrators) in Tokyo, Japan and shall be binding in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the Japan Commercial Arbitration Association by a panel of 3 arbitrators one each to be appointed by Asatsu and WPP and the third to be appointed by agreement between the two appointed arbitrators or, in default of agreement between them, within 30 days of a request for a reference to arbitration, appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in both the Japanese and English languages and any arbitrator appointed shall be fluent in both languages. This clause 15.3 is an integral part of this Agreement and is not severable and has no independent validity.

 

15.4 This Agreement shall be in the English language and that version shall control the obligations between the Parties hereunder Provided Always simultaneously with this Agreement the Parties shall procure the preparation of a translation thereof in the Japanese language and that WPP’s Japanese counsel will confirm the accuracy of the translation.

IN WITNESS of which the Parties hereto have caused this Deed in English to be executed in duplicate by their duly authorised officer or representative as of the day and year first above written.

 

16


SCHEDULE 1

ASATSU INC.

 

ADDRESS:    16-12, Ginza 7 chome, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan

DATE OF INCORPORATION :

   19 March 1956

SHARE CAPITAL :

   Authorised        80,000,000 shares of Common Stock
   Issued               33,674,300 shares of Common Stock
   No Preferred Stock outstanding

SHARES :

   33,674,300 shares of Common Stock of ¥50

DIRECTORS :

   Masao Inagaki
Tsutomu Takeda
Masatsugu Tsuji
Yoshihide Sano
Isao Sekiya
Kumiko Takahashi
Yoshikazu Sakano
Mineo Kasamatsu
Yoshihiko Ohno
Susumu Kawachi
Kenichi Hirai
Toyotaro Tokiwa
Takefumi Kaneda
Kenji Nakajima
Masahiro Okamoto
Eizo Ooki
Koichiro Naganuma

 

17


SCHEDULE 2

WPP INTERNATIONAL HOLDING BV

(currently named Hanover Square Holding BV)

 

ADDRESS :    Prins Alexanderplein 8
3067 GC Rotterdam-Alexander
tel: 010-2894444 (Research International, Astrid Mulder)
tel: 010-2421700 (Wouters Advocaten)

DATE OF

INCORPORATION :

   9 October 1996

SHARE CAPITAL :

   authorised:             NLG 200,000
   issued:                    NLG 40,000
   paid-in:                    NLG 40,000

 

SHARES               
   Number    Nominal Value    Issued

Type

ordinary

   200,000    NLG 1    40,000

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Name

      Number   
      40,000   

Cavendish Square Holding

MANAGING DIRECTORS

Henrik Johannes Van Breemen

Alexander Johannes Olivier

Paul Winston George Richardson

each solely and fully authorised

 

18


SCHEDULE 3

WPP GROUP PLC

 

Address:    27 Farm Street, London W1X 6RD
Company Number:    1003653
Date of Incorporation:    1 March 1971
Share Capital:    Authorised:    £125,000,000 divided into 1,250,000,000 ordinary shares of
10p each
   Issued:    734,988,112 ordinary shares of 10p each
Directors:    Hamish Maxwell
Martin Sorrell
Paul Richardson
Brian Brooks
Eric Salama
Gordon Sampson
John Quelch
Jeremy Bullmore
John Jackson
Stanley Morten
Joel Smilow

 

19


SCHEDULE 4

DEED OF ADHERENCE

DATE OF DEED

PARTIES

 

(1) [REMAINING SHAREHOLDER] (a company organised and existing under the laws of •) whoso registered office is at • (“the Remaining Shareholder”)

 

(2) [NEW SHAREHOLDER] (a company organised and existing under the laws of •) whose registered office is at • (“the Incoming Shareholder”)

 

(3) WPP INTERNATIONAL HOLDING B.V. (a company organised and existing under the laws of the Netherlands) whose registered office is at Prins Alexanderplein 8, 3067 GC Rotterdam, The Netherlands

 

(4) WPP GROUP PLC (a company organised and existing under the laws of England and Wales) whose principal place of business is at 27 Farm Street, London W1X 6RD (“WPP”)

 

(5) ASATSU INC. (a company organised and existing under the laws of Japan) whose registered office is at 16-12, Ginza 7-chome, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 104-8172, Japan (“Asatsu”)

INTRODUCTION

 

(A) By an agreement dated • 1998 between Asatsu Inc., WPP International Holding BV and WPP Group plc (“the Stock Purchase Agreement”) the parties thereto agreed to regulate their relationship with each other with respect to the [New Asatsu/New WPP] Shares end certain other matters.

 

(B) [THE SELLING SHAREHOLDER] (“the Selling Shareholder”) wishes to sell [some/all] of the [New Asatsu/New WPP] Shares held by it (“the Sale Shares”) to the Incoming Shareholder pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(C) The Incoming Shareholder has agreed to enter into this Deed of Adherence in favour of the Remaining Shareholder with the effect that it will become bound by the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement as if originally a Party thereto.

 

(D) Terms defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement shall have the same meaning in this Deed.

 

1 ADHERENCE

 

1.1 Subject to the terms of this Deed, the Incoming Shareholder hereby agrees, subject to and with effect from becoming the holder of the Sale Shares, with the Remaining Shareholder to receive the benefit of and be bound by and accept the burden of the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement as if they were named therein as one of the Parties.

 

2 VARIATION OF THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

2.1 The Stock Purchase Agreement shall be and is hereby amended by the insertion in clause 13.1 after the words “comprised herein” of the following:

“and the Deed of Adherence dated • made between [the Remaining Shareholder] and [the Incoming Shareholder]”

 

3 GENERAL

 

3.1 This Deed may be amended or cancelled only in writing signed by both parties hereto.

 

3.2 This Deed may not be assigned in whole or in part by any party hereto except with the written consent of the other.

 

3.3 Neither party hereto shall divulge at any time (except in confidence to their professional advisers) any information in relation to this Deed or the matters set out herein except on the basis set out at clause 12 of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

20


SCHEDULE 5

NOTICE DETAILS SCHEDULE

 

Asatsu Inc.:    Address: 16-12 Ginza 7-chome, Chuo-Ku, Tokyo 104-8172, Japan
   Fax: 001 813 3547 2091
   Contact Person: Mr Koichiro Naganuma

WPP International Holding BV:

  

Address: Prins Alexanderplein 8, 3067 GC Rotterdam, The Netherlands

  

Telephone: 010-289 4444 (Research International—Astrid Mulder)

  

Fax: 010-289 4400

  

Contact Person: Astrid Mulder

   Copy to: David Calow, c/o 27 Farm Street, London W1X 6RD

WPP Group plc:

   Address: 27 Farm Street, London W1X 6RD
   Telephone: 0171 408 2204
   Fax: 0171 493 6819
   Contact Person: The Company Secretary
   Copy to: David Calow, c/o 18 Southampton Place, London WC1A 2AJ

 

21


SCHEDULE 6

PROMISSORY NOTE

(for use in relation to the allotment of the New WPP Shares as the same are referred to in the Stock Purchase Agreement)

 

[            ]     1998]

For value received, we, Asatsu Inc. unconditionally promise to pay WPP Group plc or to their order, on the day of 1998 in respect of which time shall be of the essence (being the fourth business day after the date of Completion with respect to the New Asatsu Shares as the same is defined in clause 1.1.20 of a Stock Purchase Agreement dated 3 August 1998 and entered into between Asatsu Inc. WPP Group plc and WPP International Holding BV (“the Stock Purchase Agreement”), in available funds, the principal sum of pounds sterling [            ] being the WPP Subscription Price in respect of the New WPP Shares as the same are defined in clauses 1.1.28 and 1.1.21 respectively of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This Promissory Note is issued in accordance with clauses 4.2 and 5.1.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

We also agree to pay simple Interest in like money on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time at the rate of 6 per cent per annum from (but excluding) the said day of 1998 until such principal amount is paid in full (both before and after judgment).

This Promissory Note shall be held to the order of and for and on behalf of WPP Group plc by Anderson Mori in Tokyo, until full payment of the principal sum to a bank account to be designated by WPP namely Bank plc of , Account Number , Bank Sort Code , and any Interest due in accordance herewith, which payment will be deemed to have been made upon Anderson Mori receiving to its satisfaction confirmation from the bank in Japan nominated by Asatsu that funds have been transferred by it to the nominated bank of WPP in London.

 

22


SCHEDULE 6

PROMISSORY NOTE

(for use in relation to the allotment of the New WPP Shares as the same are referred to in the Stock Purchase Agreement)

 

[            ]     1998]

For value received, we, Asatsu Inc. unconditionally promise to pay WPP Group plc or to their order, on the day of 1998 in respect of which time shall be of the essence (being the fourth Business Day after the date of Completion with respect to the New Asatsu Shares as the same is defined in clause 1.1.20 of a Stock Purchase Agreement of today’s date and entered into between Asatsu Inc, WPP Group plc and WPP International Holding BV (“the Stock Purchase Agreement”), in available funds, the principal sum of pounds sterling [             ] being the WPP Subscription Price in respect of the New WPP Shares as the same are defined in clauses 1.1.28 and 1.1.21 respectively of the Stock Purchase Agreement. This Promissory Note is issued in accordance with clauses 4.2 and 5.1.3 of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

We also agree to pay simple Interest in like money on the unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time at the rate of 6 per cent per annum from (but excluding) the said day of 1998 until such principal amount is paid in full (both before and after judgment).

This Promissory Note shall be held to the order of and for and on behalf of WPP Group plc by Anderson Mori in Tokyo, until full payment of the principal sum to a bank account to be designated by WPP namely Bank plc of , Account Number , Bank Sort Code , and any Interest due in accordance herewith, which payment will be deemed to have been made upon Anderson Mori receiving to its satisfaction confirmation from the bank in Japan nominated by Asatsu that funds have been transferred by it to the nominated bank of WPP in London.

This Promissory Note may be assigned by WPP Group plc to any subsidiary or associated company of WPP Group plc, provided that notice in writing of any such assignment to the ultimate assignee shall be given to Asatsu Inc. within three business days of the date of such assignment but in no event later than three business days prior to said day of 1998. For the purpose of this Promissory Note, a business day shall mean a day when clearing banks are open for normal business in the City of London and Tokyo. This Promissory Note is issued in accordance with and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

This Promissory Note shall be governed by English law and we hereby submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

For and on behalf of

ASATSU INC.

 

 

23


SCHEDULE 7

UNDERTAKING WITH DAIWA

PARTIES:

 

(1) WPP INTERNATIONAL HOLDING BV of Prins Alexanderplein 8, 3067 GC Rotterdam-Alexander (hereinafter referred to as “Subscriber”)

 

(2) ASATSU INC. of 16-12, Ginza 7-chome, Chuo-ku, Tokyo, Japan 104-8172 (hereinafter referred to as “Issuer”)

 

(3) THE DAIWA SECURITIES CO., LTD of 6-4, Ohtemachi, 2-chome, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo (hereinafter referred to as “Listing Sponsor”)

The parties hereto hereby undertake under the regulations for restriction on the transfer of new shares issued for allocation to a third party or otherwise and the handling rules of the regulations set forth by the Tokyo Stock Exchange (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Exchange”) with respect to 10,331,100 ordinary shares of ¥50 in the capital of Issuer to be issued on 1998, which will be allotted by Issuer and acquired by Subscriber (hereinafter referred to as the “Shares”), as follows.

Article 1

Subscriber shall not transfer all or any of the Shares to any third party for a period of two years commencing from 1998, which is the date of issue of the Shares.

Provided, however, that the above provision shall not apply if any of the following events occurs and Subscriber submits to Issuer in advance a document specifying its intention to transfer all or a part of the Shares due to the occurrence of such event:

 

1 material adverse change in the business or financial condition of Subscriber; or

 

2 when a reasonable person would deem it unavoidable to transfer all or a part of the Shares.

Article 2

 

1 In order to secure the performance of the preceding Article, Subscriber shall deposit the Shares with Listing Sponsor in the account of Subscriber for safe custody and shall not demand the return of the deposited Shares during the term set forth in the preceding Article.

Provided, however, that the above provision shall not apply if Subscriber submits to Issuer in advance a document demanding the return of all or a part of the Shares due to the occurrence of any of the following events and submits a copy of the document to Listing Sponsor:

 

  (1) when Subscriber transfers all or a part of the Shares in accordance with the proviso of the preceding Article; or

 

  (2) when Subscriber re-deposits all or a part of the Shares with a financial institution, etc, (including by the transfer of the occupancy in accordance with its instructions, hereinafter the same) to offer the same as collateral; or

 

  (3) when the performance of the undertaking to continuously hold the Shares Is sufficiently assured, such as by the re-deposit of all or a part of the share certificates representing the Shares by Subscriber to an account for safe custody opened with any other securities company or otherwise.

 

2 If Subscriber instructs a transfer of the occupancy of the Shares, the Shares will be treated as if the Shares had been returned to Subscriber.

 

24


Article 3

 

1 When Subscriber has transferred all or a part of the Shares, Subscriber shall immediately report to Issuer the name and address of the transferred party, number of transferred shares, date of transfer, transfer price, method of transfer, reason of transfer, etc in writing.

 

2 When all or a part of the Shares have been returned to Subscriber by Listing Sponsor, Subscriber shall immediately report to Issuer the number of returned Shares, the date of return, the reason for return, etc in writing.

 

3 When Subscriber re-deposits all or a part of the Shares, Subscriber shall immediately report to Issuer the name and address of the re-deposited party, number of re-deposited shares, date of re-deposit, reason for re-deposit, etc (when Subscriber offers the same as collateral, in addition to the above, including the name and address of the lender, amount of debt, purpose of use of debt, repayment date and reason for offering the collateral) in writing.

 

4 When Listing Sponsor has received a demand to return all or a part of the Shares to Subscriber or when Listing Sponsor has returned such Shares to Subscriber, Listing Sponsor shall immediately report to Issuer the number of shares so returned, date of return, etc, in writing.

 

5 When all or a part of the Shares has been re-deposited with the Listing Sponsor, Listing Sponsor shall immediately report to Issuer the number of the re-deposited Shares, date of re-deposit, etc, in writing.

 

6 When Issuer has received any of the reports pursuant to preceding five paragraphs of this Article, Issuer shall report immediately to the Exchange the detail of such return re-deposit the Shares, as the case may be, in writing.

 

7 Subscriber and Listing Sponsor hereby agree that Issuer shall report to the Exchange the details of the transfer or return or deposit of the Shares, as the case may be, and Subscriber, Issuer and Listing Sponsor hereby agree that the Exchange shall offer such details for public inspection.

Article 4

Charges for the deposit for safe custody of the share certificates representing the Shares shall be borne by Subscriber, as determined by Listing Sponsor.

 

25


Article 5

Subscriber and Listing Sponsor shall agree that Issuer shall submit a copy of these Undertakings to the Exchange immediately after the execution hereof and that the Exchange shall offer such copy for public inspection,

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Undertakings shall be executed in one original and, after execution by the parties hereto, Issuer shall retain the original, and Subscriber and Listing Sponsor shall each retain a copy thereof.

1998

 

Subscriber:

  

WPP International Holding BV

Prins Alexanderplein 8 3067 GC

Rotterdam-Alexander

The Netherlands

  

 

   Name:
   Title:

Issuer:

  

Asatsu Inc.

16-12 Ginza 7-chome

Chuo-ku, Tokyo

  

 

   Name:
   Title:

Listing Sponsor:

  

The Daiwa Securities Co. Ltd

6-4 Ohtemachi 2-chome

Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo

  

 

   Name:
   Title:

 

26


SCHEDULE 8

SECURITIES TRUST AGREEMENT

(hereinafter referred to as the “Trustor”) and

(hereinafter referred to as the “Trustee”) have entered into this Securities Trust Agreement on                     19 under the following terms and conditions:

Article 1    Purpose of trust, etc.

 

1 The Trustor has transferred the securities listed at the end of this Agreement in trust to the Trustee for the purpose of their custody and management, and the Trustee has accepted the transfer of the securities for such purpose.

 

2 The Trustor may add other securities to the trust property with the consent of the Trustee.

Article 2    Beneficiary

The Trustor shall be the beneficiary under this trust entitled to its principal and earnings. The Trustor may not change the beneficiary.

Article 3    Term of trust

The term of the trust shall start on the date of execution of this Agreement and end on the expiry of one year from the date of execution of this Agreement, provided, however, that unless otherwise notified by the Trustor or the Trustee at the time of expiration, the term of the trust shall be extended for another one (1) year period, and the same shall apply to subsequent periods.

Article 4    Omission of notice of trust

With respect to the securities in trust, registration of trust or description or note of trust shall be omitted, unless the Trustor or the Trustee deems it necessary.

Article 5    Instructions regarding exercise of voting rights

With respect to the shares held by the Trustee as the trust property, if the shares represent 5% or less of the issued and outstanding shares of the issuing company, the Trustee shall exercise the voting rights with respect to such shares, and if the share represent more than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of the issuing company, the Trustor shall instruct the Trustee as to the manner in which the Trustee will exercise the voting rights with respect to such shares.

Article 6    Principal and earnings of trust

 

1 The securities in trust, proceeds from redemption thereof, new shares issued upon allocation to the holder of the securities in trust and other property of a similar nature shall be the principal of the trust.

 

2 Dividends, interest and other property of a similar nature derived from the securities in trust end proceeds from the investment of cash held in trust shall be the earnings of the trust.

Article 7    Disposition of earnings, etc.

The dividends paid on the securities in trust and other earnings of a similar nature shall be paid to the beneficiary upon each occurrence.

 

27


Article 8    Disposition of proceeds of redemption, etc.

Proceeds from redemption of the securities in trust or other money of a similar nature shall be paid to the beneficiary upon each occurrence.

Article 9    Subscription for newly issued shares, etc.

 

1 The Trustee shall subscribe for or offer to purchase newly issued shares allocated to the holder of the securities in trust or other property of a similar nature only if at the request of the Trustee the Trustor provides the Trustee with the deposits, subscription money or other funds necessary to subscribe for or purchase the shares by the date designated by the Trustee. If the Trustor fails to provide the Trustee with such funds by the designated date, the Trustee shall not be liable for any loss of subscription rights or other damage.

 

2 The newly issued shares acquired pursuant to the preceding paragraph and any shares distributed without consideration shall constitute additional trust property hereunder; provided, however, that with respect to less than one (1) unit of shares, the Trustee shall sell or make a request for purchase of the same and pay to the beneficiary proceeds therefrom.

Article 10    Taxes and administration costs

 

1 The Trustor shall be requested to pay the taxes relating to the trust property and other costs necessary for the administration of the trust; provided, however, that the Trustee may request such payment out of the trust property.

 

2 If the Trustee pays costs for the administration of the trust in place of the Trustor, the Trustee will be entitled to interest at the rate of 14% per annum.

Article 11    Description of securities in trust

If there is any change to the securities in trust, it shall be noted at the end of this Agreement, and the seal shall be affixed thereto.

Article 12    Profit and loss accounting

 

1 The fiscal period of this trust shall be from July 1 of each year until the last day of June of the following year. The Trustee shall prepare a profit and loss accounting for this trust for each fiscal period and provide it to the beneficiary.

 

2 If the last day of a fiscal period falls on a non-banking day, the preceding banking day shall be the last day of the fiscal period.

Article 13    Remuneration of the Trustee

The remuneration of the Trustee shall be calculated based upon the average balance of the securities in trust during each fiscal period, at the rate of the aggregate amount of the face value (for securities with face value) or of the issue price (for securities without face value) multiplied by 10/1,000 per annum, plus the amount equivalent to the consumption taxes thereon, and shall be charged to the Trustor on the day following the last day of the fiscal period or on the termination date of the trust. If calculation is made for a period of less than one (1) year, the calculation shall be made based upon the actual number of days during the relevant period (1 year shall be deemed to be 365 days for this purpose). The Trustee may request payment of its remuneration out of the trust property.

 

28


Article 14    Cancellation of trust

This Agreement shall not be cancelled during the term hereof; provided, however, that if (i) the Trustor requests cancellation, (ii) the Trustee deems the cancellation acceptable, and (iii) consent of the third party is obtained under the “Memorandum Regarding Cancellation of Securities Trust” to be entered into among the Trustor, the Trustee and the third party separately herefrom, all or any part of this Agreement may be cancelled.

Article 15    Termination of trust

If this trust is terminated due to the expiration of the term of the trust or for any other reason, the Trustee shall prepare the final statement, and upon obtaining approval thereof, by the beneficiary, shall in principal deliver the trust property to the beneficiary in exchange for the receipt of the trust property on the day following the termination date; provided, however, that if registration of transfer, deletion of the description of trust or other procedures are necessary, the trust property shall be delivered after the completion of such procedures.

Article 16    Transfer and pledge

The beneficiary interest in this trust may not be transferred or pledged without the consent of the Trustee.

Article 17    Trustee’s duty of care and disclaimer

The Trustee shall not be liable for any damage to the trust property regardless of the cause thereof, unless the Trustee breaches its duty to use care to carry out the purpose of this trust.

Article 18    Notification of seal impressions

 

1 The Trustor and the beneficiary shall notify the Trustee of their respective seal impressions in advance.

 

2 If the Trustee with due diligence verifies the seal impression of the Trustor or the beneficiary affixed to a request or other document bearing the impression of a seal of which notice has been provided pursuant to the preceding paragraph, and delivers or otherwise handles the trust property upon such verification, the Trustee shall not be liable for any damage regardless of theft of the seal or other circumstances.

Article 19    Matters to be reported

In any one (1) of the following cases, the Trustor or the beneficiary shall immediately report to the Trustee and take the measures prescribed by the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be liable for any damage resulting from delay in taking such measures:

 

  (1) If this Agreement or the notified seal has been lost;

 

  (2) If the name, address or any other reported matter of the Trustor, the beneficiary or the agent or representative thereof has been changed;

 

  (3) If the Trustor or the beneficiary desires to change the notified seal; or

 

  (4) If any other event deemed substantial occurs regarding this Agreement.

Article 20    Remittance

The Trustee shall pay the amount payable pursuant to Articles 6, 7 and 8 hereof by remittance to an account at the financial institution designated by the Trustor.

 

29


Article 21    Governing Law and Arbitration

 

1 This Agreement and its interpretation shall be governed by Japanese law.

 

2 All disputes, differences or claims arising in connection with and/or in relation to this Agreement which the Parties are unable to settle between themselves shall be finally settled (subject to there being no manifest error in the making of the award by the arbitrators) in Tokyo, Japan and shall be binding in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the Japan Commercial Arbitration Association by a panel of 3 arbitrators one each to be appointed by Asatsu and WPP and the third to be appointed by agreement between the two appointed arbitrators or, in default of agreement between them, within 30 days of a request for a reference to arbitration, appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The arbitration shall be conducted in both the Japanese and English languages and any arbitrator appointed shall be fluent in both languages.

Article 22    Trust Agreement

This Agreement has been executed in two originals, and the Trustor and the Trustee have each retained one original hereof.

 

                    199    

  
   Trustor:
   Trustee:

 

30


MEMORANDUM REGARDING CANCELLATION OF SECURITIES TRUST (DRAFT)

… (“Trustee”) … (“…”) and Asatsu Inc. (“Asatsu”) hereby agree as follows with respect to the trust arrangements between …, as trustor, and Trustee, relating to shares of stock issued by Asatsu and held by Trustee as trust securities.

 

1 …has agreed with Asatsu that it will not cancel, in whole or in part, the Securities Trust Agreement to be concluded between itself and Trustee, without Asatsu’s prior written consent, and Trustee has joined in this agreement.

 

2 … and Trustee have designated Asatsu as the third party who has the right to give consent to the cancellation provided for under Article 14 of the Securities Trust Agreement to be concluded between … and Asatsu, and Asatsu has consented to this designation.

 

3 The consent provided for in Article 14 of the Securities Trust Agreement shall be given through delivery by Asatsu to Trustee of a Notice prepared in the form attached hereto.

 

4 This agreement shall be effective with respect to any and all securities trust agreements relating to shares of stock issued by Asatsu that are concluded between … and Trustee.

In Witness of the foregoing this Memorandum is prepared in triplicate, each party retaining one copy.

 

Date:

 
 

(Address)

Trustee

 

By  

 

  Name
  Title
(Address)

 

By  

 

  Name
  Title

(Address)

Asatsu Inc.

 

By  

 

  Name
  Title

 

31


NOTICE

TO:    Trustee

Dear Sirs

We hereby consent to the cancellation of the trust arrangements with respect to … shares of the shares issued by us, which shares you are holding and managing under trust for … pursuant to the Securities Trust Agreement dated … 199    .

 

Yours faithfully
Asatsu Inc.

Date:

 

 

Name
Position

 

32


SCHEDULE 9

BANK FORMS RELATING TO THE PLEDGE

REQUEST FORM FOR APPROVAL OF CREATION OF PLEDGES

To: The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd

 

Deposits with your Bank … branch   Total: ¥ …

(Details of Deposits)

 

Kind    Account No/Deposit No.    Deposit date    Payment date    Amount    Account holder
                    ¥                  
                    ¥                  
                    ¥                  

Total

   units              ¥                  

We hereby request with our joint signatures that your Bank approve that we have created the pledges on the deposits with your Bank as the collateral for any and all obligations that the pledgor owes to the pledgee.

… 199    

 

Address:  
Pledgor:   [Filed seal]
(Depositor)  
Address:  
Pledgee:   [Seal]

 

 

(Space below for the Bank use)

(Bank copy of written consent to be attached)

 

33


PLEDGE TERMINATION NOTICE

… 199    

To:     The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi, Ltd

 

Address:  
Pledgee:   [Seal]
Address:  
Pledgor:   [Filed seal]
(Depositor)  

We hereby inform you, together with the Written Consent to Creation of the Pledge and the related deposit certificates/passbooks, all of which were issued by you Bank, that we have terminated the pledges on the following deposits with your Bank’s … Branch that were created with the approval of your Bank on … 199    .

We request that your Bank take appropriate procedure specified by your Bank.

For the avoidance of doubt, even if any incident occurs hereafter with respect hereto, we shall be solely responsible therefor and hold your Bank harmless in all respects.

Particulars:

(Details of Deposits)

 

Kind    Account No/Deposit No.    Deposit date    Payment date    Amount    Account holder
                    ¥                 
                    ¥                 
                    ¥                 

Total

   units              ¥                 

(Details at the time of creation of the initial pledges)

 

34


LOGO

 

35


Exhibit No. 1

Provisions Ensuring Maintenance of Maximum Permitted Holding

Except as expressly authorised by written agreement, the Parties agree not to take any action which may cause the holdings of the WPP Group (“WPP”) of Asatsu Shares (the “Holdings”) to drop below or rise above the Maximum Permitted Holding (the “MPH”). Specifically, the Parties agree that in each of the circumstances below the parties will take the corresponding actions prescribed below in order to insure that the Holdings remain equal to the MPH.

 

  (a) Rights to receive issue. If Asatsu grants to WPP along with other existing shareholders in Asatsu, the “pre-emptive rights to subscribe for new shares” under Article 280-2(5) of the Commercial Code of Japan then WPP will simply exercise such right and receive the allotment of new shares to which WPP is entitled under law. However, if because of the failure of other shareholders to exercise such rights, WPP’s exercise of such rights causes the Holdings to increase above the MPH, then the Holdings in excess of the MPH (“the Excess Shares”) will be held under the provisions of paragraph (B) of Exhibit 2.

 

  (b) Public offering. If Asatsu makes a public offering of Asatsu Shares, Asatsu will ensure that WPP is allotted the number of Asatsu Shares which will make the Holdings equal to the MPH after the public offering is completed, and WPP will subscribe for such Shares.

 

  (c) Third-party allotment. If Asatsu allots new Asatsu Shares to any third party, Asatsu will ensure that WPP is allotted the number of Asatsu Shares which will make the Holdings equal to the MPH after the third-party allotment is completed, and WPP will subscribe for such Shares.

 

  (d) Issue of new shares in connection with merger. If the issuance of new Asatsu shares pursuant to a merger involving Asatsu causes the Holdings to drop below the MPH, then Asatsu will make a third-party allotment to WPP of the number of Asatsu Shares which will make the Holdings equal to the MPH after the merger is completed, and WPP will subscribe for such Shares. Provided, however, that if the number of shares issued in connection with the merger is less than five percent of the total shares of Asatsu, then Asatsu may in its sole discretion decide not to make a third-party allotment to WPP, in which case WPP will have the right after the merger to purchase Asatsu Shares on the Tokyo Stock Exchange sufficient to bring the Holdings up to the MPH.

 

  (e) Stock options (by a pre-emptive right method). Asatsu will keep WPP informed from time to time of the nature and quantity of all stock options issued by Asatsu and the number of new Asatsu Shares anticipated to be issued by the end of the then-current fiscal year of Asatsu as a result of exercise of the options. In anticipation of the issue of such new Asatsu Shares, WPP will purchase such Asatsu Shares on the Tokyo Stock Exchange as are necessary to bring its Holdings up to the MPH.

 

  (f) Exercise of warrants and convertible bonds. If Asatsu issues any new warrants or new convertible bonds after the execution of the Stock Purchase Agreement, Asatsu will ensure that WPP is allotted 20 percent of each such issue and WPP will purchase such bonds. Asatsu will keep WPP informed from time to time of the number of new Asatsu Shares anticipated to be issued by the end of the then-current fiscal year of Asatsu as a result of the exercise of such warrants or convertible bonds, and WPP will exercise Its warrants or convertible bonds to the extent necessary to bring its Holdings up to the MPH.

 

36


  (g) Redemption. If Asatsu undertakes a redemption of shares, then WPP will be entitled and required either at its discretion to (a) participate in the redemption to the extent necessary to ensure that its Holdings remain at the MPH, if such participation is legally allowable, or (b) hold any Excess Shares in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (B) of Exhibit 2.

Subject to clause 6.8 and clause 6.9 of the Stock Purchase Agreement except as provided for more specifically above, WPP (a) to the extent that its Holdings are greater than the MPH at the close of any fiscal year of Asatsu (including, but not limited to increases in its Holdings above the MPH as a result of exercise of its rights under (a) or (f) above, will hold such Excess Shares in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (B) of Exhibit 2; and (b) to the extent that its Holdings are Iess than the MPH, will purchase such additional shares on the Tokyo Stock Exchange, as are necessary to bring its Holdings up to the MPH.

If WPP elects not to implement any procedures set forth above to maintain its Holdings at the level of the MPH, or if WPP is required or permitted to dispose of any of Its Holdings pursuant to an agreement between WPP and Asatsu and if as a result of such disposal the Holdings drop below the MPH, then Asatsu shall be released from its obligation to implement any procedures set forth whose purpose is to enable WPP to maintain its Holdings at the level of the MPH.

 

37


Exhibit No. 2

Means by Which WPP Will Dispose of Asatsu Shares

 

(A) If pursuant to an agreement between any member of the WPP Group (“WPP”) and Asatsu entered into or existing at the date of this Exhibit, WPP is at any time entitled to or obliged to dispose of Asatsu Shares, the following provisions will apply. Upon the giving of a Notice of an intention to dispose of any Asatsu Shares or the triggering of a requirement that WPP dispose of any Asatsu Shares:

 

  (1) for 180 days following the giving of such a notice or the triggering of such requirement, Asatsu and/or its nominee shall have the right to redeem or purchase any or all of such Asatsu Shares at such time and at such price as WPP shall in writing approve and Asatsu and/or its Nominee will use their respective reasonable endeavours to procure the redemption or purchase of Asatsu Shares as provided for in this sub-paragraph (1);

 

  (2) if upon the expiration of the 180 day period specified at (1) WPP has not approved the disposal of such Asatsu Shares for any reason then for the next following 185 days Asatsu and/or its nominee will have the right to redeem or purchase any or all of such Asatsu Shares at the Average Asatsu Share Price as defined in the attached Stock Purchase Agreement (except that the period of 30 continuous Business Days shall terminate 2 Business Days immediately prior to the date of such redemption or purchase); and

 

  (3) upon the expiration of the 365-day period referred to in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, which period Asatsu may not waive without approval of WPP then WPP will sell promptly any such Asatsu Shares (which have not been redeemed or purchased pursuant to subparagraphs (1) and (2) above) through a sale or sales on the Tokyo Stock Exchange to members of the general public. All such sales shall be effected through the firm of stockbrokers designated by Asatsu for such purpose and will comply with Asatsu’s requirements so as to preserve an orderly and stable market in Asatsu Shares. WPP shall be entitled to stipulate the price for such sales which price, however, shall not exceed the Average Asatsu Share Price for the 30 continuous Business Days ending immediately prior to the giving of the instruction to the stockbrokers. For the avoidance of doubt, however, nothing in this sub-paragraph (3) shall prevent WPP from obtaining or accepting a higher price, should one be available, as long as it does not stipulate such higher price.

 

(B) As an alternative to disposing of Asatsu Shares in accordance with subparagraph (A) above, WPP may if permitted under the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement or of the Shareholders Agreement enter into a Securities Trust Agreement substantially in the form of Schedule 8 with a trust bank in Japan to be nominated by Asatsu and approved by WPP (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), the effect of which Securities Trust Agreement will be that WPP may not exercise, nor give any instruction to the trust bank with respect to the exercise of, any voting rights attributable to such Asatsu Shares, provided that WPP will retain the economic benefit of such Asatsu Shares (including the right to dividends) and that WPP may at any time dispose of such Asatsu Shares through sale as provided in subparagraph (A) of this Exhibit. In the Event WPP wishes to terminate the provisions of the Securities Trust Agreement, it shall first obtain the written approval of Asatsu (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

(C) Means by which Asatsu will Dispose of WPP Shares

The provisions of (A) above shall apply in the same manner to Asatsu, if Asatsu is at any time entitled to or obliged to dispose of WPP Shares except in (A) above the word “Asatsu” shall be replaced by the word “WPP” and the word “WPP” shall be replaced by the word “Asatsu”. The provisions of (A) above shall therefore apply mutatis mutandis to this paragraph (C).

 

38

Exhibit 4.39

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

GREY GLOBAL GROUP INC.

2003 SENIOR MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN

******

WHEREAS, Grey Global Group Inc. (the “Company”) adopted and maintains the Grey Global Group Inc. 2003 Senior Management Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Plan was first amended in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Merger among WPP Group plc, Abbey Merger Corporation and Grey Global Group Inc., dated as of September 11, 2004; and

WHEREAS, it is appropriate to amend the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as set forth below:

FIRST

Section 8(a) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

“(a) No payment of funds or distributions of Stock from Contingent Accounts shall be made to Participants. Payments and distributions shall be made to Participants of sums credited or Stock allocated, as the case may be, to their respective Vested Accounts as follows:

(i) In the case of cash payments to a Cash Participant or a Stock Participant, in a lump sum, by no later than the later of (x) December 31 st of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs, or (y) the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the Vesting Date.

(ii) In the case of Stock distributions to a Stock Participant, by the issuance of such a number of shares of Stock as shall then be in such Stock Participant’s Stock Accumulated Account (except for fractional shares which shall be paid in cash) by no later than the later of (x) December 31 st of the year in which the Vesting Date occurs, or (y) the 15 th day of the third calendar month following the Vesting Date.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Vesting Date is determined under paragraph 6(b) hereof, any payments and issuances hereunder shall be made in the calendar year following the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs.

SECOND

Section 8(b) of the Plan is deleted in its entirety.

THIRD

A new Section 13 is added to the Plan to read as follows:

“13. Section 409A .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, a Participant shall not be deemed to incur a termination of employment hereunder unless the Participant also incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

 

1


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, as determined by Grey or its affiliates, to the extent this Plan or any provision herein constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code, which provides benefits to a Participant upon the Participant’s “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code, and the Participant is a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then any such payment to the Participant shall be delayed for six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s separation from service and any amounts withheld during such six-month period shall be paid without interest once benefits commence.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, a Participant shall not be deemed to be disabled hereunder unless the Participant is also “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409(a)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code.

(d) It is intended that this Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. It is also intended that to the extent that any payment or benefit described hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is intended that any provision in this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision shall be null and void.

(e) No provision in the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to directly or indirectly transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code from a Participant or other individual to the Company, or any other individual or entity affiliated with the Company.

FOURTH

The foregoing amendments shall apply only to Participants who are subject to Section 409A of the Code and shall not apply to amounts that are earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005.

******

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of the Company have executed this Amendment effective as of January 1, 2009. This amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
 

Paul W.G. Richardson

   
 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Thomas O. Neuman    
 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Kevin Farewell    
 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Tom Lobene    

 

3

Exhibit 4.40

GREY ADVERTISING INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER POST-EMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan

The Senior Executive Office Post-Employment Compensation Plan (“Plan”) is an unfunded plan intended to provide supplemental retirement compensation to senior executive officers of Grey Advertising Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Grey”), and its subsidiaries (each, a “Subsidiary”; Grey and the Subsidiaries are herein collectively referred to as the “Company”) in order to encourage the continued availability of senior executive officers of the Company to whom much of the credit for the Company’s success has been attributable and, by virtue of their positions with the Company, to whom much of its future success will likely be attributable. The Company believes that the benefits provided for under the Plan will better enable the Company to retain in its employ its present senior executive officers, to provide for a more orderly transition of senior executive officer responsibilities in the future and to assist the Company in attracting talented senior executive officers in the future. The Plan supersedes the former Senior Executive Officer Pension Plan of the Company (the “Pension Plan”).

 

2. Effective Date

The Plan is effective as of September 1, 1995 and such date is hereinafter referred to as the “Effective Date”. The Pension Plan will terminate as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the rights of the Pension Plan participant whose employment terminated prior to the Effective Date will be governed under the terms of the Pension Plan.

 

3. Participants

 

  (a) Other than as hereinafter excepted in Section 4 hereof, each senior executive officer of Grey who (i) was a participant under the Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Pension Plan, as defined under such plan, as of the Effective Date of the Plan or (ii) has been designated by the Board of Directors of Grey as essential to the success of the Company and who shall have satisfied each of the requirements set forth below as at the Effective Date or at any time thereafter prior to the termination of the Plan as permitted by Section 9 hereof, shall be a Participant (as hereinafter defined) under the Plan:

 

  (i) election to a Qualified Office (as hereinafter defined), with Grey, and

 

  (ii) attainment of age 42 or older as at January 1 of a year in which such person satisfies the requirement in clause (i) above, and

 

  (iii) employment with Grey, on a full-time basis, for the five full calendar years immediately preceding such person’s becoming eligible to be a Participant under clauses (i) and (ii) above.

Person who satisfy all of the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section 3 are herein referred to as “Gray Participants”.

 

  (b) For the purposes of subsection (a) above, a Qualified Office shall be an office with Grey of Executive Vice President level or more senior, or any other executive office of Grey (Secretary, Controller, or Treasurer, but not Assistant Secretary) which shall be held by a person elected or appointed to a position of Senior Vice President or more senior.


  (c) The Board of Directors of Grey may from time-to-time designate senior executive officers of Subsidiaries who are deemed to be essential to the Company’s success to qualify as Participants by satisfying each of the following requirements:

 

  (i) designation by resolution of the Board of Directors of Grey of such person as a Subsidiary Participant (as hereinafter defined) and the allocation of a Fractional Interest (as hereinafter defined), and

 

  (ii) attainment of age 42 or older as at January 1 of a year in which such person satisfies clause (i) above, and

 

  (iii) employment with the Company on a full-time basis for the five full calendar years immediately proceeding such person’s becoming eligible to be a Participant under clauses (i) and (ii) above.

Persons who satisfy all of the requirements of subsection (c) of this Section 3 are herein referred to as “Subsidiary Participants”.

 

  (d) Grey Participants and Subsidiary Participants are herein collectively referred to as “Participants”.

 

4. Supplemental Pension

 

  (a) Upon the retirement of a Grey Participant from employment with the Company after having attained age 60 or more as of the date on which such Grey Participant retires, the Company shall pay him/her supplemental compensation (“Grey Supplemental Compensation”) at the rate of $50,000 per year, commencing as of the first day of the month immediately following his/her retirement.

 

  (b) Upon the retirement of a Subsidiary Participant from employment with the Company after having attained age 60 or more as of the date on which such Subsidiary Participant retires, the Company shall pay him/her supplemental compensation (“Subsidiary Supplemental Compensation”) at the annual rate of the Supplemental Compensation provided for in subsection (a) above multiplied by the Fractional Interest, commencing as of the first day of the month immediately following his/her retirement.

 

  (c) The Fractional Interest for the purposes of subsection (b) above shall be a fraction of the Grey Supplemental Compensation specified by the Board of Directors of Grey at the time it designates a person as contemplated in clause (i) of subsection 3(c) above. The Fractional Interest shall be one-quarter, one-half, three-quarters or the integer of one. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, should the amount of the Grey Supplemental Compensation change, each Subsidiary Participant shall only be entitled to his/her Fractional Interest multiplied by the Grey Supplemental Compensation in effect as at the date such Fractional Interest was granted. The Board of Directors of Grey may from time-to-time increase (but not decrease) the Fractional Interest of a Subsidiary Participant, or may provide that the Fractional Interest is applied to the Pension then in effect.

 

  (d) For the purposes hereof, the Grey Supplemental Compensation and the Subsidiary Supplemental Compensation are herein collectively referred to as “Supplemental Compensation”.

 

  (e)

The Supplemental Compensation shall be payable monthly in arrears, by check to the Participant at an address to be provided to the Company by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof. Payment of Supplemental Compensation to any Participant shall terminate as of the of such Participant’s death, with the final payment of the Supplemental Compensation paid as of the last day of the month in which such Participant shall have died. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the death of a Participant during

 

2


 

such period when such Participant shall be receiving a Supplemental Compensation, one-half of such Supplemental Compensation shall be paid to his/her then spouse, if any, for the remainder of such spouse’s life or 20 years, whichever is shorter, on the terms applicable to Supplemental Compensation herein, including, specifically, the provisions of subsection 4(g) hereof.

 

  (f) Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, the furnishing of consultancy, advisory, free-lance, part-time or other services to the Company, which do not constitute employment by the Company, by a Participant upon or following his/her retirement, shall not diminish, curtail, limit or otherwise modify the obligation to pay, or the payment of, the Supplemental Compensation.

 

  (g) Anything to the contrary herein contained notwithstanding, a Participant who shall be receiving Supplemental Compensation shall immediately forfeit such Supplemental Compensation, without any right of reinstatement, upon such Participant’s providing services, directly or indirectly, for any other advertising or public relations agency or organization which either (i) competes with the Company or any affiliate of the Company (collectively, the “Grey Group”) in any market in which any such entity operates or (ii) which has clients, whose businesses compete with clients of members of the Grey Group.

 

  (h) Should a Participant resume full-time employment with the Company following retirement qualifying such Participant for Supplemental Compensation, his/her Supplemental Compensation, shall cease as of the date of such resumption of full-time employment; however, upon subsequent retirement such Participant shall be entitled to receive Supplemental Compensation as of the first day of the month immediately following such subsequent retirement.

 

5. Retirement

For all purposes as used herein, “retirement” shall mean the termination of an employee-employer relationship between a Participant and the Company under usual employment terms or under an employment agreement.

 

6. Administration

The Plan shall be administered at the direction the Board of Directors of Grey and such Board shall have full and final authority, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. However, the Board or Directors of Grey may delegate some or all of its functions under the Plan to a committee established by it (“Committee”). Directors of Grey who are either eligible for participation in the Plan or who qualify as Participants may be members of the Committee and as directors of Committee members may vote on any matters affecting the administration of the Plan.

 

7. Non-Transferability of Interests in the Plan

No interest in the Plan, or in or to the Supplemental Compensation, shall be transferable with any effect on the Company. More particularly, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such interests may not be assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated in any manner, and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition contrary to this provision, and any levy or any attachment or similar process upon an interest in the Plan or in or to the Supplemental Compensation shall be null and void and without effect, and the Board may, in its discretion, upon the happening of any such event, terminate and declare forfeited such an interest in the Plan or in or to Supplemental Compensation. In such a case, the Company may, without liability to a Participant or any assignee, pledgee or other person having any interest in or to the Plan or Supplemental Compensation, terminate such Participant’s interest in the Plan or in or to Supplemental Compensation.

 

3


8. Other Programs

The participation in the Plan by a Participant shall be supplemental to each Participant’s rights to participate in and receive benefits under the Company’s other benefit programs, heretofore or hereafter established, for which such Participant otherwise qualifies.

 

9. Termination and Amendment of the Plan

The Board of Directors of Grey may terminate this Plan at any time or make such amendments hereto as it shall deem advisable; provided, however, that any such termination or amendment shall not adversely affect the right of a person (including a Participant’s spouse) receiving Supplemental Compensation to continue receiving such Supplemental Compensation until the termination of the Supplemental Pension under Section 4 or Section 7 hereof, or of any person who formerly was receiving Supplemental Compensation to resume receiving Supplemental Compensation as contemplated by Section 4(h) hereof, or of any person who shall have met the requirements of a Participant set forth in Section 3 hereof subsequently to receive Supplemental Compensation upon satisfying the requirements of Section 4 hereof.

 

10. Miscellaneous

 

  (a) Any notice, payment or communication required to be made under the Plan shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, if to the Company at its principal office at 777 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10017, Attention: Corporate Secretary, and, if to a Participant, at the address he shall specify to the Company, or to such other address as may be specified by notice hereunder.

 

  (b) This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

  (c) Captions are used herein for convenience only and shall not have any legal effect.

 

  (d) When used herein, the masculine includes the feminine and neuter and vice versa.

 

4

Exhibit 4.41

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

GREY ADVERTISING INC.

SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER POST-EMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION PLAN

******

WHEREAS, Grey Global Group Inc. (the “Company”) adopted and maintains the Grey Advertising Inc. Senior Executive Officer Post-Employment Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, it is appropriate to amend the Plan for compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as set forth below:

FIRST

A new Section 11 is added to the Plan to read as follows:

“11. Section 409A .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, a Participant shall not be deemed to incur a retirement hereunder unless the Participant also incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary hereunder, as determined by the Company, to the extent this Plan or any provision herein constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Section 409A(d)(1) of the Code, which provides benefits to a Participant upon the Participant’s “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code, and the Participant is a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then any such payment to the Participant shall be delayed for six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s separation from service and any amounts withheld during such six-month period shall be paid without interest once benefits commence.

(c) It is intended that this Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. It is also intended that to the extent that any payment or benefit described hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is intended that any provision in this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision shall be null and void.

(d) No provision in the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to directly or indirectly transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code from a Participant or other individual to the Company, or any other individual or entity affiliated with the Company.


SECOND

The foregoing amendments shall apply only to Participants who are subject to Section 409A of the Code and shall not apply to amounts that are earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005.

******

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of the Company have executed this Amendment effective as of January 1, 2009. This amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Paul W. G. Richardson    
 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Thomas O. Neuman    
 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Kevin Farewell    
 

LOGO

  Date:                       , 2008
  Tom Lobene    

 

2

Exhibit 4.42

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

J. WALTER THOMPSON COMPANY

RETAINED BENEFIT SUPPLEMENTAL EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN

******

WHEREAS, J. Walter Thompson Company (the “Company”) adopted and maintains the Retained Benefit Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, it is appropriate to amend the Plan to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as set forth below:

FIRST

The second sentence of Section 1.4 is amended to read as follows:

“Upon the withdrawal of a Participating Employer, the Participant Accounts under this Plan shall be held, transferred or otherwise disposed of (but not distributed) as is appropriate under the circumstances, as determined by the Company.”

SECOND

Section 2.13 is amended to read as follows:

Termination of Employment . The date upon which a Participant incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), dies, or is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.”

THIRD

Section 3.3 is amended to read as follows:

Removal . The Committee, or other appropriate committee as described in Section 3.1, in its sole discretion, may remove an Employee from participation in the Plan, in which case such individual’s Participant Account shall be frozen until an actual Termination of Employment, and all provisions of the Plan shall continue to apply to the former Participant except for the allocation of benefits pursuant to Section 4.1.”

FOURTH

The second sentence of Section 4.6 is amended to read as follows:

“The Participant Account of a Participant incurring a Termination of Employment shall be paid as soon as practicable following the first day of the month following the twelve (12) calendar month period after the Participant’s Termination of Employment (“First Day”), but in no event later than the later of (i) December 31 st of the year in which the First Day occurs, and (ii) 2-1/2 months following the First Day.”


FIFTH

Sections 4.7 and 4.9 are deleted in their entirety.

SIXTH

A new sentence is added to the end of Section 4.10 to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, the benefit payments under this Plan shall only be reduced to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code.

SEVENTH

A new Section 8.10 is added to the Plan to read as follows:

Section 409A .

(a) It is intended that this Plan shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. It is also intended that to the extent that any payment or benefit described hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Furthermore, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, it is intended that any provision in this Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith, such provision shall be null and void.

(b) No provision in the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to directly or indirectly transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code from a Participant or other individual to the Company, or any other individual or entity affiliated with the Company.”

EIGHTH

The foregoing amendments shall apply only to participants who are subject to Section 409A of the Code and shall not apply to amounts that are earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005.

******

This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Board of Directors of the Company has executed this Amendment effective as of January 1, 2009.

 

 

LOGO

  Date:   Dec. 11, 2008
  Robert L. Jeffrey    
 

LOGO

  Date:   Dec. 11, 2008
  Lewis J. Trencher    

 

2

Exhibit 4.43

TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2001

 

 

EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN

 

 

 

New Bridge Street Consultants

20 Little Britain

London EC1A 7DH

Ref: N\2666\04 EIP.doc

Date adopted: [                    ] 1

Incorporating amendments of 28 March 2002, 7 October 2003, 12 May

2004 and 29 August 2006

 

 


CONTENTS

 

          Page
1.    DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    1
2.    ELIGIBILITY    2
3.    DEPOSITED SHARES    2
4.    GRANT OF AWARDS    2
5.    LIMITS    3
6.    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS    4
7.    VESTING OF SHARE RIGHTS    5
8.    TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP    6
9.    VARIATION OF CAPITAL    6
10.    ALTERATIONS    7
11.    CASH EQUIVALENT    7
12.    MISCELLANEOUS    8
SCHEDULE ONE: CASH OPTIONS FOR NETHERLANDS EMPLOYEES    9
SCHEDULE TWO: DENMARK    10
SCHEDULE THREE: AUSTRALIA    11
SCHEDULE FOUR: GERMANY    12
SCHEDULE FIVE: USA    13


1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

(1) In this Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:-

Award ” means a Share Right or an Option;

the “ Board ” means the board of directors of the Relevant Company;

the “ Committee ” means the Remuneration Committee of the board of directors of the Company, consisting exclusively of non-executive directors of the Company or if any of the events envisaged in Rules 8(1) or 8(3) occurs then the Remuneration Committee as constituted immediately before such event occurred;

the “ Company ” means Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (registered in England No. 912624);

Deposited Shares ” means Shares in the Company designated as such by a Participant under Rule 3(2) below;

the “ Grant Date ” in relation to an Option means the date on which the Option was granted;

Group Member ” means:-

 

  (a) a Participating Company or a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) the Company’s holding company or a subsidiary of the Company’s holding company; or

 

  (b) a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 258 of that Act) a subsidiary undertaking of a body corporate within paragraph (a) above and has been designated by the Board for this purpose;

the “ London Stock Exchange ” means London Stock Exchange plc;

Option ” means an option to acquire (whether by subscription or purchase) Shares granted under the Plan;

Participant ” means a person who holds an Award;

Participating Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary or any company which is not under the control of any single person, but is under the control of two persons (within the meaning of section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988), one of them being the Company, and to which the Committee has resolved that this Plan shall for the time being extend;

the “ Plan ” means the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc Equity Participation Plan as herein set out but subject to any alterations or additions made under Rule 10 below;

the Restricted Period ” in relation to an Award means the period of three years commencing on the Grant Date;

Schedule 9 ” means Schedule 9 to the Taxes Act 1988;

Share ” means shares in the Company;

“Share Right ” means the irrevocable delivery of the beneficial entitlement to Shares subject to an Award on condition that such entitlement shall be forfeit if any of the circumstances envisaged in Rule 7(4) occurs;

Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary of the Company (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985);

the “ Taxes Act 1988 ” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

the “ Trustees ” means the trustee or trustees for the time being of any trust established for the benefit of all or most of the employees of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries;

 

1


and expressions not otherwise defined in this Plan have the same meanings as they have in Schedule 9.

 

(2) Any reference in this Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

(3) Expressions in italics are for guidance only and do not form part of this Plan.

 

2. ELIGIBILITY

 

(1) Subject to sub-rule (3) below, a person is eligible to be granted an Award if (and only if) he is a full-time director or full-time employee of a Participating Company.

 

(2) For the purposes of sub-rule (1) above a person shall be treated as a full-time director or a full-time employee of a Participating Company if he is obliged to devote to the performance of the duties of his office or employment with that and any other Participating Company the whole or substantially the whole of his working time and, in the case of a person who is a director of a Participating Company, is obliged to devote not less than 25 hours a week to such duties.

 

(3)

[deleted] 1

 

3. DEPOSITED SHARES

 

(1) A Participant may with the consent of the Committee deposit with the Trustees (or the trustees of any other trust approved by the Committee for this purpose) Shares then held by him or Shares acquired by him on the Grant Date.

 

(2) “Depositing the shares” shall mean that the Participant deposits with the depositee the certificate(s) relating to those shares.

 

(3) The Participant may at any time withdraw the Deposited Shares and the Trustees shall upon notice from the Participant return the relevant share certificate(s) to the Participant (or such person as he may nominate).

 

4. GRANT OF AWARDS

 

(1) The Board or the Trustees may by deed (but, in the case of the Trustees, only following a recommendation of the Committee) grant an Award over such number of Shares as has on the Grant Date a market value equal to 50% of the amount which represents the gross sum that the Participant would need to be paid by the Company before deduction of tax and employee’s social security liabilities to enable the Participant to purchase after such deductions the number of Deposited Shares referred to in Rule 3(1) above, upon the terms set out in this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the person granting the Award may specify (including whether such Award comprises an Option or a Share Right), to any person who is eligible to be granted an Award in accordance with Rule 2 above. In the case of Awards granted to Participants in France, the “gross sum” shall be calculated on the basis that the effective rate of tax and employee’s Social Security is 56.3% (and no adjustment shall be made if the rates shall actually be different).

 

(2) If, after the Board or the Trustees (as the case may be) have imposed a condition pursuant to sub-rule (1) above ( performance condition ), events happen which cause them to consider that it is

 

 

1

Rule 2(3) previously read “ a person is not eligible to be granted an Award at any time within the two years immediately preceding the date on which he is bound to retire in accordance with the terms of his contract of employment” . This provision was deleted as it is potentially discriminatory under the age discrimination regulations which became effective on 1 October 2006.

 

2


 

no longer appropriate they may vary such condition provided always that any such amendment may only be one which the Committee reasonably considers will result in a fairer measure of the performance, will ensure that this Plan operates more effectively in the achievement of its purpose of providing share benefits for employees who contribute to the prosperity of the Company and its shareholders, and will be neither substantially more nor less difficult to satisfy than the original condition was intended to be at the time of its grant.

 

(3) The price at which shares may be acquired pursuant to an Award shall, unless the Committee determines otherwise before its grant, be £1 in aggregate.

 

(4) An Award may only be granted:-

 

  (a) within the period of 6 weeks beginning with:-

 

  (i) the date on which this Plan is adopted; or

 

  (ii) the dealing day next following the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

 

  (b) at any other time when the circumstances are considered by the Committee to be sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant; and

 

  (c) within the period of 10 years beginning with the date on which this Plan is approved by the Company in general meeting.

 

(5) An Award granted to any person:-

 

  (a) shall not, except as provided in Rules 6(4) and 7(3) below, be capable of being transferred by him; and

 

  (b) shall lapse forthwith if he is adjudged bankrupt.

 

(6) No Award may be granted, exercised, released, surrendered or cease to be forfeitable at a time when such event would not be in accordance with the Model Code or such other rules which apply to the Company.

 

5. LIMITS

 

(1) The maximum market value of Deposited Shares which may be deposited by a Participant in any financial year of the Company shall be 50% of the Participant’s then current base salary or such lower number as may be specified by the Committee provided that in the financial year ending on 31 December 2001 only the maximum shall be 100%.

 

(2)

No Awards shall be granted during the period of 10 calendar years beginning with 11 June 2002 which would, at the time they are granted, cause the number of shares in the Company which shall have been or may be issued in pursuance of options granted in that period, or been issued in that period otherwise than in pursuance of options, under this Plan or under any other employees’ share scheme adopted by the Company or a Subsidiary to exceed such number as represents 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time 2 .

 

(3) References in this Rule to shares being issued pursuant to the exercise of Awards shall include any shares issued for the purpose of satisfying any such award.

 

(4) For the avoidance of doubt Awards may be satisfied with treasury shares, the issue of new shares or the transfer of existing shares.

 

2

Subject to the shareholders of the Company approving at the 2004 Annual General Meeting the use of treasury shares to satisfy Awards under the Plan, the Company intends to comply with institutional investor guidelines as amended from time to time, regarding the inclusion of treasury shares when calculating the limits in Rule 5(2).

 

3


6. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

(1) The exercise of any Option shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Committee.

 

(2) Subject to sub-rules (4) and (5) below and to Rules 8(1) and 8(3) below, an Option may not be exercised before the expiry of the Restricted Period.

 

(3) Subject to sub-rule (4) and paragraphs (a) and (c) of sub-rule (5) below and to Rule 8(4) below, an Option may not be exercised if the relevant condition (if any) is not satisfied; and in this sub-rule and Rule 8(4) below the relevant condition is a condition related to performance which is specified by the Committee under Rule 4(1) above.

 

(4) If any Participant dies, any Option granted to him may (and must, if at all) be exercised by his personal representatives within 12 months after the date of his death, provided that his death occurs at a time when either he is a director or employee of a Group Member or he is or would but for sub-rule (3) above be entitled to exercise the option by virtue of sub-rule (5) below.

 

(5) If any Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member (otherwise than by reason of his death), the following provisions apply in relation to any Option granted to him:-

 

  (a) if he so ceases by reason of injury, disability or redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996), or by reason only that his office or employment is in a company which ceases to be a Group Member, or relates to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member, the Option may (and subject to sub-rule (4) above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period;

 

  (b) if he so ceases by reason of retirement, the option may (and subject to sub-rule (4) above must, if at all) be exercised within the exercise period, but subject to sub-rule (3) above;

 

  (c) if he so ceases for any other reason, the option may not be exercised at all unless the Committee shall so permit, in which event it may (and subject to sub-rule (4) above must, if at all) be exercised to the extent permitted by the Committee within the exercise period;

and in this sub-rule the exercise period is the period which shall expire 12 months after his so ceasing or 42 months after the Grant Date, whichever shall be the later.

 

(6) A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of sub-rule (4) above as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member.

 

(7) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, an Option may not be exercised after the earlier of:

 

  (a) the date on which the Participant withdraws or seeks to withdraw the Deposited Shares (that is, he gives notice under Rule 3(3) above that he requires the return of the relevant share certificate(s)) if such event precedes the expiry of the Restricted Period; and

 

  (b) the expiration of the period of 10 years (or such shorter period as the Committee may have determined before its grant) beginning with the Grant Date.

 

(8) Within 30 days after an Option has been exercised by any person, the grantor of the Option shall procure the allotment or transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised, provided that:-

 

  (a) the Committee considers that the issue or transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

 

  (b)

in a case where a Group Member or the Trustees are obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if they were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the exercise of the Option and/or for any social security

 

4


 

contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the “Tax Liability”), that person has either:

 

  (i) made a payment to the Group Member or the Trustees of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

  (ii) entered into arrangements acceptable to that person or another Group Member to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the relevant person of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

 

(9) All shares allotted under this Plan shall rank equally in all respects with shares of the same class then in issue except for any rights attaching to those shares by reference to a record date prior to the date of allotment.

 

7. VESTING OF SHARE RIGHTS

 

(1) For the avoidance of doubt, a Participant holds the beneficial entitlement to any Shares from the Grant Date although the legal title may be registered in the name of the Trustees.

 

(2) During the period a Share Right subsists, a Participant shall be entitled to:

 

  (a) direct how any votes attaching to such Shares should be exercised; and

 

  (b) receive any dividends, distributions or other rights attaching to such Shares.

 

(3) Subject to Rule 4(6) the Shares comprising the whole or part of a Share Right shall cease to be forfeitable on the occurrence of:

 

  (a) the Participant remaining a director or employee of a Group Member until the end of the Restricted Period and any condition specified by the Committee under Rule 4(1) being satisfied;

 

  (b) any of the events specified in Rules 8(1) and 8(2) below;

 

  (c) [the Participant ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member in one or more of the circumstances envisaged in Rule 6(4) or 6(5), provided that if the sole applicable circumstance is that in Rule 6(5)(b) then any condition specified by the Committee under Rule 4(1) must first be satisfied.]

 

(4) The Shares comprising a Share Right shall be forfeit on the earlier of:

 

  (a) the fifth anniversary of the Grant Date without any of the events specified in sub-rule (3) occurring;

 

  (b) the Participant withdrawing or seeking to withdraw any of the Deposited Shares (that is, giving notice under Rule 3(3) above that he requires the return of the relevant share certificate(s)) at any time prior to the expiry of the Restricted Period;

 

  (c) the Participant ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member otherwise than in the circumstances envisaged in Rules 6(4) or 6(5).

 

(5) On the forfeiture of a Share Right, the Participant shall cease to hold any beneficial interest in such Shares.

 

(6) On the Shares comprising a Share Right ceasing to be forfeitable, the grantor of such Award shall procure the delivery of the legal title to such Shares to the Participant or to such person as the Participant shall direct, provided that:-

 

  (a) the Committee considers that the transfer thereof would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions; and

 

5


  (b) in a case where a Group Member or the Trustees are obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage they it were not to) account for any tax (in any jurisdiction) for which the person in question is liable by virtue of the Shares ceasing to be forfeitable and/or for any social security contributions recoverable from the person in question (together, the “Tax Liability”), that person has either:

 

  (i) made a payment to the Group Member or the Trustees of an amount equal to the Tax Liability; or

 

  (ii) entered into arrangements acceptable to that person or another Group Member to secure that such a payment is made (whether by authorising the sale of some or all of the shares on his behalf and the payment to the relevant person of the relevant amount out of the proceeds of sale or otherwise).

 

8. TAKEOVER, RECONSTRUCTION AND WINDING-UP

 

(1) If any person obtains control of the Company (within the meaning of section 840 of the Taxes Act 1988) as a result of making a general offer to acquire shares in the Company, or having obtained control makes such an offer, the Committee shall within 7 days of becoming aware thereof notify every Participant thereof and, subject to Rules 6(3), 6(4), 6(5), 6(7) and 7(4), any Option may be exercised within one month (or such longer period as the Committee may permit) of the notification and a Share Right shall cease to be forfeitable.

 

(2) For the purposes of sub-rule (1) above, a person shall be deemed to have obtained control of the Company if he and others acting in concert with him have together obtained control of it.

 

(3) If any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire shares in the Company under sections 428 to 430F of the Companies Act 1985, or if under section 425 of that Act the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement proposed for the purposes of or in connection with a Plan for the reconstruction of the Company or its amalgamation with any other company or companies, or if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, or if an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company, the Committee shall forthwith notify every Participant thereof and, subject to Rules 6(3), 6(4), 6(5), 6(7) and 7(4), any Option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that it is not exercised within that period shall (notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan) lapse on the expiration of that period; and any Share Right shall cease to be forfeitable.

 

(4) In relation to an Award which would but for the application of any performance condition be exercisable (or cease to be forfeitable) by virtue of an event mentioned in sub-rule (1) or (3) above, the Committee may at its discretion, and acting fairly and reasonably, treat the relevant condition as satisfied if, at the time of the event, the Committee cannot determine whether it is in fact satisfied.

 

9. VARIATION OF CAPITAL

 

(1) Subject to sub-rule (3) below, in the event of any variation of the share capital of the Company, an increase in its share capital, the payment of a capital dividend, a demerger or similar event involving the Company, the Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under sub-rule (2) below.

 

6


(2) An adjustment made under this sub-rule shall be to one or more of the following:-

 

  (a) the number of shares in respect of which any option may be exercised;

 

  (b) the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of any option;

 

  (c) where any option has been exercised but no shares have been allotted or transferred pursuant to the exercise, the number of shares which may be so allotted or transferred and the price at which they may be acquired;

 

  (d) the number of Shares in respect of which a Share Right subsists.

 

(3) An adjustment of Shares pursuant to sub-rule (2)(d) can be effected through the grant of further Awards.

 

(4) An adjustment under sub-rule (2) above may have the effect of reducing the price at which shares may be acquired by the exercise of an Option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Committee shall be authorised to and shall determine that it shall capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the shares in respect of which the Option is exercised and which are to be allotted pursuant to the exercise exceeds the price at which the shares may be subscribed for and to apply that sum in paying up that amount on the shares; and so that on the exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Committee shall capitalise that sum (if any) and apply it in paying up that amount.

 

10. ALTERATIONS

 

(1) Subject to sub-rules (2) and (4) below, the Committee may at any time alter this Plan.

 

(2) Subject to sub-rule (3) below, no alteration to the advantage of the persons to whom Awards have been or may be granted shall be made under sub-rule (1) above to any of Rules 2, 4(1), 4(5), 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9(1) and (2) without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

 

(3) Sub-rule (2) above shall not apply to any minor alteration to benefit the administration of this Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member.

 

(4) No alteration to the disadvantage of any Participant (other than under Rule 4(2)) shall be made under sub-rule (1) above unless:-

 

  (a) the Committee shall have invited every relevant Participant to give an indication as to whether or not he approves the alteration; and

 

  (b) the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

 

11. CASH EQUIVALENT

 

(1) Where an Option granted under this Plan has been exercised by any person in respect of any number of shares, and those shares have not yet been issued or transferred to him, the Committee (but only with the prior consent of the board of directors of the Company and of the Participant) may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of those shares as the Committee may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of his said right), he shall be paid by way of additional emoluments a sum equal to the cash equivalent of that number of shares.

 

7


(2) For the purposes of this Rule, the cash equivalent of any shares is the amount by which the Committee’s opinion of the market value of those shares on the day last preceding the date on which the Option was exercised (or, if at the relevant time shares of the same class as those shares were listed in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of shares of that class, as derived from that List, on the dealing day last preceding that date) exceeds the price at which those shares may be acquired by the exercise of the Option.

 

(3) As soon as reasonably practicable after a determination has been made under sub-rule (1) above that a person shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of shares:-

 

  (a) the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

 

  (b) if he has already paid the Company for those shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

 

(4) There shall be made from any payment under this Rule such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Committee may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

(1) The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in this Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it, and an individual who participates in it shall waive any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from his ceasing to have rights under or be entitled to exercise any option as a result of such termination.

 

(2) In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of this Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or related to this Plan, the decision of the Committee shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

(3) Any notice or other communication under or in connection with this Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending it by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment.

 

(4) A Participating Company may provide money to the Trustees or to any other person to enable that person to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of this plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for these purposes, to the extent permitted by law.

 

8


SCHEDULE ONE: CASH OPTIONS FOR NETHERLANDS EMPLOYEES

 

1 RULES

 

1.1 The rules of the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc Equity Participation Plan shall apply mutatis mutandis to a right (“Cash Option”) to receive a cash sum granted or to be granted pursuant to this Schedule One as if it was an Option to acquire actual shares in the Company, except as set out in this Schedule One.

 

2 RULE CHANGES

 

2.1 The Rules of the Plan shall be varied as set out below. Where any rule is deleted, the other Rule shall be renumbered accordingly (including any cross references in Rules of the Plan).

 

2.2 Rule 6(9) ( rights of shares ) will be deleted.

 

2.3 Rule 9(3) ( adjusting exercise prices below nominal value ) will be deleted.

 

3 CASH OPTIONS

 

3.1 The Board may grant or procure the grant of a Cash Option upon the terms set out below.

 

3.2 Each Cash Option shall be expressed to relate to a given number of Shares.

 

3.3 The amount of the cash sum to be paid to the Participant on the exercise of the Cash Option shall be equal to the amount by which the Exercise Value of the Shares over which the Cash Option is expressed to relate exceeds the Option Price, where the Exercise Value of a Share equals the market value of a share on the date of exercise of the Cash Option (or if that is not a dealing day, on the immediately prior dealing day) and where the Option Price is the price determined in accordance with Rule 4(3) of the Plan.

 

3.4 The cash sum payable pursuant to paragraph 3.3 above shall be paid by the employer within 30 days of the exercise of the Cash Option, net of any deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law.

 

9


SCHEDULE TWO: DENMARK

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN

Approved by the Committee on [24] January 2005

Rules specific to employees resident in Denmark

This Schedule Two is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc Equity Participation Plan (the “Plan”).

This Schedule Two sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Option granted or to be granted to a person who is resident for employment purposes in Denmark and is subject to the Act on Share Options, Act no. 309 of 5 May 2005 and words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Two except as otherwise provided below.

The said rules of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that in respect of Rule 6(5)(c) the Committee determined as follows:

At a meeting of the Committee on 24 January 2005 it was noted that, the Act on Share Options, Act no. 309 of 5 May 2004 (the “Act”) provided that an Option must remain capable of exercise where an employee (other than the CEO of the company) ceases employment except where the employee terminates their employment or where the employee is summarily dismissed with just cause by their employer (a “Bad Leaver”). In light of the provisions of the Act the Remco determined in respect of Options granted to persons who were subject to the Act their Options would remain capable of exercise on their original terms under Rule 6(5)(c) unless they ceased employment as a Bad Leaver or were unable to rely on the Act or the Committee determines otherwise.

 

10


SCHEDULE THREE: AUSTRALIA

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN

Approved by the Committee on [24] January 2005

Rules specific to employees resident in Australia

This Schedule Three is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc Equity Participation Plan (the “Plan”).

This Schedule Three sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Option granted or to be granted to a person who is resident for tax purposes in Australia and words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Three except as otherwise provided below.

The said rules of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that Rule 11 “Cash Equivalent” shall for the purposes of this Schedule Three be deleted in its entirety.

 

11


SCHEDULE FOUR: GERMANY

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN

Approved by the Committee on [24] January 2005

Rules specific to employees resident in Germany

This Schedule Four is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc Equity Participation Plan (the “Plan”).

This Schedule Four sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Option granted to a person who is resident for employment and / or tax purposes in Germany and words and phrases defined in the Plan shall not bear the same meaning in this Schedule Four except as otherwise provided below.

The said Rules of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that in Rule 6(5)(a) of the Plan reference to “(within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996)” shall for the purposes of this Schedule Four be deleted and replaced with “(within the meaning of the Protection Against Dismissal Act)”.

 

12


SCHEDULE FIVE: USA

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN

Approved by the Committee on [24] January 2005

Rules specific to employees resident in USA

This Schedule Five is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc Equity Participation Plan (the “Plan”).

This Schedule Five sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Option granted or to be granted to a person who is resident for tax purposes in USA and words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Five except as otherwise provided below.

The said Rules of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that:

 

1. Rule 2(3) shall for the purposes of this Schedule Five be deleted in its entirety.

 

2. Rule 11 “Cash Equivalent” shall for the purposes of this Schedule Five be deleted in its entirety.

 

13


SCHEDULE FIVE: USA

TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2001 EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN

Approved by the Committee on 27 February 2008

Rules specific to employees resident in the USA

 

1 GENERAL

 

1.1 This US Sub-Plan shall be used for all Participants who are, or may become prior to an Award exercise or Vesting Date (as defined below), US taxpayers. In the event that a Participant becomes a US taxpayer after the grant of an Award, such Award may be modified in a manner consistent with this Sub-Plan.

 

1.2 The purpose of this US Sub-Plan is to ensure that Awards made under the Plan will be exempt from the requirements of section 409A of Title 26 of the United States Code (“ the Internal Revenue Code ”) by satisfying the short-term deferral exception. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this US Sub-Plan should also be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with other legal requirements under laws in relevant jurisdictions, including but not limited to applicable securities laws.

 

1.3 Words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided.

 

1.4 The rules of the Plan apply to this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided for below.

 

1.5 This Sub-Plan shall apply from 27 February 2008 .

 

1.6 The Committee may amend any of the provisions of this US Sub-Plan to take account of a change in US legislation, in particular in relation to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2 DEFINITIONS

 

“Conditional Award”

a conditional right to receive Shares pursuant to the Plan at no cost to the Participant;

 

Substantial Risk of Forfeiture

its meaning for the purposes of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

Vesting Date

the date an Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture.

 

3 TERMS APPLICABLE TO US TAXPAYER S

 

3.1 Rule 2(3) shall be deleted for the purposes of this US Sub-Plan.

 

3.2 The following shall be substituted for the current Rule 4(1):

“The Board or the Trustees may by deed (but, in the case of the Trustees, only following a recommendation of the Committee) grant an Award over such number of Shares as has on the Grant Date a market value equal to 50% of the amount which represents the gross sum that the Participant would need to be paid by the Company before deduction of tax and employee’s social security liabilities to enable the Participant to purchase after such deductions the number of Deposited Shares referred to in Rule 3(1) above, upon the terms set out in this Plan and upon such other objective terms as the person granting the Award may specify, to any person who is

 

14


eligible to be granted an Award in accordance with Rule 2 above. All Awards granted after 27 February 2008 shall be in the form of a Conditional Award and the Rules of the Plan shall be interpreted accordingly.”

 

3.3 The following shall be substituted for the current Rule 6(4):

“If any Participant dies, the Award shall be deemed no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture (and in the case of an Option, become exercisable by his personal representative), provided that the Participant’s death occurs at a time when he is a director or employee of a Group Member. Exercise of an Option by such personal representative shall be permitted during the exercise period.”

 

3.4 For purposes of Rules 6(4),6(5) and 6(7), the “exercise period” shall mean:

“An Option may only be exercised during the 2  1 / 2 month period following the date the Option is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, if this entire exercise period will occur within a single calendar year. In situations where any days of the 2  1 / 2 month exercise period would occur in a calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the Option was no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, the exercise period shall be the 1 January through 15 March following the end of the calendar year in which the Option ceased to be subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture. Shares will be transferred as soon as practically possible following exercise. If a valid notice of exercise is not returned to the address specified in the notice of exercise the Participant shall be deemed to have submitted a valid notice of exercise for an Option together with the aggregate exercise price no later than the end of this exercise period.”

 

3.5 The following shall be inserted after Rule 6(7)(b):

“6(7)(c) the expiry of the exercise period.”

 

3.6

For the purposes of any Award granted in the form of a Conditional Award, Shares shall be transferred to the Participant or his personal representative no later than 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the year in which the Conditional Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture.

 

3.7 Rule 11 shall be deleted for the purposes of this US Sub-Plan.

 

15

Exhibit 4.44

 

Taylor Nelson Sofres plc

 


 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 

Approved by shareholders of the Company on 11 May 2005

 

Adopted by the board of the Company on 11 May 2005

 

Amended by the Board of the Company on 26 August 2008

 

Amended by the Board of the Company in November 2008

 

The Plan is a discretionary benefit offered by Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (“TNS”) for the benefit of its employees. Its purpose is to increase the interest of the employees in TNS’s business goals and results through share ownership. The Plan is an incentive for the employees’ future performance and commitment to the goals of the TNS Group.

 

Shares purchased or received under the Plan and any gains obtained under the Plan are not part of salary for any purpose (except to any extent required by statute).

 

The Plan is being offered for the first time in 2005 in selected countries and the remuneration committee of the board of TNS shall have the right to decide, in its sole discretion, whether or not further awards will be offered in the future and to which employees those awards will be granted.

 

Participating in the Plan is an investment opportunity distinct from any employment contract. Participation in the Plan entails the risks associated with an investment. An individual who participates in the Plan is treated as being aware of such risks and accepts such risks of his own free will.

 

The detailed rules of the Plan are set out overleaf.


LOGO


CONTENTS

 

Rule         Page

PART A—CONDITIONAL SHARE AWARDS

   1

1.

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    1

2.

   ELIGIBILITY    3

3.

   GRANT OF AWARDS    3

4.

   INVESTMENT SHARES    4

5.

   LIMITS    6

6.

   VESTING OF AWARDS    8

7.

   CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING    9

8.

   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS    10

9.

   CASH ALTERNATIVE    11

10.

   LAPSE OF AWARDS    12

11.

   LEAVERS    12

12.

   TAKEOVERS AND OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS    14

13.

   ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS    15

14.

   ALTERATIONS    16

15.

   MISCELLANEOUS    17

PART B—CONDITIONAL CASH AWARDS

   19

PART C—SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

   20

SCHEDULE ONE: AUSTRALIA

   21

SCHEDULE TWO: BELGIUM

   22

SCHEDULE THREE: CANADA

   23

SCHEDULE FOUR: DENMARK

   24

SCHEDULE FIVE: USA

   25

SCHEDULE SIX: FRANCE

   26


PART A—CONDITIONAL SHARE AWARDS

 

1.   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1   In the Plan, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

Award ” means a Conditional Award or an Option;

 

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee of the Board or a duly authorised person;

 

Committee ” means the remuneration committee of the Board or, on and after the occurrence of a corporate event described in Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), the remuneration committee of the Board as constituted immediately before such event occurs;

 

Company ” means Taylor Nelson Sofres plc (registered in England and Wales with registered number) 00912624;

 

Conditional Award ” means a conditional right to acquire Shares granted under the Plan and which may also be granted by reference to Investment Shares as described in Rule 3.1 ( Terms of grant );

 

Control ” means control within the meaning of section 719 of ITEPA;

 

Early Vesting Date ” means either:

 

  (a)   the date of cessation of employment of a Participant in the circumstances referred to in Rules 11.1 and 11.2 ( Good leavers ); or

 

  (b)   a date referred to in Rule 12.1 ( General offers ), Rule 12.2 ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ) or Rule 12.3 ( Demergers and similar events );

 

Exercise Period ” means the period commencing on the date an Option Vests during which an Option may be exercised, as specified by the Committee under Rule 3.3;

 

Grant Date ” means the date on which an Award is granted;

 

Group Member ” means:

 

  (a)   a Participating Company or a body corporate which is the Company’s holding company (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985) or a Subsidiary of the Company’s holding company;

 

  (b)   a body corporate which is a subsidiary undertaking (within the meaning of section 258 of that Act) of a body corporate within paragraph (a) above and has been designated by the Board for this purpose; and

 

  (c)   any other body corporate in relation to which a body corporate within paragraph (a) or (b) above is able (whether directly or indirectly) to exercise 20% or more of its equity voting rights and has been designated by the Board for this purpose;

 

Investment Shares ” means Shares purchased in accordance with Rule 4 ( Investment Shares ) and any further Shares acquired by virtue of the ownership of the initial Investment Shares;

 

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

 

Listing Rules ” means the Listing Rules published by the UKLA;

 

London Stock Exchange ” means London Stock Exchange plc or any successor company;

 

Normal Vesting Date ” means the date on which an Award vests under Rule 6.1;

 

1


Option ” means a right to acquire shares granted under the Plan which is designated as an option by the Committee under Rule 3.2 and which may also be granted by reference to Investment Shares as described in Rule 3.1 ( Terms of grant );

 

Option Price ” means the amount, if any, payable on the exercise of an Option, which is specified by the Committee under Rule 3.3 and subject to adjustment under Rule 13;

 

Participant ” means a person who holds an Award including his personal representatives;

 

Participating Company ” means the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any company which is not under the control of any single person, but is under the Control of two persons, one of them being the Company, and to which the Board has resolved that the Plan shall for the time being extend 1 ;

 

Performance Condition ” is a condition related to performance which is specified by the Committee under Rule 3.1 ( Terms of grant );

 

Plan ” means the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan as amended from time to time;

 

Rule ” means a rule of the Plan;

 

Shares ” means fully paid ordinary shares in the capital of the Company;

 

Subsidiary ” means a body corporate which is a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 736 of the Companies Act 1985);

 

Tax Liability ” means any amount of tax or social security contributions or its equivalent for which a Participant would be liable and for which any Group Member would be obliged to (or would suffer a disadvantage if it were not to) account for;

 

UKLA ” means the United Kingdom Listing Authority;

 

Vest ” means:

 

  (a)   in relation to a Conditional Award, the Participant becoming entitled to have the Vested Shares transferred to him;

 

  (b)   in relation to an Option, it becoming exercisable;

 

and Vesting shall be construed accordingly;

 

“Vesting Date” means the third anniversary of the Grant Date or such other date specified by the Committee under Rule 3.2, being the date that an Award will normally Vest under Rule 6.1;

 

“Vesting Period” means the period commencing on the Grant Date and expiring on the Vesting Date;

 

“Vested Shares” means those Shares in respect of which an Award Vests.

 

1.2   Any reference in the Plan to any enactment includes a reference to that enactment as from time to time modified, extended or re-enacted.

 

1.3   Expressions in italics and headings are for guidance only and do not form part of the Plan.

1   Note. Before the Board resolves that the Plan will extend to a company which is not under the control of any single person, confirmation should first be sought to confirm that this will not cause the Plan to cease to be an employees’ share scheme.

 

2


2.   ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1   General rule on eligibility

 

Subject to Rule 2.2 ( Individuals not eligible ), an individual is eligible to be granted an Award only if he is an employee (including an executive director) of a Participating Company.

 

2.2   Individuals not eligible

 

An individual is not eligible to be granted an Award at any time within the period of 12 months before the date on which he is bound to retire under his employment contract or if earlier the date (if any) on which it has been agreed with his employing company that he would retire (unless that person is employed in a jurisdiction where this provision would be unlawful).

 

3.   GRANT OF AWARDS

 

3.1   Terms of grant

 

Subject to Rule 3.5 (Timing of grant), Rule 3.7 ( Approvals and consents ) and Rule 5 ( Limits ), the Committee may resolve to grant an Award on:

 

  (a)   the terms set out in the Plan; and

 

  (b)   such additional terms (whether the Performance Condition and/or any other terms) as the Committee may specify; and/or

 

  (c)   the condition that an employee agrees to acquire Investment Shares in accordance with Rule 4 ( Investment Shares ) and upon such other terms as the Committee may specify,

 

to any person who is eligible to be granted an Award under Rule 2 ( Eligibility ).

 

3.2   Type of Award and Vesting Date

 

On or before the Grant Date, the Committee shall determine:

 

  (a)   whether an Award will be a Conditional Award or an Option; and

 

  (b)   the Vesting Date of an Award.

 

3.3   Method of grant

 

An Award shall be granted as follows:

 

  (a)   a Conditional Award or an Option shall be granted by deed executed by the Company;

 

  (b)   if an Award is an Option, the Committee shall on or before the Grant Date determine

 

  (i)   the Option Price (if any) provided that the Committee may reduce or waive such Option Price on or prior to the exercise of the Option;

 

  (ii)   the Exercise Period provided that:

 

  (aa)   in respect of a nil or nominal cost Option, the Exercise Period shall not exceed the period of 12 months; and,

 

  (bb)   notwithstanding any other Rule of this Plan, no Option may be exercised after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

3


3.4   Method of satisfying Awards

 

Unless specified to the contrary by the Committee on the Grant Date, an Award may be satisfied:

 

  (a)   by the issue of new Shares; and/or

 

  (b)   by the transfer of treasury Shares; and/or

 

  (c)   by the transfer of Shares (other than the transfer of treasury Shares).

 

The Committee may decide to change the way in which it is intended that an Award may be satisfied after it has been granted, having regard to the provisions of Rule 5 (Limits) .

 

3.5   Timing of grant

 

Subject to Rule 3.7 ( Approvals and consents ), the Committee may only grant an Award:

 

  (a)   within the period of 6 weeks beginning with:

 

  (i)   the date on which the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company; or

 

  (ii)   the dealing day after the date on which the Company announces its results for any period; or

 

  (b)   at any other time when the Committee considers that circumstances are sufficiently exceptional to justify its grant

 

but an Award may not be granted after 10 May 2010 (that is, the expiry of the period of 5 years beginning with the date on which the Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company).

 

3.6   Non-transferability and bankruptcy

 

An Award granted to any person:

 

  (a)   shall not be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed of by him except on his death to his personal representatives; and

 

  (b)   shall lapse immediately if he is declared bankrupt.

 

3.7   Approvals and consents

 

The grant of any Award shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required under the Listing Rules, any relevant share dealing code of the Company, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or any other UK or overseas regulation or enactment.

 

4.   INVESTMENT SHARES

 

4.1   Purchase of Investment Shares

 

To the extent required by the Committee on the grant of an Award under Rule 3.1(c) ( Terms of grant—Investment Shares ), Investment Shares shall comprise such number of Shares purchased or to be purchased for the purpose of that Award by the prospective Participant, subject to Rule 4.2 below.

 

For the avoidance of doubt Shares held by the prospective Participant at the Grant Date and not acquired for the purpose of being Investment Shares shall not count as Investment Shares, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

4


4.2   Limits on the number of Investment Shares purchased

 

The aggregate market value of the Investment Shares purchased under Rule 4.1 shall be determined by the Committee on or prior to the grant of an Award.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 4.2, market value shall be calculated by reference to either:

 

  (a)   the average price at which Investment Shares are bought on the London Stock Exchange in relation to the grant of Awards on that occasion; or

 

  (b)   the middle market quotation of a Share on the Official List of the London Stock Exchange on a dealing day determined by the Committee falling within the period of 30 days ending with the Grant Date (or the average of such quotations over such dealing days falling within that period as the Committee may determine).

 

4.3   Holding of Investment Shares

 

Investment Shares may, at the Committee’s demand, be held on the Participant’s behalf by a nominee chosen from time to time by the Committee, or the Participant may be asked to deposit the share certificate (or any other document of title) relating to such Investment Shares with any person specified by the Committee, or by such other method as determined by the Committee that will enable it to determine ownership of the Investment Shares.

 

4.4   Variation of share capital—Investment Shares

 

If a Participant acquires any further Shares by virtue of his holding of Investment Shares under a variation of share capital of the Company then, unless the Committee decides otherwise, he may add those Shares to his holding of Investment Shares and the Committee may adjust his Award in accordance with Rule 13 ( Adjustment Awards ).

 

4.5   Transfer of Investment Shares prior to Vesting

 

Subject to Rule 4.7 (where applicable), if at any time prior to the Vesting of an Award a Participant requests that any of his Investment Shares should be transferred to him (or his nominee) or that the document of title relating to any of those Investment Shares should be returned to him, the Board shall arrange for the transfer of the Investment Shares or the documents of title, as appropriate.

 

4.6   Transfer of Investment Shares on or after Vesting

 

On or as soon as practicable after the Vesting of an Award, the Board shall transfer or procure the transfer of:

 

  (a)   the legal title for any Investment Shares related to that Award; and/or

 

  (b)   any document of title relating to those Investment Shares

 

to the Participant (or his nominee).

 

5


4.7   In respect of Investment Shares a Participant was required to acquire under Rule 3 in relation to a subsisting Award granted under Schedule Six to the Plan ( Rules specific to employees in France) , notwithstanding any other Rule:

 

  4.7.1   the transfer of Investment Shares in conjunction with the unconditional offer by WPP Group plc for the entire issued ordinary share capital of the Company (“ Transaction Transfer ”) on the basis of:

 

for each Investment Share:    173 pence in cash and 0.1889 of an ordinary share of 10 pence each in the capital of WPP plc (“ WPP Shares ”)

 

shall not be considered a “transfer” or “disposal” of the Investment Shares for the purposes of Rules 4.5 or 10 and notwithstanding the Transaction Transfer, the Participant shall be considered to have “retained beneficial ownership of the Investment Shares” for the purposes of Rule 6.2(d);

 

  4.7.2   (subject to any transfer or disposal of the Investment Shares occurring subsequent to the Transaction Transfer) after the Transaction Transfer, the number of Shares which a Participant shall be entitled to by virtue of his Award shall be based on his holding of Investment Shares immediately prior to the Transaction Transfer and shall not be reduced pro rata to reflect the actual number of Investment Shares held after the Transaction Transfer; and

 

  4.7.3   after the Transaction Transfer, the term “Investment Shares” shall refer to the WPP Shares acquired as a result of the Transaction Transfer.

 

5.   LIMITS

 

5.1   14 per cent. in 10 years limit

 

No Award shall be granted if it would, at the time it is granted, cause the number of Shares allocated (as defined in Rule 5.2) in the period of 10 years ending at that time under this Plan or under any other employee share plan adopted by the Company to exceed such number as represents 14 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue at that time.

 

5.2   Meaning of “allocated”

 

For the purposes of Rule 5.1:

 

  (a)   Shares are allocated:

 

  (i)   when an option, award or other contractual right to acquire unissued Shares or treasury Shares is granted;

 

  (ii)   where Shares are issued or treasury Shares are transferred otherwise than pursuant to an option, award or other contractual right to acquire Shares, when those Shares are issued or treasury Shares transferred;

 

  (b)   any Shares which have been issued or which may be issued (or any Shares transferred out of treasury or which may be transferred out of treasury) to any trustees to satisfy the exercise of any option, award or other contractual right granted under any employee share plan shall be treated as “allocated”; and

 

  (c)   for the avoidance of doubt, existing Shares other than treasury Shares that are transferred or over which options, awards or other contractual rights are granted shall not count as “allocated”.

 

6


5.3   Post-grant events affecting numbers of “allocated” Shares

 

Where:

 

  (a)   any option, award or other contractual right to acquire unissued Shares or treasury Shares is released or lapses (whether in whole or in part); or

 

  (b)   after the grant of an option, award or other contractual right the Committee determines that:

 

  (i)   where an amount is normally payable on its exercise it shall be satisfied without such payment but by either the issue of Shares and/or the transfer of treasury Shares and/or the payment of cash equal to the gain made on its exercise; or

 

  (ii)   it shall be satisfied by the transfer of existing Shares (other than Shares transferred out of treasury)

 

the unissued Shares or treasury Shares which consequently cease to be subject to the option, award or other contractual right from time to time or absolutely (as appropriate) shall not count as “allocated”.

 

The number of Shares allocated in respect of an option, award or other contractual right shall be such number as the Board shall reasonably determine from time to time.

 

5.4   Changes to investor guidelines

 

Treasury Shares shall cease to count as “allocated” for the purposes of Rule 5.1 if institutional investor guidelines cease to require such Shares to be so counted.

 

5.5   Individual limit

 

  (a)   The maximum total market value of Shares (calculated as set out in this Rule) over which Awards may be granted to any employee during any financial year of the Company is 200% of his salary (as defined in this Rule ) unless Rule 5.5(b) applies.

 

  (b)   If the Committee decides that exceptional circumstances exist, for example, in relation to the recruitment or retention of an eligible employee, then the maximum total market value of Shares over which Awards may be granted to that employee during a financial year of the Company may exceed 200% of his salary.

 

For the purpose of this Rule 5.5:

 

  (i)   an employee’s salary shall be taken to be his base salary (excluding benefits in kind and bonuses), expressed as an annual rate payable by the Participating Companies to him on the Grant Date (or such earlier date as the Committee shall determine). Where a payment of salary is made in a currency other than sterling, the payment shall be treated as equal to the equivalent amount of sterling determined by using any rate of exchange which the Committee may reasonably select; and

 

  (ii)   the market value of the Shares over which an Award is granted shall be taken to be an amount equal to the middle-market quotation of such Shares (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) on the dealing day before the Grant Date or, if the Committee so determines, the average of the middle market quotations during a period determined by the Committee not exceeding the 5 dealing days ending with the Grant Date.

 

7


5.6   Effect of limits

 

Any Award shall be limited and take effect so that the limits in this Rule 5 are complied with.

 

5.7   Restriction on use of unissued Shares or treasury Shares

 

No Shares may be issued or treasury Shares transferred to satisfy the Vesting of any Conditional Award or the exercise of any Option to the extent that such issue or transfer would cause the number of Shares allocated (as defined in Rule 5.2 and adjusted under Rule 5.3) to exceed the limits in Rule 5.1 ( 14 per cent. in 10 years limit ).

 

6.   VESTING OF AWARDS

 

6.1   Timing of Vesting: Normal Vesting Date

 

Subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues ), an Award will Vest on the later of:

 

  (a)   the date on which the Committee determines whether or not any Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of the Award has been satisfied (in whole or part); and

 

  (b)   the Vesting Date

 

except where earlier Vesting occurs on an Early Vesting Date under Rule 11 ( Leavers) or Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ).

 

6.2   Extent of Vesting

 

An Award will only Vest to the extent:

 

  (a)   that any Performance Condition is satisfied on the Normal Vesting Date or, if appropriate, the Early Vesting Date;

 

  (b)   as permitted by any other term imposed on the Vesting of the Award;

 

  (c)   in relation to Vesting on an Early Vesting Date, as permitted by Rules 11.4 and 12.5 ( Reduction in number of Vested Shares ); and

 

  (d)   subject to Rule 4.7 (where applicable), to the extent that the Participant has retained beneficial ownership of the Investment Shares that he was required to acquire under Rule 3 ( Terms of grant ) in accordance with Rule 4.1 ( Purchase of Investment Shares ) in relation to that Award at the time of Vesting.

 

Where, under Rule 11 ( Leavers ) or Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), an Award would (subject to the satisfaction of any Performance Condition) Vest before the end of the full period over which performance is measured under the Performance Condition then, unless provided to the contrary by the Performance Condition, the extent to which the Performance Condition has been satisfied in such circumstances shall be determined by the Committee on such reasonable basis as it determines.

 

6.3   Restrictions on Vesting: regulatory and tax issues

 

An Award will not Vest unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a)   the Vesting of the Award, and the issue or transfer of Shares after such Vesting would be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions and in compliance with the Listing Rules, any relevant share dealing code of the Company, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers and any other relevant UK or overseas regulation or enactment;

 

8


  (b)   if, on the Vesting of the Award, a Tax Liability would arise by virtue of such Vesting then the Participant must have entered into arrangements acceptable to the Board that the relevant Group Member will receive the amount of such Tax Liability (whether pursuant to Rule 6.5 or otherwise);

 

  (c)   the Participant has entered into such arrangements as the Committee requires (and where permitted in the relevant jurisdiction) to satisfy a Group Member’s liability to social security contributions in respect of the Vesting of the Award; and

 

  (d)   where the Committee requires, the Participant has entered into, or agreed to enter into, a valid election under Part 7 of ITEPA ( Employment income: elections to disapply tax charge on restricted securities ) or any similar arrangement in any overseas jurisdiction.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 6.3, references to Group Member include any former Group Member.

 

6.4   Tax liability before Vesting

 

If a Participant will, or is likely to, incur any Tax Liability before the Vesting of an Award then that Participant must enter into arrangements acceptable to any relevant Group Member to ensure that it receives the amount of such Tax Liability. If no such arrangement is made then the Participant will be deemed to have authorised the Company to sell or procure the sale of sufficient of the Shares subject to his Award on his behalf to ensure that the relevant Group Member receives the amount required to discharge the Tax Liability and the number of Shares subject to his Award shall be reduced accordingly.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 6.4, references to Group Member include any former Group Member.

 

6.5   Payment of Tax Liability

 

The Participant authorises the Company to sell or procure the sale of sufficient Vested Shares on or following the Vesting of his Award on his behalf to ensure that any relevant Group Member receives the amount required to discharge the Tax Liability which arises on Vesting unless he agrees to fund all or part of the Tax Liability in a different manner.

 

7.   CONSEQUENCES OF VESTING

 

7.1   Conditional Awards

 

On or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Vesting of a Conditional Award, the Board shall, subject to Rule 6.5 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) and any arrangement made under Rules 6.3(b) and 6.3(c), transfer or procure the transfer of the Vested Shares to the Participant (or a nominee for him).

 

A Participant who holds a Conditional Award shall not have any beneficial interest in the Shares subject to his Award before the transfer of Vested Shares to him (or his nominee).

 

7.2   Options

 

An Option shall, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ), be exercisable in respect of the Vested Shares during the Exercise Period or, if an event referred to in Rule 11.1 and 11.2 ( Good Leavers ), Rule 12.1 ( General offers ), Rule 12.2 ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ) or Rule 12.3 ( Demergers and similar events ) occurs then such shorter period which applies under those Rules.

 

9


If an Option is not exercised during the last 30 days of the Exercise Period because of any regulatory restrictions referred to in Rule 8.1(a), the Committee may extend the period during which the Option may be exercised so as to permit the Option to be exercised as soon as those restrictions cease to apply provided that no Option may be exercised after the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

7.3   Dividend equivalent

 

The Committee may, at its sole discretion, decide on or before the Vesting of an Award that a Participant (or his nominee) shall be entitled to cash and/or Shares (as determined by the Committee) equal in value to the dividends (including the dividend tax credit) that would have been paid on the Vested Shares in respect of dividend record dates occurring during the period between the Grant Date and the date of Vesting.

 

The Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, may decide to disapply this Rule 7.3 in relation to all or part of a special dividend which would otherwise be included under this Rule.

 

Payment of such cash and/or Shares shall be made as soon as practicable after Vesting and shall be subject to such deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

 

8.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

 

8.1   Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues

 

An Option which has Vested may not be exercised unless the following conditions are satisfied:

 

  (a)   the exercise of the Option and the issue or transfer of Shares after such exercise must be lawful in all relevant jurisdictions and in compliance with the Listing Rules, any relevant share dealing code of the Company, the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers and any other relevant UK or overseas regulation or enactment;

 

  (b)   if, on the exercise of the Option, a Tax Liability would arise by virtue of such exercise then the Participant must have entered into arrangements acceptable to the Board that the relevant Group Member will receive the amount of such Tax Liability (whether pursuant to Rule 8.4 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) or otherwise);

 

  (c)   the Participant has entered into such arrangements as the Committee requires (and where permitted in the relevant jurisdiction) to satisfy a Group Member’s liability to social security contributions or its equivalent in respect of the exercise of the Option; and

 

  (d)   where the Committee requires, the Participant has entered into, or agreed to enter into, a valid election under Part 7 of ITEPA ( Employment income: elections to disapply tax charge on restricted securities ) or any similar arrangement in any overseas jurisdiction.

 

For the purposes of this Rule 8.1 references to Group Member include any former Group Member.

 

8.2   Exercise in whole or part

 

An Option may be exercised in whole or part.

 

8.3   Method of exercise

 

The exercise of any Option shall be effected in the form and manner prescribed by the Board. Unless the Board, acting fairly and reasonably determines otherwise, any notice of exercise shall, subject to Rule 8.1 ( Restrictions on the exercise of an Option: regulatory and tax issues ),

 

10


take effect only when the Company receives it, together with payment of any relevant Option Price (or, if the Board so permits, an undertaking to pay that amount).

 

A Participant who holds an Option shall not have any beneficial interest in the Shares subject to his Option prior to the allotment or transfer of Vested Shares to him (or his nominee).

 

8.4   Payment of Tax Liability

 

The Participant authorises the Company to sell or procure the sale of sufficient Vested Shares on or following exercise of his Option on his behalf to ensure that any relevant Group Member receives the amount required to discharge the Tax Liability which arises on such exercise unless he agrees to fund all or part of the Tax Liability in a different manner.

 

8.5   Allotment and transfer timetable

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after an Option has been exercised, the Board shall, subject to Rule 8.4 ( Payment of Tax Liability ) and any arrangement made under Rules 8.1(b) or 8.1(c), allot to him (or a nominee for him) or, if appropriate, transfer or procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Option has been exercised.

 

9.   CASH ALTERNATIVE

 

9.1   Committee determination

 

Where a Conditional Award Vests or where an Option has been exercised and Vested Shares have not yet been allotted or transferred to the Participant (or his nominee), the Committee may determine that, in substitution for his right to acquire such number of Vested Shares as the Committee may decide (but in full and final satisfaction of that right), he shall be paid by way of additional employment income a sum equal to the cash equivalent (as defined in Rule 9.2) of that number of Shares in accordance with the following provisions of this Rule.

 

9.2   Cash equivalent

 

For the purpose of this Rule 9, the cash equivalent of a Share is:

 

  (a)   in the case of a Conditional Award, the market value of a Share on the day when the Award Vests;

 

  (b)   in the case of an Option, the market value of a Share on the day when the Option is exercised reduced by a proportion of the Option Price which reflects the number of Vested Shares being replaced by the cash alternative.

 

Market value on any day shall be determined as follows:

 

  (a)   if on the date of Vesting or exercise, Shares are quoted in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle-market quotation of a Share, as derived from that List, on the dealing day before that day; or

 

  (b)   if Shares are not so quoted, such value of a Share as the Committee reasonably determines.

 

9.3   Payment of cash equivalent

 

Subject to Rule 9.4 ( Share alternative ), as soon as reasonably practicable after the Committee has determined under Rule 9.1 that a Participant shall be paid a sum in substitution for his right to acquire any number of Vested Shares:

 

  (a)   the Company shall pay to him or procure the payment to him of that sum in cash; and

 

11


  (b)   if he has already paid the Company for those Shares, the Company shall return to him the amount so paid by him.

 

9.4   Share alternative

 

If the Committee so decides, the whole or any part of the sum payable under Rule 9.3 shall, instead of being paid to the Participant in cash, be applied on his behalf:

 

  (a)   in subscribing for Shares at a price equal to the market value by reference to which the cash equivalent is calculated; or

 

  (b)   in purchasing such Shares; or

 

  (c)   partly in one way and partly in the other

 

and the Company shall allot to him (or his nominee) or procure the transfer to him (or his nominee) of the Shares so subscribed for or purchased.

 

9.5   Deductions

 

There shall be deducted from any payment under this Rule 9 such amounts (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

 

10.   LAPSE OF AWARDS

 

An Award will lapse:

 

  (a)   in accordance with these Rules;

 

  (b)   to the extent it does not Vest under these Rules;

 

  (c)   subject to Rule 4.7 (where applicable), on the date on which the Participant transfers, charges or otherwise disposes of the Investment Shares to which the Award relates but only pro rata to the number of Investment Shares which are transferred charged or otherwise disposed of.

 

11.   LEAVERS

 

11.1   Good leavers—circumstances other than death

 

If a Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member before the Normal Vesting Date by reason of:

 

  (a)   injury or disability;

 

  (b)   retirement at his normal retirement age or at such other age with the agreement of his employer;

 

  (c)   his office or employment being either with a company which ceases to be a Group Member or relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred to a person who is not a Group Member; or

 

  (d)   for any other reason, if the Committee so decides

 

then

 

  (i)  

subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulation and tax issues ) and Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), his Award shall Vest on the Normal Vesting

 

12


 

Date subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of an Award; unless

 

  (ii)   the Committee decides in exceptional circumstances and subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulation and tax issues ), that his Award shall Vest on the date of cessation in which case Rule 11.4 ( Leavers: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply.

 

Any Option that Vests under Rules 11.1(i) or (ii) above may subject to Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ) be exercised during the period of 12 months beginning on the Normal Vesting Date or the date of cessation respectively and if not exercised shall lapse at the end of that period.

 

11.2   Good leavers—death

 

If a Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member before the Normal Vesting Date by reason of death then subject to Rule 6.3 ( Restrictions on Vesting: regulation and tax issues ) his Award shall Vest on the date of cessation subject to the satisfaction of the Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of an Award.

 

Any Option that Vests under this Rule may subject to Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ) be exercised by the Participant’s personal representatives during the period of 12 months beginning on the date of cessation and if not exercised shall lapse at the end of that period.

 

11.3   Cessation of employment in other circumstances

 

If a Participant ceases to be a director or employee of a Group Member for any reason other than those specified in Rules 11.1 and 11.2 ( Good leavers ) then any Award held by him shall lapse immediately on such cessation.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Investment Shares are not at risk of forfeiture.

 

11.4   Leavers: reduction in number of Vested Shares

 

Where an Award Vests on or after a Participant ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member under Rule 11.1(ii), the Committee shall determine the number of Vested Shares of that Award by the following steps:

 

  (a)   by applying any Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of the Award; and

 

  (b)   by applying a pro rata reduction to the number of Shares determined under 11.4(a) based on the period of time after the Grant Date and ending on the date of cessation relative to the Vesting Period

 

unless the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, decides that the reduction in the number of Vested Shares under Rule 11.4(b) is inappropriate in any particular case when it shall increase the number of Vested Shares to such higher number as it decides provided that number does not exceed the number of Shares determined under Rule 11.4(a).

 

11.5   Meaning of ceasing employment

 

A Participant shall not be treated for the purposes of this Rule 11 as ceasing to be a director or employee of a Group Member until such time as he is no longer a director or employee of any Group Member. If any Participant ceases to be such a director or employee before the Vesting

 

13


of his Award in circumstances where he retains a statutory right to return to work then he shall be treated as not having ceased to be such a director or employee until such time (if at all) as he ceases to have such a right while not acting as an employee or director.

 

12.   TAKEOVERS AND OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS

 

12.1   General offers

 

If any person (or group of persons acting in concert):

 

  (a)   obtains Control of the Company as a result of making a general offer to acquire Shares; or

 

  (b)   having obtained Control makes such an offer and such offer becomes unconditional in all respects

 

the Board shall within 7 days of becoming aware of that event notify every Participant of it and, subject to Rule 12.4 ( Internal reorganisations ), the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i)   the date of such notification shall be the Early Vesting Date for all Awards that have not then Vested and Rule 12.5 (C orporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply; and

 

  (ii)   any Option may be exercised within one month of the date of such notification, but to the extent that an Option is not exercised within that period, that Option shall (regardless of any other provision of the Plan) lapse at the end of that period.

 

12.2   Schemes of arrangement and winding up

 

In the event that:

 

  (a)   under Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement in connection with the acquisition of Shares; or

 

  (b)   the Company passes a resolution for a voluntary winding up of the Company; or

 

  (c)   an order is made for the compulsory winding up of the Company

 

the Board shall, as soon as practicable, notify every Participant of that event and, subject to Rule 12.4 ( Internal reorganisations ), the following provisions shall apply:

 

  (i)   the date of such notification shall be the Early Vesting Date for all Awards which have not then Vested and Rule 12.5 ( Corporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply; and

 

  (ii)   any Option may be exercised within one month of such notification, but to the extent that an Option is not exercised within that period, that Option shall (regardless of any other provision of the Plan) lapse at the end of that period.

 

12.3   Demerger and similar events

 

If a demerger, special dividend or other similar event (the “ Relevant Event ”) is proposed which, in the opinion of the Committee, would affect the market price of Shares to a material extent, then the Committee may, at its discretion, decide that the following provisions will apply:

 

  (a)   the Committee shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after deciding to apply these provisions, notify a Participant that, subject to earlier lapse under Rule 11 ( Leavers ), his Award Vests and, if relevant, his Option may be exercised on such terms as the Committee may determine and during such period preceding the Relevant Event or on the Relevant Event as the Committee may determine;

 

14


  (b)   if an Award Vests, or an Option is exercised, in advance of and conditional upon the Relevant Event and such event does not occur then the conditional Vesting or exercise shall not be effective and the Award shall continue to subsist; and

 

  (c)   if the Committee decides that an Award Vests under this Rule 12.3 then the date of that Vesting shall be the Early Vesting Date and the provisions of Rule 12.5 ( Corporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares ) shall apply.

 

12.4   Internal reorganisations

 

In the event that:

 

  (a)   a company (the “ Acquiring Company ”) is expected to obtain Control of the Company as a result of an offer referred to in Rule 12.1 ( General offers ) or a compromise or arrangement referred to in Rule 12.2 (a) ( Schemes of arrangement and winding up ); and

 

  (b)   at least 75% of the shares in the Acquiring Company are expected to be held by persons who immediately before the obtaining of Control of the Company were shareholders in the Company

 

then the Committee, with the consent of the Acquiring Company, may decide before the obtaining of such Control that an Award shall not Vest under Rule 12.1 or Rule 12.2 but shall be automatically surrendered in consideration for the grant of a new award which the Committee determines is equivalent to the Award it replaces except that it will be over shares in the Acquiring Company or some other company.

 

The Rules will apply to any new award granted under this Rule 12.4 as if references to Shares were references to shares over which the new award is granted and references to the Company were references to the company whose shares are subject to the new award.

 

12.5   Corporate events: reduction in number of Vested Shares

 

If an Award Vests under any of Rules 12.1 to 12.3, the Committee shall determine the number of Vested Shares of that Award by the following steps:

 

  (a)   by applying any Performance Condition and any other condition imposed on the Vesting of the Award; and

 

  (b)   by applying a pro rata reduction to the number of Shares determined under Rule 12.5(a) based on the period of time after the Grant Date and ending on the Early Vesting Date relative to the Vesting Period

 

unless the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, decides that the reduction in the number of Vested Shares under Rule 11.5(b) is inappropriate in any particular case when it shall increase the number of Vested Shares to such higher number as it decides provided that number does not exceed the number of Shares determined under Rule 12.5(a).

 

13.   ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

 

13.1   General rule

 

In the event of:

 

  (a)   any variation of the share capital of the Company including, but not limited to, a rights issue, bonus issue, sub-division or consolidation of shares; or

 

  (b)   a demerger, special dividend or other similar event which affects the market price of Shares to a material extent

 

15


the Committee may make such adjustments as it considers appropriate under Rule 13.2 ( Method of adjustment ) having regard, where relevant, of any additional Investment Shares which may have been acquired by a Participant under Rule 4.4 ( Variation of share capital – Investment Shares ).

 

13.2   Method of adjustment

 

An adjustment made under this Rule shall be to one or more of the following:

 

  (a)   the number of Shares comprised in an Award;

 

  (b)   subject to Rule 13.3 ( Adjustment below nominal value ), the Option Price; and

 

  (c)   where any Award has vested or Option has been exercised but no Shares have been allotted or transferred after such Vesting or exercise, the number of Shares which may be so allotted or transferred and (if relevant) the price at which they may be acquired.

 

13.3   Adjustment below nominal value

 

An adjustment under Rule 13.2 may have the effect of reducing the price at which Shares may be subscribed for on the exercise of an Option to less than their nominal value, but only if and to the extent that the Board is authorised:

 

  (a)   to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to the amount by which the nominal value of the Shares in respect of which the Option is exercised and which are to be allotted after such exercise exceeds the price at which the Shares may be subscribed for; and

 

  (b)   to apply that sum in paying up such amount on such Shares

 

so that on exercise of any Option in respect of which such a reduction shall have been made the Board shall capitalise that sum (if any) and apply it in paying up that amount.

 

14.   ALTERATIONS

 

14.1   General rule on alterations

 

Except as described in Rule 14.2 ( Shareholder approval ), Rule 14.4 ( Alterations to disadvantage of Participants ) and Rule 14.5 ( Alteration to the Performance Condition ), the Committee may at any time alter the Plan or the terms of any Award granted under it.

 

14.2   Shareholder approval

 

Except as described in Rule 14.3 ( Exceptions to shareholder approval ), no alteration to the advantage of an individual to whom an Award has been or may be granted shall be made under Rule 14.1 to the provisions concerning:

 

  (a)   eligibility;

 

  (b)   the individual limits on participation;

 

  (c)   the overall limits on the issue of Shares or the transfer of treasury Shares;

 

  (d)   the basis for determining a Participant’s entitlement to, and the terms of, Shares or cash provided under the Plan;

 

16


  (e)   the adjustments that may be made in the event of any variation of capital; and

 

  (f)   the terms of this Rule 14.2

 

without the prior approval by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company in general meeting.

 

14.3   Exceptions to shareholder approval

 

Rule 14.2 ( Shareholder approval ) shall not apply to:

 

  (a)   any minor alteration to benefit the administration of the Plan, to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for Participants or any Group Member; or

 

  (b)   any alteration solely relating to the Performance Condition.

 

14.4   Alterations to disadvantage of Participants

 

No alteration to the material disadvantage of Participants shall be made under Rule 14.1 unless:

 

  (a)   the Board shall have invited every relevant Participant to indicate whether or not he approves the alteration; and

 

  (b)   the alteration is approved by a majority of those Participants who have given such an indication.

 

14.5   Alterations to the Performance Condition

 

No alteration which solely relates to the Performance Condition shall be made under Rule 14.1 unless:

 

  (a)   an event has occurred which causes the Committee reasonably to consider that the Performance Condition would not, without the alteration, achieve its original purpose;

 

  (b)   the altered Performance Condition will, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, be not materially less difficult to satisfy than the unaltered Performance Condition would have been but for the event in question; and

 

  (c)   the Committee shall act fairly and reasonably in making the alteration.

 

15.   MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1   Employment

 

The rights and obligations of any individual under the terms of his office or employment with any Group Member shall not be affected by his participation in the Plan or any right which he may have to participate in it. An individual who participates in the Plan waives any and all rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his office or employment for any reason whatsoever insofar as those rights arise or may arise from him ceasing to have rights under an Award as a result of such termination. Participation in the Plan shall not confer a right to continued employment upon any individual who participates in it. The grant of any Award does not imply that any further Award will be granted nor that a Participant has any right to receive any further Award.

 

17


15.2   Disputes

 

In the event of any dispute or disagreement as to the interpretation of the Plan, or as to any question or right arising from or relating to the Plan (including the rectification of errors and mistakes), the decision of the Committee shall be final and binding upon all persons.

 

The exercise of any discretion by the Committee shall not be open to question by any person and a Participant or former Participant shall have no rights in relation to the exercise or omission to exercise any such discretion.

 

15.3   Share rights

 

All Shares allotted under the Plan shall rank equally in all respects with Shares then in issue except for any rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date before the date of the allotment.

 

Where Vested Shares are transferred to Participants (or their nominee), Participants will be entitled to all rights attaching to such Shares by reference to a record date on or after the date of such transfer or release of such restrictions.

 

15.4   Notices

 

Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given:

 

  (a)   by personal delivery or by post, in the case of a company to its registered office, and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member (or former Group Member), either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment;

 

  (b)   in an electronic communication to their usual business address or such other address for the time being notified for that purpose to the person giving the notice; or

 

  (c)   by such other method as the Board determines.

 

15.5   Third parties

 

No third party has any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of the Plan.

 

15.6   Benefits not pensionable

 

Benefits provided under the Plan shall not be pensionable.

 

15.7   Governing law

 

The Plan and all Awards shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales and the Courts of England and Wales have exclusive jurisdiction to hear any dispute.

 

18


PART B—CONDITIONAL CASH AWARDS

 

The Rules of Part A of the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan shall apply to a right (a “ Conditional Cash Award ”) to receive a cash sum granted or to be granted under this Part B as if it was a Conditional Award, except as set out in this Part B. Where there is any conflict between Part A and Part B, the rules of this Part B shall prevail.

 

  1.   The Committee may grant or procure the grant of a Conditional Cash Award.

 

  2.   Each Conditional Cash Award shall relate to a given number of notional Shares.

 

  3.   On the Vesting of the Conditional Cash Award the holder of that Award shall be entitled to a cash sum which shall be equal to the “ Cash Value ” of the notional Vested Shares, where the Cash Value of a notional Share is the market value of a Share on the date of Vesting of the Conditional Cash Award. For the purposes of this Part B, the market value of a Share on any day shall be determined in accordance with Rule 9.2 ( Cash equivalent ) under Part A.

 

  4.   The cash sum payable under paragraph 3 above shall be paid by the employer of the Participant as soon as practicable after the Vesting of the Conditional Cash Award, net of any deductions (on account of tax or similar liabilities) as may be required by law.

 

  5.   For the avoidance of doubt, a Conditional Cash Award shall not confer any right on the holder of such an Award to receive Shares or any interest in Shares.

 

19


PART C—SHARE APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

A Share Appreciation Right (“ SAR ”) may be granted under this Part C of the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan. The Rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply to a SAR as if it were an Option, except as set out in this Part C. Where there is any conflict between the Rules of Part A and this Part C, the rules of this Part C shall prevail.

 

  1.   Before the grant of a SAR, the Committee shall determine a “ base price ” for each Share under the SAR.

 

  2.   There shall be no amount payable on the exercise of a SAR.

 

  3.   Subject to paragraph 7 below, within 30 days after a SAR has been exercised by a Participant, the Board shall procure the transfer to him (or a nominee for him) or, if appropriate, allot to him (or a nominee for him) the number of Shares or Cash which shall have an aggregate market value (as defined in paragraph 5 below) as near as possible equal to (but not exceeding) the notional gain (as defined in paragraph 4 below).

 

  4.   The notional gain is the amount by which the aggregate market value of the number of Shares in respect of which the SAR is exercised exceeds the aggregate base price (as calculated in accordance with paragraph 1 above) of that number of Shares.

 

  5.   For the purpose of this Schedule the market value of a Share is either:

 

  (a)   if Shares are quoted in the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List, the middle market quotation of a Share (as derived from that List) on the day before the day on which the SAR is exercised; or

 

  (b)   where Shares are not so quoted, such value on the day on which the SAR is exercised as the Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, shall decide.

 

  6.   Shares may only be allotted to a Participant (or a nominee for him) who exercises his SAR to the extent that the Board is authorised:

 

  (a)   to capitalise from the reserves of the Company a sum equal to at least the aggregate nominal value of the Shares to be allotted to satisfy the exercise of the SAR; and

 

  (b)   to apply that sum in paying up such amount on such Shares.

 

  7.   If the Board so decides, the whole or any part of the notional gain determined under paragraph 4 above shall, instead of being delivered to the Participant (or his nominee) in Shares under paragraph 3 above, be paid in cash

 

  8.   Any payment of cash under paragraph 7 above will be subject to deduction of such amount (on account of tax and similar liabilities) as may be required by law or as the Board may reasonably consider to be necessary or desirable.

 

20


SCHEDULE ONE: AUSTRALIA

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on [    ] August 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in Australia

 

This Schedule One is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule One sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Award granted or to be granted to a person who is, on the Grant Date, employed and resident for tax purposes in Australia. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule One except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that Rules 7.3 ( dividend equivalent ), and 9 ( cash alternative ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule One be deleted in their entirety.

 

21


SCHEDULE TWO: BELGIUM

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on [    ] August 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in Belgium

 

This Schedule Two is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule Two sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Award granted or to be granted to a person who is on the Grant Date employed and resident for tax purposes in Belgium. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Two except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that Rule 9 ( cash alternative ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule Two be deleted in its entirety.

 

22


SCHEDULE THREE: CANADA

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on [    ] August 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in Canada

 

This Schedule Three is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule Three sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Award granted or to be granted to a person who is on the Grant Date employed and resident for tax purposes in Canada. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Three except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save for the following:

 

1.   Where an Award is to be satisfied using existing Shares, in no circumstances may such Shares be transferred to satisfy an Award later than the last day of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which that Award is granted.

 

2.   Rule 9 ( cash alternative ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule Three be deleted in its entirety.

 

3.   Rule 11.5 ( meaning of ceasing employment ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule Three be amended to include the following paragraph:

 

“For the purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s employment with a Group Member shall be considered to have ceased effective on the last day of the Participant’s actual and active employment with the Group Member, whether such day is selected by agreement with the Participant or unilaterally by the Group Member and whether with or without advance notice to the Participant. For greater certainty, no period of notice that is or ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of such cessation of employment will be taken into account in determining entitlement under the Plan.”

 

23


SCHEDULE FOUR: DENMARK

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Committee on [    ] August 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in Denmark

 

This Schedule Four is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule Four sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Option granted or to be granted to a person who is, on the Grant Date, employed and resident for tax purposes in Denmark and is subject to the Danish Act on Employee Incentive Schemes which entered into force on 1 July 2004. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Four except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save for the following:

 

1.   A new sub-Rule 11(e) ( good leavers – circumstances other than death ) shall be included for the purposes of Awards granted pursuant to this Schedule Four as follows:

 

“his office or employment being terminated by his employing company or the Company for any reason other than where the Participant is summarily dismissed for cause”

 

2.   Rule 11.1(ii) shall not apply to Awards held by Participants who are subject to the Danish Act on Employment Incentive Schemes.

 

24


SCHEDULE FIVE: USA

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on [    ] August 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in USA

 

This Schedule Five is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule Five sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Award granted or to be granted to a person who is, on the Grant Date, employed and resident for tax purposes in the USA. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Five except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said Rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that:

 

1.   Rule 9 ( cash alternative ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule Five be deleted in its entirety.

 

2.   The definition of “Exercise Period” under Rule 1.1. of Part A of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

 

Exercise Period ” means the period commencing on the date an Option Vests during which an Option may be exercised, as specified by the Committee under Rule 3.3, but provided that in respect of Options granted pursuant to this Schedule Five no Option may be exercised on or after the 15 th  March in the calendar year immediately following the year in which the Option vests.”

 

25


SCHEDULE SIX: FRANCE

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on [    ] September 2005

 

Amended by the Board on 26 August 2008

 

Rules specific to employees in France

 

This Schedule Six is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule Six sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Conditional Award as defined below and granted or to be granted to a person who is, on the Grant Date, employed and resident for tax purposes in France and subject to French social security contributions regime (hereinafter the “French Participants”). Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Six except as otherwise provided below.

 

The Committee intends to establish specific rules for the purpose of granting Conditional Awards which could qualify for the favourable tax and social security treatment in France applicable to shares granted for no consideration under the Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code.

 

The said Rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that:

 

1.   Notwithstanding any provisions of the Rules of Part A of the Plan, the term “Conditional Award” shall mean a promise by the Company to a future issuance of Shares of the Company, granted to the French Participants for no consideration and for which any dividend and voting rights is attached only upon the issuance of Shares at the time of vesting of the Conditional Awards.

 

2.   The term “Subsidiary” must be understood as meaning a company in which Taylor Nelson Sofres holds at least, directly or indirectly, 10% of the share capital.

 

3.   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Rules of Part A of the Plan, only French Participant who is defined as any individual who, on the Grant Date, is either bound to the French Subsidiary by an employment contract (“ contrat de travail ”) or who is a corporate executive of the French Subsidiary, shall be eligible to receive Conditional Award under this Schedule Six. Conditional Award may not be issued under this Schedule Six to employees or corporate officers owning more than ten percent (10%) of the Company’s capital shares or to individuals other than employees and corporate executives of the French Subsidiary. Conditional Award may not be issued to corporate executives of the French Subsidiary, other than the managing directors ( e.g. , Président du Conseil d’Administration, Directeur Général, Directeur Général Délégué, Membre du Directoire, Gérant de Sociétés par actions), unless the corporate executive is an employee of a French Subsidiary as defined by French law.

 

4.  

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Rules of Part A of the Plan, the Conditional Award will be granted on the date on which the Committee both designates the French Participants and specifies the terms and conditions of the Conditional Award, including the number of Shares, the vesting conditions and the conditions of the transferability of the Shares (the “Grant Date”). Since Shares of Common Stock of the Company are traded on a regulated market, Conditional Award shall not be granted to French Participants in France during the Closed Periods, to the extent such Closed Periods are applicable to the

 

26


 

Conditional Awards under French law. A Closed Period is determined as follows: (i) ten quotation days preceding and following the disclosure to the public of the consolidated financial statements or the annual statements of the Company; or (ii) the period as from the date the corporate management entities (involved in the governance of the company, such as the Board, Committee, supervisory directorate…) of the Company have been disclosed information which could, in the case it would be disclosed to the public, significantly impact the quotation of the shares of the Company, until ten quotation days after the day such information is disclosed to the public.

 

5.   Notwithstanding any provisions of the Rules of Part A of the Plan, Conditional Awards will vest on the date which will occur the later between (i) the third anniversary of the Grant Date and (ii) the achievement of Performance Conditions as may be specified by the Committee as mentioned in 3.1 of the Rules of Part A of the Plan (the “Vesting Date”). On that Vesting Date, the Shares will be issued. However, notwithstanding the above, in the event of the death of a French Participant, all of his outstanding Conditional Awards shall vest as set forth below.

 

6.   The sale of the shares issued pursuant to the Conditional Awards held by the French Participants must not occur prior to the second anniversary of each Vesting Date or such other period as required to comply with the minimum mandatory holding period applicable to shares underlying French-qualified restricted stock units under Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended. In addition, the underlying shares shall not be sold during certain Closed Periods as provided for by Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and as defined in 4 above so long as those Closed Periods are applicable to shares underlying French-qualified restricted stock units.

 

7.   The Shares acquired upon vesting of the Conditional Awards will be recorded in an account in the name of the French Participant with a broker or in such other manner as the Company may otherwise determine in order to ensure compliance with applicable law.

 

8.   Except in the case of death, Conditional Award shall not be transferred or surrendered to any third party. In addition, the Conditional Award may vest only for the benefit of the French Participant during the lifetime of the French Participant.

 

9.   Neither the Dividend equivalent as provided for by Rule 7.3 of Part A of the Plan nor the Cash equivalent as provided for by Rule 9.2 of Part A of the Plan is applicable to the French Participants.

 

10.   In the event of an acceleration of the vesting for Good Leavers as defined under Rule 11 of Part A of the Plan, the Vesting Date might be accelerated by the Committee in exceptional circumstances. The Conditional Award shall vest on the date which is the later of (i) the date of the cessation or (ii) the second anniversary of the Grant date.

 

11.1   Subject to Rule 11.2 of this Schedule Six, in the event of an acceleration of vesting due to Takeovers and other Corporate Events as described in Rule 12 of Part A of the Plan, this may result in an accelerated vesting period which would not comply with Section L. 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, consequently the Conditional Awards may no longer qualify for the French favourable tax and social security treatment.

 

11.2

 

Alternatively, if the Board so determines and with the consent of the relevant Participant, notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary of Rule 12 of Part A of the Plan, pursuant to article L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, Conditional Awards shall not Vest prior to the Grant Date’s second (2 nd ) anniversary and on the occurrence of any corporate event referred to in Rule 12 of Part A of the Plan the Board may decide to:

 

27


 

11.2.1

 

consolidate the Participant’s rights to receive Shares pursuant to a Conditional Award upon expiry of a time Vesting Period or the Grant Date’s second (2 nd ) anniversary; or

 

  11.2.2   (with the agreement of the company which has obtained Control of the Company), exchange Conditional Awards for equivalent awards over shares in a different company (whether the company which has obtained Control of the Company itself or some other company), in which case the Board’s decision may be taken in accordance with the provisions of article L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, so that the exchange of Conditional Awards is tax neutral; or

 

  11.2.3   (with the agreement of the company which has obtained Control of the Company), amend Conditional Awards in order to receive shares from a different company (whether the company which has obtained Control of the Company itself or some other company) provided such modification is in accordance with the provisions of article L 225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code or article 80 quaterdecies of the French tax code so that the modification of Conditional Awards is tax neutral.

 

12.   In the event of an adjustment of the Conditional Award, as described in Rule 13 of Part A of the Plan, adjustment to the conditions of the Conditional Award or underlying Shares can only be made in accordance with the Rule of Part A of the Plan and pursuant to applicable French legal and tax rules. Nevertheless, the Board or Committee may determine to make adjustments in the case of a transaction for which adjustments are not authorized under French law, in which case the Conditional Award may no longer qualify for French favourable tax and social security treatment.

 

13.   If the Conditional Awards are otherwise modified or adjusted in a manner in keeping with the terms of Rule of Part A of the Plan or as mandated as a matter of law and the modification or adjustment is contrary to the terms and conditions of this Schedule Six and French relevant regulation, the Conditional Award may no longer qualify for favourable tax and social security treatment. If the Conditional Award no longer qualify for the French favourable tax and social security treatment, the Board or Committee may, provided it is authorized to do so under the Rule of Part A of the Plan, determine to lift, shorten or terminate certain restrictions applicable to the vesting of the Conditional Award or the sale of the Shares, which may have been imposed under this Schedule Six or in the Conditional Award delivered to the French Participant.

 

14.   In the event of the death of a French Participant, all Conditional Awards held by the French Participants at the time of death (whether vested or unvested at the time of death) shall become immediately vested. The Company shall issue the underlying Shares to the French Participant’s heirs, at their request, within six months following the death of the French Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the French Participant’s heirs must comply with the restriction on the sale of shares set forth under the Rule 6. of this Schedule Six to the extent and as long as applicable under French law.

 

15.   It is intended that Conditional Awards granted under this Schedule Six shall qualify for the favourable tax and social security treatment applicable to restricted stock units granted under Sections L. 225-197-1 to L. 225-197-5 of the French Commercial Code, as amended, and in accordance with the relevant provisions set forth by French tax and social security laws. The terms of this Schedule Six shall be interpreted accordingly and in accordance with the relevant Guidelines published by French tax and social security administrations and subject to the fulfilment of certain legal, tax and reporting obligations. However, certain corporate transactions may impact the qualification of the Conditional Award and underlying Shares.

 

28


SCHEDULE ONE: AUSTRALIA

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on 11 May 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in Australia

 

This Schedule One is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule One sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Award granted or to be granted to a person who is, on the Grant Date, employed and resident for tax purposes in Australia. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule One except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save that Rule 7.3 ( dividend equivalent ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule One be deleted in its entirety.

 

29


SCHEDULE THREE: CANADA

 

THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on 11 May 2005

 

Rules specific to employees resident in Canada

 

This Schedule Three is supplemental to the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

This Schedule Three sets out the rules of the Plan, in its application to any Award granted or to be granted to a person who is on the Grant Date employed and resident for tax purposes in Canada. Words and phrases defined in Part A of the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this Schedule Three except as otherwise provided below.

 

The said rules of Part A of the Plan shall apply as the Rules without modification or variation save for the following:

 

1.   Where an Award is to be satisfied using existing Shares, in no circumstances may such Shares be transferred to satisfy an Award later than the last day of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which that Award is granted.

 

2.   Rule 11.5 ( meaning of ceasing employment ) shall for the purposes of this Schedule Three be amended to include the following paragraph:

 

“For the purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s employment with a Group Member shall be considered to have ceased effective on the last day of the Participant’s actual and active employment with the Group Member, whether such day is selected by agreement with the Participant or unilaterally by the Group Member and whether with or without advance notice to the Participant. For greater certainty, no period of notice that is or ought to have been given under applicable law in respect of such cessation of employment will be taken into account in determining entitlement under the Plan.”

 

30


SCHEDULE FIVE: USA

 

TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC 2005 LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Approved by the Board on 27 February 2008

Rules specific to employees resident in the USA

 

1   GENERAL

 

1.1   This US Sub-Plan shall be used for all Participants who are, or may become prior to an Award exercise or Release Date (as defined below), US taxpayers. In the event that a Participant becomes a US taxpayer after the grant of an Award, such Award may be modified in a manner consistent with this Sub-Plan.

 

1.2   The purpose of this US Sub-Plan is to ensure that Awards made under the Plan will be exempt from the requirements of section 409A of Title 26 of the United States Code (“ the Internal Revenue Code ”) by satisfying the short-term deferral exception. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this US Sub-Plan should also be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with other legal requirements under laws in relevant jurisdictions, including but not limited to applicable securities laws.

 

1.3   Words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided.

 

1.4   The rules of the Plan apply to this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided for below.

 

1.5   This Sub-Plan shall apply from 27 February 2008 .

 

1.6   The Committee may amend any of the provisions of this US Sub-Plan to take account of a change in US legislation, in particular in relation to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2   DEFINITIONS

 

    “Release Date”    the date an Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture; and
   

Substantial Risk of Forfeiture

  

 

its meaning for the purposes of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

3   TERMS APPLICABLE TO US TAXPAYERS

 

3.1   The following shall be substituted for the current Rule 3.2:

 

“All Awards granted after 27 February 2008 shall take the form of a Conditional Award. On or before the Grant Date, the Committee shall determine the Vesting Date of an Award.”

 

3.2   The following shall be substituted for the current Rule 3.3(b)(ii)(aa): “the Exercise Period shall not exceed the period referred to in Rule 8.6; and”

 

3.3   The following shall be substituted for the first paragraph of current Rule 7.1:

 

“On or as soon as reasonably practicable after a Conditional Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture but in no event later than 2  1 / 2 months after the end of the year in which the Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, the Board shall, subject to Rule 6.5 ( Payment of Tax Liability) and any arrangement made under Rules 6.3(b) and 6.3(c), transfer or procure the transfer of the Vested Shares to the Participant (or a nominee for him).”

 

31


3.4   The following shall be added as new Rule 8.6:

 

“Exercise Period for Awards Subject to US Sub-Plan

 

An Option may only be exercised during the 2  1 / 2 month period following the date the Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, if this entire exercise period will occur within a single calendar year. In situations where any days of the 2  1 / 2 month exercise period would occur in a calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the Option was no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, the exercise period shall be the 1 January through 15 March following the end of the calendar year in which the Option ceased to be subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture. Shares will be transferred as soon as practically possible following exercise. If a valid notice of exercise is not returned to the address specified in the notice of exercise the Participant shall be deemed to have submitted a valid notice of exercise for an Option (together with any relevant Option Price) no later than the end of this exercise period.”

 

3.5   Rule 9 shall be deleted for the purposes of this US Sub-Plan.

 

3.6   Rule 11.1(b) shall be deleted for the purposes of this US Sub-Plan.

 

3.7   The following shall be substituted for the last paragraph of current Rule 11.1:

 

“Any Option that Vests under Rules 11.1(i) or (ii) above may subject to Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events ), be exercised in accordance with Rule 8.6 following the Normal Vesting Date or the date of cessation as applicable.”

 

3.8   The following shall be substituted for the second paragraph of current Rule 11.2:

 

“Any Option that Vests under this Rule may, subject to Rule 12 ( Takeovers and other corporate events), be exercised in accordance with Rule 8.6.”

 

32

Exhibit 4.45

 


 

RULES OF THE

 

TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC

 

NEW SHARE PLAN

 


 

Adopted by the Board on 27 February 2008

 

LOGO

 

Hill House

1 Little New Street

London EC4A 3TR

TOL


CONTENTS

 

1

   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    2

2

   GRANT OF AWARDS    5

3

   VESTING OF AWARDS    6

4

   TAX LIABILITY    6

5

   CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT    7

6

   CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS    7

7

   LAPSE OF AWARDS    9

8

   TRANSFER OF SHARES    9

9

   CASH EQUIVALENCE    9

10

   ADJUSTMENTS    10

11

   ADMINISTRATION    10

12

   ALTERATIONS    10

13

   LEGAL ENTITLEMENT    11

14

   GENERAL    12


THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC NEW SHARE PLAN

 

1   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1   In this Plan, the following words and expressions shall have, where the context so admits, the meanings set forth below:

 

    “Actual Bonus”    the gross amount of an Ordinary Bonus or a Multiplicative Bonus (as the case may be) actually paid or to be paid to an Eligible Employee in respect of a Financial Year;
    “Award”    a Special Share Award or a New Plan Share Award;
    “Board”    the board of directors for the time being of the Company or a duly authorised committee thereof provided that if any person obtains Control of the Company, the Board shall consist of the members of the Board immediately prior to such Control being obtained;
    “Company”    Taylor Nelson Sofres plc registered in England and Wales under No. 912624;
    “Control”    the meaning given by section 840 of ICTA;
    “Date of Grant”    the date on which an Award is granted;
    “Dealing Day”    any day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday, Christmas Day, Good Friday or a bank holiday in England and Wales;
    “Eligible Employee”    an employee or (save in respect of a New Plan Share Award) an executive director of a Participating Company;
    “Financial Year”    a financial year of the Company;
    “Full Bonus”    the gross amount of an Ordinary Bonus or a Multiplicative Bonus (as the case may be) that would have been paid to an Eligible Employee in respect of a Financial Year if he/she had not been proposed to be granted a Special Share Award;
    “General Offer”    an offer to acquire the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company or all of the shares in the Company which are of the same class as Shares subject to Awards (other than shares owned by the person making the offer (or by any company associated with that person));
    “Grant Period”    the period of 42 days commencing on:
        

(A)   the day on which the Plan is adopted by the Board;

 

(B)   the Dealing Day after the day on which the Company makes an announcement of its results for any period;

 

(C)   any day on which the Grantor resolves that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the grant of Awards;

 

(D)   any day on which any change to any relevant legislation, regulation or government directive affecting employees’ share schemes is proposed or made; or

 

(E)   in respect of an Eligible Employee, the date on which that Eligible Employee first becomes employed by a Participating Company,

 

2


         PROVIDED THAT if by reason of any primary or secondary legislation, regulation or government directive or by reason of any agreement to which the Company is or may be a party, the Grantor is restricted from granting Awards under the Plan during the periods specified above, the relevant Grant Period shall be 42 days commencing on the Dealing Day after the restriction is lifted;
    “Grantor”   

(A)   the Board (acting on behalf of the Company); or

 

(B)   the Trustee (acting on each occasion on the recommendation of or with the consent of the Board)

 

as the case may be;

    “Group Member”    a Participating Company or a body corporate which is (within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) the Company’s holding company or a Subsidiary of the Company’s holding company or any Jointly Owned Company;
    “Internal Reorganisation”    any event, scheme or arrangement whereby another company (the “Acquiring Company”) obtains Control of the Company and immediately afterwards all or substantially all of the issued equity share capital of the Acquiring Company is owned directly or indirectly by persons who had Control of the Company immediately prior to such event, scheme or arrangement;
    “ICTA”    the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;
    “Jointly Owned Company”    a body corporate nominated by the Board for this purpose which is not under the control of any single person, but is under the control of two or more persons, one of whom being the Company or the Company’s holding company and in relation to which the Company or, as the case may be, the Company’s holding company is able (whether directly or indirectly) to exercise 20% or more of its equity voting rights;
    “Market Value”    in relation to a Share on any day, if and so long as the Shares are quoted in The Stock Exchange Daily Official List, their closing middle market quotation (as derived from that list) for the immediately preceding Dealing Day or, in any other case, their market value as determined by the Grantor;
    “Multiplicative Bonus”    an annual cash bonus (whose value is in part or whole calculated by reference to multiplicative criteria) awarded to an Eligible Employee in respect of a Financial Year;
    “New Plan Share Award”    an award granted under the terms of the Plan being a conditional right to receive a number of Shares (calculated by reference to Rule 2.4) pursuant to the Plan, at no cost to the Participant, or an award in such other form as the Grantor considers has a substantially similar purpose or effect;

 

3


    “Ordinary Bonus”    an annual cash bonus, other than a Multiplicative Bonus, awarded to an Eligible Employee in respect of a Financial Year;
    “Participant”    an Eligible Employee who holds an Award (including, where the context so requires, the personal representatives of any such person);
    “Participating Company”    the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Subsidiary which the Board has for the time being determined to exclude for this purpose);
    “Plan”    the Taylor Nelson Sofres plc New Share Plan in its present form or as from time to time amended in accordance with Rule 12 ( Alterations );
    “Relevant Tax”    any tax, national insurance, social security or other levy arising on or in connection with the grant, surrender, Vesting of an Award for which the person entitled to the Award is liable and for which any Group Member or the Trustee is liable, required or otherwise obliged, to account to any relevant authority (including, without limitation, any secondary Class 1 (employer’s) national insurance contributions covered by any agreement or election entered into pursuant to Rule 2.13, but excluding any such secondary Class 1 (employer’s) national insurance contributions which are not covered by such an agreement or election);
    “Rules”    the rules of this Plan and “Rule” shall be construed accordingly;
    “Share”    a fully paid ordinary share in the capital of the Company;
    “Special Share Award”    an award granted under the terms of the Plan being a conditional right to receive a number of Shares (calculated by reference to Rule 2.3) pursuant to the Plan, at no cost to the Participant, or an award in such other form as the Grantor considers has a substantially similar purpose or effect;
    “Subsidiary”    the meaning given by section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006;
    “Trustee”    the trustee or trustees for the time being of any employee benefit trust, the beneficiaries of which include Eligible Employees;
    “Vest”    the point at which a Participant becomes entitled to receive the Shares pursuant to an Award, and “Vesting” and “Vested” shall be construed accordingly; and
    “Vesting Period”    the period commencing on the Date of Grant of an Award and ending, in respect of a Special Share Award, on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant and, in respect of a New Plan Share Award, 30 months after the Date of Grant, or such other period as may be set by the Grantor on the Date of Grant.

 

4


1.2   References in the Plan to any statutory provisions are to those provisions as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time, and shall include any regulations made thereunder.

 

1.3   Unless the context otherwise requires, references in the Plan to the singular shall include the plural (and vice versa), words importing a gender shall include every gender and references to a person shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated and vice versa.

 

1.4   Headings and captions are provided for reference only and shall not be considered as part of the Plan.

 

2   GRANT OF AWARDS

 

2.1   The Grantor may, during a Grant Period, grant Awards to such Eligible Employees as it may in its absolute discretion determine (save that, for the avoidance of doubt, no New Plan Share Award may be granted to an executive director of a Participating Company) upon the terms set out in the Plan and upon such other additional terms as the Grantor may determine. In addition the Grantor may provide that Rule 9 ( Cash equivalence) shall not apply to one or more Awards or that Rule 9 shall not apply unless the Grantor, in its absolute discretion determines that it is necessary or desirable to take account of any change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable taxation, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any Group Member or Participant.

 

2.2   Awards may be granted in the form of a Special Share Award or a New Plan Share Award.

 

2.3   The number of Shares subject to a Special Share Award shall be calculated by reference to such number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares) the aggregate Market Value of which on the proposed Date of Grant is equivalent to the value of such percentage of an Eligible Employee’s Full Bonus in respect of the preceding Financial Year as shall be determined by the Grantor.

 

2.4   The number of Shares subject to a New Plan Share Award shall be calculated by reference to such number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares) the aggregate Market Value of which on the proposed Date of Grant is equivalent to the value of such percentage of an Eligible Employee’s Actual Bonus in respect of the preceding Financial Year as shall be determined by the Grantor.

 

2.5   The grant of an Award shall be evidenced by execution of a deed on behalf of the Grantor which document may be in respect of an individual Award (“ Individual Deed ”) or any number of Awards granted at the same time (“ Global Deed ”). In the case of a Global Deed, as soon as practicable after the Date of Grant, the Grantor shall issue to each Participant a certificate in respect of the Award which may be under the autographic or facsimile signature of an officer of the Grantor and in such form (including, by electronic communication) as the Grantor may from time to time prescribe. An Individual Deed or, in the case of a Global Deed, a certificate, must state:

 

  2.5.1   the form of the Award, whether a Special Share Award or a New Plan Share Award;

 

  2.5.2   the number of Shares over which the Award has been granted to the Participant;

 

  2.5.3   that the Participant has an obligation to indemnify Group Members and the Trustee under Rule 4 ( Tax Liability );

 

  2.5.4   whether Rule 2.8 ( dividend equivalents ) applies to the Award;

 

  2.5.5   the date on which the Award Vests; and

 

  2.5.6   the Date of Grant;

 

5


2.6   No payment by the Participant shall be required on the grant of an Award or on the acquisition of Shares pursuant to an Award.

 

2.7   The grant of an Award shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required by the United Kingdom Listing Authority (or other relevant authority), any code adopted by the Company and based on the “Model Code” on directors’ dealings in securities or any applicable laws or regulations (whether in the UK or overseas).

 

2.8   An Award may be granted on terms that, when it Vests, the number of Shares subject to the Award shall be increased by such number of Shares as could have been acquired with the amount of each cash dividend for which the dividend record date falls between the Date of Grant and the date of Vesting, in each case calculated using the average of the middle market quotations of the Shares as derived from The Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five Dealing Days starting on the day the Shares are first quoted ex-dividend in respect of that dividend. Alternatively, the Grantor may determine that the Participant shall receive dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of Shares subject to an Award on such other terms as the Grantor shall, in its absolute discretion, determine including making such adjustment as is necessary to reflect the fact that the dividend paid is net of tax paid (or treated as being so paid).

 

2.9   Every Award shall be personal to the Participant to whom it is granted and shall not be assigned, transferred or charged in any way (except with the consent of the Grantor, or, in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Participant’s personal representatives).

 

2.10   A Participant may surrender an Award in whole or in part by notice in writing to the Company Secretary of the Company within the period of 30 days immediately following the Date of Grant and if an Award, or any part of an Award, is so surrendered, it shall be deemed for all purposes not to have been granted.

 

2.11   The Grantor may, at the Date of Grant, determine that an Award shall be expressed to be a right of the Participant to acquire a cash sum calculated by reference to a notional number of Shares under Award which on Vesting, delivers an amount equal to the Relevant Market Value (as defined below) of the number of notional Shares in respect of which the relevant Award has Vested. For the purposes of this Rule 2.11, “Relevant Market Value” shall mean the Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Award Vests, multiplied by the number of notional Shares in respect of which such Vesting takes place.

 

2.12   An Award granted under Rule 2.11 shall be granted subject to the terms of the Plan, which shall be interpreted in such manner as the Grantor reasonably determines is necessary to give effect to Rule 2.11.

 

2.13   The Grantor may make the Vesting of an Award conditional upon the Participant having entered into an agreement or election pursuant to paragraphs 3A or 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992 (as the Grantor shall determine), in which case the number of Shares subject to an Award may, at the discretion of the Grantor, be increased (at the Date of Grant) to reflect that the Participant is bearing this liability.

 

3   VESTING OF AWARDS

 

       Save as provided in Rules 5 and 6, Awards shall Vest on the end of the Vesting Period applicable to that Award.

 

4   TAX LIABILITY

 

      

A Participant shall be responsible for and indemnifies all relevant Group Members and the Trustee against, all Relevant Tax relating to his Award. Any Group Member and/or the Trustee

 

6


 

may withhold an amount equal to such Relevant Tax from any amounts due to the Participant (to the extent such withholding is lawful) and/or make any other arrangements as it considers appropriate to ensure recovery of such Relevant Tax including, without limitation, the sale of sufficient Shares acquired pursuant to the Award to realise an amount equal to the Relevant Tax (and the payment of that amount to the relevant authorities in satisfaction of the Relevant Tax).

 

5   CESSATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1   If a Participant ceases to hold office or employment with a Group Member as a result of (i) death; (ii) illness, injury or disability, in each case as evidenced to the satisfaction of the Grantor; (iii) redundancy (within the meaning of the Employment Rights Act 1996 or where appropriate, its equivalent in other jurisdictions); (iv) a company ceasing to be a Group Member or the transfer of an undertaking or part of an undertaking to a person who is not a Group Member; or (v) retirement (by agreement with the company which employs him), the following provisions shall apply:

 

  5.1.1   any New Plan Share Award which has not Vested in accordance with Rule 3 or Rule 6 on the date of his cessation of office or employment shall Vest on the date of such cessation . Unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, the number of Shares in respect of which the New Plan Share Award will Vest shall then be reduced pro rata to reflect the period from the Date of Grant to the date of cessation as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period;

 

  5.1.2   any Special Share Award which has not Vested in accordance with Rule 3 or Rule 6 on the date of his cessation of office or employment shall, unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, continue to Vest as normal in accordance with Rule 3.

 

5.2   Where a Participant ceases to hold office or employment with a Group Member for any reason other than a reason specified in Rule 5.1 any Awards which have not Vested at the date of such cessation will lapse at that time unless the Grantor, in its absolute discretion, determines otherwise, in which case Rules 5.1.1 and 5.1.2 shall apply.

 

5.3   For the purposes of the Plan, no person shall be treated as ceasing to hold an office or employment with a Group Member until that person no longer holds an office or employment with any Group Member.

 

5.4   For the purposes of the Plan, if the Grantor so determines, a Participant will not be treated as ceasing to hold an office or employment with a Group Member if such Participant is on an extended leave of absence, until the earlier of the date on which he notifies his employer of his intention not to return or the date on which he ceases to have any statutory or contractual rights to return to work.

 

6   CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

 

6.1   Subject to Rule 6.8, where any of the corporate events specified in Rules 6.2 to 6.7 inclusive occurs before an Award has Vested in accordance with Rule 3 or Rule 5:

 

  6.1.1   any Special Share Award shall Vest in full on the date of the corporate event unless the Grantor (in its absolute discretion) determines otherwise; and

 

  6.1.2   any New Plan Share Award shall Vest on the date of such corporate event . Unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, the number of Shares in respect of which the New Plan Share Award will Vest shall then be reduced pro rata to reflect the period from the Date of Grant to the date of the corporate event as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period.

 

7


6.2   Subject to Rules 6.1, 6.3 and 6.5, if any person (either alone or together with any person acting in concert with him) obtains Control of the Company whether or not as a result of making a General Offer (or having obtained Control of the Company makes a General Offer) and, where there is a General Offer, any such General Offer is or becomes unconditional in all respects, Awards shall Vest on the date such person obtains Control or such General Offer becomes unconditional in all respects, as the case may be.

 

6.3   Subject to Rule 6.1, if any person becomes bound or entitled to acquire Shares under sections 979 to 982 of the Companies Act 2006, Awards shall Vest on the date on which that person becomes so bound or entitled.

 

6.4   Subject to Rules 6.1 and 6.5, if under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 (or section 899 of the Companies Act 2006 as and when that provision comes into force), the Court sanctions a compromise or arrangement between the Company and its members which if it becomes effective would result in a person obtaining Control of the Company or where the Grantor determines that Participants could be unfairly disadvantaged if the Awards did not Vest, Awards shall Vest on the date of such Court sanction.

 

6.5   If the Grantor resolves that, in its reasonable opinion, there would be a loss of corporation tax deduction pursuant to Schedule 23 of the Finance Act 2003 if Awards were to Vest on or following the event described in Rule 6.1.2 or 6.4 then the Grantor may resolve that the Awards shall Vest otherwise in accordance with Rule 6.1.2 or 6.4 but from such earlier date as the Grantor shall specify.

 

6.6   Subject to Rule 6.1, if the Company passes a resolution for voluntary winding up, Awards shall Vest on the date of such resolution.

 

6.7   Subject to Rule 6.1, if the Company has been or will be affected by any demerger, dividend in specie, super dividend or other transaction which will adversely affect the current or future value of any Awards, the Grantor may, acting fairly and reasonably, determine the extent to which Awards should Vest.

 

6.8   In the event of an Internal Reorganisation, where the Grantor determines that this Rule 6.8 shall apply, an existing Award shall not Vest in accordance with Rules 6.1.2, 6.3 or 6.4 but, with the agreement of the Acquiring Company (as defined in the definition of “Internal Reorganisation”), shall be automatically released in consideration for the grant of a new Award (“ New Award ”) which is determined by Grantor to be equivalent to the existing Award but relates to shares in a different company (whether the Acquiring Company itself or some other company).

 

6.9   For the purposes of Rule 6.8, the provisions of the Plan shall be construed as if:

 

  6.9.1   the New Award is an Award granted under the Plan on the same date as the existing Award;

 

  6.9.2   unless the Grantor determines otherwise, the references to “the Company” are to the company over whose shares the New Award is granted in accordance with Rule 6.8;

 

  6.9.3   the original Vesting Period shall continue to apply unless the Grantor determines that it would be appropriate for it to be reduced; and

 

  6.9.4   the New Award shall not Vest nor lapse by virtue of the event pursuant to which it was granted.

 

8


7   LAPSE OF AWARDS

 

7.1   Awards shall lapse on the occurrence of the earliest of the following events:

 

  7.1.1   pursuant to Rule 5 at the time, and to the extent that, the Grantor determines that the Award shall not Vest;

 

  7.1.2   the Participant ceasing to hold an office or employment with a Group Member in any circumstances except where Rule 5.1 applies or a discretion is exercised under Rule 5.2;

 

  7.1.3   pursuant to Rule 6, at the time, and to the extent, that the Grantor determines that the Award shall not Vest pursuant to Rule 6.1, save where the Award is released in consideration of the grant of a New Award pursuant to Rule 6.8;

 

  7.1.4   the making of an order by the Court for the compulsory winding-up of the Company;

 

  7.1.5   the Participant being deprived of the legal or beneficial ownership of the Award by operation of law, or doing or omitting to do anything which causes him to be so deprived;

 

  7.1.6   the Participant being declared bankrupt;

 

  7.1.7   the Participant purporting to transfer or dispose of his Award or any part of it other than in accordance with Rule 2.9.

 

8   TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

8.1   Awards may only be satisfied by the transfer of existing Shares.

 

8.2   Subject to Rules 2.10, 8.3 and 9, where an Award has Vested, the Grantor shall, within thirty days thereafter, procure the transfer to the Participant (or his nominee) of the number of Shares in respect of which the Award has Vested provided that the Grantor is satisfied that any Relevant Tax due to be reimbursed or paid to a Group Member and/or the Trustees pursuant to Rule 5 has been so reimbursed or paid or, where relevant, appropriate arrangements have been made for such reimbursement or payment.

 

8.3   The transfer of Shares under this Plan shall be subject to obtaining any approval or consent required by the United Kingdom Listing Authority (or other relevant authority), any code adopted by the Company and based on the “Model Code” on directors’ dealings in securities or any applicable laws or regulations (whether in the UK or overseas).

 

8.4   Subject to Rule 11.3 the Company shall pay any stamp duty arising on the transfer of Shares under this Plan.

 

9   CASH EQUIVALENCE

 

9.1   Where an Award has Vested the underlying Shares have not yet been transferred to the Participant (or his nominee), the Grantor may, at its absolute discretion, determine that the Participant shall instead receive a cash sum equal to the Total Market Value of some or all of the Shares which would otherwise have been transferred to him (or his nominee) and Total Market Value shall mean the Market Value of the Shares on the date on which the Award Vests.

 

9.2   Any cash sum paid under Rule 9.1 (which shall be in full and final settlement of the Participant’s right to acquire the number of Shares by reference to which the cash sum is calculated) shall be paid net of any tax, national insurance, social security or other levy which the Grantor reasonably determines should be deducted from that cash sum.

 

9


10   ADJUSTMENTS

 

       The number of Shares subject to an Award may be adjusted in such manner as the Grantor shall determine following any capitalisation issue, demerger, any offer or invitation made by way of rights issue, subdivision, consolidation, reduction, other variation in the share capital of the Company or any other exceptional event which in the reasonable opinion of the Grantor justifies such an adjustment.

 

11   ADMINISTRATION

 

11.1   The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board shall have full authority, consistent with the Plan, to administer the Plan, including authority to interpret and construe any provision of the Plan and to adopt such regulations for administering the Plan. Decisions of the Board shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

11.2   Any notice or other communication under or in connection with the Plan may be given by personal delivery or by sending the same by electronic means or post, in the case of a company to its registered office (for the attention of the Company secretary), and in the case of an individual to his last known address, or, where he is a director or employee of a Group Member, either to his last known address or to the address of the place of business at which he performs the whole or substantially the whole of the duties of his office or employment, and where a notice or other communication is given by post, it shall be deemed to have been received 72 hours after it was put into the post properly addressed and stamped, and if by electronic means, when the sender receives electronic confirmation of delivery or if not available, 24 hours after sending the notice.

 

11.3   The Participating Companies shall bear the costs of administering the Plan in such proportions as may be determined by the Board.

 

11.4   The Company and any Subsidiary of the Company may provide money to the trustees of any trust or any other person to enable them or him to acquire Shares to be held for the purposes of the Plan, or enter into any guarantee or indemnity for those purposes, to the extent permitted by UK company law. In addition, the Company may require any Subsidiary to enter into such other agreement or agreements as it shall deem necessary to oblige such Subsidiary to reimburse the Company for any other amounts paid by the Company hereunder, directly or indirectly in respect of such Subsidiary’s employees.

 

11.5   To the extent that any amount is expressed in a currency other than pounds sterling, for the purposes of the Plan, it shall be converted into pounds sterling at the mid-market spot rate for the relevant currency (as published by the Financial Times) at the close of business on such Dealing Day as the Grantor shall determine.

 

12   ALTERATIONS

 

12.1   Subject to Rule 12.2, the Board may at any time (but only with the prior consent of the Trustees if there are subsisting Awards which they have made, have agreed to satisfy or which will be affected by the alteration or addition) alter or add to all or any of the provisions of the Plan in any respect.

 

12.2   Subject to Rule 12.3, no alteration or addition shall be made under Rule 12.1 which would materially abrogate or adversely affect the subsisting rights of a Participant unless all of the Participants who would be affected by the proposed alteration, deletion or addition have been invited to indicate whether or not they approve the proposed alteration or addition and the proposed alteration or addition is approved by at least 75% (by value of subsisting Awards) of the Participants who have provided such an indication.

 

10


12.3   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan other than Rule 12.1, the Board may, in respect of Awards granted to Eligible Employees who are or who may become subject to taxation outside the United Kingdom on their remuneration amend or add to the provisions of the Plan and the terms of Awards as it considers necessary or desirable to take account of or to mitigate or to comply with relevant overseas taxation, securities or exchange control laws provided that the terms of Awards granted to such Eligible Employees are not overall more favourable than the terms of Awards granted to other Eligible Employees.

 

13   LEGAL ENTITLEMENT

 

13.1   For the purposes of this rule, “Employee” means any Participant, Eligible Employee or any other person.

 

13.2   This Rule 13 applies:

 

  13.2.1   whether the Grantor has full discretion in the operation of the Plan, or whether the Grantor could be regarded as being subject to any obligations in the operation of the Plan;

 

  13.2.2   during an Employee’s employment or employment relationship; and

 

  13.2.3   after the termination of an Employee’s employment or employment relationship, whether the termination is lawful or unlawful.

 

13.3   Nothing in the Plan or in any instrument executed pursuant to it forms part of the contract of employment or employment relationship of an Employee nor will it confer on any person any right to continue in employment, nor will it affect the right of any Group Member to terminate the employment of any person without liability at any time with or without cause, nor will it impose upon the Grantor or any other person any duty or liability whatsoever (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) in connection with:

 

  13.3.1   the lapsing of any Award pursuant to the Plan;

 

  13.3.2   the failure or refusal to exercise any discretion under the Plan; and/or

 

  13.3.3   an Employee ceasing to hold office or employment for any reason whatever.

 

13.4   Awards shall not (except as may be required by taxation law) form part of the emoluments of individuals or count as wages or remuneration for pension or other purposes.

 

13.5   The rights and obligations arising from the employment relationship between the Employee and any Group Member are separate from, and are not affected by, the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not create any right to, or expectation of, continued employment or a continued employment relationship.

 

13.6   Any Employee who ceases to be an officer or employee with any Group Member as a result of the termination and/or giving of notice of termination of his office or employment for any reason and however that termination and/or giving of notice of termination occurs, whether lawfully or otherwise, shall not be entitled and shall be deemed irrevocably to have waived any entitlement by way of damages for dismissal or by way of compensation for loss of office or employment or otherwise to any sum, damages or other benefits to compensate that Employee for the loss or alteration of any rights, benefits or expectations in relation to any Award, the Plan or any instrument executed pursuant to it.

 

13.7   No Employee is entitled to participate in the Plan, or be considered for participation in it, at a particular level or at all. The grant of Awards on a particular basis in any year does not create any right to or expectation of the grant of Awards on the same basis, or at all, in any future year.

 

11


13.8   Without prejudice to an Employee’s rights arising pursuant to a granted Award (subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Award and the Rules), no Employee has any rights in respect of the exercise or omission to exercise any discretion, or the making or omission to make any decision, relating to an Award. Any and all discretions, decisions or omissions relating to an Award may operate to the disadvantage of the Employee, even if this could be regarded as capricious or unreasonable, or could be regarded as in breach of any implied term between the Employee and any Group Member, including any implied duty of trust and confidence. Any such implied term is excluded and overridden by this Rule.

 

13.9   No Employee has any right to compensation for any loss in relation to the Plan, including:

 

  13.9.1   any loss or reduction of any rights or expectations under the Plan in any circumstances or for any reason (including lawful or unlawful termination of employment or the employment relationship);

 

  13.9.2   any exercise of a discretion or a decision taken in relation to an Award or to the Plan, or any failure to exercise a discretion or take a decision;

 

  13.9.3   the operation, suspension, termination or amendment of the Plan.

 

13.10   Participation in the Plan is permitted only on the basis that the Employee accepts all the provisions of the Rules, including in particular this Rule. By participating in the Plan, an Employee waives all rights under the Plan, other than rights arising pursuant to a granted Award (subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Award and the Rules), in consideration for, and as a condition of, the grant of an Award under the Plan.

 

13.11   Each of the provisions of this Rule is entirely separate and independent from each of the other provisions. If any provision is found to be invalid then it will be deemed never to have been part of these rules and to the extent that it is possible to do so, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the remaining provisions.

 

14   GENERAL

 

14.1   The Plan shall terminate upon the tenth anniversary of its approval by the Company or at any earlier time by the passing of a resolution by the Board or an ordinary resolution of the Company in general meeting. Termination of the Plan shall be without prejudice to the subsisting rights of Participants.

 

14.2   By participating in the Plan, a Participant consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by the Participant to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan, including, but not limited to administering and maintaining Participant records, providing information to the Trustee, registrars, brokers, savings carrier or other third party administrators of the Plan, providing information to future purchasers of the Company or the business in which the Participant works and transferring information about the Participant to a country or territory outside the European Economic Area.

 

14.3   No third party will have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Plan (without prejudice to any right of a third party which exists other than under that Act).

 

14.4   These Rules shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales. Any person referred to in this Plan submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

12


TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC

 

NEW SHARE PLAN

US ADDENDUM

 

1   GENERAL

 

1.1   This US Sub-Plan shall be used for all Participants who are, or may become prior to distribution of an Award, US taxpayers. In the event that a Participant becomes a US taxpayer after the grant of an Award, such Award is modified in a manner consistent with this Sub-Plan.

 

1.2   The purpose of this Sub-Plan is to ensure that Awards made under the Plan will comply with the requirements of section 409A of Title 26 of the United States Code (“the Internal Revenue Code”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Sub-Plan should also be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with other legal requirements under laws in relevant jurisdictions, including but not limited to applicable securities laws.

 

1.3   Words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided.

 

1.4   The rules of the Plan apply to this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided for below.

 

1.5   This Sub-Plan shall apply as of the effective date of the Plan.

 

1.6   The Board may amend any of the provisions of this US Sub-Plan to take account of a change in US legislation, in particular in relation to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2   DEFINITIONS

 

    “Change in Control”    a change in ownership, change in effective control or change in ownership of a substantial portion of corporate assets, as determined in accordance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and related guidance issued thereunder;
    “Relevant Tax”    any tax, social security or other levy arising on or in connection with the grant, surrender, Vesting or distribution of an Award for which the person entitled to the Award is liable and for which any Group Member or the Trustee is liable, required or otherwise obliged, to account to any relevant authority;
    “Substantial Risk of Forfeiture”    its meaning for the purposes of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code; and
    “Vest”    the point at which an Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture;

 

3   TERMS APPLICABLE TO US TAXPAYERS

 

1.7   The following shall be substituted for Rule 2.4:

 

“For purposes of this Sub-Plan, the number of Shares subject to a New Plan Share Award shall be calculated by reference to such number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares) the aggregate Market Value of which on the proposed Date of Grant is equivalent to the value of such percentage of an Eligible Employee’s Actual Bonus that has been determined in the sole discretion of Grantor, and made irrevocable no later than the date the Participant obtains a legally binding right to such Actual Bonus.”

 

13


1.8   The following shall be substituted for Rule 2.8:

 

“An Award may be granted on terms that, when Shares in respect of such Award are distributed, the number of Shares subject to the Award shall be increased by such number of Shares as could have been acquired with the amount of each cash dividend for which the dividend record date falls between the Date of Grant and the date of distribution, in each case calculated using the average of the middle market quotations of the Shares as derived from The Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five Dealing Days starting on the day the Shares are first quoted ex-dividend in respect of that dividend. Alternatively, the Grantor may determine on the Date of Grant that the Participant shall receive dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of Shares subject to an Award on such other terms as the Grantor shall, in its absolute discretion, determine including making such adjustment as is necessary to reflect the fact that the dividend paid is net of tax paid (or treated as being so paid).”

 

1.9   The following shall be substituted for Rule 2.11:

 

“The Grantor may, at the Date of Grant, determine that an Award shall be expressed to be a right of the Participant to acquire a cash sum calculated by reference to a notional number of Shares under Award which on distribution of the Shares in respect of such Award, delivers an amount equal to the Relevant Market Value (as defined below) of the number of notional Shares in respect of which the relevant Award has Vested. For the purposes of this Rule 2.11, “Relevant Market Value” shall mean the Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Award is distributed, multiplied by the number of notional Shares in respect of which such Vesting takes place.”

 

1.10   Rule 2.13 shall be deleted.

 

1.11   The following shall be substituted for Rule 3:

 

“For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, an Award will be deemed Vested when it is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, which means Awards may Vest earlier than or at the same time as distribution of the Shares subject to the Award.”

 

1.12   The following shall be substituted for Rule 5.1.1:

 

1.1.1   “any New Plan Share Award which has not Vested in accordance with Rule 3 or Rule 6 on the date of his cessation of office or employment shall Vest on the date of such cessation . Unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, the number of Shares in respect of which the New Plan Share Award will Vest shall then be reduced pro rata to the period from the Date of Grant to the date of cessation as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period. To the extent that distribution of Shares in respect of Awards under this Rule 5.1.1 upon cessation of employment, other than by reason of by death or disability, is a distribution of deferred compensation subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, such distribution shall, in the case of “specified employees”, as defined in section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, be delayed for six months;”

 

1.13   The following shall be substituted for Rule 5.1.2:

 

“any Special Share Award which has not been forfeited upon cessation of employment will be deemed Vested upon such cessation of employment. For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, Shares in respect of such Award will be distributed at the end of the original Vesting Period and not upon cessation of employment.”

 

1.14   The following shall be substituted for Rule 6.1:

 

“Subject to Rule 6.8, when a Change in Control of the Company occurs before Shares in respect of an Award have been distributed, any Award that has not previously Vested shall Vest and distribution of the Shares shall occur as soon as administratively possible after the

 

14


Change in Control. Unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, the number of Shares in respect of which any New Plan Share Award will Vest shall be reduced pro rata to reflect the period from the Date of Grant to the date of the Change in Control of the Company as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period”

 

1.15   Rules 6.2 through 6.7 of the Plan shall be deleted.

 

1.16   The following shall be added as a new Rule 12.4:

 

“No alteration made under Rule 12 shall be made if doing so would violate section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.”

 

15


THE TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC.

 

French Addendum to the New Share Plan

for New Plan Share Awards

 

Amended by the Board on 28 th  October 2008

 

1.   PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

The Taylor Nelson Sofres Plc. New Share Plan (the “Plan”) was adopted by the Board of Taylor Nelson Sofres Plc. (the “Company”) on 27 February 2008 for the benefit of certain employees and directors of the Company, subsidiaries and associated companies, including its French subsidiary(ies) as defined below.

 

Rule 12.3 of the Plan authorizes the Board to amend or add to the provisions of the Plan in any way and amend the terms of the Awards. Therefore, the Board of the Company has decided to establish a French Addendum to the Plan in order to comply with the following French Codes, as amended (including any related provisions and regulations):

 

   

for legal purposes, articles L 225-197-1 to L 225-197-3 of the French Commercial Code;

 

   

for tax purposes, article 80 quaterdecies and article 200-A-6 bis of the French General Tax Code;

 

   

for social security purposes, article L. 242-1 of the French Social Security Code.

 

Awards made under the terms and conditions of this Addendum are New Plan Share Awards such as defined in the Plan and modified by this Addendum in order to qualify as “Qualified Free Share Awards” as are defined in this Addendum. This Addendum does not apply to Special Share Awards as defined in the Plan; therefore any reference to a Special Share Award in the Plan is deleted.

 

This Addendum is only applicable to Eligible Employees as defined in this Addendum, who are French tax residents at Date of Grant or who are working in France, in a French subsidiary of the Company.

 

The terms and conditions of this Addendum are identical to the Plan except as provided below. Words and expressions used in this Addendum have the same meanings as those words and expressions used in the Plan Rules except as provided below.

 

Provisions of the Plan which are not amended, modified in any way or deleted by the Addendum remain applicable to the Eligible Employees who are French tax residents at Date of Grant or who are working in France, in a French subsidiary of the Company which is a “Group Member” or “Participating Company” as defined in this Addendum.

 

2.   DEFINITIONS

 

2.1.   Rule 1.1 of the Plan shall be amended as follows:

 

“Award” means a New Plan Share Award such as defined in the Plan and modified by this Addendum in order to qualify as a Qualified Free Share Award.

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

16


“Eligible Employee” means only employees with a valid employment contract (“contrat de travail”) and the following executive directors who are employed and appointed by a Group Member or Participating Company as defined in this Addendum:

 

   

“Président du Conseil d’Administration”;

 

   

“Directeur Général”;

 

   

“Directeurs Généraux Délégués”;

 

   

“Members of the “Directoire”;

 

   

“Gérant” of a “Société par actions”; or,

 

   

“Président”, if a private individual, of a “Société par Actions Simplifiée”

 

of a Participating Company as defined below.

 

“Grantor” means the Board (acting on behalf of the Company), for the avoidance of doubt a Qualified Free Share may not be awarded by a Trustee.

 

“Group Member” or “Participating Company” means the Company and the following companies for the purpose of determining those in which Participants may be retained for granting of Qualified Free Share Awards:

 

   

those companies in which the granting Company holds at least 10% of the voting rights and / or equity directly or indirectly in the company;

 

   

those companies which hold at least 10% of the voting rights and / or equity directly or indirectly in the Company; or

 

   

those companies of which at least 50% of the equity or voting rights are held, directly or indirectly, by a company which itself holds at least 50% of the granting Company.

 

“Market Value” means, with regard to a Qualified Free Share Award upon the Vesting date, the opening price of the Shares on the Vesting date; or in the event of an irregular quotation on the Vesting date, the “Market Value” means the last closing price of the Shares known at the Vesting date.

 

“New Plan Share Award” means an Award granted under the terms of the Plan being a conditional right to receive a number of Shares (calculated by reference to Rule 2.4) pursuant to the Plan, at no cost to the Participant and which under this Addendum qualifies as a Qualified Free Share Award.

 

“Relevant Tax” means any tax, social security or other levy arising on or in connection with the grant, surrender, Vesting or distribution of an Award for which the person entitled to the Award is liable and for which any Group Member or the Trustee is liable, required or otherwise obliged, to account to any relevant authority

 

“Vesting Period” means the period commencing on the Date of Grant of an Award and ending 30 months after the Date of Grant, or such other period as may be set by Grantor but in any case not ending before the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Date of Grant, except as otherwise provided in this Addendum.

 

2.2   In Rule 1.1 of the Plan the following definitions have been added:

 

“Disability” has the meaning such as defined at the second or third categories at article L.341-4 of the French Social Security Code.”

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

17


“Qualified Free Share Award(s)” means a promise to receive Shares at no cost in accordance with the definition set forth in articles L 225-197-1 to L 225-197-3 of the French Commercial Code.

 

“Qualified Free Share(s)” means Shares delivered at no cost in accordance with the definition set forth in articles L 225-197-1 to L 225-197-3 of the French Commercial Code.

 

2.3   In Rule 1.1, the following definitions are deleted:

 

“Actual Bonus”, “Full Bonus”, “Multiplicative Bonus”, “Ordinary Bonus” and “Special Share Award”.

 

2.4   Rule 13.1 of the Plan shall be amended as follows:

 

For the purposes of this rule, “Employee” means any Participant or an Eligible Employee.

 

3.   GRANT OF AWARDS

 

3.1   Form of the Grant

 

Rule 2.5 is amended as follows:

 

“The grant of an Award shall be evidenced by execution of a deed on behalf of the Grantor which document may be in respect of an individual Award (“ Individual Deed ”).

 

3.2   Individual Limit

 

Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, under no circumstances shall the Qualified Free Share Awards be granted to an Eligible Employee holding more than 10% of the issued share capital of the Company or who, after having received Qualified Free Shares, would hold more than 10% of the issued share capital of the Company.

 

3.3   Company Limit

 

After Rule 2.4 of the Plan, the following provision is added:

 

“The Qualified Free Shares that may be delivered shall not exceed 10% of the overall granting Company’s share capital at the Date of Grant.”

 

Outstanding unvested Qualified Free Shares shall be treated as “Shares” in order to determine the threshold of 10% of the granting Company’s share capital. Forfeited Awards shall not be treated as Shares in order to determine the threshold of 10% of the granting Company’s share capital.

 

3.4   Non transferability of the Awards

 

Rule 2.9 is amended as follows:

 

“Every Award shall be personal to the Participant to whom it is granted and shall not be assigned, transferred or charged in any way (except, in the event of the Participant’s death, to the Participants personal representatives).”

 

3.5.   Agreement to satisfy Company’s liability to secondary Class 1 (employer’s) National Insurance Contributions

 

Rule 2.13 shall be deleted.

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

18


4.   LAPSE / VESTING OF AWARDS

 

4.1   General rule for the Vesting Period

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the Qualified Free Share Award shall Vest 30 months after the Date of Grant or such other period as may be set by Grantor but in any case not before the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Date of Grant, except as otherwise provided in this Addendum.

 

4.2   Vesting in specific cases

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan and this Addendum to the contrary, Rule 5.1. of the Plan shall be amended as follows:

 

“In case of Death of a Participant prior to the end of the Vesting Period, his Award shall not be subject to the Vesting Period and consequently will Vest in full on the date of his death. Consequently, Shares corresponding to vested Qualified Free Share Awards will be transferred prior to the expiry of a 6 month period following the Participant’s death.

 

In case of Disability of a Participant prior to the end of the Vesting Period, his Awards will Vest on the date of cessation of employment or office, pro rata to the period from the Date of Grant to the date of cessation of employment or office with a Group Member as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period, unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise. The required degree of Disability is such as defined at the second or third categories at article L.341-4 of the French Social Security Code.”

 

In case of illness or injury, in each case as evidenced to the satisfaction of the Grantor, in case of redundancy, (within the meaning of the UK Employment Rights Act 1996 or where appropriate, its equivalent in other jurisdictions), or in case of retirement, of a Participant, prior to the end of the Vesting Period, the Awards will Vest on the date of cessation of employment or office, pro rata to the period from the Date of Grant to the date of cessation of employment or office with a Group Member as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period, unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary such a decision may not reduce the Vesting Period below 2 years. As a result, in a situation where such cessation would occur within a two year Vesting Period, the Board may recognize a final acquisition of rights to be transferred Shares for free upon expiry of a 2 year Vesting Period.”

 

4.3   Vesting in case of Corporate Transactions

 

Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary of Rule 6 of the Plan, pursuant to article L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, the Qualified Free Share Awards acquired by the Participants shall not Vest prior to the Date of Grant’s second (2 nd ) anniversary.

 

Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary of Rule 6 of the Plan, on the occurrence of any corporate event, the Board may decide to consolidate the Participant’s rights to receive Shares pursuant to a Qualified Free Share Award upon expiry of a time Vesting Period or the Date of Grant’s second (2 nd ) anniversary. Alternatively, the Board may decide that the Qualified Free Share Award will Vest immediately and that (unless the Board in its absolute discretion determines otherwise) the number of Shares in respect of which the Qualified Free Share Award will Vest shall be reduced pro rata to reflect the period from the Date of Grant to the date of the corporate event as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period, but in this case, the French employer only will bear the employer and employee social charges resulting from the non respect of a minimum 2-year Vesting Period.

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

19


Further to Rule 6 of the Plan when the Board decides on an exchange of the Qualified Free Share Awards such a decision may be taken in accordance with the provisions of article L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, so that the exchange of Qualified Free Shares is tax neutral.

 

4.4   Lapse of Awards

 

Rule 7.1.1 of the Plan shall be amended as follows:

 

“pursuant to Rule 5.1, except in the case of Death, at the time, and to extent that, the Grantor determines that the Award shall not Vest;”

 

5.   SHARE SALE RESTRICTIONS

 

5.1   General rules—Share Sale Restriction Period / Transfer of Shares

 

Rule 8.2 shall be amended as follows:

 

“Subject to Rule 8.3 of the Plan, where a Qualified Free Share Award has Vested, the Grantor shall, within thirty days thereafter, procure the transfer to the Participant or his nominee, as determined by the Grantor, of the number of Shares in respect of which the Qualified Free Share Award has Vested provided that the Grantor is satisfied that any Relevant Tax due to be reimbursed or paid to a Group Member pursuant to Rule 5 has been reimbursed or paid or, where relevant, appropriate arrangements have been made for such reimbursement or payment. The Shares acquired pursuant to a Qualified Free Share Award shall be subject to a Share Sale Restriction Period which is a minimum of two (2) years commencing from the end of the Vesting Period, during which the Shares may not be sold other than in the circumstances set out at Articles 5.2. and 5.3. of this Addendum.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, Shares acquired pursuant to a Qualified Free Share Award shall not be sold during the following periods:

 

   

within 10 Dealing Days preceding and following the publication of the annual consolidated accounts, if applicable, or the annual accounts of the Company; and

 

   

within a period beginning with the date at which the Company’s executive directors become aware of any information, which, were it to be public knowledge, could have a significant impact on the Company’s Share price and ending 10 Dealing Days after the information becomes public knowledge.”

 

5.2.   In case of Participant’s Death

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan and this Addendum to the contrary, in the event of the Participant’s death during the 2-year Share Sale Restriction Period, the personal representative in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution shall not be subject to the outstanding Share Sale Restriction Period, the Shares being freely transferable upon Vesting or upon the Participant’s death.

 

5.3.   In case of Participant’s Disability

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan and this Addendum to the contrary, in the event of the Participant’s Disability during the 2-year Share Sale Restriction Period, the Participant shall not be subject to the outstanding Share Sale Restriction Period and consequently, the Shares acquired under the Plan (i.e. upon Vesting date) are freely transferable. The required degree of Disability is such as defined at the second or third categories at article L.341-4 of the French Social Security Code.

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

20


[If applicable

 

5.4.   Qualified Free Shares granted to Corporate Officers

 

By exception to the Share Sale Restriction Period set forth in Clause 5.1 of this Addendum, the Board may either decide that no Share shall be sold by eligible executive directors of French subsidiaries prior to their removal from office (“ révocation en qualité de mandataire social ”) or determine the number of Shares which have to be held until their removal from office (“ révocation en qualité de mandataire social ”). The renewal of mandate does not constitute a “removal from office”. A removal from office must be valid pursuant to French laws and regulations. ]

 

5.5.   Share Sale Restriction in case of Corporate Transactions

 

Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary of Rule 6 of the Plan, pursuant to article L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, the Participants shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares delivered upon Vesting of the Qualified Free Share Awards prior to the Vesting date’s second (2 nd ) anniversary. However, the Board may decide in case of occurrence of any corporate event that the Participant will not have to respect the Share Sale Restriction Period and therefore have the right to sell the Shares freely before the end of the Share Sale Restriction Period, but in this case, the French employer only will bear the employer and employee social charges resulting from the Share Sale Restriction Period not being respected.

 

Further to Rule 6 of the Plan when the Board decides on an exchange of the Qualified Free Share Awards such a decision may be taken in accordance with the provisions of article L.225-197-1 of the French Commercial Code, so that the exchange of Qualified Free Shares is tax neutral.

 

6.   FORM OF THE SETTLEMENT OF THE AWARD

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in particular (but not limited to) Rules 2.5.4 and 2.8 of the Plan, a Qualified Free Share Award shall not give right to any dividend nor any dividend equivalent, such as additional Shares, related to the period preceding Vesting date. Any reference to any dividend or any dividend equivalent is therefore deleted.

 

Rules 2.11, 2.12 and 9 of the Plan are deleted. The Qualified Free Share Award subject to this Addendum shall exclusively be made in Shares. Qualified Free Share Awards shall not be settled in cash.

 

7.   EXCHANGE RATE

 

Rule 11.5 of the Plan shall be amended as follows:

 

“The exchange rate to be used to make a currency conversion with respect to a Qualified Free Share Award will be the one listed by the Central European Bank at the date of the considered event.”

 

8.   TAXES

 

The following provision is added to the end of Rule 4 of the Plan:

 

“The French employer shall be responsible for withholding employee’s social security charges in the event that the 2-year Share Sale Restriction Period is not enforced against the employees who have received a Qualified Free Share Award under the Plan.

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

21


However, in such event, the Participant remains responsible for bearing employee social charges exclusively and accepts any corresponding withholding from their proceeds, except in the circumstance set out in Clause 5.5 of this Addendum ( Board decides to allow the Share Sale Restriction Period not to be respected ). Employer social security charges on such gains shall always remain a liability of the employer.”

 

Société d’Avocat TAJ

 

22


TAYLOR NELSON SOFRES PLC

 

NEW SHARE PLAN

US ADDENDUM

 

1   GENERAL

 

1.1   This US Sub-Plan shall be used for all Participants who are, or may become prior to distribution of an Award, US taxpayers. In the event that a Participant becomes a US taxpayer after the grant of an Award, such Award is modified in a manner consistent with this Sub-Plan.

 

1.2   The purpose of this Sub-Plan is to ensure that Awards made under the Plan will comply with the requirements of section 409A of Title 26 of the United States Code (“the Internal Revenue Code”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Sub-Plan should also be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with other legal requirements under laws in relevant jurisdictions, including but not limited to applicable securities laws.

 

1.3   Words and phrases defined in the Plan shall bear the same meaning in this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided.

 

1.4   The rules of the Plan apply to this US Sub-Plan except as otherwise provided for below.

 

1.5   This Sub-Plan shall apply as of the effective date of the Plan.

 

1.6   The Board may amend any of the provisions of this US Sub-Plan to take account of a change in US legislation, in particular in relation to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

2   DEFINITIONS

 

   

“Change in Control”

   a change in ownership, change in effective control or change in ownership of a substantial portion of corporate assets, as determined in accordance with section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and related guidance issued thereunder;
   

“Relevant Tax”

   any tax, social security or other levy arising on or in connection with the grant, surrender, Vesting or distribution of an Award for which the person entitled to the Award is liable and for which any Group Member or the Trustee is liable, required or otherwise obliged, to account to any relevant authority;
   

“Substantial Risk of Forfeiture”

   its meaning for the purposes of section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code; and
   

“Vest”

   the point at which an Award is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture;

 

3   TERMS APPLICABLE TO US TAXPAYERS

 

3.1   The following shall be substituted for Rule 2.4:

 

“For purposes of this Sub-Plan, the number of Shares subject to a New Plan Share Award shall be calculated by reference to such number of Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares) the aggregate Market Value of which on the proposed Date of Grant is equivalent to the value of such percentage of an Eligible Employee’s Actual Bonus that has been determined in the sole discretion of Grantor, and made irrevocable no later than the date the Participant obtains a legally binding right to such Actual Bonus.”

 

23


3.2   The following shall be substituted for Rule 2.8:

 

“An Award may be granted on terms that, when Shares in respect of such Award are distributed, the number of Shares subject to the Award shall be increased by such number of Shares as could have been acquired with the amount of each cash dividend for which the dividend record date falls between the Date of Grant and the date of distribution, in each case calculated using the average of the middle market quotations of the Shares as derived from The Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five Dealing Days starting on the day the Shares are first quoted ex-dividend in respect of that dividend. Alternatively, the Grantor may determine on the Date of Grant that the Participant shall receive dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of Shares subject to an Award on such other terms as the Grantor shall, in its absolute discretion, determine including making such adjustment as is necessary to reflect the fact that the dividend paid is net of tax paid (or treated as being so paid).”

 

3.3   The following shall be substituted for Rule 2.11:

 

“The Grantor may, at the Date of Grant, determine that an Award shall be expressed to be a right of the Participant to acquire a cash sum calculated by reference to a notional number of Shares under Award which on distribution of the Shares in respect of such Award, delivers an amount equal to the Relevant Market Value (as defined below) of the number of notional Shares in respect of which the relevant Award has Vested. For the purposes of this Rule 2.11, “Relevant Market Value” shall mean the Market Value of a Share on the date on which the Award is distributed, multiplied by the number of notional Shares in respect of which such Vesting takes place.”

 

3.4   Rule 2.13 shall be deleted.

 

3.5   The following shall be substituted for Rule 3:

 

“For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, an Award will be deemed Vested when it is no longer subject to a Substantial Risk of Forfeiture, which means Awards may Vest earlier than or at the same time as distribution of the Shares subject to the Award.”

 

3.6   The following shall be substituted for Rule 5.1.1:

 

“any New Plan Share Award which has not Vested in accordance with Rule 3 or Rule 6 on the date of his cessation of office or employment shall Vest on the date of such cessation . Unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, the number of Shares in respect of which the New Plan Share Award will Vest shall then be reduced pro rata to the period from the Date of Grant to the date of cessation as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period. To the extent that distribution of Shares in respect of Awards under this Rule 5.1.1 upon cessation of employment, other than by reason of by death or disability, is a distribution of deferred compensation subject to section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, such distribution shall, in the case of “specified employees”, as defined in section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, be delayed for six months;”

 

3.7   The following shall be substituted for Rule 5.1.2:

 

“any Special Share Award which has not been forfeited upon cessation of employment will be deemed Vested upon such cessation of employment. For the purposes of this Sub-Plan, Shares in respect of such Award will be distributed at the end of the original Vesting Period and not upon cessation of employment.”

 

3.8   The following shall be substituted for Rule 6.1:

 

“Subject to Rule 6.8, when a Change in Control of the Company occurs before Shares in respect of an Award have been distributed, any Award that has not previously Vested shall Vest and distribution of the Shares shall occur as soon as administratively possible after the

 

24


Change in Control. Unless the Grantor in its absolute discretion determines otherwise, the number of Shares in respect of which any New Plan Share Award will Vest shall be reduced pro rata to reflect the period from the Date of Grant to the date of the Change in Control of the Company as compared with the period from the Date of Grant to the expiry of the Vesting Period”

 

3.9   Rules 6.2 through 6.7 of the Plan shall be deleted.

 

3.10   The following shall be added as a new Rule 12.4:

 

“No alteration made under Rule 12 shall be made if doing so would violate section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.”

 

25

EXHIBIT 8.1

 

WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


UNITED STATES

    

141 Hawaii LLC

   Delaware

141 Worldwide Boomerang Inc.

   Delaware

24/7 Real Media Inc

   Delaware

24/7 Real Media US Inc

   Delaware

A. Eicoff & Company, Inc.

   Delaware

AAD: Fitch, Inc.

   Delaware

Academic Alliances in Medical Education Inc.

   Delaware

Advertising Ventures Inc.

   Delaware

Avenue Grey Inc.

   Delaware

Baker, Winokur, Ryder, Inc.

   California

Bare Society, LLC

   Delaware

Bates Advertising USA, Inc.

   New York

Bates Worldwide Inc

   Delaware

Ben Marketing LLC

   Delaware

Berlin, Cameron & Partners, Inc.

   Delaware

Beyond Interactive Inc

   Delaware

BGNY Direct LLC

   Delaware

BKSH & Associates LLC

   Delaware

Black Cat Graphics Inc.

   New York

Blast Radius Inc

   Delaware

Blue Interactive Marketing Inc

   Delaware

Blue Sky Green LLC

   Delaware

BrandEdge Inc.

   Delaware

Bravant LLC

   Delaware

Bridge Worldwide LLC (fka Bridge WW Acquisition LLC)

   Delaware

Brouillard Communications, Inc.

   Delaware

Brulant Acquisition Company LLC

   Delaware

BSB Club Bar, Inc.

   New York

Burson-Marsteller, LLC

   Delaware

Cannondale Associates, Inc.

   Delaware

Capital IV LLC

   Delaware

Center Partners, Inc.

   Delaware

Cheskin Added Value

   California

CME Scholar LLC

   Delaware

Cole & Weber Inc

   Oregon

Commodore Thompson Music, Inc.

   Delaware

Commonhealth LLC

   Delaware

Compas Inc.

   New Jersey

Compete Inc

   Delaware

Competitive Media Reporting Inc

   Delaware

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Competitive Media Reporting LLC

   Delaware

Cordiant Finance, Inc.

   Delaware

Cordiant US Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Crescendo Production Inc.

   New York

Current Medical Directions LLC

   Delaware

Cygnet Holdings Inc.

   Delaware

Cymfony Inc

   Delaware

Datacore Marketing LLC

   Delaware

Davinci Healthcare Partners LLC

   Delaware

Dewey Square Group, LLC

   Delaware

Direct.com LLC

   Delaware

Dynamic Logic Inc.

   Delaware

Elemental Interactive Design & Development Inc.

   Georgia

Enfatico LLC

   Delaware

Eyepatch LA, Inc.

   California

Eyepatch Productions, Inc.

   Delaware

Finsbury US LLC

   Delaware

Fitch, Inc.

   Delaware

Food Group Inc

   Delaware

Fortelligent LLC

   Delaware

FOVA Inc.

   Delaware

Fusion Five Inc.

   Connecticut

Future Vision Media, Inc.

   Michigan

FYI Worldwide LLC

   Connecticut

G2 Direct and Digital Atlanta Inc

   Delaware

G2 Worldwide Inc.

   New York

Glendinning, Inc (FKA Einson Freeman, Inc.)

   Delaware

Global Strategies Holdings Inc

   Delaware

Global Strategies International LLC

   New York

Great Productions Inc.

   Delaware

Great Response Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Advertising Inc.

   Maryland

Grey Direct Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Direct Services Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Global Atlanta Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Global Group Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Healthcare Group Inc.

   New York

Grey HOC 1 LLC

   Delaware

Grey HOC 2 LLC

   Delaware

Grey IFC 2 LLC

   Delaware

Grey IFC LLC

   Delaware

Grey India Inc.

   Delaware

 

1


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Grey Mediacom Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Ventures Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Worldwide Inc.

   Delaware

Grey Worldwide Los Angeles Inc.

   Delaware

GroupM Movie Entertainment Holdings Inc

   Delaware

GroupM Movie Entertainment Inc

   Delaware

GroupM Worldwide, Inc.

   Delaware

GWE Inc

   New York

HeadlightVision LLC

   Delaware

HealthAnswers Education LLC

   Delaware

Healthworld Corporation

   Delaware

Healthworld International Holdings Inc.

   Delaware

Hill & Knowlton, Inc.

   Delaware

Hill & Knowlton/Samcor LLC

   Delaware

HLS Holding LLC

   Delaware

Hurd Studios Inc.

   Delaware

Icodia, Inc

   California

Icon International Inc

   Delaware

IEG, LLC

   Delaware

Imaginet LLC

   Delaware

Independent Medical Education LLC

   Delaware

Indetec International Inc

   Delaware

Innovative Customer Solutions LLC

   Delaware

Insight Medical Communications Inc.

   Delaware

International Meetings & Science Inc.

   Delaware

J Walter Thompson U.S.A Inc.

   Delaware

J Walter Thompson Venture Company, Inc

   Delaware

J. Walter Thompson Company Caribbean, Inc

   Delaware

J. Walter Thompson Company Peruana, Inc

   Delaware

J. Walter Thompson Company, Inc

   Delaware

J. Walter Thompson Far Eastern Company, Inc

   Delaware

JWT Facilities LLC

   Delaware

JWT Music, Inc.

   Delaware

JWT S05 LLC

   Delaware

JWT Specialized Communications, Inc.

   California

JWT Technology Inc

   California

JWTWO Productions LLC

   Delaware

Kantar Media Research, Inc.

   Delaware

Kazaam! Inc

   New York

KMR Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Knowledge Base Marketing GP

   Texas

Knowledge Base Marketing Inc.

   Delaware

Landis Strategy & Innovation LLC

   Florida

Landor Associates International Inc

   Delaware

Landor Ohio LLC

   Delaware

Landor LLC

   Delaware

Leopard Communications Inc.

   Colorado

Lighthouse Global Network, Inc.

   Delaware

Lightspeed Online Research Inc.

   Delaware

Local Marketing Corporation

   Ohio

Love Bug Productions LLC

   Delaware

M80 Services, Inc.

   California

Malone Advertising LLC

   Delaware

Management Ventures, Inc.

   Delaware

MAPS LLC

   Delaware

Markatec Retail Marketing LLC

   Delaware

Market Data Solutions Inc.

   Delaware

Marketing and Planning Systems, LLC

   Delaware

Mather Productions LLC

   Delaware

Maxus Communications LLC

   Delaware

Maxx Marketing Inc

   Nevada

Mediaedge:CIA LLC

   Delaware

Millward Brown, Inc.

   Illinois

MindShare Days Productions LLC

   Delaware

MindShare Entertainment USA LLC

   Delaware

MindShare USA LLC

   Delaware

MJM Creative Services, Inc

   New York

mOne Worldwide LLC

   Delaware

Morton Goldberg Associates, Inc.

   Delaware

Mosaica MD, Inc.

   Delaware

MRB Group, Inc.

   Delaware

MSB, Inc.

   Delaware

Nectar Acquisition Corp

   Delaware

neo@Ogilvy LLC

   Delaware

NFO Asia Pacific Inc

   Delaware

NFO Europe Inc

   Delaware

NFO International Inc

   Delaware

NFO Prism Inc

   Delaware

O&M After Hours (Non-Profit)

   New York

Ogilvy & Mather Songs Inc

   New York

Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide, Inc.

   Delaware

Ogilvy Healthworld, Inc

   New York

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide Inc.

   Delaware

OgilvyAction LLC

   Delaware

OgilvyOne LLC

   Delaware

 

2


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Osprey Communications Inc

   Connecticut

Outrider North America LLC

   New York

Owl Group Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Pace Communications Group, Inc.

   Delaware

Peclers Paris North America, Inc.

   Delaware

Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates, LLC

   Delaware

PERQ/HCI LLC

   Delaware

Phase Five Communications, Inc.

   Delaware

Piranha Kid LLC

   Delaware

PKG Media Inc.

   Delaware

Planetactive LLC

   Delaware

Plog Research LLC

   Delaware

PNR Associates Inc

   Pennsylvania

Preferred Professionals Inc.

   Delaware

Public Relations & International Sports Marketing, Inc.

   Delaware

Public Strategies, Inc

   Texas

Quinn Gilespie & Associates LLC

   Delaware

Rasor Communications, Inc.

   Delaware

Rasor Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware

Red Magasin Inc

   Delaware

Red Works, Inc.

   Delaware

Reese Communications, Inc.

   District of
Columbia

Regian & Wilson Inc.

   Texas

Research International USA, Inc.

   Illinois

Retail Forward Inc

   Ohio

Ring Retail LLC

   Delaware

RJC Inc.

   Delaware

Robinson Lerer & Montgomery LLC

   Delaware

Roman Brandgroup LLC

   Delaware

S & S MCC and MCC. Inc.

   Delaware

Schematic Inc

   California

Schematic Latin America LLC

   Delaware

SCPF America LLC

   Delaware

SCPF Miami LLC

   Delaware

Secondary Holding Company LLC

   Delaware

Sentinel Productions Ltd

   New York

Shire Health International, Inc.

   Delaware

Soho Med, Inc.

   New York

SoHo Square Public Relations Inc

   New York

Soho Square, Inc.

   Delaware

Sorensen Associates Inc

   Oregon

Spafax Airline Network, Inc.

   Delaware

Studio 466 Inc. (Non-Profit)

   New York

Studio 58 Inc.

   Delaware

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Studiocom.com, Inc.

   Delaware

Sudler & Hennessey LLC

   Delaware

Summit Grey Inc.

   New York

Taylor Nelson Sofres Holdings Inc

   Delaware

Team Detroit, Inc.

   Delaware

TeamDetroit Stat LLC

   Delaware

Ted Bates Worldwide (Delaware) Inc

   Delaware

Tempus Group North America Holdings LLC

   Delaware

The Avon Group Inc

   Delaware

The Brand Union Inc

   New York

The FCG Institute for Continuing Education LLC

   Delaware

The Focus Network Inc.

   Delaware

The GCI Group LLC

   Delaware

The Geppetto Group LLC

   Delaware

The Leonhardt Group, Inc.

   Delaware

The Leverage Group Inc

   Delaware

The Mattson Jack Group Inc.

   Delaware

The Ogilvy Group, Inc.

   New York

The Partners (Brand Consultants) LLC

   Delaware

The Tape Center Inc.

   Delaware

Timmons and Company, Inc.

   Delaware

TNS (USA) Corp

   Delaware

TNS Custom Research Inc

   Delaware

TNS Entertainment Group Inc

   Delaware

TNS Healthcare Inc

   Delaware

TNS Media Research LLC

   Delaware

TNS Nectar Inc

   Delaware

TNS North America Inc

   Delaware

TNS US Investments Partnership

   Delaware

Triple Seven Concepts Inc.

   Delaware

Valentine-McCormick-Ligibel,Inc.

   Missouri

VF Holding I Inc.

   Delaware

Vogel Farina LLC

   Delaware

Walker Group/CNI Inc.

   Missouri

WPP Barleycorn LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Eight LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Eighteen LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Eleven LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Fifteen LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Five LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Four LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Fourteen LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Nine LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Nineteen LLC

   Delaware

 

3


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


WPP Dotcom Holdings One LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Seven LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Seventeen LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Six LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Sixteen LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Ten LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Thirteen LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Three LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Twelve LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Twenty LLC

   Delaware

WPP Dotcom Holdings Two LLC

   Delaware

WPP Global Technology Services, LLC

   Delaware

WPP Group Holdings, Corp.

   Delaware

WPP Group Management Inc.

   Delaware

WPP Group MTV III Holding LLC

   Delaware

WPP Group U.S. Finance Corp.

   Delaware

WPP Group US Investments Inc

   Delaware

WPP Group USA, Inc.

   Delaware

WPP IH 2001 Inc

   Delaware

WPP Luxembourg Square LLC

   Delaware

WPP Properties

   Delaware

WPP Team Chemistry LLC

   Delaware

WPP US Holdings Inc.

   Delaware

Wunderman Media LLC

   Delaware

Wunderman Worldwide LLC

   Delaware

York Merger Square 2004 Inc

   Delaware

Young & Rubicam Inc.

   Delaware

Zebra Studios Inc

   Delaware

Ziment Group, Inc.

   Delaware

Non - US

    

J Walter Thompson (Algeria) SARL

   Algeria

Taylor Nelson Sofres S.a.r.l.

   Algeria

141 Bonta S.A.

   Argentina

Action Line de Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

AHDL S.A.

   Argentina

Burson-Marsteller S.A.

   Argentina

Great Spot! Films S.A.

   Argentina

Grey Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Grey Interactive S.A.

   Argentina

Hill & Knowlton de Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Información y Decisión Consultores, S.A.

   Argentina

J Walter Thompson Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

JWT S.A.

   Argentina

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


LatinPanel Argentina SA

   Argentina

Mediacom Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Mindshare Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Multigap S.A.

   Argentina

Ogilvy & Mather Argentina S.A.

   Argentina

Red Cell S.A.

   Argentina

Santo Buenos Aires S.A.

   Argentina

SMA SA

   Argentina

Sur Contact Center S.A.

   Argentina

The Media Edge S.A.

   Argentina

Thompson Connect Worldwide S.A.

   Argentina

TNS Gallup Argentina SA

   Argentina

Tsubcero S.A.

   Argentina

Wunderman Cato Johnson S.A.

   Argentina

Y&R Inversiones Publicitarias S.A.

   Argentina

Young & Rubicam S.A.

   Argentina

20:20Brand Action Pty Ltd

   Australia

24/7 Real Media Pty Ltd

   Australia

ABKP Ideaworks Pty Ltd

   Australia

ACN 129 394 565 Pty Ltd

   Australia

Added Value (Australia) Pty Ltd

   Australia

Adswan Pty Ltd

   Australia

Adtown Pty Ltd

   Australia

Adult Search Solutions Pty Ltd

   Australia

Advertising Facilities Pty Limited

   Australia

Alliance Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Babela Pty Ltd

   Australia

Beyond Interactive Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

Black Book Holdings Pty Ltd

   Australia

Black Book Nominees (Sydney) Pty Ltd

   Australia

Black Book Nominees Pty Ltd

   Australia

Brand Dialogue Pty Ltd

   Australia

Burson-Marsteller Pty Ltd

   Australia

Candle Lit Films Pty Ltd

   Australia

Carl Byoir Associates Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

CAW Marketing Pty Limited

   Australia

Chameleon Digital Systems Pty

   Australia

Clik TV Pty Limited

   Australia

Collins Thomas Cullen Pty Ltd

   Australia

Corpedge Pty Ltd

   Australia

Corplite Pty Ltd

   Australia

Daipro Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

 

4


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Dialog Marketing Communications Pty Ltd (D)

   Australia

Enterprise IG (Australia) Pty Ltd

   Australia

EWA Heidelberg Pty Ltd

   Australia

Expanded Media Holdings Pty Limited

   Australia

Expanded Media Investments Pty Ltd

   Australia

Financial and Management Services Pty Ltd

   Australia

Fudge Group Pty Ltd

   Australia

Gasworks Pty Ltd

   Australia

GCI Group Australia Pty Ltd.

   Australia

George Patterson (Brisbane) Pty Ltd

   Australia

George Patterson (Sydney) Pty Ltd

   Australia

George Patterson Nominees Pty Ltd

   Australia

George Patterson Partners Pty Ltd

   Australia

George Patterson Properties Pty Ltd

   Australia

George Patterson Y&R Pty Limited

   Australia

Glendinning Management Consultants Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Global Scan Pty Ltd

   Australia

Graffiti Group Pty Ltd

   Australia

Grey Australia New Zealand Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

Grey Canberra Pty Ltd

   Australia

Grey Global Group Australia Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

Grey Healthcare Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

Grey Healthcare Unit Trust

   Australia

Grey Services Unit Trust

   Australia

Grey Worldwide Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

Group Employee Services Pty Ltd

   Australia

Group M Communications Pty Ltd

   Australia

Hill & Knowlton Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

HKC Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Howorth Communications Pty Ltd

   Australia

i2i Communications Pty Ltd

   Australia

Ideaworks (Holdings) Pty Limited

   Australia

Ideaworks Collateral Services Pty Limited

   Australia

Ideaworks Design Pty Limited

   Australia

Ideaworks Environmental Design Pty Limited

   Australia

Ideaworks Media Pty Ltd

   Australia

Ideaworks Recruitment Pty Ltd

   Australia

Illuminos Pty Ltd

   Australia

Impact Employee Communications Pty Ltd

   Australia

Interface Advertising Pty Ltd

   Australia

Isis Design Pty Ltd

   Australia

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


J Walter Thompson Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Jamieson House Pty Ltd

   Australia

JWT Specialized Communications Pty Ltd

   Australia

Landor Associates Pty Ltd

   Australia

Lightspeed Research Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

M Media Group Pty Ltd

   Australia

Marketing Communications Holdings Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Maxx Marketing Pty Ltd

   Australia

Mediacom Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Mediacompete Digital Pty Ltd

   Australia

Mediacompete Pty Ltd

   Australia

Mediaedge:cia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Millward Brown Pty Ltd

   Australia

Mindshare Pty Ltd

   Australia

Monahan Dayman Adams (Gold Coast) Pty Ltd

   Australia

Motivator Media Pty Ltd

   Australia

Ogilvy Healthworld Pty Ltd

   Australia

Ogilvy PR Health Pty Limited

   Australia

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide Pty Ltd

   Australia

Outrider Pty Ltd

   Australia

Patts B2B Pty Ltd

   Australia

Patts Consulting PTY Ltd

   Australia

Patts Digital Pty Ltd

   Australia

Patts Marketing Services Pty Ltd

   Australia

Patts TV Pty Ltd

   Australia

Phase V Pty Ltd.

   Australia

Phoenix Public Relations Pty Ltd

   Australia

Plush Films Pty Ltd

   Australia

Power Panels Pty Ltd

   Australia

PR Dynamics Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Premier Automotive Advertising Pty Ltd

   Australia

PRISM Team Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Professional Change and Development Pty Ltd

   Australia

Professional Public Relations PTY Ltd

   Australia

Pulse Communications Pty Ltd

   Australia

Research International Pty Ltd

   Australia

Retail One Pty Ltd

   Australia

Salespoint Pty Ltd

   Australia

Sizwe Investments Pty Ltd

   Australia

Social Shift Pty Limited

   Australia

Strategic Horizons Pty Ltd

   Australia

Strategy Lab Pty Ltd

   Australia

 

5


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Sudler & Hennessey Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Taylor Nelson Sofres Asia Pacific Pty Limited

   Australia

Taylor Nelson Sofres Australia Proprietary Limited

   Australia

The Added Value Group (Australia) Pty Ltd

   Australia

The Campaign Palace Melbourne Unit Trust

   Australia

The Campaign Palace Pty Ltd

   Australia

The Campaign Palace Pty Ltd

   Australia

The Campaign Palace Sydney Unit Trust

   Australia

The Communications Group Holdings Pty Ltd

   Australia

The Direct Bond Pty Ltd

   Australia

The Initiatives Group Pty Ltd

   Australia

The Media Palace PTY Ltd

   Australia

The Responsebank Pty Ltd

   Australia

Total Media Advertising Pty Ltd

   Australia

Total Media Australia Pty Ltd

   Australia

Total Media Unit Trust

   Australia

Underline:Fitch Pty Ltd

   Australia

WhizzbangArt Pty. Ltd.

   Australia

WPP Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd

   Australia

Wunderman Automotive Pty Ltd

   Australia

Wunderman Hold Co Pty Ltd

   Australia

Wunderman Pty Ltd

   Australia

X/M Pty Limited

   Australia

XMPS Holdings Pty Ltd

   Australia

Young & Rubicam Brands Holdings Pty Ltd

   Australia

Young & Rubicam Brands Pty Ltd

   Australia

Young & Rubicam Group Pty Ltd

   Australia

Young & Rubicam Melbourne Pty Ltd

   Australia

Young & Rubicam Pty Ltd

   Australia

Young & Rubicam Sydney Pty Ltd

   Australia

141 Austria Werbeagentur GmbH

   Austria

aha puttner red cell Werbeagentur GMBH

   Austria

Design Direct Realisierung von innovativen Kommunikationsideen GmbH

   Austria

Grey Worldwide Austria GmbH

   Austria

International Facilities Holding GmbH

   Austria

JWT Engage GmbH

   Austria

JWT Wien Werbeangentur GmbH

   Austria

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Maxus Media Communications GmbH

   Austria

MediaCom Agentur fur Media Beratung, Planug - Forschung und Einkauf GmbH

   Austria

Mediaedge:cia GmbH

   Austria

Mindshare GmbH & Co. Kg

   Austria

Ogilvy & Mather CIS Media Services GmbH

   Austria

Ogilvy & Mather GmbH

   Austria

Ogilvy & Mather Media Services GmbH

   Austria

Ogilvy & Mather Media Services GmbH & Co. KG

   Austria

Ogilvy Interactive Worldwide Multimedia Beratung GmbH

   Austria

OgilvyOne Worldwide Werbeagentur und Marketingberatung GmbH

   Austria

Red Cell Werbeagentur GmbH

   Austria

RMG: Connect Marketing GmbH

   Austria

Wunderman Direct Marketing Agentur GmbH

   Austria

Young & Rubicam Vienna GmbH

   Austria

A.M.R.B WL.L

   Bahrain

Gulf Hill & Knowlton WLL

   Bahrain

J Walter Thompson - Bahrain WLL

   Bahrain

J. Walter Thompson Middle East and North Africa E.C.

   Bahrain

TNS Middle East & Africa WLL

   Bahrain

Grey Advertising (Bangladesh) Ltd

   Bangladesh

Behigh SA

   Belgium

Burson-Marsteller SA

   Belgium

Dimarso

   Belgium

Dorland & Grey SA

   Belgium

EOS Gallup Europe SCRL

   Belgium

Friday Communications SA

   Belgium

Geoffrey Holdings SA

   Belgium

Grey Holding SA

   Belgium

GroupM Belgium SA/NV

   Belgium

Hill & Knowlton International Belgium SA

   Belgium

J Walter Thompson SA

   Belgium

Kinetic Belgium SA

   Belgium

LDV United NV

   Belgium

Ludon SA

   Belgium

Media+ SA

   Belgium

Mediaedge CIA SA

   Belgium

 

6


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Mindshare + SA

   Belgium

NID

   Belgium

Ogilvy & Mather SA

   Belgium

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide SA

   Belgium

Ogilvy Shared Services SA

   Belgium

OgilvyOne Worldwide SA

   Belgium

Production Plus SA

   Belgium

Research International SA

   Belgium

Sobemap Marketing

   Belgium

Sudler & Hennessey Belgium SA

   Belgium

Tagora SA

   Belgium

These Days NV

   Belgium

WPP Algani SNC

   Belgium

WPP Group Services SNC

   Belgium

Wunderman SA

   Belgium

Young & Rubicam Belgium SPRL

   Belgium

Marketing Services Risk Surety Ltd

   Bermuda

J Walter Thompson Bolivia S.A.

   Bolivia

141 Brasil Comunicacao Ltda

   Brazil

Açao Produçoes Graficas e Electronicas Ltda

   Brazil

Action Line Telemarketing do Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

Bates Latin America Holdings Ltda.

   Brazil

Bates Propaganda e Produçoes Ltda.

   Brazil

Burson Marsteller Ltda

   Brazil

CBBA Propaganda Ltda

   Brazil

DataSearch Communicao Ltda

   Brazil

DCSNET SA

   Brazil

Energia, Young & Rubicam Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

Energy Marketing & Communicao Ltda

   Brazil

G2.Grey Comunicaçao e Marketing Ltda.

   Brazil

Goldfarb Consultants Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

GPAT SA Propaganda e Publicidade

   Brazil

Grey Interactive Ltda

   Brazil

Grey Zest Direct Marketing e Publicidade Ltda

   Brazil

Hill & Knowlton Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

Hill & Knowlton do Brasil - Communicaçao Integrada Ltda

   Brazil

J Walter Thompson Publicidade Ltda

   Brazil

Marketdata Solutions Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

Marsteller Ltda

   Brazil

Master Publicidade SA

   Brazil

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


MatosGrey Comunicaçao Ltda.

   Brazil

Millward Brown do Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

Newcomm Holdings Ltda

   Brazil

Newdesign Participaçoes Ltda.

   Brazil

Ogilvy & Mather Brasil Comunicacao Ltda

   Brazil

Ogilvy Publicidade Ltda

   Brazil

OgilvyInteractive Communicao Ltda

   Brazil

OgilvyOne Brasil Communicao Ltda

   Brazil

One Publicidade Ltda.

   Brazil

P2 ALL Servicos Temporarios Ltda

   Brazil

Research International Brasil Consultoria e Analise De Mercado Ltda

   Brazil

RMG Connect Comunicacao Ltda

   Brazil

TNS Brasil S/A

   Brazil

TNS Interscience S/A

   Brazil

TNS Interscience Servicios

   Brazil

TNS Servicios de Pesquisa Ltda

   Brazil

WPP (Curitiba) Participaçoes Ltda.

   Brazil

WPP (Porto Alegre) Participaçoes Ltda.

   Brazil

WPP do Brasil Participaçoes Ltda

   Brazil

Wunderman Brasil Communicacoes Ltda

   Brazil

Y&R Propaganda Ltda.

   Brazil

Young & Rubicam Comunicaçoes Ltda

   Brazil

Young & Rubicam do Brasil Ltda

   Brazil

Grey Worldwide Bulgaria EOOD

   Bulgaria

Index AD

   Bulgaria

Bates Cambodia Ltd

   Cambodia

Mindshare Cambodia Ltd

   Cambodia

OgilvyAction Cambodia Ltd

   Cambodia

24/7 Media Canada Holding Company

   Canada

24/7 Real Media Inc

   Canada

Blast Radius Inc

   Canada

Competitive Media Reporting Co

   Canada

GCI Communications Inc

   Canada

Grey Advertising (Vancouver) ULC

   Canada

Grey Advertising ULC

   Canada

GroupM Canada Inc

   Canada

Hill & Knowlton Ducharme Perron Ltee

   Canada

J. Walter Thompson Company Limited

   Canada

Marketforce Communication ULC

   Canada

 

7


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Marketing Communications Group Inc.

   Canada

Maxcem Marketing Solutions Inc

   Canada

Media Buying Services ULC

   Canada

Mediacom Canada ULC

   Canada

Millward Brown Canada Inc

   Canada

Mindshare Canada Limited

   Canada

Mindshare Days Production Canada Ltd

   Canada

OgilvyOne Worldwide Ltd

   Canada

RMG Connect Inc.

   Canada

Spafax Canada Inc

   Canada

The Meadow Wood Communication Group Inc

   Canada

The Media Company / MBS

   Canada

The Young & Rubicam Group of Companies ULC

   Canada

TNS Canadian Facts Inc

   Canada

WPP Group Canada Communications Ltd

   Canada

WPP Group Canada Finance, Inc.

   Canada

WPP Simcoe Square Ltd

   Canada

Actionline Chile SA

   Chile

Asesorias Prism Chile Limitada

   Chile

Burson-Marsteller Communicaciones Limitada

   Chile

Design Direct Chile SA

   Chile

Energia Young & Rubicam SA

   Chile

Estrategia Integral de Communicaciones SA (“EIC”)

   Chile

Glue Chile SAC

   Chile

Grey Chile SA

   Chile

GroupM Chile SAC

   Chile

Hill & Knowlton Captiva SA

   Chile

Hill & Knowlton Chile SA

   Chile

Inversiones CI SA

   Chile

J Walter Thompson Chilena SAC

   Chile

LatinPanel Chile SA

   Chile

Media Edge Comunicaciones Chile Limitada

   Chile

Ogilvy & Mather Chile S.A

   Chile

Ogilvy Action Chile SA

   Chile

OgilvyOne Chile SA

   Chile

Prolam Young & Rubicam SA

   Chile

Spafax Medios y Publicidad Ltda

   Chile

Time Research Chile SA

   Chile

TNS Chile SA

   Chile

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Wunderman Chile Consultoria y Comunicaciones Ltda

   Chile

Young Media SA

   Chile

Agenda (Beijing) Ltd

   China

Bao Lin Advertising (Shanghai) Co Ltd

   China

Bates Apex Integrated Marketing Co. Ltd

   China

Bates Guangzhou Dahua Advertising Co. Ltd

   China

Beijing Ogilvy Raynet Communications Co Ltd

   China

Blue Interactive Technology Department (Beijing) Co. Ltd

   China

Burson Marsteller (Guangdong) Public Relations Co. Ltd

   China

Cohn & Wolfe Marketing Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

   China

CVSC Sofres Media Co. Limited

   China

David Communications (Beijing) Group

   China

DAYI (Shanghai) Consulting Ltd

   China

Effort Ogilvy (Fujian) Advertising Limited

   China

G2 Aviavision China Sourcing Co. Ltd

   China

G2 China Co. Ltd

   China

G2 Star Echo Marketing Communications Co. Ltd

   China

Glendinning Management Consultants (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

   China

Grand Wealth International Holdings Ltd

   China

Grey China Advertising Co. Ltd (Beijing)

   China

GroupM Shanghai Advertising Co. Ltd

   China

Guangzhou Approach Marketing Communications Co. Ltd

   China

Guangzhou Dawson Marketing Communications Consulting Co. Ltd

   China

Guangzhou Kai Di Advertising Ltd (Batey)

   China

Guangzhou Win-line Marketing Communications Co. Ltd

   China

Hill & Knowlton China Public Relations Co Ltd

   China

H-Line Ogilvy Communications Company Ltd

   China

 

8


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


J.Walter Thompson Bridge Advertising Co. Ltd.

   China

Millward Brown ACSR Co. Ltd

   China

Neo@ogilvy Co Ltd

   China

Ogilvy & Mather Enterprise IG Ltd

   China

Oracle AddedValue Market Research Company Limited

   China

Red Wasabi Marketing Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd

   China

Research International China (Guangzhou) Ltd

   China

Shanghai Always Marketing Services Co Ltd

   China

Shanghai Bates MeThinks Marketing Communications Co. Ltd

   China

Shanghai Ogilvy & Mather Advertising Ltd

   China

Shanghai Ogilvy & Mather Marketing Consultants Ltd

   China

Shanghai Power Force Marketing Services Co Ltd

   China

Shenzhen Black Arc Ogilvy Advertising Media Limited

   China

Soho Square Advertising Co. Ltd

   China

TNS China Co. Limited

   China

TNS Marketing Consultancy (Shanghai) Co. Ltd

   China

Young & Rubicam (Beijing) Advertising Co, Ltd

   China

Zdology Marketing Research & Consulting (GZ) Ltd.

   China

C&C Action Marketing Ltda

   Colombia

Energia Y&R Ltda

   Colombia

G2 Colombia Ltda

   Colombia

J. Walter Thompson Colombia Ltda

   Colombia

Mediaedge: Cia Ltda

   Colombia

Millward Brown Colombia Ltda

   Colombia

MindShare de Colombia Ltda

   Colombia

Ogilvy & Mather S.A.

   Colombia

REP Grey Worldwide S.A.

   Colombia

TSG Colombia Ltda

   Colombia

Wunderman Ltda

   Colombia

Young & Rubicam Brands Ltda

   Colombia

J Walter Thompson SA

   Costa Rica

Schematic Costa Rica Ltda

   Costa Rica

TNS Data S.A.

   Costa Rica

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Grey Zagreb d.o.o. Zatrisno Kommuniciranje

   Croatia

Mediacom Zagreb d.o.o.

   Croatia

Grey Worldwide Middle East Network Ltd

   Cyprus

Pelerdon Holdings Ltd

   Cyprus

Spot Thompson Ltd

   Cyprus

Beyond Interactive s.r.o

   Czech Republic

Bi Praha Red Cell s.r.o

   Czech Republic

Grey Praha spol s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Group M s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Mather Activation s.r.o

   Czech Republic

Mather Advertures s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Mather Communications s.r.o

   Czech Republic

Mather Public Relations s.r.o

   Czech Republic

MAXUS Czech Republic s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

MediaCom Praha s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Mediaedge:cia Czech Republic s.r.o

   Czech Republic

Millward Brown Czech Republic s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

MindShare Sro

   Czech Republic

MQI Brno, spol. s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Ogilvy & Mather Morava, spol. s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Ogilvy & Mather spol s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Ogilvy Action s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Ogilvy CID s.r.o

   Czech Republic

Ogilvy Public Relations s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

OgilvyOne AS

   Czech Republic

RedWorks s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Rmg:connect s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

The Core Group s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

TNS AISA s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

TNS Connect AS

   Czech Republic

Wunderman s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

Young & Rubicam Praha s.r.o.

   Czech Republic

ABC Hill & Knowlton A/S

   Denmark

ADPeople A/S

   Denmark

Bates Red/Cell Gruppen A/S

   Denmark

Burson Marsteller A/S

   Denmark

DataIntelligence A/S

   Denmark

Dyhr / Hagen A/S

   Denmark

e-merge Wunderman AS

   Denmark

Friendly Film A/S

   Denmark

Future Lab Business A/S

   Denmark

 

9


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Future Lab Business Group A/S

   Denmark

Futurelab Business Consulting A/S

   Denmark

G2 Copenhagen A/S

   Denmark

GCI Mannov København A/S

   Denmark

Grey Nordic ApS

   Denmark

Grey Shared Services A/S

   Denmark

Grey Worldwide Kobenhavn A/S

   Denmark

GroupM Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Halbye Kaag JWT A/S

   Denmark

Hundred Percent Film Production A/S

   Denmark

JLM Holdings APS

   Denmark

LFC no. 3 A/S

   Denmark

Market Data Solutions A/S

   Denmark

Maxus Communications A/S

   Denmark

MEC: Sponsorship ApS

   Denmark

MEC:Interaction Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Mediabroker A/S

   Denmark

MediaCom Danmark A/S

   Denmark

Mediaedge:CIA Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Mediaedge:CIA Denmark Holdings A/S

   Denmark

Mindshare Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Ogilvy Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Production A/S

   Denmark

ProMedia A/S

   Denmark

Research International A/S

   Denmark

TNS Gallup Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Uncle Grey A/S

   Denmark

WPP Holding Denmark A/S

   Denmark

Y&R Denmark Holdings II APS

   Denmark

J.Walter Thompson Dominicana S.A.

   Dominican
Republic

Asdaa PR Holdings Inc

   Dubai

Classic Partnership LLC

   Dubai

Grey Worldwide Co. LLC

   Dubai

Intermarkets Holding Inc

   Dubai

Wunderman Inc

   Dubai

LatinPanel Ecuador SA

   Ecuador

Grey Worldwide Middle East Network Ltd

   Egypt

Mediacom Egypt

   Egypt

Mediacom Lebanon

   Egypt

TMI J Walter Thompson Advertising Egypt Ltd

   Egypt

TNS Egypt Limited

   Egypt

TNS Data SA de CV

   El Salvador

J Walter Thompson S.A. de C.V.

   El Salvador

AS Emor

   Estonia

Hill & Knowlton Eesti As

   Estonia

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


GroupM Finland Oy

   Finland

Happi Mindshare Finland Oy

   Finland

Hill & Knowlton Finland Oy

   Finland

Hill & Knowlton Productions A/S

   Finland

J Walter Thompson Finland Oy

   Finland

Maxus Oy

   Finland

MEC Finland Oy

   Finland

Suoman Gallup TV Research OY

   Finland

Suomen Gallup Elintarviketieto Oy

   Finland

Taylor Nelson Sofres Suomi OY

   Finland

TNS Gallup OY

   Finland

TNS Radar Research Consulting Oy

   Finland

Young & Rubicam Finland OY

   Finland

141 France SAS

   France

24/7 Real Media France SARL

   France

Added Value SAS

   France

Argonautes SA

   France

Audit Et Systems Consultants

   France

AV Co Sarl

   France

AxiCom Communications SARL

   France

Banner Media France SASU

   France

Bates SAS

   France

Burson-Marsteller SAS

   France

Callegari Berville Grey SA

   France

CB Associees SAS

   France

CBA Architecture Commerciale et Design D’environnement SA

   France

Cohn&Wolfe SA

   France

Compagnie Fonciere Les Yvelines

   France

Concorde Finance France (CFF) SAS

   France

CT Finances SA

   France

Design Direct SAS

   France

Fieldwork RI SAS

   France

Fitch Vendome SAS

   France

G2 Paris SAS

   France

GIE Media Insight

   France

GIE Mindshare

   France

Glendinning Management SAS

   France

Grey Global Group France SAS

   France

Grey Healthcare Paris SA

   France

GroupM SAS

   France

HFT SA

   France

Hill & Knowlton SAS

   France

Impiric Interactive

   France

J Walter Thompson SAS

   France

JFC SAS

   France

Kassius SA

   France

Kinetic SAS

   France

 

10


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Landor Associates SAS

   France

Le Lab Consulting SAS

   France

Les Ouvriers du Paradis Babylone United SAS

   France

Les Ouvriers du Paradis Bourgognes SAS

   France

Louiseholding SAS

   France

Lumiere Publicite SARL

   France

Mather Communications SAS

   France

Mediacom Paris SA

   France

Mediaedge:CIA France SAS

   France

Millward Brown SAS

   France

Ogilvy & Mather S.A.

   France

Ogilvy Action SAS

   France

Ogilvy Healthworld France SAS

   France

Ogilvy Public Relations SAS

   France

OgilvyOne Worldwide SAS

   France

Peclers Paris SAS

   France

Plein Papier SARL

   France

PR AKKA SAS

   France

Prism SAS

   France

Pro Deo SAS

   France

Production 57 SARL

   France

Relations Publiques Caroline Allain SAS

   France

Research International SAS

   France

RMG SAS

   France

Rmg:connect SAS

   France

Sofres Asia Pacific SAS

   France

Sofres Communication SAS

   France

Sofres Lyon Sarl

   France

Strateme SARL

   France

Sudler & Hennessey SAS

   France

Taylor Nelson Sofres SAS

   France

The Brand Union SARL

   France

TNS Direct SAS

   France

TNS Healthcare SAS

   France

TNS SAS

   France

TransGrey SAS

   France

WPP Finance Holdings SAS

   France

WPP Finance SA

   France

Wunderman Interactive SAS

   France

Wunderman SAS

   France

Wunderman TeleServices EURL

   France

Y&R 2.1 SAS

   France

Y&R Delaware I SNC

   France

Y&R Delaware II EURL

   France

Young & Rubicam SAS

   France

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Young & Rubicam France EURL

   France

Young & Rubicam Holdings SAS

   France

“INCH” Design Service GmbH

   Germany

141 Worldwide GmbH

   Germany

24/7 Real Media Deutschland GmbH

   Germany

Abels & Grey GmbH

   Germany

Advanced Techniques Group GmbH

   Germany

Argonauten G2_ GmbH

   Germany

Atletico Germany GmbH

   Germany

Best of Media GmbH

   Germany

Beyond Interaction GmbH

   Germany

Burson-Marsteller GmbH

   Germany

Cherry on the Cake GmbH

   Germany

Cohn & Wolfe Public Relations GmbH & Co. KG

   Germany

Cohn und Wolf Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

Concept Media GmbH, Stuttgart

   Germany

Concept! Venture GmbH

   Germany

Connect 21 GmbH

   Germany

Consellgruppe Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

Cordiant Holdings GMBH

   Germany

cpz Ogilvy Public Relations GmbH

   Germany

Diebitz, Stoppler, Braun & Kuhlmann Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

Dorland Werbeagentur GMBH

   Germany

Emnid GmbH

   Germany

F + I GmbH Research Consulting Marktforschung

   Germany

Facts & Fiction GmbH

   Germany

FREY.G2 GmbH

   Germany

FutureCom GmbH

   Germany

GCI Healthcare Uternehmensberatung fur Kommunikation GmbH

   Germany

Global ‘Sportnet’ Beteiligungs GmbH

   Germany

Global ‘Sportnet’ Sportmarketing GmbH & Co KG

   Germany

GRAMM Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

Grey & Wolff Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

Grey CIS Werbeagentur GMBH

   Germany

Grey Global Group Middle Europe GmbH & Co. KG

   Germany

Grey GMBH

   Germany

Grey Healthcare GmbH

   Germany

Grey Holding Central Europe GMBH

   Germany

Grey Worldwide GmbH

   Germany

GroupM Competence Center GmbH

   Germany

GroupM Germany GmbH

   Germany

 

11


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Hering Schuppener Consulting Strategieberatung fur Kommunikation GmbH

   Germany

Hering Schuppener GCI Uternehmensberatung fur Kommunikation GmbH

   Germany

Hill & Knowlton Communication GmbH

   Germany

Hiller, Wurst & Partner GmbH

   Germany

Icon Added Value GmbH

   Germany

Icon regio Gesellschaft fur Regional Verkehrsforschung und Standomarketing GmbH

   Germany

Icon Wirtschafts - und Finanazmarktforschung GmbH

   Germany

InfraLive GmbH

   Germany

Infratest dimap Gesellschaft Fur Trend und Wahlforschung GmbH

   Germany

Infratest GmbH

   Germany

Interbates Beteiligungs GmbH & Co KG

   Germany

Intercom Management GMBH

   Germany

Intramedic GmbH

   Germany

J Walter Thompson GmbH & Co KG

   Germany

J. Walter Thomspon Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

JWT Engage GmbH

   Germany

KBM GmbH

   Germany

Klautzsch und Grey GmbH

   Germany

Landor Associates GmbH

   Germany

Magic Moments Agentur Fur Kommunikation GmbH

   Germany

Magic Poster GmbH

   Germany

Mather Direct GmbH

   Germany

MAXUS Communications GmbH

   Germany

MEC Access GmbH

   Germany

Media Consult WPP GmbH

   Germany

MediaCom Agentur Fur Media-Beratung GmbH

   Germany

MediaCom CIS GMBH

   Germany

Mediacom Hamburg GmbH

   Germany

MediaCom Holding Central & Eastern Europe GMBH

   Germany

MediaCom München GmbH

   Germany

Mediaedge:CIA Germany Holding GmbH

   Germany

Mediaedge:CIA GmbH

   Germany

Michael Vagedes GmbH

   Germany

Millward Brown Germany GmbH

   Germany

Mindshare GmbH

   Germany

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Neo@Ogilvy GmbH

   Germany

NFO Europe Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

NFO International GmbH Holding

   Germany

Ogilvy & Mather Deutschland GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy & Mather GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy & Mather Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy Action GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy Brand Center GmbH & Co KG

   Germany

Ogilvy Brand Center Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy BTL GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy Finance AG

   Germany

Ogilvy Healthworld GmbH

   Germany

Ogilvy Interactive Worldwide GmbH

   Germany

OgilvyBrains GmbH

   Germany

OgilvyOne Worldwide GmbH

   Germany

Performance Sportnet Worldwide GmbH

   Germany

Planetactive GmbH

   Germany

PQ Plakatqualitat GmbH

   Germany

PRISM International GmbH

   Germany

Quisma GmbH

   Germany

Red Cell Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

Research International GmbH

   Germany

rmg: connect GmbH

   Germany

S&K Grey GMBH

   Germany

Salesedge GmbH

   Germany

Santamaria GmbH

   Germany

Satzfabrik GmbH

   Germany

Sudler & Hennessey GmbH

   Germany

Sudler & Hennessey Berlin GmbH

   Germany

The Brand Union GmbH

   Germany

Tillmans Ogilvy & Mather Werbeagentur GmbH

   Germany

TNS Emnid GmbH & Co. KG

   Germany

TNS Emnid Median und Sozialforschung GmbH

   Germany

TNS Forschung GmbH

   Germany

TNS Healthcare GmbH

   Germany

TNS Infratest Beteilligungs GmbH

   Germany

TNS Infratest Gesundheitsforschung GmbH

   Germany

TNS Infratest GmbH

   Germany

TNS Infratest Holding GmbH & Co. KG

   Germany

TNS Infratest Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

TNS Socialforschung GmbH

   Germany

 

12


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Verwaltungsgesellschaft Global Sportnet Sportmarketing mbH

   Germany

WPP Dritte Beteiligungs Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

WPP Funfte Beteiligungs Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

WPP Media Holdings GmbH

   Germany

WPP Service GmbH

   Germany

Wunderman Consulting GmbH

   Germany

Wunderman GmbH

   Germany

Wunderman Teleservices GmbH & Co KG

   Germany

Wunderman Teleservices Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

Wunderman Verwaltungs GmbH (Frankfurt)

   Germany

Young & Rubicam Brands GmbH

   Germany

Young & Rubicam GmbH & Co KG

   Germany

Young & Rubicam Verwaltungs GmbH

   Germany

ZEG Zentrum for Epideiologie und Ges GmbH

   Germany

MM Media Marketing GmbH

   Germany

Mindshare Ghana Ltd

   Ghana

Bates Hellas Advertising SA

   Greece

Geo Young & Rubicam SA

   Greece

Grey Athens SA

   Greece

Maxus Commercial Communication SA

   Greece

MediaCom Ltd

   Greece

Mediaedge:cia Medianetwork Hellas

   Greece

Movielab Cinema Movies and Television SA

   Greece

Publicom Hill & Knowlton Hellas Ltd

   Greece

Red Cell Advertising SA

   Greece

Research International Hellas SA

   Greece

Salesplus Ltd

   Greece

Screen Design & Production of Advertising and Promotional Material Ltd

   Greece

Spot Thompson Total Communication Group SA

   Greece

Taylor Nelson ICAP Market Research SA

   Greece

The Media Edge SA

   Greece

Tribe Advertising Services SA

   Greece

WCJ Advertising SA

   Greece

Wunderman Advertising SA

   Greece

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Hill & Knowlton SA

   Guatemala

J Walter Thompson SA

   Guatemala

TNS Data S.A.

   Guatemala

TNS Finance (CI) Limited

   Guernsey

TNS Finance (G) Limited

   Guernsey

TNS Finance Limited

   Guernsey

J Walter Thompson SA

   Honduras

141 Limited

   Hong Kong

Agenda (Hong Kong ) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Agenda Group (Asia) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Atlas Communication Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Bates Asia Ltd

   Hong Kong

Bates China Ltd

   Hong Kong

Bates Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

BatesAsia Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Beyond Communication Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Beyond Interactive Co. Ltd

   Hong Kong

Burson-Marsteller (Asia) Limited

   Hong Kong

Burson-Marsteller (Hong Kong) Limited

   Hong Kong

Carl Byoir Asia Ltd

   Hong Kong

Conquest Marketing Communications (Taiwan) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Conquest Marketing Communications Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Contract Advertising Company Limited

   Hong Kong

CSM HK Limited

   Hong Kong

Dataconsult Asia (Hong Kong) Ltd

   Hong Kong

David Communications Group Limited

   Hong Kong

Design Direct (Hong Kong) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Enterprise Identity Group Asia Pacific Ltd

   Hong Kong

Enterprise IG Ltd

   Hong Kong

Equinox Communications Ltd

   Hong Kong

Era Ogilvy Public Relations Co. Limited

   Hong Kong

Fitch Design Ltd

   Hong Kong

Freeway Communications Ltd

   Hong Kong

G2 Hong Kong Co. Ltd

   Hong Kong

G2 Limited

   Hong Kong

Grey Advertising Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Grey Advertising Limited

   Hong Kong

Grey Healthcare Limited

   Hong Kong

Grey Interactive China Company Limited

   Hong Kong

 

13


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Grey Interactive Ltd

   Hong Kong

Grey International Ltd.

   Hong Kong

Grey Public Relations Company Ltd

   Hong Kong

GroupM Ltd

   Hong Kong

Heath Wallace (HK) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Hill & Knowlton Asia Ltd

   Hong Kong

Hill & Knowlton Asia Pacific Ltd

   Hong Kong

H-Line Worldwide Ltd

   Hong Kong

HWGL Investment (Holding) Company Limited

   Hong Kong

IMRB Millward Brown International Ltd

   Hong Kong

IPR Ogilvy (China) Ltd

   Hong Kong

IPR Ogilvy (Holdings) Ltd

   Hong Kong

IPR Ogilvy Ltd

   Hong Kong

J Walter Thompson (North Asia) Ltd

   Hong Kong

J Walter Thompson (Taiwan) Ltd

   Hong Kong

J Walter Thompson Company Ltd

   Hong Kong

Landor Associates Designers & Consultants Ltd

   Hong Kong

Maximise (Hong Kong) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Maxus Communications Limited

   Hong Kong

Maxx Marketing Ltd

   Hong Kong

MB (Vietnam) Limited

   Hong Kong

Media Investments Holdings Limited

   Hong Kong

Mediacom Ltd

   Hong Kong

Mediacompany Communications Ltd

   Hong Kong

Mediaedge: CIA Hong Kong Pte Limited

   Hong Kong

Millward Brown Ltd

   Hong Kong

MindShare Communication Ltd

   Hong Kong

MindShare Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Motivator Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

NFO Asia Pacific Limited

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather (China) Holdings Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather (China) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather (Hong Kong) Private Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather Asia Pacific Limited

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather Management Services Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather Marketing Communications Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy & Mather Marketing Services Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy ActIvation Global Launch Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy Health Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy Interactive Asia Pacific Ltd

   Hong Kong

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Ogilvy Interactive Worldwide Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide Ltd

   Hong Kong

OgilvyAction Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

OgilvyOne Worldwide Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Oracle Added Value Ltd

   Hong Kong

Promotional Campaigns (Asia) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Pulse Communications Ltd

   Hong Kong

QCI Consulting Ltd

   Hong Kong

Red Wasabi Limited

   Hong Kong

Red Works Ltd

   Hong Kong

Relationship Marketing Group Ltd

   Hong Kong

Research International Asia Ltd

   Hong Kong

Rikes Hill & Knowlton Ltd

   Hong Kong

RMG Connect Ltd

   Hong Kong

Sapphire Bright Limited

   Hong Kong

Shengshi International Media (Group) Limited

   Hong Kong

Signature Promotions Limited

   Hong Kong

Soho Square Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Taylor Nelson Sofres Hong Kong Limited

   Hong Kong

Teledirect Ltd

   Hong Kong

The Bridge Communications Company Ltd

   Hong Kong

Total Glory International Limited

   Hong Kong

Underline: Fitch Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

Whizzbangart Hong Kong Ltd

   Hong Kong

WPP Captive Holdings Ltd

   Hong Kong

WPP Group (Asia Pacific) Ltd

   Hong Kong

WPP Holdings (Hong Kong) Ltd

   Hong Kong

WPP Marketing Communications (Hong Kong) Ltd

   Hong Kong

XM Hong Kong Limited

   Hong Kong

Young & Rubicam (HK) Ltd

   Hong Kong

Barci es Partners Kft

   Hungary

Bates 141 Hungary Advertising Kft

   Hungary

GRAM Kft

   Hungary

Grey Hungary Group Financing Kft

   Hungary

Grey Worldwide Hungary Kft

   Hungary

Hill and Knowlton Hungary Kft

   Hungary

JWT Eastern Europe Marketing Szolgaltato Kft

   Hungary

Mac-Mester Kft

   Hungary

MC MediaCompany Nemzetkozi Mediaugynoki Kft

   Hungary

MEC Interaction Hungary Kft

   Hungary

 

14


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Media Zone Hungary Kft

   Hungary

Mediaedge.cia Hungary Kft

   Hungary

Millward Brown Hungary Kft

   Hungary

Ogilvy & Mather Budapest Reklámügynökség ZRT

   Hungary

OgilvyOne Budapest Direkt Marketing Kft

   Hungary

Redworks Budapest Kft

   Hungary

Taylor Nelson Sofres Hungary Business & Social Marketing and Consulting Limited

   Hungary

Team Hungary Kft

   Hungary

TGI Hungary Marketing Research Company Kft

   Hungary

The Media Edge

   Hungary

TNS Media Intelligence Kft

   Hungary

Wunderman Kft

   Hungary

Young & Rubicam Budapest International Advertising Agency Kft

   Hungary

Atlas Advertising Private Ltd

   India

Bates India Private Ltd

   India

Brand David Communications Pvt Ltd

   India

Chateau Hospitality Pvt Ltd

   India

Contract Advertising Pvt Ltd

   India

Encompass Events Private Limited

   India

Encompass Pte Ltd

   India

Enterprise Nexus Communication Private Ltd

   India

Fortune Communication Ltd

   India

G2 Rams India Pvt Ltd

   India

G3 Communications Pvt. Ltd.

   India

Genesis Burson-Marsteller Public Relations Private Ltd

   India

Grey Advertising (Bangladesh) Ltd.

   India

Grey First Serve (Pvt) Ltd

   India

Grey Worldwide (India) Pvt.Ltd

   India

Group M Media India Pvt Ltd

   India

Hindustan Thompson Associates Private Limited

   India

Icon Added Value Private Ltd

   India

Indian Market Research Bureau Ltd

   India

Interactive Television Private Limited

   India

IPAN Ltd

   India

Kantar Media Research Services Pvt Ltd

   India

Matrix Publicities & Media India Pvt Ltd

   India

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Mediacom India Ltd

   India

Mediaedge:cia India Pvt Ltd

   India

Meritus Analytics India Pvt Ltd

   India

Millward Brown India Private Limited

   India

Ogilvy & Mather Communications Private Limited

   India

Ogilvy & Mather Pvt Ltd

   India

Optima India Private Ltd

   India

Options Communications India Ltd.

   India

Portland India Outdoor Advertising Private Ltd

   India

Qasar Media Private Ltd

   India

Ray & Keshavan Design Associates Pvt. Ltd.

   India

Results India Communications Pvt Ltd

   India

Sercon India Private Ltd

   India

Sudler & Hennessey India Pvt Ltd

   India

TNS India Private Limited

   India

TNS Mode Private Limited

   India

Triyaka Communications Pvt. Ltd

   India

Arena Productions Ltd

   Ireland

Bell Advertising Ltd

   Ireland

Culverbridge Limited

   Ireland

Dearadh Tearanta (“Interact”)

   Ireland

Drumgoff Holdings Ltd

   Ireland

EWA Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Grey Advertising Ltd (Ireland)

   Ireland

Hill & Knowlton Ltd

   Ireland

Hunter/Red Cell Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Imagecom Graphics Ltd

   Ireland

Irish Marketing Surveys Group Ltd

   Ireland

John Hunter Ltd

   Ireland

Lansdowne Market Research Ltd

   Ireland

Market Research Bureau of Ireland Limited

   Ireland

MediaCom (Media Planning and Buying) Ltd

   Ireland

Mediaedge:cia Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Mediawatch Limited

   Ireland

Millward Brown Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Millward Brown Irish Marketing Surveys Ltd

   Ireland

MindShare Limited

   Ireland

Mindshare Media Ireland Limited

   Ireland

Ogilvy & Mather Group Ltd

   Ireland

Ogilvy & Mather Ltd.

   Ireland

OgilvyOne Worldwide Ltd

   Ireland

 

15


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Rational Decisions Ltd

   Ireland

Rmg:connect Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Sudler & Hennesey Healthcare Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Taylor Nelson Sofres Ireland Limited

   Ireland

Teledynamics Ireland Limited

   Ireland

The Brand Union Ltd

   Ireland

The Helme Partnership Ltd

   Ireland

The Helme Production Ltd

   Ireland

Wilson Hartnell Public Relations Ltd

   Ireland

WPP Air 1 Limited

   Ireland

WPP Air 2 Limited

   Ireland

WPP Air 3 Limited

   Ireland

WPP Air UK

   Ireland

WPP Ireland Holdings Limited

   Ireland

WPP Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

WPP UK Holdings Limited

   Ireland

Wunderman Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Y&R Advertising Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Young & Rubicam Brands Ireland Ltd

   Ireland

Media Edge Israel Ltd

   Israel

Meishav Hfakot Ltd

   Israel

Shalmor Avnon Amichay Advertising Ltd

   Israel

SingleSource Research Limited

   Israel

Telgal Israel Rating Company

   Israel

TNS Tele-Gal Media Research Limited

   Israel

TNS Teleseker Limited

   Israel

Y&R Interactive Ltd

   Israel

1861 United Srl

   Italy

24/7 Real Media Italy Srl

   Italy

Added Value Srl

   Italy

AxiCom Italia Srl

   Italy

Bates Srl

   Italy

Blumedia Srl

   Italy

BRB Srl

   Italy

Brouillard Srl

   Italy

Burson Marsteller Srl

   Italy

Carl Byoir Srl

   Italy

CIA Medianetwork Club Srl

   Italy

CIA Medianetwork Milano Srl

   Italy

CIA Medianetwork Team Srl

   Italy

Cohn & Wolfe Srl

   Italy

Digital PR srl

   Italy

Easy Media Srl

   Italy

Fast Srl

   Italy

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


G2 -Promotions Italia SpA

   Italy

G2 Srl

   Italy

GCI Italy Srl

   Italy

GEA Srl

   Italy

Grey Healthcare Italia Srl

   Italy

Grey Interactive Srl

   Italy

Grey Roma Srl

   Italy

Grey Worldwide Italia Srl

   Italy

GroupM srl

   Italy

H-Art Srl

   Italy

Hill & Knowlton Gaia Srl

   Italy

Icon Added Value Italia Srl

   Italy

International Strategic Communications Srl

   Italy

Intramed Communciations Srl

   Italy

J W Thompson Roma Srl

   Italy

J Walter Thompson Italia SpA

   Italy

Kinetic Srl

   Italy

Landor Associates Srl

   Italy

Little Green Men Srl

   Italy

Lolita Italia Srl

   Italy

Lorien Consulting Srl

   Italy

Mather Communications Srl

   Italy

Maxus Srl

   Italy

Media Club SpA

   Italy

Media Insight Srl

   Italy

Mediacom Italia Srl

   Italy

Mediaedge:CIA Italy Holdings Srl

   Italy

Mediaedge:CIA Italy Srl

   Italy

Millward Brown Srl

   Italy

Mindshare SpA

   Italy

MindShare Trevenezie Srl

   Italy

NextHealth Srl

   Italy

Ogilvy & Mather SpA

   Italy

Ogilvy Healthworld Srl

   Italy

Ogilvy Interactive Srl

   Italy

OgilvyOne Worldwide SpA

   Italy

One Four One Srl

   Italy

Red Cell Srl

   Italy

Red Productions Srl

   Italy

Research International Srl

   Italy

rmg:connect Srl

   Italy

Sentrix Global Health Communications Srl

   Italy

Sprint Production Srl

   Italy

Sudler & Hennessey Srl

   Italy

TeamAlfa Srl

   Italy

 

16


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


TNS Healthcare Srl

   Italy

TNS Infratest SPA

   Italy

Total Sponsorship Srl

   Italy

WPP Holdings (Italy) Srl

   Italy

WPP Marketing Communications (Italy) SRL

   Italy

Wunderman Srl

   Italy

Y&R Italia srl

   Italy

Y&R Roma Srl

   Italy

BatesAsia Japan Inc

   Japan

Burson-Marsteller Co Ltd

   Japan

Carl Byoir Japan Ltd

   Japan

David Communications KK

   Japan

Design Direct Japan KK

   Japan

Enfatico Tokyo Inc

   Japan

Grey Direct Inc

   Japan

Grey Healthcare Japan Inc

   Japan

Grey Worldwide Inc

   Japan

GroupM KK

   Japan

Hill & Knowlton Japan Ltd

   Japan

International Creative Marketing KK

   Japan

J Walter Thompson Japan KK

   Japan

Japan Kantar Research Inc

   Japan

Logic Inc

   Japan

Millward Brown Japan KK

   Japan

MindShare Japan KK

   Japan

Neo@Ogilvy KK

   Japan

Ogilvy & Mather Japan KK

   Japan

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide (Japan) KK

   Japan

OgilvyAction Japan KK

   Japan

OgilvyOne Japan KK

   Japan

Red Roof Japan Inc

   Japan

RedWorks Japan KK

   Japan

The Brand Union Japan KK

   Japan

TNS Infoplan Limited

   Japan

WPP Marketing Communications KK

   Japan

WPP plc

   Jersey

Grey Almaty LLP

   Kazakhstan

Ogilvy & Mather Kazakhstan Limited Liability Company

   Kazakhstan

Alite Limited

   Kenya

Millward Brown - JV East Africa Ltd

   Kenya

MindShare Kenya Ltd

   Kenya

Ogilvy & Mather (Eastern Africa) Ltd

   Kenya

Ogilvy Advertising Ltd

   Kenya

Ogilvy East Africa Ltd

   Kenya

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Ogilvy Public Relations Ltd

   Kenya

OgilvyOne Kenya Ltd

   Kenya

Research International East Africa Ltd

   Kenya

24/7 Real Media Inc

   Korea

Burson-Marsteller Korea Co Ltd

   Korea

Burson-Marsteller Korea Inc

   Korea

Diamond Ogilvy Ltd

   Korea

Grey Worldwide Korea Inc.

   Korea

JWT Adventure Co Ltd

   Korea

Lee & Jang OgilvyOne Worldwide Inc

   Korea

Milward Brown Media Research Inc

   Korea

Ogilvy & Mather Korea Ltd

   Korea

Oso Co. Ltd

   Korea

Pharmax Ogilvy Healthworld Inc

   Korea

Synergy Hill & Knowlton Co Ltd

   Korea

Taylor Nelson Sofres Korea

   Korea

The Lacek Group, Inc

   Korea

Wunderman International Co. Ltd

   Korea

JWT LLC (United Arab Emirates)

   Kuwait

Hill & Knowlton Latvia SIA

   Latvia

Mediaedge:CIA Baltic Ltd

   Latvia

TNS Latvia SIA

   Latvia

Bates Levant SAL

   Lebanon

Grey Worldwide ME Network - SARL

   Lebanon

Tihama Al Mona International - J Walter Thompson S.A.R.L

   Lebanon

TNS Liban S.a.r.l.

   Lebanon

Grey Luxembourg Worldwide SA

   Luxembourg

Luxembourg IFC SA

   Luxembourg

NFO (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.

   Luxembourg

NFO Holding (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.

   Luxembourg

TNS Luxembourg Alpha S.a.r.l

   Luxembourg

TNS Luxembourg Beta Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Beta Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Beta Three Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Beta Two Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Europe Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Five Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Four Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Three Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Gamma Two Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Holdings Eight Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Holdings Sarl

   Luxembourg

 

17


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


WPP Luxembourg Holdings Seven Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Holdings Six Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Holdings Three Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Holdings Two Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg IH 2001 Holdings Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Square LLC Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Theta Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg Union Square Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg US Holdings Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Luxembourg YMC Sarl

   Luxembourg

WPP Quebec Square Sarl

   Luxembourg

J Walter Thompson Company (Malawi) Limited

   Malawi

Advertising Ventures Pvt Ltd

   Mauritius

WPP Holdings (Mauritius) Ltd

   Mauritius

141 Worldwide, SA de CV

   Mexico

Agencia de Comunicación Interactiva, SA de CV

   Mexico

Asesoria Estrategica Maxus SA de CV

   Mexico

Burson-Marsteller Mexico SRL de CV

   Mexico

Cohn & Wolfe Mexico SA de CV

   Mexico

Compañía Hill & Knowlton México, SA de CV

   Mexico

Comunicaciones Connect SA de CV

   Mexico

Dinamica Multiple SA

   Mexico

Empresas del Sur, SRL de CV

   Mexico

Estudios De Mercado Latin Panel de Mexico SA de CV

   Mexico

Goldfarb Consultants Mexico, S.A. de C.V.

   Mexico

Grey Mexico SA De CV

   Mexico

Greycomex SA. De CV

   Mexico

J Walter Thompson de Mexico SA

   Mexico

JWT Mexico SRL de CV

   Mexico

Mercadeo Deportivo de México, SA de CV

   Mexico

Millward Brown Mexico SA de CV

   Mexico

Millward Brown Servicios SA de CV

   Mexico

MindShare de Mexico SA de CV

   Mexico

Multidim SA

   Mexico

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Ogilvy & Mather SA

   Mexico

Ogilvyinteractive SA de CV

   Mexico

OgilvyOne SA

   Mexico

RedWorks SA de CV

   Mexico

Research International SA de CV

   Mexico

Servicios de Publicidad Interactivos SA de CV

   Mexico

Servicios Gráficos del Centro, SA.de CV

   Mexico

Taylor Nelson Sofres Mexico SA de CV

   Mexico

The Media Edge SRL de CV

   Mexico

TNS Mexico SA de CV

   Mexico

Walter Landor y Asociados, SRL de CV

   Mexico

Worldwide Mediacom México, S.A de CV

   Mexico

WPP México, SRL de CV

   Mexico

Wunderman SRL de CV

   Mexico

Young & Rubicam SRL de CV

   Mexico

Grey Worldwide North Africa Network SARL

   Morocco

J Walter Thompson Morocco SARL

   Morocco

Mediacompete Morocco

   Morocco

NFO Worldgroup (Maroc) S.a.r.l.

   Morocco

TNS Maroc SARL

   Morocco

Thompson Nepal Private Ltd

   Nepal

141 Amsterdam BV

   Netherlands

24/7 Real Media Investment Holdings BV

   Netherlands

AdValue International BV

   Netherlands

AdValue Nederland BV

   Netherlands

Akron Reclame EN Marketing BV

   Netherlands

Arbour Square BV

   Netherlands

Atface Internet Facility Centre BV

   Netherlands

AxiCom BV

   Netherlands

Bates Netherlands Holding BV

   Netherlands

Beheer Sirolf B.V.

   Netherlands

Bercum Boender Cardozo & Werkendam (BBCW) B.V.

   Netherlands

Berkeley Square Holding B.V.

   Netherlands

Blast Radius BV

   Netherlands

Borgi Advertising BV

   Netherlands

Brand Buzz BV

   Netherlands

Brown KSKP (Netherlands) BV

   Netherlands

Burson-Marsteller BV

   Netherlands

Cato Johnson B.V.

   Netherlands

 

18


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Cavendish Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

Chafma BV

   Netherlands

CIA Holding BV

   Netherlands

Colon Marketing BV

   Netherlands

Consult Brand Strategy BV

   Netherlands

Cordiant Finance BV

   Netherlands

Crystal Palace Holding BV

   Netherlands

Dolphin Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

Finropa BV

   Netherlands

Finsbury Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

GCI Nederland BV

   Netherlands

Grey Advertising BV

   Netherlands

Grey Brasil Holding BV

   Netherlands

Grey Communications Group BV

   Netherlands

Grey Netherlands Holding B.V.

   Netherlands

Group M India Holding BV

   Netherlands

GroupM BV (fka Media Exposure BV)

   Netherlands

Healthworld BV

   Netherlands

Healthworld Communications Group (Netherlands) B.V. (fka Nijboer Zuurman Partners BV)

   Netherlands

Hill & Knowlton Nederland BV

   Netherlands

Integres Holding BV

   Netherlands

J Walter Thompson Company BV

   Netherlands

JWT (Netherlands) Holding BV

   Netherlands

KSM BV

   Netherlands

La Communidad, Interactive & Event Marketing BV

   Netherlands

LdB O&M (Gronigen) B.V.

   Netherlands

Leicester Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

Lexington International BV

   Netherlands

Loendersloot BV

   Netherlands

Marketique Interactive Marketing Services BV

   Netherlands

MB Centrum BV

   Netherlands

Mediabasics BV

   Netherlands

MediaCom BV

   Netherlands

Millward Brown BV

   Netherlands

MindShare BV

   Netherlands

Nipo Software BV

   Netherlands

O&M (Groningen) B.V.

   Netherlands

Ogilvy Africa BV

   Netherlands

Ogilvy Interactive BV

   Netherlands

OgilvyOne Communications B.V.

   Netherlands

OgilvyOne Connections B.V.

   Netherlands

Ogvily & Mather Amsterdam B.V.

   Netherlands

Ogvily Groep Nederland BV

   Netherlands

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


PMS & VW Communication House B.V

   Netherlands

Process Blue BV

   Netherlands

Promotion Makers BV

   Netherlands

Promotional Campaigns BV

   Netherlands

Red Cell Not Just Film BV

   Netherlands

Reddion BV

   Netherlands

Relationship Marketing Group/WPP BV

   Netherlands

Research International Nederland BV

   Netherlands

Research Resources Rotterdam BV

   Netherlands

Research SA BV

   Netherlands

Russell Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

Santo Europe BV

   Netherlands

Scribble Beheer BV

   Netherlands

Sirolf II BV

   Netherlands

Taylor Nelson Sofres BV

   Netherlands

Taylor Nelson Sofres EAP BV

   Netherlands

TBK/G2 BV

   Netherlands

Team Holdings Curacao NV

   Netherlands

The Office Advertising Group BV

   Netherlands

TME CIA BV

   Netherlands

TNS Nipo BV

   Netherlands

TNS Nipo Consult BV

   Netherlands

Trafalgar Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

Trefpunt Sports & Leisure Marketing BV

   Netherlands

UFO Centrum BV

   Netherlands

Uforce BV

   Netherlands

VBAT BV

   Netherlands

Velkdkamp Marktonerzoek BV

   Netherlands

Vincent Square Holding BV

   Netherlands

WPP Equity Portugal BV

   Netherlands

WPP France Holdings BV

   Netherlands

WPP Frankfurt Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Herald Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Holdings (Holland) BV

   Netherlands

WPP International Holdings BV

   Netherlands

WPP Japan Holding BV

   Netherlands

WPP Kiev Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Kraken 2 BV

   Netherlands

WPP Kraken BV

   Netherlands

WPP Madison Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Management Services (Holland) B.V.

   Netherlands

WPP Marketing Communications Germany BV

   Netherlands

WPP Media Holding BV

   Netherlands

 

19


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


WPP Mexico BV

   Netherlands

WPP Minotaur BV

   Netherlands

WPP Netherlands BV

   Netherlands

WPP Ontario Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Rio Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Sheridan Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP Square 1 BV

   Netherlands

WPP Square 3 BV

   Netherlands

WPP Square 4 BV

   Netherlands

WPP Superior Square BV

   Netherlands

WPP US Holdings BV

   Netherlands

WPP US Investments BV

   Netherlands

WPP Washington Square BV

   Netherlands

Wunderman Amsterdam BV

   Netherlands

Young & Rubicam Amsterdam BV

   Netherlands

Young & Rubicam Diversified Group Netherlands BV

   Netherlands

Young & Rubicam Group Netherlands BV

   Netherlands

Young & Rubicam International Group BV

   Netherlands

Young & Rubicam International Holdings BV

   Netherlands

Young & Rubicam Netherlands BV

   Netherlands

Endicott Enterprises Limited

   New Zealand

Financial & Media Services (NZ) Ltd

   New Zealand

Focus Research Limited

   New Zealand

Grey Global Group New Zealand Ltd

   New Zealand

Haines NZ Limited

   New Zealand

J Walter Thompson International (NZ) Limited

   New Zealand

MediaCom (New Zealand) Ltd.

   New Zealand

Millward Brown (New Zealand) Ltd

   New Zealand

Needscope International Limited

   New Zealand

NFO International Limited

   New Zealand

NFO Worldgroup Limited

   New Zealand

NFO Worldgroup NZ Holding Limited

   New Zealand

PR Dynamics Ltd

   New Zealand

Professional Public Relations NZ Holdings Limited

   New Zealand

Professional Public Relations NZ Ltd

   New Zealand

Research International N.Z. Ltd

   New Zealand

TNS New Zealand Limited

   New Zealand

WPP Holdings (New Zealand) Ltd

   New Zealand

Young & Rubicam (NZ) Ltd

   New Zealand

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Young & Rubicam Holdings Ltd

   New Zealand

J Walter Thompson SA

   Nicaragua

Aqvilo Norway AS

   Norway

Bates – Gruppen AS

   Norway

Bates United AS

   Norway

Brindfors Enterprise IG AS

   Norway

Burson-Marsteller AS

   Norway

Gambit Hill & Knowlton AS

   Norway

GCI Communique AS

   Norway

Grey Oslo AS

   Norway

GroupM Norway AS

   Norway

Maxus Communications AS

   Norway

Media.com Interactive A/S

   Norway

MediaCom Norge AS

   Norway

Mediaedge:CIA Norway AS

   Norway

Mediaedge:CIA Norway Holdings AS

   Norway

MediaPLUS AS

   Norway

Mindshare Norway AS

   Norway

Norsk Gallup Institute A/S

   Norway

Ogilvy & Mather AS

   Norway

Research International AS

   Norway

TNS Gallup A/S

   Norway

Uncle Grey Oslo AS

   Norway

WPP Norway AS

   Norway

GroupM Pakistan (Private) Ltd

   Pakistan

WPP Marketing Communications (Pvt) Ltd

   Pakistan

J Walter Thompson S.A.

   Panama

TNS Data S.A.

   Panama

JWT SA

   Paraguay

Ad-Hoc SA

   Peru

Energia Publicitaria SA

   Peru

GCG Peru SAC

   Peru

LatinPanel Peru SA

   Peru

Millward Brown Peru Srl

   Peru

MindShare Peru SAC

   Peru

Momentum Ogilvy & Mather SA

   Peru

The Media Edge SA

   Peru

Y&R SA

   Peru

Bates Poland SP Zoo

   Poland

Design Direct Sp z.o.o.

   Poland

Grey Worldwide Warszawa Sp z.o.o

   Poland

GroupM Sp.z.o.o.

   Poland

Gruppa 66 Ogilvy Sp zoo

   Poland

GSP Warsaw

   Poland

Guideline Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

 

20


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Healthworld Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

JWT Warzsawa Sp.z.o.o.

   Poland

Mather Communications Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

Maxus Spolka Z.o.o.

   Poland

Media Plan Sp.z.o.o.

   Poland

Mediacom - Warszawa Sp.z.o.o.

   Poland

Mediaedge:CIA Sp z.o.o.

   Poland

MindShare Polska Sp.Z.o.o.

   Poland

Ogilvy & Mather (Poland) Agencja Rekalama Sp z.o.o.

   Poland

Ogilvy PR Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

OgilvyOne Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

Osrodek Badania Opinii Publicznej S.p.z.o.o.

   Poland

Parallel Sp.z.o.o.

   Poland

Pentor Research International Poznan SA

   Poland

Pentor Research International SA

   Poland

Raymond Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

SMG/KRC Poland Media Sp.z.o.o

   Poland

Soho Square Sp. Z.o.o.

   Poland

Taylor Nelson Sofres Poland S.p.z.o.o.

   Poland

Testardo Red Cell Sp. Zoo

   Poland

Testardo TTL Sp Z.o.o.

   Poland

The Media Insight Polska Sp zoo

   Poland

TNS Expert Monitor S.p.z.o.o.

   Poland

Wunderman Polska Sp z.o.o.

   Poland

Young & Rubicam Poland Sp z.o.o.

   Poland

APP - Agencia Portugesa de Producao ACE

   Portugal

Bates Red Cell Portugal - Publicidade e Marketing SA

   Portugal

Easy Media Central de Meios de Publicidade SA

   Portugal

Euroteste- Marketing e Opiniao SA

   Portugal

FutureCom (Portugal) - Marketing, Telemarketing e Sistemas de Informacao Lda

   Portugal

Grey Lisboa- Agencia de Publicidade S.A.

   Portugal

GroupM Publicidade Advertising SA

   Portugal

J Walter Thompson Publicidade S.A.

   Portugal

Media Insight - Tempo e Meios Publicitarios, Lda

   Portugal

Mediaedge: CIA Servicos Publiciarios SA

   Portugal

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


MindShare - Planeamento e Compra de Tempo e Meios Publicitarios ACE

   Portugal

Mindshare II - Meiso Publicitarios, Lda

   Portugal

NR Hill & Knowlton - Nero & Rosendo Consultores SA

   Portugal

Ogilvy & Mather ,Communicacoe & Imagem, Unipessoal Lda

   Portugal

Ogilvy & Mather Activation - Solucoes De Marketing Promocional, Unipessoal Lda

   Portugal

Ogilvy & Mather Design, Unipessoal Lda

   Portugal

Ogilvy & Mather Portugal Directo Servicos SA

   Portugal

Ogilvy & Mather Portugal Publicidade SA

   Portugal

Publimeios Publicidade e Distribucao de Meios SA

   Portugal

Synergy Connect - Communicacao De Publicidade Interactive, unipessoal Lda

   Portugal

WPP Portugal - Servicos Partihados, Unipessoal, Lda

   Portugal

WPP (Portugal) Sociedade Gestora de Participacoes Sociais Lda

   Portugal

Wunderman Cato Johnson (Portugal) Lda

   Portugal

Young & Rubicam (Portugal) - Sociedade Gestora de Participações Sociais, Unipessoal, Lda

   Portugal

Young & Rubicam (Portugal) Publicidade, S.A

   Portugal

Group M Puerto Rico Inc

   Puerto Rico

Hill & Knowlton PR Inc

   Puerto Rico

J Walter Thompson Direct Promotions Inc

   Puerto Rico

J Walter Thompson Puerto Rico, Inc

   Puerto Rico

Mediafax Inc

   Puerto Rico

West Indies & Grey Advertising Co Inc

   Puerto Rico

Young & Rubicam Puerto Rico Inc

   Puerto Rico

Grey Worldwide Middle East Network Qatar W.L.L.

   Qatar

Gulf Hill & Knowlton LLC

   Qatar

 

21


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Grey Bucuresti SRL

   Romania

Mather Communications Srl

   Romania

MediaCom Romania SRL

   Romania

Mediaedgecia Romania SRL

   Romania

MindShare Media SRL

   Romania

Ogilvy & Mather Advertising SRL

   Romania

OgilvyAction Romania SRL

   Romania

OgilvyOne Advertising SRL

   Romania

TNS AGB International SRL

   Romania

LLC “Maximise”

   Russia

LLC “Mindshare Interaction”

   Russia

LLC “Mindshare”

   Russia

LLC ‘Ogilvy and Mather’

   Russia

TNS Gallup Adfact

   Russia

TNS Gallup Media

   Russia

TNS Marketing Information Centre

   Russia

Wunderman LLC

   Russia

Young & Rubicam FMS LLC

   Russia

Arab for Advertising (Mediacom KSA)

   Saudi Arabia

Arab for Advertising LLC (Grey Saudi Arabia)

   Saudi Arabia

RMG Connect

   Saudi Arabia

Tihama al Mona International Advertising Ltd

   Saudi Arabia

Grey d.o.o. Belgrad

   Serbia

10AM Communications Pte Ltd

   Singapore

141 Worldwide Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Bates 141 Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Bates 141 Singapore Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

Batey (Pte) Ltd

   Singapore

Batey Holdings Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Batey Retail Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Blue Interactive Marketing Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Burson-Marstelller (Sea) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Carl Byoir (SEA) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Cybersoft OgilvyInteractive Pte Ltd

   Singapore

David Communications Group Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Deliriumcybertouch (Asia) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Demand Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Dentsu Young & Rubicam Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Enfatico Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Fitch Design Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Grey Global Group Singapore Pte Ltd

   Singapore

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


GroupM Asia Pacific Holdings Pte Ltd

   Singapore

GroupM Business Science Pte Ltd

   Singapore

GroupM ESP Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

GroupM Singapore Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Hill & Knowlton (SEA) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

IMRB Millward Brown International Pte Ltd

   Singapore

J Walter Thompson (Singapore) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Landor Associates Designers & Consultants Pte Ltd

   Singapore

NACTIVE Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Ogilvy & Mather (Singapore) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Redworks (Singapore) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Research International Asia Pte Ltd

   Singapore

SpafaxAirline Network (Singapore) Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Taylor Nelson Sofres Singapore Pte Limited

   Singapore

The Brand Union Pte Ltd

   Singapore

WPP Singapore Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Wunderman Asia Holdings Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Wunderman Singapore Pte Ltd

   Singapore

XM Asia Pacific Pte Ltd

   Singapore

Creo/Young & Rubicam s.r.o

   Slovak Republic

GroupM Slovakia s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

MediaCom Bratislava s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

Mediaedge:cia Slovak Republic s.r.o

   Slovak Republic

Mindshare Slovakia s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

Redworks Digital Bratislava s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

TNS AISA Slovakia s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

TNS Infratest Slovakia s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

TNS SK s.r.o.

   Slovak Republic

Grey Ljubijana Agencija za truze kommunique d.o.o.

   Slovenia

Aqua Online (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Bates 141 (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

BLGK Bates (Proprietary) Limited (South Africa)

   South Africa

 

22


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Glendinning Management Consultants South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

GrappelGroup 141 (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Grey Group South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

GroupM Media South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Hamilton Russell South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Interactive Edge (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

J Walter Thompson Cape Town (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

J Walter Thompson Company (CT) (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

J Walter Thompson Company (JHB) (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

J Walter Thompson Company South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

J Walter Thompson South Africa Holdings (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Kantar South Africa (Pty) Limited

   South Africa

KSDP Brandafrica (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

KSDP Group (Proprietary) Ltd

   South Africa

KSDP Johannesburg (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

KSDP Pentagraph (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Mediacompete (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Mediaedge:cia (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Millward Brown (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

MindShare South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Nota Bene Media Planning Agency (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Quickstep 394 (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Research International (South Africa) (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Taylor Nelson Sofres (SA) Pty Limited

   South Africa

The Added Value Group (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

The Brand Union (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


The Customer Equity Company (SA) (Pty) Limited

   South Africa

Thompson Connect (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

TNS Research Surveys (Pty) Limited

   South Africa

WPP Memeza Holding (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Young & Rubicam Hedley Byrne (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Young & Rubicam South Africa (Proprietary) Limited

   South Africa

Ad Hoc SL

   Spain

Added Value Planners SL

   Spain

Adhoc Share Holdings SL

   Spain

Agora GCI Barcelona SL

   Spain

Atletico International Advertising SL

   Spain

AxiCom SA

   Spain

Bassat Ogilvy Comunicacion SL

   Spain

Bassat, Ogilvy & Mather Barcelona SA

   Spain

Bassat, Ogilvy & Mather Madrid SA

   Spain

Bates International Advertising SL

   Spain

Beaumont Bennett Madrid SA

   Spain

Beaumont Bennett SA (Barcelona)

   Spain

Boole Relaciones Inteligentes con Clientes SL

   Spain

BSB Publicidad Asturias SL

   Spain

BSB Publicidad SA

   Spain

BSB Publicidad Tenerife SL

   Spain

Burson-Marsteller SL

   Spain

CB’a Graell Design SL

   Spain

Centro de Investigacion y Compra de Medios SLU

   Spain

CIMEC Millward Brown SL

   Spain

Commercial de Productos y Alquilenes SA

   Spain

Comunicacion y Servicio Consultores de Marketing y Publicidad SL

   Spain

Cordiant Advertising Holding SA

   Spain

Customer Focus SL

   Spain

Delvico 2IN SL

   Spain

Delvico Communications SLU

   Spain

Digital Bates SL

   Spain

Espacio Direct CGT SL

   Spain

Espacios en Medios SL

   Spain

Estudio Graphic Line SL

   Spain

Expansion de Ventas SL

   Spain

 

23


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Focus Media SA

   Spain

Full Contact la Agencia de Comunicacion Integrada SLU

   Spain

GMBG Holdings Spain SL

   Spain

Grey Direct SA

   Spain

Grey Espana SA

   Spain

Grey Iberia SL

   Spain

Grey Trace SA

   Spain

GroupM Publicidad Worldwide SA

   Spain

Healthworld Espana SL

   Spain

Hill & Knowlton Espana SA

   Spain

Indesca Research International SA

   Spain

Infomarket Sistemans de Gestion SL

   Spain

J Walter Thompson SA

   Spain

Kantya Estrategias de Marca SA

   Spain

Loyalty Network SL

   Spain

Madrid Redes de Campo SA

   Spain

Mass Media Station SA

   Spain

MEC Interaction Worldwide SL

   Spain

MEC Sponsorship Worldwide SL

   Spain

Mediacom Iberia SA

   Spain

Mediaedge:CIA Mediterranea SA

   Spain

Mediaedge:CIA, SL

   Spain

Mediasur Agencia De Medios SA

   Spain

Millward Brown Spain SA

   Spain

Mindshare Spain SA

   Spain

MR John Sample, SL

   Spain

NFO Infratest SL

   Spain

Ogilvy Action BCN SA

   Spain

Ogilvy Action SA

   Spain

Ogilvy Healthworld Barcelona SA

   Spain

Ogilvy Interactive SA

   Spain

OgilvyOne Data Services SA

   Spain

OgilvyOne Worldwide SA

   Spain

PRISM Iberoamericana SL

   Spain

Real Media Spain SA

   Spain

Red Cell Spain SA

   Spain

Red de Medios SA

   Spain

Red Shots, SL

   Spain

Redecampo SA

   Spain

RMG Connect SA

   Spain

Segurra Cuesta Puig Fernandez De Castro SL (SCPF )

   Spain

Sofres Audiencia de Medios SA

   Spain

Tapsa Agencia de Publicidad SLU

   Spain

Tapsa Barcelona Agencia de Publicidad SLU

   Spain

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Taylor Nelson Sofres Group Spain SL

   Spain

Taylor Nelson Sofres Healthcare SA

   Spain

Taylor Nelson Sofres SA

   Spain

Technical Full Marketing SLU

   Spain

Tempus Media Holding SL

   Spain

The Brand Union Iberia SL

   Spain

TNS Area Investigacion SA

   Spain

Tramontana Dream Holdings SL

   Spain

Ulmara SL

   Spain

Unimedia Central de Medios SA

   Spain

Valverde de Miquel & Dorland SL

   Spain

Vinizius Y&R SL

   Spain

Vizcaino Lara SA

   Spain

WPP Holdings Spain SA

   Spain

Wunderman SL

   Spain

Young & Rubicam SL

   Spain

Grey First Serve Advertising (Pvt) Ltd

   Sri Lanka

J. Walter Thompson Private Ltd

   Sri Lanka

Phoenix O&M (Pvt) Ltd

   Sri Lanka

AB Frigga

   Sweden

Adaptus International Stockholm AB

   Sweden

Adrians Perch AB

   Sweden

Aqvilo Sweden AB

   Sweden

AxiCom AB

   Sweden

Bates Red Cell Sweden AB

   Sweden

Becker Spielvogel Bates Goteborg AB

   Sweden

BG Intressenter 1997 AB

   Sweden

Brando Design A.B.

   Sweden

Burson-Marsteller AB

   Sweden

Cohn & Wolfe Goteberg AB

   Sweden

Cohn & Wolfe Gruppen AB

   Sweden

Cohn & Wolfe Stockholm AB

   Sweden

Cronert & Co AB

   Sweden

Everystone AB

   Sweden

Fitch Helsingborg AB

   Sweden

G2 Stockholm AB

   Sweden

GCG Media Communications Holding AB

   Sweden

Grey Direkt AB

   Sweden

Grey Global Group Sweden AB

   Sweden

Grey Holdings AB

   Sweden

Grey Reklambyra i Malmo AB

   Sweden

Grey Worldwide Stockholm AB

   Sweden

GroupM Sweden AB

   Sweden

Hall & Cederquist/Young & Rubicam AB

   Sweden

Halson Partners AB

   Sweden

 

24


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Hill & Knowlton Sweden AB

   Sweden

Infratest Burke International AB

   Sweden

J. Walter Thompson Oresund AB

   Sweden

KGM Datadistribution AB

   Sweden

Maxus Communication AB

   Sweden

MBP Outcom AB

   Sweden

Media Insikt AB

   Sweden

Media Support Scandanavian AB

   Sweden

Mediabroker AB

   Sweden

MediaCom Göteborg AB

   Sweden

Mediacom Nordic AB

   Sweden

MediaCom Services Severige AB

   Sweden

MediaCom Sverige I Stockholm AB

   Sweden

Mediacommunications Stockholm AB

   Sweden

MediaCompany Sweden AB

   Sweden

Mediaedge:cia Content AB

   Sweden

Mediaedge:cia Nordic AB

   Sweden

Mediaedge:cia Sweden HB

   Sweden

Mindshare BroadMind Sweden AB

   Sweden

Mindshare Sweden AB

   Sweden

Moller Mortensen Annonsbyra AB

   Sweden

Navigare Medical Marketing Research AB

   Sweden

Nomina Prospecting AB

   Sweden

Norgaard Mikkelsen Sverige AB

   Sweden

O&A Purchaser AB

   Sweden

Observera Grey Annonsbyrå AB

   Sweden

Ogilvy Activation AB

   Sweden

Ogilvy Advertising AB

   Sweden

Ogilvy Nordic AB

   Sweden

Ogilvy Sweden AB

   Sweden

OgilvyOne Worldwide AB

   Sweden

Ogvily Group AB

   Sweden

Ogvily PR AB

   Sweden

Old Bates AB

   Sweden

Outrider Sweden AB

   Sweden

PS International AB

   Sweden

Real Media Scandinavia AB

   Sweden

Research International AB

   Sweden

SCP AB

   Sweden

SIFO International AB

   Sweden

Sifo Management Group AB

   Sweden

SIFO Sweden AB

   Sweden

Spielvogel Bates Helsingborg AB

   Sweden

Storecom AB

   Sweden

Strenstrom Red Cell AB

   Sweden

Svenska Gallup

   Sweden

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Taylor Nelson Sofres Sverige AB

   Sweden

The Brand Union AB

   Sweden

Tidningsstatistik AB

   Sweden

TNS Automotive AB

   Sweden

TNS Gallup AB

   Sweden

TNS Prospera AB

   Sweden

WPP Sweden AB

   Sweden

Wunderman Sweden AB

   Sweden

Young & Rubicam Sweden AB

   Sweden

24/7 Real Media Europe Holding SA

   Switzerland

24/7 Real Media Technology SA

   Switzerland

Advico Young & Rubicam AG

   Switzerland

All Access AG

   Switzerland

Burson-Marsteller AG

   Switzerland

Dr Schlegel Pharmamarketing AG

   Switzerland

FutureCom Interactive AG

   Switzerland

Grey Worldwide AG

   Switzerland

Guye Benker Werbeagentur AG

   Switzerland

J Walter Thompson (Zurich) AG

   Switzerland

Landor Associates (Switzerland) Sarl

   Switzerland

MC Media Company AG

   Switzerland

Mediaedge:cia Switzerland AG

   Switzerland

Mindshare AG

   Switzerland

Ogilvy & Mather AG

   Switzerland

Ogilvy PR AG

   Switzerland

OgilvyOne AG

   Switzerland

Red Cell AG

   Switzerland

TNS International S.a.r.l.

   Switzerland

Wunderman AG

   Switzerland

Young & Rubicam Business Communications S.A.

   Switzerland

Young & Rubicam Holding AG

   Switzerland

Agenda Taiwan Ltd

   Taiwan

Bates Taiwan Co Ltd

   Taiwan

Batey Ads (Taiwan) Ltd

   Taiwan

David Advertising (Taiwan) Co. Ltd

   Taiwan

Dentsu Young & Rubicam Co Ltd

   Taiwan

G2 Taiwan Co Ltd

   Taiwan

Mediaedge:cia Taiwan Ltd

   Taiwan

Ogilvy & Mather (Taiwan) Co Ltd

   Taiwan

Ogilvy & Mather Direct (Taiwan) Co Ltd

   Taiwan

Ogilvy & Mather Identity Management Ltd

   Taiwan

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide Co Ltd

   Taiwan

Taylor Nelson Sofres Taiwan

   Taiwan

 

25


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Team-Mate Marketing Development & Services Ltd

   Taiwan

Teledirect Taiwan Ltd

   Taiwan

141 (Thailand) Co. Ltd

   Thailand

141 Worldwide Ltd

   Thailand

Bates (Thailand) Co. Ltd

   Thailand

Conquest Communicatons Co Ltd.

   Thailand

Contract Advertising (Thailand) Co. Ltd

   Thailand

Dentsu Young & Rubicam Ltd

   Thailand

Enterprise IG Limited

   Thailand

Glendinning Management Consultants (Asia Pacific) Ltd

   Thailand

Grey Direct Interactive Co. Ltd

   Thailand

Grey Siam Ltd

   Thailand

Grey Thailand Ltd.

   Thailand

MDK Consultants (Thailand) Ltd

   Thailand

MediaCom Co. Ltd

   Thailand

Millward Brown Firefly Ltd

   Thailand

Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide Limited

   Thailand

OgilvyOne Worldwide Limited

   Thailand

Research International Asia (Thailand) Ltd

   Thailand

Taylor Nelson Sofres (Thailand) Limited

   Thailand

WhizzbangArt Co. Ltd

   Thailand

WPP (Thailand) Ltd

   Thailand

WPP Marketing Communications (Thailand) Ltd

   Thailand

J Walter Thompson (Tunisia) Limited

   Tunisia

Capitol Halka Iliskiler ve Iletisim Hizmetleri A.S.

   Turkey

Gram Reklamcilik Ltd Sti

   Turkey

Grey Worldwide Istanbul Reklamcilik Ltd Sti

   Turkey

Kinetic Reklam Hizmetleri Ltd

   Turkey

Maxus Medya Hizmetleri Tic AS

   Turkey

MediaCom Istanbul Medya Hizmetleri A.S.

   Turkey

Milward Brown Pazar Arastirmalari Tic.LTd. Sti

   Turkey

Mindshare Medya Hizmetleri A.S.

   Turkey

Ogilvy & Mather Recklamcilik A.S.

   Turkey

Ogilvy Healthworld Reklamcilik Hizmetleri A.S.

   Turkey

Ogilvy One Doğrudan Pazarlama A.Ş.

   Turkey

Studyo Reklamcilik LTD Sti

   Turkey

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Taylor Nelson Sofres Piar Arastima a Dani Ve Tic AS

   Turkey

Taylor Nelson Sofres Siar Arastima Danis Ve Tic AS

   Turkey

TME Medya Hizmetleri Tanitim LTD Sti

   Turkey

Young & Rubicam Reklamevi Reklamcilik LTD Sti

   Turkey

Gregg Sedgwick Creative Strategy F2 LLC

   UAE

J Walter Thompson LLC

   UAE

RMG Connect Consultancy FZE

   UAE

Team Gulf Advertising LLC

   UAE

Team Y&R Advertising LLC (Abu Dhabi)

   UAE

141 Blue Skies Limited

   UK

24/7 Real Media UK Limited

   UK

Added Value Group Holdings Limited

   UK

Added Value Limited

   UK

Addison Corporate Marketing Limited

   UK

Addison Investments Limited

   UK

All Global Limited

   UK

Allan Burrows Limited

   UK

Alton Wire Products Limited

   UK

Ambassador Square

   UK

Applied Research & Communications Ltd

   UK

Artwork Direct Limited

   UK

Asset Marketing Limited

   UK

Atlas Advertising Limited

   UK

Automotive Marketing Ltd

   UK

Avicom (Added Value Communications) Ltd

   UK

Axicom Limited

   UK

Axicom Group Limited

   UK

B1 Media Limited

   UK

B1.com Limited

   UK

Bamber Forsyth Limited

   UK

Banner Corporation plc

   UK

Banner Public Relations Limited

   UK

Bates Communications Limited

   UK

Bates Europe Limited

   UK

Bates Healthcom Limited

   UK

Bates Integrated Communications Limited

   UK

Bates Overseas Holdings Limited

   UK

BDG Facilities Limited

   UK

BDG MCCOLL LIMITED

   UK

BDG Workfutures Limited

   UK

 

26


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Beaumont Bennett Limited

   UK

Beaumont Square

   UK

Belgrave Square

   UK

Beyond Interactive Limited

   UK

Bisqit Design Limited

   UK

BJK&E Holdings Limited

   UK

BJM Research and Consultancy Limited

   UK

Black Cat Direct Limited

   UK

Black Cat RMG Connect Limited

   UK

Blanc and Otus (UK) Limited

   UK

Blue Interactive Marketing Pty Limited

   UK

BMRB Limited

   UK

Bone Studio Limited

   UK

Brilliant Books Limited

   UK

Buchanan Communications Ltd

   UK

Bulletin International Limited

   UK

Bulletin International UK Limited

   UK

Burson-Marsteller Limited

   UK

Business Planning & Research Limited

   UK

Campaign Planning Limited

   UK

Carl Byoir (UK) Limited

   UK

CCG.XM (UK) Limited

   UK

CCG.XM Holdings Limited

   UK

Cheetham Bell JWT Limited

   UK

Chelsea Market Research Limited

   UK

CIA Medianetwork Ireland Holdings Limited

   UK

City & Corporate Counsel Limited

   UK

City Research Associates Limited

   UK

City Research Group Limited

   UK

Clarion Communications (Corporate P.R.) Limited

   UK

Clarion Communications (P.R.) Limited

   UK

CLEVER MEDIA PRODUCTIONS Limited

   UK

CME Scholar Limited

   UK

Cockpit Holdings Limited

   UK

Cockpit Two Limited

   UK

Cohn & Wolfe Limited

   UK

Coley Porter Bell Limited

   UK

Colwood Healthworld Limited

   UK

Communique Public Relations Limited

   UK

Connect Five Limited

   UK

Connect One Limited

   UK

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Connect Six Limited

   UK

Conquest Creative Services Limited

   UK

Conquest Media Limited

   UK

Cordiant (US) Holdings Limited

   UK

Cordiant Communications Group Limited

   UK

Cordiant Communications Group Trustees Limited

   UK

Cordiant Group Limited

   UK

Cordiant Overseas Holdings Limited

   UK

Cordiant Pension Trustee Company Limited

   UK

Cordiant Property Holdings Limited

   UK

Cortursel Limited

   UK

Creative Services Unit Limited

   UK

Creative Strategy Limited

   UK

Credit Call Research

   UK

Darwin - Grey Limited

   UK

Darwin Scientific Publishing Limited

   UK

Deckchair Studio Limited

   UK

Dialogue Marketing Partnership Limited

   UK

Dickens Square

   UK

Digital Artwork & Reprographic Technology Limited

   UK

DigitLondon Limited

   UK

Direct MediaCom Limited

   UK

DirectCom Limited

   UK

Dovetail Contract Furniture Limited

   UK

Dr Puttner and Bates Limited

   UK

Dynamiclogic (Europe) Limited

   UK

Eaton Square Limited

   UK

Ecumedia Limited

   UK

Enduring Organisation

   UK

Enduring Organisation Three

   UK

Enduring Organisation Two

   UK

Enfatico Limited

   UK

Enterprise IG Brand Experience Limited

   UK

Enterprise IG UK Limited

   UK

Enterprisebabe Limited

   UK

EuroClearing Limited

   UK

Eurocrew Limited

   UK

Everystone Limited

   UK

EWA Limited

   UK

FAST4WD OGILVY LIMITED

   UK

Fieldcontrol Limited

   UK

 

27


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Finsbury Limited

   UK

Finsbury.com Limited

   UK

Fipra EU Limited

   UK

FIPRA UK Limited

   UK

Fitch Design Consultants Limited

   UK

Fitch International Limited

   UK

Fitch Limited

   UK

Fitch Live Limited

   UK

Fitch Worldwide Limited

   UK

Fitch: Qatar Limited

   UK

Flamingo Perspectives Limited

   UK

Flexible Organisation

   UK

Forward Data Management Limited

   UK

Forward Limited

   UK

Forward Publishing Agency Limited

   UK

Forward Publishing Limited

   UK

Foster Turner & Benson Limited

   UK

G2 Branding and Design Limited

   UK

G2 Data Dynamics Limited

   UK

G2 Interactive Limited

   UK

Garrott Dorland Crawford Holdings Limited

   UK

GCI Financial (Holdings) Limited

   UK

GCI Financial Group Limited

   UK

GCI Group Limited

   UK

GCI Healthcare Limited

   UK

GCI Jane Howard Limited

   UK

GCI London, Limited

   UK

GCI UK Limited

   UK

Genesis Studios Limited

   UK

Gesellschaft Fur Konsumforschung- Taylor Nelson Sofres Limited

   UK

GfK Taylor Nelson Sofres Limited

   UK

GfK TNS Limited

   UK

GHG Access Limited

   UK

Glendinning Management Consultants Limited

   UK

Global Sportnet UK Limited

   UK

Goldfarb Consultants UK Limited

   UK

Goldfarb Focus Limited

   UK

Grey Advertising Limited

   UK

Grey Communications Group Limited

   UK

Grey Direct Limited

   UK

Grey Entertainment and Media Limited

   UK

Grey Europe Limited

   UK

Grey GB Limited

   UK

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Grey Global Group (UK) Limited

   UK

Grey Group Services Limited

   UK

Grey Healthcare London, Limited

   UK

Grey Interactive Europe Limited

   UK

Grey Limited

   UK

Grey London, Limited

   UK

Grey Midlands Limited

   UK

Grey Network Limited

   UK

Grey NT Limited

   UK

Grey PTK Advertising Limited

   UK

Grey Technology Services Limited

   UK

Grey Worldwide Limited

   UK

GreyCom Limited

   UK

Group Activation Limited

   UK

GroupM Entertainment Ltd

   UK

GroupM UK Limited

   UK

GT London Limited

   UK

Harrison Patten Troughton Limited

   UK

Headcount Worldwide Field Marketing Limited

   UK

Headlight Vision Limited

   UK

Healthworld Holdings Limited

   UK

Heath Wallace Limited

   UK

Henley Centre Headlight Vision Limited

   UK

Henley Centre Research Consultants Limited

   UK

Hereford Telecommunications

   UK

Hill & Knowlton CIS Limited

   UK

Hill & Knowlton Limited

   UK

Hilton Advertising Limited

   UK

Hive Management Services Limited

   UK

Horizon Video Limited

   UK

HP:ICM Limited

   UK

Icon Brand Navigation (UK) Limited

   UK

Icon Business Consulting (UK) Limited

   UK

Icon Holdings (UK) Limited

   UK

Incline Media Limited

   UK

Infratest Burke Asia Pacific Limited

   UK

Infratest Burke Core Company Limited

   UK

Infratest Burke Group Limited

   UK

Infratest Burke International Services Limited

   UK

Infratest Burke Limited

   UK

Intact Limited

   UK

International Presentations Limited

   UK

Interstar Holdings Limited

   UK

 

28


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


i-syt Limited

   UK

J Walter Thompson Company (Manchester) Limited

   UK

J Walter Thompson Company Limited

   UK

J Walter Thompson Group Limited

   UK

J Walter Thompson Trustees Limited

   UK

J Walter Thompson UK Holdings Limited

   UK

JoshuaG2 Limited

   UK

JWT Specialized Communications Limited

   UK

Kingsway Media Services Limited

   UK

KMR Group Ltd

   UK

Lambie-Nairn & Company Limited

   UK

Landor Associates Europe Limited

   UK

Lighthouse Holdings (UK) Limited

   UK

Lightspeed Research Limited

   UK

Line Exchange Limited

   UK

M 101 Limited

   UK

Management Ventures Europe Limited

   UK

Mando Corporation Limited

   UK

Mando Services Limited

   UK

Market Behaviour Limited

   UK

Market Research Bureau Group Limited

   UK

Market Research Bureau Limited

   UK

Marketing Blueprint Limited

   UK

Marplan Limited

   UK

Marsteller Advertising Limited

   UK

Mass-Observation (UK) Limited

   UK

Mass-Observation Limited

   UK

Mather Communications Limited

   UK

Matthew Poppy Advertising Limited

   UK

Maxus Communications (UK) Ltd

   UK

MediaCom Group Limited

   UK

MediaCom Holdings Limited

   UK

Mediacom North Limited

   UK

Mediacom Scotland Limited

   UK

MediaCom UK Limited

   UK

Mediaedge:CIA Worldwide Limited

   UK

Mediaedge:CIA (UK) Holdings Limited

   UK

Mediaedge:CIA International Investments Limited

   UK

Mediaedge:CIA International Limited

   UK

Mediaedge:CIA UK Investments Limited

   UK

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Mediaedge:CIA UK Limited

   UK

Mediahead Communications Limited

   UK

Mellors Reay & Partners Limited

   UK

Metro Broadcast Limited

   UK

Metro Ecosse Limited

   UK

Milburn Finance Limited

   UK

Millward Brown Market Research Limited

   UK

Millward Brown Precis Limited

   UK

Millward Brown UK Limited

   UK

Millward Brown Ulster Limited

   UK

Milton Marketing Group Limited

   UK

Milton Marketing Limited

   UK

Milton Public Relations Limited

   UK

Mind Over Media Limited

   UK

Mindshare Media UK Limited

   UK

MJM Creative Services UK Limited

   UK

Module Communications Group Limited

   UK

Mone Limited

   UK

Moonraid Limited

   UK

Mortimer Square Limited

   UK

MRB Research Group Limited

   UK

MRB Research Limited

   UK

Netcoms Europe Limited

   UK

Newcrosse Limited

   UK

NFO European Access Panels Limited

   UK

NFO Worldwide Limited

   UK

North Kent Plastic Cages Limited

   UK

Nylon Marketing Communications Limited

   UK

O&M Europe Limited

   UK

Oakley, Young Associates Limited

   UK

Ogilvy & Mather Dataconsult Limited

   UK

Ogilvy & Mather Group (Holdings) Limited

   UK

Ogilvy & Mather Partners Limited

   UK

Ogilvy & Mather Public Relations Limited

   UK

Ogilvy & Mather Teleservices Limited

   UK

Ogilvy 4D Limited

   UK

Ogilvy Adams & Rinehart Limited

   UK

Ogilvy Advertising Limited

   UK

Ogilvy and Mather Advertising Limited

   UK

Ogilvy Health PR Limited

   UK

Ogilvy Healthworld Advertising Ltd

   UK

Ogilvy Healthworld UK Limited

   UK

 

29


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Ogilvy Primary Contact Limited

   UK

OgilvyInteractive Limited

   UK

OgilvyOne Limited

   UK

OgilvyOne Teleservices Limited

   UK

OgilvyOne Worldwide Limited

   UK

OHAL Limited

   UK

Opinion Research Limited

   UK

Optitech Limited

   UK

Outdoor Focus Limited

   UK

Outdoor MediaCom Limited

   UK

Outrider Limited

   UK

Outside the Box Communications Ltd

   UK

Parker Bishop Limited

   UK

PCI:Live Limited

   UK

PDM Communications Limited

   UK

Peacock Services Limited

   UK

Permanent Organisation

   UK

Permanent Organisation Two

   UK

Piranhakid Communications Limited

   UK

Precis Ltd

   UK

Premiere Consultants Limited

   UK

Premiere Elite Limited

   UK

Premiere Group Holdings Limited

   UK

Premiere Licensing Limited

   UK

Premiere Management Limited

   UK

Premiere Recruitment Limited

   UK

Premiere Sponsorship Marketing Limited

   UK

Premiere Television Limited

   UK

Presswatch Media Limited

   UK

Promotional Campaigns Limited

   UK

Promotional Studios Limited

   UK

Prophaven Limited

   UK

Propose Two Limited

   UK

PSD Associates Limited

   UK

Public Attitude Surveys Holdings Limited

   UK

Public Attitude Surveys Limited

   UK

Public Relations and International Sports Marketing Limited

   UK

Public Strategies - Global Limited

   UK

QCI Assessment Limited

   UK

Quisma Limited

   UK

Rainey Kelly Campbell Roalfe Limited

   UK

Rainey Kelly Campbell Roalfe/Young & Rubicam Limited

   UK

Readysquare Limited

   UK

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Readysquare Two Limited

   UK

RealSubstance Limited

   UK

Red Cell Scotland Limited

   UK

Red Dot Square Holdings Ltd

   UK

Red Dot Square Solutions Ltd

   UK

Refrigeration (Bournemouth) Limited

   UK

Research International Group Limited

   UK

Research International Limited

   UK

RI UK

   UK

RMG:Black Cat Limited

   UK

RMG:Connect Limited

   UK

RMS Instore Limited

   UK

ROCQM Limited

   UK

Rodney Fitch International Design Consultants Limited

   UK

Rono Online Limited

   UK

RWG Limited

   UK

S.H. Benson (India) Limited

   UK

S.H. Benson International Limited

   UK

Sampson Tyrrell Corporate Marketing Limited

   UK

Schemetype Limited

   UK

Scott Stern Associates Limited

   UK

Scott Stern Limited

   UK

Secure Two Limited

   UK

SGA Research International Limited

   UK

Sharpen Troughton Owens Response Limited

   UK

Showcase Placements (UK) Limited

   UK

Signposter.com Limited

   UK

SJS Management Services Limited

   UK

Softmedia Limited

   UK

Sonic Sun Limited

   UK

Spafax Airline Network Limited

   UK

SponsorCom Limited

   UK

Squash DVD Limited

   UK

Staffordshire Holloware Limited

   UK

Stickleback Limited

   UK

Strategic Marketing Consultancy Limited

   UK

Stream Digital Artwork Systems Limited

   UK

Sudler & Hennessey Limited

   UK

System Three (Scotland) Limited

   UK

Taylor Nelson Sofres International Limited

   UK

 

30


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Taylor Nelson Sofres Investment Partnership

   UK

Taylor Nelson Sofres Services Limited

   UK

Taylor Nelson Sofres Trustees Limited

   UK

TBU Holdings Limited

   UK

TCM International Limited

   UK

Ted Bates Holdings Limited

   UK

Telebingo Limited

   UK

Telephone Interviewing Centre (UK) Limited

   UK

Tempest Online Marketing Limited

   UK

Tempus Group Holdings Limited

   UK

Tempus Group Limited

   UK

Tempus Media Technologies Holdings Limited

   UK

Tempus Partners Limited

   UK

The Art Company (Creative Services) Limited

   UK

The Blue Skies Agency Limited

   UK

The Brand Futures Consultancy Limited

   UK

The Brand Union Holdings Limited

   UK

The Brand Union Limited

   UK

The Brand Union Worldwide Limited

   UK

The Brandmade Media Group Limited

   UK

The Clinic Productions Limited

   UK

The Customer Equity Company Limited

   UK

The Decision Shop Limited

   UK

The Farm Post Production Limited

   UK

The Food Group Limited

   UK

The Jack Morton Company Limited

   UK

The Marketing Consultancy Limited

   UK

The Media Business Limited

   UK

The OgilvyOne Connections Group Limited

   UK

The Oxford Academy for Professional Health Education Limited

   UK

The Partners (Design Consultants) Limited

   UK

The Poster Business Limited

   UK

The Sponsorship Business Limited

   UK

The WOW Factory Limited

   UK

Thistleclub Limited

   UK

TNS - NFO US (Unlimited Company)

   UK

TNS 6th Dimension Limited

   UK

TNS AGB Limited

   UK

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


TNS Asia Holdings Limited

   UK

TNS Field Limited

   UK

TNS Global Limited

   UK

TNS Group Holdings Ltd

   UK

TNS Healthcare Limited

   UK

TNS Insight Limited

   UK

TNS Magasin Limited

   UK

TNS Media Intelligence Limited

   UK

TNS Overseas Holdings (Alpha) Limited

   UK

TNS Overseas Holdings (Beta) Limited

   UK

TNS Overseas Holdings (Delta) Limited

   UK

TNS Overseas Holdings (Epsilon) Limited

   UK

TNS Overseas Holdings (Gamma) Limited

   UK

TNS Overseas Media Holdings Limited

   UK

TNS Research Limited

   UK

TNS Sport Limited

   UK

TNS UK Holdings Limited

   UK

TNS UK Limited

   UK

TNS Worldpanel Limited

   UK

TNS-NFO UK Limited

   UK

Transart Educational Marketing systems Limited

   UK

Transart Pharmaceutical Ltd

   UK

Tutssels Enterprise IG Limited

   UK

Tyrell Corporation Limited

   UK

Ultimate Events Limited

   UK

Ultimate Square

   UK

Uncle Post Production Limited

   UK

United London Communications Limited

   UK

Voluntarily United Creative Agencies Limited

   UK

Warwicks UK Limited

   UK

Wessenden Products Limited

   UK

Westbourne Terrace Management Services Limited

   UK

WG Consulting Healthcare Limited

   UK

Wire & Plastic Products Limited

   UK

Wise Conclusion

   UK

WPP 1177

   UK

WPP 1178

   UK

 

31


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


WPP 2005 Limited

   UK

WPP 2008 Ltd

   UK

WPP 2318 Limited

   UK

WPP 2323 Limited

   UK

WPP 2709 Limited

   UK

WPP AMC Holdings

   UK

WPP ATTICUS

   UK

WPP Beans Limited

   UK

WPP Brandz

   UK

WPP CAP Limited

   UK
WPP Compete    UK
WPP Consulting Limited    UK
WPP CP Finance plc    UK
WPP DAS Limited    UK
WPP Direct Limited    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Eight)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Eleven)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Fifteen)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Five)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Four)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Fourteen)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Nineteen)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (One)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Seven)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Seventeen)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Six)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Sixteen)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Ten)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Thirteen)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Three)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Twelve)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Twenty)    UK
WPP Dotcom Holdings (Two)    UK
WPP Dutch Holdings Limited    UK
WPP Enterprise Limited    UK
WPP Finance (UK)    UK
WPP Finance Co. Limited    UK
WPP Flame    UK
WPP Global    UK
WPP Group (Nominees) Limited    UK
WPP Group (UK) Limited    UK
WPP Group Holdings Limited    UK
WPP GUSA UK    UK
WPP Headline    UK
WPP India Limited    UK
WPP Insight Limited    UK
WPP Investments Limited    UK

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


WPP James Holdings Limited    UK
WPP Jargon Limited    UK
WPP Knowledge    UK
WPP LN Limited    UK
WPP Madrid Square Limited    UK
WPP Magic Limited    UK
WPP Marketing Communications Holdings Limited    UK
WPP Marketing Communications Spain    UK
WPP Montreal Limited    UK
WPP Netherlands plc    UK

WPP No. 2337 Limited

   UK

WPP No. 2356 Limited

   UK

WPP North Atlantic Limited

   UK

WPP Ottawa Limited

   UK

WPP Pearls Limited

   UK

WPP Phoenix 2004

   UK

WPP Phoenix Limited

   UK

WPP Phoenix Two Limited

   UK

WPP Predictions

   UK

WPP Rasor UK

   UK

WPP Rocky Limited

   UK

WPP Sparkle Limited

   UK

WPP Sparky Limited

   UK

WPP Spike Limited

   UK

WPP Toronto Limited

   UK

WPP Unicorn Limited

   UK

WPP Vancouver Limited

   UK

Wpp.com Limited

   UK

Wunderman Limited

   UK

XM

   UK

XMSS Limited

   UK

Yes Solutions UK Limited

   UK

Young & Rubicam Brands US Holdings

   UK

Young & Rubicam Development (Holdings) Limited

   UK

Young & Rubicam Europe Limited

   UK

Young & Rubicam Group Limited

   UK

Young & Rubicam Holdings (UK) Limited

   UK

Young & Rubicam Investments

   UK

Grey Kiev

   Ukraine

Mather Communications Limited

   Ukraine

Mediacom LLC

   Ukraine

Mediaedge:cia LLC

   Ukraine

 

32


WPP PLC

SUBSIDIARIES AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2008

 

NAME


  

JURISDICTION

UNDER WHICH
ORGANIZED


Mindshare LLC

   Ukraine

Ogilvy Group Ltd

   Ukraine

Taylor Nelson Sofres Ukraine Limited

   Ukraine

Young & Rubicam Ukraine LLC

   Ukraine

Despatch S.A.

   Uruguay

J. Walter Thompson Uruguaya S.A.

   Uruguay

Young & Rubicam S.A.

   Uruguay

141 Coimbra Publicidad C.A.

   Venezuela

Burson Marsteller de Venezuela CA

   Venezuela

J Walter Thompson de Venezuela C.A.

   Venezuela

LatinPanel Venezuela CA

   Venezuela

MindShare, C.A.

   Venezuela

Ogilvy & Mather Andina C.A.

   Venezuela

Bates 141 Vietnam Ltd

   Vietnam

Dentsu Young & Rubicam Vietnam Limited

   Vietnam

Grey Global Group Vietnam Co. Ltd

   Vietnam

Ogilvy & Mather Vietnam Ltd

   Vietnam

Taylor Nelson Sofres Vietnam Pte Limited

   Vietnam

TNS Media Vietnam Co. Limited

   Vietnam

WPP Marketing Communications Vietnam Company Limited

   Vietnam

WPP Media Limited

   Vietnam

 

33

Exhibit 12.1

 

Certification

 

I, Sir Martin Sorrell, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of WPP plc;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 12 May 2009

 

/s/ Sir Martin Sorrell


Sir Martin Sorrell
Group Chief Executive
(principal executive officer)

Exhibit 12.2

 

Certification

 

I, Paul Richardson, certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of WPP plc;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.   The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

 

  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.   The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: 12 May 2009

 

/s/ Paul Richardson


Paul Richardson
Group Finance Director
(principal financial officer)

EXHIBIT 13.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of WPP plc (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending 31 December 2008 (the “Report”), I, Sir Martin Sorrell, Group Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1)   The Report fully complies with the requirement of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

Date: 12 May 2009

 

/s/ Sir Martin Sorrell


Sir Martin Sorrell
Group Chief Executive

EXHIBIT 13.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of WPP plc (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the period ending 31 December 2008 (the “Report”), I, Paul Richardson, Group Finance Director of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1)   The Report fully complies with the requirement of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

Date: 12 May 2009

 

/s/ Paul Richardson


Paul Richardson
Group Finance Director

EXHIBIT 14.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in these Registration Statements No. 333-06378, No. 333-40516, No. 333-103888, No. 333-108149, No. 333-119949, No. 333-129640, No. 333-129733, No. 333-145041, No. 333-152662 and No. 333-157729, each on Form S-8, and Registration Statement No. 333-158262 on Form F-3 of our reports relating to the consolidated financial statements of WPP plc and the effectiveness of WPP plc’s internal control over financial reporting dated 12 May 2009, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F of WPP plc for the year ended 31 December 2008.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP

DELOITTE LLP

Chartered accountants and registered auditors

London, United Kingdom

12 May 2009